initial import from bash_3.1dfsg.orig.tar.gz

229 files changed, 80155 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/lib/glob/Makefile.in b/lib/glob/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bb4dd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+## -*- text -*- ####################################################
+#								   #
+# Makefile for the GNU Glob Library.				   #
+#								   #
+####################################################################
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.     
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = .:@srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+PROFILE_FLAGS = @PROFILE_FLAGS@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+BASHINCDIR = ${topdir}/include
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I$(BASHINCDIR) -I$(topdir)/lib
+
+CCFLAGS = $(PROFILE_FLAGS) $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) ${INCLUDES} \
+	  $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+# Here is a rule for making .o files from .c files that doesn't force
+# the type of the machine (like -sun3) into the flags.
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $<
+
+# The name of the library target.
+LIBRARY_NAME = libglob.a
+
+# The C code source files for this library.
+CSOURCES = $(srcdir)/glob.c $(srcdir)/strmatch.c $(srcdir)/smatch.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/xmbsrtowcs.c
+
+# The header files for this library.
+HSOURCES = $(srcdir)/strmatch.h
+
+OBJECTS = glob.o strmatch.o smatch.o xmbsrtowcs.o
+
+# The texinfo files which document this library.
+DOCSOURCE = doc/glob.texi
+DOCOBJECT = doc/glob.dvi
+DOCSUPPORT = doc/Makefile
+DOCUMENTATION = $(DOCSOURCE) $(DOCOBJECT) $(DOCSUPPORT)
+
+SUPPORT = Makefile ChangeLog $(DOCSUPPORT)
+
+SOURCES  = $(CSOURCES) $(HSOURCES) $(DOCSOURCE)
+
+THINGS_TO_TAR = $(SOURCES) $(SUPPORT)
+
+######################################################################
+
+all: $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+
+$(LIBRARY_NAME): $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RM) -f $@
+	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+what-tar:
+	@for file in $(THINGS_TO_TAR); do \
+	  echo $(selfdir)$$file; \
+	done
+
+documentation: force
+	-(cd doc; $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS))
+force:
+
+# The rule for 'includes' is written funny so that the if statement
+# always returns TRUE unless there really was an error installing the
+# include files.
+install:
+
+clean:
+	rm -f $(OBJECTS) $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+	-(cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+realclean distclean maintainer-clean: clean
+	-( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+	$(RM) -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+	-( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+######################################################################
+#								     #
+#  Dependencies for the object files which make up this library.     #
+#								     #
+######################################################################
+
+smatch.o: strmatch.h
+smatch.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+smatch.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/chartypes.h
+smatch.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/ansi_stdlib.h $(topdir)/bashansi.h
+smatch.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/shmbutil.h
+smatch.o: $(topdir)/xmalloc.h
+
+strmatch.o: strmatch.h
+strmatch.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+strmatch.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/stdc.h
+
+glob.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+glob.o: $(topdir)/bashtypes.h $(BASHINCDIR)/ansi_stdlib.h $(topdir)/bashansi.h
+glob.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/posixstat.h $(BASHINCDIR)/memalloc.h
+glob.o: strmatch.h glob.h
+glob.o: $(BASHINCDIR)/shmbutil.h
+glob.o: $(topdir)/xmalloc.h
+
+xmbsrtowcs.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+xmbsrtowcs.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+xmbsrtowcs.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbutil.h
+
+# Rules for deficient makes, like SunOS and Solaris
+glob.o: glob.c
+strmatch.o: strmatch.c
+smatch.o: smatch.c
+xmbsrtowcs.o: xmbsrtowcs.c
+
+# dependencies for C files that include other C files
+glob.o: glob_loop.c
+smatch.o: sm_loop.c
diff --git a/lib/glob/collsyms.h b/lib/glob/collsyms.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccd9f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/collsyms.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/* collsyms.h -- collating symbol names and their corresponding characters
+		 (in ascii) as given by POSIX.2 in table 2.8. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* The upper-case letters, lower-case letters, and digits are omitted from
+   this table.  The digits are not included in the table in the POSIX.2
+   spec.  The upper and lower case letters are translated by the code
+   in smatch.c:collsym(). */
+
+typedef struct _COLLSYM {
+  XCHAR *name;
+  CHAR code;
+} __COLLSYM;
+
+static __COLLSYM POSIXCOLL [] =
+{
+	{  L("NUL"),			L('\0') },
+	{  L("SOH"),			L('\001') },
+	{  L("STX"),			L('\002') },
+	{  L("ETX"),			L('\003') },
+	{  L("EOT"),			L('\004') },
+	{  L("ENQ"),			L('\005') },
+	{  L("ACK"),			L('\006') },
+#ifdef __STDC__
+	{  L("alert"),			L('\a') },
+#else
+	{  L("alert"),			L('\007') },
+#endif
+	{  L("BS"),			L('\010') },
+	{  L("backspace"),		L('\b') },
+	{  L("HT"),			L('\011') },
+	{  L("tab"),			L('\t') },
+	{  L("LF"),			L('\012') },
+	{  L("newline"),		L('\n') },
+	{  L("VT"),			L('\013') },
+	{  L("vertical-tab"),		L('\v') },
+	{  L("FF"),			L('\014') },
+	{  L("form-feed"),		L('\f') },
+	{  L("CR"),			L('\015') },
+	{  L("carriage-return"),	L('\r') },
+	{  L("SO"),			L('\016') },
+	{  L("SI"),			L('\017') },
+	{  L("DLE"),			L('\020') },
+	{  L("DC1"),			L('\021') },
+	{  L("DC2"),			L('\022') },
+	{  L("DC3"),			L('\023') },
+	{  L("DC4"),			L('\024') },
+	{  L("NAK"),			L('\025') },
+	{  L("SYN"),			L('\026') },
+	{  L("ETB"),			L('\027') },
+	{  L("CAN"),			L('\030') },
+	{  L("EM"),			L('\031') },
+	{  L("SUB"),			L('\032') },
+	{  L("ESC"),			L('\033') },
+	{  L("IS4"),			L('\034') },
+	{  L("FS"),			L('\034') },
+	{  L("IS3"),			L('\035') },
+	{  L("GS"),			L('\035') },
+	{  L("IS2"),			L('\036') },
+	{  L("RS"),			L('\036') },
+	{  L("IS1"),			L('\037') },
+	{  L("US"),			L('\037') },
+	{  L("space"),			L(' ') },
+	{  L("exclamation-mark"),	L('!') },
+	{  L("quotation-mark"),		L('"') },
+	{  L("number-sign"),		L('#') },
+	{  L("dollar-sign"),		L('$') },
+	{  L("percent-sign"),		L('%') },
+	{  L("ampersand"),		L('&') },
+	{  L("apostrophe"),		L('\'') },
+	{  L("left-parenthesis"),	L('(') },
+	{  L("right-parenthesis"),	L(')') },
+	{  L("asterisk"),		L('*') },
+	{  L("plus-sign"),		L('+') },
+	{  L("comma"),			L(',') },
+	{  L("hyphen"),			L('-') },
+	{  L("hyphen-minus"),		L('-') },
+	{  L("minus"),			L('-') },	/* extension from POSIX.2 */
+	{  L("dash"),			L('-') },	/* extension from POSIX.2 */
+	{  L("period"),			L('.') },
+	{  L("full-stop"),		L('.') },
+	{  L("slash"),			L('/') },
+	{  L("solidus"),		L('/') },	/* extension from POSIX.2 */
+	{  L("zero"),			L('0') },
+	{  L("one"),			L('1') },
+	{  L("two"),			L('2') },
+	{  L("three"),			L('3') },
+	{  L("four"),			L('4') },
+	{  L("five"),			L('5') },
+	{  L("six"),			L('6') },
+	{  L("seven"),			L('7') },
+	{  L("eight"),			L('8') },
+	{  L("nine"),			L('9') },
+	{  L("colon"),			L(':') },
+	{  L("semicolon"),		L(';') },
+	{  L("less-than-sign"),		L('<') },
+	{  L("equals-sign"),		L('=') },
+	{  L("greater-than-sign"),	L('>') },
+	{  L("question-mark"),		L('?') },
+	{  L("commercial-at"),		L('@') },
+	/* upper-case letters omitted */
+	{  L("left-square-bracket"),	L('[') },
+	{  L("backslash"),		L('\\') },
+	{  L("reverse-solidus"),	L('\\') },
+	{  L("right-square-bracket"),	L(']') },
+	{  L("circumflex"),		L('^') },
+	{  L("circumflex-accent"),	L('^') },	/* extension from POSIX.2 */
+	{  L("underscore"),		L('_') },
+	{  L("grave-accent"),		L('`') },
+	/* lower-case letters omitted */
+	{  L("left-brace"),		L('{') },	/* extension from POSIX.2 */
+	{  L("left-curly-bracket"),	L('{') },
+	{  L("vertical-line"),		L('|') },
+	{  L("right-brace"),		L('}') },	/* extension from POSIX.2 */
+	{  L("right-curly-bracket"),	L('}') },
+	{  L("tilde"),			L('~') },
+	{  L("DEL"),			L('\177') },
+	{  0,	0 },
+};
+
+#undef _COLLSYM
+#undef __COLLSYM
+#undef POSIXCOLL
diff --git a/lib/glob/doc/Makefile b/lib/glob/doc/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dca606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/doc/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+all:
+	cp glob.texi glob.info
+
+clean distclean mostlyclean maintainer-clean:
+	rm -f glob.?? glob.info
diff --git a/lib/glob/doc/glob.texi b/lib/glob/doc/glob.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0262ef1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/doc/glob.texi
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Nothing happens here.
diff --git a/lib/glob/glob.c b/lib/glob/glob.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a2d833
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/glob.c
@@ -0,0 +1,885 @@
+/* glob.c -- file-name wildcard pattern matching for Bash.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1985-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.  */
+
+/* To whomever it may concern: I have never seen the code which most
+   Unix programs use to perform this function.  I wrote this from scratch
+   based on specifications for the pattern matching.  --RMS.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) && !defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H) && defined (_AIX)
+  #pragma alloca
+#endif /* _AIX && RISC6000 && !__GNUC__ */
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "posixdir.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#include "filecntl.h"
+#if !defined (F_OK)
+#  define F_OK 0
+#endif
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+#include "memalloc.h"
+#include "quit.h"
+
+#include "glob.h"
+#include "strmatch.h"
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && !defined (bcopy)
+#  define bcopy(s, d, n) ((void) memcpy ((d), (s), (n)))
+#endif /* !HAVE_BCOPY && !bcopy */
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+#  if defined (__STDC__)
+#    define NULL ((void *) 0)
+#  else
+#    define NULL 0x0
+#  endif /* __STDC__ */
+#endif /* !NULL */
+
+#if !defined (FREE)
+#  define FREE(x)	if (x) free (x)
+#endif
+
+/* Don't try to alloca() more than this much memory for `struct globval'
+   in glob_vector() */
+#ifndef ALLOCA_MAX
+#  define ALLOCA_MAX	100000
+#endif
+
+extern void throw_to_top_level __P((void));
+extern int test_eaccess __P((char *, int));
+
+extern int extended_glob;
+
+/* Global variable which controls whether or not * matches .*.
+   Non-zero means don't match .*.  */
+int noglob_dot_filenames = 1;
+
+/* Global variable which controls whether or not filename globbing
+   is done without regard to case. */
+int glob_ignore_case = 0;
+
+/* Global variable to return to signify an error in globbing. */
+char *glob_error_return;
+
+/* Some forward declarations. */
+static int skipname __P((char *, char *));
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+static int mbskipname __P((char *, char *));
+#endif
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+static void udequote_pathname __P((char *));
+static void wdequote_pathname __P((char *));
+#else
+#  define dequote_pathname udequote_pathname
+#endif
+static void dequote_pathname __P((char *));
+static int glob_testdir __P((char *));
+static char **glob_dir_to_array __P((char *, char **, int));
+
+/* Compile `glob_loop.c' for single-byte characters. */
+#define CHAR	unsigned char
+#define INT	int
+#define L(CS)	CS
+#define INTERNAL_GLOB_PATTERN_P internal_glob_pattern_p
+#include "glob_loop.c"
+
+/* Compile `glob_loop.c' again for multibyte characters. */
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+
+#define CHAR	wchar_t
+#define INT	wint_t
+#define L(CS)	L##CS
+#define INTERNAL_GLOB_PATTERN_P internal_glob_wpattern_p
+#include "glob_loop.c"
+
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/* And now a function that calls either the single-byte or multibyte version
+   of internal_glob_pattern_p. */
+int
+glob_pattern_p (pattern)
+     const char *pattern;
+{
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+  size_t n;
+  wchar_t *wpattern;
+  int r;
+
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1)
+    return (internal_glob_pattern_p ((unsigned char *)pattern));
+
+  /* Convert strings to wide chars, and call the multibyte version. */
+  n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
+  if (n == (size_t)-1)
+    /* Oops.  Invalid multibyte sequence.  Try it as single-byte sequence. */
+    return (internal_glob_pattern_p ((unsigned char *)pattern));
+
+  r = internal_glob_wpattern_p (wpattern);
+  free (wpattern);
+
+  return r;
+#else
+  return (internal_glob_pattern_p (pattern));
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if DNAME should be skipped according to PAT.  Mostly concerned
+   with matching leading `.'. */
+
+static int
+skipname (pat, dname)
+     char *pat;
+     char *dname;
+{
+  /* If a leading dot need not be explicitly matched, and the pattern
+     doesn't start with a `.', don't match `.' or `..' */
+  if (noglob_dot_filenames == 0 && pat[0] != '.' &&
+	(pat[0] != '\\' || pat[1] != '.') &&
+	(dname[0] == '.' &&
+	  (dname[1] == '\0' || (dname[1] == '.' && dname[2] == '\0'))))
+    return 1;
+
+  /* If a dot must be explicity matched, check to see if they do. */
+  else if (noglob_dot_filenames && dname[0] == '.' && pat[0] != '.' &&
+	(pat[0] != '\\' || pat[1] != '.'))
+    return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+/* Return 1 if DNAME should be skipped according to PAT.  Handles multibyte
+   characters in PAT and DNAME.  Mostly concerned with matching leading `.'. */
+
+static int
+mbskipname (pat, dname)
+     char *pat, *dname;
+{
+  int ret;
+  wchar_t *pat_wc, *dn_wc;
+  size_t pat_n, dn_n, n;
+
+  pat_n = xdupmbstowcs (&pat_wc, NULL, pat);
+  dn_n = xdupmbstowcs (&dn_wc, NULL, dname);
+
+  ret = 0;
+  if (pat_n != (size_t)-1 && dn_n !=(size_t)-1)
+    {
+      /* If a leading dot need not be explicitly matched, and the
+	 pattern doesn't start with a `.', don't match `.' or `..' */
+      if (noglob_dot_filenames == 0 && pat_wc[0] != L'.' &&
+	    (pat_wc[0] != L'\\' || pat_wc[1] != L'.') &&
+	    (dn_wc[0] == L'.' &&
+	      (dn_wc[1] == L'\0' || (dn_wc[1] == L'.' && dn_wc[2] == L'\0'))))
+	ret = 1;
+
+      /* If a leading dot must be explicity matched, check to see if the
+	 pattern and dirname both have one. */
+     else if (noglob_dot_filenames && dn_wc[0] == L'.' &&
+	   pat_wc[0] != L'.' &&
+	   (pat_wc[0] != L'\\' || pat_wc[1] != L'.'))
+	ret = 1;
+    }
+
+  FREE (pat_wc);
+  FREE (dn_wc);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/* Remove backslashes quoting characters in PATHNAME by modifying PATHNAME. */
+static void
+udequote_pathname (pathname)
+     char *pathname;
+{
+  register int i, j;
+
+  for (i = j = 0; pathname && pathname[i]; )
+    {
+      if (pathname[i] == '\\')
+	i++;
+
+      pathname[j++] = pathname[i++];
+
+      if (pathname[i - 1] == 0)
+	break;
+    }
+  pathname[j] = '\0';
+}
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+/* Remove backslashes quoting characters in PATHNAME by modifying PATHNAME. */
+static void
+wdequote_pathname (pathname)
+     char *pathname;
+{
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  size_t len, n;
+  wchar_t *wpathname;
+  int i, j;
+  wchar_t *orig_wpathname;
+
+  len = strlen (pathname);
+  /* Convert the strings into wide characters.  */
+  n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpathname, NULL, pathname);
+  if (n == (size_t) -1)
+    /* Something wrong. */
+    return;
+  orig_wpathname = wpathname;
+
+  for (i = j = 0; wpathname && wpathname[i]; )
+    {
+      if (wpathname[i] == L'\\')
+	i++;
+
+      wpathname[j++] = wpathname[i++];
+
+      if (wpathname[i - 1] == L'\0')
+	break;
+    }
+  wpathname[j] = L'\0';
+
+  /* Convert the wide character string into unibyte character set. */
+  memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
+  n = wcsrtombs(pathname, (const wchar_t **)&wpathname, len, &ps);
+  pathname[len] = '\0';
+
+  /* Can't just free wpathname here; wcsrtombs changes it in many cases. */
+  free (orig_wpathname);
+}
+
+static void
+dequote_pathname (pathname)
+     char *pathname;
+{
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    wdequote_pathname (pathname);
+  else
+    udequote_pathname (pathname);
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/* Test whether NAME exists. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+#  define GLOB_TESTNAME(name)  (lstat (name, &finfo))
+#else /* !HAVE_LSTAT */
+#  if !defined (AFS)
+#    define GLOB_TESTNAME(name)  (test_eaccess (nextname, F_OK))
+#  else /* AFS */
+#    define GLOB_TESTNAME(name)  (access (nextname, F_OK))
+#  endif /* AFS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_LSTAT */
+
+/* Return 0 if DIR is a directory, -1 otherwise. */
+static int
+glob_testdir (dir)
+     char *dir;
+{
+  struct stat finfo;
+
+  if (stat (dir, &finfo) < 0)
+    return (-1);
+
+  if (S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode) == 0)
+    return (-1);
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Return a vector of names of files in directory DIR
+   whose names match glob pattern PAT.
+   The names are not in any particular order.
+   Wildcards at the beginning of PAT do not match an initial period.
+
+   The vector is terminated by an element that is a null pointer.
+
+   To free the space allocated, first free the vector's elements,
+   then free the vector.
+
+   Return 0 if cannot get enough memory to hold the pointer
+   and the names.
+
+   Return -1 if cannot access directory DIR.
+   Look in errno for more information.  */
+
+char **
+glob_vector (pat, dir, flags)
+     char *pat;
+     char *dir;
+     int flags;
+{
+  struct globval
+    {
+      struct globval *next;
+      char *name;
+    };
+
+  DIR *d;
+  register struct dirent *dp;
+  struct globval *lastlink;
+  register struct globval *nextlink;
+  register char *nextname, *npat;
+  unsigned int count;
+  int lose, skip;
+  register char **name_vector;
+  register unsigned int i;
+  int mflags;		/* Flags passed to strmatch (). */
+  int nalloca;
+  struct globval *firstmalloc, *tmplink;
+
+  lastlink = 0;
+  count = lose = skip = 0;
+
+  firstmalloc = 0;
+
+  /* If PAT is empty, skip the loop, but return one (empty) filename. */
+  if (pat == 0 || *pat == '\0')
+    {
+      if (glob_testdir (dir) < 0)
+	return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+
+      nextlink = (struct globval *)alloca (sizeof (struct globval));
+      if (nextlink == NULL)
+	return ((char **) NULL);
+
+      nextlink->next = (struct globval *)0;
+      nextname = (char *) malloc (1);
+      if (nextname == 0)
+	lose = 1;
+      else
+	{
+	  lastlink = nextlink;
+	  nextlink->name = nextname;
+	  nextname[0] = '\0';
+	  count = 1;
+	}
+
+      skip = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* If the filename pattern (PAT) does not contain any globbing characters,
+     we can dispense with reading the directory, and just see if there is
+     a filename `DIR/PAT'.  If there is, and we can access it, just make the
+     vector to return and bail immediately. */
+  if (skip == 0 && glob_pattern_p (pat) == 0)
+    {
+      int dirlen;
+      struct stat finfo;
+
+      if (glob_testdir (dir) < 0)
+	return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+
+      dirlen = strlen (dir);
+      nextname = (char *)malloc (dirlen + strlen (pat) + 2);
+      npat = (char *)malloc (strlen (pat) + 1);
+      if (nextname == 0 || npat == 0)
+	lose = 1;
+      else
+	{
+	  strcpy (npat, pat);
+	  dequote_pathname (npat);
+
+	  strcpy (nextname, dir);
+	  nextname[dirlen++] = '/';
+	  strcpy (nextname + dirlen, npat);
+
+	  if (GLOB_TESTNAME (nextname) >= 0)
+	    {
+	      free (nextname);
+	      nextlink = (struct globval *)alloca (sizeof (struct globval));
+	      if (nextlink)
+		{
+		  nextlink->next = (struct globval *)0;
+		  lastlink = nextlink;
+		  nextlink->name = npat;
+		  count = 1;
+		}
+	      else
+		lose = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      free (nextname);
+	      free (npat);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      skip = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (skip == 0)
+    {
+      /* Open the directory, punting immediately if we cannot.  If opendir
+	 is not robust (i.e., it opens non-directories successfully), test
+	 that DIR is a directory and punt if it's not. */
+#if defined (OPENDIR_NOT_ROBUST)
+      if (glob_testdir (dir) < 0)
+	return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+#endif
+
+      d = opendir (dir);
+      if (d == NULL)
+	return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+
+      /* Compute the flags that will be passed to strmatch().  We don't
+	 need to do this every time through the loop. */
+      mflags = (noglob_dot_filenames ? FNM_PERIOD : 0) | FNM_PATHNAME;
+
+#ifdef FNM_CASEFOLD
+      if (glob_ignore_case)
+	mflags |= FNM_CASEFOLD;
+#endif
+
+      if (extended_glob)
+	mflags |= FNM_EXTMATCH;
+
+      /* Scan the directory, finding all names that match.
+	 For each name that matches, allocate a struct globval
+	 on the stack and store the name in it.
+	 Chain those structs together; lastlink is the front of the chain.  */
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  /* Make globbing interruptible in the shell. */
+	  if (interrupt_state)
+	    {
+	      lose = 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  
+	  dp = readdir (d);
+	  if (dp == NULL)
+	    break;
+
+	  /* If this directory entry is not to be used, try again. */
+	  if (REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) == 0)
+	    continue;
+
+#if 0
+	  if (dp->d_name == 0 || *dp->d_name == 0)
+	    continue;
+#endif
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && mbskipname (pat, dp->d_name))
+	    continue;
+	  else
+#endif
+	  if (skipname (pat, dp->d_name))
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (strmatch (pat, dp->d_name, mflags) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+	    {
+	      if (nalloca < ALLOCA_MAX)
+		{
+		  nextlink = (struct globval *) alloca (sizeof (struct globval));
+		  nalloca += sizeof (struct globval);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  nextlink = (struct globval *) malloc (sizeof (struct globval));
+		  if (firstmalloc == 0)
+		    firstmalloc = nextlink;
+		}
+	      nextname = (char *) malloc (D_NAMLEN (dp) + 1);
+	      if (nextlink == 0 || nextname == 0)
+		{
+		  lose = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      nextlink->next = lastlink;
+	      lastlink = nextlink;
+	      nextlink->name = nextname;
+	      bcopy (dp->d_name, nextname, D_NAMLEN (dp) + 1);
+	      ++count;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      (void) closedir (d);
+    }
+
+  if (lose == 0)
+    {
+      name_vector = (char **) malloc ((count + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+      lose |= name_vector == NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Have we run out of memory?	 */
+  if (lose)
+    {
+      tmplink = 0;
+
+      /* Here free the strings we have got.  */
+      while (lastlink)
+	{
+	  if (firstmalloc)
+	    {
+	      if (lastlink == firstmalloc)
+		firstmalloc = 0;
+	      tmplink = lastlink;
+	    }
+	  free (lastlink->name);
+	  lastlink = lastlink->next;
+	  FREE (tmplink);
+	}
+
+      QUIT;
+
+      return ((char **)NULL);
+    }
+
+  /* Copy the name pointers from the linked list into the vector.  */
+  for (tmplink = lastlink, i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+    {
+      name_vector[i] = tmplink->name;
+      tmplink = tmplink->next;
+    }
+
+  name_vector[count] = NULL;
+
+  /* If we allocated some of the struct globvals, free them now. */
+  if (firstmalloc)
+    {
+      tmplink = 0;
+      while (lastlink)
+	{
+	  tmplink = lastlink;
+	  if (lastlink == firstmalloc)
+	    lastlink = firstmalloc = 0;
+	  else
+	    lastlink = lastlink->next;
+	  free (tmplink);
+	}
+    }
+	
+  return (name_vector);
+}
+
+/* Return a new array which is the concatenation of each string in ARRAY
+   to DIR.  This function expects you to pass in an allocated ARRAY, and
+   it takes care of free()ing that array.  Thus, you might think of this
+   function as side-effecting ARRAY.  This should handle GX_MARKDIRS. */
+static char **
+glob_dir_to_array (dir, array, flags)
+     char *dir, **array;
+     int flags;
+{
+  register unsigned int i, l;
+  int add_slash;
+  char **result, *new;
+  struct stat sb;
+
+  l = strlen (dir);
+  if (l == 0)
+    {
+      if (flags & GX_MARKDIRS)
+	for (i = 0; array[i]; i++)
+	  {
+	    if ((stat (array[i], &sb) == 0) && S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode))
+	      {
+		l = strlen (array[i]);
+		new = (char *)realloc (array[i], l + 2);
+		if (new == 0)
+		  return NULL;
+		new[l] = '/';
+		new[l+1] = '\0';
+		array[i] = new;
+	      }
+	  }
+      return (array);
+    }
+
+  add_slash = dir[l - 1] != '/';
+
+  i = 0;
+  while (array[i] != NULL)
+    ++i;
+
+  result = (char **) malloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+  if (result == NULL)
+    return (NULL);
+
+  for (i = 0; array[i] != NULL; i++)
+    {
+      /* 3 == 1 for NUL, 1 for slash at end of DIR, 1 for GX_MARKDIRS */
+      result[i] = (char *) malloc (l + strlen (array[i]) + 3);
+
+      if (result[i] == NULL)
+	return (NULL);
+
+      strcpy (result[i], dir);
+      if (add_slash)
+	result[i][l] = '/';
+      strcpy (result[i] + l + add_slash, array[i]);
+      if (flags & GX_MARKDIRS)
+	{
+	  if ((stat (result[i], &sb) == 0) && S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode))
+	    {
+	      size_t rlen;
+	      rlen = strlen (result[i]);
+	      result[i][rlen] = '/';
+	      result[i][rlen+1] = '\0';
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  result[i] = NULL;
+
+  /* Free the input array.  */
+  for (i = 0; array[i] != NULL; i++)
+    free (array[i]);
+  free ((char *) array);
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Do globbing on PATHNAME.  Return an array of pathnames that match,
+   marking the end of the array with a null-pointer as an element.
+   If no pathnames match, then the array is empty (first element is null).
+   If there isn't enough memory, then return NULL.
+   If a file system error occurs, return -1; `errno' has the error code.  */
+char **
+glob_filename (pathname, flags)
+     char *pathname;
+     int flags;
+{
+  char **result;
+  unsigned int result_size;
+  char *directory_name, *filename;
+  unsigned int directory_len;
+  int free_dirname;			/* flag */
+
+  result = (char **) malloc (sizeof (char *));
+  result_size = 1;
+  if (result == NULL)
+    return (NULL);
+
+  result[0] = NULL;
+
+  directory_name = NULL;
+
+  /* Find the filename.  */
+  filename = strrchr (pathname, '/');
+  if (filename == NULL)
+    {
+      filename = pathname;
+      directory_name = "";
+      directory_len = 0;
+      free_dirname = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      directory_len = (filename - pathname) + 1;
+      directory_name = (char *) malloc (directory_len + 1);
+
+      if (directory_name == 0)		/* allocation failed? */
+	return (NULL);
+
+      bcopy (pathname, directory_name, directory_len);
+      directory_name[directory_len] = '\0';
+      ++filename;
+      free_dirname = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* If directory_name contains globbing characters, then we
+     have to expand the previous levels.  Just recurse. */
+  if (glob_pattern_p (directory_name))
+    {
+      char **directories;
+      register unsigned int i;
+
+      if (directory_name[directory_len - 1] == '/')
+	directory_name[directory_len - 1] = '\0';
+
+      directories = glob_filename (directory_name, flags & ~GX_MARKDIRS);
+
+      if (free_dirname)
+	{
+	  free (directory_name);
+	  directory_name = NULL;
+	}
+
+      if (directories == NULL)
+	goto memory_error;
+      else if (directories == (char **)&glob_error_return)
+	{
+	  free ((char *) result);
+	  return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+	}
+      else if (*directories == NULL)
+	{
+	  free ((char *) directories);
+	  free ((char *) result);
+	  return ((char **) &glob_error_return);
+	}
+
+      /* We have successfully globbed the preceding directory name.
+	 For each name in DIRECTORIES, call glob_vector on it and
+	 FILENAME.  Concatenate the results together.  */
+      for (i = 0; directories[i] != NULL; ++i)
+	{
+	  char **temp_results;
+
+	  /* Scan directory even on a NULL pathname.  That way, `*h/'
+	     returns only directories ending in `h', instead of all
+	     files ending in `h' with a `/' appended. */
+	  temp_results = glob_vector (filename, directories[i], flags & ~GX_MARKDIRS);
+
+	  /* Handle error cases. */
+	  if (temp_results == NULL)
+	    goto memory_error;
+	  else if (temp_results == (char **)&glob_error_return)
+	    /* This filename is probably not a directory.  Ignore it.  */
+	    ;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      char **array;
+	      register unsigned int l;
+
+	      array = glob_dir_to_array (directories[i], temp_results, flags);
+	      l = 0;
+	      while (array[l] != NULL)
+		++l;
+
+	      result =
+		(char **)realloc (result, (result_size + l) * sizeof (char *));
+
+	      if (result == NULL)
+		goto memory_error;
+
+	      for (l = 0; array[l] != NULL; ++l)
+		result[result_size++ - 1] = array[l];
+
+	      result[result_size - 1] = NULL;
+
+	      /* Note that the elements of ARRAY are not freed.  */
+	      free ((char *) array);
+	    }
+	}
+      /* Free the directories.  */
+      for (i = 0; directories[i]; i++)
+	free (directories[i]);
+
+      free ((char *) directories);
+
+      return (result);
+    }
+
+  /* If there is only a directory name, return it. */
+  if (*filename == '\0')
+    {
+      result = (char **) realloc ((char *) result, 2 * sizeof (char *));
+      if (result == NULL)
+	return (NULL);
+      /* Handle GX_MARKDIRS here. */
+      result[0] = (char *) malloc (directory_len + 1);
+      if (result[0] == NULL)
+	goto memory_error;
+      bcopy (directory_name, result[0], directory_len + 1);
+      if (free_dirname)
+	free (directory_name);
+      result[1] = NULL;
+      return (result);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char **temp_results;
+
+      /* There are no unquoted globbing characters in DIRECTORY_NAME.
+	 Dequote it before we try to open the directory since there may
+	 be quoted globbing characters which should be treated verbatim. */
+      if (directory_len > 0)
+	dequote_pathname (directory_name);
+
+      /* We allocated a small array called RESULT, which we won't be using.
+	 Free that memory now. */
+      free (result);
+
+      /* Just return what glob_vector () returns appended to the
+	 directory name. */
+      temp_results = glob_vector (filename,
+				  (directory_len == 0 ? "." : directory_name),
+				  flags & ~GX_MARKDIRS);
+
+      if (temp_results == NULL || temp_results == (char **)&glob_error_return)
+	{
+	  if (free_dirname)
+	    free (directory_name);
+	  return (temp_results);
+	}
+
+      result = glob_dir_to_array (directory_name, temp_results, flags);
+      if (free_dirname)
+	free (directory_name);
+      return (result);
+    }
+
+  /* We get to memory_error if the program has run out of memory, or
+     if this is the shell, and we have been interrupted. */
+ memory_error:
+  if (result != NULL)
+    {
+      register unsigned int i;
+      for (i = 0; result[i] != NULL; ++i)
+	free (result[i]);
+      free ((char *) result);
+    }
+
+  if (free_dirname && directory_name)
+    free (directory_name);
+
+  QUIT;
+
+  return (NULL);
+}
+
+#if defined (TEST)
+
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; ++i)
+    {
+      char **value = glob_filename (argv[i], 0);
+      if (value == NULL)
+	puts ("Out of memory.");
+      else if (value == &glob_error_return)
+	perror (argv[i]);
+      else
+	for (i = 0; value[i] != NULL; i++)
+	  puts (value[i]);
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif	/* TEST.  */
diff --git a/lib/glob/glob.h b/lib/glob/glob.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95108a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/glob.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* File-name wildcard pattern matching for GNU.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.  */
+
+#ifndef	_GLOB_H_
+#define	_GLOB_H_
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+#define GX_MARKDIRS	0x01	/* mark directory names with trailing `/' */
+#define GX_NOCASE	0x02	/* ignore case */
+#define GX_MATCHDOT	0x04	/* match `.' literally */
+
+extern int glob_pattern_p __P((const char *));
+extern char **glob_vector __P((char *, char *, int));
+extern char **glob_filename __P((char *, int));
+
+extern char *glob_error_return;
+extern int noglob_dot_filenames;
+extern int glob_ignore_case;
+
+#endif /* _GLOB_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/glob/glob_loop.c b/lib/glob/glob_loop.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..253cac9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/glob_loop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+   
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+	      
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+			 
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+static int INTERNAL_GLOB_PATTERN_P __P((const CHAR *));
+
+/* Return nonzero if PATTERN has any special globbing chars in it.
+   Compiled twice, once each for single-byte and multibyte characters. */
+static int
+INTERNAL_GLOB_PATTERN_P (pattern)
+     const CHAR *pattern;
+{
+  register const CHAR *p;
+  register CHAR c;
+  int bopen;
+
+  p = pattern;
+  bopen = 0;
+
+  while ((c = *p++) != L('\0'))
+    switch (c)
+      {
+      case L('?'):
+      case L('*'):
+	return 1;
+
+      case L('['):      /* Only accept an open brace if there is a close */
+	bopen++;        /* brace to match it.  Bracket expressions must be */
+	continue;       /* complete, according to Posix.2 */
+      case L(']'):
+	if (bopen)
+	  return 1;
+	continue;
+
+      case L('+'):         /* extended matching operators */
+      case L('@'):
+      case L('!'):
+	if (*p == L('('))  /*) */
+	  return 1;
+	continue;
+
+      case L('\\'):
+	if (*p++ == L('\0'))
+	  return 0;
+      }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#undef INTERNAL_GLOB_PATTERN_P
+#undef L
+#undef INT
+#undef CHAR
diff --git a/lib/glob/ndir.h b/lib/glob/ndir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31261eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/ndir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* <dir.h> -- definitions for 4.2BSD-compatible directory access.
+   last edit:	09-Jul-1983	D A Gwyn. */
+
+#if defined (VMS)
+#  if !defined (FAB$C_BID)
+#    include <fab.h>
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (NAM$C_BID)
+#    include <nam.h>
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (RMS$_SUC)
+#    include <rmsdef.h>
+#  endif
+#  include "dir.h"
+#endif /* VMS */
+
+/* Size of directory block. */
+#define DIRBLKSIZ 512
+
+/* NOTE:  MAXNAMLEN must be one less than a multiple of 4 */
+
+#if defined (VMS)
+#  define MAXNAMLEN (DIR$S_NAME + 7)	/* 80 plus room for version #.  */
+#  define MAXFULLSPEC NAM$C_MAXRSS	/* Maximum full spec */
+#else
+#  define MAXNAMLEN 15			/* Maximum filename length. */
+#endif /* VMS */
+
+/* Data from readdir (). */
+struct direct {
+  long d_ino;			/* Inode number of entry. */
+  unsigned short d_reclen;	/* Length of this record. */
+  unsigned short d_namlen;	/* Length of string in d_name. */
+  char d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1];	/* Name of file. */
+};
+
+/* Stream data from opendir (). */
+typedef struct {
+  int dd_fd;			/* File descriptor. */
+  int dd_loc;			/* Offset in block. */
+  int dd_size;			/* Amount of valid data. */
+  char	dd_buf[DIRBLKSIZ];	/* Directory block. */
+} DIR;
+
+extern DIR *opendir ();
+extern struct direct *readdir ();
+extern long telldir ();
+extern void seekdir (), closedir ();
+
+#define rewinddir(dirp) seekdir (dirp, 0L)
diff --git a/lib/glob/sm_loop.c b/lib/glob/sm_loop.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e8cf3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/sm_loop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,760 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+   
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+	      
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+			 
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+int FCT __P((CHAR *, CHAR *, int));
+
+static int GMATCH __P((CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, int));
+static CHAR *PARSE_COLLSYM __P((CHAR *, INT *));
+static CHAR *BRACKMATCH __P((CHAR *, U_CHAR, int));
+static int EXTMATCH __P((INT, CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, CHAR *, int));
+static CHAR *PATSCAN __P((CHAR *, CHAR *, INT));
+
+int
+FCT (pattern, string, flags)
+     CHAR *pattern;
+     CHAR *string;
+     int flags;
+{
+  CHAR *se, *pe;
+
+  if (string == 0 || pattern == 0)
+    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+  se = string + STRLEN ((XCHAR *)string);
+  pe = pattern + STRLEN ((XCHAR *)pattern);
+
+  return (GMATCH (string, se, pattern, pe, flags));
+}
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
+   it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
+static int
+GMATCH (string, se, pattern, pe, flags)
+     CHAR *string, *se;
+     CHAR *pattern, *pe;
+     int flags;
+{
+  CHAR *p, *n;		/* pattern, string */
+  INT c;		/* current pattern character - XXX U_CHAR? */
+  INT sc;		/* current string character - XXX U_CHAR? */
+
+  p = pattern;
+  n = string;
+
+  if (string == 0 || pattern == 0)
+    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+#if DEBUG_MATCHING
+fprintf(stderr, "gmatch: string = %s; se = %s\n", string, se);
+fprintf(stderr, "gmatch: pattern = %s; pe = %s\n", pattern, pe);
+#endif
+
+  while (p < pe)
+    {
+      c = *p++;
+      c = FOLD (c);
+
+      sc = n < se ? *n : '\0';
+
+#ifdef EXTENDED_GLOB
+      /* EXTMATCH () will handle recursively calling GMATCH, so we can
+	 just return what EXTMATCH() returns. */
+      if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && *p == L('(') &&
+	  (c == L('+') || c == L('*') || c == L('?') || c == L('@') || c == L('!'))) /* ) */
+	{
+	  int lflags;
+	  /* If we're not matching the start of the string, we're not
+	     concerned about the special cases for matching `.' */
+	  lflags = (n == string) ? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD);
+	  return (EXTMATCH (c, n, se, p, pe, lflags));
+	}
+#endif /* EXTENDED_GLOB */
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case L('?'):		/* Match single character */
+	  if (sc == '\0')
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && sc == L('/'))
+	    /* If we are matching a pathname, `?' can never match a `/'. */
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && sc == L('.') &&
+		   (n == string || ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && n[-1] == L('/'))))
+	    /* `?' cannot match a `.' if it is the first character of the
+	       string or if it is the first character following a slash and
+	       we are matching a pathname. */
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case L('\\'):		/* backslash escape removes special meaning */
+	  if (p == pe)
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	  if ((flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) == 0)
+	    {
+	      c = *p++;
+	      /* A trailing `\' cannot match. */
+	      if (p > pe)
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      c = FOLD (c);
+	    }
+	  if (FOLD (sc) != (U_CHAR)c)
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case '*':		/* Match zero or more characters */
+	  if (p == pe)
+	    return 0;
+	  
+	  if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && sc == L('.') &&
+	      (n == string || ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && n[-1] == L('/'))))
+	    /* `*' cannot match a `.' if it is the first character of the
+	       string or if it is the first character following a slash and
+	       we are matching a pathname. */
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	  /* Collapse multiple consecutive `*' and `?', but make sure that
+	     one character of the string is consumed for each `?'. */
+	  for (c = *p++; (c == L('?') || c == L('*')); c = *p++)
+	    {
+	      if ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && sc == L('/'))
+		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_PATHNAME. */
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
+#ifdef EXTENDED_GLOB
+	      else if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && c == L('?') && *p == L('(')) /* ) */
+		{
+		  CHAR *newn;
+		  for (newn = n; newn < se; ++newn)
+		    {
+		      if (EXTMATCH (c, newn, se, p, pe, flags) == 0)
+			return (0);
+		    }
+		  /* We didn't match.  If we have a `?(...)', that's failure. */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		}
+#endif
+	      else if (c == L('?'))
+		{
+		  if (sc == L('\0'))
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		  /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
+		     this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
+		     fewer than three characters. */
+		  n++;
+		  sc = n < se ? *n : '\0';
+		}
+
+#ifdef EXTENDED_GLOB
+	      /* Handle ******(patlist) */
+	      if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && c == L('*') && *p == L('('))  /*)*/
+		{
+		  CHAR *newn;
+		  /* We need to check whether or not the extended glob
+		     pattern matches the remainder of the string.
+		     If it does, we match the entire pattern. */
+		  for (newn = n; newn < se; ++newn)
+		    {
+		      if (EXTMATCH (c, newn, se, p, pe, flags) == 0)
+			return (0);
+		    }
+		  /* We didn't match the extended glob pattern, but
+		     that's OK, since we can match 0 or more occurrences.
+		     We need to skip the glob pattern and see if we
+		     match the rest of the string. */
+		  newn = PATSCAN (p + 1, pe, 0);
+		  /* If NEWN is 0, we have an ill-formed pattern. */
+		  p = newn ? newn : pe;
+		}
+#endif
+	      if (p == pe)
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we've hit the end of the pattern and the last character of
+	     the pattern was handled by the loop above, we've succeeded.
+	     Otherwise, we need to match that last character. */
+	  if (p == pe && (c == L('?') || c == L('*')))
+	    return (0);
+
+	  /* General case, use recursion. */
+	  {
+	    U_CHAR c1;
+
+	    c1 = ((flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) == 0 && c == L('\\')) ? *p : c;
+	    c1 = FOLD (c1);
+	    for (--p; n < se; ++n)
+	      {
+		/* Only call strmatch if the first character indicates a
+		   possible match.  We can check the first character if
+		   we're not doing an extended glob match. */
+		if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) == 0 && c != L('[') && FOLD (*n) != c1) /*]*/
+		  continue;
+
+		/* If we're doing an extended glob match and the pattern is not
+		   one of the extended glob patterns, we can check the first
+		   character. */
+		if ((flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) && p[1] != L('(') && /*)*/
+		    STRCHR (L("?*+@!"), *p) == 0 && c != L('[') && FOLD (*n) != c1) /*]*/
+		  continue;
+
+		/* Otherwise, we just recurse. */
+		if (GMATCH (n, se, p, pe, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
+		  return (0);
+	      }
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+
+	case L('['):
+	  {
+	    if (sc == L('\0') || n == se)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    /* A character class cannot match a `.' if it is the first
+	       character of the string or if it is the first character
+	       following a slash and we are matching a pathname. */
+	    if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && sc == L('.') &&
+		(n == string || ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && n[-1] == L('/'))))
+	      return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+	    p = BRACKMATCH (p, sc, flags);
+	    if (p == 0)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  if ((U_CHAR)c != FOLD (sc))
+	    return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+	}
+
+      ++n;
+    }
+
+  if (n == se)
+    return (0);
+
+  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == L('/'))
+    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
+    return 0;
+	  
+  return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+}
+
+/* Parse a bracket expression collating symbol ([.sym.]) starting at P, find
+   the value of the symbol, and move P past the collating symbol expression.
+   The value is returned in *VP, if VP is not null. */
+static CHAR *
+PARSE_COLLSYM (p, vp)
+     CHAR *p;
+     INT *vp;
+{
+  register int pc;
+  INT val;
+
+  p++;				/* move past the `.' */
+	  
+  for (pc = 0; p[pc]; pc++)
+    if (p[pc] == L('.') && p[pc+1] == L(']'))
+      break;
+   val = COLLSYM (p, pc);
+   if (vp)
+     *vp = val;
+   return (p + pc + 2);
+}
+
+/* Use prototype definition here because of type promotion. */
+static CHAR *
+#if defined (PROTOTYPES)
+BRACKMATCH (CHAR *p, U_CHAR test, int flags)
+#else
+BRACKMATCH (p, test, flags)
+     CHAR *p;
+     U_CHAR test;
+     int flags;
+#endif
+{
+  register CHAR cstart, cend, c;
+  register int not;    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
+  int brcnt;
+  INT pc;
+  CHAR *savep;
+
+  test = FOLD (test);
+
+  savep = p;
+
+  /* POSIX.2 3.13.1 says that an exclamation mark (`!') shall replace the
+     circumflex (`^') in its role in a `nonmatching list'.  A bracket
+     expression starting with an unquoted circumflex character produces
+     unspecified results.  This implementation treats the two identically. */
+  if (not = (*p == L('!') || *p == L('^')))
+    ++p;
+
+  c = *p++;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      /* Initialize cstart and cend in case `-' is the last
+	 character of the pattern. */
+      cstart = cend = c;
+
+      /* POSIX.2 equivalence class:  [=c=].  See POSIX.2 2.8.3.2.  Find
+	 the end of the equivalence class, move the pattern pointer past
+	 it, and check for equivalence.  XXX - this handles only
+	 single-character equivalence classes, which is wrong, or at
+	 least incomplete. */
+      if (c == L('[') && *p == L('=') && p[2] == L('=') && p[3] == L(']'))
+	{
+	  pc = FOLD (p[1]);
+	  p += 4;
+	  if (COLLEQUIV (test, pc))
+	    {
+/*[*/	      /* Move past the closing `]', since the first thing we do at
+		 the `matched:' label is back p up one. */
+	      p++;
+	      goto matched;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      c = *p++;
+	      if (c == L('\0'))
+		return ((test == L('[')) ? savep : (CHAR *)0); /*]*/
+	      c = FOLD (c);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* POSIX.2 character class expression.  See POSIX.2 2.8.3.2. */
+      if (c == L('[') && *p == L(':'))
+	{
+	  CHAR *close, *ccname;
+
+	  pc = 0;	/* make sure invalid char classes don't match. */
+	  /* Find end of character class name */
+	  for (close = p + 1; *close != '\0'; close++)
+	    if (*close == L(':') && *(close+1) == L(']'))
+	      break;
+
+	  if (*close != L('\0'))
+	    {
+	      ccname = (CHAR *)malloc ((close - p) * sizeof (CHAR));
+	      if (ccname == 0)
+		pc = 0;
+	      else
+		{
+		  bcopy (p + 1, ccname, (close - p - 1) * sizeof (CHAR));
+		  *(ccname + (close - p - 1)) = L('\0');
+		  pc = IS_CCLASS (test, (XCHAR *)ccname);
+		}
+	      if (pc == -1)
+		pc = 0;
+	      else
+		p = close + 2;
+
+	      free (ccname);
+	    }
+	    
+	  if (pc)
+	    {
+/*[*/	      /* Move past the closing `]', since the first thing we do at
+		 the `matched:' label is back p up one. */
+	      p++;
+	      goto matched;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* continue the loop here, since this expression can't be
+		 the first part of a range expression. */
+	      c = *p++;
+	      if (c == L('\0'))
+		return ((test == L('[')) ? savep : (CHAR *)0);
+	      else if (c == L(']'))
+		break;
+	      c = FOLD (c);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	}
+ 
+      /* POSIX.2 collating symbols.  See POSIX.2 2.8.3.2.  Find the end of
+	 the symbol name, make sure it is terminated by `.]', translate
+	 the name to a character using the external table, and do the
+	 comparison. */
+      if (c == L('[') && *p == L('.'))
+	{
+	  p = PARSE_COLLSYM (p, &pc);
+	  /* An invalid collating symbol cannot be the first point of a
+	     range.  If it is, we set cstart to one greater than `test',
+	     so any comparisons later will fail. */
+	  cstart = (pc == INVALID) ? test + 1 : pc;
+	}
+
+      if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
+	{
+	  if (*p == '\0')
+	    return (CHAR *)0;
+	  cstart = cend = *p++;
+	}
+
+      cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
+
+      /* POSIX.2 2.8.3.1.2 says: `An expression containing a `[' that
+	 is not preceded by a backslash and is not part of a bracket
+	 expression produces undefined results.'  This implementation
+	 treats the `[' as just a character to be matched if there is
+	 not a closing `]'. */
+      if (c == L('\0'))
+	return ((test == L('[')) ? savep : (CHAR *)0);
+
+      c = *p++;
+      c = FOLD (c);
+
+      if ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && c == L('/'))
+	/* [/] can never match when matching a pathname.  */
+	return (CHAR *)0;
+
+      /* This introduces a range, unless the `-' is the last
+	 character of the class.  Find the end of the range
+	 and move past it. */
+      if (c == L('-') && *p != L(']'))
+	{
+	  cend = *p++;
+	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L('\\'))
+	    cend = *p++;
+	  if (cend == L('\0'))
+	    return (CHAR *)0;
+	  if (cend == L('[') && *p == L('.'))
+	    {
+	      p = PARSE_COLLSYM (p, &pc);
+	      /* An invalid collating symbol cannot be the second part of a
+		 range expression.  If we get one, we set cend to one fewer
+		 than the test character to make sure the range test fails. */
+	      cend = (pc == INVALID) ? test - 1 : pc;
+	    }
+	  cend = FOLD (cend);
+
+	  c = *p++;
+
+	  /* POSIX.2 2.8.3.2:  ``The ending range point shall collate
+	     equal to or higher than the starting range point; otherwise
+	     the expression shall be treated as invalid.''  Note that this
+	     applies to only the range expression; the rest of the bracket
+	     expression is still checked for matches. */
+	  if (RANGECMP (cstart, cend) > 0)
+	    {
+	      if (c == L(']'))
+		break;
+	      c = FOLD (c);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (RANGECMP (test, cstart) >= 0 && RANGECMP (test, cend) <= 0)
+	goto matched;
+
+      if (c == L(']'))
+	break;
+    }
+  /* No match. */
+  return (!not ? (CHAR *)0 : p);
+
+matched:
+  /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
+  c = *--p;
+  brcnt = 1;
+  while (brcnt > 0)
+    {
+      /* A `[' without a matching `]' is just another character to match. */
+      if (c == L('\0'))
+	return ((test == L('[')) ? savep : (CHAR *)0);
+
+      c = *p++;
+      if (c == L('[') && (*p == L('=') || *p == L(':') || *p == L('.')))
+	brcnt++;
+      else if (c == L(']'))
+	brcnt--;
+      else if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
+	{
+	  if (*p == '\0')
+	    return (CHAR *)0;
+	  /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right. */
+	  ++p;
+	}
+    }
+  return (not ? (CHAR *)0 : p);
+}
+
+#if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
+/* ksh-like extended pattern matching:
+
+	[?*+@!](pat-list)
+
+   where pat-list is a list of one or patterns separated by `|'.  Operation
+   is as follows:
+
+	?(patlist)	match zero or one of the given patterns
+	*(patlist)	match zero or more of the given patterns
+	+(patlist)	match one or more of the given patterns
+	@(patlist)	match exactly one of the given patterns
+	!(patlist)	match anything except one of the given patterns
+*/
+
+/* Scan a pattern starting at STRING and ending at END, keeping track of
+   embedded () and [].  If DELIM is 0, we scan until a matching `)'
+   because we're scanning a `patlist'.  Otherwise, we scan until we see
+   DELIM.  In all cases, we never scan past END.  The return value is the
+   first character after the matching DELIM. */
+static CHAR *
+PATSCAN (string, end, delim)
+     CHAR *string, *end;
+     INT delim;
+{
+  int pnest, bnest, skip;
+  INT cchar;
+  CHAR *s, c, *bfirst;
+
+  pnest = bnest = skip = 0;
+  cchar = 0;
+  bfirst = NULL;
+
+  for (s = string; c = *s; s++)
+    {
+      if (s >= end)
+	return (s);
+      if (skip)
+	{
+	  skip = 0;
+	  continue;
+	}
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case L('\\'):
+	  skip = 1;
+	  break;
+
+	case L('\0'):
+	  return ((CHAR *)NULL);
+
+	/* `[' is not special inside a bracket expression, but it may
+	   introduce one of the special POSIX bracket expressions
+	   ([.SYM.], [=c=], [: ... :]) that needs special handling. */
+	case L('['):
+	  if (bnest == 0)
+	    {
+	      bfirst = s + 1;
+	      if (*bfirst == L('!') || *bfirst == L('^'))
+		bfirst++;
+	      bnest++;
+	    }
+	  else if (s[1] == L(':') || s[1] == L('.') || s[1] == L('='))
+	    cchar = s[1];
+	  break;
+
+	/* `]' is not special if it's the first char (after a leading `!'
+	   or `^') in a bracket expression or if it's part of one of the
+	   special POSIX bracket expressions ([.SYM.], [=c=], [: ... :]) */
+	case L(']'):
+	  if (bnest)
+	    {
+	      if (cchar && s[-1] == cchar)
+		cchar = 0;
+	      else if (s != bfirst)
+		{
+		  bnest--;
+		  bfirst = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case L('('):
+	  if (bnest == 0)
+	    pnest++;
+	  break;
+
+	case L(')'):
+	  if (bnest == 0 && pnest-- <= 0)
+	    return ++s;
+	  break;
+
+	case L('|'):
+	  if (bnest == 0 && pnest == 0 && delim == L('|'))
+	    return ++s;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (NULL);
+}
+
+/* Return 0 if dequoted pattern matches S in the current locale. */
+static int
+STRCOMPARE (p, pe, s, se)
+     CHAR *p, *pe, *s, *se;
+{
+  int ret;
+  CHAR c1, c2;
+
+  c1 = *pe;
+  c2 = *se;
+
+  *pe = *se = '\0';
+#if HAVE_MULTIBYTE || defined (HAVE_STRCOLL)
+  ret = STRCOLL ((XCHAR *)p, (XCHAR *)s);
+#else
+  ret = STRCMP ((XCHAR *)p, (XCHAR *)s);
+#endif
+
+  *pe = c1;
+  *se = c2;
+
+  return (ret == 0 ? ret : FNM_NOMATCH);
+}
+
+/* Match a ksh extended pattern specifier.  Return FNM_NOMATCH on failure or
+   0 on success.  This is handed the entire rest of the pattern and string
+   the first time an extended pattern specifier is encountered, so it calls
+   gmatch recursively. */
+static int
+EXTMATCH (xc, s, se, p, pe, flags)
+     INT xc;		/* select which operation */
+     CHAR *s, *se;
+     CHAR *p, *pe;
+     int flags;
+{
+  CHAR *prest;			/* pointer to rest of pattern */
+  CHAR *psub;			/* pointer to sub-pattern */
+  CHAR *pnext;			/* pointer to next sub-pattern */
+  CHAR *srest;			/* pointer to rest of string */
+  int m1, m2;
+
+#if DEBUG_MATCHING
+fprintf(stderr, "extmatch: xc = %c\n", xc);
+fprintf(stderr, "extmatch: s = %s; se = %s\n", s, se);
+fprintf(stderr, "extmatch: p = %s; pe = %s\n", p, pe);
+#endif
+
+  prest = PATSCAN (p + (*p == L('(')), pe, 0); /* ) */
+  if (prest == 0)
+    /* If PREST is 0, we failed to scan a valid pattern.  In this
+       case, we just want to compare the two as strings. */
+    return (STRCOMPARE (p - 1, pe, s, se));
+
+  switch (xc)
+    {
+    case L('+'):		/* match one or more occurrences */
+    case L('*'):		/* match zero or more occurrences */
+      /* If we can get away with no matches, don't even bother.  Just
+	 call GMATCH on the rest of the pattern and return success if
+	 it succeeds. */
+      if (xc == L('*') && (GMATCH (s, se, prest, pe, flags) == 0))
+	return 0;
+
+      /* OK, we have to do this the hard way.  First, we make sure one of
+	 the subpatterns matches, then we try to match the rest of the
+	 string. */
+      for (psub = p + 1; ; psub = pnext)
+	{
+	  pnext = PATSCAN (psub, pe, L('|'));
+	  for (srest = s; srest <= se; srest++)
+	    {
+	      /* Match this substring (S -> SREST) against this
+		 subpattern (psub -> pnext - 1) */
+	      m1 = GMATCH (s, srest, psub, pnext - 1, flags) == 0;
+	      /* OK, we matched a subpattern, so make sure the rest of the
+		 string matches the rest of the pattern.  Also handle
+		 multiple matches of the pattern. */
+	      if (m1)
+		m2 = (GMATCH (srest, se, prest, pe, flags) == 0) ||
+		      (s != srest && GMATCH (srest, se, p - 1, pe, flags) == 0);
+	      if (m1 && m2)
+		return (0);
+	    }
+	  if (pnext == prest)
+	    break;
+	}
+      return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+    case L('?'):		/* match zero or one of the patterns */
+    case L('@'):		/* match exactly one of the patterns */
+      /* If we can get away with no matches, don't even bother.  Just
+	 call gmatch on the rest of the pattern and return success if
+	 it succeeds. */
+      if (xc == L('?') && (GMATCH (s, se, prest, pe, flags) == 0))
+	return 0;
+
+      /* OK, we have to do this the hard way.  First, we see if one of
+	 the subpatterns matches, then, if it does, we try to match the
+	 rest of the string. */
+      for (psub = p + 1; ; psub = pnext)
+	{
+	  pnext = PATSCAN (psub, pe, L('|'));
+	  srest = (prest == pe) ? se : s;
+	  for ( ; srest <= se; srest++)
+	    {
+	      if (GMATCH (s, srest, psub, pnext - 1, flags) == 0 &&
+		  GMATCH (srest, se, prest, pe, flags) == 0)
+		return (0);
+	    }
+	  if (pnext == prest)
+	    break;
+	}
+      return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+    case '!':		/* match anything *except* one of the patterns */
+      for (srest = s; srest <= se; srest++)
+	{
+	  m1 = 0;
+	  for (psub = p + 1; ; psub = pnext)
+	    {
+	      pnext = PATSCAN (psub, pe, L('|'));
+	      /* If one of the patterns matches, just bail immediately. */
+	      if (m1 = (GMATCH (s, srest, psub, pnext - 1, flags) == 0))
+		break;
+	      if (pnext == prest)
+		break;
+	    }
+	  if (m1 == 0 && GMATCH (srest, se, prest, pe, flags) == 0)
+	    return (0);
+	}
+      return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+    }
+
+  return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+}
+#endif /* EXTENDED_GLOB */
+
+#undef IS_CCLASS
+#undef FOLD
+#undef CHAR
+#undef U_CHAR
+#undef XCHAR
+#undef INT
+#undef INVALID
+#undef FCT
+#undef GMATCH
+#undef COLLSYM
+#undef PARSE_COLLSYM
+#undef PATSCAN
+#undef STRCOMPARE
+#undef EXTMATCH
+#undef BRACKMATCH
+#undef STRCHR
+#undef STRCOLL
+#undef STRLEN
+#undef STRCMP
+#undef COLLEQUIV
+#undef RANGECMP
+#undef L
diff --git a/lib/glob/smatch.c b/lib/glob/smatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12fde3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/smatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/* strmatch.c -- ksh-like extended pattern matching for the shell and filename
+		globbing. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+   
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+	      
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+			 
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>	/* for debugging */
+				
+#include "strmatch.h"
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* First, compile `sm_loop.c' for single-byte characters. */
+#define CHAR	unsigned char
+#define U_CHAR	unsigned char
+#define XCHAR	char
+#define INT	int
+#define L(CS)	CS
+#define INVALID	-1
+
+#undef STREQ
+#undef STREQN
+#define STREQ(a, b) ((a)[0] == (b)[0] && strcmp(a, b) == 0)
+#define STREQN(a, b, n) ((a)[0] == (b)[0] && strncmp(a, b, n) == 0)
+
+/* We use strcoll(3) for range comparisons in bracket expressions,
+   even though it can have unwanted side effects in locales
+   other than POSIX or US.  For instance, in the de locale, [A-Z] matches
+   all characters. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRCOLL)
+/* Helper function for collating symbol equivalence. */
+static int rangecmp (c1, c2)
+     int c1, c2;
+{
+  static char s1[2] = { ' ', '\0' };
+  static char s2[2] = { ' ', '\0' };
+  int ret;
+
+  /* Eight bits only.  Period. */
+  c1 &= 0xFF;
+  c2 &= 0xFF;
+
+  if (c1 == c2)
+    return (0);
+
+  s1[0] = c1;
+  s2[0] = c2;
+
+  if ((ret = strcoll (s1, s2)) != 0)
+    return ret;
+  return (c1 - c2);
+}
+#else /* !HAVE_STRCOLL */
+#  define rangecmp(c1, c2)	((int)(c1) - (int)(c2))
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRCOLL */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRCOLL)
+static int
+collequiv (c1, c2)
+     int c1, c2;
+{
+  return (rangecmp (c1, c2) == 0);
+}
+#else
+#  define collequiv(c1, c2)	((c1) == (c2))
+#endif
+
+#define _COLLSYM	_collsym
+#define __COLLSYM	__collsym
+#define POSIXCOLL	posix_collsyms
+#include "collsyms.h"
+
+static int
+collsym (s, len)
+     CHAR *s;
+     int len;
+{
+  register struct _collsym *csp;
+  char *x;
+
+  x = (char *)s;
+  for (csp = posix_collsyms; csp->name; csp++)
+    {
+      if (STREQN(csp->name, x, len) && csp->name[len] == '\0')
+	return (csp->code);
+    }
+  if (len == 1)
+    return s[0];
+  return INVALID;
+}
+
+/* unibyte character classification */
+#if !defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII)
+#  define isascii(c)	((unsigned int)(c) <= 0177)
+#endif
+
+enum char_class
+  {
+    CC_NO_CLASS = 0,
+    CC_ASCII, CC_ALNUM, CC_ALPHA, CC_BLANK, CC_CNTRL, CC_DIGIT, CC_GRAPH,
+    CC_LOWER, CC_PRINT, CC_PUNCT, CC_SPACE, CC_UPPER, CC_WORD, CC_XDIGIT
+  };
+
+static char const *const cclass_name[] =
+  {
+    "",
+    "ascii", "alnum", "alpha", "blank", "cntrl", "digit", "graph",
+    "lower", "print", "punct", "space", "upper", "word", "xdigit"
+  };
+
+#define N_CHAR_CLASS (sizeof(cclass_name) / sizeof (cclass_name[0]))
+
+static int
+is_cclass (c, name)
+     int c;
+     const char *name;
+{
+  enum char_class char_class = CC_NO_CLASS;
+  int i, result;
+
+  for (i = 1; i < N_CHAR_CLASS; i++)
+    {
+      if (STREQ (name, cclass_name[i]))
+	{
+	  char_class = (enum char_class)i;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (char_class == 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  switch (char_class)
+    {
+      case CC_ASCII:
+	result = isascii (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_ALNUM:
+	result = ISALNUM (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_ALPHA:
+	result = ISALPHA (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_BLANK:  
+	result = ISBLANK (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_CNTRL:
+	result = ISCNTRL (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_DIGIT:
+	result = ISDIGIT (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_GRAPH:
+	result = ISGRAPH (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_LOWER:
+	result = ISLOWER (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_PRINT: 
+	result = ISPRINT (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_PUNCT:
+	result = ISPUNCT (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_SPACE:
+	result = ISSPACE (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_UPPER:
+	result = ISUPPER (c);
+	break;
+      case CC_WORD:
+        result = (ISALNUM (c) || c == '_');
+	break;
+      case CC_XDIGIT:
+	result = ISXDIGIT (c);
+	break;
+      default:
+	result = -1;
+	break;
+    }
+
+  return result;  
+}
+
+/* Now include `sm_loop.c' for single-byte characters. */
+/* The result of FOLD is an `unsigned char' */
+# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) \
+	? TOLOWER ((unsigned char)c) \
+	: ((unsigned char)c))
+
+#define FCT			internal_strmatch
+#define GMATCH			gmatch
+#define COLLSYM			collsym
+#define PARSE_COLLSYM		parse_collsym
+#define BRACKMATCH		brackmatch
+#define PATSCAN			patscan
+#define STRCOMPARE		strcompare
+#define EXTMATCH		extmatch
+#define STRCHR(S, C)		strchr((S), (C))
+#define STRCOLL(S1, S2)		strcoll((S1), (S2))
+#define STRLEN(S)		strlen(S)
+#define STRCMP(S1, S2)		strcmp((S1), (S2))
+#define RANGECMP(C1, C2)	rangecmp((C1), (C2))
+#define COLLEQUIV(C1, C2)	collequiv((C1), (C2))
+#define CTYPE_T			enum char_class
+#define IS_CCLASS(C, S)		is_cclass((C), (S))
+#include "sm_loop.c"
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+
+#  define CHAR		wchar_t
+#  define U_CHAR	wint_t
+#  define XCHAR		wchar_t
+#  define INT		wint_t
+#  define L(CS)		L##CS
+#  define INVALID	WEOF
+
+#  undef STREQ
+#  undef STREQN
+#  define STREQ(s1, s2) ((wcscmp (s1, s2) == 0))
+#  define STREQN(a, b, n) ((a)[0] == (b)[0] && wcsncmp(a, b, n) == 0)
+
+static int
+rangecmp_wc (c1, c2)
+     wint_t c1, c2;
+{
+  static wchar_t s1[2] = { L' ', L'\0' };
+  static wchar_t s2[2] = { L' ', L'\0' };
+  int ret;
+
+  if (c1 == c2)
+    return 0;
+
+  s1[0] = c1;
+  s2[0] = c2;
+
+  return (wcscoll (s1, s2));
+}
+
+static int
+collequiv_wc (c, equiv)
+     wint_t c, equiv;
+{
+  return (!(c - equiv));
+}
+
+/* Helper function for collating symbol. */
+#  define _COLLSYM	_collwcsym
+#  define __COLLSYM	__collwcsym
+#  define POSIXCOLL	posix_collwcsyms
+#  include "collsyms.h"
+
+static wint_t
+collwcsym (s, len)
+     wchar_t *s;
+     int len;
+{
+  register struct _collwcsym *csp;
+
+  for (csp = posix_collwcsyms; csp->name; csp++)
+    {
+      if (STREQN(csp->name, s, len) && csp->name[len] == L'\0')
+	return (csp->code);
+    }
+  if (len == 1)
+    return s[0];
+  return INVALID;
+}
+
+static int
+is_wcclass (wc, name)
+     wint_t wc;
+     wchar_t *name;
+{
+  char *mbs;
+  mbstate_t state;
+  size_t mbslength;
+  wctype_t desc;
+  int want_word;
+
+  if ((wctype ("ascii") == (wctype_t)0) && (wcscmp (name, L"ascii") == 0))
+    {
+      int c;
+
+      if ((c = wctob (wc)) == EOF)
+	return 0;
+      else
+        return (c <= 0x7F);
+    }
+
+  want_word = (wcscmp (name, L"word") == 0);
+  if (want_word)
+    name = L"alnum";
+
+  memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  mbs = (char *) malloc (wcslen(name) * MB_CUR_MAX + 1);
+  mbslength = wcsrtombs(mbs, (const wchar_t **)&name, (wcslen(name) * MB_CUR_MAX + 1), &state);
+
+  if (mbslength == (size_t)-1 || mbslength == (size_t)-2)
+    {
+      free (mbs);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  desc = wctype (mbs);
+  free (mbs);
+
+  if (desc == (wctype_t)0)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (want_word)
+    return (iswctype (wc, desc) || wc == L'_');
+  else
+    return (iswctype (wc, desc));
+}
+
+/* Now include `sm_loop.c' for multibyte characters. */
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && iswupper (c) ? towlower (c) : (c))
+#define FCT			internal_wstrmatch
+#define GMATCH			gmatch_wc
+#define COLLSYM			collwcsym
+#define PARSE_COLLSYM		parse_collwcsym
+#define BRACKMATCH		brackmatch_wc
+#define PATSCAN			patscan_wc
+#define STRCOMPARE		wscompare
+#define EXTMATCH		extmatch_wc
+#define STRCHR(S, C)		wcschr((S), (C))
+#define STRCOLL(S1, S2)		wcscoll((S1), (S2))
+#define STRLEN(S)		wcslen(S)
+#define STRCMP(S1, S2)		wcscmp((S1), (S2))
+#define RANGECMP(C1, C2)	rangecmp_wc((C1), (C2))
+#define COLLEQUIV(C1, C2)	collequiv_wc((C1), (C2))
+#define CTYPE_T			enum char_class
+#define IS_CCLASS(C, S)		is_wcclass((C), (S))
+#include "sm_loop.c"
+
+#endif /* HAVE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+int
+xstrmatch (pattern, string, flags)
+     char *pattern;
+     char *string;
+     int flags;
+{
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+  int ret;
+  size_t n;
+  wchar_t *wpattern, *wstring;
+
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1)
+    return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
+
+  n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
+  if (n == (size_t)-1 || n == (size_t)-2)
+    return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
+
+  n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, NULL, string);
+  if (n == (size_t)-1 || n == (size_t)-2)
+    {
+      free (wpattern);
+      return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
+    }
+
+  ret = internal_wstrmatch (wpattern, wstring, flags);
+
+  free (wpattern);
+  free (wstring);
+
+  return ret;
+#else
+  return (internal_strmatch ((unsigned char *)pattern, (unsigned char *)string, flags));
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+}
diff --git a/lib/glob/strmatch.c b/lib/glob/strmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d9c68d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/strmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* strmatch.c -- ksh-like extended pattern matching for the shell and filename
+		globbing. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+   
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+	      
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+			 
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+#include "strmatch.h"
+
+extern int xstrmatch __P((char *, char *, int));
+#if defined (HAVE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern int internal_wstrmatch __P((wchar_t *, wchar_t *, int));
+#endif
+
+int
+strmatch (pattern, string, flags)
+     char *pattern;
+     char *string;
+     int flags;
+{
+  if (string == 0 || pattern == 0)
+    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+  return (xstrmatch (pattern, string, flags));
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+int
+wcsmatch (wpattern, wstring, flags)
+     wchar_t *wpattern;
+     wchar_t *wstring;
+     int flags;
+{
+  if (wstring == 0 || wpattern == 0)
+    return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+  return (internal_wstrmatch (wpattern, wstring, flags));
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+main (c, v)
+     int c;
+     char **v;
+{
+  char *string, *pat;
+
+  string = v[1];
+  pat = v[2];
+
+  if (strmatch (pat, string, 0) == 0)
+    {
+      printf ("%s matches %s\n", string, pat);
+      exit (0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf ("%s does not match %s\n", string, pat);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/glob/strmatch.h b/lib/glob/strmatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7471444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/strmatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.  */
+
+#ifndef	_STRMATCH_H
+#define	_STRMATCH_H	1
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
+   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
+#undef  FNM_PATHNAME
+#undef  FNM_NOESCAPE
+#undef  FNM_PERIOD
+
+/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `strmatch'.  */
+
+/* standard flags are like fnmatch(3). */
+#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
+#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
+#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
+
+/* extended flags not available in most libc fnmatch versions, but we undef
+   them to avoid any possible warnings. */
+#undef FNM_LEADING_DIR
+#undef FNM_CASEFOLD
+#undef FNM_EXTMATCH
+
+#define FNM_LEADING_DIR	(1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match. */
+#define FNM_CASEFOLD	(1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case. */
+#define FNM_EXTMATCH	(1 << 5) /* Use ksh-like extended matching. */
+
+/* Value returned by `strmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
+#undef FNM_NOMATCH
+
+#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
+   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
+extern int strmatch __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+extern int wcsmatch __P((wchar_t *, wchar_t *, int));
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _STRMATCH_H */
diff --git a/lib/glob/xmbsrtowcs.c b/lib/glob/xmbsrtowcs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8c29b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/glob/xmbsrtowcs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/* xmbsrtowcs.c -- replacement function for mbsrtowcs */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+/* <wchar.h>, <wctype.h> and <stdlib.h> are included in "shmbutil.h".
+   If <wchar.h>, <wctype.h>, mbsrtowcs(), exist, HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+   is defined as 1. */
+#include <shmbutil.h>
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+/* On some locales (ex. ja_JP.sjis), mbsrtowc doesn't convert 0x5c to U<0x5c>.
+   So, this function is made for converting 0x5c to U<0x5c>. */
+
+static mbstate_t local_state;
+static int local_state_use = 0;
+
+size_t
+xmbsrtowcs (dest, src, len, pstate)
+    wchar_t *dest;
+    const char **src;
+    size_t len;
+    mbstate_t *pstate;
+{
+  mbstate_t *ps;
+  size_t mblength, wclength, n;
+
+  ps = pstate;
+  if (pstate == NULL)
+    {
+      if (!local_state_use)
+	{
+	  memset (&local_state, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
+	  local_state_use = 1;
+	}
+      ps = &local_state;
+    }
+
+  n = strlen (*src);
+
+  if (dest == NULL)
+    {
+      wchar_t *wsbuf;
+      const char *mbs;
+      mbstate_t psbuf;
+
+      /* It doesn't matter if malloc fails here, since mbsrtowcs should do
+	 the right thing with a NULL first argument. */
+      wsbuf = (wchar_t *) malloc ((n + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t));
+      mbs = *src;
+      psbuf = *ps;
+
+      wclength = mbsrtowcs (wsbuf, &mbs, n, &psbuf);
+
+      if (wsbuf)
+	free (wsbuf);
+      return wclength;
+    }
+      
+  for (wclength = 0; wclength < len; wclength++, dest++)
+    {
+      if (mbsinit(ps))
+	{
+	  if (**src == '\0')
+	    {
+	      *dest = L'\0';
+	      *src = NULL;
+	      return (wclength);
+	    }
+	  else if (**src == '\\')
+	    {
+	      *dest = L'\\';
+	      mblength = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    mblength = mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps);
+	}
+      else
+	mblength = mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps);
+
+      /* Cannot convert multibyte character to wide character. */
+      if (mblength == (size_t)-1 || mblength == (size_t)-2)
+	return (size_t)-1;
+
+      *src += mblength;
+      n -= mblength;
+
+      /* The multibyte string  has  been  completely  converted,
+	 including  the terminating '\0'. */
+      if (*dest == L'\0')
+	{
+	  *src = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return (wclength);
+}
+
+/* Convert a multibyte string to a wide character string. Memory for the
+   new wide character string is obtained with malloc.
+
+   The return value is the length of the wide character string. Returns a
+   pointer to the wide character string in DESTP. If INDICESP is not NULL,
+   INDICESP stores the pointer to the pointer array. Each pointer is to
+   the first byte of each multibyte character. Memory for the pointer array
+   is obtained with malloc, too.
+   If conversion is failed, the return value is (size_t)-1 and the values
+   of DESTP and INDICESP are NULL. */
+
+#define WSBUF_INC 32
+
+size_t
+xdupmbstowcs (destp, indicesp, src)
+    wchar_t **destp;	/* Store the pointer to the wide character string */
+    char ***indicesp;	/* Store the pointer to the pointer array. */
+    const char *src;	/* Multibyte character string */
+{
+  const char *p;	/* Conversion start position of src */
+  wchar_t wc;		/* Created wide character by conversion */
+  wchar_t *wsbuf;	/* Buffer for wide characters. */
+  char **indices; 	/* Buffer for indices. */
+  size_t wsbuf_size;	/* Size of WSBUF */
+  size_t wcnum;		/* Number of wide characters in WSBUF */
+  mbstate_t state;	/* Conversion State */
+
+  /* In case SRC or DESP is NULL, conversion doesn't take place. */
+  if (src == NULL || destp == NULL)
+    {
+      *destp = NULL;
+      return (size_t)-1;
+    }
+
+  memset (&state, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
+  wsbuf_size = WSBUF_INC;
+
+  wsbuf = (wchar_t *) malloc (wsbuf_size * sizeof(wchar_t));
+  if (wsbuf == NULL)
+    {
+      *destp = NULL;
+      return (size_t)-1;
+    }
+
+  indices = (char **) malloc (wsbuf_size * sizeof(char *));
+  if (indices == NULL)
+    {
+      free (wsbuf);
+      *destp = NULL;
+      return (size_t)-1;
+    }
+
+  p = src;
+  wcnum = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      size_t mblength;	/* Byte length of one multibyte character. */
+
+      if (mbsinit (&state))
+	{
+	  if (*p == '\0')
+	    {
+	      wc = L'\0';
+	      mblength = 1;
+	    }
+	  else if (*p == '\\')
+	    {
+	      wc = L'\\';
+	      mblength = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    mblength = mbrtowc(&wc, p, MB_LEN_MAX, &state);
+	}
+      else
+	mblength = mbrtowc(&wc, p, MB_LEN_MAX, &state);
+
+      /* Conversion failed. */
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+	{
+	  free (wsbuf);
+	  free (indices);
+	  *destp = NULL;
+	  return (size_t)-1;
+	}
+
+      ++wcnum;
+
+      /* Resize buffers when they are not large enough. */
+      if (wsbuf_size < wcnum)
+	{
+	  wchar_t *wstmp;
+	  char **idxtmp;
+
+	  wsbuf_size += WSBUF_INC;
+
+	  wstmp = (wchar_t *) realloc (wsbuf, wsbuf_size * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	  if (wstmp == NULL)
+	    {
+	      free (wsbuf);
+	      free (indices);
+	      *destp = NULL;
+	      return (size_t)-1;
+	    }
+	  wsbuf = wstmp;
+
+	  idxtmp = (char **) realloc (indices, wsbuf_size * sizeof (char **));
+	  if (idxtmp == NULL)
+	    {
+	      free (wsbuf);
+	      free (indices);
+	      *destp = NULL;
+	      return (size_t)-1;
+	    }
+	  indices = idxtmp;
+	}
+
+      wsbuf[wcnum - 1] = wc;
+      indices[wcnum - 1] = (char *)p;
+      p += mblength;
+    }
+  while (MB_NULLWCH (wc) == 0);
+
+  /* Return the length of the wide character string, not including `\0'. */
+  *destp = wsbuf;
+  if (indicesp != NULL)
+    *indicesp = indices;
+  else
+    free (indices);
+
+  return (wcnum - 1);
+}
+
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
diff --git a/lib/intl/ChangeLog b/lib/intl/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eed2d21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+2003-05-22  GNU  <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
+
+	* Version 0.12.1 released.
+
diff --git a/lib/intl/Makefile.in b/lib/intl/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8520ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = @BUILD_DIR@
+VPATH = $(srcdir)
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir)
+subdir = intl
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+
+AR = ar
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
+YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
+
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+-DLIBDIR=\"$(prefix)/libdata\" -DIN_LIBINTL \
+-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
+-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
+-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
+-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@ @LOCAL_DEFS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = \
+  gmo.h \
+  gettextP.h \
+  hash-string.h \
+  loadinfo.h \
+  plural-exp.h \
+  eval-plural.h \
+  localcharset.h \
+  relocatable.h \
+  os2compat.h \
+  libgnuintl.h.in
+SOURCES = \
+  bindtextdom.c \
+  dcgettext.c \
+  dgettext.c \
+  gettext.c \
+  finddomain.c \
+  loadmsgcat.c \
+  localealias.c \
+  textdomain.c \
+  l10nflist.c \
+  explodename.c \
+  dcigettext.c \
+  dcngettext.c \
+  dngettext.c \
+  ngettext.c \
+  plural.y \
+  plural-exp.c \
+  localcharset.c \
+  relocatable.c \
+  localename.c \
+  log.c \
+  osdep.c \
+  os2compat.c \
+  intl-compat.c
+OBJECTS = \
+  bindtextdom.$lo \
+  dcgettext.$lo \
+  dgettext.$lo \
+  gettext.$lo \
+  finddomain.$lo \
+  loadmsgcat.$lo \
+  localealias.$lo \
+  textdomain.$lo \
+  l10nflist.$lo \
+  explodename.$lo \
+  dcigettext.$lo \
+  dcngettext.$lo \
+  dngettext.$lo \
+  ngettext.$lo \
+  plural.$lo \
+  plural-exp.$lo \
+  localcharset.$lo \
+  relocatable.$lo \
+  localename.$lo \
+  log.$lo \
+  osdep.$lo \
+  intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \
+Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc
+DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
+COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+all-no-no:
+
+libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+	rm -f $@
+	$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+	  $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+	  $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) \
+	  -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+	  -rpath $(libdir) \
+	  -no-undefined
+
+# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+# change these values.
+LTV_CURRENT=5
+LTV_REVISION=0
+LTV_AGE=3
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
+
+.c.o:
+	$(COMPILE) $<
+
+.y.c:
+	$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+	rm -f $*.h
+
+bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
+dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
+dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
+gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
+finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
+loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
+localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
+textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
+l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
+explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
+dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
+dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
+dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
+ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
+plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
+plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
+localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
+relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
+localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
+log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
+osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
+intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+
+ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
+	mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
+ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
+	mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I${top_builddir} -I${top_srcdir}
+
+libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
+	cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in libgnuintl.h
+
+libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
+	cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h
+
+charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+check: all
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+	if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	  if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
+	    dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
+	    if test -n "$dependencies"; then \
+	      rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+	  test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
+	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	  sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	  rm -f $$temp; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+install-data: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+	  dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+install-strip: install
+
+installdirs:
+	if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+	if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/libdata/charset.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/libdata/t-charset.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/libdata/charset.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+info dvi ps pdf html:
+
+$(OBJECTS): ${top_builddir}/config.h libgnuintl.h
+bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
+dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
+explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
+dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
+dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
+localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
+localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+
+CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.*
+	rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+	rm -f -r .libs _libs
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  : ; \
+	else \
+	  if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
+	    additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+	  else \
+	    additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+	  for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	    cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
+	  done; \
+	fi
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
+# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
+# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
+#	cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/lib/intl/VERSION b/lib/intl/VERSION
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1303183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/VERSION
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1
diff --git a/lib/intl/bindtextdom.c b/lib/intl/bindtextdom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..250f5e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/bindtextdom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
+# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden;
+#else
+# define INTUSE(name) name
+#endif
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+					const char **dirnamep,
+					const char **codesetp));
+
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+   to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+   If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+   modified, only the current value is returned.
+   If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+   modified nor returned.  */
+static void
+set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char **dirnamep;
+     const char **codesetp;
+{
+  struct binding *binding;
+  int modified;
+
+  /* Some sanity checks.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = NULL;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  modified = 0;
+
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding != NULL)
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->dirname;
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+		{
+		  if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
+		    result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+		  else
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		      result = strdup (dirname);
+#else
+		      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		      if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+			memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		    }
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+			free (binding->dirname);
+
+		      binding->dirname = result;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *dirnamep = result;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->codeset;
+	      if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+		{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+			free (binding->codeset);
+
+		      binding->codeset = result;
+		      binding->codeset_cntr++;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *codesetp = result;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+	   && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+    {
+      /* Simply return the default values.  */
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      struct binding *new_binding =
+	(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+	goto failed;
+
+      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The default value.  */
+	    dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
+		dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *result;
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (dirname);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+		  memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		  dirname = result;
+		}
+	    }
+	  *dirnamep = dirname;
+	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+	}
+      else
+	/* The default value.  */
+	new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+
+      new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset != NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *result;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+	      result = strdup (codeset);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+#else
+	      size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+	      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+	      memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+	      codeset = result;
+	      new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
+	    }
+	  *codesetp = codeset;
+	  new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+	}
+      else
+	new_binding->codeset = NULL;
+
+      /* Now enqueue it.  */
+      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+	{
+	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  while (binding->next != NULL
+		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+	    binding = binding->next;
+
+	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
+	  binding->next = new_binding;
+	}
+
+      modified = 1;
+
+      /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures.  */
+      if (0)
+	{
+	failed_codeset:
+	  if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+	    free (new_binding->dirname);
+	failed_dirname:
+	  free (new_binding);
+	failed:
+	  if (dirnamep)
+	    *dirnamep = NULL;
+	  if (codesetp)
+	    *codesetp = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches.  */
+  if (modified)
+    ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+  return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+  return (char *) codeset;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/config.charset b/lib/intl/config.charset
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..32becec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/config.charset
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc solaris                             yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-14               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
+#   KOI8-T                    glibc
+#   CP437                     dos
+#   CP775                     dos
+#   CP850                     aix osf dos
+#   CP852                     dos
+#   CP855                     dos
+#   CP856                     aix
+#   CP857                     dos
+#   CP861                     dos
+#   CP862                     dos
+#   CP864                     dos
+#   CP865                     dos
+#   CP866                     freebsd dos
+#   CP869                     dos
+#   CP874                     woe32 dos
+#   CP922                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix woe32 dos
+#   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     osf woe32 dos
+#   CP950                     woe32 dos
+#   CP1046                    aix
+#   CP1124                    aix
+#   CP1125                    dos
+#   CP1129                    aix
+#   CP1250                    woe32
+#   CP1251                    glibc solaris woe32
+#   CP1252                    aix woe32
+#   CP1253                    woe32
+#   CP1254                    woe32
+#   CP1255                    glibc woe32
+#   CP1256                    woe32
+#   CP1257                    woe32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
+#   BIG5-HKSCS                glibc solaris
+#   GBK                       glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos
+#   GB18030                   glibc solaris
+#   SHIFT_JIS                 hpux osf solaris freebsd                  yes
+#   JOHAB                     glibc solaris woe32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
+#   TCVN5712-1                glibc
+#   GEORGIAN-PS               glibc
+#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
+#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
+#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "GB18030 GB18030"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd* | os2*)
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	# Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
+	# reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    netbsd*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "#"
+	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+	echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
+	echo "#"
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	# ISO-8859-1 languages
+	echo "ca CP850"
+	echo "ca_ES CP850"
+	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "de CP850"
+	echo "de_AT CP850"
+	echo "de_CH CP850"
+	echo "de_DE CP850"
+	echo "en CP850"
+	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "en_CA CP850"
+	echo "en_GB CP850"
+	echo "en_NZ CP437"
+	echo "en_US CP437"
+	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "es CP850"
+	echo "es_AR CP850"
+	echo "es_BO CP850"
+	echo "es_CL CP850"
+	echo "es_CO CP850"
+	echo "es_CR CP850"
+	echo "es_CU CP850"
+	echo "es_DO CP850"
+	echo "es_EC CP850"
+	echo "es_ES CP850"
+	echo "es_GT CP850"
+	echo "es_HN CP850"
+	echo "es_MX CP850"
+	echo "es_NI CP850"
+	echo "es_PA CP850"
+	echo "es_PY CP850"
+	echo "es_PE CP850"
+	echo "es_SV CP850"
+	echo "es_UY CP850"
+	echo "es_VE CP850"
+	echo "et CP850"
+	echo "et_EE CP850"
+	echo "eu CP850"
+	echo "eu_ES CP850"
+	echo "fi CP850"
+	echo "fi_FI CP850"
+	echo "fr CP850"
+	echo "fr_BE CP850"
+	echo "fr_CA CP850"
+	echo "fr_CH CP850"
+	echo "fr_FR CP850"
+	echo "ga CP850"
+	echo "ga_IE CP850"
+	echo "gd CP850"
+	echo "gd_GB CP850"
+	echo "gl CP850"
+	echo "gl_ES CP850"
+	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
+	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "it CP850"
+	echo "it_CH CP850"
+	echo "it_IT CP850"
+	echo "lt CP775"
+	echo "lt_LT CP775"
+	echo "lv CP775"
+	echo "lv_LV CP775"
+	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nl CP850"
+	echo "nl_BE CP850"
+	echo "nl_NL CP850"
+	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "pt CP850"
+	echo "pt_BR CP850"
+	echo "pt_PT CP850"
+	echo "sv CP850"
+	echo "sv_SE CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-2 languages
+	echo "cs CP852"
+	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+	echo "hr CP852"
+	echo "hr_HR CP852"
+	echo "hu CP852"
+	echo "hu_HU CP852"
+	echo "pl CP852"
+	echo "pl_PL CP852"
+	echo "ro CP852"
+	echo "ro_RO CP852"
+	echo "sk CP852"
+	echo "sk_SK CP852"
+	echo "sl CP852"
+	echo "sl_SI CP852"
+	echo "sq CP852"
+	echo "sq_AL CP852"
+	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	# ISO-8859-3 languages
+	echo "mt CP850"
+	echo "mt_MT CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-5 languages
+	echo "be CP866"
+	echo "be_BE CP866"
+	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "ru CP866"
+	echo "ru_RU CP866"
+	echo "uk CP1125"
+	echo "uk_UA CP1125"
+	# ISO-8859-6 languages
+	echo "ar CP864"
+	echo "ar_AE CP864"
+	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+	echo "ar_EG CP864"
+	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+	echo "ar_IR CP864"
+	echo "ar_JO CP864"
+	echo "ar_KW CP864"
+	echo "ar_MA CP864"
+	echo "ar_OM CP864"
+	echo "ar_QA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SY CP864"
+	# ISO-8859-7 languages
+	echo "el CP869"
+	echo "el_GR CP869"
+	# ISO-8859-8 languages
+	echo "he CP862"
+	echo "he_IL CP862"
+	# ISO-8859-9 languages
+	echo "tr CP857"
+	echo "tr_TR CP857"
+	# Japanese
+	echo "ja CP932"
+	echo "ja_JP CP932"
+	# Chinese
+	echo "zh_CN GBK"
+	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+	# Korean
+	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
+	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+	# Thai
+	echo "th CP874"
+	echo "th_TH CP874"
+	# Other
+	echo "eo CP850"
+	echo "eo_EO CP850"
+	;;
+esac
diff --git a/lib/intl/dcgettext.c b/lib/intl/dcgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca6a1c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/dcgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+INTDEF(__dcgettext)
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/dcigettext.c b/lib/intl/dcigettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7e696a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/dcigettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1246 @@
+/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# else
+#  if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#   include <alloca.h>
+#  else
+#   ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#   else
+#    ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.
+     Set to 1 only if you know for sure.  In case of doubt, set to 0.  */
+# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \
+     || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__
+#  define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1
+# else
+#  define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+# include <signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+    ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
+# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
+# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#if defined (SHELL) && !defined (HAVE_GETCWD)
+#  define HAVE_GETCWD
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+#  define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try.  */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h.  */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+   PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+   later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3).  */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P)  tests whether P is an absolute path.  If it is not,
+                        it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+   IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P)  tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+    (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+   are stored.  */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+  /* Domain in which to search.  */
+  char *domainname;
+
+  /* The category.  */
+  int category;
+
+  /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found.  */
+  int counter;
+
+  /* Catalog where the string was found.  */
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+  /* And finally the translation.  */
+  const char *translation;
+  size_t translation_length;
+
+  /* Pointer to the string in question.  */
+  char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations.  We can use this
+   only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family.  */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations.  */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+     const void *p1;
+     const void *p2;
+{
+  const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+  const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+  int result;
+
+  s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+  s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+  result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+      if (result == 0)
+	/* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+	   operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+	   LC_MESSAGES).  */
+	result = s1->category - s2->category;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INTVARDEF
+# define INTVARDEF(name)
+#endif
+#ifndef INTUSE
+# define INTUSE(name) name
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+   textdomain(3).  The default value for this is "messages".  */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3).  */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden
+     = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+#if defined __EMX__
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+#else
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname)
+#endif
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+   calls.  */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+				    unsigned long int n,
+				    const char *translation,
+				    size_t translation_len))
+     internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+						 const char *categoryname))
+     internal_function;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+# define category_to_name(category)	_nl_category_names[category]
+#else
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+#endif
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done.  */
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+  void *address;
+  struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));  \
+    /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to	      \
+       the list.  */							      \
+    if (newp != NULL) {							      \
+      newp->address = (addr);						      \
+      newp->next = (list);						      \
+      (list) = newp;							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    while (list != NULL) {						      \
+      struct block_list *old = list;					      \
+      list = list->next;						      \
+      free (old->address);						      \
+      free (old);							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif	/* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations.  */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+  struct transmem_list *next;
+  char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+   easier methods therefore we make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+#  define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+#  define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+#  define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+#  define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+  if (enable_secure == 0)						      \
+    {									      \
+      if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ())		      \
+	enable_secure = 1;						      \
+      else								      \
+	enable_secure = -1;						      \
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_RAISE
+#  define raise(x)	kill (getpid (), (x))
+#endif
+
+/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression.  */
+#include "eval-plural.h"
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+   depending on the plural form determined by N.  */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     int plural;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+  struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+  struct binding *binding;
+  const char *categoryname;
+  const char *categoryvalue;
+  char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+  char *single_locale;
+  char *retval;
+  size_t retlen;
+  int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+  struct known_translation_t *search;
+  struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+  size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+  size_t domainname_len;
+
+  /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL.  */
+  if (msgid1 == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL)
+    /* Bogus.  */
+    return (plural == 0
+	    ? (char *) msgid1
+	    /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+	    : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+#endif
+
+  __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain.  If
+     CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+     definition left this undefined.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions  */
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT
+  if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT)
+    category = LC_MESSAGES;
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+  msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+  /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+     some time.  */
+  search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+	   alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+  memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+  search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+  search->category = category;
+
+  foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+  freea (search);
+  if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+    {
+      /* Now deal with plural.  */
+      if (plural)
+	retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+				(*foundp)->translation_length);
+      else
+	retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+      return retval;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Preserve the `errno' value.  */
+  saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not.  */
+  DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+  /* First find matching binding.  */
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding == NULL)
+    dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
+  else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+    dirname = binding->dirname;
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have a relative path.  Make it absolute now.  */
+      size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+      size_t path_max;
+      char *ret;
+
+      path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+      path_max += 2;		/* The getcwd docs say to do this.  */
+
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+	  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+	  __set_errno (0);
+	  ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+	  if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+	    break;
+
+	  path_max += path_max / 2;
+	  path_max += PATH_INCR;
+	}
+
+      if (ret == NULL)
+	/* We cannot get the current working directory.  Don't signal an
+	   error but simply return the default string.  */
+	goto return_untranslated;
+
+      stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+    }
+
+  /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value.  */
+  categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+  categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+  domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+  xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+				 + domainname_len + 5);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+  stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+		  domainname, domainname_len),
+	  ".mo");
+
+  /* Creating working area.  */
+  single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+  /* Search for the given string.  This is a loop because we perhaps
+     got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list.  */
+      while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+	++categoryvalue;
+      if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+	     no valid entry has been found.  We solve this situation
+	     by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+	     will take place.  */
+	  single_locale[0] = 'C';
+	  single_locale[1] = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  char *cp = single_locale;
+	  while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+	    *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+	  *cp = '\0';
+
+	  /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+	     outside the dedicated directories.  */
+	  if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
+	    /* Ingore this entry.  */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+	 domain.  Return the MSGID.  */
+      if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+	  || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+	break;
+
+      /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+	 DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY.  */
+      domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+      if (domain != NULL)
+	{
+	  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+	  if (retval == NULL)
+	    {
+	      int cnt;
+
+	      for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+		{
+		  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+					 msgid1, &retlen);
+
+		  if (retval != NULL)
+		    {
+		      domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (retval != NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+		 starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes.  */
+	      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+	      if (foundp == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree.  */
+		  struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+		  newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+		    malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+			    + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+		  if (newp != NULL)
+		    {
+		      newp->domainname =
+			mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+		      memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+		      newp->category = category;
+		      newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+		      newp->domain = domain;
+		      newp->translation = retval;
+		      newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+		      /* Insert the entry in the search tree.  */
+		      foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+			tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+		      if (foundp == NULL
+			  || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+			/* The insert failed.  */
+			free (newp);
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* We can update the existing entry.  */
+		  (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+		  (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+		  (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+		  (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+		}
+#endif
+	      __set_errno (saved_errno);
+
+	      /* Now deal with plural.  */
+	      if (plural)
+		retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+	      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+	      return retval;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+ return_untranslated:
+  /* Return the untranslated MSGID.  */
+  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+#ifndef _LIBC
+  if (!ENABLE_SECURE)
+    {
+      extern void _nl_log_untranslated PARAMS ((const char *logfilename,
+						const char *domainname,
+						const char *msgid1,
+						const char *msgid2,
+						int plural));
+      const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED");
+
+      if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0')
+	_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
+    }
+#endif
+  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+  return (plural == 0
+	  ? (char *) msgid1
+	  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+	  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+     const char *msgid;
+     size_t *lengthp;
+{
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  size_t act;
+  char *result;
+  size_t resultlen;
+
+  if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+  if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+  nstrings = domain->nstrings;
+
+  /* Locate the MSGID and its translation.  */
+  if (domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Use the hashing table.  */
+      nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+      nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  nls_uint32 nstr =
+	    W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+	  if (nstr == 0)
+	    /* Hash table entry is empty.  */
+	    return NULL;
+
+	  nstr--;
+
+	  /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr.
+	     We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+	     are represented by strings with an embedded NUL.  */
+	  if (nstr < nstrings
+	      ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len
+		&& (strcmp (msgid,
+			    domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+					      domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset))
+		    == 0)
+	      : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len
+		&& (strcmp (msgid,
+			    domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer)
+		    == 0))
+	    {
+	      act = nstr;
+	      goto found;
+	    }
+
+	  if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+	    idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+	  else
+	    idx += incr;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Try the default method:  binary search in the sorted array of
+	 messages.  */
+      size_t top, bottom;
+
+      bottom = 0;
+      top = nstrings;
+      while (bottom < top)
+	{
+	  int cmp_val;
+
+	  act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+	  cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+				    + W (domain->must_swap,
+					 domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+	  if (cmp_val < 0)
+	    top = act;
+	  else if (cmp_val > 0)
+	    bottom = act + 1;
+	  else
+	    goto found;
+	}
+      /* No translation was found.  */
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+ found:
+  /* The translation was found at index ACT.  If we have to convert the
+     string to use a different character set, this is the time.  */
+  if (act < nstrings)
+    {
+      result = (char *)
+	(domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+      resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer;
+      resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length;
+    }
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+  if (domain->codeset_cntr
+      != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+    {
+      /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+	 since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed.  We
+	 have to reinitialize the converter.  */
+      _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+      _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+    }
+
+  if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+      domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+      domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+#  endif
+# endif
+      )
+    {
+      /* We are supposed to do a conversion.  First allocate an
+	 appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+	 of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+	 to the converted strings in.
+	 There is a slight complication with plural entries.  They
+	 are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings.  We
+	 handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+	 NULs.  */
+
+      if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+	  && ((domain->conv_tab =
+		 (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings,
+				   sizeof (char *)))
+	      == NULL))
+	/* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table.  */
+	domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+	/* Nothing we can do, no more memory.  */
+	goto converted;
+
+      if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+	     translated yet.  Do this now.  */
+	  /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+	     We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+	     time.  This is faster than many small allocations.   */
+	  __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE	4080
+	  static unsigned char *freemem;
+	  static size_t freemem_size;
+
+	  const unsigned char *inbuf;
+	  unsigned char *outbuf;
+	  int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+	  transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+	  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+	  inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+	  outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+	  malloc_count = 0;
+	  while (1)
+	    {
+	      transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	      size_t non_reversible;
+	      int res;
+
+	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+		goto resize_freemem;
+
+	      res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+			     &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+			     &outbuf,
+			     outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+			     &non_reversible);
+
+	      if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+		break;
+
+	      if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+		{
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+
+	      inbuf = result;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+	      const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+	      size_t inleft = resultlen;
+	      char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+	      size_t outleft;
+
+	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+		goto resize_freemem;
+
+	      outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+	      if (iconv (domain->conv,
+			 (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+			 &outptr, &outleft)
+		  != (size_t) (-1))
+		{
+		  outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      if (errno != E2BIG)
+		{
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+	    resize_freemem:
+	      /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one.  */
+	      if (malloc_count > 0)
+		{
+		  ++malloc_count;
+		  freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+							 freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  if (newmem != NULL)
+		    transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+		      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+		      free (old);
+		    }
+# endif
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  malloc_count = 1;
+		  freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+		}
+	      if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+		{
+		  freemem = NULL;
+		  freemem_size = 0;
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	      /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+                 at some point.  */
+	      newmem->next = transmem_list;
+	      transmem_list = newmem;
+
+	      freemem = newmem->data;
+	      freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+	      transmem_list = newmem;
+	      freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+	      outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+	    }
+
+	  /* We have now in our buffer a converted string.  Put this
+	     into the table of conversions.  */
+	  *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+	  domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+	  /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned.  */
+	  freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+	  freemem = outbuf;
+	  freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+	  freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+	  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+	}
+
+      /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+	 the plural variants.  */
+      result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+      resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+    }
+
+ converted:
+  /* The result string is converted.  */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+  *lengthp = resultlen;
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant.  */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     const char *translation;
+     size_t translation_len;
+{
+  struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+  unsigned long int index;
+  const char *p;
+
+  index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+  if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+    /* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression and the
+       given maximum value do not match.  */
+    index = 0;
+
+  /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION.  */
+  p = translation;
+  while (index-- > 0)
+    {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+      p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+      /* And skip over the NUL byte.  */
+      p++;
+
+      if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+	/* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression
+	   evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+	   available for MSGID1.  */
+	return (char *) translation;
+    }
+  return (char *) p;
+}
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+     int category;
+{
+  const char *retval;
+
+  switch (category)
+  {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+  case LC_COLLATE:
+    retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+  case LC_CTYPE:
+    retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+  case LC_MONETARY:
+    retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+  case LC_NUMERIC:
+    retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+  case LC_TIME:
+    retval = "LC_TIME";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+  case LC_MESSAGES:
+    retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+  case LC_RESPONSE:
+    retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+  case LC_ALL:
+    /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+       value.  */
+    retval = "LC_ALL";
+    break;
+#endif
+  default:
+    /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know.  */
+    retval = "LC_XXX";
+  }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+     int category;
+     const char *categoryname;
+{
+  const char *language;
+  const char *retval;
+
+  /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+     variable.  But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+     locale is the C locale.  This is a GNU extension.  */
+  language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+  if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+    language = NULL;
+
+  /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+     `LC_xxx', and `LANG'.  On some systems this can be done by the
+     `setlocale' function itself.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  retval = __current_locale_name (category);
+#else
+  retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname);
+#endif
+
+  /* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because
+     1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international
+	messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed
+	as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit
+	characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII
+	characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly.
+     2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified
+	by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like
+	"LANGUAGE".  We allow such programs to use gettext().  */
+  return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+     void *dest;
+     const void *src;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+   program's end.  */
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+  void *old;
+
+  while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+    {
+      struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+      _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+      if (oldp->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
+	/* Yes, this is a pointer comparison.  */
+	free (oldp->dirname);
+      free (oldp->codeset);
+      free (oldp);
+    }
+
+  if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+    /* Yes, again a pointer comparison.  */
+    free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+  /* Remove the search tree with the known translations.  */
+  __tdestroy (root, free);
+  root = NULL;
+
+  while (transmem_list != NULL)
+    {
+      old = transmem_list;
+      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+      free (old);
+    }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/dcngettext.c b/lib/intl/dcngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a3404e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/dcngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/dgettext.c b/lib/intl/dgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf5b403
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/dgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/dngettext.c b/lib/intl/dngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67fd030
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/dngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/eval-plural.h b/lib/intl/eval-plural.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19c7ca6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/eval-plural.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* Plural expression evaluation.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef STATIC
+#define STATIC static
+#endif
+
+/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value.  */
+STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+					      unsigned long int n))
+     internal_function;
+
+STATIC
+unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+     struct expression *pexp;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  switch (pexp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      switch (pexp->operation)
+	{
+	case var:
+	  return n;
+	case num:
+	  return pexp->val.num;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be lnot.  */
+	unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return ! arg;
+      }
+    case 2:
+      {
+	unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	if (pexp->operation == lor)
+	  return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else if (pexp->operation == land)
+	  return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else
+	  {
+	    unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+	    switch (pexp->operation)
+	      {
+	      case mult:
+		return leftarg * rightarg;
+	      case divide:
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+		if (rightarg == 0)
+		  raise (SIGFPE);
+#endif
+		return leftarg / rightarg;
+	      case module:
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+		if (rightarg == 0)
+		  raise (SIGFPE);
+#endif
+		return leftarg % rightarg;
+	      case plus:
+		return leftarg + rightarg;
+	      case minus:
+		return leftarg - rightarg;
+	      case less_than:
+		return leftarg < rightarg;
+	      case greater_than:
+		return leftarg > rightarg;
+	      case less_or_equal:
+		return leftarg <= rightarg;
+	      case greater_or_equal:
+		return leftarg >= rightarg;
+	      case equal:
+		return leftarg == rightarg;
+	      case not_equal:
+		return leftarg != rightarg;
+	      default:
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	break;
+      }
+    case 3:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be qmop.  */
+	unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+      }
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/explodename.c b/lib/intl/explodename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2985064
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/explodename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+char *
+_nl_find_language (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
+	 && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
+    ++name;
+
+  return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+		  normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+     char *name;
+     const char **language;
+     const char **modifier;
+     const char **territory;
+     const char **codeset;
+     const char **normalized_codeset;
+     const char **special;
+     const char **sponsor;
+     const char **revision;
+{
+  enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+  char *cp;
+  int mask;
+
+  *modifier = NULL;
+  *territory = NULL;
+  *codeset = NULL;
+  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+  *special = NULL;
+  *sponsor = NULL;
+  *revision = NULL;
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = 0;
+  syntax = undecided;
+  *language = cp = name;
+  cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
+
+  if (*language == cp)
+    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
+       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
+    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+  else if (cp[0] == '_')
+    {
+      /* Next is the territory.  */
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *territory = ++cp;
+
+      while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
+	     && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= TERRITORY;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '.')
+	{
+	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
+	  syntax = xpg;
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *codeset = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+							   cp - *codeset);
+	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+	      else
+		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
+    {
+      /* Next is the modifier.  */
+      syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *modifier = ++cp;
+
+      while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
+	     && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
+    }
+
+  if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
+    {
+      syntax = cen;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '+')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is special application (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *special = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == ',')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *sponsor = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == '_')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is revision (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *revision = ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_REVISION;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
+     separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax.  */
+  if (syntax == xpg)
+    {
+      if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~TERRITORY;
+
+      if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+      if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
+    }
+
+  return mask;
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/finddomain.c b/lib/intl/finddomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d242764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/finddomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains.  */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+   established bindings.  */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
+     const char *dirname;
+     char *locale;
+     const char *domainname;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  const char *language;
+  const char *modifier;
+  const char *territory;
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *normalized_codeset;
+  const char *special;
+  const char *sponsor;
+  const char *revision;
+  const char *alias_value;
+  int mask;
+
+  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+		language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+     and six parts for the CEN syntax:
+
+	language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+
+     Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing.  If
+     the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+     looked for.  The various parts will be stripped off according to
+     the following order:
+		(1) revision
+		(2) sponsor
+		(3) special
+		(4) codeset
+		(5) normalized codeset
+		(6) territory
+		(7) audience/modifier
+   */
+
+  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+			       NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We know something about this locale.  */
+      int cnt;
+
+      if (retval->decided == 0)
+	_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+      if (retval->data != NULL)
+	return retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+      return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+
+  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
+     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
+     done.  */
+  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      locale = strdup (alias_value);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
+			   &sponsor, &revision);
+
+  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+     generalization.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+			       sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    /* This means we are out of core.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (retval->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+  if (retval->data == NULL)
+    {
+      int cnt;
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    free (locale);
+
+  /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated.  Free it.  */
+  if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+    free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+  while (runp != NULL)
+    {
+      struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+      if (runp->data != NULL)
+	_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+      runp = runp->next;
+      free ((char *) here->filename);
+      free (here);
+    }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/gettext.c b/lib/intl/gettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43d689f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/gettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/gettextP.h b/lib/intl/gettextP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1748a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/gettextP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>		/* Get size_t.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+#  include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+#include "gmo.h"		/* Get nls_uint32.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+     nls_uint32 i;
+{
+  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* In-memory representation of system dependent string.  */
+struct sysdep_string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  size_t length;
+  /* Pointer to addressed string.  */
+  const char *pointer;
+};
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog.  */
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+  /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file.  */
+  const char *data;
+  /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed.  */
+  int use_mmap;
+  /* Size of mmap()ed memory.  */
+  size_t mmap_size;
+  /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine.  */
+  int must_swap;
+  /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory.  */
+  void *malloced;
+
+  /* Number of static strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file.  */
+  const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file.  */
+  const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+
+  /* Number of system dependent strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings.  */
+  const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings.  */
+  const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
+
+  /* Size of hash table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_size;
+  /* Pointer to hash table.  */
+  const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+  /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine.  */
+  int must_swap_hash_tab;
+
+  int codeset_cntr;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+  char **conv_tab;
+
+  struct expression *plural;
+  unsigned long int nplurals;
+};
+
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct.  But ISO C
+   doesn't allow zero sized arrays.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain.  Used to store settings
+   from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset().  */
+struct binding
+{
+  struct binding *next;
+  char *dirname;
+  int codeset_cntr;	/* Incremented each time codeset changes.  */
+  char *codeset;
+  char domainname[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+   become invalid.
+   This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl.  */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname));
+#endif
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+						 char *__locale,
+						 const char *__domainname,
+					      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+			      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
+					  struct loaded_domain *__domain,
+					  struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+
+char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+			    struct binding *domainbinding,
+			    const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+     internal_function;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				  unsigned long int n));
+extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+				   int __category));
+extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						const char *__codeset));
+#else
+/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
+   call them under their real name.  */
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					 const char *__msgid1,
+					 const char *__msgid2,
+					 int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+					 int __category));
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h  */
diff --git a/lib/intl/gmo.h b/lib/intl/gmo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1fe4d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/gmo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
+   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+   as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+   when cross-compiling.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+#  else
+  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
+     not portable enough.  */
+  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+  /* The magic number.  */
+  nls_uint32 magic;
+  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
+  nls_uint32 revision;
+
+  /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0.  */
+
+  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+  /* Size of hash table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+  /* Offset of first hash table entry.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+
+  /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1.  */
+
+  /* The number of system dependent segments.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
+  /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments.  */
+  nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
+  /* The number of system dependent strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file.  */
+struct string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1.  */
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment.  */
+struct sysdep_segment
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string.  */
+struct sysdep_string
+{
+  /* Offset of static string segments in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+  /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
+     The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  struct segment_pair
+  {
+    /* Size of static segment.  */
+    nls_uint32 segsize;
+    /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end.  */
+    nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+  } segments[1];
+};
+
+/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array.  This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
+   regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit.  */
+#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif	/* gettext.h  */
diff --git a/lib/intl/hash-string.h b/lib/intl/hash-string.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b267a87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/hash-string.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
+static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+
+static inline unsigned long int
+hash_string (str_param)
+     const char *str_param;
+{
+  unsigned long int hval, g;
+  const char *str = str_param;
+
+  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
+  hval = 0;
+  while (*str != '\0')
+    {
+      hval <<= 4;
+      hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
+      g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+      if (g != 0)
+	{
+	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+	  hval ^= g;
+	}
+    }
+  return hval;
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/intl-compat.c b/lib/intl/intl-compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36b7af0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/intl-compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+   Library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
+   defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
+   It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
+   of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
+   has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
+   It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
+   as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
+   features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging).  */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef ngettext
+#undef dngettext
+#undef dcngettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions.  Note that because
+   the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
+   don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case.  */
+#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+gettext (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return libintl_gettext (msgid);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/l10nflist.c b/lib/intl/l10nflist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec8713f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/l10nflist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P)  tests whether P is an absolute path.  If it is not,
+                        it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+     const char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  size_t count = 0;
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len + 1;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      count++;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
+# endif
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+   except the last into the character SEP.  */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+     int sep;
+{
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      if (len > 0)
+	*argz++ = sep;
+    }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
+  INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
+# endif
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+				  const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t argz_len;
+     const char *entry;
+{
+  if (entry)
+    {
+      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+    }
+  else
+    if (argz_len > 0)
+      return argz;
+    else
+      return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
+  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+		    territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+		    sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+     const char *dirlist;
+     size_t dirlist_len;
+     int mask;
+     const char *language;
+     const char *territory;
+     const char *codeset;
+     const char *normalized_codeset;
+     const char *modifier;
+     const char *special;
+     const char *sponsor;
+     const char *revision;
+     const char *filename;
+     int do_allocate;
+{
+  char *abs_filename;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  char *cp;
+  size_t dirlist_count;
+  size_t entries;
+  int cnt;
+
+  /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
+     DIRLIST.  */
+  if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
+    dirlist_len = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
+  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+				  + strlen (language)
+				  + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
+				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
+				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
+				     ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+				     ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+					     ? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
+					+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+					   ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+  if (abs_filename == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Construct file name.  */
+  cp = abs_filename;
+  if (dirlist_len > 0)
+    {
+      memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+      __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
+      cp += dirlist_len;
+      cp[-1] = '/';
+    }
+
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+  if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '_';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
+    {
+      /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
+	 leading characters.  For CEN we use `+', else `@'.  */
+      *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+    }
+  if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '+';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = ',';
+      if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
+	cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
+      if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+	{
+	  *cp++ = '_';
+	  cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
+	}
+    }
+
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+     available.  */
+  lastp = l10nfile_list;
+  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+    if (retval->filename != NULL)
+      {
+	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+	if (compare == 0)
+	  /* We found it!  */
+	  break;
+	if (compare < 0)
+	  {
+	    /* It's not in the list.  */
+	    retval = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	lastp = &retval->next;
+      }
+
+  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+    {
+      free (abs_filename);
+      return retval;
+    }
+
+  dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
+
+  /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile.  */
+  retval =
+    (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+    malloc (sizeof (*retval)
+	    + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
+	       * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval->filename = abs_filename;
+
+  /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
+     Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
+     correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
+     looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified).  */
+  retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
+		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+  retval->data = NULL;
+
+  retval->next = *lastp;
+  *lastp = retval;
+
+  entries = 0;
+  /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
+     If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
+     entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
+     colons.  In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
+     across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
+     If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
+     DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
+     MASK, excluding MASK itself.
+     In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0.  This has the effect
+     that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
+     first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
+     normalized_codeset.  */
+  for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+	&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+	&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+      {
+	if (dirlist_count > 1)
+	  {
+	    /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
+	    char *dir = NULL;
+
+	    while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+		   != NULL)
+	      retval->successor[entries++]
+		= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
+				      cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+				      normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+				      sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+	  }
+	else
+	  retval->successor[entries++]
+	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
+				  cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+				  normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+				  sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+      }
+  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+     const char *codeset;
+     size_t name_len;
+{
+  int len = 0;
+  int only_digit = 1;
+  char *retval;
+  char *wp;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+    if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+      {
+	++len;
+
+	if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  only_digit = 0;
+      }
+
+  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      if (only_digit)
+	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+      else
+	wp = retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+	if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
+	else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+      *wp = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/libgnuintl.h.in b/lib/intl/libgnuintl.h.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f596cfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/libgnuintl.h.in
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+   gettext() and dgettext().  It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+   On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+   On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
+   then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
+   LC_MESSAGES.  To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
+   in this case.  */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Provide information about the supported file formats.  Returns the
+   maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision.  */
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
+  ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP.  GNU gettext takes
+   precedence over _conio_gettext.  */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+#endif
+
+/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers
+   used by programs.  Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES.  */
+#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define _INTL_PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_".  This is
+   necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
+   library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
+   If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
+   definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
+   shared library.  Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
+   up in the following order:
+     1. in the executable,
+     2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
+     3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
+        command line,
+     4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
+        dlopen()ed.
+   The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
+   either
+     * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
+     * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
+     * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
+       linked to the executable at link time.
+   Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
+   would be unacceptable.
+
+   The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
+   is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
+   C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
+   class methods called 'gettext'.  */
+
+/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
+   If he doesn't, we choose the method.  A third possible method is
+   _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC.  */
+#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
+# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
+#  define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
+# else
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+#   define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+#  else
+#   define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+/* Auxiliary macros.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
+# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
+# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
+# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
+#else
+# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid);
+static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
+{
+  return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define gettext libintl_gettext
+#endif
+extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
+static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
+{
+  return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
+#endif
+extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__msgid))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category);
+static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+			       int __category)
+{
+  return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				      const char *__msgid,
+				      int __category))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			       unsigned long int __n);
+static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			      unsigned long int __n)
+{
+  return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
+#endif
+extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1,
+				     const char *__msgid2,
+				     unsigned long int __n))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
+static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+			       const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
+{
+  return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
+#endif
+extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				      const char *__msgid1,
+				      const char *__msgid2,
+				      unsigned long int __n))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext);
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n, int __category);
+static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+				const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				unsigned long int __n, int __category)
+{
+  return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__msgid1,
+				       const char *__msgid2,
+				       unsigned long int __n,
+				       int __category))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
+static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
+{
+  return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
+#endif
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__dirname);
+static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+				    const char *__dirname)
+{
+  return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
+#endif
+extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					   const char *__dirname))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
+#endif
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+					      const char *__codeset);
+static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+					     const char *__codeset)
+{
+  return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						    const char *__codeset))
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Support for relocatable packages.  */
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
+extern void
+       libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix,
+						    const char *curr_prefix));
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/lib/intl/loadinfo.h b/lib/intl/loadinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d3ba61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/loadinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H	1
+
+/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
+   Implemented in
+
+     localealias.c    Possibly replace a locale name by another.
+     explodename.c    Split a locale name into its various fields.
+     l10nflist.c      Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
+     finddomain.c     Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
+
+   The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
+   in gettextP.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
+#define CEN_REVISION		1
+#define CEN_SPONSOR		2
+#define CEN_SPECIAL		4
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	8
+#define XPG_CODESET		16
+#define TERRITORY		32
+#define CEN_AUDIENCE		64
+#define XPG_MODIFIER		128
+
+#define CEN_SPECIFIC	(CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
+#define XPG_SPECIFIC	(XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  int decided;
+
+  const void *data;
+
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
+						  size_t name_len));
+
+/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
+   *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
+   files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
+   DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
+   look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
+   MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER,
+   SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as
+   produced by _nl_explode_name().  FILENAME is the filename suffix.
+   The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
+   or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
+   If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
+   its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
+   furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
+   results from which this lookup result inherits.  */
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+			    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+			    const char *language, const char *territory,
+			    const char *codeset,
+			    const char *normalized_codeset,
+			    const char *modifier, const char *special,
+			    const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+			    const char *filename, int do_allocate));
+
+/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
+   NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
+   The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed.  */
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
+   territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision.
+   NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
+   there.  *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME.  Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
+   *CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a
+   pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL.  *NORMALIZED_CODESET
+   gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET;
+   this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller.
+   The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
+   filled-in value:
+     XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE  for *MODIFIER,
+     TERRITORY                   for *TERRITORY,
+     XPG_CODESET                 for *CODESET,
+     XPG_NORM_CODESET            for *NORMALIZED_CODESET,
+     CEN_SPECIAL                 for *SPECIAL,
+     CEN_SPONSOR                 for *SPONSOR,
+     CEN_REVISION                for *REVISION.
+ */
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+				     const char **modifier,
+				     const char **territory,
+				     const char **codeset,
+				     const char **normalized_codeset,
+				     const char **special,
+				     const char **sponsor,
+				     const char **revision));
+
+/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
+   rest.  Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
+   i.e. to the first byte of the rest.  */
+extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+#endif	/* loadinfo.h */
diff --git a/lib/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/lib/intl/loadmsgcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8509bd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/loadmsgcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1322 @@
+/* Load needed message catalogs.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef  alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# else
+#  if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#   include <alloca.h>
+#  else
+#   ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#   else
+#    ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+    || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+# define HAVE_MMAP	1
+#else
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gmo.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#include "hash-string.h"
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>.
+   Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't
+   use them with preprocessor string concatenation.  */
+#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId8
+# define PRId8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi8
+# define PRIi8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo8
+# define PRIo8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu8
+# define PRIu8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx8
+# define PRIx8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX8
+# define PRIX8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId16
+# define PRId16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi16
+# define PRIi16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo16
+# define PRIo16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu16
+# define PRIu16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx16
+# define PRIx16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX16
+# define PRIX16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId32
+# define PRId32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi32
+# define PRIi32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo32
+# define PRIo32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu32
+# define PRIu32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx32
+# define PRIx32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX32
+# define PRIX32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRId64
+# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIi64
+# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIo64
+# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIu64
+# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIx64
+# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIX64
+# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST8
+# define PRIdLEAST8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST8
+# define PRIiLEAST8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST8
+# define PRIoLEAST8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST8
+# define PRIuLEAST8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST8
+# define PRIxLEAST8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST8
+# define PRIXLEAST8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST16
+# define PRIdLEAST16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST16
+# define PRIiLEAST16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST16
+# define PRIoLEAST16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST16
+# define PRIuLEAST16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST16
+# define PRIxLEAST16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST16
+# define PRIXLEAST16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST32
+# define PRIdLEAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST32
+# define PRIiLEAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST32
+# define PRIoLEAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST32
+# define PRIuLEAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST32
+# define PRIxLEAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST32
+# define PRIXLEAST32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdLEAST64
+# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiLEAST64
+# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoLEAST64
+# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuLEAST64
+# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxLEAST64
+# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXLEAST64
+# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST8
+# define PRIdFAST8 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST8
+# define PRIiFAST8 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST8
+# define PRIoFAST8 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST8
+# define PRIuFAST8 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST8
+# define PRIxFAST8 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST8
+# define PRIXFAST8 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST16
+# define PRIdFAST16 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST16
+# define PRIiFAST16 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST16
+# define PRIoFAST16 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST16
+# define PRIuFAST16 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST16
+# define PRIxFAST16 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST16
+# define PRIXFAST16 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST32
+# define PRIdFAST32 "d"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST32
+# define PRIiFAST32 "i"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST32
+# define PRIoFAST32 "o"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST32
+# define PRIuFAST32 "u"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST32
+# define PRIxFAST32 "x"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST32
+# define PRIXFAST32 "X"
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdFAST64
+# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiFAST64
+# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoFAST64
+# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuFAST64
+# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxFAST64
+# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXFAST64
+# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdMAX
+# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiMAX
+# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoMAX
+# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuMAX
+# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxMAX
+# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXMAX
+# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIdPTR
+# define PRIdPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \
+   "lld")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIiPTR
+# define PRIiPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \
+   "lli")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIoPTR
+# define PRIoPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \
+   "llo")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIuPTR
+# define PRIuPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \
+   "llu")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIxPTR
+# define PRIxPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \
+   "llx")
+#endif
+#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef PRIXPTR
+# define PRIXPTR \
+  (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \
+   sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \
+   "llX")
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ISO C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define open   __open
+# define close  __close
+# define read   __read
+# define mmap   __mmap
+# define munmap __munmap
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+  /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default.  */
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  Needed to ensure compiler checking of
+   function argument counts despite of K&R C function definition syntax.  */
+static const char *get_sysdep_segment_value PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+
+/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+   with all translations.  This is important if the translations are
+   cached by one of GCC's features.  */
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+
+/* Expand a system dependent string segment.  Return NULL if unsupported.  */
+static const char *
+get_sysdep_segment_value (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive.
+     Syntax:
+     P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X }
+     { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR }  */
+  /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because
+     data relocations cost startup time.  */
+  if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I')
+    {
+      if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u'
+	  || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X')
+	{
+	  if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRId8;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIi8;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIo8;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIu8;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIx8;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIX8;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRId16;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIi16;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIo16;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIu16;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIx16;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIX16;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRId32;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIi32;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIo32;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIu32;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIx32;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIX32;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRId64;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIi64;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIo64;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIu64;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIx64;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIX64;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A'
+	      && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T')
+	    {
+	      if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdLEAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiLEAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoLEAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuLEAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxLEAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXLEAST8;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdLEAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiLEAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoLEAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuLEAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxLEAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXLEAST16;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdLEAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiLEAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoLEAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuLEAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxLEAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXLEAST32;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdLEAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiLEAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoLEAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuLEAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxLEAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXLEAST64;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S'
+	      && name[7] == 'T')
+	    {
+	      if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdFAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiFAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoFAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuFAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxFAST8;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXFAST8;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdFAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiFAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoFAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuFAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxFAST16;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXFAST16;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdFAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiFAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoFAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuFAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxFAST32;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXFAST32;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	      if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0')
+		{
+		  if (name[3] == 'd')
+		    return PRIdFAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'i')
+		    return PRIiFAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'o')
+		    return PRIoFAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'u')
+		    return PRIuFAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'x')
+		    return PRIxFAST64;
+		  if (name[3] == 'X')
+		    return PRIXFAST64;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X'
+	      && name[7] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRIdMAX;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIiMAX;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIoMAX;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIuMAX;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIxMAX;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIXMAX;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	  if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R'
+	      && name[7] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (name[3] == 'd')
+		return PRIdPTR;
+	      if (name[3] == 'i')
+		return PRIiPTR;
+	      if (name[3] == 'o')
+		return PRIoPTR;
+	      if (name[3] == 'u')
+		return PRIuPTR;
+	      if (name[3] == 'x')
+		return PRIxPTR;
+	      if (name[3] == 'X')
+		return PRIXPTR;
+	      abort ();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* Other system dependent strings are not valid.  */
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
+   Return the header entry.  */
+const char *
+internal_function
+_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
+     This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "".  If this
+     entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
+     information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
+     current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion.  */
+  char *nullentry;
+  size_t nullentrylen;
+
+  /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg.  */
+  domain->codeset_cntr =
+    (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
+# endif
+#endif
+  domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+
+  /* Get the header entry.  */
+  nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
+
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+      const char *charsetstr;
+
+      charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
+      if (charsetstr != NULL)
+	{
+	  size_t len;
+	  char *charset;
+	  const char *outcharset;
+
+	  charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
+	  len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
+
+	  charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
+# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
+	  *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
+# else
+	  memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
+	  charset[len] = '\0';
+# endif
+
+	  /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
+	     locale.  But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
+	     set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
+	     this.  Moreover, the value specified through
+	     bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both.  */
+	  if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
+	    outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
+	      if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
+		{
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET);
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+		  extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
+		  outcharset = locale_charset ();
+#  endif
+# endif
+		}
+	    }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	  /* We always want to use transliteration.  */
+	  outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
+	  charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
+	  if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
+			    GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
+	      != __GCONV_OK)
+	    domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+	  /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5,
+	     we want to use transliteration.  */
+#   if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \
+       || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+	  if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *tmp;
+
+	      len = strlen (outcharset);
+	      tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
+	      memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
+	      memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
+	      outcharset = tmp;
+
+	      domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+
+	      freea (outcharset);
+	    }
+	  else
+#   endif
+	    domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+	  freea (charset);
+	}
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+    }
+
+  return nullentry;
+}
+
+/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
+    free (domain->conv_tab);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
+    __gconv_close (domain->conv);
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
+    iconv_close (domain->conv);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME.  If it is no valid
+   message catalog do nothing.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  int fd;
+  size_t size;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  struct stat64 st;
+#else
+  struct stat st;
+#endif
+  struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+  int use_mmap = 0;
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+  int revision;
+  const char *nullentry;
+
+  domain_file->decided = 1;
+  domain_file->data = NULL;
+
+  /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
+     because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
+     a call to bind_textdomain_codeset).  */
+
+  /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+     might be NULL.  This can happen when according to the given
+     specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+     syntax.  */
+  if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Try to open the addressed file.  */
+  fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    return;
+
+  /* We must know about the size of the file.  */
+  if (
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#else
+      __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#endif
+      || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
+      || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
+    {
+      /* Something went wrong.  */
+      close (fd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+  /* Now we are ready to load the file.  If mmap() is available we try
+     this first.  If not available or it failed we try to load it.  */
+  data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
+					 MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+
+  if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
+    {
+      /* mmap() call was successful.  */
+      close (fd);
+      use_mmap = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
+     it manually.  */
+  if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+    {
+      size_t to_read;
+      char *read_ptr;
+
+      data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
+      if (data == NULL)
+	return;
+
+      to_read = size;
+      read_ptr = (char *) data;
+      do
+	{
+	  long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
+	  if (nb <= 0)
+	    {
+#ifdef EINTR
+	      if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
+		continue;
+#endif
+	      close (fd);
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  read_ptr += nb;
+	  to_read -= nb;
+	}
+      while (to_read > 0);
+
+      close (fd);
+    }
+
+  /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
+     catalog file.  */
+  if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
+			0))
+    {
+      /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+  if (domain == NULL)
+    return;
+  domain_file->data = domain;
+
+  domain->data = (char *) data;
+  domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+  domain->mmap_size = size;
+  domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
+  domain->malloced = NULL;
+
+  /* Fill in the information about the available tables.  */
+  revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision);
+  /* We support only the major revision 0.  */
+  switch (revision >> 16)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+      domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+      domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+      domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+      domain->hash_tab =
+	(domain->hash_size > 2
+	 ? (const nls_uint32 *)
+	   ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset))
+	 : NULL);
+      domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap;
+
+      /* Now dispatch on the minor revision.  */
+      switch (revision & 0xffff)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
+	  domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+	  domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+	  break;
+	case 1:
+	default:
+	  {
+	    nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+
+	    if (domain->hash_tab == NULL)
+	      /* This is invalid.  These minor revisions need a hash table.  */
+	      goto invalid;
+
+	    n_sysdep_strings =
+	      W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings);
+	    if (n_sysdep_strings > 0)
+	      {
+		nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
+		const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments;
+		const char **sysdep_segment_values;
+		const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab;
+		const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab;
+		size_t memneed;
+		char *mem;
+		struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
+		struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
+		nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab;
+		unsigned int i;
+
+		/* Get the values of the system dependent segments.  */
+		n_sysdep_segments =
+		  W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments);
+		sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *)
+		  ((char *) data
+		   + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset));
+		sysdep_segment_values =
+		  alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *));
+		for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++)
+		  {
+		    const char *name =
+		      (char *) data
+		      + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset);
+		    nls_uint32 namelen =
+		      W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length);
+
+		    if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0'))
+		      {
+			freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+			goto invalid;
+		      }
+
+		    sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name);
+		  }
+
+		orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
+		  ((char *) data
+		   + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset));
+		trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
+		  ((char *) data
+		   + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset));
+
+		/* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the
+		   system dependent strings and the augmented hash table.  */
+		memneed = 2 * n_sysdep_strings
+			  * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc)
+			  + domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
+		for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+		  {
+		    const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
+		      (const struct sysdep_string *)
+		      ((char *) data
+		       + W (domain->must_swap,
+			    i < n_sysdep_strings
+			    ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
+			    : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings]));
+		    size_t need = 0;
+		    const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
+
+		    if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END)
+		      for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
+			{
+			  nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+
+			  need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+
+			  sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
+			  if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
+			    break;
+
+			  if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments)
+			    {
+			      /* Invalid.  */
+			      freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+			      goto invalid;
+			    }
+
+			  need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
+			}
+
+		    memneed += need;
+		  }
+
+		/* Allocate additional memory.  */
+		mem = (char *) malloc (memneed);
+		if (mem == NULL)
+		  goto invalid;
+
+		domain->malloced = mem;
+		inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
+		mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
+		inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
+		mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
+		inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem;
+		mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
+
+		/* Compute the system dependent strings.  */
+		for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+		  {
+		    const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
+		      (const struct sysdep_string *)
+		      ((char *) data
+		       + W (domain->must_swap,
+			    i < n_sysdep_strings
+			    ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
+			    : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings]));
+		    const char *static_segments =
+		      (char *) data
+		      + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset);
+		    const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
+
+		    /* Concatenate the segments, and fill
+		       inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i] (for i < n_sysdep_strings) and
+		       inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[i-n_sysdep_strings] (for
+		       i >= n_sysdep_strings).  */
+
+		    if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) == SEGMENTS_END)
+		      {
+			/* Only one static segment.  */
+			inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length =
+			  W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+			inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = static_segments;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = mem;
+
+			for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
+			  {
+			    nls_uint32 segsize =
+			      W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
+			    nls_uint32 sysdepref =
+			      W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
+			    size_t n;
+
+			    if (segsize > 0)
+			      {
+				memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize);
+				mem += segsize;
+				static_segments += segsize;
+			      }
+
+			    if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
+			      break;
+
+			    n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
+			    memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n);
+			    mem += n;
+			  }
+
+			inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length =
+			  mem - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		/* Compute the augmented hash table.  */
+		for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++)
+		  inmem_hash_tab[i] =
+		    W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]);
+		for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
+		  {
+		    const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
+		    nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+		    nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+		    nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+		    for (;;)
+		      {
+			if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0)
+			  {
+			    /* Hash table entry is empty.  Use it.  */
+			    inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i;
+			    break;
+			  }
+
+			if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+			  idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+			else
+			  idx += incr;
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		freea (sysdep_segment_values);
+
+		domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_sysdep_strings;
+		domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
+		domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
+
+		domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab;
+		domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
+		domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+		domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
+	      }
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* This is an invalid revision.  */
+    invalid:
+      /* This is an invalid .mo file.  */
+      if (domain->malloced)
+	free (domain->malloced);
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      free (domain);
+      domain_file->data = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
+     the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
+     specified character set or the locale's character set.  */
+  nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+
+  /* Also look for a plural specification.  */
+  EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural)
+    __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
+
+  _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+
+  if (domain->malloced)
+    free (domain->malloced);
+
+# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+  if (domain->use_mmap)
+    munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
+  else
+# endif	/* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
+    free ((void *) domain->data);
+
+  free (domain);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/localcharset.c b/lib/intl/localcharset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d04d053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/localcharset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS.  */
+# define OS2
+#endif
+
+#if !defined WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#if defined OS2
+# define INCL_DOS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# undef getc
+# define getc getc_unlocked
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  const char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32)
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+
+#else
+
+# if defined VMS
+      /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
+	 sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+      /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
+	 "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
+	 section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets".  */
+      cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+	   /* Japanese */
+	   "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+	   "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
+	   "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
+	   "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+	   /* Chinese */
+	   "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
+	   "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
+	   "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+	   /* Korean */
+	   "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
+# endif
+
+# if defined WIN32
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
+	   "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
+	   "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
+	   "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
+	   "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+	   "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+	   "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
+	   "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
+	   "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+	   "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
+	   "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+	   "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+	   "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+	   "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0";
+# endif
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#elif defined WIN32
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#elif defined OS2
+
+  const char *locale;
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+  ULONG cp[3];
+  ULONG cplen;
+
+  /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
+     with standard language environment variables.  */
+  locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	locale = getenv ("LANG");
+    }
+  if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+    {
+      /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it.  */
+      const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+      if (dot != NULL)
+	{
+	  const char *modifier;
+
+	  dot++;
+	  /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+	  modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+	  if (modifier == NULL)
+	    return dot;
+	  if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
+	    {
+	      memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
+	      buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+	      return buf;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Resolve through the charset.alias file.  */
+      codeset = locale;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+      if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
+	codeset = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
+	  codeset = buf;
+	}
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  /* Don't return an empty string.  GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
+     the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
+     thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time.  */
+  if (codeset[0] == '\0')
+    codeset = "ASCII";
+
+  return codeset;
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/localcharset.h b/lib/intl/localcharset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b137e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/localcharset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
+#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+extern const char * locale_charset (void);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
diff --git a/lib/intl/locale.alias b/lib/intl/locale.alias
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd7b9b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/locale.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file: 
+
+bokmal		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew          he_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
+korean		ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian       no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai		th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
diff --git a/lib/intl/localealias.c b/lib/intl/localealias.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c4ce58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/localealias.c
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# else
+#  if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#   include <alloca.h>
+#  else
+#   ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#   else
+#    ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# ifndef mempcpy
+#  define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY	1
+# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING	1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Some optimizations for glibc.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FEOF(fp)		feof_unlocked (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp)	fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
+#else
+# define FEOF(fp)		feof (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp)	fgets (buf, n, fp)
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+  const char *alias;
+  const char *value;
+};
+
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
+#endif
+
+libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
+libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+     internal_function;
+static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+				  const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+    const char *name;
+{
+  static const char *locale_alias_path;
+  struct alias_map *retval;
+  const char *result = NULL;
+  size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
+    locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+
+  do
+    {
+      struct alias_map item;
+
+      item.alias = name;
+
+      if (nmap > 0)
+	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
+					       (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+								 const void *))
+						) alias_compare);
+      else
+	retval = NULL;
+
+      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
+      if (retval != NULL)
+	{
+	  result = retval->value;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
+      added = 0;
+      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+	{
+	  const char *start;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+	  start = locale_alias_path;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
+		 && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+
+	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
+	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+	}
+    }
+  while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+     const char *fname;
+     int fname_len;
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  char *full_fname;
+  size_t added;
+  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+  mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+	   aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+  fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
+  freea (full_fname);
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+  /* No threads present.  */
+  __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+#endif
+
+  added = 0;
+  while (!FEOF (fp))
+    {
+      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+	    be that long
+	 We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
+	 stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
+	 memory.  */
+      char buf[400];
+      char *alias;
+      char *value;
+      char *cp;
+
+      if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	/* EOF reached.  */
+	break;
+
+      cp = buf;
+      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
+      while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	++cp;
+
+      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
+      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+	{
+	  alias = cp++;
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    *cp++ = '\0';
+
+	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
+	  while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      size_t alias_len;
+	      size_t value_len;
+
+	      value = cp++;
+	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+		++cp;
+	      /* Terminate value.  */
+	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
+		{
+		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
+		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
+		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
+		  *cp++ = '\0';
+		  *cp = '\n';
+		}
+	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+
+	      if (nmap >= maxmap)
+		if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+		  return added;
+
+	      alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+	      value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+	      if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+		{
+		  /* Increase size of memory pool.  */
+		  size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+				     + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+					? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+		  char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+		  if (new_pool == NULL)
+		    return added;
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
+		    {
+		      size_t i;
+
+		      for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+			{
+			  map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+			  map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  string_space = new_pool;
+		  string_space_max = new_size;
+		}
+
+	      map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					alias, alias_len);
+	      string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+	      map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					value, value_len);
+	      string_space_act += value_len;
+
+	      ++nmap;
+	      ++added;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
+	 the rest of the line.  */
+      while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+	if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	  /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
+	     will exit at the `feof' test.  */
+	  break;
+    }
+
+  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
+     errors.  --drepper  */
+  fclose (fp);
+
+  if (added > 0)
+    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+	   (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+  return added;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+  size_t new_size;
+  struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+  new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+						* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+  if (new_map == NULL)
+    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  map = new_map;
+  maxmap = new_size;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+     const struct alias_map *map1;
+     const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
+      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/localename.c b/lib/intl/localename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faacecd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/localename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
+/* Determine the current selected locale.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.  */
+/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes.  */
+# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS
+# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN
+# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ARABIC
+# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN
+# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE
+# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_AZERI
+# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BASQUE
+# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN
+# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_BENGALI
+# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_CATALAN
+# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI
+# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN
+# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE
+# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_FARSI
+# define LANG_FARSI 0x29
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN
+# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN
+# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI
+# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_HEBREW
+# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_HINDI
+# define LANG_HINDI 0x39
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN
+# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KANNADA
+# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI
+# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KAZAK
+# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KONKANI
+# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ
+# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN
+# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN
+# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN
+# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MALAY
+# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM
+# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI
+# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MARATHI
+# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN
+# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_NEPALI
+# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_ORIYA
+# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI
+# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT
+# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN
+# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SINDHI
+# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK
+# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN
+# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI
+# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC
+# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TAMIL
+# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TATAR
+# define LANG_TATAR 0x44
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_TELUGU
+# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_THAI
+# define LANG_THAI 0x1e
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN
+# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_URDU
+# define LANG_URDU 0x20
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_UZBEK
+# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43
+# endif
+# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE
+# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR
+# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU
+# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES
+# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG
+# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO
+# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG
+# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN
+# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA
+# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM
+# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO
+# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND
+# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN
+# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA
+# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN
+# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01
+# endif
+# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC
+# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+   "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current
+    setting of 'local'."
+   However it does not specify the exact format.  Neither do SUSV2 and
+   ISO C 99.  So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+   those using GNU C Library).  */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax
+     language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+   The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset()
+   should be used for codeset information instead.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.  */
+
+const char *
+_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname)
+     int category;
+     const char *categoryname;
+{
+  const char *retval;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+  /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'.
+     On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself.  */
+# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+  retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+# else
+  /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Next comes the name of the desired category.  */
+      retval = getenv (categoryname);
+      if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable.  */
+	  retval = getenv ("LANG");
+	  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	    /* We use C as the default domain.  POSIX says this is
+	       implementation defined.  */
+	    retval = "C";
+	}
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return retval;
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier].
+     Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this
+     context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single
+     codeset.  */
+
+  LCID lcid;
+  LANGID langid;
+  int primary, sub;
+
+  /* Let the user override the system settings through environment
+     variables, as on POSIX systems.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+  retval = getenv (categoryname);
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+  retval = getenv ("LANG");
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+
+  /* Use native Win32 API locale ID.  */
+  lcid = GetThreadLocale ();
+
+  /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part.  */
+  langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid);
+
+  /* Split into language and territory part.  */
+  primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid);
+  sub = SUBLANGID (langid);
+
+  /* Dispatch on language.
+     See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html .
+     For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ .  */
+  switch (primary)
+    {
+    case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA";
+    case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL";
+    case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET";
+    case LANG_ARABIC:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH";
+	case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA";
+	}
+      return "ar";
+    case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM";
+    case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN";
+    case LANG_AZERI:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	/* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix.  */
+	case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin";
+	case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic";
+	}
+      return "az";
+    case LANG_BASQUE:
+      return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR".  */
+    case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY";
+    case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN";
+    case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG";
+    case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM";
+    case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH";
+    case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES";
+    case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US";
+    case LANG_CHINESE:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG";
+	case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO";
+	}
+      return "zh";
+    case LANG_CROATIAN:		/* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN
+				 * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian
+				 * should really now be two separate
+				 * languages because of political reasons.
+				 * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian
+				 * or Croatian.)
+				 * (I can feel those flames coming already.)
+				 */
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR";
+	case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU";
+	case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic";
+	}
+      return "hr";
+    case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ";
+    case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK";
+    case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV";
+    case LANG_DUTCH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL";
+	case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE";
+	}
+      return "nl";
+    case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG";
+    case LANG_ENGLISH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	/* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought
+	 * English was the language spoken in England.
+	 * Oh well.
+	 */
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW";
+	case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH";
+	}
+      return "en";
+    case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE";
+    case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO";
+    case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR";
+    case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI";
+    case LANG_FRENCH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU";
+	case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC";
+	}
+      return "fr";
+    case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL";
+    case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG";
+    case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB";
+	case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE";
+	}
+      return "C";
+    case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES";
+    case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE";
+    case LANG_GERMAN:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU";
+	case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI";
+	}
+      return "de";
+    case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR";
+    case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY";
+    case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN";
+    case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG";
+    case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */
+      /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers)
+	 or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)?  */
+      return "cpe_US";
+    case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL";
+    case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN";
+    case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU";
+    case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG";
+    case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS";
+    case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG";
+    case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID";
+    case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA";
+    case LANG_ITALIAN:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT";
+	case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH";
+	}
+      return "it";
+    case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP";
+    case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN";
+    case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG";
+    case LANG_KASHMIRI:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK";
+	case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN";
+	}
+      return "ks";
+    case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ";
+    case LANG_KONKANI:
+      /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix.  */
+      return "kok_IN";
+    case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR";
+    case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG";
+    case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA";
+    case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA";
+    case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV";
+    case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT";
+    case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK";
+    case LANG_MALAY:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY";
+	case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN";
+	}
+      return "ms";
+    case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN";
+    case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT";
+    case LANG_MANIPURI:
+      /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix.  */
+      return "mni_IN";
+    case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN";
+    case LANG_MONGOLIAN:
+      return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN".  */
+    case LANG_NEPALI:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP";
+	case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN";
+	}
+      return "ne";
+    case LANG_NORWEGIAN:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO";
+	case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO";
+	}
+      return "no";
+    case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN";
+    case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET";
+    case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN";
+    case 0x63: /* PASHTO */
+      return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF".  */
+    case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL";
+    case LANG_PORTUGUESE:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT";
+	/* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT.
+	   Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */
+	case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR";
+	}
+      return "pt";
+    case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN";
+    case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH";
+    case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO";
+    case LANG_RUSSIAN:
+      return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA".  */
+    case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO";
+    case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN";
+    case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd";
+    case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK";
+    case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK";
+    case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI";
+    case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO";
+    case LANG_SORBIAN:
+      /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix.  */
+      return "wen_DE";
+    case LANG_SPANISH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN:
+	  return "es_ES@modern";	/* not seen on Unix */
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI";
+	case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR";
+	}
+      return "es";
+    case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ";
+    case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE";
+    case LANG_SWEDISH:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE";
+	case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI";
+	}
+      return "sv";
+    case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language.  */
+    case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH";
+    case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ";
+    case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA";
+    case LANG_TAMIL:
+      return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG".  */
+    case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU";
+    case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN";
+    case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH";
+    case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN";
+    case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET";
+    case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA";
+    case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR";
+    case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM";
+    case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA";
+    case LANG_URDU:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK";
+	case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN";
+	}
+      return "ur";
+    case LANG_UZBEK:
+      switch (sub)
+	{
+	/* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix.  */
+	case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin";
+	case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic";
+	}
+      return "uz";
+    case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA";
+    case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN";
+    case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB";
+    case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA";
+    case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN";
+    case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL";
+    case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG";
+    case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA";
+    default: return "C";
+    }
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/log.c b/lib/intl/log.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c84791
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/log.c
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/* Log file output.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed.  */
+static void
+print_escaped (stream, str)
+     FILE *stream;
+     const char *str;
+{
+  putc ('"', stream);
+  for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
+    if (*str == '\n')
+      {
+	fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
+	if (str[1] == '\0')
+	  return;
+	fputs ("\n\"", stream);
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
+	  putc ('\\', stream);
+	putc (*str, stream);
+      }
+  putc ('"', stream);
+}
+
+/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation.  */
+void
+_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural)
+     const char *logfilename;
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     int plural;
+{
+  static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
+  static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
+  FILE *logfile;
+
+  /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile?  */
+  if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Close the last used logfile.  */
+      if (last_logfilename != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (last_logfile != NULL)
+	    {
+	      fclose (last_logfile);
+	      last_logfile = NULL;
+	    }
+	  free (last_logfilename);
+	  last_logfilename = NULL;
+	}
+      /* Open the logfile.  */
+      last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
+      if (last_logfilename == NULL)
+	return;
+      strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
+      last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
+      if (last_logfile == NULL)
+	return;
+    }
+  logfile = last_logfile;
+
+  fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
+  print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
+  fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
+  print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
+  if (plural)
+    {
+      fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
+      print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
+      fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
+    }
+  else
+    fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
+  putc ('\n', logfile);
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/ngettext.c b/lib/intl/ngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17a27f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/ngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/os2compat.c b/lib/intl/os2compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8dc33e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/os2compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#define OS2_AWARE
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
+extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
+
+char *
+_nl_getenv (const char *name)
+{
+  unsigned char *value;
+  if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
+    return NULL;
+  else
+    return value;
+}
+
+/* A fixed size buffer.  */
+char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
+char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
+char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
+
+static __attribute__((constructor)) void
+nlos2_initialize ()
+{
+  char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
+  char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
+
+  _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
+  if (!_nlos2_libdir)
+    {
+      if (root)
+        {
+          size_t sl = strlen (root);
+          _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
+        }
+      else
+        _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
+    }
+
+  _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
+  if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
+    {
+      if (root)
+        {
+          size_t sl = strlen (root);
+          _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
+        }
+     else
+        _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+    }
+
+  _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
+  if (!_nlos2_localedir)
+    {
+      if (root)
+        {
+          size_t sl = strlen (root);
+          _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
+        }
+      else
+        _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
+    }
+
+  if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
+    strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/os2compat.h b/lib/intl/os2compat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f74e8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/os2compat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
+   This file is intended to be included from config.h
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
+#ifndef OS2_AWARE
+
+#undef LIBDIR
+#define LIBDIR			_nlos2_libdir
+extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
+
+#undef LOCALEDIR
+#define LOCALEDIR		_nlos2_localedir
+extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
+
+#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
+#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH	_nlos2_localealiaspath
+extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
+
+#endif
+
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#define strncasecmp strnicmp
+
+/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
+#define getenv _nl_getenv
+
+/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
+#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)
diff --git a/lib/intl/osdep.c b/lib/intl/osdep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b372598
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/osdep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+# include "os2compat.c"
+#else
+/* Avoid AIX compiler warning.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/plural-exp.c b/lib/intl/plural-exp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c937c01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/plural-exp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
+    || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+   form determination.  It represents the expression  "n != 1".  */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = num,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .num = 1
+  }
+};
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
+{
+  .nargs = 2,
+  .operation = not_equal,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .args =
+    {
+      [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+      [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+   Initialization at run-time.  */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+  if (plone.val.num == 0)
+    {
+      plvar.nargs = 0;
+      plvar.operation = var;
+
+      plone.nargs = 0;
+      plone.operation = num;
+      plone.val.num = 1;
+
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
+    }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+void
+internal_function
+EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp)
+     const char *nullentry;
+     struct expression **pluralp;
+     unsigned long int *npluralsp;
+{
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+      const char *plural;
+      const char *nplurals;
+
+      plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+      nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+      if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+	goto no_plural;
+      else
+	{
+	  char *endp;
+	  unsigned long int n;
+	  struct parse_args args;
+
+	  /* First get the number.  */
+	  nplurals += 9;
+	  while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
+	    ++nplurals;
+	  if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
+	    goto no_plural;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+	  n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+	  for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+	    n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+	  if (nplurals == endp)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  *npluralsp = n;
+
+	  /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+	     scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+	     passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+	     is passed down to the parser.  */
+	  plural += 7;
+	  args.cp = plural;
+	  if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  *pluralp = args.res;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+         for `one', the plural form otherwise.  Yes, this is also what
+         English is using since English is a Germanic language.  */
+    no_plural:
+      INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+      *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+      *npluralsp = 2;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/plural-exp.h b/lib/intl/plural-exp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e5d165
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/plural-exp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
+#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+   plural form.  */
+struct expression
+{
+  int nargs;			/* Number of arguments.  */
+  enum operator
+  {
+    /* Without arguments:  */
+    var,			/* The variable "n".  */
+    num,			/* Decimal number.  */
+    /* Unary operators:  */
+    lnot,			/* Logical NOT.  */
+    /* Binary operators:  */
+    mult,			/* Multiplication.  */
+    divide,			/* Division.  */
+    module,			/* Modulo operation.  */
+    plus,			/* Addition.  */
+    minus,			/* Subtraction.  */
+    less_than,			/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_than,		/* Comparison.  */
+    less_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    equal,			/* Comparison for equality.  */
+    not_equal,			/* Comparison for inequality.  */
+    land,			/* Logical AND.  */
+    lor,			/* Logical OR.  */
+    /* Ternary operators:  */
+    qmop			/* Question mark operator.  */
+  } operation;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned long int num;	/* Number value for `num'.  */
+    struct expression *args[3];	/* Up to three arguments.  */
+  } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+   the result in a thread-safe way.  */
+struct parse_args
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  This source code is used
+   1. in the GNU C Library library,
+   2. in the GNU libintl library,
+   3. in the GNU gettext tools.
+   The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
+   binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'.  Furthermore,
+   1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
+   2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
+         must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
+   So we have to distinguish the three cases.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
+#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
+# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
+#endif
+
+extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+     internal_function;
+extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg));
+extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
+extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry,
+					       struct expression **pluralp,
+					       unsigned long int *npluralsp))
+     internal_function;
+
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+					      unsigned long int n));
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
diff --git a/lib/intl/plural.c b/lib/intl/plural.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a4fa20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/plural.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1518 @@
+/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+   by GNU bison 1.35.  */
+
+#define YYBISON 1  /* Identify Bison output.  */
+
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+# define	EQUOP2	257
+# define	CMPOP2	258
+# define	ADDOP2	259
+# define	MULOP2	260
+# define	NUMBER	261
+
+#line 1 "plural.y"
+
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
+   but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+
+#line 49 "plural.y"
+#ifndef YYSTYPE
+typedef union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+} yystype;
+# define YYSTYPE yystype
+# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
+#endif
+#line 55 "plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+# define YYDEBUG 0
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define	YYFINAL		27
+#define	YYFLAG		-32768
+#define	YYNTBASE	16
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
+#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
+static const char yytranslate[] =
+{
+       0,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,    10,     2,     2,     2,     2,     5,     2,
+      14,    15,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    12,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     3,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+      13,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     4,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+       2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     6,     7,     8,
+       9,    11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+static const short yyprhs[] =
+{
+       0,     0,     2,     8,    12,    16,    20,    24,    28,    32,
+      35,    37,    39
+};
+static const short yyrhs[] =
+{
+      17,     0,    17,     3,    17,    12,    17,     0,    17,     4,
+      17,     0,    17,     5,    17,     0,    17,     6,    17,     0,
+      17,     7,    17,     0,    17,     8,    17,     0,    17,     9,
+      17,     0,    10,    17,     0,    13,     0,    11,     0,    14,
+      17,    15,     0
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */
+static const short yyrline[] =
+{
+       0,   174,   182,   186,   190,   194,   198,   202,   206,   210,
+     214,   218,   223
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE
+
+/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */
+static const char *const yytname[] =
+{
+  "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2", 
+  "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'", 
+  "start", "exp", 0
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */
+static const short yyr1[] =
+{
+       0,    16,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,
+      17,    17,    17
+};
+
+/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */
+static const short yyr2[] =
+{
+       0,     1,     5,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     2,
+       1,     1,     3
+};
+
+/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
+   doesn't specify something else to do.  Zero means the default is an
+   error. */
+static const short yydefact[] =
+{
+       0,     0,    11,    10,     0,     1,     9,     0,     0,     0,
+       0,     0,     0,     0,     0,    12,     0,     3,     4,     5,
+       6,     7,     8,     0,     2,     0,     0,     0
+};
+
+static const short yydefgoto[] =
+{
+      25,     5
+};
+
+static const short yypact[] =
+{
+      -9,    -9,-32768,-32768,    -9,    34,-32768,    11,    -9,    -9,
+      -9,    -9,    -9,    -9,    -9,-32768,    24,    39,    43,    16,
+      26,    -3,-32768,    -9,    34,    21,    53,-32768
+};
+
+static const short yypgoto[] =
+{
+  -32768,    -1
+};
+
+
+#define	YYLAST		53
+
+
+static const short yytable[] =
+{
+       6,     1,     2,     7,     3,     4,    14,    16,    17,    18,
+      19,    20,    21,    22,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,
+      14,    26,    24,    12,    13,    14,    15,     8,     9,    10,
+      11,    12,    13,    14,    13,    14,    23,     8,     9,    10,
+      11,    12,    13,    14,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,    11,
+      12,    13,    14,    27
+};
+
+static const short yycheck[] =
+{
+       1,    10,    11,     4,    13,    14,     9,     8,     9,    10,
+      11,    12,    13,    14,     3,     4,     5,     6,     7,     8,
+       9,     0,    23,     7,     8,     9,    15,     3,     4,     5,
+       6,     7,     8,     9,     8,     9,    12,     3,     4,     5,
+       6,     7,     8,     9,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,     6,
+       7,     8,     9,     0
+};
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* -*-C-*-  Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines.  */
+#line 3 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
+
+/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+
+   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+   in version 1.24 of Bison.  */
+
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when
+   the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+   It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+   used when %semantic_parser is specified.  */
+
+/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
+   infringing on user name space.  This should be done even for local
+   variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
+   There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
+   define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
+   USER NAME SPACE" below.  */
+
+#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols.  */
+
+# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+# else
+#  ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#   if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H)
+#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#   else
+#    ifdef __GNUC__
+#     define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
+   /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */
+#  define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
+# else
+#  if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#   include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#   define YYSIZE_T size_t
+#  endif
+#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+#  define YYSTACK_FREE free
+# endif
+#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
+
+
+#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \
+     && (! defined (__cplusplus) \
+	 || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
+
+/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member.  */
+union yyalloc
+{
+  short yyss;
+  YYSTYPE yyvs;
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  YYLTYPE yyls;
+# endif
+};
+
+/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next.  */
+# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1)
+
+/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
+   N elements.  */
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+#  define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
+     ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE))	\
+      + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
+# else
+#  define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
+     ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE))				\
+      + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
+# endif
+
+/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO.  The source and destination do
+   not overlap.  */
+# ifndef YYCOPY
+#  if 1 < __GNUC__
+#   define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
+      __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From)))
+#  else
+#   define YYCOPY(To, From, Count)		\
+      do					\
+	{					\
+	  register YYSIZE_T yyi;		\
+	  for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++)	\
+	    (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi];		\
+	}					\
+      while (0)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one.  The
+   local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
+   elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
+   stack.  Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
+   stack.  */
+# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack)					\
+    do									\
+      {									\
+	YYSIZE_T yynewbytes;						\
+	YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize);				\
+	Stack = &yyptr->Stack;						\
+	yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX;	\
+	yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr);				\
+      }									\
+    while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__)
+# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t)
+# define YYSIZE_T size_t
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#  include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YYSIZE_T size_t
+# endif
+#endif
+#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
+# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
+#endif
+
+#define yyerrok		(yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin	(yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY		-2
+#define YYEOF		0
+#define YYACCEPT	goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT 	goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR		goto yyerrlab1
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.  This remains here temporarily
+   to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+   Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go.  */
+#define YYFAIL		goto yyerrlab
+#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)
+#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value)					\
+do								\
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1)				\
+    {								\
+      yychar = (Token);						\
+      yylval = (Value);						\
+      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);				\
+      YYPOPSTACK;						\
+      goto yybackup;						\
+    }								\
+  else								\
+    { 								\
+      yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up");			\
+      YYERROR;							\
+    }								\
+while (0)
+
+#define YYTERROR	1
+#define YYERRCODE	256
+
+
+/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions
+   are run).
+
+   When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the
+   first token.  By default, to implement support for ranges, extend
+   its range to the last symbol.  */
+
+#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
+# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N)       	\
+   Current.last_line   = Rhs[N].last_line;	\
+   Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column;
+#endif
+
+
+/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments.  */
+
+#if YYPURE
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+#  ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#   define YYLEX		yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#  else
+#   define YYLEX		yylex (&yylval, &yylloc)
+#  endif
+# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#  ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#   define YYLEX		yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#  else
+#   define YYLEX		yylex (&yylval)
+#  endif
+# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#else /* !YYPURE */
+# define YYLEX			yylex ()
+#endif /* !YYPURE */
+
+
+/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+
+# ifndef YYFPRINTF
+#  include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
+#  define YYFPRINTF fprintf
+# endif
+
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args)			\
+do {						\
+  if (yydebug)					\
+    YYFPRINTF Args;				\
+} while (0)
+/* Nonzero means print parse trace.  It is left uninitialized so that
+   multiple parsers can coexist.  */
+int yydebug;
+#else /* !YYDEBUG */
+# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
+#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
+/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks.  */
+#ifndef	YYINITDEPTH
+# define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
+   if the built-in stack extension method is used).
+
+   Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
+   SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
+   evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic.  */
+
+#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+# undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+
+# ifndef yystrlen
+#  if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H)
+#   define yystrlen strlen
+#  else
+/* Return the length of YYSTR.  */
+static YYSIZE_T
+#   if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+yystrlen (const char *yystr)
+#   else
+yystrlen (yystr)
+     const char *yystr;
+#   endif
+{
+  register const char *yys = yystr;
+
+  while (*yys++ != '\0')
+    continue;
+
+  return yys - yystr - 1;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef yystpcpy
+#  if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+#   define yystpcpy stpcpy
+#  else
+/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
+   YYDEST.  */
+static char *
+#   if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)
+#   else
+yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc)
+     char *yydest;
+     const char *yysrc;
+#   endif
+{
+  register char *yyd = yydest;
+  register const char *yys = yysrc;
+
+  while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
+    continue;
+
+  return yyd - 1;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#line 315 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
+
+
+/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+   into yyparse.  The argument should have type void *.
+   It should actually point to an object.
+   Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
+   to the proper pointer type.  */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#  define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+#  define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+# else
+#  define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+#  define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+# endif
+#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
+# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+int yyparse (void *);
+# else
+int yyparse (void);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser,
+   variables are global, or local to YYPARSE.  */
+
+#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES			\
+/* The lookahead symbol.  */				\
+int yychar;						\
+							\
+/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */	\
+YYSTYPE yylval;						\
+							\
+/* Number of parse errors so far.  */			\
+int yynerrs;
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES			\
+YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES			\
+						\
+/* Location data for the lookahead symbol.  */	\
+YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#else
+# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES			\
+YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES
+#endif
+
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */
+
+#if !YYPURE
+YY_DECL_VARIABLES
+#endif  /* !YYPURE */
+
+int
+yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+     YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */
+#if YYPURE
+  YY_DECL_VARIABLES
+#endif  /* !YYPURE */
+
+  register int yystate;
+  register int yyn;
+  int yyresult;
+  /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled.  */
+  int yyerrstatus;
+  /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number.  */
+  int yychar1 = 0;
+
+  /* Three stacks and their tools:
+     `yyss': related to states,
+     `yyvs': related to semantic values,
+     `yyls': related to locations.
+
+     Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
+     to reallocate them elsewhere.  */
+
+  /* The state stack. */
+  short	yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
+  short *yyss = yyssa;
+  register short *yyssp;
+
+  /* The semantic value stack.  */
+  YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+  YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
+  register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  /* The location stack.  */
+  YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
+  YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+#endif
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+# define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#else
+# define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#endif
+
+  YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+
+
+  /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
+     action routines.  */
+  YYSTYPE yyval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  YYLTYPE yyloc;
+#endif
+
+  /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced
+     rule. */
+  int yylen;
+
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
+
+  yystate = 0;
+  yyerrstatus = 0;
+  yynerrs = 0;
+  yychar = YYEMPTY;		/* Cause a token to be read.  */
+
+  /* Initialize stack pointers.
+     Waste one element of value and location stack
+     so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+     The wasted elements are never initialized.  */
+
+  yyssp = yyss;
+  yyvsp = yyvs;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp = yyls;
+#endif
+  goto yysetstate;
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate.  |
+`------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ yynewstate:
+  /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+     have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.
+     */
+  yyssp++;
+
+ yysetstate:
+  *yyssp = yystate;
+
+  if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+    {
+      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
+      YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+      {
+	/* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
+	   these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
+	   memory.  */
+	YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+	short *yyss1 = yyss;
+
+	/* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
+	   data in use in that stack, in bytes.  */
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+	YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+	/* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+	   but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
+	yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
+		    &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
+		    &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+		    &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp),
+		    &yystacksize);
+	yyls = yyls1;
+# else
+	yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
+		    &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
+		    &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+		    &yystacksize);
+# endif
+	yyss = yyss1;
+	yyvs = yyvs1;
+      }
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+      goto yyoverflowlab;
+# else
+      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
+      if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+	goto yyoverflowlab;
+      yystacksize *= 2;
+      if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+	yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+
+      {
+	short *yyss1 = yyss;
+	union yyalloc *yyptr =
+	  (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
+	if (! yyptr)
+	  goto yyoverflowlab;
+	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss);
+	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs);
+# if YYLSP_NEEDED
+	YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls);
+# endif
+# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
+	if (yyss1 != yyssa)
+	  YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
+      }
+# endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+      yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
+      yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1;
+#endif
+
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n",
+		  (unsigned long int) yystacksize));
+
+      if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+	YYABORT;
+    }
+
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
+
+  goto yybackup;
+
+
+/*-----------.
+| yybackup.  |
+`-----------*/
+yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  */
+/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
+
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
+
+  /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
+     or a valid token in external form.  */
+
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+    {
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
+      yychar = YYLEX;
+    }
+
+  /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
+
+  if (yychar <= 0)		/* This means end of input. */
+    {
+      yychar1 = 0;
+      yychar = YYEOF;		/* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+     /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables
+	which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set.  */
+      if (yydebug)
+	{
+	  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s",
+		     yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+	  /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise
+	     meaning of a token, for further debugging info.  */
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+	  YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+# endif
+	  YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n");
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  yyn += yychar1;
+  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+
+  /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
+     Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
+     Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
+       New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
+       just return success.
+     0, or most negative number => error.  */
+
+  if (yyn < 0)
+    {
+      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+	goto yyerrlab;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+  else if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ",
+	      yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
+
+  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
+  if (yychar != YYEOF)
+    yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+     status.  */
+  if (yyerrstatus)
+    yyerrstatus--;
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
+| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state.  |
+`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+yydefault:
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+  goto yyreduce;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------.
+| yyreduce -- Do a reduction.  |
+`-----------------------------*/
+yyreduce:
+  /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
+  yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+
+  /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
+     `$$ = $1'.
+
+     Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of
+     the lookahead token.  This behavior is undocumented and Bison
+     users should not rely upon it.  Assigning to YYVAL
+     unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
+     GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized.  */
+  yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  /* Similarly for the default location.  Let the user run additional
+     commands if for instance locations are ranges.  */
+  yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen];
+  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen);
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which
+     are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set.  */
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      int yyi;
+
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+		 yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+      /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result.  */
+      for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++)
+	YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]);
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+    }
+#endif
+
+  switch (yyn) {
+
+case 1:
+#line 175 "plural.y"
+{
+	    if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+	  }
+    break;
+case 2:
+#line 183 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 3:
+#line 187 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 4:
+#line 191 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 5:
+#line 195 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 6:
+#line 199 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 7:
+#line 203 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 8:
+#line 207 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 9:
+#line 211 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 10:
+#line 215 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+    break;
+case 11:
+#line 219 "plural.y"
+{
+	    if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+	  }
+    break;
+case 12:
+#line 224 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+	  }
+    break;
+}
+
+#line 705 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
+
+
+  yyvsp -= yylen;
+  yyssp -= yylen;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp -= yylen;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now");
+      while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
+	YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+#endif
+
+  *++yyvsp = yyval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yyloc;
+#endif
+
+  /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction.  Determine what state
+     that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
+     number reduced by.  */
+
+  yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+  yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
+  if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+    yystate = yytable[yystate];
+  else
+    yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
+
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error |
+`------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab:
+  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+  if (!yyerrstatus)
+    {
+      ++yynerrs;
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+      yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+      if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+	{
+	  YYSIZE_T yysize = 0;
+	  char *yymsg;
+	  int yyx, yycount;
+
+	  yycount = 0;
+	  /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
+	     YYCHECK.  */
+	  for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
+	       yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++)
+	    if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
+	      yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++;
+	  yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1;
+	  yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
+	  yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize);
+	  if (yymsg != 0)
+	    {
+	      char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected ");
+	      yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
+
+	      if (yycount < 5)
+		{
+		  yycount = 0;
+		  for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
+		       yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *));
+		       yyx++)
+		    if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
+		      {
+			const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or ";
+			yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq);
+			yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]);
+			yycount++;
+		      }
+		}
+	      yyerror (yymsg);
+	      YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted");
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
+	yyerror ("parse error");
+    }
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action |
+`--------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab1:
+  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
+	 error, discard it.  */
+
+      /* return failure if at end of input */
+      if (yychar == YYEOF)
+	YYABORT;
+      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n",
+		  yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
+      yychar = YYEMPTY;
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
+     token.  */
+
+  yyerrstatus = 3;		/* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+  goto yyerrhandle;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the |
+| error token.                                                       |
+`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrdefault:
+#if 0
+  /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+     should shift them.  */
+
+  /* If its default is to accept any token, ok.  Otherwise pop it.  */
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+  if (yyn)
+    goto yydefault;
+#endif
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the |
+| error token                                                    |
+`---------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrpop:
+  if (yyssp == yyss)
+    YYABORT;
+  yyvsp--;
+  yystate = *--yyssp;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp--;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+      while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
+	YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
+      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+#endif
+
+/*--------------.
+| yyerrhandle.  |
+`--------------*/
+yyerrhandle:
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+    goto yyerrdefault;
+
+  yyn += YYTERROR;
+  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
+    goto yyerrdefault;
+
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+  if (yyn < 0)
+    {
+      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+	goto yyerrpop;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+  else if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrpop;
+
+  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, "));
+
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------.
+| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here.  |
+`-------------------------------------*/
+yyacceptlab:
+  yyresult = 0;
+  goto yyreturn;
+
+/*-----------------------------------.
+| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here.  |
+`-----------------------------------*/
+yyabortlab:
+  yyresult = 1;
+  goto yyreturn;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------.
+| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here.  |
+`---------------------------------------------*/
+yyoverflowlab:
+  yyerror ("parser stack overflow");
+  yyresult = 2;
+  /* Fall through.  */
+
+yyreturn:
+#ifndef yyoverflow
+  if (yyss != yyssa)
+    YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
+#endif
+  return yyresult;
+}
+#line 229 "plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/plural.y b/lib/intl/plural.y
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..616b7c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/plural.y
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
+   but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 7
+
+%union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+   precedence order as in C.  See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+   There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+   Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+   token, to save space in the array generated by bison.  */
+%right '?'		/*   ?		*/
+%left '|'		/*   ||		*/
+%left '&'		/*   &&		*/
+%left EQUOP2		/*   == !=	*/
+%left CMPOP2		/*   < > <= >=	*/
+%left ADDOP2		/*   + -	*/
+%left MULOP2		/*   * / %	*/
+%right '!'		/*   !		*/
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start:	  exp
+	  {
+	    if ($1 == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+exp:	  exp '?' exp ':' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+	  }
+	| exp '|' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp '&' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp EQUOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp CMPOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp ADDOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp MULOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| '!' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+	  }
+	| 'n'
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+	| NUMBER
+	  {
+	    if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      $$->val.num = $1;
+	  }
+	| '(' exp ')'
+	  {
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/ref-add.sin b/lib/intl/ref-add.sin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..167374e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/ref-add.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  ta
+  :a
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+  tb
+  s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+  :b
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/ref-del.sin b/lib/intl/ref-del.sin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..613cf37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/ref-del.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/lib/intl/relocatable.c b/lib/intl/relocatable.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16f79a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/relocatable.c
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+/* Provide relocatable packages.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+
+/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "relocatable.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+# define xmalloc malloc
+#else
+# include "xmalloc.h"
+#endif
+
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
+# include <libcharset.h>
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Faked cheap 'bool'.  */
+#undef bool
+#undef false
+#undef true
+#define bool int
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P)  tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+    (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Original installation prefix.  */
+static char *orig_prefix;
+static size_t orig_prefix_len;
+/* Current installation prefix.  */
+static char *curr_prefix;
+static size_t curr_prefix_len;
+/* These prefixes do not end in a slash.  Anything that will be concatenated
+   to them must start with a slash.  */
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+static void
+set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
+			    const char *curr_prefix_arg)
+{
+  if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
+      /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
+	 relocation is a nop.  */
+      && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Duplicate the argument strings.  */
+      char *memory;
+
+      orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
+      curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
+      memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+      if (memory != NULL)
+#endif
+	{
+	  memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
+	  orig_prefix = memory;
+	  memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
+	  memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
+	  curr_prefix = memory;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  orig_prefix = NULL;
+  curr_prefix = NULL;
+  /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
+     called once.  */
+}
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+void
+set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
+{
+  set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+
+  /* Now notify all dependent libraries.  */
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
+  libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
+  libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
+  libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Convenience function:
+   Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
+   installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
+   file, and the current pathname of this file.  Returns NULL upon failure.  */
+#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
+#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
+static
+#endif
+const char *
+compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
+		     const char *orig_installdir,
+		     const char *curr_pathname)
+{
+  const char *curr_installdir;
+  const char *rel_installdir;
+
+  if (curr_pathname == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
+     This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
+     orig_installdir.  */
+  if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
+      != 0)
+    /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix).  */
+    return NULL;
+  rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
+
+  /* Determine the current installation directory.  */
+  {
+    const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
+    const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
+    char *q;
+
+    while (p > p_base)
+      {
+	p--;
+	if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	  break;
+      }
+
+    q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+    if (q == NULL)
+      return NULL;
+#endif
+    memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
+    q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
+    curr_installdir = q;
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
+     rel_installdir from it.  */
+  {
+    const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
+    const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
+    const char *cp_base =
+      curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
+
+    while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
+      {
+	bool same = false;
+	const char *rpi = rp;
+	const char *cpi = cp;
+
+	while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
+	  {
+	    rpi--;
+	    cpi--;
+	    if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
+	      {
+		if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
+		  same = true;
+		break;
+	      }
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+	    /* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
+	    if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
+		!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
+	      break;
+#else
+	    if (*rpi != *cpi)
+	      break;
+#endif
+	  }
+	if (!same)
+	  break;
+	/* The last pathname component was the same.  opi and cpi now point
+	   to the slash before it.  */
+	rp = rpi;
+	cp = cpi;
+      }
+
+    if (rp > rel_installdir)
+      /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir.  */
+      return NULL;
+
+    {
+      size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
+      char *curr_prefix;
+
+      curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+      if (curr_prefix == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#endif
+      memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
+      curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
+
+      return curr_prefix;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
+
+/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL.  */
+static char *shared_library_fullname;
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+
+/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded.  */
+
+BOOL WINAPI
+DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
+{
+  (void) reserved;
+
+  if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
+    {
+      /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range.  */
+      static char location[MAX_PATH];
+
+      if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
+	/* Shouldn't happen.  */
+	return FALSE;
+
+      if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
+	/* Shouldn't happen.  */
+	return FALSE;
+
+      shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
+    }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+#else /* Unix */
+
+static void
+find_shared_library_fullname ()
+{
+#ifdef __linux__
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  /* Open the current process' maps file.  It describes one VMA per line.  */
+  fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
+  if (fp)
+    {
+      unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  unsigned long start, end;
+	  int c;
+
+	  if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
+	    break;
+	  if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
+	    {
+	      /* Found it.  Now see if this line contains a filename.  */
+	      while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '/')
+		{
+		  size_t size;
+		  int len;
+
+		  ungetc (c, fp);
+		  shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
+		  len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
+		  if (len >= 0)
+		    {
+		      /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname.  */
+		      if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
+			shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
+		    }
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
+	    continue;
+	}
+      fclose (fp);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */
+
+/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
+   Return NULL if unknown.
+   Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32.  */
+static char *
+get_shared_library_fullname ()
+{
+#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
+  static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
+  if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
+    {
+      find_shared_library_fullname ();
+      tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
+    }
+#endif
+  return shared_library_fullname;
+}
+
+#endif /* PIC */
+
+/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
+   directory.  */
+const char *
+relocate (const char *pathname)
+{
+#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
+  static int initialized;
+
+  /* Initialization code for a shared library.  */
+  if (!initialized)
+    {
+      /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
+	 set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
+	 function.  This is sufficient in the case that the library has
+	 initially been installed in the same orig_prefix.  But we can do
+	 better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
+	 in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
+	 to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
+	 orig_prefix.  */
+      const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
+      const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
+      const char *curr_prefix_better;
+
+      curr_prefix_better =
+	compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
+			     get_shared_library_fullname ());
+      if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
+	curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
+
+      set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
+
+      initialized = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
+     even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
+     typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
+     from.  */
+  if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
+      && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
+    {
+      if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
+	/* pathname equals orig_prefix.  */
+	return curr_prefix;
+      if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
+	{
+	  /* pathname starts with orig_prefix.  */
+	  const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
+	  char *result =
+	    (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
+
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+	  if (result != NULL)
+#endif
+	    {
+	      memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
+	      strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
+	      return result;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* Nothing to relocate.  */
+  return pathname;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/intl/relocatable.h b/lib/intl/relocatable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d141200
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/relocatable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Provide relocatable packages.
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
+#define _RELOCATABLE_H
+
+/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option.  */
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions.  Note that because
+   this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
+   in any case.  */
+#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
+       set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
+			      const char *curr_prefix);
+
+/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
+   directory.  */
+extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
+
+/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
+   a fresh pathname.  If this is a problem because your program calls
+   relocate() frequently, think about caching the result.  */
+
+/* Convenience function:
+   Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
+   installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
+   file, and the current pathname of this file.  Returns NULL upon failure.  */
+extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
+					 const char *orig_installdir,
+					 const char *curr_pathname);
+
+#else
+
+/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames.  */
+#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */
diff --git a/lib/intl/textdomain.c b/lib/intl/textdomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f259c69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intl/textdomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
+# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found.  */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  char *new_domain;
+  char *old_domain;
+
+  /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages".  */
+  if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+      || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+    {
+      _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+      new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+    /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+       environment variable changed.  */
+    new_domain = old_domain;
+  else
+    {
+      /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+	 will be NULL.  This value will be returned and so signals we
+	 are out of core.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      new_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+    }
+
+  /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+     since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+     to do it.  Do it only when the call was successful.  */
+  if (new_domain != NULL)
+    {
+      ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+      if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+	free (old_domain);
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  return new_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/malloc/Makefile.in b/lib/malloc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2c785b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+# Skeleton Makefile for the GNU malloc code
+#
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = .:@srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm -f
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+PROFILE_FLAGS = @PROFILE_FLAGS@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+LIBBUILD = ${BUILD_DIR}/lib
+
+BASHINCDIR = ${topdir}/include
+
+INTL_LIBSRC = ${topdir}/lib/intl
+INTL_BUILDDIR = ${LIBBUILD}/intl
+INTL_INC = @INTL_INC@
+LIBINTL_H = @LIBINTL_H@
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I$(BASHINCDIR) -I$(topdir)/lib $(INTL_INC)
+
+CCFLAGS = ${PROFILE_FLAGS} ${INCLUDES} $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) \
+	  $(CFLAGS) $(MALLOC_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS)
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) $(CCFLAGS) -c $<
+
+.s.o:
+	$(CC) $(CCFLAGS) -c $<
+
+MALLOC_SOURCE = malloc.c
+STUB_SOURCE = stub.c
+
+ALLOCA_SOURCE = alloca.c
+ALLOCA_OBJECT = alloca.o
+
+MALLOC_SRC = @MALLOC_SRC@
+MALLOC = @MALLOC@
+ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
+
+MALLOC_OBJS = malloc.o $(ALLOCA) trace.o stats.o table.o watch.o
+STUB_OBJS = $(ALLOCA) stub.o
+
+.PHONY:		malloc stubmalloc
+
+all:		malloc
+
+malloc: ${MALLOC_OBJS}
+	${RM} libmalloc.a
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} libmalloc.a ${MALLOC_OBJS}
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) libmalloc.a
+
+stubmalloc: ${STUB_OBJS}
+	${RM} libmalloc.a
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} libmalloc.a ${STUB_OBJS}
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) libmalloc.a
+
+alloca: ${ALLOCA}
+	${RM} libmalloc.a
+	${AR} ${ARFLAGS} libmalloc.a ${ALLOCA}
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) libmalloc.a
+
+alloca.o:	$(srcdir)/$(ALLOCA_SOURCE)
+	$(CC) $(CCFLAGS) -c $(srcdir)/$(ALLOCA_SOURCE)
+	@- if test "$(ALLOCA_OBJECT)" != alloca.o ; then \
+		mv $(ALLOCA_OBJECT) alloca.o >/dev/null 2>&1 ; \
+	fi
+
+mostlyclean clean:
+	$(RM) *.o libmalloc.a
+
+distclean realclean maintainer-clean: clean
+	$(RM) Makefile
+
+alloca.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+malloc.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h $(topdir)/bashtypes.h getpagesize.h
+xmalloc.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h $(BASHINCDIR)/ansi_stdlib.h
+trace.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+table.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+watch.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+
+malloc.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h ${srcdir}/mstats.h
+malloc.o: ${srcdir}/table.h ${srcdir}/watch.h
+stats.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h ${srcdir}/mstats.h
+trace.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h
+table.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h ${srcdir}/table.h
+watch.o: ${srcdir}/imalloc.h ${srcdir}/watch.h
+
+malloc.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+stats.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+trace.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+table.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+watch.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
+# Rules for deficient makes, like SunOS and Solaris
+stub.o: stub.c
+malloc.o: malloc.c
+table.o: table.c
+trace.o: trace.c
+stats.o: stats.c
+watch.o: watch.c
diff --git a/lib/malloc/alloca.c b/lib/malloc/alloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26319c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/alloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
+
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>		/* for size_t */
+
+/* If alloca is defined somewhere, this file is not needed. */
+#ifndef alloca
+
+#ifdef emacs
+#ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+   in order to make unexec workable
+   */
+#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#endif /* static */
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
+
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#else
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#endif /* CRAY && CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
+
+#if __STDC__
+typedef void *pointer;
+#else
+typedef char *pointer;
+#endif
+
+#define	NULL	0
+
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
+   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
+
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
+
+   Callers below should use malloc.  */
+
+#ifndef emacs
+#define malloc xmalloc
+extern pointer xmalloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
+
+#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#endif
+
+#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+
+#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+
+static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
+#define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+
+static void
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
+
+  if (addr == NULL)
+    {				/* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
+
+      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
+
+#ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
+  struct
+    {
+      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
+    } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
+
+pointer
+alloca (size)
+     size_t size;
+{
+  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
+    find_stack_direction ();
+#endif
+
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+
+  {
+    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+	{
+	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
+
+	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
+	}
+      else
+	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
+
+    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
+  }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
+
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
+
+  {
+    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
+    /* Address of header.  */
+
+    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
+
+    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
+
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
+
+    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#define CRAY_STACK
+#ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
+				   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
+				   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
+				   be required to satisfy the maximum
+				   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
+				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
+				   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
+				   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#endif /* CRAY2 */
+#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+				    + status.current_size
+				    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+	abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+	abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  /* This might be _getb67() or GETB67 () or getb67 () */
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+	break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#endif /* CRAY && CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
+
+#endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* !__GNUC__ || __GNUC__ < 2 */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/getpagesize.h b/lib/malloc/getpagesize.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..835f5da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/getpagesize.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Emulation of getpagesize() for systems that need it.
+   Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.  */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifdef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#  if defined (_SC_PAGESIZE)
+#    define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
+#  else
+#    if defined (_SC_PAGE_SIZE)
+#      define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE)
+#    endif /* _SC_PAGE_SIZE */
+#  endif /* _SC_PAGESIZE */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (getpagesize)
+#  ifndef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/param.h>
+#  endif
+#  if defined (PAGESIZE)
+#     define getpagesize() PAGESIZE
+#  else /* !PAGESIZE */
+#    if defined (EXEC_PAGESIZE)
+#      define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#    else /* !EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#      if defined (NBPG)
+#        if !defined (CLSIZE)
+#          define CLSIZE 1
+#        endif /* !CLSIZE */
+#        define getpagesize() (NBPG * CLSIZE)
+#      else /* !NBPG */
+#        if defined (NBPC)
+#          define getpagesize() NBPC
+#        endif /* NBPC */
+#      endif /* !NBPG */
+#    endif /* !EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#  endif /* !PAGESIZE */
+#endif /* !getpagesize */
+
+#if !defined (getpagesize)
+#  define getpagesize() 4096  /* Just punt and use reasonable value */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/malloc/i386-alloca.s b/lib/malloc/i386-alloca.s
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01b2cfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/i386-alloca.s
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+	.file "alloca.s"
+	.text
+	.align 4
+	.def alloca; .val alloca; .scl 2; .type 044; .endef
+	.globl alloca
+alloca:
+	popl %edx
+	popl %eax
+	addl $3,%eax
+	andl $0xfffffffc,%eax
+	subl %eax,%esp
+	movl %esp,%eax
+	pushl %eax
+	pushl %edx
+	ret
+	.def alloca; .val .; .scl -1; .endef
diff --git a/lib/malloc/imalloc.h b/lib/malloc/imalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72ba65a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/imalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* imalloc.h -- internal malloc definitions shared by source files. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* Must be included *after* config.h */
+
+#ifndef _IMALLOC_H
+#define _IMALLOC_H
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_DEBUG
+#define MALLOC_STATS
+#define MALLOC_TRACE
+#define MALLOC_REGISTER
+#define MALLOC_WATCH
+#endif
+
+#define MALLOC_WRAPFUNCS
+
+/* Generic pointer type. */
+#ifndef PTR_T
+#  if defined (__STDC__)
+#    define PTR_T void *
+#  else
+#    define PTR_T char *
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+#  define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (__STRING)
+#  if defined (HAVE_STRINGIZE)
+#    define __STRING(x) #x
+#  else
+#    define __STRING(x) "x"
+#  endif /* !HAVE_STRINGIZE */
+#endif /* !__STRING */
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 1
+#  define FASTCOPY(s, d, n)  __builtin_memcpy (d, s, n)
+#else /* !__GNUC__ */
+#  if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY)
+#    if !defined (HAVE_MEMMOVE)
+#      define FASTCOPY(s, d, n)  memcpy (d, s, n)
+#    else
+#      define FASTCOPY(s, d, n)  memmove (d, s, n)
+#    endif /* !HAVE_MEMMOVE */
+#  else /* HAVE_BCOPY */
+#    define FASTCOPY(s, d, n)  bcopy (s, d, n)
+#  endif /* HAVE_BCOPY */
+#endif /* !__GNUC__ */
+
+#if !defined (__P)
+#  if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus) || defined (PROTOTYPES)
+#    define __P(protos) protos
+#  else 
+#    define __P(protos) ()
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* Use Duff's device for good zeroing/copying performance.  DO NOT call the
+   Duff's device macros with NBYTES == 0. */
+
+#define MALLOC_BZERO(charp, nbytes)					\
+do {									\
+  if ((nbytes) <= 32) {							\
+    size_t * mzp = (size_t *)(charp);					\
+    unsigned long mctmp = (nbytes)/sizeof(size_t);			\
+    long mcn;								\
+    if (mctmp < 8) mcn = 0; else { mcn = (mctmp-1)/8; mctmp &= 7; }	\
+    switch (mctmp) {							\
+      case 0: for(;;) { *mzp++ = 0;					\
+      case 7:	   *mzp++ = 0;						\
+      case 6:	   *mzp++ = 0;						\
+      case 5:	   *mzp++ = 0;						\
+      case 4:	   *mzp++ = 0;						\
+      case 3:	   *mzp++ = 0;						\
+      case 2:	   *mzp++ = 0;						\
+      case 1:	   *mzp++ = 0; if(mcn <= 0) break; mcn--; }		\
+    }									\
+  else									\
+    memset ((charp), 0, (nbytes));					\
+} while(0)
+
+#define MALLOC_ZERO(charp, nbytes) \
+do { 								\
+  size_t mzsz = (nbytes);					\
+  if (mzsz <= 9 * sizeof(mzsz) {				\
+    size_t *mz = (size_t *)(charp);				\
+    if(mzsz >= 5*sizeof(mzsz)) {	*mz++ = 0;		\
+					*mz++ = 0;		\
+      if(mzsz >= 7*sizeof(mzsz)) {	*mz++ = 0;		\
+					*mz++ = 0;		\
+	if(mzsz >= 9*sizeof(mzsz)) {	*mz++ = 0;		\
+					*mz++ = 0; }}}		\
+					*mz++ = 0;		\
+					*mz++ = 0;		\
+					*mz = 0;		\
+  } else							\
+    memset ((charp), 0, mzsz);					\
+} while (0)
+
+#define MALLOC_MEMSET(charp, xch, nbytes)				\
+do {									\
+  if ((nbytes) <= 32) {							\
+    register char * mzp = (charp);					\
+    unsigned long mctmp = (nbytes);					\
+    register long mcn;							\
+    if (mctmp < 8) mcn = 0; else { mcn = (mctmp-1)/8; mctmp &= 7; }	\
+    switch (mctmp) {							\
+      case 0: for(;;) { *mzp++ = xch;					\
+      case 7:	   *mzp++ = xch;					\
+      case 6:	   *mzp++ = xch;					\
+      case 5:	   *mzp++ = xch;					\
+      case 4:	   *mzp++ = xch;					\
+      case 3:	   *mzp++ = xch;					\
+      case 2:	   *mzp++ = xch;					\
+      case 1:	   *mzp++ = xch; if(mcn <= 0) break; mcn--; }		\
+    }									\
+  } else								\
+    memset ((charp), (xch), (nbytes));					\
+} while(0)
+
+#define MALLOC_MEMCPY(dest,src,nbytes)					\
+do {									\
+  if ((nbytes) <= 32) {							\
+    size_t* mcsrc = (size_t*) src;					\
+    size_t* mcdst = (size_t*) dest;					\
+    unsigned long mctmp = (nbytes)/sizeof(size_t);			\
+    long mcn;								\
+    if (mctmp < 8) mcn = 0; else { mcn = (mctmp-1)/8; mctmp &= 7; }	\
+    switch (mctmp) {							\
+      case 0: for(;;) { *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++;				\
+      case 7:	   *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++;					\
+      case 6:	   *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++;					\
+      case 5:	   *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++;					\
+      case 4:	   *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++;					\
+      case 3:	   *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++;					\
+      case 2:	   *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++;					\
+      case 1:	   *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; if(mcn <= 0) break; mcn--; }	\
+  } else								\
+    memcpy ((dest), (src), (nbytes))					\
+} while(0)
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+#  include "bashintl.h"
+#else
+#  define _(x)	x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _IMALLOC_H */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/malloc.c b/lib/malloc/malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9a08da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1305 @@
+/* malloc.c - dynamic memory allocation for bash. */
+
+/*  Copyright (C) 1985-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
+You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
+what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!  */
+
+/*
+ * @(#)nmalloc.c 1 (Caltech) 2/21/82
+ *
+ *	U of M Modified: 20 Jun 1983 ACT: strange hacks for Emacs
+ *
+ *	Nov 1983, Mike@BRL, Added support for 4.1C/4.2 BSD.
+ *
+ * This is a very fast storage allocator.  It allocates blocks of a small 
+ * number of different sizes, and keeps free lists of each size.  Blocks
+ * that don't exactly fit are passed up to the next larger size.  In this 
+ * implementation, the available sizes are (2^n)-4 (or -16) bytes long.
+ * This is designed for use in a program that uses vast quantities of
+ * memory, but bombs when it runs out.  To make it a little better, it
+ * warns the user when he starts to get near the end.
+ *
+ * June 84, ACT: modified rcheck code to check the range given to malloc,
+ * rather than the range determined by the 2-power used.
+ *
+ * Jan 85, RMS: calls malloc_warning to issue warning on nearly full.
+ * No longer Emacs-specific; can serve as all-purpose malloc for GNU.
+ * You should call malloc_init to reinitialize after loading dumped Emacs.
+ * Call malloc_stats to get info on memory stats if MALLOC_STATS turned on.
+ * realloc knows how to return same block given, just changing its size,
+ * if the power of 2 is correct.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * nextf[i] is the pointer to the next free block of size 2^(i+3).  The
+ * smallest allocatable block is 8 bytes.  The overhead information will
+ * go in the first int of the block, and the returned pointer will point
+ * to the second.
+ */
+
+/* Define MEMSCRAMBLE to have free() write 0xcf into memory as it's freed, to
+   uncover callers that refer to freed memory, and to have malloc() write 0xdf
+   into memory as it's allocated to avoid referring to previous contents. */
+
+/* SCO 3.2v4 getcwd and possibly other libc routines fail with MEMSCRAMBLE;
+   handled by configure. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+#  include "bashtypes.h"
+#  include "stdc.h"
+#else
+#  include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Determine which kind of system this is.  */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#  include <string.h>
+#else
+#  include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Define getpagesize () if the system does not.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+#  include "getpagesize.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+#  include "mstats.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+#  include "table.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+#  include "watch.h"
+#endif
+
+/* System-specific omissions. */
+#ifdef HPUX
+#  define NO_VALLOC
+#endif
+
+#define NBUCKETS	30
+
+#define ISALLOC ((char) 0xf7)	/* magic byte that implies allocation */
+#define ISFREE ((char) 0x54)	/* magic byte that implies free block */
+				/* this is for error checking only */
+#define ISMEMALIGN ((char) 0xd6)  /* Stored before the value returned by
+				     memalign, with the rest of the word
+				     being the distance to the true
+				     beginning of the block.  */
+
+
+/* We have a flag indicating whether memory is allocated, an index in
+   nextf[], a size field, and a sentinel value to determine whether or
+   not a caller wrote before the start of allocated memory; to realloc()
+   memory we either copy mh_nbytes or just change mh_nbytes if there is
+   enough room in the block for the new size.  Range checking is always
+   done. */
+union mhead {
+  bits64_t mh_align;						/* 8 */
+  struct {
+    char mi_alloc; 		/* ISALLOC or ISFREE */		/* 1 */
+    char mi_index;		/* index in nextf[] */		/* 1 */
+    /* Remainder are valid only when block is allocated */
+    u_bits16_t mi_magic2;	/* should be == MAGIC2 */	/* 2 */
+    u_bits32_t mi_nbytes;	/* # of bytes allocated */	/* 4 */
+  } minfo;
+};
+#define mh_alloc	minfo.mi_alloc
+#define mh_index	minfo.mi_index
+#define mh_nbytes	minfo.mi_nbytes
+#define mh_magic2	minfo.mi_magic2
+
+#define MOVERHEAD	sizeof(union mhead)
+#define MALIGN_MASK	7	/* one less than desired alignment */
+
+typedef union _malloc_guard {
+  char s[4];
+  u_bits32_t i;
+} mguard_t;
+
+/* Access free-list pointer of a block.
+   It is stored at block + sizeof (char *).
+   This is not a field in the minfo structure member of union mhead
+   because we want sizeof (union mhead)
+   to describe the overhead for when the block is in use,
+   and we do not want the free-list pointer to count in that.  */
+
+#define CHAIN(a) \
+  (*(union mhead **) (sizeof (char *) + (char *) (a)))
+
+/* To implement range checking, we write magic values in at the beginning
+   and end of each allocated block, and make sure they are undisturbed
+   whenever a free or a realloc occurs. */
+
+/* Written in the 2 bytes before the block's real space (-4 bytes) */
+#define MAGIC2 0x5555
+#define MSLOP  4		/* 4 bytes extra for u_bits32_t size */
+
+/* How many bytes are actually allocated for a request of size N --
+   rounded up to nearest multiple of 8 after accounting for malloc
+   overhead. */
+#define ALLOCATED_BYTES(n) \
+	(((n) + MOVERHEAD + MSLOP + MALIGN_MASK) & ~MALIGN_MASK)
+
+#define ASSERT(p) \
+  do \
+    { \
+      if (!(p)) xbotch((PTR_T)0, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, __STRING(p), file, line); \
+    } \
+  while (0)
+
+/* Minimum and maximum bucket indices for block splitting (and to bound
+   the search for a block to split). */
+#define SPLIT_MIN	2	/* XXX - was 3 */
+#define SPLIT_MID	11
+#define SPLIT_MAX	14
+
+/* Minimum and maximum bucket indices for block coalescing. */
+#define COMBINE_MIN	2
+#define COMBINE_MAX	(pagebucket - 1)	/* XXX */
+
+#define LESSCORE_MIN	10
+#define LESSCORE_FRC	13
+
+#define STARTBUCK	1
+
+/* Flags for the internal functions. */
+#define MALLOC_WRAPPER	0x01	/* wrapper function */
+#define MALLOC_INTERNAL	0x02	/* internal function calling another */
+#define MALLOC_NOTRACE	0x04	/* don't trace this allocation or free */
+#define MALLOC_NOREG	0x08	/* don't register this allocation or free */
+
+/* Future use. */
+#define ERR_DUPFREE		0x01
+#define ERR_UNALLOC		0x02
+#define ERR_UNDERFLOW		0x04	
+#define ERR_ASSERT_FAILED	0x08
+
+/* Evaluates to true if NB is appropriate for bucket NU.  NB is adjusted
+   appropriately by the caller to account for malloc overhead.  This only
+   checks that the recorded size is not too big for the bucket.  We
+   can't check whether or not it's in between NU and NU-1 because we
+   might have encountered a busy bucket when allocating and moved up to
+   the next size. */
+#define IN_BUCKET(nb, nu)	((nb) <= binsizes[(nu)])
+
+/* Use this when we want to be sure that NB is in bucket NU. */
+#define RIGHT_BUCKET(nb, nu) \
+	(((nb) > binsizes[(nu)-1]) && ((nb) <= binsizes[(nu)]))
+
+/* nextf[i] is free list of blocks of size 2**(i + 3)  */
+
+static union mhead *nextf[NBUCKETS];
+
+/* busy[i] is nonzero while allocation or free of block size i is in progress. */
+
+static char busy[NBUCKETS];
+
+static int pagesz;	/* system page size. */
+static int pagebucket;	/* bucket for requests a page in size */
+static int maxbuck;	/* highest bucket receiving allocation request. */
+
+static char *memtop;	/* top of heap */
+
+static unsigned long binsizes[NBUCKETS] = {
+	8UL, 16UL, 32UL, 64UL, 128UL, 256UL, 512UL, 1024UL, 2048UL, 4096UL,
+	8192UL, 16384UL, 32768UL, 65536UL, 131072UL, 262144UL, 524288UL,
+	1048576UL, 2097152UL, 4194304UL, 8388608UL, 16777216UL, 33554432UL,
+	67108864UL, 134217728UL, 268435456UL, 536870912UL, 1073741824UL,
+	2147483648UL, 4294967295UL
+};
+
+/* binsizes[x] == (1 << ((x) + 3)) */
+#define binsize(x)	binsizes[(x)]
+
+/* Declarations for internal functions */
+static PTR_T internal_malloc __P((size_t, const char *, int, int));
+static PTR_T internal_realloc __P((PTR_T, size_t, const char *, int, int));
+static void internal_free __P((PTR_T, const char *, int, int));
+static PTR_T internal_memalign __P((size_t, size_t, const char *, int, int));
+#ifndef NO_CALLOC
+static PTR_T internal_calloc __P((size_t, size_t, const char *, int, int));
+static void internal_cfree __P((PTR_T, const char *, int, int));
+#endif
+#ifndef NO_VALLOC
+static PTR_T internal_valloc __P((size_t, const char *, int, int));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (botch)
+extern void botch ();
+#else
+static void botch __P((const char *, const char *, int));
+#endif
+static void xbotch __P((PTR_T, int, const char *, const char *, int));
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_SBRK
+extern char *sbrk ();
+#endif /* !HAVE_DECL_SBRK */
+
+#ifdef SHELL
+extern int interrupt_immediately;
+extern int signal_is_trapped __P((int));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+struct _malstats _mstats;
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+/* Debugging variables available to applications. */
+int malloc_flags = 0;	/* future use */
+int malloc_trace = 0;	/* trace allocations and frees to stderr */
+int malloc_register = 0;	/* future use */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+char _malloc_trace_buckets[NBUCKETS];
+
+/* These should really go into a header file. */
+extern void mtrace_alloc __P((const char *, PTR_T, size_t, const char *, int));
+extern void mtrace_free __P((PTR_T, int, const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (botch)
+static void
+botch (s, file, line)
+     const char *s;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, _("malloc: failed assertion: %s\n"), s);
+  (void)fflush (stderr);
+  abort ();
+}
+#endif
+
+/* print the file and line number that caused the assertion failure and
+   call botch() to do whatever the application wants with the information */
+static void
+xbotch (mem, e, s, file, line)
+     PTR_T mem;
+     int e;
+     const char *s;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, _("\r\nmalloc: %s:%d: assertion botched\r\n"),
+			file ? file : "unknown", line);
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+  if (mem != NULL && malloc_register)
+    mregister_describe_mem (mem, stderr);
+#endif
+  (void)fflush (stderr);
+  botch(s, file, line);
+}
+
+/* Coalesce two adjacent free blocks off the free list for size NU - 1,
+   as long as we can find two adjacent free blocks.  nextf[NU -1] is
+   assumed to not be busy; the caller (morecore()) checks for this. 
+   BUSY[NU] must be set to 1. */
+static void
+bcoalesce (nu)
+     register int nu;
+{
+  register union mhead *mp, *mp1, *mp2;
+  register int nbuck;
+  unsigned long siz;
+
+  nbuck = nu - 1;
+  if (nextf[nbuck] == 0 || busy[nbuck])
+    return;
+
+  busy[nbuck] = 1;
+  siz = binsize (nbuck);
+
+  mp2 = mp1 = nextf[nbuck];
+  mp = CHAIN (mp1);
+  while (mp && mp != (union mhead *)((char *)mp1 + siz))
+    {
+      mp2 = mp1;
+      mp1 = mp;
+      mp = CHAIN (mp);
+    }
+
+  if (mp == 0)
+    {
+      busy[nbuck] = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* OK, now we have mp1 pointing to the block we want to add to nextf[NU].
+     CHAIN(mp2) must equal mp1.  Check that mp1 and mp are adjacent. */
+  if (mp2 != mp1 && CHAIN(mp2) != mp1)
+    {
+      busy[nbuck] = 0;
+      xbotch ((PTR_T)0, 0, "bcoalesce: CHAIN(mp2) != mp1", (char *)NULL, 0);
+    }
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_DEBUG
+  if (CHAIN (mp1) != (union mhead *)((char *)mp1 + siz))
+    {
+      busy[nbuck] = 0;
+      return;	/* not adjacent */
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Since they are adjacent, remove them from the free list */
+  if (mp1 == nextf[nbuck])
+    nextf[nbuck] = CHAIN (mp);
+  else
+    CHAIN (mp2) = CHAIN (mp);
+  busy[nbuck] = 0;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.tbcoalesce++;
+  _mstats.ncoalesce[nbuck]++;
+#endif
+
+  /* And add the combined two blocks to nextf[NU]. */
+  mp1->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+  mp1->mh_index = nu;
+  CHAIN (mp1) = nextf[nu];
+  nextf[nu] = mp1;
+}
+
+/* Split a block at index > NU (but less than SPLIT_MAX) into a set of
+   blocks of the correct size, and attach them to nextf[NU].  nextf[NU]
+   is assumed to be empty.  Must be called with signals blocked (e.g.,
+   by morecore()).  BUSY[NU] must be set to 1. */
+static void
+bsplit (nu)
+     register int nu;
+{
+  register union mhead *mp;
+  int nbuck, nblks, split_max;
+  unsigned long siz;
+
+  split_max = (maxbuck > SPLIT_MAX) ? maxbuck : SPLIT_MAX;
+
+  if (nu >= SPLIT_MID)
+    {
+      for (nbuck = split_max; nbuck > nu; nbuck--)
+	{
+	  if (busy[nbuck] || nextf[nbuck] == 0)
+	    continue;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (nbuck = nu + 1; nbuck <= split_max; nbuck++)
+	{
+	  if (busy[nbuck] || nextf[nbuck] == 0)
+	    continue;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (nbuck > split_max || nbuck <= nu)
+    return;
+
+  /* XXX might want to split only if nextf[nbuck] has >= 2 blocks free
+     and nbuck is below some threshold. */
+
+  /* Remove the block from the chain of larger blocks. */
+  busy[nbuck] = 1;
+  mp = nextf[nbuck];
+  nextf[nbuck] = CHAIN (mp);
+  busy[nbuck] = 0;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.tbsplit++;
+  _mstats.nsplit[nbuck]++;
+#endif
+
+  /* Figure out how many blocks we'll get. */
+  siz = binsize (nu);
+  nblks = binsize (nbuck) / siz;
+
+  /* Split the block and put it on the requested chain. */
+  nextf[nu] = mp;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+      mp->mh_index = nu;
+      if (--nblks <= 0) break;
+      CHAIN (mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+      mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+    }
+  CHAIN (mp) = 0;
+}
+
+/* Take the memory block MP and add it to a chain < NU.  NU is the right bucket,
+   but is busy.  This avoids memory orphaning. */
+static void
+xsplit (mp, nu)
+     union mhead *mp;
+     int nu;
+{
+  union mhead *nh;
+  int nbuck, nblks, split_max;
+  unsigned long siz;
+
+  nbuck = nu - 1;
+  while (nbuck >= SPLIT_MIN && busy[nbuck])
+    nbuck--;
+  if (nbuck < SPLIT_MIN)
+    return;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.tbsplit++;
+  _mstats.nsplit[nu]++;
+#endif
+
+  /* Figure out how many blocks we'll get. */
+  siz = binsize (nu);			/* original block size */
+  nblks = siz / binsize (nbuck);	/* should be 2 most of the time */
+
+  /* And add it to nextf[nbuck] */
+  siz = binsize (nbuck);		/* XXX - resetting here */
+  nh = mp;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+      mp->mh_index = nbuck;
+      if (--nblks <= 0) break;
+      CHAIN (mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+      mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+    }
+  busy[nbuck] = 1;
+  CHAIN (mp) = nextf[nbuck];
+  nextf[nbuck] = nh;
+  busy[nbuck] = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+block_signals (setp, osetp)
+     sigset_t *setp, *osetp;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS
+  sigfillset (setp);
+  sigemptyset (osetp);
+  sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, setp, osetp);
+#else
+#  if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+  *osetp = sigsetmask (-1);
+#  endif
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+unblock_signals (setp, osetp)
+     sigset_t *setp, *osetp;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS
+  sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, osetp, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+#else
+#  if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+  sigsetmask (*osetp);
+#  endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return some memory to the system by reducing the break.  This is only
+   called with NU > pagebucket, so we're always assured of giving back
+   more than one page of memory. */  
+static void
+lesscore (nu)			/* give system back some memory */
+     register int nu;		/* size index we're discarding  */
+{
+  long siz;
+
+  siz = binsize (nu);
+  /* Should check for errors here, I guess. */
+  sbrk (-siz);
+  memtop -= siz;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.nsbrk++;
+  _mstats.tsbrk -= siz;
+  _mstats.nlesscore[nu]++;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Ask system for more memory; add to NEXTF[NU].  BUSY[NU] must be set to 1. */  
+static void
+morecore (nu)
+     register int nu;		/* size index to get more of  */
+{
+  register union mhead *mp;
+  register int nblks;
+  register long siz;
+  long sbrk_amt;		/* amount to get via sbrk() */
+  sigset_t set, oset;
+  int blocked_sigs;
+
+  /* Block all signals in case we are executed from a signal handler. */
+  blocked_sigs = 0;
+#ifdef SHELL
+  if (interrupt_immediately || signal_is_trapped (SIGINT) || signal_is_trapped (SIGCHLD))
+#endif
+    {
+      block_signals (&set, &oset);
+      blocked_sigs = 1;
+    }
+
+  siz = binsize (nu);	/* size of desired block for nextf[nu] */
+
+  if (siz < 0)
+    goto morecore_done;		/* oops */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.nmorecore[nu]++;
+#endif
+
+  /* Try to split a larger block here, if we're within the range of sizes
+     to split. */
+  if (nu >= SPLIT_MIN)
+    {
+      bsplit (nu);
+      if (nextf[nu] != 0)
+	goto morecore_done;
+    }
+
+  /* Try to coalesce two adjacent blocks from the free list on nextf[nu - 1],
+     if we can, and we're within the range of the block coalescing limits. */
+  if (nu >= COMBINE_MIN && nu < COMBINE_MAX && busy[nu - 1] == 0 && nextf[nu - 1])
+    {
+      bcoalesce (nu);
+      if (nextf[nu] != 0)
+	goto morecore_done;
+    }
+
+  /* Take at least a page, and figure out how many blocks of the requested
+     size we're getting. */
+  if (siz <= pagesz)
+    {
+      sbrk_amt = pagesz;
+      nblks = sbrk_amt / siz;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We always want to request an integral multiple of the page size
+	 from the kernel, so let's compute whether or not `siz' is such
+	 an amount.  If it is, we can just request it.  If not, we want
+	 the smallest integral multiple of pagesize that is larger than
+	 `siz' and will satisfy the request. */
+      sbrk_amt = siz & (pagesz - 1);
+      if (sbrk_amt == 0)
+	sbrk_amt = siz;
+      else
+	sbrk_amt = siz + pagesz - sbrk_amt;
+      nblks = 1;
+    }
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.nsbrk++;
+  _mstats.tsbrk += sbrk_amt;
+#endif
+
+  mp = (union mhead *) sbrk (sbrk_amt);
+
+  /* Totally out of memory. */
+  if ((long)mp == -1)
+    goto morecore_done;
+
+  memtop += sbrk_amt;
+
+  /* shouldn't happen, but just in case -- require 8-byte alignment */
+  if ((long)mp & MALIGN_MASK)
+    {
+      mp = (union mhead *) (((long)mp + MALIGN_MASK) & ~MALIGN_MASK);
+      nblks--;
+    }
+
+  /* save new header and link the nblks blocks together */
+  nextf[nu] = mp;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+      mp->mh_index = nu;
+      if (--nblks <= 0) break;
+      CHAIN (mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+      mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + siz);
+    }
+  CHAIN (mp) = 0;
+
+morecore_done:
+  if (blocked_sigs)
+    unblock_signals (&set, &oset);
+}
+
+static void
+malloc_debug_dummy ()
+{
+  write (1, "malloc_debug_dummy\n", 19);
+}
+
+#define PREPOP_BIN	2
+#define PREPOP_SIZE	32
+
+static int
+pagealign ()
+{
+  register int nunits;
+  register union mhead *mp;
+  long sbrk_needed;
+  char *curbrk;
+
+  pagesz = getpagesize ();
+  if (pagesz < 1024)
+    pagesz = 1024;
+
+  /* OK, how much do we need to allocate to make things page-aligned?
+     Some of this partial page will be wasted space, but we'll use as
+     much as we can.  Once we figure out how much to advance the break
+     pointer, go ahead and do it. */
+  memtop = curbrk = sbrk (0);
+  sbrk_needed = pagesz - ((long)curbrk & (pagesz - 1));	/* sbrk(0) % pagesz */
+  if (sbrk_needed < 0)
+    sbrk_needed += pagesz;
+
+  /* Now allocate the wasted space. */
+  if (sbrk_needed)
+    {
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+      _mstats.nsbrk++;
+      _mstats.tsbrk += sbrk_needed;
+#endif
+      curbrk = sbrk (sbrk_needed);
+      if ((long)curbrk == -1)
+	return -1;
+      memtop += sbrk_needed;
+
+      /* Take the memory which would otherwise be wasted and populate the most
+	 popular bin (2 == 32 bytes) with it.  Add whatever we need to curbrk
+	 to make things 32-byte aligned, compute how many 32-byte chunks we're
+	 going to get, and set up the bin. */
+      curbrk += sbrk_needed & (PREPOP_SIZE - 1);
+      sbrk_needed -= sbrk_needed & (PREPOP_SIZE - 1);
+      nunits = sbrk_needed / PREPOP_SIZE;
+
+      if (nunits > 0)
+	{
+	  mp = (union mhead *)curbrk;
+
+	  nextf[PREPOP_BIN] = mp;
+	  while (1)
+	    {
+	      mp->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+	      mp->mh_index = PREPOP_BIN;
+	      if (--nunits <= 0) break;
+	      CHAIN(mp) = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + PREPOP_SIZE);
+	      mp = (union mhead *)((char *)mp + PREPOP_SIZE);
+	    }
+	  CHAIN(mp) = 0;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* compute which bin corresponds to the page size. */
+  for (nunits = 7; nunits < NBUCKETS; nunits++)
+    if (pagesz <= binsize(nunits))
+      break;
+  pagebucket = nunits;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+    
+static PTR_T
+internal_malloc (n, file, line, flags)		/* get a block */
+     size_t n;
+     const char *file;
+     int line, flags;
+{
+  register union mhead *p;
+  register int nunits;
+  register char *m, *z;
+  long nbytes;
+  mguard_t mg;
+
+  /* Get the system page size and align break pointer so future sbrks will
+     be page-aligned.  The page size must be at least 1K -- anything
+     smaller is increased. */
+  if (pagesz == 0)
+    if (pagealign () < 0)
+      return ((PTR_T)NULL);
+ 
+  /* Figure out how many bytes are required, rounding up to the nearest
+     multiple of 8, then figure out which nextf[] area to use.  Try to
+     be smart about where to start searching -- if the number of bytes
+     needed is greater than the page size, we can start at pagebucket. */
+  nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(n);
+  nunits = (nbytes <= (pagesz >> 1)) ? STARTBUCK : pagebucket;
+  for ( ; nunits < NBUCKETS; nunits++)
+    if (nbytes <= binsize(nunits))
+      break;
+
+  /* Silently reject too-large requests. */
+  if (nunits >= NBUCKETS)
+    return ((PTR_T) NULL);
+
+  /* In case this is reentrant use of malloc from signal handler,
+     pick a block size that no other malloc level is currently
+     trying to allocate.  That's the easiest harmless way not to
+     interfere with the other level of execution.  */
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  if (busy[nunits]) _mstats.nrecurse++;
+#endif
+  while (busy[nunits]) nunits++;
+  busy[nunits] = 1;
+
+  if (nunits > maxbuck)
+    maxbuck = nunits;
+
+  /* If there are no blocks of the appropriate size, go get some */
+  if (nextf[nunits] == 0)
+    morecore (nunits);
+
+  /* Get one block off the list, and set the new list head */
+  if ((p = nextf[nunits]) == NULL)
+    {
+      busy[nunits] = 0;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  nextf[nunits] = CHAIN (p);
+  busy[nunits] = 0;
+
+  /* Check for free block clobbered */
+  /* If not for this check, we would gobble a clobbered free chain ptr
+     and bomb out on the NEXT allocate of this size block */
+  if (p->mh_alloc != ISFREE || p->mh_index != nunits)
+    xbotch ((PTR_T)(p+1), 0, _("malloc: block on free list clobbered"), file, line);
+
+  /* Fill in the info, and set up the magic numbers for range checking. */
+  p->mh_alloc = ISALLOC;
+  p->mh_magic2 = MAGIC2;
+  p->mh_nbytes = n;
+
+  /* End guard */
+  mg.i = n;
+  z = mg.s;
+  m = (char *) (p + 1) + n;
+  *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++;
+
+#ifdef MEMSCRAMBLE
+  if (n)
+    MALLOC_MEMSET ((char *)(p + 1), 0xdf, n);	/* scramble previous contents */
+#endif
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.nmalloc[nunits]++;
+  _mstats.tmalloc[nunits]++;
+  _mstats.nmal++;
+  _mstats.bytesreq += n;
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+  if (malloc_trace && (flags & MALLOC_NOTRACE) == 0)
+    mtrace_alloc ("malloc", p + 1, n, file, line);
+  else if (_malloc_trace_buckets[nunits])
+    mtrace_alloc ("malloc", p + 1, n, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+  if (malloc_register && (flags & MALLOC_NOREG) == 0)
+    mregister_alloc ("malloc", p + 1, n, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+  if (_malloc_nwatch > 0)
+    _malloc_ckwatch (p + 1, file, line, W_ALLOC, n);
+#endif
+
+  return (PTR_T) (p + 1);
+}
+
+static void
+internal_free (mem, file, line, flags)
+     PTR_T mem;
+     const char *file;
+     int line, flags;
+{
+  register union mhead *p;
+  register char *ap, *z;
+  register int nunits;
+  register unsigned int nbytes;
+  int ubytes;		/* caller-requested size */
+  mguard_t mg;
+
+  if ((ap = (char *)mem) == 0)
+    return;
+
+  p = (union mhead *) ap - 1;
+
+  if (p->mh_alloc == ISMEMALIGN)
+    {
+      ap -= p->mh_nbytes;
+      p = (union mhead *) ap - 1;
+    }
+
+#if defined (MALLOC_TRACE) || defined (MALLOC_REGISTER)
+  if (malloc_trace || malloc_register)
+    ubytes = p->mh_nbytes;
+#endif
+
+  if (p->mh_alloc != ISALLOC)
+    {
+      if (p->mh_alloc == ISFREE)
+	xbotch (mem, ERR_DUPFREE,
+		_("free: called with already freed block argument"), file, line);
+      else
+	xbotch (mem, ERR_UNALLOC,
+		_("free: called with unallocated block argument"), file, line);
+    }
+
+  ASSERT (p->mh_magic2 == MAGIC2);
+
+  nunits = p->mh_index;
+  nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(p->mh_nbytes);
+  /* Since the sizeof(u_bits32_t) bytes before the memory handed to the user
+     are now used for the number of bytes allocated, a simple check of
+     mh_magic2 is no longer sufficient to catch things like p[-1] = 'x'.
+     We sanity-check the value of mh_nbytes against the size of the blocks
+     in the appropriate bucket before we use it.  This can still cause problems
+     and obscure errors if mh_nbytes is wrong but still within range; the
+     checks against the size recorded at the end of the chunk will probably
+     fail then.  Using MALLOC_REGISTER will help here, since it saves the
+     original number of bytes requested. */
+
+  if (IN_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits) == 0)
+    xbotch (mem, ERR_UNDERFLOW,
+	    _("free: underflow detected; mh_nbytes out of range"), file, line);
+
+  ap += p->mh_nbytes;
+  z = mg.s;
+  *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++, *z++ = *ap++;  
+  if (mg.i != p->mh_nbytes)
+    xbotch (mem, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, _("free: start and end chunk sizes differ"), file, line);
+
+#if 1
+  if (nunits >= LESSCORE_MIN && ((char *)p + binsize(nunits) == memtop))
+#else
+  if (((char *)p + binsize(nunits) == memtop) && nunits >= LESSCORE_MIN)
+#endif
+    {
+      /* If above LESSCORE_FRC, give back unconditionally.  This should be set
+	 high enough to be infrequently encountered.  If between LESSCORE_MIN
+	 and LESSCORE_FRC, call lesscore if the bucket is marked as busy or if
+	 there's already a block on the free list. */
+      if ((nunits >= LESSCORE_FRC) || busy[nunits] || nextf[nunits] != 0)
+	{
+	  lesscore (nunits);
+	  /* keeps the tracing and registering code in one place */
+	  goto free_return;
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifdef MEMSCRAMBLE
+  if (p->mh_nbytes)
+    MALLOC_MEMSET (mem, 0xcf, p->mh_nbytes);
+#endif
+
+  ASSERT (nunits < NBUCKETS);
+
+  if (busy[nunits] == 1)
+    {
+      xsplit (p, nunits);	/* split block and add to different chain */
+      goto free_return;
+    }
+
+  p->mh_alloc = ISFREE;
+  /* Protect against signal handlers calling malloc.  */
+  busy[nunits] = 1;
+  /* Put this block on the free list.  */
+  CHAIN (p) = nextf[nunits];
+  nextf[nunits] = p;
+  busy[nunits] = 0;
+
+free_return:
+  ;		/* Empty statement in case this is the end of the function */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.nmalloc[nunits]--;
+  _mstats.nfre++;
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+  if (malloc_trace && (flags & MALLOC_NOTRACE) == 0)
+    mtrace_free (mem, ubytes, file, line);
+  else if (_malloc_trace_buckets[nunits])
+    mtrace_free (mem, ubytes, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+  if (malloc_register && (flags & MALLOC_NOREG) == 0)
+    mregister_free (mem, ubytes, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+  if (_malloc_nwatch > 0)
+    _malloc_ckwatch (mem, file, line, W_FREE, ubytes);
+#endif
+}
+
+static PTR_T
+internal_realloc (mem, n, file, line, flags)
+     PTR_T mem;
+     register size_t n;
+     const char *file;
+     int line, flags;
+{
+  register union mhead *p;
+  register u_bits32_t tocopy;
+  register unsigned int nbytes;
+  register int nunits;
+  register char *m, *z;
+  mguard_t mg;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.nrealloc++;
+#endif
+
+  if (n == 0)
+    {
+      internal_free (mem, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+      return (NULL);
+    }
+  if ((p = (union mhead *) mem) == 0)
+    return internal_malloc (n, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+
+  p--;
+  nunits = p->mh_index;
+  ASSERT (nunits < NBUCKETS);
+
+  if (p->mh_alloc != ISALLOC)
+    xbotch (mem, ERR_UNALLOC,
+	    _("realloc: called with unallocated block argument"), file, line);
+
+  ASSERT (p->mh_magic2 == MAGIC2);
+  nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(p->mh_nbytes);
+  /* Since the sizeof(u_bits32_t) bytes before the memory handed to the user
+     are now used for the number of bytes allocated, a simple check of
+     mh_magic2 is no longer sufficient to catch things like p[-1] = 'x'.
+     We sanity-check the value of mh_nbytes against the size of the blocks
+     in the appropriate bucket before we use it.  This can still cause problems
+     and obscure errors if mh_nbytes is wrong but still within range; the
+     checks against the size recorded at the end of the chunk will probably
+     fail then.  Using MALLOC_REGISTER will help here, since it saves the
+     original number of bytes requested. */
+  if (IN_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits) == 0)
+    xbotch (mem, ERR_UNDERFLOW,
+	    _("realloc: underflow detected; mh_nbytes out of range"), file, line);
+
+  m = (char *)mem + (tocopy = p->mh_nbytes);
+  z = mg.s;
+  *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++, *z++ = *m++;
+  if (mg.i != p->mh_nbytes)
+    xbotch (mem, ERR_ASSERT_FAILED, _("realloc: start and end chunk sizes differ"), file, line);
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+  if (_malloc_nwatch > 0)
+    _malloc_ckwatch (p + 1, file, line, W_REALLOC, n);
+#endif
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.bytesreq += (n < tocopy) ? 0 : n - tocopy;
+#endif
+
+  /* See if desired size rounds to same power of 2 as actual size. */
+  nbytes = ALLOCATED_BYTES(n);
+
+  /* If ok, use the same block, just marking its size as changed.  */
+  if (RIGHT_BUCKET(nbytes, nunits))
+    {
+#if 0
+      m = (char *)mem + p->mh_nbytes;
+#else
+      /* Compensate for increment above. */
+      m -= 4;
+#endif
+      *m++ = 0;  *m++ = 0;  *m++ = 0;  *m++ = 0;
+      m = (char *)mem + (p->mh_nbytes = n);
+
+      mg.i = n;
+      z = mg.s;
+      *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++, *m++ = *z++;      
+
+      return mem;
+    }
+
+  if (n < tocopy)
+    tocopy = n;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+  _mstats.nrcopy++;
+#endif
+
+  if ((m = internal_malloc (n, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL|MALLOC_NOTRACE|MALLOC_NOREG)) == 0)
+    return 0;
+  FASTCOPY (mem, m, tocopy);
+  internal_free (mem, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+  if (malloc_trace && (flags & MALLOC_NOTRACE) == 0)
+    mtrace_alloc ("realloc", m, n, file, line);
+  else if (_malloc_trace_buckets[nunits])
+    mtrace_alloc ("realloc", m, n, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+  if (malloc_register && (flags & MALLOC_NOREG) == 0)
+    mregister_alloc ("realloc", m, n, file, line);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+  if (_malloc_nwatch > 0)
+    _malloc_ckwatch (m, file, line, W_RESIZED, n);
+#endif
+
+  return m;
+}
+
+static PTR_T
+internal_memalign (alignment, size, file, line, flags)
+     size_t alignment;
+     size_t size;
+     const char *file;
+     int line, flags;
+{
+  register char *ptr;
+  register char *aligned;
+  register union mhead *p;
+
+  ptr = internal_malloc (size + alignment, file, line, MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+
+  if (ptr == 0)
+    return 0;
+  /* If entire block has the desired alignment, just accept it.  */
+  if (((long) ptr & (alignment - 1)) == 0)
+    return ptr;
+  /* Otherwise, get address of byte in the block that has that alignment.  */
+#if 0
+  aligned = (char *) (((long) ptr + alignment - 1) & -alignment);
+#else
+  aligned = (char *) (((long) ptr + alignment - 1) & (~alignment + 1));
+#endif
+
+  /* Store a suitable indication of how to free the block,
+     so that free can find the true beginning of it.  */
+  p = (union mhead *) aligned - 1;
+  p->mh_nbytes = aligned - ptr;
+  p->mh_alloc = ISMEMALIGN;
+
+  return aligned;
+}
+
+#if !defined (NO_VALLOC)
+/* This runs into trouble with getpagesize on HPUX, and Multimax machines.
+   Patching out seems cleaner than the ugly fix needed.  */
+static PTR_T
+internal_valloc (size, file, line, flags)
+     size_t size;
+     const char *file;
+     int line, flags;
+{
+  return internal_memalign (getpagesize (), size, file, line, flags|MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+}
+#endif /* !NO_VALLOC */
+
+#ifndef NO_CALLOC
+static PTR_T
+internal_calloc (n, s, file, line, flags)
+     size_t n, s;
+     const char *file;
+     int line, flags;
+{
+  size_t total;
+  PTR_T result;
+
+  total = n * s;
+  result = internal_malloc (total, file, line, flags|MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+  if (result)
+    memset (result, 0, total);
+  return result;  
+}
+
+static void
+internal_cfree (p, file, line, flags)
+     PTR_T p;
+     const char *file;
+     int line, flags;
+{
+  internal_free (p, file, line, flags|MALLOC_INTERNAL);
+}
+#endif /* !NO_CALLOC */
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+int
+malloc_free_blocks (size)
+     int size;
+{
+  int nfree;
+  register union mhead *p;
+
+  nfree = 0;
+  for (p = nextf[size]; p; p = CHAIN (p))
+    nfree++;
+
+  return nfree;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MALLOC_WRAPFUNCS)
+PTR_T
+sh_malloc (bytes, file, line)
+     size_t bytes;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  return internal_malloc (bytes, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+sh_realloc (ptr, size, file, line)
+     PTR_T ptr;
+     size_t size;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  return internal_realloc (ptr, size, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+
+void
+sh_free (mem, file, line)
+     PTR_T mem;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  internal_free (mem, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+sh_memalign (alignment, size, file, line)
+     size_t alignment;
+     size_t size;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  return internal_memalign (alignment, size, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_CALLOC
+PTR_T
+sh_calloc (n, s, file, line)
+     size_t n, s;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  return internal_calloc (n, s, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+
+void
+sh_cfree (mem, file, line)
+     PTR_T mem;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  internal_cfree (mem, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NO_VALLOC
+PTR_T
+sh_valloc (size, file, line)
+     size_t size;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  return internal_valloc (size, file, line, MALLOC_WRAPPER);
+}
+#endif /* !NO_VALLOC */
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_WRAPFUNCS */
+
+/* Externally-available functions that call their internal counterparts. */
+
+PTR_T
+malloc (size)
+     size_t size;
+{
+  return internal_malloc (size, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+realloc (mem, nbytes)
+     PTR_T mem;
+     size_t nbytes;
+{
+  return internal_realloc (mem, nbytes, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+void
+free (mem)
+     PTR_T mem;
+{
+  internal_free (mem,  (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+memalign (alignment, size)
+     size_t alignment;
+     size_t size;
+{
+  return internal_memalign (alignment, size, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+#ifndef NO_VALLOC
+PTR_T
+valloc (size)
+     size_t size;
+{
+  return internal_valloc (size, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NO_CALLOC
+PTR_T
+calloc (n, s)
+     size_t n, s;
+{
+  return internal_calloc (n, s, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+void
+cfree (mem)
+     PTR_T mem;
+{
+  internal_cfree (mem, (char *)NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/malloc/mstats.h b/lib/malloc/mstats.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3153744
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/mstats.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* mstats.h - definitions for malloc statistics */
+
+/*  Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifndef _MSTATS_H
+#define _MSTATS_H
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+
+#ifndef NBUCKETS
+#  define NBUCKETS 30
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * NMALLOC[i] is the difference between the number of mallocs and frees
+ * for a given block size.  TMALLOC[i] is the total number of mallocs for
+ * a given block size.  NMORECORE[i] is the total number of calls to
+ * morecore(i).  NLESSCORE[i] is the total number of calls to lesscore(i).
+ *
+ * NMAL and NFRE are counts of the number of calls to malloc() and free(),
+ * respectively.  NREALLOC is the total number of calls to realloc();
+ * NRCOPY is the number of times realloc() had to allocate new memory and
+ * copy to it.  NRECURSE is a count of the number of recursive calls to
+ * malloc() for the same bucket size, which can be caused by calls to
+ * malloc() from a signal handler.
+ *
+ * NSBRK is the number of calls to sbrk() (whether by morecore() or for
+ * alignment); TSBRK is the total number of bytes requested from the kernel
+ * with sbrk().
+ *
+ * BYTESUSED is the total number of bytes consumed by blocks currently in
+ * use; BYTESFREE is the total number of bytes currently on all of the free
+ * lists.  BYTESREQ is the total number of bytes requested by the caller
+ * via calls to malloc() and realloc().
+ *
+ * TBSPLIT is the number of times a larger block was split to satisfy a
+ * smaller request. NSPLIT[i] is the number of times a block of size I was
+ * split.
+ *
+ * TBCOALESCE is the number of times two adjacent smaller blocks off the free
+ * list were combined to satisfy a larger request.
+ */
+struct _malstats {
+  int nmalloc[NBUCKETS];
+  int tmalloc[NBUCKETS];
+  int nmorecore[NBUCKETS];
+  int nlesscore[NBUCKETS];
+  int nmal;
+  int nfre;
+  int nrealloc;
+  int nrcopy;
+  int nrecurse;
+  int nsbrk;
+  bits32_t tsbrk;
+  bits32_t bytesused;
+  bits32_t bytesfree;
+  u_bits32_t bytesreq;
+  int tbsplit;
+  int nsplit[NBUCKETS];
+  int tbcoalesce;
+  int ncoalesce[NBUCKETS];
+};
+
+/* Return statistics describing allocation of blocks of size BLOCKSIZE.
+   NFREE is the number of free blocks for this allocation size.  NUSED
+   is the number of blocks in use.  NMAL is the number of requests for
+   blocks of size BLOCKSIZE.  NMORECORE is the number of times we had
+   to call MORECORE to repopulate the free list for this bucket.
+   NLESSCORE is the number of times we gave memory back to the system
+   from this bucket.  NSPLIT is the number of times a block of this size
+   was split to satisfy a smaller request.  NCOALESCE is the number of
+   times two blocks of this size were combined to satisfy a larger
+   request. */
+struct bucket_stats {
+  u_bits32_t blocksize;
+  int nfree;
+  int nused;
+  int nmal;
+  int nmorecore;
+  int nlesscore;
+  int nsplit;
+  int ncoalesce;
+};
+
+extern struct bucket_stats malloc_bucket_stats __P((int));
+extern struct _malstats malloc_stats __P((void));
+extern void print_malloc_stats __P((char *));
+extern void trace_malloc_stats __P((char *, char *));
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+#endif /* _MSTATS_H */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/shmalloc.h b/lib/malloc/shmalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e51e92b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/shmalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Functions (currently) for use by the shell to do malloc debugging and
+   tracking. */
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _SH_MALLOC_H
+#define _SH_MALLOC_H
+
+#ifndef __P
+#  if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#    define __P(protos) protos
+#  else
+#    define __P(protos) ()
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* Generic pointer type. */
+#ifndef PTR_T
+
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+#  define PTR_T void *
+#else
+#  define PTR_T char *
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PTR_T */
+
+
+extern PTR_T sh_malloc __P((size_t, const char *, int));
+extern PTR_T sh_realloc __P((PTR_T, size_t, const char *, int));
+extern void sh_free __P((PTR_T, const char *, int));
+
+extern PTR_T sh_memalign __P((size_t, size_t, const char *, int));
+
+extern PTR_T sh_calloc __P((size_t, size_t, const char *, int));
+extern void sh_cfree __P((PTR_T, const char *, int));
+
+extern PTR_T sh_valloc __P((size_t, const char *, int));
+
+/* trace.c */
+extern int malloc_set_trace __P((int));
+extern void malloc_set_tracefp ();	/* full prototype requires stdio.h */
+extern void malloc_set_tracefn __P((char *, char *));
+
+/* table.c */
+extern void mregister_dump_table __P((void));
+extern void mregister_table_init __P((void));
+extern int malloc_set_register __P((int));
+
+/* stats.c */
+extern void print_malloc_stats __P((char *));
+extern void fprint_malloc_stats ();	/* full prototype requires stdio.h */
+extern void trace_malloc_stats __P((char *, char *));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/malloc/stats.c b/lib/malloc/stats.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18c3cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/stats.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/* stats.c - malloc statistics */
+
+/*  Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "mstats.h"
+
+extern int malloc_free_blocks __P((int));
+
+extern struct _malstats _mstats;
+
+extern FILE *_imalloc_fopen __P((char *, char *, char *, char *, size_t));
+
+struct bucket_stats
+malloc_bucket_stats (size)
+     int size;
+{
+  struct bucket_stats v;
+
+  v.nfree = 0;
+
+  if (size < 0 || size >= NBUCKETS)
+    {
+      v.blocksize = 0;
+      v.nused = v.nmal = v.nmorecore = v.nlesscore = v.nsplit = 0;
+      return v;
+    }
+
+  v.blocksize = 1 << (size + 3);
+  v.nused = _mstats.nmalloc[size];
+  v.nmal = _mstats.tmalloc[size];
+  v.nmorecore = _mstats.nmorecore[size];
+  v.nlesscore = _mstats.nlesscore[size];
+  v.nsplit = _mstats.nsplit[size];
+  v.ncoalesce = _mstats.ncoalesce[size];
+
+  v.nfree = malloc_free_blocks (size);	/* call back to malloc.c */
+
+  return v;
+}
+
+/* Return a copy of _MSTATS, with two additional fields filled in:
+   BYTESFREE is the total number of bytes on free lists.  BYTESUSED
+   is the total number of bytes in use.  These two fields are fairly
+   expensive to compute, so we do it only when asked to. */
+struct _malstats
+malloc_stats ()
+{
+  struct _malstats result;
+  struct bucket_stats v;
+  register int i;
+
+  result = _mstats;
+  result.bytesused = result.bytesfree = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++)
+    {
+      v = malloc_bucket_stats (i);
+      result.bytesfree += v.nfree * v.blocksize;
+      result.bytesused += v.nused * v.blocksize;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+static void
+_print_malloc_stats (s, fp)
+     char *s;
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+  register int i;
+  unsigned long totused, totfree;
+  struct bucket_stats v;
+
+  fprintf (fp, "Memory allocation statistics: %s\n    size\tfree\tin use\ttotal\tmorecore lesscore split\tcoalesce\n", s ? s : "");
+  for (i = totused = totfree = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++)
+    {
+      v = malloc_bucket_stats (i);
+      if (v.nmal > 0)
+	fprintf (fp, "%8lu\t%4d\t%6d\t%5d\t%8d\t%d %5d %8d\n", (unsigned long)v.blocksize, v.nfree, v.nused, v.nmal, v.nmorecore, v.nlesscore, v.nsplit, v.ncoalesce);
+      totfree += v.nfree * v.blocksize;
+      totused += v.nused * v.blocksize;
+    }
+  fprintf (fp, "\nTotal bytes in use: %lu, total bytes free: %lu\n",
+	   totused, totfree);
+  fprintf (fp, "\nTotal bytes requested by application: %lu\n", _mstats.bytesreq);
+  fprintf (fp, "Total mallocs: %d, total frees: %d, total reallocs: %d (%d copies)\n",
+	   _mstats.nmal, _mstats.nfre, _mstats.nrealloc, _mstats.nrcopy);
+  fprintf (fp, "Total sbrks: %d, total bytes via sbrk: %d\n",
+  	   _mstats.nsbrk, _mstats.tsbrk);
+  fprintf (fp, "Total blocks split: %d, total block coalesces: %d\n",
+  	   _mstats.tbsplit, _mstats.tbcoalesce);
+}
+
+void
+print_malloc_stats (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  _print_malloc_stats (s, stderr);
+}
+
+void
+fprint_malloc_stats (s, fp)
+     char *s;
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+  _print_malloc_stats (s, fp);
+}
+
+#define TRACEROOT "/var/tmp/maltrace/stats."
+
+void
+trace_malloc_stats (s, fn)
+     char *s, *fn;
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  char defname[sizeof (TRACEROOT) + 64];
+  static char mallbuf[1024];
+
+  fp = _imalloc_fopen (s, fn, TRACEROOT, defname, sizeof (defname));
+  if (fp)
+    {
+      setvbuf (fp, mallbuf, _IOFBF, sizeof (mallbuf));
+      _print_malloc_stats (s, fp);
+      fflush(fp);
+      fclose(fp);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+
+#if defined (MALLOC_STATS) || defined (MALLOC_TRACE)
+FILE *
+_imalloc_fopen (s, fn, def, defbuf, defsiz)
+     char *s;
+     char *fn;
+     char *def;
+     char *defbuf;
+     size_t defsiz;
+{
+  char fname[1024];
+  long l;
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  l = (long)getpid ();
+  if (fn == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (defbuf, "%s%ld", def, l);
+      fp = fopen(defbuf, "w");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      char *p, *q, *r;
+      char pidbuf[32];
+      int sp;
+
+      sprintf (pidbuf, "%ld", l);
+      if ((strlen (pidbuf) + strlen (fn) + 2) >= sizeof (fname))
+	return;
+      for (sp = 0, p = fname, q = fn; *q; )
+	{
+	  if (sp == 0 && *q == '%' && q[1] == 'p')
+	    {
+	      sp = 1;
+	      for (r = pidbuf; *r; )
+		*p++ = *r++;
+	      q += 2;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    *p++ = *q++;
+	}
+      *p = '\0';
+      fp = fopen (fname, "w");
+    }
+
+  return fp;
+}
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS || MALLOC_TRACE */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/stub.c b/lib/malloc/stub.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..770e3f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/stub.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1993-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+void
+bash_malloc_stub()
+{
+}
diff --git a/lib/malloc/table.c b/lib/malloc/table.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee37b3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/table.c
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+/* table.c - bookkeeping functions for allocated memory */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+#include "table.h"
+
+extern int malloc_register;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+
+#define FIND_ALLOC	0x01	/* allocate new entry or find existing */
+#define FIND_EXIST	0x02	/* find existing entry */
+
+static int table_count = 0;
+static int table_allocated = 0;
+static mr_table_t mem_table[REG_TABLE_SIZE];
+static mr_table_t mem_overflow;
+
+/*
+ * NOTE: taken from dmalloc (http://dmalloc.com) and modified.
+ */
+static unsigned int
+mt_hash (key)
+     const PTR_T key;
+{
+  unsigned int a, b, c;
+  unsigned long x;
+
+  /* set up the internal state */
+  a = 0x9e3779b9;	/* the golden ratio; an arbitrary value */
+  x = (unsigned long)key;		/* truncation is OK */
+  b = x >> 8;
+  c = x >> 3;				/* XXX - was >> 4 */
+
+  HASH_MIX(a, b, c);
+  return c;
+}
+
+#if 0
+static unsigned int
+which_bucket (mem)
+     PTR_T mem;
+{
+  return (mt_hash ((unsigned char *)mem) & (REG_TABLE_SIZE-1));
+}
+#else
+#define which_bucket(mem) (mt_hash ((unsigned char *)(mem)) & (REG_TABLE_SIZE-1));
+#endif
+
+static mr_table_t *
+find_entry (mem, flags)
+     PTR_T mem;
+     int flags;
+{
+  unsigned int bucket;
+  register mr_table_t *tp;
+  mr_table_t *endp, *lastp;
+
+  if (mem_overflow.mem == mem)
+    return (&mem_overflow);
+
+  bucket = which_bucket (mem);	/* get initial hash */
+  tp = endp = mem_table + bucket;
+  lastp = mem_table + REG_TABLE_SIZE;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (tp->mem == mem)
+	return (tp);
+      if (tp->mem == 0 && (flags & FIND_ALLOC))
+	{
+	  table_count++;
+	  return (tp);
+	}
+
+      tp++;
+
+      if (tp == lastp)		/* wrap around */
+        tp = mem_table;
+
+      if (tp == endp && (flags & FIND_EXIST))
+        return ((mr_table_t *)NULL);
+
+      if (tp == endp && (flags & FIND_ALLOC))
+        break;
+    }
+
+  /* oops.  table is full.  replace an existing free entry. */
+  do
+    {
+      /* If there are no free entries, punt right away without searching. */
+      if (table_allocated == REG_TABLE_SIZE)
+	break;
+
+      if (tp->flags & MT_FREE)
+	{
+	  memset(tp, 0, sizeof (mr_table_t));
+	  return (tp);
+	}
+      tp++;
+
+      if (tp == lastp)
+	tp = mem_table;
+    }
+  while (tp != endp);
+
+  /* wow. entirely full.  return mem_overflow dummy entry. */
+  tp = &mem_overflow;
+  memset (tp, 0, sizeof (mr_table_t));
+  return tp;
+}
+
+mr_table_t *
+mr_table_entry (mem)
+     PTR_T mem;
+{
+  return (find_entry (mem, FIND_EXIST));
+}
+
+void
+mregister_describe_mem (mem, fp)
+     PTR_T mem;
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+  mr_table_t *entry;
+
+  entry = find_entry (mem, FIND_EXIST);
+  if (entry == 0)
+    return;
+  fprintf (fp, "malloc: %p: %s: last %s from %s:%d\n",
+  		mem,
+		(entry->flags & MT_ALLOC) ? "allocated" : "free",
+		(entry->flags & MT_ALLOC) ? "allocated" : "freed",
+		entry->file ? entry->file : "unknown",
+		entry->line);
+}
+
+void
+mregister_alloc (tag, mem, size, file, line)
+     const char *tag;
+     PTR_T mem;
+     size_t size;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  mr_table_t *tentry;
+
+  tentry = find_entry (mem, FIND_ALLOC);
+
+  if (tentry == 0)
+    {
+      /* oops.  table is full.  punt. */
+      fprintf (stderr, _("register_alloc: alloc table is full with FIND_ALLOC?\n"));
+      return;
+    }
+  
+  if (tentry->flags & MT_ALLOC)
+    {
+      /* oops.  bad bookkeeping. ignore for now */
+      fprintf (stderr, _("register_alloc: %p already in table as allocated?\n"), mem);
+    }
+
+  tentry->mem = mem;
+  tentry->size = size;
+  tentry->func = tag;
+  tentry->flags = MT_ALLOC;
+  tentry->file = file;
+  tentry->line = line;
+  tentry->nalloc++;
+
+  if (tentry != &mem_overflow)
+    table_allocated++;
+}
+
+void
+mregister_free (mem, size, file, line)
+     PTR_T mem;
+     int size;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  mr_table_t *tentry;
+
+  tentry = find_entry (mem, FIND_EXIST);
+  if (tentry == 0)
+    {
+      /* oops.  not found. */
+#if 0
+      fprintf (stderr, "register_free: %p not in allocation table?\n", mem);
+#endif
+      return;
+    }
+  if (tentry->flags & MT_FREE)
+    {
+      /* oops.  bad bookkeeping. ignore for now */
+      fprintf (stderr, _("register_free: %p already in table as free?\n"), mem);
+    }
+    	
+  tentry->flags = MT_FREE;
+  tentry->func = "free";
+  tentry->file = file;
+  tentry->line = line;
+  tentry->nfree++;
+
+  if (tentry != &mem_overflow)
+    table_allocated--;
+}
+
+/* If we ever add more flags, this will require changes. */
+static char *
+_entry_flags(x)
+     int x;
+{
+  if (x & MT_FREE)
+    return "free";
+  else if (x & MT_ALLOC)
+    return "allocated";
+  else
+    return "undetermined?";
+}
+
+static void
+_register_dump_table(fp)
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+  register int i;
+  mr_table_t entry;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < REG_TABLE_SIZE; i++)
+    {
+      entry = mem_table[i];
+      if (entry.mem)
+	fprintf (fp, "[%d] %p:%d:%s:%s:%s:%d:%d:%d\n", i,
+						entry.mem, entry.size,
+						_entry_flags(entry.flags),
+						entry.func ? entry.func : "unknown",
+						entry.file ? entry.file : "unknown",
+						entry.line,
+						entry.nalloc, entry.nfree);
+    }
+}
+ 
+void
+mregister_dump_table()
+{
+  _register_dump_table (stderr);
+}
+
+void
+mregister_table_init ()
+{
+  memset (mem_table, 0, sizeof(mr_table_t) * REG_TABLE_SIZE);
+  memset (&mem_overflow, 0, sizeof (mr_table_t));
+  table_count = 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_REGISTER */
+
+int
+malloc_set_register(n)
+     int n;
+{
+  int old;
+
+  old = malloc_register;
+  malloc_register = n;
+  return old;
+}
diff --git a/lib/malloc/table.h b/lib/malloc/table.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d22376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/table.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* table.h - definitions for tables for keeping track of allocated memory */
+
+/*  Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifndef _MTABLE_H
+#define _MTABLE_H
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_REGISTER
+
+/* values for flags byte. */
+#define MT_ALLOC	0x01
+#define MT_FREE		0x02
+
+/*
+ * Memory table entry.
+ *
+ * MEM is the address of the allocated pointer.
+ * SIZE is the requested allocation size.
+ * FLAGS includes either MT_ALLOC (MEM is allocated) or MT_FREE (MEM is
+ * not allocated).  Other flags later.
+ * FUNC is set to the name of the function doing the allocation (from the
+ * `tag' argument to register_alloc().
+ * FILE and LINE are the filename and line number of the last allocation
+ * and free (depending on STATUS) of MEM.
+ * NALLOC and NFREE are incremented on each allocation that returns MEM or
+ * each free of MEM, respectively (way to keep track of memory reuse
+ * and how well the free lists are working).
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct mr_table {
+	PTR_T mem;
+	size_t size;
+	char flags;
+	const char *func;
+	const char *file;
+	int line;
+	int nalloc, nfree;
+} mr_table_t;
+
+#define REG_TABLE_SIZE	8192
+
+extern mr_table_t *mr_table_entry __P((PTR_T));
+extern void mregister_alloc __P((const char *, PTR_T, size_t, const char *, int));
+extern void mregister_free __P((PTR_T, int, const char *, int));
+extern void mregister_describe_mem ();
+extern void mregister_dump_table __P((void));
+extern void mregister_table_init __P((void));
+
+/* NOTE:  HASH_MIX taken from dmalloc (http://dmalloc.com) */
+
+/*
+ * void HASH_MIX
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION:
+ *
+ * Mix 3 32-bit values reversibly.  For every delta with one or two
+ * bits set, and the deltas of all three high bits or all three low
+ * bits, whether the original value of a,b,c is almost all zero or is
+ * uniformly distributed.
+ *
+ * If HASH_MIX() is run forward or backward, at least 32 bits in a,b,c
+ * have at least 1/4 probability of changing.  If mix() is run
+ * forward, every bit of c will change between 1/3 and 2/3 of the
+ * time.  (Well, 22/100 and 78/100 for some 2-bit deltas.)
+ *
+ * HASH_MIX() takes 36 machine instructions, but only 18 cycles on a
+ * superscalar machine (like a Pentium or a Sparc).  No faster mixer
+ * seems to work, that's the result of my brute-force search.  There
+ * were about 2^68 hashes to choose from.  I only tested about a
+ * billion of those.
+ */
+#define HASH_MIX(a, b, c) \
+ do { \
+   a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c >> 13); \
+   b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a << 8); \
+   c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b >> 13); \
+   a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c >> 12); \
+   b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a << 16); \
+   c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b >> 5); \
+   a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c >> 3); \
+   b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a << 10); \
+   c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b >> 15); \
+ } while(0)
+
+#endif /* MALLOC_REGISTER */
+
+#endif /* _MTABLE_H */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/trace.c b/lib/malloc/trace.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79f4668
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/trace.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* trace.c - tracing functions for malloc */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+extern int malloc_trace;
+
+static int _mtrace_verbose = 0;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+
+extern FILE *_imalloc_fopen __P((char *, char *, char *, char *, size_t));
+
+FILE *_mtrace_fp = NULL;
+extern char _malloc_trace_buckets[];
+
+void
+mtrace_alloc (tag, mem, size, file, line)
+     const char *tag;
+     PTR_T mem;
+     size_t size;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  if (_mtrace_fp == NULL)
+    _mtrace_fp = stderr;
+
+  if (_mtrace_verbose)
+    fprintf (_mtrace_fp, "alloc: %s: %p (%d bytes) from '%s:%d'\n",
+		tag, mem, size, file ? file : "unknown", line);
+  else
+    fprintf (_mtrace_fp, "alloc:%p:%d:%s:%d\n",
+		mem, size, file ? file : "unknown", line);
+}
+
+void
+mtrace_free (mem, size, file, line)
+     PTR_T mem;
+     int size;
+     const char *file;
+     int line;
+{
+  if (_mtrace_fp == NULL)
+    _mtrace_fp = stderr;
+
+  if (_mtrace_verbose)
+    fprintf (_mtrace_fp, "free: %p (%d bytes) from '%s:%d'\n",
+		mem, size, file ? file : "unknown", line);
+  else
+    fprintf (_mtrace_fp, "free:%p:%d:%s:%d\n",
+		mem, size, file ? file : "unknown", line);
+}
+#endif /* MALLOC_TRACE */
+
+int
+malloc_set_trace (n)
+     int n;
+{
+  int old;
+
+  old = malloc_trace;
+  malloc_trace = n;
+  _mtrace_verbose = (n > 1);
+  return old;
+}
+
+void
+malloc_set_tracefp (fp)
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+  _mtrace_fp = fp ? fp : stderr;
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+malloc_trace_bin (n)
+     int n;
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+  _malloc_trace_buckets[n] = 1;
+#endif
+}
+
+#define TRACEROOT "/var/tmp/maltrace/trace."
+
+void
+malloc_set_tracefn (s, fn)
+     char *s;
+     char *fn;
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
+  FILE *fp;
+  char defname[sizeof (TRACEROOT) + 64];
+
+  fp = _imalloc_fopen (s, fn, TRACEROOT, defname, sizeof (defname));
+  if (fp)
+    malloc_set_tracefp (fp);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/malloc/watch.c b/lib/malloc/watch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11ab744
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/watch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* watch.c - watchpoint functions for malloc */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+#include "watch.h"
+
+#define WATCH_MAX	32
+
+int		_malloc_nwatch;
+static PTR_T	_malloc_watch_list[WATCH_MAX];
+
+static void
+watch_warn (addr, file, line, type, data)
+     PTR_T addr;
+     const char *file;
+     int line, type;
+     unsigned long data;
+{
+  char *tag;
+
+  if (type == W_ALLOC)
+    tag = _("allocated");
+  else if (type == W_FREE)
+    tag = _("freed");
+  else if (type == W_REALLOC)
+    tag = _("requesting resize");
+  else if (type == W_RESIZED)
+    tag = _("just resized");
+  else
+    tag = _("bug: unknown operation");
+
+  fprintf (stderr, _("malloc: watch alert: %p %s "), addr, tag);
+  if (data != (unsigned long)-1)
+    fprintf (stderr, "(size %lu) ", data);
+  fprintf (stderr, "from '%s:%d'\n", file ? file : "unknown", line);
+}
+
+void
+_malloc_ckwatch (addr, file, line, type, data)
+     PTR_T addr;
+     const char *file;
+     int line, type;
+     unsigned long data;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = _malloc_nwatch - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+      if (_malloc_watch_list[i] == addr)
+	{
+	  watch_warn (addr, file, line, type, data);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+#endif /* MALLOC_WATCH */
+
+PTR_T
+malloc_watch (addr)
+     PTR_T addr;
+{
+  register int i;
+  PTR_T ret;
+
+  if (addr == 0)
+    return addr;
+  ret = (PTR_T)0;
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+  for (i = _malloc_nwatch - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    {
+      if (_malloc_watch_list[i] == addr)
+        break;
+    }
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      if (_malloc_nwatch == WATCH_MAX)	/* full, take out first */
+	{
+	  ret = _malloc_watch_list[0];
+	  _malloc_nwatch--;
+	  for (i = 0; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++)
+	    _malloc_watch_list[i] = _malloc_watch_list[i+1];
+	}
+      _malloc_watch_list[_malloc_nwatch++] = addr;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return ret;  
+}
+
+/* Remove a watchpoint set on ADDR.  If ADDR is NULL, remove all
+   watchpoints.  Returns ADDR if everything went OK, NULL if ADDR was
+   not being watched. */
+PTR_T
+malloc_unwatch (addr)
+     PTR_T addr;
+{
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+  register int i;
+
+  if (addr == 0)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++)
+        _malloc_watch_list[i] = (PTR_T)0;
+      _malloc_nwatch = 0;
+      return ((PTR_T)0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++)
+	{
+	  if (_malloc_watch_list[i] == addr)
+	    break;
+	}
+      if (i == _malloc_nwatch)
+        return ((PTR_T)0);		/* not found */
+      /* shuffle everything from i+1 to end down 1 */
+      _malloc_nwatch--;
+      for ( ; i < _malloc_nwatch; i++)
+        _malloc_watch_list[i] = _malloc_watch_list[i+1];
+      return addr;
+    }
+#else
+  return ((PTR_T)0);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/malloc/watch.h b/lib/malloc/watch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..757bbd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/watch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* watch.h - definitions for tables for keeping track of allocated memory */
+
+/*  Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifndef _MWATCH_H
+#define _MWATCH_H
+
+#include "imalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef MALLOC_WATCH
+
+/* `Events' for watchpoints */
+
+#define W_ALLOC		0x01
+#define W_FREE		0x02
+#define W_REALLOC	0x04
+#define W_RESIZED	0x08
+
+extern int _malloc_nwatch;
+
+extern void _malloc_ckwatch __P((PTR_T, const char *, int, int, unsigned long));
+                    
+#endif /* MALLOC_WATCH */
+
+#endif /* _MWATCH_H */
diff --git a/lib/malloc/x386-alloca.s b/lib/malloc/x386-alloca.s
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..112d33c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/x386-alloca.s
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+;; alloca386.s 1.2
+;; GNU-compatible stack allocation function for Xenix/386.
+;; Written by Chip Salzenberg at ComDev.
+;; Last modified 90/01/11
+;;> Is your alloca clearly better than the one in i386-alloca.s?  I haven't
+;;> looked at either.
+;;
+;;They're different because Xenix/386 has a different assembler.  SCO
+;;Xenix has the Microsoft C compiler and the Microsoft macro assembler,
+;;called "masm".  MASM's assembler syntax is quite different from AT&T's
+;;in all sorts of ways.  Xenix people can't use the AT&T version.
+;;-- 
+;;Chip Salzenberg at ComDev/TCT     <chip@tct.uucp>, <uunet!ateng!tct!chip>
+
+	TITLE   $alloca386
+
+	.386
+DGROUP	GROUP	CONST, _BSS, _DATA
+_DATA	SEGMENT  DWORD USE32 PUBLIC 'DATA'
+_DATA      ENDS
+_BSS	SEGMENT  DWORD USE32 PUBLIC 'BSS'
+_BSS      ENDS
+CONST	SEGMENT  DWORD USE32 PUBLIC 'CONST'
+CONST      ENDS
+_TEXT	SEGMENT  DWORD USE32 PUBLIC 'CODE'
+	ASSUME   CS: _TEXT, DS: DGROUP, SS: DGROUP, ES: DGROUP
+
+	PUBLIC  _alloca
+_alloca PROC NEAR
+
+; Get argument.
+	pop     edx             ; edx -> return address
+	pop     eax             ; eax = amount to allocate
+
+; Validate allocation amount.
+	add     eax,3
+	and     eax,not 3
+	cmp     eax,0
+	jg      aa_size_ok
+	mov     eax,4
+aa_size_ok:
+
+; Allocate stack space.
+	mov     ecx,esp         ; ecx -> old stack pointer
+	sub     esp,eax         ; perform allocation
+	mov     eax,esp         ; eax -> new stack pointer
+
+; Copy the three saved register variables from old stack top to new stack top.
+; They may not be there.  So we waste twelve bytes.  Big fat hairy deal.
+	push    DWORD PTR 8[ecx]
+	push    DWORD PTR 4[ecx]
+	push    DWORD PTR 0[ecx]
+
+; Push something so the caller can pop it off.
+	push    eax
+
+; Return to caller.
+	jmp     edx
+
+_alloca ENDP
+
+_TEXT   ENDS
+	END
diff --git a/lib/malloc/xleaktrace b/lib/malloc/xleaktrace
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..573437c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/xleaktrace
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#! /usr/bin/awk -f
+#
+# xleaktrace - print unfreed memory using input generated by compact malloc
+#	       tracing (malloc_set_trace(1))
+#
+# NOTE: we ignore `realloc' tags because they're just extra information
+#
+# Chet Ramey
+# chet@po.cwru.edu
+#
+BEGIN {
+	FS=":";
+}
+
+$1 == "alloc"	{
+			alloc[$2] = 1;
+
+			size[$2] = $3;
+			file[$2] = $4;
+			line[$2] = $5;
+
+#			printf "allocated: %s %d %d %s %d\n", $2, alloc[$2], size[$2], file[$2], line[$2];
+		}
+
+$1 == "free"	{
+			if ($2 in alloc) {
+				alloc[$2] = 0;
+#				printf "freed: %s %d\n", $2, alloc[$2];
+			} else
+				printf "freeing unallocated pointer: %s\n", $2;
+				
+		}
+
+END {
+	printf "unfreed memory\n";
+	for (ptr in alloc) {
+		if (alloc[ptr] == 1) {
+			printf "%s (%d) from %s:%d\n", ptr, size[ptr], file[ptr], line[ptr];
+		}
+	}
+}
+	
+	
diff --git a/lib/malloc/xmalloc.c b/lib/malloc/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab7c91a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- safe versions of malloc and realloc */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Readline, a library for reading lines
+   of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   Readline is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+/* Generic pointer type. */
+#ifndef PTR_T
+
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+#  define PTR_T void *
+#else
+#  define PTR_T char *
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PTR_T */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*		   Memory Allocation and Deallocation.		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort (fname)
+     char *fname;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: out of virtual memory\n", fname);
+  exit (2);
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to free()able block of memory large enough
+   to hold BYTES number of bytes.  If the memory cannot be allocated,
+   print an error message and abort. */
+PTR_T
+xmalloc (bytes)
+     size_t bytes;
+{
+  PTR_T temp;
+
+  temp = malloc (bytes);
+  if (temp == 0)
+    memory_error_and_abort ("xmalloc");
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
+     PTR_T pointer;
+     size_t bytes;
+{
+  PTR_T temp;
+
+  temp = pointer ? realloc (pointer, bytes) : malloc (bytes);
+
+  if (temp == 0)
+    memory_error_and_abort ("xrealloc");
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+void
+xfree (string)
+     PTR_T string;
+{
+  if (string)
+    free (string);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/COPYING b/lib/readline/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bf1526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+                          59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/lib/readline/ChangeLog b/lib/readline/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cf0c00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+Tue Mar 23 14:36:51 1993  Brian Fox  (bfox@eos.crseo.ucsb.edu)
+
+	* readline.c (rl_copy): Changed name to rl_copy_text.
+
+Mon Mar 22 19:16:05 1993  Brian Fox  (bfox@eos.crseo.ucsb.edu)
+
+	* dispose_cmd.c, several other files. Declare dispose_xxx () as
+	"void".
+
+	* builtins/hashcom.h: Make declarations of hashed_filenames be
+	"extern" to keep the SGI compiler happy.
+
+	* readline.c (rl_initialize_everything): Assign values to
+	out_stream and in_stream immediately, since
+	output_character_function () can be called before
+	readline_internal () is called.
+
+Tue Dec  8 09:30:56 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* readline.c (rl_init_terminal) Set PC from BC, not from *buffer.
+
+Mon Nov 30 09:35:47 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* readline.c (invoking_keyseqs_in_map, rl_parse_and_bind) Allow
+	backslash to quote characters, such as backslash, double quote,
+	and space. Backslash quotes all character indiscriminately.
+
+	* funmap.c (vi_keymap) Fix type in "vi-replace" declaration.
+
+Fri Nov 20 10:55:05 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* readline.c (init_terminal_io, rl_prep_terminal): FINALLY!
+	Declare and use termcap variable `ospeed' when setting up terminal
+	parameters.
+
+Thu Oct  8 08:53:07 1992  Brian J. Fox  (bfox@helios)
+
+	* Makefile, this directory: Include (as links to the canonical
+	sources), tilde.c, tilde.h, posixstat.h and xmalloc.c.
+
+Tue Sep 29 13:07:21 1992  Brian J. Fox  (bfox@helios)
+
+	* readline.c (init_terminal_io) Don't set arrow keys if the key
+	sequences that represent them are already set.
+
+	* readline.c (rl_function_of_keyseq) New function returns the first
+	function (or macro) found while searching a key sequence.
+
+Mon Sep 28 00:34:04 1992  Brian J. Fox  (bfox@helios)
+
+	* readline.c (LibraryVersion) New static char * contains current
+	version number.  Version is at 2.0.
+
+	* readline.c (rl_complete_internal): Incorporated clean changes
+	from gilmore (gnu@cygnus.com) to support quoted substrings within
+	completion functions.
+
+	* readline.c (many locations) Added support for the _GO32_,
+	whatever that is.  Patches supplied by Cygnus, typed in by hand,
+	with cleanups.
+
+Sun Aug 16 12:46:24 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* readline.c (init_terminal_io): Find out the values of the keypad
+	arrows and bind them to appropriate RL functions if present.
+
+Mon Aug 10 18:13:24 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* history.c (stifle_history): A negative argument to stifle
+	becomes zero.
+
+Tue Jul 28 09:28:41 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* readline.c (rl_variable_bind): New local structure describes
+	booleans by name and address; code in rl_variable_bind () looks at
+	structure to set simple variables.
+
+	* parens.c (rl_insert_close): New variable rl_blink_matching_paren
+	is non-zero if we want to blink the matching open when a close is
+	inserted.  If FD_SET is defined, rl_blink_matching_paren defaults
+	to 1, else 0.  If FD_SET is not defined, and
+	rl_blink_matching_paren is non-zero, the close character(s) are/is
+	simply inserted.
+
+Wed Jul 22 20:03:59 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* history.c, readline.c, vi_mode.c: Cause the functions strchr ()
+	and strrchr () to be used instead of index () and rindex ()
+	throughout the source.
+
+Mon Jul 13 11:34:07 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* readline.c: (rl_variable_bind) New variable "meta-flag" if "on"
+	means force the use of the 8th bit as Meta bit.  Internal variable
+	is called meta_flag.
+
+Thu Jul  9 10:37:56 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* history.c (get_history_event) Change INDEX to LOCAL_INDEX.  If
+	compiling for the shell, allow shell metacharacters to separate
+	history tokens as they would for shell tokens.
+
+Sat Jul  4 19:29:12 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* vi_keymap.c: According to Posix, TAB self-inserts instead of
+	doing completion.
+
+	* vi_mode.c: (rl_vi_yank_arg) Enter VI insert mode after yanking
+	an arg from the previous line.
+
+	* search.c: New file takes over vi style searching and implements
+	non-incremental searching the history.
+
+	Makefile: Add search.c and search.o.
+
+	funmap.c: Add names for non-incremental-forward-search-history and
+	non-incremental-reverse-search-history.
+
+	readline.h: Add extern definitions for non-incremental searching.
+
+	vi_mode.c: Remove old search code; add calls to code in search.c.
+
+Fri Jul  3 10:36:33 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* readline.c (rl_delete_horizontal_space); New function deletes
+	all whitespace surrounding point.
+
+	funmap.c: Add "delete-horizontal-space".
+	emacs_keymap.c: Put rl_delete_horizontal_space () on M-\.
+
+	* readline.c (rl_set_signals, rl_clear_signals); New function
+	rl_set_sighandler () is either defined in a Posix way (if
+	HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS is defined) or in a BSD way.  Function is
+	called from rl_set_signals () and rl_clear_signals ().
+
+Fri May  8 12:50:15 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* readline.c: (readline_default_bindings) Do comparisons with
+	_POSIX_VDISABLE casted to `unsigned char'.  Change tty characters
+	to be unsigned char.
+
+Thu Apr 30 12:36:35 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox@cubit)
+
+	* readline.c: (rl_getc) Handle "read would block" error on
+	non-blocking IO streams.
+
+	* readline.c: (rl_signal_handler): Unblock only the signal that we
+	have caught, not all signals.
+
+Sun Feb 23 03:33:09 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c: Many functions.  Use only the macros META_CHAR and
+	UNMETA to deal with meta characters.  Prior to this, we used
+	numeric values and tests.
+
+	* readline.c (rl_complete_internal) Report exactly the number of
+	possible completions, not the number + 1.
+
+	* vi_mode.c (rl_do_move) Do not change the cursor position when
+	using `cw' or `cW'.
+
+	* vi_mode.c (rl_vi_complete) Enter insert mode after completing
+	with `*' or `\'.
+
+Fri Feb 21 05:58:18 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c (rl_dispatch) Increment rl_key_sequence_length for
+	meta characters that map onto ESC map.
+
+Mon Feb 10 01:41:35 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* history.c (history_do_write) Build a buffer of all of the lines
+	to write and write them in one fell swoop (lower overhead than
+	calling write () for each line).  Suggested by Peter Ho.
+
+	* readline.c: Include hbullx20 as well as hpux for determining
+	USGr3ness.
+
+	* readline.c (rl_unix_word_rubout) As per the "Now REMEMBER"
+	comment, pass arguments to rl_kill_text () in the correct order to
+	preserve prepending and appending of killed text.
+
+	* readline.c (rl_search_history) malloc (), realloc (), and free
+	() SEARCH_STRING so that there are no static limits on searching.
+
+	* vi_mode.c (rl_vi_subst) Don't forget to end the undo group.
+
+Fri Jan 31 14:51:02 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c (rl_signal_handler): Zero the current history entry's
+	pointer after freeing the undo_list when SIGINT received.
+	Reformat a couple of functions.
+
+Sat Jan 25 13:47:35 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox at bears)
+
+        * readline.c (parser_if): free () TNAME after use.
+
+Tue Jan 21 01:01:35 1992  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c (rl_redisplay) and (rl_character_len): Display
+	Control characters as "^c" and Meta characters as "\234", instead
+	of "C-C" and "M-C".
+
+Sun Dec 29 10:59:00 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c (init_terminal_io) Default to environment variables
+	LINES and COLUMNS before termcap entry values.  If all else fails,
+	then assume 80x24 terminal.
+
+Sat Dec 28 16:33:11 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c: If this machine is USG and it is hpux, then define
+	USGr3.
+
+	* history.c: Cosmetic fixes.
+
+Thu Nov 21 00:10:12 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* vi_mode.c: (rl_do_move) Place cursor at end of line, never at
+	next to last character.
+
+Thu Nov 14 05:08:01 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* history.c (get_history_event) Non-anchored searches can have a
+	return index of greater than zero from get_history_event ().
+
+Fri Nov  1 07:02:13 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c (rl_translate_keyseq) Make C-? translate to RUBOUT
+	unconditionally.
+
+Mon Oct 28 11:34:52 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c; Use Posix directory routines and macros.
+
+	* funmap.c; Add entry for call-last-kbd-macro.
+
+	* readline.c (rl_prep_term); Use system EOF character on POSIX
+	systems also.
+
+Thu Oct  3 16:19:53 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c; Make a distinction between having a TERMIOS tty
+	driver, and having POSIX signal handling.  You might one without
+	the other.  New defines used HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS, and
+	TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER.
+
+Tue Jul 30 22:37:26 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c: rl_getc () If a call to read () returns without an
+	error, but with zero characters, the file is empty, so return EOF.
+
+Thu Jul 11 20:58:38 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c: (rl_get_next_history, rl_get_previous_history)
+	Reallocate the buffer space if the line being moved to is longer
+	the the current space allocated.  Amazing that no one has found
+	this bug until now.
+
+Sun Jul  7 02:37:05 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c:(rl_parse_and_bind) Allow leading whitespace.
+	  Make sure TERMIO and TERMIOS systems treat CR and NL
+	  disctinctly.
+	
+Tue Jun 25 04:09:27 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c: Rework parsing conditionals to pay attention to the
+	prior states of the conditional stack.  This makes $if statements
+	work correctly.
+
+Mon Jun 24 20:45:59 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c: support for displaying key binding information
+	includes the functions rl_list_funmap_names (),
+	invoking_keyseqs_in_map (), rl_invoking_keyseqs (),
+	rl_dump_functions (), and rl_function_dumper ().
+
+	funmap.c: support for same includes rl_funmap_names ().
+
+	readline.c, funmap.c: no longer define STATIC_MALLOC.  However,
+	update both version of xrealloc () to handle a null pointer.
+
+Thu Apr 25 12:03:49 1991  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* vi_mode.c (rl_vi_fword, fWord, etc.  All functions use
+	the macro `isident()'.  Fixed movement bug which prevents
+	continious movement through the text.
+
+Fri Jul 27 16:47:01 1990  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c (parser_if) Allow "$if term=foo" construct.
+
+Wed May 23 16:10:33 1990  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c (rl_dispatch) Correctly remember the last command
+	executed.  Fixed typo in username_completion_function ().
+
+Mon Apr  9 19:55:48 1990  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c: username_completion_function (); For text passed in
+	with a leading `~', remember that this could be a filename (after
+	it is completed).
+
+Thu Apr  5 13:44:24 1990  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c: rl_search_history (): Correctly handle case of an
+	unfound search string, but a graceful exit (as with ESC).
+
+	* readline.c: rl_restart_output ();  The Apollo passes the address
+	of the file descriptor to TIOCSTART, not the descriptor itself.
+
+Tue Mar 20 05:38:55 1990  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* readline.c: rl_complete (); second call in a row causes possible
+	completions to be listed.
+
+	* readline.c: rl_redisplay (), added prompt_this_line variable
+	which is the first character character following \n in prompt.
+
+Sun Mar 11 04:32:03 1990  Brian Fox  (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org)
+
+	* Signals are now supposedly handled inside of SYSV compilation.
+
+Wed Jan 17 19:24:09 1990  Brian Fox  (bfox at sbphy.ucsb.edu)
+
+	* history.c: history_expand (); fixed overwriting memory error,
+	added needed argument to call to get_history_event ().
+
+Thu Jan 11 10:54:04 1990  Brian Fox  (bfox at sbphy.ucsb.edu)
+
+	* readline.c: added mark_modified_lines to control the
+	display of an asterisk on modified history lines.  Also
+	added a user variable called mark-modified-lines to the
+	`set' command.
+
+Thu Jan  4 10:38:05 1990  Brian Fox  (bfox at sbphy.ucsb.edu)
+
+	* readline.c: start_insert ().  Only use IC if we don't have an im
+	capability.
+
+Fri Sep  8 09:00:45 1989  Brian Fox  (bfox at aurel)
+
+	* readline.c: rl_prep_terminal ().  Only turn on 8th bit
+	  as meta-bit iff the terminal is not using parity.
+
+Sun Sep  3 08:57:40 1989  Brian Fox  (bfox at aurel)
+
+	* readline.c: start_insert ().  Uses multiple
+	  insertion call in cases where that makes sense.
+
+	  rl_insert ().  Read type-ahead buffer for additional
+	  keys that are bound to rl_insert, and insert them
+	  all at once.  Make insertion of single keys given
+	  with an argument much more efficient.
+
+Tue Aug  8 18:13:57 1989  Brian Fox  (bfox at aurel)
+
+	* readline.c: Changed handling of EOF.  readline () returns
+	 (char *)EOF or consed string.  The EOF character is read from the
+	 tty, or if the tty doesn't have one, defaults to C-d.
+
+	* readline.c: Added support for event driven programs.
+	  rl_event_hook is the address of a function you want called
+	  while Readline is waiting for input.
+
+	* readline.c: Cleanup time.  Functions without type declarations
+	  do not use return with a value.
+
+	* history.c: history_expand () has new variable which is the
+	  characters to ignore immediately following history_expansion_char.
+
+Sun Jul 16 08:14:00 1989  Brian Fox  (bfox at aurel)
+
+	* rl_prep_terminal ()
+	  BSD version turns off C-s, C-q, C-y, C-v.
+
+	* readline.c -- rl_prep_terminal ()
+	  SYSV version hacks readline_echoing_p.
+	  BSD version turns on passing of the 8th bit for the duration
+	  of reading the line.
+
+Tue Jul 11 06:25:01 1989  Brian Fox  (bfox at aurel)
+
+	* readline.c: new variable rl_tilde_expander.
+	  If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if
+	  the standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails.  The function is
+	  called with the text sans tilde (as in "foo"), and returns a
+	  malloc()'ed string which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if
+	  there is no expansion. 
+
+	* readline.h - new file chardefs.h
+	  Separates things that only readline.c needs from the standard
+	  header file publishing interesting things about readline.
+
+	* readline.c:
+	  readline_default_bindings () now looks at terminal chararacters
+	  and binds those as well.
+
+Wed Jun 28 20:20:51 1989  Brian Fox  (bfox at aurel)
+
+	* Made readline and history into independent libraries.
+
diff --git a/lib/readline/Makefile.in b/lib/readline/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98169e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+## -*- text -*- #############################################################
+#								            #
+# Makefile for the Bash versions of the GNU Readline and History Libraries. #
+#								            #
+#############################################################################
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = .:@srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm -f
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+# Programs to make tags files.
+ETAGS = etags -tw
+CTAGS = ctags -tw
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(BUILD_DIR) -I$(topdir) -I$(topdir)/lib
+
+CCFLAGS = $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) $(APP_CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) ${INCLUDES} $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+.c.o:
+	${RM} $@
+	$(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $<
+
+# The name of the main library target.
+LIBRARY_NAME = libreadline.a
+
+# The C code source files for this library.
+CSOURCES = $(srcdir)/readline.c $(srcdir)/funmap.c $(srcdir)/keymaps.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/vi_mode.c $(srcdir)/parens.c $(srcdir)/rltty.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/complete.c $(srcdir)/bind.c $(srcdir)/isearch.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/display.c $(srcdir)/signals.c $(srcdir)/emacs_keymap.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/vi_keymap.c $(srcdir)/util.c $(srcdir)/kill.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/undo.c $(srcdir)/macro.c $(srcdir)/input.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/callback.c $(srcdir)/terminal.c $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/history.c $(srcdir)/histsearch.c $(srcdir)/histexpand.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/histfile.c $(srcdir)/nls.c $(srcdir)/search.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/shell.c $(srcdir)/tilde.c $(srcdir)/savestring.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/text.c $(srcdir)/misc.c $(srcdir)/compat.c \
+	   $(srcdir)/mbutil.c
+
+# The header files for this library.
+HSOURCES = readline.h rldefs.h chardefs.h keymaps.h history.h histlib.h \
+	   posixstat.h posixdir.h posixjmp.h tilde.h rlconf.h rltty.h \
+	   ansi_stdlib.h rlstdc.h tcap.h xmalloc.h rlprivate.h rlshell.h \
+	   rltypedefs.h rlmbutil.h
+
+HISTOBJ = history.o histexpand.o histfile.o histsearch.o shell.o savestring.o \
+	  mbutil.o
+TILDEOBJ = tilde.o
+OBJECTS = readline.o vi_mode.o funmap.o keymaps.o parens.o search.o \
+	  rltty.o complete.o bind.o isearch.o display.o signals.o \
+	  util.o kill.o undo.o macro.o input.o callback.o terminal.o \
+	  text.o nls.o misc.o $(HISTOBJ) $(TILDEOBJ) xmalloc.o compat.o
+
+# The texinfo files which document this library.
+DOCSOURCE = doc/rlman.texinfo doc/rltech.texinfo doc/rluser.texinfo
+DOCOBJECT = doc/readline.dvi
+DOCSUPPORT = doc/Makefile
+DOCUMENTATION = $(DOCSOURCE) $(DOCOBJECT) $(DOCSUPPORT)
+
+SUPPORT = Makefile ChangeLog $(DOCSUPPORT) examples/[-a-z.]*
+
+SOURCES  = $(CSOURCES) $(HSOURCES) $(DOCSOURCE)
+
+THINGS_TO_TAR = $(SOURCES) $(SUPPORT)
+
+INSTALLED_HEADERS = readline.h chardefs.h keymaps.h history.h tilde.h \
+		    rlstdc.h rlconf.h rltypedefs.h
+
+##########################################################################
+
+all: libreadline.a libhistory.a
+
+libreadline.a: $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RM) $@
+	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+libhistory.a: $(HISTOBJ) xmalloc.o
+	$(RM) $@
+	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(HISTOBJ) xmalloc.o
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+documentation: force
+	test -d doc || mkdir doc
+	-( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) )
+
+# Since tilde.c is shared between readline and bash, make sure we compile
+# it with the right flags when it's built as part of readline
+tilde.o:	tilde.c
+	rm -f $@
+	$(CC) $(CCFLAGS) -DREADLINE_LIBRARY -c $(srcdir)/tilde.c
+
+force:
+
+install:
+	@echo "This version of the readline library should not be installed."
+
+uninstall:
+	@echo "This version of the readline library should not be installed."
+
+TAGS:	force
+	$(ETAGS) $(CSOURCES) $(HSOURCES)
+
+tags:	force
+	$(CTAGS) $(CSOURCES) $(HSOURCES)
+
+clean:	force
+	$(RM) $(OBJECTS) *.a
+	-( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+	-( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+distclean maintainer-clean: clean
+	-( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+	$(RM) Makefile
+	$(RM) TAGS tags
+
+# Dependencies
+bind.o: ansi_stdlib.h posixstat.h
+bind.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+bind.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+bind.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+callback.o: rlconf.h ansi_stdlib.h
+callback.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+callback.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+compat.o: rlstdc.h
+complete.o: ansi_stdlib.h posixdir.h posixstat.h
+complete.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+complete.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+display.o: ansi_stdlib.h posixstat.h
+display.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+display.o: tcap.h
+display.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+display.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+funmap.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+funmap.o: rlconf.h ansi_stdlib.h rlstdc.h
+funmap.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+histexpand.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+histexpand.o: history.h histlib.h rlstdc.h
+histexpand.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+histfile.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+histfile.o: history.h histlib.h rlstdc.h
+histfile.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+history.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+history.o: history.h histlib.h rlstdc.h
+history.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+histsearch.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+histsearch.o: history.h histlib.h rlstdc.h
+histsearch.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+input.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+input.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+input.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+isearch.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+isearch.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+isearch.o: ansi_stdlib.h history.h rlstdc.h
+keymaps.o: emacs_keymap.c vi_keymap.c
+keymaps.o: keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h rlconf.h ansi_stdlib.h
+keymaps.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+keymaps.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlstdc.h
+kill.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+kill.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+kill.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+kill.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+macro.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+macro.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+macro.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+macro.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+mbutil.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h rlmbutil.h
+mbutil.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h rlstdc.h
+misc.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+misc.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+misc.o: history.h rlstdc.h ansi_stdlib.h
+nls.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+nls.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+nls.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+nls.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+parens.o: rlconf.h
+parens.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+parens.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+readline.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+readline.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+readline.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+readline.o: posixstat.h ansi_stdlib.h posixjmp.h
+rltty.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+rltty.o: rltty.h
+rltty.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+search.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+search.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+search.o: ansi_stdlib.h history.h rlstdc.h
+shell.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h ansi_stdlib.h
+signals.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+signals.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+signals.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+terminal.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+terminal.o: tcap.h
+terminal.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+terminal.o: history.h rlstdc.h
+text.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+text.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+text.o: history.h rlstdc.h ansi_stdlib.h
+rltty.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+tilde.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+tilde.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+tilde.o: tilde.h
+undo.o: ansi_stdlib.h
+undo.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+undo.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+undo.o: history.h rlstdc.h xmalloc.h
+util.o: posixjmp.h ansi_stdlib.h
+util.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+util.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h rlstdc.h
+vi_mode.o: rldefs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h rlconf.h
+vi_mode.o: readline.h keymaps.h rltypedefs.h chardefs.h tilde.h
+vi_mode.o: history.h ansi_stdlib.h rlstdc.h
+xmalloc.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h ansi_stdlib.h
+
+bind.o: rlshell.h
+histfile.o: rlshell.h
+nls.o: rlshell.h
+readline.o: rlshell.h
+shell.o: rlshell.h
+terminal.o: rlshell.h
+histexpand.o: rlshell.h
+
+bind.o: rlprivate.h
+callback.o: rlprivate.h
+complete.o: rlprivate.h
+display.o: rlprivate.h
+input.o: rlprivate.h
+isearch.o: rlprivate.h
+kill.o: rlprivate.h
+macro.o: rlprivate.h
+mbutil.o: rlprivate.h
+misc.o: rlprivate.h
+nls.o: rlprivate.h
+parens.o: rlprivate.h
+readline.o: rlprivate.h
+rltty.o: rlprivate.h
+search.o: rlprivate.h
+signals.o: rlprivate.h
+terminal.o: rlprivate.h
+text.o: rlprivate.h
+undo.o: rlprivate.h
+util.o: rlprivate.h
+vi_mode.o: rlprivate.h
+
+bind.o: xmalloc.h
+complete.o: xmalloc.h  
+display.o: xmalloc.h
+funmap.o: xmalloc.h
+histexpand.o: xmalloc.h   
+histfile.o: xmalloc.h
+history.o: xmalloc.h
+input.o: xmalloc.h
+isearch.o: xmalloc.h
+keymaps.o: xmalloc.h
+kill.o: xmalloc.h
+macro.o: xmalloc.h
+mbutil.o: xmalloc.h
+misc.o: xmalloc.h  
+readline.o: xmalloc.h   
+savestring.o: xmalloc.h
+search.o: xmalloc.h
+shell.o: xmalloc.h   
+terminal.o: xmalloc.h  
+text.o: xmalloc.h
+tilde.o: xmalloc.h 
+undo.o: xmalloc.h
+util.o: xmalloc.h
+vi_mode.o: xmalloc.h 
+xmalloc.o: xmalloc.h
+
+complete.o: rlmbutil.h
+display.o: rlmbutil.h
+histexpand.o: rlmbutil.h
+input.o: rlmbutil.h
+isearch.o: rlmbutil.h
+mbutil.o: rlmbutil.h
+misc.o: rlmbutil.h
+readline.o: rlmbutil.h
+search.o: rlmbutil.h
+text.o: rlmbutil.h
+vi_mode.o: rlmbutil.h
+
+# Rules for deficient makes, like SunOS and Solaris
+bind.o: bind.c
+callback.o: callback.c
+compat.o: compat.c
+complete.o: complete.c
+display.o: display.c
+funmap.o: funmap.c
+input.o: input.c
+isearch.o: isearch.c
+keymaps.o: keymaps.c emacs_keymap.c vi_keymap.c
+kill.o: kill.c
+macro.o: macro.c
+mbutil.o: mbutil.c
+misc.o: misc.c
+nls.o: nls.c
+parens.o: parens.c
+readline.o: readline.c
+rltty.o: rltty.c
+savestring.o: savestring.c
+search.o: search.c
+shell.o: shell.c
+signals.o: signals.c
+terminal.o: terminal.c
+text.o: text.c
+tilde.o: tilde.c
+undo.o: undo.c
+util.o: util.c
+vi_mode.o: vi_mode.c
+xmalloc.o: xmalloc.c
+
+histexpand.o: histexpand.c
+histfile.o: histfile.c
+history.o: history.c
+histsearch.o: histsearch.c
diff --git a/lib/readline/README b/lib/readline/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..131471c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/README
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+This is the distribution of the Gnu Readline library.  See the file
+STANDALONE for a description of the #defines that can be passed via
+the makefile to build readline on different systems.
+
+The file rlconf.h contains defines that enable and disable certain
+readline features.
diff --git a/lib/readline/STANDALONE b/lib/readline/STANDALONE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6b5cbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/STANDALONE
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+This is not to be built as a standalone library to be installed in some
+public place; get the full readline distribution instead.
diff --git a/lib/readline/ansi_stdlib.h b/lib/readline/ansi_stdlib.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db13cd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/ansi_stdlib.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* ansi_stdlib.h -- An ANSI Standard stdlib.h. */
+/* A minimal stdlib.h containing extern declarations for those functions
+   that bash uses. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_STDLIB_H_)
+#define	_STDLIB_H_ 1
+
+/* String conversion functions. */
+extern int atoi ();
+
+extern double atof ();
+extern double strtod ();
+
+/* Memory allocation functions. */
+/* Generic pointer type. */
+#ifndef PTR_T
+
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+#  define PTR_T	void *
+#else
+#  define PTR_T char *
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PTR_T */
+
+extern PTR_T malloc ();
+extern PTR_T realloc ();
+extern void free ();
+
+/* Other miscellaneous functions. */
+extern void abort ();
+extern void exit ();
+extern char *getenv ();
+extern void qsort ();
+
+#endif /* _STDLIB_H  */
diff --git a/lib/readline/bind.c b/lib/readline/bind.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7559d32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/bind.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2279 @@
+/* bind.c -- key binding and startup file support for the readline library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+#  include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
+#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+
+/* Variables exported by this file. */
+Keymap rl_binding_keymap;
+
+static char *_rl_read_file PARAMS((char *, size_t *));
+static void _rl_init_file_error PARAMS((const char *));
+static int _rl_read_init_file PARAMS((const char *, int));
+static int glean_key_from_name PARAMS((char *));
+static int find_boolean_var PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static char *_rl_get_string_variable_value PARAMS((const char *));
+static int substring_member_of_array PARAMS((char *, const char **));
+
+static int currently_reading_init_file;
+
+/* used only in this file */
+static int _rl_prefer_visible_bell = 1;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Binding keys				    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* rl_add_defun (char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)
+   Add NAME to the list of named functions.  Make FUNCTION be the function
+   that gets called.  If KEY is not -1, then bind it. */
+int
+rl_add_defun (name, function, key)
+     const char *name;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     int key;
+{
+  if (key != -1)
+    rl_bind_key (key, function);
+  rl_add_funmap_entry (name, function);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Bind KEY to FUNCTION.  Returns non-zero if KEY is out of range. */
+int
+rl_bind_key (key, function)
+     int key;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+{
+  if (key < 0)
+    return (key);
+
+  if (META_CHAR (key) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+    {
+      if (_rl_keymap[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+	{
+	  Keymap escmap;
+
+	  escmap = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (_rl_keymap, ESC);
+	  key = UNMETA (key);
+	  escmap[key].type = ISFUNC;
+	  escmap[key].function = function;
+	  return (0);
+	}
+      return (key);
+    }
+
+  _rl_keymap[key].type = ISFUNC;
+  _rl_keymap[key].function = function;
+  rl_binding_keymap = _rl_keymap;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Bind KEY to FUNCTION in MAP.  Returns non-zero in case of invalid
+   KEY. */
+int
+rl_bind_key_in_map (key, function, map)
+     int key;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  int result;
+  Keymap oldmap;
+
+  oldmap = _rl_keymap;
+  _rl_keymap = map;
+  result = rl_bind_key (key, function);
+  _rl_keymap = oldmap;
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Bind key sequence KEYSEQ to DEFAULT_FUNC if KEYSEQ is unbound.  Right
+   now, this is always used to attempt to bind the arrow keys, hence the
+   check for rl_vi_movement_mode. */
+int
+rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (key, default_func, kmap)
+     int key;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+     Keymap kmap;
+{
+  char keyseq[2];
+
+  keyseq[0] = (unsigned char)key;
+  keyseq[1] = '\0';
+  return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap));
+}
+
+int
+rl_bind_key_if_unbound (key, default_func)
+     int key;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+{
+  char keyseq[2];
+
+  keyseq[0] = (unsigned char)key;
+  keyseq[1] = '\0';
+  return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Make KEY do nothing in the currently selected keymap.
+   Returns non-zero in case of error. */
+int
+rl_unbind_key (key)
+     int key;
+{
+  return (rl_bind_key (key, (rl_command_func_t *)NULL));
+}
+
+/* Make KEY do nothing in MAP.
+   Returns non-zero in case of error. */
+int
+rl_unbind_key_in_map (key, map)
+     int key;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  return (rl_bind_key_in_map (key, (rl_command_func_t *)NULL, map));
+}
+
+/* Unbind all keys bound to FUNCTION in MAP. */
+int
+rl_unbind_function_in_map (func, map)
+     rl_command_func_t *func;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  register int i, rval;
+
+  for (i = rval = 0; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+    {
+      if (map[i].type == ISFUNC && map[i].function == func)
+	{
+	  map[i].function = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+	  rval = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  return rval;
+}
+
+int
+rl_unbind_command_in_map (command, map)
+     const char *command;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  rl_command_func_t *func;
+
+  func = rl_named_function (command);
+  if (func == 0)
+    return 0;
+  return (rl_unbind_function_in_map (func, map));
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+   FUNCTION, starting in the current keymap.  This makes new
+   keymaps as necessary. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq (keyseq, function)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+{
+  return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+   FUNCTION.  This makes new keymaps as necessary.  The initial
+   place to do bindings is in MAP. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (keyseq, function, map)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, map));
+}
+
+/* Backwards compatibility; equivalent to rl_bind_keyseq_in_map() */
+int
+rl_set_key (keyseq, function, map)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, map));
+}
+
+/* Bind key sequence KEYSEQ to DEFAULT_FUNC if KEYSEQ is unbound.  Right
+   now, this is always used to attempt to bind the arrow keys, hence the
+   check for rl_vi_movement_mode. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+     Keymap kmap;
+{
+  rl_command_func_t *func;
+
+  if (keyseq)
+    {
+      func = rl_function_of_keyseq (keyseq, kmap, (int *)NULL);
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+      if (!func || func == rl_do_lowercase_version || func == rl_vi_movement_mode)
+#else
+      if (!func || func == rl_do_lowercase_version)
+#endif
+	return (rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap));
+      else
+	return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (keyseq, default_func)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+{
+  return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+   the string of characters MACRO.  This makes new keymaps as
+   necessary.  The initial place to do bindings is in MAP. */
+int
+rl_macro_bind (keyseq, macro, map)
+     const char *keyseq, *macro;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  char *macro_keys;
+  int macro_keys_len;
+
+  macro_keys = (char *)xmalloc ((2 * strlen (macro)) + 1);
+
+  if (rl_translate_keyseq (macro, macro_keys, &macro_keys_len))
+    {
+      free (macro_keys);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  rl_generic_bind (ISMACR, keyseq, macro_keys, map);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+   the arbitrary pointer DATA.  TYPE says what kind of data is
+   pointed to by DATA, right now this can be a function (ISFUNC),
+   a macro (ISMACR), or a keymap (ISKMAP).  This makes new keymaps
+   as necessary.  The initial place to do bindings is in MAP. */
+int
+rl_generic_bind (type, keyseq, data, map)
+     int type;
+     const char *keyseq;
+     char *data;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  char *keys;
+  int keys_len;
+  register int i;
+  KEYMAP_ENTRY k;
+
+  k.function = 0;
+
+  /* If no keys to bind to, exit right away. */
+  if (keyseq == 0 || *keyseq == 0)
+    {
+      if (type == ISMACR)
+	free (data);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  keys = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (2 * strlen (keyseq)));
+
+  /* Translate the ASCII representation of KEYSEQ into an array of
+     characters.  Stuff the characters into KEYS, and the length of
+     KEYS into KEYS_LEN. */
+  if (rl_translate_keyseq (keyseq, keys, &keys_len))
+    {
+      free (keys);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Bind keys, making new keymaps as necessary. */
+  for (i = 0; i < keys_len; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char uc = keys[i];
+      int ic;
+
+      ic = uc;
+      if (ic < 0 || ic >= KEYMAP_SIZE)
+	return -1;
+
+      if (META_CHAR (ic) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+	{
+	  ic = UNMETA (ic);
+	  if (map[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+	    map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ESC);
+	}
+
+      if ((i + 1) < keys_len)
+	{
+	  if (map[ic].type != ISKMAP)
+	    {
+	      /* We allow subsequences of keys.  If a keymap is being
+		 created that will `shadow' an existing function or macro
+		 key binding, we save that keybinding into the ANYOTHERKEY
+		 index in the new map.  The dispatch code will look there
+		 to find the function to execute if the subsequence is not
+		 matched.  ANYOTHERKEY was chosen to be greater than
+		 UCHAR_MAX. */
+	      k = map[ic];
+
+	      map[ic].type = ISKMAP;
+	      map[ic].function = KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION (rl_make_bare_keymap());
+	    }
+	  map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ic);
+	  /* The dispatch code will return this function if no matching
+	     key sequence is found in the keymap.  This (with a little
+	     help from the dispatch code in readline.c) allows `a' to be
+	     mapped to something, `abc' to be mapped to something else,
+	     and the function bound  to `a' to be executed when the user
+	     types `abx', leaving `bx' in the input queue. */
+	  if (k.function && ((k.type == ISFUNC && k.function != rl_do_lowercase_version) || k.type == ISMACR))
+	    {
+	      map[ANYOTHERKEY] = k;
+	      k.function = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (map[ic].type == ISMACR)
+	    free ((char *)map[ic].function);
+	  else if (map[ic].type == ISKMAP)
+	    {
+	      map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ic);
+	      ic = ANYOTHERKEY;
+	    }
+
+	  map[ic].function = KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION (data);
+	  map[ic].type = type;
+	}
+
+      rl_binding_keymap = map;
+    }
+  free (keys);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Translate the ASCII representation of SEQ, stuffing the values into ARRAY,
+   an array of characters.  LEN gets the final length of ARRAY.  Return
+   non-zero if there was an error parsing SEQ. */
+int
+rl_translate_keyseq (seq, array, len)
+     const char *seq;
+     char *array;
+     int *len;
+{
+  register int i, c, l, temp;
+
+  for (i = l = 0; c = seq[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (c == '\\')
+	{
+	  c = seq[++i];
+
+	  if (c == 0)
+	    break;
+
+	  /* Handle \C- and \M- prefixes. */
+	  if ((c == 'C' || c == 'M') && seq[i + 1] == '-')
+	    {
+	      /* Handle special case of backwards define. */
+	      if (strncmp (&seq[i], "C-\\M-", 5) == 0)
+		{
+		  array[l++] = ESC;	/* ESC is meta-prefix */
+		  i += 5;
+		  array[l++] = CTRL (_rl_to_upper (seq[i]));
+		  if (seq[i] == '\0')
+		    i--;
+		}
+	      else if (c == 'M')
+		{
+		  i++;
+		  /* XXX - should obey convert-meta setting? */
+		  if (_rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii && _rl_keymap[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+		    array[l++] = ESC;	/* ESC is meta-prefix */
+		  else
+		    {
+		      i++;
+		      array[l++] = META (seq[i]);
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (c == 'C')
+		{
+		  i += 2;
+		  /* Special hack for C-?... */
+		  array[l++] = (seq[i] == '?') ? RUBOUT : CTRL (_rl_to_upper (seq[i]));
+		}
+	      continue;
+	    }	      
+
+	  /* Translate other backslash-escaped characters.  These are the
+	     same escape sequences that bash's `echo' and `printf' builtins
+	     handle, with the addition of \d -> RUBOUT.  A backslash
+	     preceding a character that is not special is stripped. */
+	  switch (c)
+	    {
+	    case 'a':
+	      array[l++] = '\007';
+	      break;
+	    case 'b':
+	      array[l++] = '\b';
+	      break;
+	    case 'd':
+	      array[l++] = RUBOUT;	/* readline-specific */
+	      break;
+	    case 'e':
+	      array[l++] = ESC;
+	      break;
+	    case 'f':
+	      array[l++] = '\f';
+	      break;
+	    case 'n':
+	      array[l++] = NEWLINE;
+	      break;
+	    case 'r':
+	      array[l++] = RETURN;
+	      break;
+	    case 't':
+	      array[l++] = TAB;
+	      break;
+	    case 'v':
+	      array[l++] = 0x0B;
+	      break;
+	    case '\\':
+	      array[l++] = '\\';
+	      break;
+	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+	    case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+	      i++;
+	      for (temp = 2, c -= '0'; ISOCTAL (seq[i]) && temp--; i++)
+	        c = (c * 8) + OCTVALUE (seq[i]);
+	      i--;	/* auto-increment in for loop */
+	      array[l++] = c & largest_char;
+	      break;
+	    case 'x':
+	      i++;
+	      for (temp = 2, c = 0; ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char)seq[i]) && temp--; i++)
+	        c = (c * 16) + HEXVALUE (seq[i]);
+	      if (temp == 2)
+	        c = 'x';
+	      i--;	/* auto-increment in for loop */
+	      array[l++] = c & largest_char;
+	      break;
+	    default:	/* backslashes before non-special chars just add the char */
+	      array[l++] = c;
+	      break;	/* the backslash is stripped */
+	    }
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      array[l++] = c;
+    }
+
+  *len = l;
+  array[l] = '\0';
+  return (0);
+}
+
+char *
+rl_untranslate_keyseq (seq)
+     int seq;
+{
+  static char kseq[16];
+  int i, c;
+
+  i = 0;
+  c = seq;
+  if (META_CHAR (c))
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+      kseq[i++] = 'M';
+      kseq[i++] = '-';
+      c = UNMETA (c);
+    }
+  else if (CTRL_CHAR (c))
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+      kseq[i++] = 'C';
+      kseq[i++] = '-';
+      c = _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (c));
+    }
+  else if (c == RUBOUT)
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+      kseq[i++] = 'C';
+      kseq[i++] = '-';
+      c = '?';
+    }
+
+  if (c == ESC)
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+      c = 'e';
+    }
+  else if (c == '\\' || c == '"')
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+    }
+
+  kseq[i++] = (unsigned char) c;
+  kseq[i] = '\0';
+  return kseq;
+}
+
+static char *
+_rl_untranslate_macro_value (seq)
+     char *seq;
+{
+  char *ret, *r, *s;
+  int c;
+
+  r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (7 * strlen (seq) + 1);
+  for (s = seq; *s; s++)
+    {
+      c = *s;
+      if (META_CHAR (c))
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\\';
+	  *r++ = 'M';
+	  *r++ = '-';
+	  c = UNMETA (c);
+	}
+      else if (CTRL_CHAR (c) && c != ESC)
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\\';
+	  *r++ = 'C';
+	  *r++ = '-';
+	  c = _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (c));
+	}
+      else if (c == RUBOUT)
+ 	{
+ 	  *r++ = '\\';
+ 	  *r++ = 'C';
+ 	  *r++ = '-';
+ 	  c = '?';
+ 	}
+
+      if (c == ESC)
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\\';
+	  c = 'e';
+	}
+      else if (c == '\\' || c == '"')
+	*r++ = '\\';
+
+      *r++ = (unsigned char)c;
+    }
+  *r = '\0';
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the function that STRING represents.
+   If STRING doesn't have a matching function, then a NULL pointer
+   is returned. */
+rl_command_func_t *
+rl_named_function (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  rl_initialize_funmap ();
+
+  for (i = 0; funmap[i]; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (funmap[i]->name, string) == 0)
+      return (funmap[i]->function);
+  return ((rl_command_func_t *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Return the function (or macro) definition which would be invoked via
+   KEYSEQ if executed in MAP.  If MAP is NULL, then the current keymap is
+   used.  TYPE, if non-NULL, is a pointer to an int which will receive the
+   type of the object pointed to.  One of ISFUNC (function), ISKMAP (keymap),
+   or ISMACR (macro). */
+rl_command_func_t *
+rl_function_of_keyseq (keyseq, map, type)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     Keymap map;
+     int *type;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (!map)
+    map = _rl_keymap;
+
+  for (i = 0; keyseq && keyseq[i]; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char ic = keyseq[i];
+
+      if (META_CHAR (ic) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+	{
+	  if (map[ESC].type != ISKMAP)
+	    {
+	      if (type)
+		*type = map[ESC].type;
+
+	      return (map[ESC].function);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ESC);
+	      ic = UNMETA (ic);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (map[ic].type == ISKMAP)
+	{
+	  /* If this is the last key in the key sequence, return the
+	     map. */
+	  if (!keyseq[i + 1])
+	    {
+	      if (type)
+		*type = ISKMAP;
+
+	      return (map[ic].function);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ic);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (type)
+	    *type = map[ic].type;
+
+	  return (map[ic].function);
+	}
+    }
+  return ((rl_command_func_t *) NULL);
+}
+
+/* The last key bindings file read. */
+static char *last_readline_init_file = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* The file we're currently reading key bindings from. */
+static const char *current_readline_init_file;
+static int current_readline_init_include_level;
+static int current_readline_init_lineno;
+
+/* Read FILENAME into a locally-allocated buffer and return the buffer.
+   The size of the buffer is returned in *SIZEP.  Returns NULL if any
+   errors were encountered. */
+static char *
+_rl_read_file (filename, sizep)
+     char *filename;
+     size_t *sizep;
+{
+  struct stat finfo;
+  size_t file_size;
+  char *buffer;
+  int i, file;
+
+  if ((stat (filename, &finfo) < 0) || (file = open (filename, O_RDONLY, 0666)) < 0)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+
+  file_size = (size_t)finfo.st_size;
+
+  /* check for overflow on very large files */
+  if (file_size != finfo.st_size || file_size + 1 < file_size)
+    {
+      if (file >= 0)
+	close (file);
+#if defined (EFBIG)
+      errno = EFBIG;
+#endif
+      return ((char *)NULL);
+    }
+
+  /* Read the file into BUFFER. */
+  buffer = (char *)xmalloc (file_size + 1);
+  i = read (file, buffer, file_size);
+  close (file);
+
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      free (buffer);
+      return ((char *)NULL);
+    }
+
+  buffer[i] = '\0';
+  if (sizep)
+    *sizep = i;
+
+  return (buffer);
+}
+
+/* Re-read the current keybindings file. */
+int
+rl_re_read_init_file (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  int r;
+  r = rl_read_init_file ((const char *)NULL);
+  rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode ();
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Do key bindings from a file.  If FILENAME is NULL it defaults
+   to the first non-null filename from this list:
+     1. the filename used for the previous call
+     2. the value of the shell variable `INPUTRC'
+     3. ~/.inputrc
+   If the file existed and could be opened and read, 0 is returned,
+   otherwise errno is returned. */
+int
+rl_read_init_file (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  /* Default the filename. */
+  if (filename == 0)
+    {
+      filename = last_readline_init_file;
+      if (filename == 0)
+        filename = sh_get_env_value ("INPUTRC");
+      if (filename == 0)
+	filename = DEFAULT_INPUTRC;
+    }
+
+  if (*filename == 0)
+    filename = DEFAULT_INPUTRC;
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+  if (_rl_read_init_file (filename, 0) == 0)
+    return 0;
+  filename = "~/_inputrc";
+#endif
+  return (_rl_read_init_file (filename, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_read_init_file (filename, include_level)
+     const char *filename;
+     int include_level;
+{
+  register int i;
+  char *buffer, *openname, *line, *end;
+  size_t file_size;
+
+  current_readline_init_file = filename;
+  current_readline_init_include_level = include_level;
+
+  openname = tilde_expand (filename);
+  buffer = _rl_read_file (openname, &file_size);
+  free (openname);
+
+  if (buffer == 0)
+    return (errno);
+  
+  if (include_level == 0 && filename != last_readline_init_file)
+    {
+      FREE (last_readline_init_file);
+      last_readline_init_file = savestring (filename);
+    }
+
+  currently_reading_init_file = 1;
+
+  /* Loop over the lines in the file.  Lines that start with `#' are
+     comments; all other lines are commands for readline initialization. */
+  current_readline_init_lineno = 1;
+  line = buffer;
+  end = buffer + file_size;
+  while (line < end)
+    {
+      /* Find the end of this line. */
+      for (i = 0; line + i != end && line[i] != '\n'; i++);
+
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+      /* ``Be liberal in what you accept.'' */
+      if (line[i] == '\n' && line[i-1] == '\r')
+	line[i - 1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+      /* Mark end of line. */
+      line[i] = '\0';
+
+      /* Skip leading whitespace. */
+      while (*line && whitespace (*line))
+        {
+	  line++;
+	  i--;
+        }
+
+      /* If the line is not a comment, then parse it. */
+      if (*line && *line != '#')
+	rl_parse_and_bind (line);
+
+      /* Move to the next line. */
+      line += i + 1;
+      current_readline_init_lineno++;
+    }
+
+  free (buffer);
+  currently_reading_init_file = 0;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_init_file_error (msg)
+     const char *msg;
+{
+  if (currently_reading_init_file)
+    fprintf (stderr, "readline: %s: line %d: %s\n", current_readline_init_file,
+		     current_readline_init_lineno, msg);
+  else
+    fprintf (stderr, "readline: %s\n", msg);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Parser Directives       		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+typedef int _rl_parser_func_t PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Things that mean `Control'. */
+const char *_rl_possible_control_prefixes[] = {
+  "Control-", "C-", "CTRL-", (const char *)NULL
+};
+
+const char *_rl_possible_meta_prefixes[] = {
+  "Meta", "M-", (const char *)NULL
+};
+
+/* Conditionals. */
+
+/* Calling programs set this to have their argv[0]. */
+const char *rl_readline_name = "other";
+
+/* Stack of previous values of parsing_conditionalized_out. */
+static unsigned char *if_stack = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+static int if_stack_depth;
+static int if_stack_size;
+
+/* Push _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out, and set parser state based
+   on ARGS. */
+static int
+parser_if (args)
+     char *args;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  /* Push parser state. */
+  if (if_stack_depth + 1 >= if_stack_size)
+    {
+      if (!if_stack)
+	if_stack = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (if_stack_size = 20);
+      else
+	if_stack = (unsigned char *)xrealloc (if_stack, if_stack_size += 20);
+    }
+  if_stack[if_stack_depth++] = _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out;
+
+  /* If parsing is turned off, then nothing can turn it back on except
+     for finding the matching endif.  In that case, return right now. */
+  if (_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Isolate first argument. */
+  for (i = 0; args[i] && !whitespace (args[i]); i++);
+
+  if (args[i])
+    args[i++] = '\0';
+
+  /* Handle "$if term=foo" and "$if mode=emacs" constructs.  If this
+     isn't term=foo, or mode=emacs, then check to see if the first
+     word in ARGS is the same as the value stored in rl_readline_name. */
+  if (rl_terminal_name && _rl_strnicmp (args, "term=", 5) == 0)
+    {
+      char *tem, *tname;
+
+      /* Terminals like "aaa-60" are equivalent to "aaa". */
+      tname = savestring (rl_terminal_name);
+      tem = strchr (tname, '-');
+      if (tem)
+	*tem = '\0';
+
+      /* Test the `long' and `short' forms of the terminal name so that
+	 if someone has a `sun-cmd' and does not want to have bindings
+	 that will be executed if the terminal is a `sun', they can put
+	 `$if term=sun-cmd' into their .inputrc. */
+      _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = _rl_stricmp (args + 5, tname) &&
+					_rl_stricmp (args + 5, rl_terminal_name);
+      free (tname);
+    }
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  else if (_rl_strnicmp (args, "mode=", 5) == 0)
+    {
+      int mode;
+
+      if (_rl_stricmp (args + 5, "emacs") == 0)
+	mode = emacs_mode;
+      else if (_rl_stricmp (args + 5, "vi") == 0)
+	mode = vi_mode;
+      else
+	mode = no_mode;
+
+      _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = mode != rl_editing_mode;
+    }
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+  /* Check to see if the first word in ARGS is the same as the
+     value stored in rl_readline_name. */
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (args, rl_readline_name) == 0)
+    _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 0;
+  else
+    _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Invert the current parser state if there is anything on the stack. */
+static int
+parser_else (args)
+     char *args;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (if_stack_depth == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_init_file_error ("$else found without matching $if");
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+#if 0
+  /* Check the previous (n - 1) levels of the stack to make sure that
+     we haven't previously turned off parsing. */
+  for (i = 0; i < if_stack_depth - 1; i++)
+#else
+  /* Check the previous (n) levels of the stack to make sure that
+     we haven't previously turned off parsing. */
+  for (i = 0; i < if_stack_depth; i++)
+#endif
+    if (if_stack[i] == 1)
+      return 0;
+
+  /* Invert the state of parsing if at top level. */
+  _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = !_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Terminate a conditional, popping the value of
+   _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out from the stack. */
+static int
+parser_endif (args)
+     char *args;
+{
+  if (if_stack_depth)
+    _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = if_stack[--if_stack_depth];
+  else
+    _rl_init_file_error ("$endif without matching $if");
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+parser_include (args)
+     char *args;
+{
+  const char *old_init_file;
+  char *e;
+  int old_line_number, old_include_level, r;
+
+  if (_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out)
+    return (0);
+
+  old_init_file = current_readline_init_file;
+  old_line_number = current_readline_init_lineno;
+  old_include_level = current_readline_init_include_level;
+
+  e = strchr (args, '\n');
+  if (e)
+    *e = '\0';
+  r = _rl_read_init_file ((const char *)args, old_include_level + 1);
+
+  current_readline_init_file = old_init_file;
+  current_readline_init_lineno = old_line_number;
+  current_readline_init_include_level = old_include_level;
+
+  return r;
+}
+  
+/* Associate textual names with actual functions. */
+static struct {
+  const char *name;
+  _rl_parser_func_t *function;
+} parser_directives [] = {
+  { "if", parser_if },
+  { "endif", parser_endif },
+  { "else", parser_else },
+  { "include", parser_include },
+  { (char *)0x0, (_rl_parser_func_t *)0x0 }
+};
+
+/* Handle a parser directive.  STATEMENT is the line of the directive
+   without any leading `$'. */
+static int
+handle_parser_directive (statement)
+     char *statement;
+{
+  register int i;
+  char *directive, *args;
+
+  /* Isolate the actual directive. */
+
+  /* Skip whitespace. */
+  for (i = 0; whitespace (statement[i]); i++);
+
+  directive = &statement[i];
+
+  for (; statement[i] && !whitespace (statement[i]); i++);
+
+  if (statement[i])
+    statement[i++] = '\0';
+
+  for (; statement[i] && whitespace (statement[i]); i++);
+
+  args = &statement[i];
+
+  /* Lookup the command, and act on it. */
+  for (i = 0; parser_directives[i].name; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (directive, parser_directives[i].name) == 0)
+      {
+	(*parser_directives[i].function) (args);
+	return (0);
+      }
+
+  /* display an error message about the unknown parser directive */
+  _rl_init_file_error ("unknown parser directive");
+  return (1);
+}
+
+/* Read the binding command from STRING and perform it.
+   A key binding command looks like: Keyname: function-name\0,
+   a variable binding command looks like: set variable value.
+   A new-style keybinding looks like "\C-x\C-x": exchange-point-and-mark. */
+int
+rl_parse_and_bind (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  char *funname, *kname;
+  register int c, i;
+  int key, equivalency;
+
+  while (string && whitespace (*string))
+    string++;
+
+  if (!string || !*string || *string == '#')
+    return 0;
+
+  /* If this is a parser directive, act on it. */
+  if (*string == '$')
+    {
+      handle_parser_directive (&string[1]);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If we aren't supposed to be parsing right now, then we're done. */
+  if (_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out)
+    return 0;
+
+  i = 0;
+  /* If this keyname is a complex key expression surrounded by quotes,
+     advance to after the matching close quote.  This code allows the
+     backslash to quote characters in the key expression. */
+  if (*string == '"')
+    {
+      int passc = 0;
+
+      for (i = 1; c = string[i]; i++)
+	{
+	  if (passc)
+	    {
+	      passc = 0;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (c == '\\')
+	    {
+	      passc++;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (c == '"')
+	    break;
+	}
+      /* If we didn't find a closing quote, abort the line. */
+      if (string[i] == '\0')
+        {
+          _rl_init_file_error ("no closing `\"' in key binding");
+          return 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Advance to the colon (:) or whitespace which separates the two objects. */
+  for (; (c = string[i]) && c != ':' && c != ' ' && c != '\t'; i++ );
+
+  equivalency = (c == ':' && string[i + 1] == '=');
+
+  /* Mark the end of the command (or keyname). */
+  if (string[i])
+    string[i++] = '\0';
+
+  /* If doing assignment, skip the '=' sign as well. */
+  if (equivalency)
+    string[i++] = '\0';
+
+  /* If this is a command to set a variable, then do that. */
+  if (_rl_stricmp (string, "set") == 0)
+    {
+      char *var, *value, *e;
+
+      var = string + i;
+      /* Make VAR point to start of variable name. */
+      while (*var && whitespace (*var)) var++;
+
+      /* Make VALUE point to start of value string. */
+      value = var;
+      while (*value && !whitespace (*value)) value++;
+      if (*value)
+	*value++ = '\0';
+      while (*value && whitespace (*value)) value++;
+
+      /* Strip trailing whitespace from values to boolean variables.  Temp
+	 fix until I get a real quoted-string parser here. */
+      i = find_boolean_var (var);
+      if (i >= 0)
+	{
+	  /* remove trailing whitespace */
+	  e = value + strlen (value) - 1;
+	  while (e >= value && whitespace (*e))
+	    e--;
+	  e++;		/* skip back to whitespace or EOS */
+	  if (*e && e >= value)
+	    *e = '\0';
+	}
+
+      rl_variable_bind (var, value);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Skip any whitespace between keyname and funname. */
+  for (; string[i] && whitespace (string[i]); i++);
+  funname = &string[i];
+
+  /* Now isolate funname.
+     For straight function names just look for whitespace, since
+     that will signify the end of the string.  But this could be a
+     macro definition.  In that case, the string is quoted, so skip
+     to the matching delimiter.  We allow the backslash to quote the
+     delimiter characters in the macro body. */
+  /* This code exists to allow whitespace in macro expansions, which
+     would otherwise be gobbled up by the next `for' loop.*/
+  /* XXX - it may be desirable to allow backslash quoting only if " is
+     the quoted string delimiter, like the shell. */
+  if (*funname == '\'' || *funname == '"')
+    {
+      int delimiter, passc;
+
+      delimiter = string[i++];
+      for (passc = 0; c = string[i]; i++)
+	{
+	  if (passc)
+	    {
+	      passc = 0;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (c == '\\')
+	    {
+	      passc = 1;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (c == delimiter)
+	    break;
+	}
+      if (c)
+	i++;
+    }
+
+  /* Advance to the end of the string.  */
+  for (; string[i] && !whitespace (string[i]); i++);
+
+  /* No extra whitespace at the end of the string. */
+  string[i] = '\0';
+
+  /* Handle equivalency bindings here.  Make the left-hand side be exactly
+     whatever the right-hand evaluates to, including keymaps. */
+  if (equivalency)
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a new-style key-binding, then do the binding with
+     rl_bind_keyseq ().  Otherwise, let the older code deal with it. */
+  if (*string == '"')
+    {
+      char *seq;
+      register int j, k, passc;
+
+      seq = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
+      for (j = 1, k = passc = 0; string[j]; j++)
+	{
+	  /* Allow backslash to quote characters, but leave them in place.
+	     This allows a string to end with a backslash quoting another
+	     backslash, or with a backslash quoting a double quote.  The
+	     backslashes are left in place for rl_translate_keyseq (). */
+	  if (passc || (string[j] == '\\'))
+	    {
+	      seq[k++] = string[j];
+	      passc = !passc;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (string[j] == '"')
+	    break;
+
+	  seq[k++] = string[j];
+	}
+      seq[k] = '\0';
+
+      /* Binding macro? */
+      if (*funname == '\'' || *funname == '"')
+	{
+	  j = strlen (funname);
+
+	  /* Remove the delimiting quotes from each end of FUNNAME. */
+	  if (j && funname[j - 1] == *funname)
+	    funname[j - 1] = '\0';
+
+	  rl_macro_bind (seq, &funname[1], _rl_keymap);
+	}
+      else
+	rl_bind_keyseq (seq, rl_named_function (funname));
+
+      free (seq);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Get the actual character we want to deal with. */
+  kname = strrchr (string, '-');
+  if (!kname)
+    kname = string;
+  else
+    kname++;
+
+  key = glean_key_from_name (kname);
+
+  /* Add in control and meta bits. */
+  if (substring_member_of_array (string, _rl_possible_control_prefixes))
+    key = CTRL (_rl_to_upper (key));
+
+  if (substring_member_of_array (string, _rl_possible_meta_prefixes))
+    key = META (key);
+
+  /* Temporary.  Handle old-style keyname with macro-binding. */
+  if (*funname == '\'' || *funname == '"')
+    {
+      char useq[2];
+      int fl = strlen (funname);
+
+      useq[0] = key; useq[1] = '\0';
+      if (fl && funname[fl - 1] == *funname)
+	funname[fl - 1] = '\0';
+
+      rl_macro_bind (useq, &funname[1], _rl_keymap);
+    }
+#if defined (PREFIX_META_HACK)
+  /* Ugly, but working hack to keep prefix-meta around. */
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (funname, "prefix-meta") == 0)
+    {
+      char seq[2];
+
+      seq[0] = key;
+      seq[1] = '\0';
+      rl_generic_bind (ISKMAP, seq, (char *)emacs_meta_keymap, _rl_keymap);
+    }
+#endif /* PREFIX_META_HACK */
+  else
+    rl_bind_key (key, rl_named_function (funname));
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Simple structure for boolean readline variables (i.e., those that can
+   have one of two values; either "On" or 1 for truth, or "Off" or 0 for
+   false. */
+
+#define V_SPECIAL	0x1
+
+static struct {
+  const char *name;
+  int *value;
+  int flags;
+} boolean_varlist [] = {
+  { "bind-tty-special-chars",	&_rl_bind_stty_chars,		0 },
+  { "blink-matching-paren",	&rl_blink_matching_paren,	V_SPECIAL },
+  { "byte-oriented",		&rl_byte_oriented,		0 },
+  { "completion-ignore-case",	&_rl_completion_case_fold,	0 },
+  { "convert-meta",		&_rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii, 0 },
+  { "disable-completion",	&rl_inhibit_completion,		0 },
+  { "enable-keypad",		&_rl_enable_keypad,		0 },
+  { "expand-tilde",		&rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion, 0 },
+  { "history-preserve-point",	&_rl_history_preserve_point,	0 },
+  { "horizontal-scroll-mode",	&_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode,	0 },
+  { "input-meta",		&_rl_meta_flag,			0 },
+  { "mark-directories",		&_rl_complete_mark_directories,	0 },
+  { "mark-modified-lines",	&_rl_mark_modified_lines,	0 },
+  { "mark-symlinked-directories", &_rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs, 0 },
+  { "match-hidden-files",	&_rl_match_hidden_files,	0 },
+  { "meta-flag",		&_rl_meta_flag,			0 },
+  { "output-meta",		&_rl_output_meta_chars,		0 },
+  { "page-completions",		&_rl_page_completions,		0 },
+  { "prefer-visible-bell",	&_rl_prefer_visible_bell,	V_SPECIAL },
+  { "print-completions-horizontally", &_rl_print_completions_horizontally, 0 },
+  { "show-all-if-ambiguous",	&_rl_complete_show_all,		0 },
+  { "show-all-if-unmodified",	&_rl_complete_show_unmodified,	0 },
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+  { "visible-stats",		&rl_visible_stats,		0 },
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+  { (char *)NULL, (int *)NULL }
+};
+
+static int
+find_boolean_var (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; boolean_varlist[i].name; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (name, boolean_varlist[i].name) == 0)
+      return i;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Hooks for handling special boolean variables, where a
+   function needs to be called or another variable needs
+   to be changed when they're changed. */
+static void
+hack_special_boolean_var (i)
+     int i;
+{
+  const char *name;
+
+  name = boolean_varlist[i].name;
+
+  if (_rl_stricmp (name, "blink-matching-paren") == 0)
+    _rl_enable_paren_matching (rl_blink_matching_paren);
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "prefer-visible-bell") == 0)
+    {
+      if (_rl_prefer_visible_bell)
+	_rl_bell_preference = VISIBLE_BELL;
+      else
+	_rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+    }
+}
+
+typedef int _rl_sv_func_t PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* These *must* correspond to the array indices for the appropriate
+   string variable.  (Though they're not used right now.) */
+#define V_BELLSTYLE	0
+#define V_COMBEGIN	1
+#define V_EDITMODE	2
+#define V_ISRCHTERM	3
+#define V_KEYMAP	4
+
+#define	V_STRING	1
+#define V_INT		2
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+static int sv_bell_style PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_combegin PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_compquery PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_editmode PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_isrchterm PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_keymap PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static struct {
+  const char *name;
+  int flags;
+  _rl_sv_func_t *set_func;
+} string_varlist[] = {
+  { "bell-style",	V_STRING,	sv_bell_style },
+  { "comment-begin",	V_STRING,	sv_combegin },
+  { "completion-query-items", V_INT,	sv_compquery },
+  { "editing-mode",	V_STRING,	sv_editmode },
+  { "isearch-terminators", V_STRING,	sv_isrchterm },
+  { "keymap",		V_STRING,	sv_keymap },
+  { (char *)NULL,	0 }
+};
+
+static int
+find_string_var (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; string_varlist[i].name; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (name, string_varlist[i].name) == 0)
+      return i;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* A boolean value that can appear in a `set variable' command is true if
+   the value is null or empty, `on' (case-insenstive), or "1".  Any other
+   values result in 0 (false). */
+static int
+bool_to_int (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  return (value == 0 || *value == '\0' ||
+		(_rl_stricmp (value, "on") == 0) ||
+		(value[0] == '1' && value[1] == '\0'));
+}
+
+char *
+rl_variable_value (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+  int	v;
+  char *ret;
+
+  /* Check for simple variables first. */
+  i = find_boolean_var (name);
+  if (i >= 0)
+    return (*boolean_varlist[i].value ? "on" : "off");
+
+  i = find_string_var (name);
+  if (i >= 0)
+    return (_rl_get_string_variable_value (string_varlist[i].name));
+
+  /* Unknown variable names return NULL. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_variable_bind (name, value)
+     const char *name, *value;
+{
+  register int i;
+  int	v;
+
+  /* Check for simple variables first. */
+  i = find_boolean_var (name);
+  if (i >= 0)
+    {
+      *boolean_varlist[i].value = bool_to_int (value);
+      if (boolean_varlist[i].flags & V_SPECIAL)
+	hack_special_boolean_var (i);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  i = find_string_var (name);
+
+  /* For the time being, unknown variable names or string names without a
+     handler function are simply ignored. */
+  if (i < 0 || string_varlist[i].set_func == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  v = (*string_varlist[i].set_func) (value);
+  return v;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_editmode (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (_rl_strnicmp (value, "vi", 2) == 0)
+    {
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+      _rl_keymap = vi_insertion_keymap;
+      rl_editing_mode = vi_mode;
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (_rl_strnicmp (value, "emacs", 5) == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+      rl_editing_mode = emacs_mode;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_combegin (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_comment_begin);
+      _rl_comment_begin = savestring (value);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_compquery (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  int nval = 100;
+
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      nval = atoi (value);
+      if (nval < 0)
+	nval = 0;
+    }
+  rl_completion_query_items = nval;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_keymap (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  Keymap kmap;
+
+  kmap = rl_get_keymap_by_name (value);
+  if (kmap)
+    {
+      rl_set_keymap (kmap);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_bell_style (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (value == 0 || *value == '\0')
+    _rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (value, "none") == 0 || _rl_stricmp (value, "off") == 0)
+    _rl_bell_preference = NO_BELL;
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (value, "audible") == 0 || _rl_stricmp (value, "on") == 0)
+    _rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (value, "visible") == 0)
+    _rl_bell_preference = VISIBLE_BELL;
+  else
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_isrchterm (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  int beg, end, delim;
+  char *v;
+
+  if (value == 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* Isolate the value and translate it into a character string. */
+  v = savestring (value);
+  FREE (_rl_isearch_terminators);
+  if (v[0] == '"' || v[0] == '\'')
+    {
+      delim = v[0];
+      for (beg = end = 1; v[end] && v[end] != delim; end++)
+	;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (beg = end = 0; whitespace (v[end]) == 0; end++)
+	;
+    }
+
+  v[end] = '\0';
+
+  /* The value starts at v + beg.  Translate it into a character string. */
+  _rl_isearch_terminators = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (v) + 1);
+  rl_translate_keyseq (v + beg, _rl_isearch_terminators, &end);
+  _rl_isearch_terminators[end] = '\0';
+
+  free (v);
+  return 0;
+}
+      
+/* Return the character which matches NAME.
+   For example, `Space' returns ' '. */
+
+typedef struct {
+  const char *name;
+  int value;
+} assoc_list;
+
+static assoc_list name_key_alist[] = {
+  { "DEL", 0x7f },
+  { "ESC", '\033' },
+  { "Escape", '\033' },
+  { "LFD", '\n' },
+  { "Newline", '\n' },
+  { "RET", '\r' },
+  { "Return", '\r' },
+  { "Rubout", 0x7f },
+  { "SPC", ' ' },
+  { "Space", ' ' },
+  { "Tab", 0x09 },
+  { (char *)0x0, 0 }
+};
+
+static int
+glean_key_from_name (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; name_key_alist[i].name; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (name, name_key_alist[i].name) == 0)
+      return (name_key_alist[i].value);
+
+  return (*(unsigned char *)name);	/* XXX was return (*name) */
+}
+
+/* Auxiliary functions to manage keymaps. */
+static struct {
+  const char *name;
+  Keymap map;
+} keymap_names[] = {
+  { "emacs", emacs_standard_keymap },
+  { "emacs-standard", emacs_standard_keymap },
+  { "emacs-meta", emacs_meta_keymap },
+  { "emacs-ctlx", emacs_ctlx_keymap },
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  { "vi", vi_movement_keymap },
+  { "vi-move", vi_movement_keymap },
+  { "vi-command", vi_movement_keymap },
+  { "vi-insert", vi_insertion_keymap },
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+  { (char *)0x0, (Keymap)0x0 }
+};
+
+Keymap
+rl_get_keymap_by_name (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; keymap_names[i].name; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (name, keymap_names[i].name) == 0)
+      return (keymap_names[i].map);
+  return ((Keymap) NULL);
+}
+
+char *
+rl_get_keymap_name (map)
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  register int i;
+  for (i = 0; keymap_names[i].name; i++)
+    if (map == keymap_names[i].map)
+      return ((char *)keymap_names[i].name);
+  return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+  
+void
+rl_set_keymap (map)
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  if (map)
+    _rl_keymap = map;
+}
+
+Keymap
+rl_get_keymap ()
+{
+  return (_rl_keymap);
+}
+
+void
+rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode ()
+{
+  if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+    _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  else if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+    _rl_keymap = vi_insertion_keymap;
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+}
+
+char *
+rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode ()
+{
+  if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+    return "emacs";
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  else if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+    return "vi";
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+  else
+    return "none";
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*		  Key Binding and Function Information		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Each of the following functions produces information about the
+   state of keybindings and functions known to Readline.  The info
+   is always printed to rl_outstream, and in such a way that it can
+   be read back in (i.e., passed to rl_parse_and_bind ()). */
+
+/* Print the names of functions known to Readline. */
+void
+rl_list_funmap_names ()
+{
+  register int i;
+  const char **funmap_names;
+
+  funmap_names = rl_funmap_names ();
+
+  if (!funmap_names)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = 0; funmap_names[i]; i++)
+    fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s\n", funmap_names[i]);
+
+  free (funmap_names);
+}
+
+static char *
+_rl_get_keyname (key)
+     int key;
+{
+  char *keyname;
+  int i, c;
+
+  keyname = (char *)xmalloc (8);
+
+  c = key;
+  /* Since this is going to be used to write out keysequence-function
+     pairs for possible inclusion in an inputrc file, we don't want to
+     do any special meta processing on KEY. */
+
+#if 1
+  /* XXX - Experimental */
+  /* We might want to do this, but the old version of the code did not. */
+
+  /* If this is an escape character, we don't want to do any more processing.
+     Just add the special ESC key sequence and return. */
+  if (c == ESC)
+    {
+      keyname[0] = '\\';
+      keyname[1] = 'e';
+      keyname[2] = '\0';
+      return keyname;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* RUBOUT is translated directly into \C-? */
+  if (key == RUBOUT)
+    {
+      keyname[0] = '\\';
+      keyname[1] = 'C';
+      keyname[2] = '-';
+      keyname[3] = '?';
+      keyname[4] = '\0';
+      return keyname;
+    }
+
+  i = 0;
+  /* Now add special prefixes needed for control characters.  This can
+     potentially change C. */
+  if (CTRL_CHAR (c))
+    {
+      keyname[i++] = '\\';
+      keyname[i++] = 'C';
+      keyname[i++] = '-';
+      c = _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (c));
+    }
+
+  /* XXX experimental code.  Turn the characters that are not ASCII or
+     ISO Latin 1 (128 - 159) into octal escape sequences (\200 - \237).
+     This changes C. */
+  if (c >= 128 && c <= 159)
+    {
+      keyname[i++] = '\\';
+      keyname[i++] = '2';
+      c -= 128;
+      keyname[i++] = (c / 8) + '0';
+      c = (c % 8) + '0';
+    }
+
+  /* Now, if the character needs to be quoted with a backslash, do that. */
+  if (c == '\\' || c == '"')
+    keyname[i++] = '\\';
+
+  /* Now add the key, terminate the string, and return it. */
+  keyname[i++] = (char) c;
+  keyname[i] = '\0';
+
+  return keyname;
+}
+
+/* Return a NULL terminated array of strings which represent the key
+   sequences that are used to invoke FUNCTION in MAP. */
+char **
+rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, map)
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  register int key;
+  char **result;
+  int result_index, result_size;
+
+  result = (char **)NULL;
+  result_index = result_size = 0;
+
+  for (key = 0; key < KEYMAP_SIZE; key++)
+    {
+      switch (map[key].type)
+	{
+	case ISMACR:
+	  /* Macros match, if, and only if, the pointers are identical.
+	     Thus, they are treated exactly like functions in here. */
+	case ISFUNC:
+	  /* If the function in the keymap is the one we are looking for,
+	     then add the current KEY to the list of invoking keys. */
+	  if (map[key].function == function)
+	    {
+	      char *keyname;
+
+	      keyname = _rl_get_keyname (key);
+
+	      if (result_index + 2 > result_size)
+	        {
+	          result_size += 10;
+		  result = (char **)xrealloc (result, result_size * sizeof (char *));
+	        }
+
+	      result[result_index++] = keyname;
+	      result[result_index] = (char *)NULL;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case ISKMAP:
+	  {
+	    char **seqs;
+	    register int i;
+
+	    /* Find the list of keyseqs in this map which have FUNCTION as
+	       their target.  Add the key sequences found to RESULT. */
+	    if (map[key].function)
+	      seqs =
+	        rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key));
+	    else
+	      break;
+
+	    if (seqs == 0)
+	      break;
+
+	    for (i = 0; seqs[i]; i++)
+	      {
+		char *keyname = (char *)xmalloc (6 + strlen (seqs[i]));
+
+		if (key == ESC)
+#if 0
+		  sprintf (keyname, "\\e");
+#else
+		/* XXX - experimental */
+		  sprintf (keyname, "\\M-");
+#endif
+		else if (CTRL_CHAR (key))
+		  sprintf (keyname, "\\C-%c", _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (key)));
+		else if (key == RUBOUT)
+		  sprintf (keyname, "\\C-?");
+		else if (key == '\\' || key == '"')
+		  {
+		    keyname[0] = '\\';
+		    keyname[1] = (char) key;
+		    keyname[2] = '\0';
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    keyname[0] = (char) key;
+		    keyname[1] = '\0';
+		  }
+		
+		strcat (keyname, seqs[i]);
+		free (seqs[i]);
+
+		if (result_index + 2 > result_size)
+		  {
+		    result_size += 10;
+		    result = (char **)xrealloc (result, result_size * sizeof (char *));
+		  }
+
+		result[result_index++] = keyname;
+		result[result_index] = (char *)NULL;
+	      }
+
+	    free (seqs);
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return a NULL terminated array of strings which represent the key
+   sequences that can be used to invoke FUNCTION using the current keymap. */
+char **
+rl_invoking_keyseqs (function)
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+{
+  return (rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Print all of the functions and their bindings to rl_outstream.  If
+   PRINT_READABLY is non-zero, then print the output in such a way
+   that it can be read back in. */
+void
+rl_function_dumper (print_readably)
+     int print_readably;
+{
+  register int i;
+  const char **names;
+  const char *name;
+
+  names = rl_funmap_names ();
+
+  fprintf (rl_outstream, "\n");
+
+  for (i = 0; name = names[i]; i++)
+    {
+      rl_command_func_t *function;
+      char **invokers;
+
+      function = rl_named_function (name);
+      invokers = rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, _rl_keymap);
+
+      if (print_readably)
+	{
+	  if (!invokers)
+	    fprintf (rl_outstream, "# %s (not bound)\n", name);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      register int j;
+
+	      for (j = 0; invokers[j]; j++)
+		{
+		  fprintf (rl_outstream, "\"%s\": %s\n",
+			   invokers[j], name);
+		  free (invokers[j]);
+		}
+
+	      free (invokers);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (!invokers)
+	    fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s is not bound to any keys\n",
+		     name);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      register int j;
+
+	      fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s can be found on ", name);
+
+	      for (j = 0; invokers[j] && j < 5; j++)
+		{
+		  fprintf (rl_outstream, "\"%s\"%s", invokers[j],
+			   invokers[j + 1] ? ", " : ".\n");
+		}
+
+	      if (j == 5 && invokers[j])
+		fprintf (rl_outstream, "...\n");
+
+	      for (j = 0; invokers[j]; j++)
+		free (invokers[j]);
+
+	      free (invokers);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print all of the current functions and their bindings to
+   rl_outstream.  If an explicit argument is given, then print
+   the output in such a way that it can be read back in. */
+int
+rl_dump_functions (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_dispatching)
+    fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r\n");
+  rl_function_dumper (rl_explicit_arg);
+  rl_on_new_line ();
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_macro_dumper_internal (print_readably, map, prefix)
+     int print_readably;
+     Keymap map;
+     char *prefix;
+{
+  register int key;
+  char *keyname, *out;
+  int prefix_len;
+
+  for (key = 0; key < KEYMAP_SIZE; key++)
+    {
+      switch (map[key].type)
+	{
+	case ISMACR:
+	  keyname = _rl_get_keyname (key);
+	  out = _rl_untranslate_macro_value ((char *)map[key].function);
+
+	  if (print_readably)
+	    fprintf (rl_outstream, "\"%s%s\": \"%s\"\n", prefix ? prefix : "",
+						         keyname,
+						         out ? out : "");
+	  else
+	    fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s%s outputs %s\n", prefix ? prefix : "",
+							keyname,
+							out ? out : "");
+	  free (keyname);
+	  free (out);
+	  break;
+	case ISFUNC:
+	  break;
+	case ISKMAP:
+	  prefix_len = prefix ? strlen (prefix) : 0;
+	  if (key == ESC)
+	    {
+	      keyname = (char *)xmalloc (3 + prefix_len);
+	      if (prefix)
+		strcpy (keyname, prefix);
+	      keyname[prefix_len] = '\\';
+	      keyname[prefix_len + 1] = 'e';
+	      keyname[prefix_len + 2] = '\0';
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      keyname = _rl_get_keyname (key);
+	      if (prefix)
+		{
+		  out = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (keyname) + prefix_len + 1);
+		  strcpy (out, prefix);
+		  strcpy (out + prefix_len, keyname);
+		  free (keyname);
+		  keyname = out;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  _rl_macro_dumper_internal (print_readably, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key), keyname);
+	  free (keyname);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+rl_macro_dumper (print_readably)
+     int print_readably;
+{
+  _rl_macro_dumper_internal (print_readably, _rl_keymap, (char *)NULL);
+}
+
+int
+rl_dump_macros (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_dispatching)
+    fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r\n");
+  rl_macro_dumper (rl_explicit_arg);
+  rl_on_new_line ();
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static char *
+_rl_get_string_variable_value (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  static char numbuf[32];
+  char *ret;
+  int n;
+
+  if (_rl_stricmp (name, "bell-style") == 0)
+    {
+      switch (_rl_bell_preference)
+	{
+	  case NO_BELL:
+	    return "none";
+	  case VISIBLE_BELL:
+	    return "visible";
+	  case AUDIBLE_BELL:
+	  default:
+	    return "audible";
+	}
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "comment-begin") == 0)
+    return (_rl_comment_begin ? _rl_comment_begin : RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT);
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "completion-query-items") == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (numbuf, "%d", rl_completion_query_items);
+      return (numbuf);
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "editing-mode") == 0)
+    return (rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode ());
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "isearch-terminators") == 0)
+    {
+      if (_rl_isearch_terminators == 0)
+	return 0;
+      ret = _rl_untranslate_macro_value (_rl_isearch_terminators);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  strncpy (numbuf, ret, sizeof (numbuf) - 1);
+	  free (ret);
+	  numbuf[sizeof(numbuf) - 1] = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	numbuf[0] = '\0';
+      return numbuf;
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "keymap") == 0)
+    {
+      ret = rl_get_keymap_name (_rl_keymap);
+      if (ret == 0)
+	ret = rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode ();
+      return (ret ? ret : "none");
+    }
+  else
+    return (0);
+}
+
+void
+rl_variable_dumper (print_readably)
+     int print_readably;
+{
+  int i;
+  char *v;
+
+  for (i = 0; boolean_varlist[i].name; i++)
+    {
+      if (print_readably)
+        fprintf (rl_outstream, "set %s %s\n", boolean_varlist[i].name,
+			       *boolean_varlist[i].value ? "on" : "off");
+      else
+        fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s is set to `%s'\n", boolean_varlist[i].name,
+			       *boolean_varlist[i].value ? "on" : "off");
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0; string_varlist[i].name; i++)
+    {
+      v = _rl_get_string_variable_value (string_varlist[i].name);
+      if (v == 0)	/* _rl_isearch_terminators can be NULL */
+	continue;
+      if (print_readably)
+        fprintf (rl_outstream, "set %s %s\n", string_varlist[i].name, v);
+      else
+        fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s is set to `%s'\n", string_varlist[i].name, v);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print all of the current variables and their values to
+   rl_outstream.  If an explicit argument is given, then print
+   the output in such a way that it can be read back in. */
+int
+rl_dump_variables (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_dispatching)
+    fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r\n");
+  rl_variable_dumper (rl_explicit_arg);
+  rl_on_new_line ();
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if any members of ARRAY are a substring in STRING. */
+static int
+substring_member_of_array (string, array)
+     char *string;
+     const char **array;
+{
+  while (*array)
+    {
+      if (_rl_strindex (string, *array))
+	return (1);
+      array++;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/callback.c b/lib/readline/callback.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9120969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/callback.c
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/* callback.c -- functions to use readline as an X `callback' mechanism. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+/* Private data for callback registration functions.  See comments in
+   rl_callback_read_char for more details. */
+_rl_callback_func_t *_rl_callback_func = 0;
+_rl_callback_generic_arg *_rl_callback_data = 0;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Callback Readline Functions		 */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Allow using readline in situations where a program may have multiple
+   things to handle at once, and dispatches them via select().  Call
+   rl_callback_handler_install() with the prompt and a function to call
+   whenever a complete line of input is ready.  The user must then
+   call rl_callback_read_char() every time some input is available, and 
+   rl_callback_read_char() will call the user's function with the complete
+   text read in at each end of line.  The terminal is kept prepped and
+   signals handled all the time, except during calls to the user's function. */
+
+rl_vcpfunc_t *rl_linefunc;		/* user callback function */
+static int in_handler;		/* terminal_prepped and signals set? */
+
+/* Make sure the terminal is set up, initialize readline, and prompt. */
+static void
+_rl_callback_newline ()
+{
+  rl_initialize ();
+
+  if (in_handler == 0)
+    {
+      in_handler = 1;
+
+      if (rl_prep_term_function)
+	(*rl_prep_term_function) (_rl_meta_flag);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+      rl_set_signals ();
+#endif
+    }
+
+  readline_internal_setup ();
+}
+
+/* Install a readline handler, set up the terminal, and issue the prompt. */
+void
+rl_callback_handler_install (prompt, linefunc)
+     const char *prompt;
+     rl_vcpfunc_t *linefunc;
+{
+  rl_set_prompt (prompt);
+  RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK);
+  rl_linefunc = linefunc;
+  _rl_callback_newline ();
+}
+
+/* Read one character, and dispatch to the handler if it ends the line. */
+void
+rl_callback_read_char ()
+{
+  char *line;
+  int eof, jcode;
+  static procenv_t olevel;
+
+  if (rl_linefunc == NULL)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "readline: readline_callback_read_char() called with no handler!\r\n");
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  memcpy ((void *)olevel, (void *)readline_top_level, sizeof (procenv_t));
+  jcode = setjmp (readline_top_level);
+  if (jcode)
+    {
+      (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+      _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+      memcpy ((void *)readline_top_level, (void *)olevel, sizeof (procenv_t));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if  (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_ISEARCH))
+    {
+      eof = _rl_isearch_callback (_rl_iscxt);
+      if (eof == 0 && (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_ISEARCH) == 0) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING))
+	rl_callback_read_char ();
+
+      return;
+    }
+  else if  (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NSEARCH))
+    {
+      eof = _rl_nsearch_callback (_rl_nscxt);
+      return;
+    }
+  else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG))
+    {
+      eof = _rl_arg_callback (_rl_argcxt);
+      if (eof == 0 && (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG) == 0) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING))
+	rl_callback_read_char ();
+      /* XXX - this should handle _rl_last_command_was_kill better */
+      else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG) == 0)
+	_rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+
+      return;
+    }
+  else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY))
+    {
+      eof = _rl_dispatch_callback (_rl_kscxt);	/* For now */
+      while ((eof == -1 || eof == -2) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY) && _rl_kscxt && (_rl_kscxt->flags & KSEQ_DISPATCHED))
+	eof = _rl_dispatch_callback (_rl_kscxt);
+      if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY) == 0)
+	{
+	  _rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+	  _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (_rl_callback_func)
+    {
+      /* This allows functions that simply need to read an additional character
+	 (like quoted-insert) to register a function to be called when input is
+	 available.  _rl_callback_data is simply a pointer to a struct that has
+	 the argument count originally passed to the registering function and
+	 space for any additional parameters.  */
+      eof = (*_rl_callback_func) (_rl_callback_data);
+      /* If the function `deregisters' itself, make sure the data is cleaned
+	 up. */
+      if (_rl_callback_func == 0)
+	{
+	  if (_rl_callback_data) 	
+	    {
+	      _rl_callback_data_dispose (_rl_callback_data);
+	      _rl_callback_data = 0;
+	    }
+	  _rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    eof = readline_internal_char ();
+
+  if (rl_done == 0 && _rl_want_redisplay)
+    {
+      (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+      _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We loop in case some function has pushed input back with rl_execute_next. */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (rl_done)
+	{
+	  line = readline_internal_teardown (eof);
+
+	  if (rl_deprep_term_function)
+	    (*rl_deprep_term_function) ();
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+	  rl_clear_signals ();
+#endif
+	  in_handler = 0;
+	  (*rl_linefunc) (line);
+
+	  /* If the user did not clear out the line, do it for him. */
+	  if (rl_line_buffer[0])
+	    _rl_init_line_state ();
+
+	  /* Redisplay the prompt if readline_handler_{install,remove}
+	     not called. */
+	  if (in_handler == 0 && rl_linefunc)
+	    _rl_callback_newline ();
+	}
+      if (rl_pending_input || _rl_pushed_input_available () || RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACROINPUT))
+	eof = readline_internal_char ();
+      else
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Remove the handler, and make sure the terminal is in its normal state. */
+void
+rl_callback_handler_remove ()
+{
+  rl_linefunc = NULL;
+  RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK);
+  if (in_handler)
+    {
+      in_handler = 0;
+      if (rl_deprep_term_function)
+	(*rl_deprep_term_function) ();
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+      rl_clear_signals ();
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+_rl_callback_generic_arg *
+_rl_callback_data_alloc (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  _rl_callback_generic_arg *arg;
+
+  arg = (_rl_callback_generic_arg *)xmalloc (sizeof (_rl_callback_generic_arg));
+  arg->count = count;
+
+  arg->i1 = arg->i2 = 0;
+
+  return arg;
+}
+
+void _rl_callback_data_dispose (arg)
+     _rl_callback_generic_arg *arg;
+{
+  if (arg)
+    free (arg);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readline/chardefs.h b/lib/readline/chardefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..def3a11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/chardefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/* chardefs.h -- Character definitions for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifndef _CHARDEFS_H_
+#define _CHARDEFS_H_
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#    if ! defined (STDC_HEADERS) && defined (HAVE_MEMORY_H)
+#      include <memory.h>
+#    endif
+#    include <string.h>
+#  endif /* HAVE_STRING_H */
+#  if defined (HAVE_STRINGS_H)
+#    include <strings.h>
+#  endif /* HAVE_STRINGS_H */
+#else
+#  include <string.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#ifndef whitespace
+#define whitespace(c) (((c) == ' ') || ((c) == '\t'))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CTRL
+#  undef CTRL
+#endif
+#ifdef UNCTRL
+#  undef UNCTRL
+#endif
+
+/* Some character stuff. */
+#define control_character_threshold 0x020   /* Smaller than this is control. */
+#define control_character_mask 0x1f	    /* 0x20 - 1 */
+#define meta_character_threshold 0x07f	    /* Larger than this is Meta. */
+#define control_character_bit 0x40	    /* 0x000000, must be off. */
+#define meta_character_bit 0x080	    /* x0000000, must be on. */
+#define largest_char 255		    /* Largest character value. */
+
+#define CTRL_CHAR(c) ((c) < control_character_threshold && (((c) & 0x80) == 0))
+#define META_CHAR(c) ((c) > meta_character_threshold && (c) <= largest_char)
+
+#define CTRL(c) ((c) & control_character_mask)
+#define META(c) ((c) | meta_character_bit)
+
+#define UNMETA(c) ((c) & (~meta_character_bit))
+#define UNCTRL(c) _rl_to_upper(((c)|control_character_bit))
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (isxdigit) && !defined (HAVE_ISXDIGIT)
+#  define isxdigit(c)   (isdigit((c)) || ((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'f') || ((c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'F'))
+#endif
+
+#if defined (CTYPE_NON_ASCII)
+#  define NON_NEGATIVE(c) 1
+#else
+#  define NON_NEGATIVE(c) ((unsigned char)(c) == (c))
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems define these; we want our definitions. */
+#undef ISPRINT
+
+/* Beware:  these only work with single-byte ASCII characters. */
+
+#define ISALNUM(c)	(IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalnum (c))
+#define ISALPHA(c)	(IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalpha (c))
+#define ISDIGIT(c)	(IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isdigit (c))
+#define ISLOWER(c)	(IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower (c))
+#define ISPRINT(c)	(IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISUPPER(c)	(IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
+#define ISXDIGIT(c)	(IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isxdigit (c))
+
+#define _rl_lowercase_p(c)	(NON_NEGATIVE(c) && ISLOWER(c))
+#define _rl_uppercase_p(c)	(NON_NEGATIVE(c) && ISUPPER(c))
+#define _rl_digit_p(c)		((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9')
+
+#define _rl_pure_alphabetic(c)	(NON_NEGATIVE(c) && ISALPHA(c))
+#define ALPHABETIC(c)		(NON_NEGATIVE(c) && ISALNUM(c))
+
+#ifndef _rl_to_upper
+#  define _rl_to_upper(c) (_rl_lowercase_p(c) ? toupper((unsigned char)c) : (c))
+#  define _rl_to_lower(c) (_rl_uppercase_p(c) ? tolower((unsigned char)c) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _rl_digit_value
+#  define _rl_digit_value(x) ((x) - '0')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _rl_isident
+#  define _rl_isident(c) (ISALNUM(c) || (c) == '_')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISOCTAL
+#  define ISOCTAL(c)	((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '7')
+#endif
+#define OCTVALUE(c)	((c) - '0')
+
+#define HEXVALUE(c) \
+  (((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'f') \
+  	? (c)-'a'+10 \
+  	: (c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'F' ? (c)-'A'+10 : (c)-'0')
+
+#ifndef NEWLINE
+#define NEWLINE '\n'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RETURN
+#define RETURN CTRL('M')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RUBOUT
+#define RUBOUT 0x7f
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TAB
+#define TAB '\t'
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ABORT_CHAR
+#undef ABORT_CHAR
+#endif
+#define ABORT_CHAR CTRL('G')
+
+#ifdef PAGE
+#undef PAGE
+#endif
+#define PAGE CTRL('L')
+
+#ifdef SPACE
+#undef SPACE
+#endif
+#define SPACE ' '	/* XXX - was 0x20 */
+
+#ifdef ESC
+#undef ESC
+#endif
+#define ESC CTRL('[')
+
+#endif  /* _CHARDEFS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/compat.c b/lib/readline/compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a66d210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* compat.c -- backwards compatibility functions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+#include "rltypedefs.h"
+
+extern void rl_free_undo_list PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_save_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_unsave_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_replace_line PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int rl_crlf PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_ding PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_alphabetic PARAMS((int));
+
+extern char **rl_completion_matches PARAMS((const char *, rl_compentry_func_t *));
+extern char *rl_username_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern char *rl_filename_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+/* Provide backwards-compatible entry points for old function names. */
+
+void
+free_undo_list ()
+{
+  rl_free_undo_list ();
+}
+
+int
+maybe_replace_line ()
+{
+  return rl_maybe_replace_line ();
+}
+
+int
+maybe_save_line ()
+{
+  return rl_maybe_save_line ();
+}
+
+int
+maybe_unsave_line ()
+{
+  return rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+}
+
+int
+ding ()
+{
+  return rl_ding ();
+}
+
+int
+crlf ()
+{
+  return rl_crlf ();
+}
+
+int
+alphabetic (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  return rl_alphabetic (c);
+}
+
+char **
+completion_matches (s, f)
+     const char *s;
+     rl_compentry_func_t *f;
+{
+  return rl_completion_matches (s, f);
+}
+
+char *
+username_completion_function (s, i)
+     const char *s;
+     int i;
+{
+  return rl_username_completion_function (s, i);
+}
+
+char *
+filename_completion_function (s, i)
+     const char *s;
+     int i;
+{
+  return rl_filename_completion_function (s, i);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/complete.c b/lib/readline/complete.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d93c15a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/complete.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2211 @@
+/* complete.c -- filename completion for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+#include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "posixdir.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+typedef int QSFUNC (const void *, const void *);
+#else
+typedef int QSFUNC ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LSTAT
+#  define LSTAT lstat
+#else
+#  define LSTAT stat
+#endif
+
+/* Unix version of a hidden file.  Could be different on other systems. */
+#define HIDDEN_FILE(fname)	((fname)[0] == '.')
+
+/* Most systems don't declare getpwent in <pwd.h> if _POSIX_SOURCE is
+   defined. */
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT) && (!defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS) || defined (_POSIX_SOURCE))
+extern struct passwd *getpwent PARAMS((void));
+#endif /* HAVE_GETPWENT && (!HAVE_GETPW_DECLS || _POSIX_SOURCE) */
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+   completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+   This function is called instead of actually doing the display.
+   It takes three arguments: (char **matches, int num_matches, int max_length)
+   where MATCHES is the array of strings that matched, NUM_MATCHES is the
+   number of strings in that array, and MAX_LENGTH is the length of the
+   longest string in that array. */
+rl_compdisp_func_t *rl_completion_display_matches_hook = (rl_compdisp_func_t *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+#  if !defined (X_OK)
+#    define X_OK 1
+#  endif
+static int stat_char PARAMS((char *));
+#endif
+
+static int path_isdir PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static char *rl_quote_filename PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+
+static void set_completion_defaults PARAMS((int));
+static int get_y_or_n PARAMS((int));
+static int _rl_internal_pager PARAMS((int));
+static char *printable_part PARAMS((char *));
+static int fnwidth PARAMS((const char *));
+static int fnprint PARAMS((const char *));
+static int print_filename PARAMS((char *, char *));
+
+static char **gen_completion_matches PARAMS((char *, int, int, rl_compentry_func_t *, int, int));
+
+static char **remove_duplicate_matches PARAMS((char **));
+static void insert_match PARAMS((char *, int, int, char *));
+static int append_to_match PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
+static void insert_all_matches PARAMS((char **, int, char *));
+static void display_matches PARAMS((char **));
+static int compute_lcd_of_matches PARAMS((char **, int, const char *));
+static int postprocess_matches PARAMS((char ***, int));
+
+static char *make_quoted_replacement PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*	Completion matching, from readline's point of view.	    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Variables known only to the readline library. */
+
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions always show the list of matches. */
+int _rl_complete_show_all = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions show the list of matches, unless it
+   is not possible to do partial completion and modify the line. */
+int _rl_complete_show_unmodified = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, completed directory names have a slash appended. */
+int _rl_complete_mark_directories = 1;
+
+/* If non-zero, the symlinked directory completion behavior introduced in
+   readline-4.2a is disabled, and symlinks that point to directories have
+   a slash appended (subject to the value of _rl_complete_mark_directories).
+   This is user-settable via the mark-symlinked-directories variable. */
+int _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, completions are printed horizontally in alphabetical order,
+   like `ls -x'. */
+int _rl_print_completions_horizontally;
+
+/* Non-zero means that case is not significant in filename completion. */
+#if defined (__MSDOS__) && !defined (__DJGPP__)
+int _rl_completion_case_fold = 1;
+#else
+int _rl_completion_case_fold;
+#endif
+
+/* If non-zero, don't match hidden files (filenames beginning with a `.' on
+   Unix) when doing filename completion. */
+int _rl_match_hidden_files = 1;
+
+/* Global variables available to applications using readline. */
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+/* Non-zero means add an additional character to each filename displayed
+   during listing completion iff rl_filename_completion_desired which helps
+   to indicate the type of file being listed. */
+int rl_visible_stats = 0;
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+   completing on a directory name.  The function is called with
+   the address of a string (the current directory name) as an arg. */
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_completion_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_rewrite_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means readline completion functions perform tilde expansion. */
+int rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion = 0;
+
+/* Pointer to the generator function for completion_matches ().
+   NULL means to use rl_filename_completion_function (), the default filename
+   completer. */
+rl_compentry_func_t *rl_completion_entry_function = (rl_compentry_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Pointer to alternative function to create matches.
+   Function is called with TEXT, START, and END.
+   START and END are indices in RL_LINE_BUFFER saying what the boundaries
+   of TEXT are.
+   If this function exists and returns NULL then call the value of
+   rl_completion_entry_function to try to match, otherwise use the
+   array of strings returned. */
+rl_completion_func_t *rl_attempted_completion_function = (rl_completion_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means to suppress normal filename completion after the
+   user-specified completion function has been called. */
+int rl_attempted_completion_over = 0;
+
+/* Set to a character indicating the type of completion being performed
+   by rl_complete_internal, available for use by application completion
+   functions. */
+int rl_completion_type = 0;
+
+/* Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+   possible-completions call.  After that, we ask the user if
+   she is sure she wants to see them all.  A negative value means
+   don't ask. */
+int rl_completion_query_items = 100;
+
+int _rl_page_completions = 1;
+
+/* The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+   completer routine.  The contents of this variable is what breaks words
+   in the shell, i.e. " \t\n\"\\'`@$><=" */
+const char *rl_basic_word_break_characters = " \t\n\"\\'`@$><=;|&{("; /* }) */
+
+/* List of basic quoting characters. */
+const char *rl_basic_quote_characters = "\"'";
+
+/* The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+   rl_complete_internal.  The default list is the contents of
+   rl_basic_word_break_characters.  */
+/*const*/ char *rl_completer_word_break_characters = (/*const*/ char *)NULL;
+
+/* Hook function to allow an application to set the completion word
+   break characters before readline breaks up the line.  Allows
+   position-dependent word break characters. */
+rl_cpvfunc_t *rl_completion_word_break_hook = (rl_cpvfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+   Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
+   rl_completer_word_break_characters are treated as any other character,
+   unless they also appear within this list. */
+const char *rl_completer_quote_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters that should be quoted in filenames by the completer. */
+const char *rl_filename_quote_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters that are word break characters, but should be left
+   in TEXT when it is passed to the completion function.  The shell uses
+   this to help determine what kind of completing to do. */
+const char *rl_special_prefixes = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, then disallow duplicates in the matches. */
+int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated
+   as filenames.  This is ALWAYS zero on entry, and can only be changed
+   within a completion entry finder function. */
+int rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+   double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+   filename contains any characters in rl_filename_quote_chars.  This is
+   ALWAYS non-zero on entry, and can only be changed within a completion
+   entry finder function. */
+int rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
+
+/* This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real
+   filename completion is done, after all the matching names have been
+   generated. It is passed a (char**) known as matches in the code below.
+   It consists of a NULL-terminated array of pointers to potential
+   matching strings.  The 1st element (matches[0]) is the maximal
+   substring that is common to all matches. This function can re-arrange
+   the list of matches as required, but all elements of the array must be
+   free()'d if they are deleted. The main intent of this function is
+   to implement FIGNORE a la SunOS csh. */
+rl_compignore_func_t *rl_ignore_some_completions_function = (rl_compignore_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Set to a function to quote a filename in an application-specific fashion.
+   Called with the text to quote, the type of match found (single or multiple)
+   and a pointer to the quoting character to be used, which the function can
+   reset if desired. */
+rl_quote_func_t *rl_filename_quoting_function = rl_quote_filename;
+         
+/* Function to call to remove quoting characters from a filename.  Called
+   before completion is attempted, so the embedded quotes do not interfere
+   with matching names in the file system.  Readline doesn't do anything
+   with this; it's set only by applications. */
+rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_dequoting_function = (rl_dequote_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Function to call to decide whether or not a word break character is
+   quoted.  If a character is quoted, it does not break words for the
+   completer. */
+rl_linebuf_func_t *rl_char_is_quoted_p = (rl_linebuf_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append anything except a
+   possible closing quote.  This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and
+   may be changed by an application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_append = 0;
+
+/* Character appended to completed words when at the end of the line.  The
+   default is a space. */
+int rl_completion_append_character = ' ';
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append any closing quote.
+   This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and may be changed by an
+   application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+
+/* Set to any quote character readline thinks it finds before any application
+   completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_quote_character;
+
+/* Set to a non-zero value if readline found quoting anywhere in the word to
+   be completed; set before any application completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_found_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+   symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+   mark-directories variable (which is user-settable).  This exists so
+   that application completion functions can override the user's preference
+   (set via the mark-symlinked-directories variable) if appropriate.
+   It's set to the value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs in
+   rl_complete_internal before any application-specific completion
+   function is called, so without that function doing anything, the user's
+   preferences are honored. */
+int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs;
+
+/* If non-zero, inhibit completion (temporarily). */
+int rl_inhibit_completion;
+
+/* Variables local to this file. */
+
+/* Local variable states what happened during the last completion attempt. */
+static int completion_changed_buffer;
+
+/*************************************/
+/*				     */
+/*    Bindable completion functions  */
+/*				     */
+/*************************************/
+
+/* Complete the word at or before point.  You have supplied the function
+   that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+   rl_completion_matches ()).  The default is to do filename completion. */
+int
+rl_complete (ignore, invoking_key)
+     int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+  if (rl_inhibit_completion)
+    return (_rl_insert_char (ignore, invoking_key));
+  else if (rl_last_func == rl_complete && !completion_changed_buffer)
+    return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
+  else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
+    return (rl_complete_internal ('!'));
+  else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+    return (rl_complete_internal ('@'));
+  else
+    return (rl_complete_internal (TAB));
+}
+
+/* List the possible completions.  See description of rl_complete (). */
+int
+rl_possible_completions (ignore, invoking_key)
+     int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+  return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
+}
+
+int
+rl_insert_completions (ignore, invoking_key)
+     int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+  return (rl_complete_internal ('*'));
+}
+
+/* Return the correct value to pass to rl_complete_internal performing
+   the same tests as rl_complete.  This allows consecutive calls to an
+   application's completion function to list possible completions and for
+   an application-specific completion function to honor the
+   show-all-if-ambiguous readline variable. */
+int
+rl_completion_mode (cfunc)
+     rl_command_func_t *cfunc;
+{
+  if (rl_last_func == cfunc && !completion_changed_buffer)
+    return '?';
+  else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
+    return '!';
+  else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+    return '@';
+  else
+    return TAB;
+}
+
+/************************************/
+/*				    */
+/*    Completion utility functions  */
+/*				    */
+/************************************/
+
+/* Set default values for readline word completion.  These are the variables
+   that application completion functions can change or inspect. */
+static void
+set_completion_defaults (what_to_do)
+     int what_to_do;
+{
+  /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+  rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+  rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
+  rl_completion_type = what_to_do;
+  rl_completion_suppress_append = rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+
+  /* The completion entry function may optionally change this. */
+  rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs = _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs;
+}
+
+/* The user must press "y" or "n". Non-zero return means "y" pressed. */
+static int
+get_y_or_n (for_pager)
+     int for_pager;
+{
+  int c;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+      c = rl_read_key ();
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+      if (c == 'y' || c == 'Y' || c == ' ')
+	return (1);
+      if (c == 'n' || c == 'N' || c == RUBOUT)
+	return (0);
+      if (c == ABORT_CHAR)
+	_rl_abort_internal ();
+      if (for_pager && (c == NEWLINE || c == RETURN))
+	return (2);
+      if (for_pager && (c == 'q' || c == 'Q'))
+	return (0);
+      rl_ding ();
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_internal_pager (lines)
+     int lines;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  fprintf (rl_outstream, "--More--");
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+  i = get_y_or_n (1);
+  _rl_erase_entire_line ();
+  if (i == 0)
+    return -1;
+  else if (i == 2)
+    return (lines - 1);
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+path_isdir (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  struct stat finfo;
+
+  return (stat (filename, &finfo) == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode));
+}
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+/* Return the character which best describes FILENAME.
+     `@' for symbolic links
+     `/' for directories
+     `*' for executables
+     `=' for sockets
+     `|' for FIFOs
+     `%' for character special devices
+     `#' for block special devices */
+static int
+stat_char (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  struct stat finfo;
+  int character, r;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT) && defined (S_ISLNK)
+  r = lstat (filename, &finfo);
+#else
+  r = stat (filename, &finfo);
+#endif
+
+  if (r == -1)
+    return (0);
+
+  character = 0;
+  if (S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '/';
+#if defined (S_ISCHR)
+  else if (S_ISCHR (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '%';
+#endif /* S_ISCHR */
+#if defined (S_ISBLK)
+  else if (S_ISBLK (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '#';
+#endif /* S_ISBLK */
+#if defined (S_ISLNK)
+  else if (S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '@';
+#endif /* S_ISLNK */
+#if defined (S_ISSOCK)
+  else if (S_ISSOCK (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '=';
+#endif /* S_ISSOCK */
+#if defined (S_ISFIFO)
+  else if (S_ISFIFO (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '|';
+#endif
+  else if (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode))
+    {
+      if (access (filename, X_OK) == 0)
+	character = '*';
+    }
+  return (character);
+}
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+/* Return the portion of PATHNAME that should be output when listing
+   possible completions.  If we are hacking filename completion, we
+   are only interested in the basename, the portion following the
+   final slash.  Otherwise, we return what we were passed.  Since
+   printing empty strings is not very informative, if we're doing
+   filename completion, and the basename is the empty string, we look
+   for the previous slash and return the portion following that.  If
+   there's no previous slash, we just return what we were passed. */
+static char *
+printable_part (pathname)
+      char *pathname;
+{
+  char *temp, *x;
+
+  if (rl_filename_completion_desired == 0)	/* don't need to do anything */
+    return (pathname);
+
+  temp = strrchr (pathname, '/');
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+  if (temp == 0 && ISALPHA ((unsigned char)pathname[0]) && pathname[1] == ':')
+    temp = pathname + 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
+    return (pathname);
+  /* If the basename is NULL, we might have a pathname like '/usr/src/'.
+     Look for a previous slash and, if one is found, return the portion
+     following that slash.  If there's no previous slash, just return the
+     pathname we were passed. */
+  else if (temp[1] == '\0')
+    {
+      for (x = temp - 1; x > pathname; x--)
+        if (*x == '/')
+          break;
+      return ((*x == '/') ? x + 1 : pathname);
+    }
+  else
+    return ++temp;
+}
+
+/* Compute width of STRING when displayed on screen by print_filename */
+static int
+fnwidth (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  int width, pos;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  int left, w;
+  size_t clen;
+  wchar_t wc;
+
+  left = strlen (string) + 1;
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+  width = pos = 0;
+  while (string[pos])
+    {
+      if (CTRL_CHAR (*string) || *string == RUBOUT)
+	{
+	  width += 2;
+	  pos++;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  clen = mbrtowc (&wc, string + pos, left - pos, &ps);
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (clen))
+	    {
+	      width++;
+	      pos++;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	    }
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (clen))
+	    break;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      pos += clen;
+	      w = wcwidth (wc);
+	      width += (w >= 0) ? w : 1;
+	    }
+#else
+	  width++;
+	  pos++;
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+  return width;
+}
+
+static int
+fnprint (to_print)
+     const char *to_print;
+{
+  int printed_len;
+  const char *s;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  const char *end;
+  size_t tlen;
+  int width, w;
+  wchar_t wc;
+
+  end = to_print + strlen (to_print) + 1;
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+  printed_len = 0;
+  s = to_print;
+  while (*s)
+    {
+      if (CTRL_CHAR (*s))
+        {
+          putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+          putc (UNCTRL (*s), rl_outstream);
+          printed_len += 2;
+          s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+        }
+      else if (*s == RUBOUT)
+	{
+	  putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+	  putc ('?', rl_outstream);
+	  printed_len += 2;
+	  s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  tlen = mbrtowc (&wc, s, end - s, &ps);
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (tlen))
+	    {
+	      tlen = 1;
+	      width = 1;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	    }
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (tlen))
+	    break;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      w = wcwidth (wc);
+	      width = (w >= 0) ? w : 1;
+	    }
+	  fwrite (s, 1, tlen, rl_outstream);
+	  s += tlen;
+	  printed_len += width;
+#else
+	  putc (*s, rl_outstream);
+	  s++;
+	  printed_len++;
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+  return printed_len;
+}
+
+/* Output TO_PRINT to rl_outstream.  If VISIBLE_STATS is defined and we
+   are using it, check for and output a single character for `special'
+   filenames.  Return the number of characters we output. */
+
+static int
+print_filename (to_print, full_pathname)
+     char *to_print, *full_pathname;
+{
+  int printed_len, extension_char, slen, tlen;
+  char *s, c, *new_full_pathname, *dn;
+
+  extension_char = 0;
+  printed_len = fnprint (to_print);
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired && (rl_visible_stats || _rl_complete_mark_directories))
+#else
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired && _rl_complete_mark_directories)
+#endif
+    {
+      /* If to_print != full_pathname, to_print is the basename of the
+	 path passed.  In this case, we try to expand the directory
+	 name before checking for the stat character. */
+      if (to_print != full_pathname)
+	{
+	  /* Terminate the directory name. */
+	  c = to_print[-1];
+	  to_print[-1] = '\0';
+
+	  /* If setting the last slash in full_pathname to a NUL results in
+	     full_pathname being the empty string, we are trying to complete
+	     files in the root directory.  If we pass a null string to the
+	     bash directory completion hook, for example, it will expand it
+	     to the current directory.  We just want the `/'. */
+	  if (full_pathname == 0 || *full_pathname == 0)
+	    dn = "/";
+	  else if (full_pathname[0] != '/')
+	    dn = full_pathname;
+	  else if (full_pathname[1] == 0)
+	    dn = "//";		/* restore trailing slash to `//' */
+	  else if (full_pathname[1] == '/' && full_pathname[2] == 0)
+	    dn = "/";		/* don't turn /// into // */
+	  else
+	    dn = full_pathname;
+	  s = tilde_expand (dn);
+	  if (rl_directory_completion_hook)
+	    (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&s);
+
+	  slen = strlen (s);
+	  tlen = strlen (to_print);
+	  new_full_pathname = (char *)xmalloc (slen + tlen + 2);
+	  strcpy (new_full_pathname, s);
+	  if (s[slen - 1] == '/')
+	    slen--;
+	  else
+	    new_full_pathname[slen] = '/';
+	  new_full_pathname[slen] = '/';
+	  strcpy (new_full_pathname + slen + 1, to_print);
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+	  if (rl_visible_stats)
+	    extension_char = stat_char (new_full_pathname);
+	  else
+#endif
+	  if (path_isdir (new_full_pathname))
+	    extension_char = '/';
+
+	  free (new_full_pathname);
+	  to_print[-1] = c;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  s = tilde_expand (full_pathname);
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+	  if (rl_visible_stats)
+	    extension_char = stat_char (s);
+	  else
+#endif
+	    if (path_isdir (s))
+	      extension_char = '/';
+	}
+
+      free (s);
+      if (extension_char)
+	{
+	  putc (extension_char, rl_outstream);
+	  printed_len++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return printed_len;
+}
+
+static char *
+rl_quote_filename (s, rtype, qcp)
+     char *s;
+     int rtype;
+     char *qcp;
+{
+  char *r;
+
+  r = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
+  *r = *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+  strcpy (r + 1, s);
+  if (qcp)
+    *qcp = *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Find the bounds of the current word for completion purposes, and leave
+   rl_point set to the end of the word.  This function skips quoted
+   substrings (characters between matched pairs of characters in
+   rl_completer_quote_characters).  First we try to find an unclosed
+   quoted substring on which to do matching.  If one is not found, we use
+   the word break characters to find the boundaries of the current word.
+   We call an application-specific function to decide whether or not a
+   particular word break character is quoted; if that function returns a
+   non-zero result, the character does not break a word.  This function
+   returns the opening quote character if we found an unclosed quoted
+   substring, '\0' otherwise.  FP, if non-null, is set to a value saying
+   which (shell-like) quote characters we found (single quote, double
+   quote, or backslash) anywhere in the string.  DP, if non-null, is set to
+   the value of the delimiter character that caused a word break. */
+
+char
+_rl_find_completion_word (fp, dp)
+     int *fp, *dp;
+{
+  int scan, end, found_quote, delimiter, pass_next, isbrk;
+  char quote_char, *brkchars;
+
+  end = rl_point;
+  found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+  quote_char = '\0';
+
+  brkchars = 0;
+  if (rl_completion_word_break_hook)
+    brkchars = (*rl_completion_word_break_hook) ();
+  if (brkchars == 0)
+    brkchars = rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+  if (rl_completer_quote_characters)
+    {
+      /* We have a list of characters which can be used in pairs to
+	 quote substrings for the completer.  Try to find the start
+	 of an unclosed quoted substring. */
+      /* FOUND_QUOTE is set so we know what kind of quotes we found. */
+      for (scan = pass_next = 0; scan < end; scan = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, scan, 1, MB_FIND_ANY))
+	{
+	  if (pass_next)
+	    {
+	      pass_next = 0;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Shell-like semantics for single quotes -- don't allow backslash
+	     to quote anything in single quotes, especially not the closing
+	     quote.  If you don't like this, take out the check on the value
+	     of quote_char. */
+	  if (quote_char != '\'' && rl_line_buffer[scan] == '\\')
+	    {
+	      pass_next = 1;
+	      found_quote |= RL_QF_BACKSLASH;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (quote_char != '\0')
+	    {
+	      /* Ignore everything until the matching close quote char. */
+	      if (rl_line_buffer[scan] == quote_char)
+		{
+		  /* Found matching close.  Abandon this substring. */
+		  quote_char = '\0';
+		  rl_point = end;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (strchr (rl_completer_quote_characters, rl_line_buffer[scan]))
+	    {
+	      /* Found start of a quoted substring. */
+	      quote_char = rl_line_buffer[scan];
+	      rl_point = scan + 1;
+	      /* Shell-like quoting conventions. */
+	      if (quote_char == '\'')
+		found_quote |= RL_QF_SINGLE_QUOTE;
+	      else if (quote_char == '"')
+		found_quote |= RL_QF_DOUBLE_QUOTE;
+	      else
+		found_quote |= RL_QF_OTHER_QUOTE;      
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (rl_point == end && quote_char == '\0')
+    {
+      /* We didn't find an unclosed quoted substring upon which to do
+         completion, so use the word break characters to find the
+         substring on which to complete. */
+      while (rl_point = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_ANY))
+	{
+	  scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+
+	  if (strchr (brkchars, scan) == 0)
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* Call the application-specific function to tell us whether
+	     this word break character is quoted and should be skipped. */
+	  if (rl_char_is_quoted_p && found_quote &&
+	      (*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point))
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* Convoluted code, but it avoids an n^2 algorithm with calls
+	     to char_is_quoted. */
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we are at an unquoted word break, then advance past it. */
+  scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+
+  /* If there is an application-specific function to say whether or not
+     a character is quoted and we found a quote character, let that
+     function decide whether or not a character is a word break, even
+     if it is found in rl_completer_word_break_characters.  Don't bother
+     if we're at the end of the line, though. */
+  if (scan)
+    {
+      if (rl_char_is_quoted_p)
+	isbrk = (found_quote == 0 ||
+		(*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point) == 0) &&
+		strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
+      else
+	isbrk = strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
+
+      if (isbrk)
+	{
+	  /* If the character that caused the word break was a quoting
+	     character, then remember it as the delimiter. */
+	  if (rl_basic_quote_characters &&
+	      strchr (rl_basic_quote_characters, scan) &&
+	      (end - rl_point) > 1)
+	    delimiter = scan;
+
+	  /* If the character isn't needed to determine something special
+	     about what kind of completion to perform, then advance past it. */
+	  if (rl_special_prefixes == 0 || strchr (rl_special_prefixes, scan) == 0)
+	    rl_point++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (fp)
+    *fp = found_quote;
+  if (dp)
+    *dp = delimiter;
+
+  return (quote_char);
+}
+
+static char **
+gen_completion_matches (text, start, end, our_func, found_quote, quote_char)
+     char *text;
+     int start, end;
+     rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+     int found_quote, quote_char;
+{
+  char **matches, *temp;
+
+  rl_completion_found_quote = found_quote;
+  rl_completion_quote_character = quote_char;
+
+  /* If the user wants to TRY to complete, but then wants to give
+     up and use the default completion function, they set the
+     variable rl_attempted_completion_function. */
+  if (rl_attempted_completion_function)
+    {
+      matches = (*rl_attempted_completion_function) (text, start, end);
+
+      if (matches || rl_attempted_completion_over)
+	{
+	  rl_attempted_completion_over = 0;
+	  return (matches);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Beware -- we're stripping the quotes here.  Do this only if we know
+     we are doing filename completion and the application has defined a
+     filename dequoting function. */
+  temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+  if (found_quote && our_func == rl_filename_completion_function &&
+      rl_filename_dequoting_function)
+    {
+      /* delete single and double quotes */
+      temp = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) (text, quote_char);
+      text = temp;	/* not freeing text is not a memory leak */
+    }
+
+  matches = rl_completion_matches (text, our_func);
+  FREE (temp);
+  return matches;  
+}
+
+/* Filter out duplicates in MATCHES.  This frees up the strings in
+   MATCHES. */
+static char **
+remove_duplicate_matches (matches)
+     char **matches;
+{
+  char *lowest_common;
+  int i, j, newlen;
+  char dead_slot;
+  char **temp_array;
+
+  /* Sort the items. */
+  for (i = 0; matches[i]; i++)
+    ;
+
+  /* Sort the array without matches[0], since we need it to
+     stay in place no matter what. */
+  if (i)
+    qsort (matches+1, i-1, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+  /* Remember the lowest common denominator for it may be unique. */
+  lowest_common = savestring (matches[0]);
+
+  for (i = newlen = 0; matches[i + 1]; i++)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (matches[i], matches[i + 1]) == 0)
+	{
+	  free (matches[i]);
+	  matches[i] = (char *)&dead_slot;
+	}
+      else
+	newlen++;
+    }
+
+  /* We have marked all the dead slots with (char *)&dead_slot.
+     Copy all the non-dead entries into a new array. */
+  temp_array = (char **)xmalloc ((3 + newlen) * sizeof (char *));
+  for (i = j = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (matches[i] != (char *)&dead_slot)
+	temp_array[j++] = matches[i];
+    }
+  temp_array[j] = (char *)NULL;
+
+  if (matches[0] != (char *)&dead_slot)
+    free (matches[0]);
+
+  /* Place the lowest common denominator back in [0]. */
+  temp_array[0] = lowest_common;
+
+  /* If there is one string left, and it is identical to the
+     lowest common denominator, then the LCD is the string to
+     insert. */
+  if (j == 2 && strcmp (temp_array[0], temp_array[1]) == 0)
+    {
+      free (temp_array[1]);
+      temp_array[1] = (char *)NULL;
+    }
+  return (temp_array);
+}
+
+/* Find the common prefix of the list of matches, and put it into
+   matches[0]. */
+static int
+compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text)
+     char **match_list;
+     int matches;
+     const char *text;
+{
+  register int i, c1, c2, si;
+  int low;		/* Count of max-matched characters. */
+  char *dtext;		/* dequoted TEXT, if needed */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  int v;
+  mbstate_t ps1, ps2;
+  wchar_t wc1, wc2;
+#endif
+
+  /* If only one match, just use that.  Otherwise, compare each
+     member of the list with the next, finding out where they
+     stop matching. */
+  if (matches == 1)
+    {
+      match_list[0] = match_list[1];
+      match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  for (i = 1, low = 100000; i < matches; i++)
+    {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  memset (&ps1, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	  memset (&ps2, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	}
+#endif
+      if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+	{
+	  for (si = 0;
+	       (c1 = _rl_to_lower(match_list[i][si])) &&
+	       (c2 = _rl_to_lower(match_list[i + 1][si]));
+	       si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	    if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	      {
+		v = mbrtowc (&wc1, match_list[i]+si, strlen (match_list[i]+si), &ps1);
+		mbrtowc (&wc2, match_list[i+1]+si, strlen (match_list[i+1]+si), &ps2);
+		wc1 = towlower (wc1);
+		wc2 = towlower (wc2);
+		if (wc1 != wc2)
+		  break;
+		else if (v > 1)
+		  si += v - 1;
+	      }
+	    else
+#endif
+	    if (c1 != c2)
+	      break;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (si = 0;
+	       (c1 = match_list[i][si]) &&
+	       (c2 = match_list[i + 1][si]);
+	       si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	    if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	      {
+		mbstate_t ps_back = ps1;
+		if (!_rl_compare_chars (match_list[i], si, &ps1, match_list[i+1], si, &ps2))
+		  break;
+		else if ((v = _rl_get_char_len (&match_list[i][si], &ps_back)) > 1)
+		  si += v - 1;
+	      }
+	    else
+#endif
+	    if (c1 != c2)
+	      break;
+	}
+
+      if (low > si)
+	low = si;
+    }
+
+  /* If there were multiple matches, but none matched up to even the
+     first character, and the user typed something, use that as the
+     value of matches[0]. */
+  if (low == 0 && text && *text)
+    {
+      match_list[0] = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (text) + 1);
+      strcpy (match_list[0], text);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      match_list[0] = (char *)xmalloc (low + 1);
+
+      /* XXX - this might need changes in the presence of multibyte chars */
+
+      /* If we are ignoring case, try to preserve the case of the string
+	 the user typed in the face of multiple matches differing in case. */
+      if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+	{
+	  /* We're making an assumption here:
+		IF we're completing filenames AND
+		   the application has defined a filename dequoting function AND
+		   we found a quote character AND
+		   the application has requested filename quoting
+		THEN
+		   we assume that TEXT was dequoted before checking against
+		   the file system and needs to be dequoted here before we
+		   check against the list of matches
+		FI */
+	  dtext = (char *)NULL;
+	  if (rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+	      rl_filename_dequoting_function &&
+	      rl_completion_found_quote &&
+	      rl_filename_quoting_desired)
+	    {
+	      dtext = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) ((char *)text, rl_completion_quote_character);
+	      text = dtext;
+	    }
+
+	  /* sort the list to get consistent answers. */
+	  qsort (match_list+1, matches, sizeof(char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+	  si = strlen (text);
+	  if (si <= low)
+	    {
+	      for (i = 1; i <= matches; i++)
+		if (strncmp (match_list[i], text, si) == 0)
+		  {
+		    strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[i], low);
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      /* no casematch, use first entry */
+	      if (i > matches)
+		strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    /* otherwise, just use the text the user typed. */
+	    strncpy (match_list[0], text, low);
+
+	  FREE (dtext);
+	}
+      else
+        strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
+
+      match_list[0][low] = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return matches;
+}
+
+static int
+postprocess_matches (matchesp, matching_filenames)
+     char ***matchesp;
+     int matching_filenames;
+{
+  char *t, **matches, **temp_matches;
+  int nmatch, i;
+
+  matches = *matchesp;
+
+  if (matches == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* It seems to me that in all the cases we handle we would like
+     to ignore duplicate possiblilities.  Scan for the text to
+     insert being identical to the other completions. */
+  if (rl_ignore_completion_duplicates)
+    {
+      temp_matches = remove_duplicate_matches (matches);
+      free (matches);
+      matches = temp_matches;
+    }
+
+  /* If we are matching filenames, then here is our chance to
+     do clever processing by re-examining the list.  Call the
+     ignore function with the array as a parameter.  It can
+     munge the array, deleting matches as it desires. */
+  if (rl_ignore_some_completions_function && matching_filenames)
+    {
+      for (nmatch = 1; matches[nmatch]; nmatch++)
+	;
+      (void)(*rl_ignore_some_completions_function) (matches);
+      if (matches == 0 || matches[0] == 0)
+	{
+	  FREE (matches);
+	  *matchesp = (char **)0;
+	  return 0;
+        }
+      else
+	{
+	  /* If we removed some matches, recompute the common prefix. */
+	  for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+	    ;
+	  if (i > 1 && i < nmatch)
+	    {
+	      t = matches[0];
+	      compute_lcd_of_matches (matches, i - 1, t);
+	      FREE (t);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  *matchesp = matches;
+  return (1);
+}
+
+/* A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
+   columnar format on readline's output stream.  MATCHES is the list
+   of strings, in argv format, LEN is the number of strings in MATCHES,
+   and MAX is the length of the longest string in MATCHES. */
+void
+rl_display_match_list (matches, len, max)
+     char **matches;
+     int len, max;
+{
+  int count, limit, printed_len, lines;
+  int i, j, k, l;
+  char *temp;
+
+  /* How many items of MAX length can we fit in the screen window? */
+  max += 2;
+  limit = _rl_screenwidth / max;
+  if (limit != 1 && (limit * max == _rl_screenwidth))
+    limit--;
+
+  /* Avoid a possible floating exception.  If max > _rl_screenwidth,
+     limit will be 0 and a divide-by-zero fault will result. */
+  if (limit == 0)
+    limit = 1;
+
+  /* How many iterations of the printing loop? */
+  count = (len + (limit - 1)) / limit;
+
+  /* Watch out for special case.  If LEN is less than LIMIT, then
+     just do the inner printing loop.
+	   0 < len <= limit  implies  count = 1. */
+
+  /* Sort the items if they are not already sorted. */
+  if (rl_ignore_completion_duplicates == 0)
+    qsort (matches + 1, len, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+  rl_crlf ();
+
+  lines = 0;
+  if (_rl_print_completions_horizontally == 0)
+    {
+      /* Print the sorted items, up-and-down alphabetically, like ls. */
+      for (i = 1; i <= count; i++)
+	{
+	  for (j = 0, l = i; j < limit; j++)
+	    {
+	      if (l > len || matches[l] == 0)
+		break;
+	      else
+		{
+		  temp = printable_part (matches[l]);
+		  printed_len = print_filename (temp, matches[l]);
+
+		  if (j + 1 < limit)
+		    for (k = 0; k < max - printed_len; k++)
+		      putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+		}
+	      l += count;
+	    }
+	  rl_crlf ();
+	  lines++;
+	  if (_rl_page_completions && lines >= (_rl_screenheight - 1) && i < count)
+	    {
+	      lines = _rl_internal_pager (lines);
+	      if (lines < 0)
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Print the sorted items, across alphabetically, like ls -x. */
+      for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+	{
+	  temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
+	  printed_len = print_filename (temp, matches[i]);
+	  /* Have we reached the end of this line? */
+	  if (matches[i+1])
+	    {
+	      if (i && (limit > 1) && (i % limit) == 0)
+		{
+		  rl_crlf ();
+		  lines++;
+		  if (_rl_page_completions && lines >= _rl_screenheight - 1)
+		    {
+		      lines = _rl_internal_pager (lines);
+		      if (lines < 0)
+			return;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		for (k = 0; k < max - printed_len; k++)
+		  putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+	    }
+	}
+      rl_crlf ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Display MATCHES, a list of matching filenames in argv format.  This
+   handles the simple case -- a single match -- first.  If there is more
+   than one match, we compute the number of strings in the list and the
+   length of the longest string, which will be needed by the display
+   function.  If the application wants to handle displaying the list of
+   matches itself, it sets RL_COMPLETION_DISPLAY_MATCHES_HOOK to the
+   address of a function, and we just call it.  If we're handling the
+   display ourselves, we just call rl_display_match_list.  We also check
+   that the list of matches doesn't exceed the user-settable threshold,
+   and ask the user if he wants to see the list if there are more matches
+   than RL_COMPLETION_QUERY_ITEMS. */
+static void
+display_matches (matches)
+     char **matches;
+{
+  int len, max, i;
+  char *temp;
+
+  /* Move to the last visible line of a possibly-multiple-line command. */
+  _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+
+  /* Handle simple case first.  What if there is only one answer? */
+  if (matches[1] == 0)
+    {
+      temp = printable_part (matches[0]);
+      rl_crlf ();
+      print_filename (temp, matches[0]);
+      rl_crlf ();
+
+      rl_forced_update_display ();
+      rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* There is more than one answer.  Find out how many there are,
+     and find the maximum printed length of a single entry. */
+  for (max = 0, i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+    {
+      temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
+      len = fnwidth (temp);
+
+      if (len > max)
+	max = len;
+    }
+
+  len = i - 1;
+
+  /* If the caller has defined a display hook, then call that now. */
+  if (rl_completion_display_matches_hook)
+    {
+      (*rl_completion_display_matches_hook) (matches, len, max);
+      return;
+    }
+	
+  /* If there are many items, then ask the user if she really wants to
+     see them all. */
+  if (rl_completion_query_items > 0 && len >= rl_completion_query_items)
+    {
+      rl_crlf ();
+      fprintf (rl_outstream, "Display all %d possibilities? (y or n)", len);
+      fflush (rl_outstream);
+      if (get_y_or_n (0) == 0)
+	{
+	  rl_crlf ();
+
+	  rl_forced_update_display ();
+	  rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  rl_display_match_list (matches, len, max);
+
+  rl_forced_update_display ();
+  rl_display_fixed = 1;
+}
+
+static char *
+make_quoted_replacement (match, mtype, qc)
+     char *match;
+     int mtype;
+     char *qc;	/* Pointer to quoting character, if any */
+{
+  int should_quote, do_replace;
+  char *replacement;
+
+  /* If we are doing completion on quoted substrings, and any matches
+     contain any of the completer_word_break_characters, then auto-
+     matically prepend the substring with a quote character (just pick
+     the first one from the list of such) if it does not already begin
+     with a quote string.  FIXME: Need to remove any such automatically
+     inserted quote character when it no longer is necessary, such as
+     if we change the string we are completing on and the new set of
+     matches don't require a quoted substring. */
+  replacement = match;
+
+  should_quote = match && rl_completer_quote_characters &&
+			rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+			rl_filename_quoting_desired;
+
+  if (should_quote)
+    should_quote = should_quote && (!qc || !*qc ||
+		     (rl_completer_quote_characters && strchr (rl_completer_quote_characters, *qc)));
+
+  if (should_quote)
+    {
+      /* If there is a single match, see if we need to quote it.
+         This also checks whether the common prefix of several
+	 matches needs to be quoted. */
+      should_quote = rl_filename_quote_characters
+			? (_rl_strpbrk (match, rl_filename_quote_characters) != 0)
+			: 0;
+
+      do_replace = should_quote ? mtype : NO_MATCH;
+      /* Quote the replacement, since we found an embedded
+	 word break character in a potential match. */
+      if (do_replace != NO_MATCH && rl_filename_quoting_function)
+	replacement = (*rl_filename_quoting_function) (match, do_replace, qc);
+    }
+  return (replacement);
+}
+
+static void
+insert_match (match, start, mtype, qc)
+     char *match;
+     int start, mtype;
+     char *qc;
+{
+  char *replacement;
+  char oqc;
+
+  oqc = qc ? *qc : '\0';
+  replacement = make_quoted_replacement (match, mtype, qc);
+
+  /* Now insert the match. */
+  if (replacement)
+    {
+      /* Don't double an opening quote character. */
+      if (qc && *qc && start && rl_line_buffer[start - 1] == *qc &&
+	    replacement[0] == *qc)
+	start--;
+      /* If make_quoted_replacement changed the quoting character, remove
+	 the opening quote and insert the (fully-quoted) replacement. */
+      else if (qc && (*qc != oqc) && start && rl_line_buffer[start - 1] == oqc &&
+	    replacement[0] != oqc)
+	start--;
+      _rl_replace_text (replacement, start, rl_point - 1);
+      if (replacement != match)
+        free (replacement);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Append any necessary closing quote and a separator character to the
+   just-inserted match.  If the user has specified that directories
+   should be marked by a trailing `/', append one of those instead.  The
+   default trailing character is a space.  Returns the number of characters
+   appended.  If NONTRIVIAL_MATCH is set, we test for a symlink (if the OS
+   has them) and don't add a suffix for a symlink to a directory.  A
+   nontrivial match is one that actually adds to the word being completed.
+   The variable rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs controls this behavior
+   (it's initially set to the what the user has chosen, indicated by the
+   value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs, but may be modified by an
+   application's completion function). */
+static int
+append_to_match (text, delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_match)
+     char *text;
+     int delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_match;
+{
+  char temp_string[4], *filename;
+  int temp_string_index, s;
+  struct stat finfo;
+
+  temp_string_index = 0;
+  if (quote_char && rl_point && rl_completion_suppress_quote == 0 &&
+      rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] != quote_char)
+    temp_string[temp_string_index++] = quote_char;
+
+  if (delimiter)
+    temp_string[temp_string_index++] = delimiter;
+  else if (rl_completion_suppress_append == 0 && rl_completion_append_character)
+    temp_string[temp_string_index++] = rl_completion_append_character;
+
+  temp_string[temp_string_index++] = '\0';
+
+  if (rl_filename_completion_desired)
+    {
+      filename = tilde_expand (text);
+      s = (nontrivial_match && rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs == 0)
+		? LSTAT (filename, &finfo)
+		: stat (filename, &finfo);
+      if (s == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+	{
+	  if (_rl_complete_mark_directories /* && rl_completion_suppress_append == 0 */)
+	    {
+	      /* This is clumsy.  Avoid putting in a double slash if point
+		 is at the end of the line and the previous character is a
+		 slash. */
+	      if (rl_point && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] == '\0' && rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] == '/')
+		;
+	      else if (rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != '/')
+		rl_insert_text ("/");
+	    }
+	}
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+      /* Don't add anything if the filename is a symlink and resolves to a
+	 directory. */
+      else if (s == 0 && S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode) &&
+	       stat (filename, &finfo) == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+	;
+#endif
+      else
+	{
+	  if (rl_point == rl_end && temp_string_index)
+	    rl_insert_text (temp_string);
+	}
+      free (filename);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (rl_point == rl_end && temp_string_index)
+	rl_insert_text (temp_string);
+    }
+
+  return (temp_string_index);
+}
+
+static void
+insert_all_matches (matches, point, qc)
+     char **matches;
+     int point;
+     char *qc;
+{
+  int i;
+  char *rp;
+
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+  /* remove any opening quote character; make_quoted_replacement will add
+     it back. */
+  if (qc && *qc && point && rl_line_buffer[point - 1] == *qc)
+    point--;
+  rl_delete_text (point, rl_point);
+  rl_point = point;
+
+  if (matches[1])
+    {
+      for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+	{
+	  rp = make_quoted_replacement (matches[i], SINGLE_MATCH, qc);
+	  rl_insert_text (rp);
+	  rl_insert_text (" ");
+	  if (rp != matches[i])
+	    free (rp);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      rp = make_quoted_replacement (matches[0], SINGLE_MATCH, qc);
+      rl_insert_text (rp);
+      rl_insert_text (" ");
+      if (rp != matches[0])
+	free (rp);
+    }
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+}
+
+void
+_rl_free_match_list (matches)
+     char **matches;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (matches == 0)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = 0; matches[i]; i++)
+    free (matches[i]);
+  free (matches);
+}
+
+/* Complete the word at or before point.
+   WHAT_TO_DO says what to do with the completion.
+   `?' means list the possible completions.
+   TAB means do standard completion.
+   `*' means insert all of the possible completions.
+   `!' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+   there is more than one.
+   `@' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+   there is more than one and partial completion is not possible. */
+int
+rl_complete_internal (what_to_do)
+     int what_to_do;
+{
+  char **matches;
+  rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+  int start, end, delimiter, found_quote, i, nontrivial_lcd;
+  char *text, *saved_line_buffer;
+  char quote_char;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+  set_completion_defaults (what_to_do);
+
+  saved_line_buffer = rl_line_buffer ? savestring (rl_line_buffer) : (char *)NULL;
+  our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+		? rl_completion_entry_function
+		: rl_filename_completion_function;
+  /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+  end = rl_point;
+  found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+  quote_char = '\0';
+
+  if (rl_point)
+    /* This (possibly) changes rl_point.  If it returns a non-zero char,
+       we know we have an open quote. */
+    quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+  start = rl_point;
+  rl_point = end;
+
+  text = rl_copy_text (start, end);
+  matches = gen_completion_matches (text, start, end, our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+  /* nontrivial_lcd is set if the common prefix adds something to the word
+     being completed. */
+  nontrivial_lcd = matches && strcmp (text, matches[0]) != 0;
+  free (text);
+
+  if (matches == 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+      completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+     have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value.  The basic
+     rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+  i = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+  if (postprocess_matches (&matches, i) == 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+      completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  switch (what_to_do)
+    {
+    case TAB:
+    case '!':
+    case '@':
+      /* Insert the first match with proper quoting. */
+      if (*matches[0])
+	insert_match (matches[0], start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+
+      /* If there are more matches, ring the bell to indicate.
+	 If we are in vi mode, Posix.2 says to not ring the bell.
+	 If the `show-all-if-ambiguous' variable is set, display
+	 all the matches immediately.  Otherwise, if this was the
+	 only match, and we are hacking files, check the file to
+	 see if it was a directory.  If so, and the `mark-directories'
+	 variable is set, add a '/' to the name.  If not, and we
+	 are at the end of the line, then add a space.  */
+      if (matches[1])
+	{
+	  if (what_to_do == '!')
+	    {
+	      display_matches (matches);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  else if (what_to_do == '@')
+	    {
+	      if (nontrivial_lcd == 0)
+		display_matches (matches);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  else if (rl_editing_mode != vi_mode)
+	    rl_ding ();	/* There are other matches remaining. */
+	}
+      else
+	append_to_match (matches[0], delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_lcd);
+
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      insert_all_matches (matches, start, &quote_char);
+      break;
+
+    case '?':
+      display_matches (matches);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      fprintf (stderr, "\r\nreadline: bad value %d for what_to_do in rl_complete\n", what_to_do);
+      rl_ding ();
+      FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+  /* Check to see if the line has changed through all of this manipulation. */
+  if (saved_line_buffer)
+    {
+      completion_changed_buffer = strcmp (rl_line_buffer, saved_line_buffer) != 0;
+      free (saved_line_buffer);
+    }
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************/
+/*							       */
+/*  Application-callable completion match generator functions  */
+/*							       */
+/***************************************************************/
+
+/* Return an array of (char *) which is a list of completions for TEXT.
+   If there are no completions, return a NULL pointer.
+   The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for TEXT.
+   The remaining entries are the possible completions.
+   The array is terminated with a NULL pointer.
+
+   ENTRY_FUNCTION is a function of two args, and returns a (char *).
+     The first argument is TEXT.
+     The second is a state argument; it should be zero on the first call, and
+     non-zero on subsequent calls.  It returns a NULL pointer to the caller
+     when there are no more matches.
+ */
+char **
+rl_completion_matches (text, entry_function)
+     const char *text;
+     rl_compentry_func_t *entry_function;
+{
+  /* Number of slots in match_list. */
+  int match_list_size;
+
+  /* The list of matches. */
+  char **match_list;
+
+  /* Number of matches actually found. */
+  int matches;
+
+  /* Temporary string binder. */
+  char *string;
+
+  matches = 0;
+  match_list_size = 10;
+  match_list = (char **)xmalloc ((match_list_size + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+  match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
+
+  while (string = (*entry_function) (text, matches))
+    {
+      if (matches + 1 == match_list_size)
+	match_list = (char **)xrealloc
+	  (match_list, ((match_list_size += 10) + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+
+      match_list[++matches] = string;
+      match_list[matches + 1] = (char *)NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* If there were any matches, then look through them finding out the
+     lowest common denominator.  That then becomes match_list[0]. */
+  if (matches)
+    compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text);
+  else				/* There were no matches. */
+    {
+      free (match_list);
+      match_list = (char **)NULL;
+    }
+  return (match_list);
+}
+
+/* A completion function for usernames.
+   TEXT contains a partial username preceded by a random
+   character (usually `~').  */
+char *
+rl_username_completion_function (text, state)
+     const char *text;
+     int state;
+{
+#if defined (__WIN32__) || defined (__OPENNT)
+  return (char *)NULL;
+#else /* !__WIN32__ && !__OPENNT) */
+  static char *username = (char *)NULL;
+  static struct passwd *entry;
+  static int namelen, first_char, first_char_loc;
+  char *value;
+
+  if (state == 0)
+    {
+      FREE (username);
+
+      first_char = *text;
+      first_char_loc = first_char == '~';
+
+      username = savestring (&text[first_char_loc]);
+      namelen = strlen (username);
+      setpwent ();
+    }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+  while (entry = getpwent ())
+    {
+      /* Null usernames should result in all users as possible completions. */
+      if (namelen == 0 || (STREQN (username, entry->pw_name, namelen)))
+	break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (entry == 0)
+    {
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+      endpwent ();
+#endif
+      return ((char *)NULL);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      value = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (entry->pw_name));
+
+      *value = *text;
+
+      strcpy (value + first_char_loc, entry->pw_name);
+
+      if (first_char == '~')
+	rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+
+      return (value);
+    }
+#endif /* !__WIN32__ && !__OPENNT */
+}
+
+/* Okay, now we write the entry_function for filename completion.  In the
+   general case.  Note that completion in the shell is a little different
+   because of all the pathnames that must be followed when looking up the
+   completion for a command. */
+char *
+rl_filename_completion_function (text, state)
+     const char *text;
+     int state;
+{
+  static DIR *directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+  static char *filename = (char *)NULL;
+  static char *dirname = (char *)NULL;
+  static char *users_dirname = (char *)NULL;
+  static int filename_len;
+  char *temp;
+  int dirlen;
+  struct dirent *entry;
+
+  /* If we don't have any state, then do some initialization. */
+  if (state == 0)
+    {
+      /* If we were interrupted before closing the directory or reading
+	 all of its contents, close it. */
+      if (directory)
+	{
+	  closedir (directory);
+	  directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+	}
+      FREE (dirname);
+      FREE (filename);
+      FREE (users_dirname);
+
+      filename = savestring (text);
+      if (*text == 0)
+	text = ".";
+      dirname = savestring (text);
+
+      temp = strrchr (dirname, '/');
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      /* special hack for //X/... */
+      if (dirname[0] == '/' && dirname[1] == '/' && ISALPHA ((unsigned char)dirname[2]) && dirname[3] == '/')
+        temp = strrchr (dirname + 3, '/');
+#endif
+
+      if (temp)
+	{
+	  strcpy (filename, ++temp);
+	  *temp = '\0';
+	}
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      /* searches from current directory on the drive */
+      else if (ISALPHA ((unsigned char)dirname[0]) && dirname[1] == ':')
+        {
+          strcpy (filename, dirname + 2);
+          dirname[2] = '\0';
+        }
+#endif
+      else
+	{
+	  dirname[0] = '.';
+	  dirname[1] = '\0';
+	}
+
+      /* We aren't done yet.  We also support the "~user" syntax. */
+
+      /* Save the version of the directory that the user typed. */
+      users_dirname = savestring (dirname);
+
+      if (*dirname == '~')
+	{
+	  temp = tilde_expand (dirname);
+	  free (dirname);
+	  dirname = temp;
+	}
+
+      if (rl_directory_rewrite_hook)
+	(*rl_directory_rewrite_hook) (&dirname);
+
+      if (rl_directory_completion_hook && (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&dirname))
+	{
+	  free (users_dirname);
+	  users_dirname = savestring (dirname);
+	}
+
+      directory = opendir (dirname);
+      filename_len = strlen (filename);
+
+      rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* At this point we should entertain the possibility of hacking wildcarded
+     filenames, like /usr/man/man<WILD>/te<TAB>.  If the directory name
+     contains globbing characters, then build an array of directories, and
+     then map over that list while completing. */
+  /* *** UNIMPLEMENTED *** */
+
+  /* Now that we have some state, we can read the directory. */
+
+  entry = (struct dirent *)NULL;
+  while (directory && (entry = readdir (directory)))
+    {
+      /* Special case for no filename.  If the user has disabled the
+         `match-hidden-files' variable, skip filenames beginning with `.'.
+	 All other entries except "." and ".." match. */
+      if (filename_len == 0)
+	{
+	  if (_rl_match_hidden_files == 0 && HIDDEN_FILE (entry->d_name))
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (entry->d_name[0] != '.' ||
+	       (entry->d_name[1] &&
+		 (entry->d_name[1] != '.' || entry->d_name[2])))
+	    break;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Otherwise, if these match up to the length of filename, then
+	     it is a match. */
+	  if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+	    {
+	      if ((_rl_to_lower (entry->d_name[0]) == _rl_to_lower (filename[0])) &&
+		  (((int)D_NAMLEN (entry)) >= filename_len) &&
+		  (_rl_strnicmp (filename, entry->d_name, filename_len) == 0))
+		break;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if ((entry->d_name[0] == filename[0]) &&
+		  (((int)D_NAMLEN (entry)) >= filename_len) &&
+		  (strncmp (filename, entry->d_name, filename_len) == 0))
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (entry == 0)
+    {
+      if (directory)
+	{
+	  closedir (directory);
+	  directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+	}
+      if (dirname)
+	{
+	  free (dirname);
+	  dirname = (char *)NULL;
+	}
+      if (filename)
+	{
+	  free (filename);
+	  filename = (char *)NULL;
+	}
+      if (users_dirname)
+	{
+	  free (users_dirname);
+	  users_dirname = (char *)NULL;
+	}
+
+      return (char *)NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* dirname && (strcmp (dirname, ".") != 0) */
+      if (dirname && (dirname[0] != '.' || dirname[1]))
+	{
+	  if (rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion && *users_dirname == '~')
+	    {
+	      dirlen = strlen (dirname);
+	      temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + D_NAMLEN (entry));
+	      strcpy (temp, dirname);
+	      /* Canonicalization cuts off any final slash present.  We
+		 may need to add it back. */
+	      if (dirname[dirlen - 1] != '/')
+	        {
+	          temp[dirlen++] = '/';
+	          temp[dirlen] = '\0';
+	        }
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      dirlen = strlen (users_dirname);
+	      temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + D_NAMLEN (entry));
+	      strcpy (temp, users_dirname);
+	      /* Make sure that temp has a trailing slash here. */
+	      if (users_dirname[dirlen - 1] != '/')
+		temp[dirlen++] = '/';
+	    }
+
+	  strcpy (temp + dirlen, entry->d_name);
+	}
+      else
+	temp = savestring (entry->d_name);
+
+      return (temp);
+    }
+}
+
+/* An initial implementation of a menu completion function a la tcsh.  The
+   first time (if the last readline command was not rl_menu_complete), we
+   generate the list of matches.  This code is very similar to the code in
+   rl_complete_internal -- there should be a way to combine the two.  Then,
+   for each item in the list of matches, we insert the match in an undoable
+   fashion, with the appropriate character appended (this happens on the
+   second and subsequent consecutive calls to rl_menu_complete).  When we
+   hit the end of the match list, we restore the original unmatched text,
+   ring the bell, and reset the counter to zero. */
+int
+rl_menu_complete (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+  int matching_filenames, found_quote;
+
+  static char *orig_text;
+  static char **matches = (char **)0;
+  static int match_list_index = 0;
+  static int match_list_size = 0;
+  static int orig_start, orig_end;
+  static char quote_char;
+  static int delimiter;
+
+  /* The first time through, we generate the list of matches and set things
+     up to insert them. */
+  if (rl_last_func != rl_menu_complete)
+    {
+      /* Clean up from previous call, if any. */
+      FREE (orig_text);
+      if (matches)
+	_rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+      match_list_index = match_list_size = 0;
+      matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+      /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+      set_completion_defaults ('%');
+
+      our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+			? rl_completion_entry_function
+			: rl_filename_completion_function;
+
+      /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+      orig_end = rl_point;
+      found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+      quote_char = '\0';
+
+      if (rl_point)
+	/* This (possibly) changes rl_point.  If it returns a non-zero char,
+	   we know we have an open quote. */
+	quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+      orig_start = rl_point;
+      rl_point = orig_end;
+
+      orig_text = rl_copy_text (orig_start, orig_end);
+      matches = gen_completion_matches (orig_text, orig_start, orig_end,
+					our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+
+      /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+	 have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value.  The basic
+	 rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+      matching_filenames = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+      if (matches == 0 || postprocess_matches (&matches, matching_filenames) == 0)
+	{
+    	  rl_ding ();
+	  FREE (matches);
+	  matches = (char **)0;
+	  FREE (orig_text);
+	  orig_text = (char *)0;
+    	  completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+          return (0);
+	}
+
+      for (match_list_size = 0; matches[match_list_size]; match_list_size++)
+        ;
+      /* matches[0] is lcd if match_list_size > 1, but the circular buffer
+	 code below should take care of it. */
+    }
+
+  /* Now we have the list of matches.  Replace the text between
+     rl_line_buffer[orig_start] and rl_line_buffer[rl_point] with
+     matches[match_list_index], and add any necessary closing char. */
+
+  if (matches == 0 || match_list_size == 0) 
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      FREE (matches);
+      matches = (char **)0;
+      completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  match_list_index += count;
+  if (match_list_index < 0)
+    match_list_index += match_list_size;
+  else
+    match_list_index %= match_list_size;
+
+  if (match_list_index == 0 && match_list_size > 1)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      insert_match (orig_text, orig_start, MULT_MATCH, &quote_char);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      insert_match (matches[match_list_index], orig_start, SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+      append_to_match (matches[match_list_index], delimiter, quote_char,
+		       strcmp (orig_text, matches[match_list_index]));
+    }
+
+  completion_changed_buffer = 1;
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/display.c b/lib/readline/display.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b22521b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/display.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2379 @@
+/* display.c -- readline redisplay facility. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Termcap library stuff. */
+#include "tcap.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
+#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+
+#if defined (HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION)
+extern char *_rl_term_forward_char;
+#endif
+
+static void update_line PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, int, int));
+static void space_to_eol PARAMS((int));
+static void delete_chars PARAMS((int));
+static void insert_some_chars PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+static void cr PARAMS((void));
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int _rl_col_width PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+static int *_rl_wrapped_line;
+#else
+#  define _rl_col_width(l, s, e)	(((e) <= (s)) ? 0 : (e) - (s))
+#endif
+
+static int *inv_lbreaks, *vis_lbreaks;
+static int inv_lbsize, vis_lbsize;
+
+/* Heuristic used to decide whether it is faster to move from CUR to NEW
+   by backing up or outputting a carriage return and moving forward. */
+#define CR_FASTER(new, cur) (((new) + 1) < ((cur) - (new)))
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Display stuff				    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* This is the stuff that is hard for me.  I never seem to write good
+   display routines in C.  Let's see how I do this time. */
+
+/* (PWP) Well... Good for a simple line updater, but totally ignores
+   the problems of input lines longer than the screen width.
+
+   update_line and the code that calls it makes a multiple line,
+   automatically wrapping line update.  Careful attention needs
+   to be paid to the vertical position variables. */
+
+/* Keep two buffers; one which reflects the current contents of the
+   screen, and the other to draw what we think the new contents should
+   be.  Then compare the buffers, and make whatever changes to the
+   screen itself that we should.  Finally, make the buffer that we
+   just drew into be the one which reflects the current contents of the
+   screen, and place the cursor where it belongs.
+
+   Commands that want to can fix the display themselves, and then let
+   this function know that the display has been fixed by setting the
+   RL_DISPLAY_FIXED variable.  This is good for efficiency. */
+
+/* Application-specific redisplay function. */
+rl_voidfunc_t *rl_redisplay_function = rl_redisplay;
+
+/* Global variables declared here. */
+/* What YOU turn on when you have handled all redisplay yourself. */
+int rl_display_fixed = 0;
+
+int _rl_suppress_redisplay = 0;
+int _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+
+/* The stuff that gets printed out before the actual text of the line.
+   This is usually pointing to rl_prompt. */
+char *rl_display_prompt = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* Pseudo-global variables declared here. */
+
+/* The visible cursor position.  If you print some text, adjust this. */
+/* NOTE: _rl_last_c_pos is used as a buffer index when not in a locale
+   supporting multibyte characters, and an absolute cursor position when
+   in such a locale.  This is an artifact of the donated multibyte support.
+   Care must be taken when modifying its value. */
+int _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+int _rl_last_v_pos = 0;
+
+static int cpos_adjusted;
+
+/* Number of lines currently on screen minus 1. */
+int _rl_vis_botlin = 0;
+
+/* Variables used only in this file. */
+/* The last left edge of text that was displayed.  This is used when
+   doing horizontal scrolling.  It shifts in thirds of a screenwidth. */
+static int last_lmargin;
+
+/* The line display buffers.  One is the line currently displayed on
+   the screen.  The other is the line about to be displayed. */
+static char *visible_line = (char *)NULL;
+static char *invisible_line = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* A buffer for `modeline' messages. */
+static char msg_buf[128];
+
+/* Non-zero forces the redisplay even if we thought it was unnecessary. */
+static int forced_display;
+
+/* Default and initial buffer size.  Can grow. */
+static int line_size = 1024;
+
+/* Variables to keep track of the expanded prompt string, which may
+   include invisible characters. */
+
+static char *local_prompt, *local_prompt_prefix;
+static int prompt_visible_length, prompt_prefix_length;
+
+/* The number of invisible characters in the line currently being
+   displayed on the screen. */
+static int visible_wrap_offset;
+
+/* The number of invisible characters in the prompt string.  Static so it
+   can be shared between rl_redisplay and update_line */
+static int wrap_offset;
+
+/* The index of the last invisible character in the prompt string. */
+static int prompt_last_invisible;
+
+/* The length (buffer offset) of the first line of the last (possibly
+   multi-line) buffer displayed on the screen. */
+static int visible_first_line_len;
+
+/* Number of invisible characters on the first physical line of the prompt.
+   Only valid when the number of physical characters in the prompt exceeds
+   (or is equal to) _rl_screenwidth. */
+static int prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+
+static int prompt_last_screen_line;
+
+static int prompt_physical_chars;
+
+/* Variables to save and restore prompt and display information. */
+
+/* These are getting numerous enough that it's time to create a struct. */
+
+static char *saved_local_prompt;
+static char *saved_local_prefix;
+static int saved_last_invisible;
+static int saved_visible_length;
+static int saved_prefix_length;
+static int saved_invis_chars_first_line;
+static int saved_physical_chars;
+
+/* Expand the prompt string S and return the number of visible
+   characters in *LP, if LP is not null.  This is currently more-or-less
+   a placeholder for expansion.  LIP, if non-null is a place to store the
+   index of the last invisible character in the returned string. NIFLP,
+   if non-zero, is a place to store the number of invisible characters in
+   the first prompt line.  The previous are used as byte counts -- indexes
+   into a character buffer. */
+
+/* Current implementation:
+	\001 (^A) start non-visible characters
+	\002 (^B) end non-visible characters
+   all characters except \001 and \002 (following a \001) are copied to
+   the returned string; all characters except those between \001 and
+   \002 are assumed to be `visible'. */	
+
+static char *
+expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp, vlp)
+     char *pmt;
+     int *lp, *lip, *niflp, *vlp;
+{
+  char *r, *ret, *p;
+  int l, rl, last, ignoring, ninvis, invfl, invflset, ind, pind, physchars;
+
+  /* Short-circuit if we can. */
+  if ((MB_CUR_MAX <= 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && strchr (pmt, RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE) == 0)
+    {
+      r = savestring (pmt);
+      if (lp)
+	*lp = strlen (r);
+      if (lip)
+	*lip = 0;
+      if (niflp)
+	*niflp = 0;
+      if (vlp)
+	*vlp = lp ? *lp : strlen (r);
+      return r;
+    }
+
+  l = strlen (pmt);
+  r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (l + 1);
+
+  invfl = 0;	/* invisible chars in first line of prompt */
+  invflset = 0;	/* we only want to set invfl once */
+
+  for (rl = ignoring = last = ninvis = physchars = 0, p = pmt; p && *p; p++)
+    {
+      /* This code strips the invisible character string markers
+	 RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE and RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE */
+      if (*p == RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE)
+	{
+	  ignoring++;
+	  continue;
+	}
+      else if (ignoring && *p == RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE)
+	{
+	  ignoring = 0;
+	  if (p[-1] != RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE)
+	    last = r - ret - 1;
+	  continue;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    {
+	      pind = p - pmt;
+	      ind = _rl_find_next_mbchar (pmt, pind, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+	      l = ind - pind;
+	      while (l--)
+	        *r++ = *p++;
+	      if (!ignoring)
+		{
+		  rl += ind - pind;
+		  physchars += _rl_col_width (pmt, pind, ind);
+		}
+	      else
+		ninvis += ind - pind;
+	      p--;			/* compensate for later increment */
+	    }
+	  else
+#endif
+	    {
+	      *r++ = *p;
+	      if (!ignoring)
+		{
+		  rl++;			/* visible length byte counter */
+		  physchars++;
+		}
+	      else
+		ninvis++;		/* invisible chars byte counter */
+	    }
+
+	  if (invflset == 0 && rl >= _rl_screenwidth)
+	    {
+	      invfl = ninvis;
+	      invflset = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (rl < _rl_screenwidth)
+    invfl = ninvis;
+
+  *r = '\0';
+  if (lp)
+    *lp = rl;
+  if (lip)
+    *lip = last;
+  if (niflp)
+    *niflp = invfl;
+  if  (vlp)
+    *vlp = physchars;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Just strip out RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE and RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE from
+   PMT and return the rest of PMT. */
+char *
+_rl_strip_prompt (pmt)
+     char *pmt;
+{
+  char *ret;
+
+  ret = expand_prompt (pmt, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Expand the prompt string into the various display components, if
+ * necessary.
+ *
+ * local_prompt = expanded last line of string in rl_display_prompt
+ *		  (portion after the final newline)
+ * local_prompt_prefix = portion before last newline of rl_display_prompt,
+ *			 expanded via expand_prompt
+ * prompt_visible_length = number of visible characters in local_prompt
+ * prompt_prefix_length = number of visible characters in local_prompt_prefix
+ *
+ * This function is called once per call to readline().  It may also be
+ * called arbitrarily to expand the primary prompt.
+ *
+ * The return value is the number of visible characters on the last line
+ * of the (possibly multi-line) prompt.
+ */
+int
+rl_expand_prompt (prompt)
+     char *prompt;
+{
+  char *p, *t;
+  int c;
+
+  /* Clear out any saved values. */
+  FREE (local_prompt);
+  FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
+
+  local_prompt = local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
+  prompt_last_invisible = prompt_invis_chars_first_line = 0;
+  prompt_visible_length = prompt_physical_chars = 0;
+
+  if (prompt == 0 || *prompt == 0)
+    return (0);
+
+  p = strrchr (prompt, '\n');
+  if (!p)
+    {
+      /* The prompt is only one logical line, though it might wrap. */
+      local_prompt = expand_prompt (prompt, &prompt_visible_length,
+					    &prompt_last_invisible,
+					    &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+					    &prompt_physical_chars);
+      local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
+      return (prompt_visible_length);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The prompt spans multiple lines. */
+      t = ++p;
+      local_prompt = expand_prompt (p, &prompt_visible_length,
+				       &prompt_last_invisible,
+				       (int *)NULL,
+				       &prompt_physical_chars);
+      c = *t; *t = '\0';
+      /* The portion of the prompt string up to and including the
+	 final newline is now null-terminated. */
+      local_prompt_prefix = expand_prompt (prompt, &prompt_prefix_length,
+						   (int *)NULL,
+						   &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+						   (int *)NULL);
+      *t = c;
+      return (prompt_prefix_length);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Initialize the VISIBLE_LINE and INVISIBLE_LINE arrays, and their associated
+   arrays of line break markers.  MINSIZE is the minimum size of VISIBLE_LINE
+   and INVISIBLE_LINE; if it is greater than LINE_SIZE, LINE_SIZE is
+   increased.  If the lines have already been allocated, this ensures that
+   they can hold at least MINSIZE characters. */
+static void
+init_line_structures (minsize)
+      int minsize;
+{
+  register int n;
+
+  if (invisible_line == 0)	/* initialize it */
+    {
+      if (line_size < minsize)
+	line_size = minsize;
+      visible_line = (char *)xmalloc (line_size);
+      invisible_line = (char *)xmalloc (line_size);
+    }
+  else if (line_size < minsize)	/* ensure it can hold MINSIZE chars */
+    {
+      line_size *= 2;
+      if (line_size < minsize)
+	line_size = minsize;
+      visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+      invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+    }
+
+  for (n = minsize; n < line_size; n++)
+    {
+      visible_line[n] = 0;
+      invisible_line[n] = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (vis_lbreaks == 0)
+    {
+      /* should be enough. */
+      inv_lbsize = vis_lbsize = 256;
+      inv_lbreaks = (int *)xmalloc (inv_lbsize * sizeof (int));
+      vis_lbreaks = (int *)xmalloc (vis_lbsize * sizeof (int));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      _rl_wrapped_line = (int *)xmalloc (vis_lbsize * sizeof (int));
+#endif
+      inv_lbreaks[0] = vis_lbreaks[0] = 0;
+    }
+}
+  
+/* Basic redisplay algorithm. */
+void
+rl_redisplay ()
+{
+  register int in, out, c, linenum, cursor_linenum;
+  register char *line;
+  int c_pos, inv_botlin, lb_botlin, lb_linenum, o_cpos;
+  int newlines, lpos, temp, modmark, n0, num;
+  char *prompt_this_line;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  wchar_t wc;
+  size_t wc_bytes;
+  int wc_width;
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  int _rl_wrapped_multicolumn = 0;
+#endif
+
+  if (!readline_echoing_p)
+    return;
+
+  if (!rl_display_prompt)
+    rl_display_prompt = "";
+
+  if (invisible_line == 0 || vis_lbreaks == 0)
+    {
+      init_line_structures (0);
+      rl_on_new_line ();
+    }
+
+  /* Draw the line into the buffer. */
+  c_pos = -1;
+
+  line = invisible_line;
+  out = inv_botlin = 0;
+
+  /* Mark the line as modified or not.  We only do this for history
+     lines. */
+  modmark = 0;
+  if (_rl_mark_modified_lines && current_history () && rl_undo_list)
+    {
+      line[out++] = '*';
+      line[out] = '\0';
+      modmark = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* If someone thought that the redisplay was handled, but the currently
+     visible line has a different modification state than the one about
+     to become visible, then correct the caller's misconception. */
+  if (visible_line[0] != invisible_line[0])
+    rl_display_fixed = 0;
+
+  /* If the prompt to be displayed is the `primary' readline prompt (the
+     one passed to readline()), use the values we have already expanded.
+     If not, use what's already in rl_display_prompt.  WRAP_OFFSET is the
+     number of non-visible characters in the prompt string. */
+  if (rl_display_prompt == rl_prompt || local_prompt)
+    {
+      int local_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+      if (local_prompt_prefix && forced_display)
+	_rl_output_some_chars (local_prompt_prefix, strlen (local_prompt_prefix));
+
+      if (local_len > 0)
+	{
+	  temp = local_len + out + 2;
+	  if (temp >= line_size)
+	    {
+	      line_size = (temp + 1024) - (temp % 1024);
+	      visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+	      line = invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+	    }
+	  strncpy (line + out, local_prompt, local_len);
+	  out += local_len;
+	}
+      line[out] = '\0';
+      wrap_offset = local_len - prompt_visible_length;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int pmtlen;
+      prompt_this_line = strrchr (rl_display_prompt, '\n');
+      if (!prompt_this_line)
+	prompt_this_line = rl_display_prompt;
+      else
+	{
+	  prompt_this_line++;
+	  pmtlen = prompt_this_line - rl_display_prompt;	/* temp var */
+	  if (forced_display)
+	    {
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (rl_display_prompt, pmtlen);
+	      /* Make sure we are at column zero even after a newline,
+		 regardless of the state of terminal output processing. */
+	      if (pmtlen < 2 || prompt_this_line[-2] != '\r')
+		cr ();
+	    }
+	}
+
+      prompt_physical_chars = pmtlen = strlen (prompt_this_line);
+      temp = pmtlen + out + 2;
+      if (temp >= line_size)
+	{
+	  line_size = (temp + 1024) - (temp % 1024);
+	  visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+	  line = invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+	}
+      strncpy (line + out,  prompt_this_line, pmtlen);
+      out += pmtlen;
+      line[out] = '\0';
+      wrap_offset = prompt_invis_chars_first_line = 0;
+    }
+
+#define CHECK_INV_LBREAKS() \
+      do { \
+	if (newlines >= (inv_lbsize - 2)) \
+	  { \
+	    inv_lbsize *= 2; \
+	    inv_lbreaks = (int *)xrealloc (inv_lbreaks, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+	  } \
+      } while (0)
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)	  
+#define CHECK_LPOS() \
+      do { \
+	lpos++; \
+	if (lpos >= _rl_screenwidth) \
+	  { \
+	    if (newlines >= (inv_lbsize - 2)) \
+	      { \
+		inv_lbsize *= 2; \
+		inv_lbreaks = (int *)xrealloc (inv_lbreaks, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+		_rl_wrapped_line = (int *)xrealloc (_rl_wrapped_line, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+	      } \
+	    inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out; \
+	    _rl_wrapped_line[newlines] = _rl_wrapped_multicolumn; \
+	    lpos = 0; \
+	  } \
+      } while (0)
+#else
+#define CHECK_LPOS() \
+      do { \
+	lpos++; \
+	if (lpos >= _rl_screenwidth) \
+	  { \
+	    if (newlines >= (inv_lbsize - 2)) \
+	      { \
+		inv_lbsize *= 2; \
+		inv_lbreaks = (int *)xrealloc (inv_lbreaks, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+	      } \
+	    inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out; \
+	    lpos = 0; \
+	  } \
+      } while (0)
+#endif
+
+  /* inv_lbreaks[i] is where line i starts in the buffer. */
+  inv_lbreaks[newlines = 0] = 0;
+#if 0
+  lpos = out - wrap_offset;
+#else
+  lpos = prompt_physical_chars + modmark;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  memset (_rl_wrapped_line, 0, vis_lbsize);
+  num = 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* prompt_invis_chars_first_line is the number of invisible characters in
+     the first physical line of the prompt.
+     wrap_offset - prompt_invis_chars_first_line is the number of invis
+     chars on the second line. */
+
+  /* what if lpos is already >= _rl_screenwidth before we start drawing the
+     contents of the command line? */
+  while (lpos >= _rl_screenwidth)
+    {
+      /* fix from Darin Johnson <darin@acuson.com> for prompt string with
+         invisible characters that is longer than the screen width.  The
+         prompt_invis_chars_first_line variable could be made into an array
+         saying how many invisible characters there are per line, but that's
+         probably too much work for the benefit gained.  How many people have
+         prompts that exceed two physical lines?
+         Additional logic fix from Edward Catmur <ed@catmur.co.uk> */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      n0 = num;
+      temp = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+      while (num < temp)
+	{
+	  if (_rl_col_width  (local_prompt, n0, num) > _rl_screenwidth)
+	    {
+	      num = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (local_prompt, num, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  num++;
+	}
+      temp = num +
+#else
+      temp = ((newlines + 1) * _rl_screenwidth) +
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+             ((local_prompt_prefix == 0) ? ((newlines == 0) ? prompt_invis_chars_first_line
+							    : ((newlines == 1) ? wrap_offset : 0))
+					 : ((newlines == 0) ? wrap_offset :0));
+             
+      inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = temp;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      lpos -= _rl_col_width (local_prompt, n0, num);
+#else
+      lpos -= _rl_screenwidth;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  prompt_last_screen_line = newlines;
+
+  /* Draw the rest of the line (after the prompt) into invisible_line, keeping
+     track of where the cursor is (c_pos), the number of the line containing
+     the cursor (lb_linenum), the last line number (lb_botlin and inv_botlin).
+     It maintains an array of line breaks for display (inv_lbreaks).
+     This handles expanding tabs for display and displaying meta characters. */
+  lb_linenum = 0;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  in = 0;
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    {
+      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+      wc_bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, rl_line_buffer, rl_end, &ps);
+    }
+  else
+    wc_bytes = 1;
+  while (in < rl_end)
+#else
+  for (in = 0; in < rl_end; in++)
+#endif
+    {
+      c = (unsigned char)rl_line_buffer[in];
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (wc_bytes))
+	    {
+	      /* Byte sequence is invalid or shortened.  Assume that the
+	         first byte represents a character. */
+	      wc_bytes = 1;
+	      /* Assume that a character occupies a single column. */
+	      wc_width = 1;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	    }
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (wc_bytes))
+	    break;			/* Found '\0' */
+	  else
+	    {
+	      temp = wcwidth (wc);
+	      wc_width = (temp >= 0) ? temp : 1;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+      if (out + 8 >= line_size)		/* XXX - 8 for \t */
+	{
+	  line_size *= 2;
+	  visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+	  invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+	  line = invisible_line;
+	}
+
+      if (in == rl_point)
+	{
+	  c_pos = out;
+	  lb_linenum = newlines;
+	}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (META_CHAR (c) && _rl_output_meta_chars == 0)	/* XXX - clean up */
+#else
+      if (META_CHAR (c))
+#endif
+	{
+	  if (_rl_output_meta_chars == 0)
+	    {
+	      sprintf (line + out, "\\%o", c);
+
+	      if (lpos + 4 >= _rl_screenwidth)
+		{
+		  temp = _rl_screenwidth - lpos;
+		  CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+		  inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out + temp;
+		  lpos = 4 - temp;
+		}
+	      else
+		lpos += 4;
+
+	      out += 4;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      line[out++] = c;
+	      CHECK_LPOS();
+	    }
+	}
+#if defined (DISPLAY_TABS)
+      else if (c == '\t')
+	{
+	  register int newout;
+
+#if 0
+	  newout = (out | (int)7) + 1;
+#else
+	  newout = out + 8 - lpos % 8;
+#endif
+	  temp = newout - out;
+	  if (lpos + temp >= _rl_screenwidth)
+	    {
+	      register int temp2;
+	      temp2 = _rl_screenwidth - lpos;
+	      CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+	      inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out + temp2;
+	      lpos = temp - temp2;
+	      while (out < newout)
+		line[out++] = ' ';
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      while (out < newout)
+		line[out++] = ' ';
+	      lpos += temp;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+      else if (c == '\n' && _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode == 0 && _rl_term_up && *_rl_term_up)
+	{
+	  line[out++] = '\0';	/* XXX - sentinel */
+	  CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+	  inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out;
+	  lpos = 0;
+	}
+      else if (CTRL_CHAR (c) || c == RUBOUT)
+	{
+	  line[out++] = '^';
+	  CHECK_LPOS();
+	  line[out++] = CTRL_CHAR (c) ? UNCTRL (c) : '?';
+	  CHECK_LPOS();
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    {
+	      register int i;
+
+	      _rl_wrapped_multicolumn = 0;
+
+	      if (_rl_screenwidth < lpos + wc_width)
+		for (i = lpos; i < _rl_screenwidth; i++)
+		  {
+		    /* The space will be removed in update_line() */
+		    line[out++] = ' ';
+		    _rl_wrapped_multicolumn++;
+		    CHECK_LPOS();
+		  }
+	      if (in == rl_point)
+		{
+		  c_pos = out;
+		  lb_linenum = newlines;
+		}
+	      for (i = in; i < in+wc_bytes; i++)
+		line[out++] = rl_line_buffer[i];
+	      for (i = 0; i < wc_width; i++)
+		CHECK_LPOS();
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      line[out++] = c;
+	      CHECK_LPOS();
+	    }
+#else
+	  line[out++] = c;
+	  CHECK_LPOS();
+#endif
+	}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  in += wc_bytes;
+	  wc_bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, rl_line_buffer + in, rl_end - in, &ps);
+	}
+      else
+        in++;
+#endif
+
+    }
+  line[out] = '\0';
+  if (c_pos < 0)
+    {
+      c_pos = out;
+      lb_linenum = newlines;
+    }
+
+  inv_botlin = lb_botlin = newlines;
+  CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+  inv_lbreaks[newlines+1] = out;
+  cursor_linenum = lb_linenum;
+
+  /* C_POS == position in buffer where cursor should be placed.
+     CURSOR_LINENUM == line number where the cursor should be placed. */
+
+  /* PWP: now is when things get a bit hairy.  The visible and invisible
+     line buffers are really multiple lines, which would wrap every
+     (screenwidth - 1) characters.  Go through each in turn, finding
+     the changed region and updating it.  The line order is top to bottom. */
+
+  /* If we can move the cursor up and down, then use multiple lines,
+     otherwise, let long lines display in a single terminal line, and
+     horizontally scroll it. */
+
+  if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode == 0 && _rl_term_up && *_rl_term_up)
+    {
+      int nleft, pos, changed_screen_line, tx;
+
+      if (!rl_display_fixed || forced_display)
+	{
+	  forced_display = 0;
+
+	  /* If we have more than a screenful of material to display, then
+	     only display a screenful.  We should display the last screen,
+	     not the first.  */
+	  if (out >= _rl_screenchars)
+	    {
+	      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		out = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (line, _rl_screenchars, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	      else
+		out = _rl_screenchars - 1;
+	    }
+
+	  /* The first line is at character position 0 in the buffer.  The
+	     second and subsequent lines start at inv_lbreaks[N], offset by
+	     OFFSET (which has already been calculated above).  */
+
+#define W_OFFSET(line, offset) ((line) == 0 ? offset : 0)
+#define VIS_LLEN(l)	((l) > _rl_vis_botlin ? 0 : (vis_lbreaks[l+1] - vis_lbreaks[l]))
+#define INV_LLEN(l)	(inv_lbreaks[l+1] - inv_lbreaks[l])
+#define VIS_CHARS(line) (visible_line + vis_lbreaks[line])
+#define VIS_LINE(line) ((line) > _rl_vis_botlin) ? "" : VIS_CHARS(line)
+#define INV_LINE(line) (invisible_line + inv_lbreaks[line])
+
+	  /* For each line in the buffer, do the updating display. */
+	  for (linenum = 0; linenum <= inv_botlin; linenum++)
+	    {
+	      o_cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
+	      cpos_adjusted = 0;
+	      update_line (VIS_LINE(linenum), INV_LINE(linenum), linenum,
+			   VIS_LLEN(linenum), INV_LLEN(linenum), inv_botlin);
+
+	      /* update_line potentially changes _rl_last_c_pos, but doesn't
+		 take invisible characters into account, since _rl_last_c_pos
+		 is an absolute cursor position in a multibyte locale.  See
+		 if compensating here is the right thing, or if we have to
+		 change update_line itself.  There is one case in which
+		 update_line adjusts _rl_last_c_pos itself (so it can pass
+		 _rl_move_cursor_relative accurate values); it communicates
+		 this back by setting cpos_adjusted */
+	      if (linenum == 0 && (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) &&
+		  cpos_adjusted == 0 &&
+		  _rl_last_c_pos != o_cpos &&
+		  _rl_last_c_pos > wrap_offset &&
+		  o_cpos < prompt_last_invisible)
+		_rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset;
+		  
+	      /* If this is the line with the prompt, we might need to
+		 compensate for invisible characters in the new line. Do
+		 this only if there is not more than one new line (which
+		 implies that we completely overwrite the old visible line)
+		 and the new line is shorter than the old.  Make sure we are
+		 at the end of the new line before clearing. */
+	      if (linenum == 0 &&
+		  inv_botlin == 0 && _rl_last_c_pos == out &&
+		  (wrap_offset > visible_wrap_offset) &&
+		  (_rl_last_c_pos < visible_first_line_len))
+		{
+		  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		    nleft = _rl_screenwidth - _rl_last_c_pos;
+		  else
+		    nleft = _rl_screenwidth + wrap_offset - _rl_last_c_pos;
+		  if (nleft)
+		    _rl_clear_to_eol (nleft);
+		}
+
+	      /* Since the new first line is now visible, save its length. */
+	      if (linenum == 0)
+		visible_first_line_len = (inv_botlin > 0) ? inv_lbreaks[1] : out - wrap_offset;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We may have deleted some lines.  If so, clear the left over
+	     blank ones at the bottom out. */
+	  if (_rl_vis_botlin > inv_botlin)
+	    {
+	      char *tt;
+	      for (; linenum <= _rl_vis_botlin; linenum++)
+		{
+		  tt = VIS_CHARS (linenum);
+		  _rl_move_vert (linenum);
+		  _rl_move_cursor_relative (0, tt);
+		  _rl_clear_to_eol
+		    ((linenum == _rl_vis_botlin) ? strlen (tt) : _rl_screenwidth);
+		}
+	    }
+	  _rl_vis_botlin = inv_botlin;
+
+	  /* CHANGED_SCREEN_LINE is set to 1 if we have moved to a
+	     different screen line during this redisplay. */
+	  changed_screen_line = _rl_last_v_pos != cursor_linenum;
+	  if (changed_screen_line)
+	    {
+	      _rl_move_vert (cursor_linenum);
+	      /* If we moved up to the line with the prompt using _rl_term_up,
+		 the physical cursor position on the screen stays the same,
+		 but the buffer position needs to be adjusted to account
+		 for invisible characters. */
+	      if ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && cursor_linenum == 0 && wrap_offset)
+		_rl_last_c_pos += wrap_offset;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We have to reprint the prompt if it contains invisible
+	     characters, since it's not generally OK to just reprint
+	     the characters from the current cursor position.  But we
+	     only need to reprint it if the cursor is before the last
+	     invisible character in the prompt string. */
+	  nleft = prompt_visible_length + wrap_offset;
+	  if (cursor_linenum == 0 && wrap_offset > 0 && _rl_last_c_pos > 0 &&
+	      _rl_last_c_pos <= prompt_last_invisible && local_prompt)
+	    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+	      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+	      if (_rl_term_cr)
+		tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (local_prompt, nleft);
+	      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		_rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width (local_prompt, 0, nleft) - wrap_offset;
+	      else
+		_rl_last_c_pos = nleft;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Where on that line?  And where does that line start
+	     in the buffer? */
+	  pos = inv_lbreaks[cursor_linenum];
+	  /* nleft == number of characters in the line buffer between the
+	     start of the line and the cursor position. */
+	  nleft = c_pos - pos;
+
+	  /* NLEFT is now a number of characters in a buffer.  When in a
+	     multibyte locale, however, _rl_last_c_pos is an absolute cursor
+	     position that doesn't take invisible characters in the prompt
+	     into account.  We use a fudge factor to compensate. */
+
+	  /* Since _rl_backspace() doesn't know about invisible characters in the
+	     prompt, and there's no good way to tell it, we compensate for
+	     those characters here and call _rl_backspace() directly. */
+	  if (wrap_offset && cursor_linenum == 0 && nleft < _rl_last_c_pos)
+	    {
+	      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		tx = _rl_col_width (&visible_line[pos], 0, nleft) - visible_wrap_offset;
+	      else
+		tx = nleft;
+	      if (_rl_last_c_pos > tx)
+		{
+	          _rl_backspace (_rl_last_c_pos - tx);	/* XXX */
+	          _rl_last_c_pos = tx;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* We need to note that in a multibyte locale we are dealing with
+	     _rl_last_c_pos as an absolute cursor position, but moving to a
+	     point specified by a buffer position (NLEFT) that doesn't take
+	     invisible characters into account. */
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    _rl_move_cursor_relative (nleft, &invisible_line[pos]);
+	  else if (nleft != _rl_last_c_pos)
+	    _rl_move_cursor_relative (nleft, &invisible_line[pos]);
+	}
+    }
+  else				/* Do horizontal scrolling. */
+    {
+#define M_OFFSET(margin, offset) ((margin) == 0 ? offset : 0)
+      int lmargin, ndisp, nleft, phys_c_pos, t;
+
+      /* Always at top line. */
+      _rl_last_v_pos = 0;
+
+      /* Compute where in the buffer the displayed line should start.  This
+	 will be LMARGIN. */
+
+      /* The number of characters that will be displayed before the cursor. */
+      ndisp = c_pos - wrap_offset;
+      nleft  = prompt_visible_length + wrap_offset;
+      /* Where the new cursor position will be on the screen.  This can be
+	 longer than SCREENWIDTH; if it is, lmargin will be adjusted. */
+      phys_c_pos = c_pos - (last_lmargin ? last_lmargin : wrap_offset);
+      t = _rl_screenwidth / 3;
+
+      /* If the number of characters had already exceeded the screenwidth,
+	 last_lmargin will be > 0. */
+
+      /* If the number of characters to be displayed is more than the screen
+	 width, compute the starting offset so that the cursor is about
+	 two-thirds of the way across the screen. */
+      if (phys_c_pos > _rl_screenwidth - 2)
+	{
+	  lmargin = c_pos - (2 * t);
+	  if (lmargin < 0)
+	    lmargin = 0;
+	  /* If the left margin would be in the middle of a prompt with
+	     invisible characters, don't display the prompt at all. */
+	  if (wrap_offset && lmargin > 0 && lmargin < nleft)
+	    lmargin = nleft;
+	}
+      else if (ndisp < _rl_screenwidth - 2)		/* XXX - was -1 */
+	lmargin = 0;
+      else if (phys_c_pos < 1)
+	{
+	  /* If we are moving back towards the beginning of the line and
+	     the last margin is no longer correct, compute a new one. */
+	  lmargin = ((c_pos - 1) / t) * t;	/* XXX */
+	  if (wrap_offset && lmargin > 0 && lmargin < nleft)
+	    lmargin = nleft;
+	}
+      else
+	lmargin = last_lmargin;
+
+      /* If the first character on the screen isn't the first character
+	 in the display line, indicate this with a special character. */
+      if (lmargin > 0)
+	line[lmargin] = '<';
+
+      /* If SCREENWIDTH characters starting at LMARGIN do not encompass
+	 the whole line, indicate that with a special character at the
+	 right edge of the screen.  If LMARGIN is 0, we need to take the
+	 wrap offset into account. */
+      t = lmargin + M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset) + _rl_screenwidth;
+      if (t < out)
+	line[t - 1] = '>';
+
+      if (!rl_display_fixed || forced_display || lmargin != last_lmargin)
+	{
+	  forced_display = 0;
+	  update_line (&visible_line[last_lmargin],
+		       &invisible_line[lmargin],
+		       0,
+		       _rl_screenwidth + visible_wrap_offset,
+		       _rl_screenwidth + (lmargin ? 0 : wrap_offset),
+		       0);
+
+	  /* If the visible new line is shorter than the old, but the number
+	     of invisible characters is greater, and we are at the end of
+	     the new line, we need to clear to eol. */
+	  t = _rl_last_c_pos - M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset);
+	  if ((M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset) > visible_wrap_offset) &&
+	      (_rl_last_c_pos == out) &&
+	      t < visible_first_line_len)
+	    {
+	      nleft = _rl_screenwidth - t;
+	      _rl_clear_to_eol (nleft);
+	    }
+	  visible_first_line_len = out - lmargin - M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset);
+	  if (visible_first_line_len > _rl_screenwidth)
+	    visible_first_line_len = _rl_screenwidth;
+
+	  _rl_move_cursor_relative (c_pos - lmargin, &invisible_line[lmargin]);
+	  last_lmargin = lmargin;
+	}
+    }
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+
+  /* Swap visible and non-visible lines. */
+  {
+    char *vtemp = visible_line;
+    int *itemp = vis_lbreaks, ntemp = vis_lbsize;
+
+    visible_line = invisible_line;
+    invisible_line = vtemp;
+
+    vis_lbreaks = inv_lbreaks;
+    inv_lbreaks = itemp;
+
+    vis_lbsize = inv_lbsize;
+    inv_lbsize = ntemp;
+
+    rl_display_fixed = 0;
+    /* If we are displaying on a single line, and last_lmargin is > 0, we
+       are not displaying any invisible characters, so set visible_wrap_offset
+       to 0. */
+    if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && last_lmargin)
+      visible_wrap_offset = 0;
+    else
+      visible_wrap_offset = wrap_offset;
+  }
+}
+
+/* PWP: update_line() is based on finding the middle difference of each
+   line on the screen; vis:
+
+			     /old first difference
+	/beginning of line   |	      /old last same       /old EOL
+	v		     v	      v		    v
+old:	eddie> Oh, my little gruntle-buggy is to me, as lurgid as
+new:	eddie> Oh, my little buggy says to me, as lurgid as
+	^		     ^	^			   ^
+	\beginning of line   |	\new last same	   \new end of line
+			     \new first difference
+
+   All are character pointers for the sake of speed.  Special cases for
+   no differences, as well as for end of line additions must be handled.
+
+   Could be made even smarter, but this works well enough */
+static void
+update_line (old, new, current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin)
+     register char *old, *new;
+     int current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin;
+{
+  register char *ofd, *ols, *oe, *nfd, *nls, *ne;
+  int temp, lendiff, wsatend, od, nd;
+  int current_invis_chars;
+  int col_lendiff, col_temp;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps_new, ps_old;
+  int new_offset, old_offset, tmp;
+#endif
+
+  /* If we're at the right edge of a terminal that supports xn, we're
+     ready to wrap around, so do so.  This fixes problems with knowing
+     the exact cursor position and cut-and-paste with certain terminal
+     emulators.  In this calculation, TEMP is the physical screen
+     position of the cursor. */
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    temp = _rl_last_c_pos;
+  else
+    temp = _rl_last_c_pos - W_OFFSET(_rl_last_v_pos, visible_wrap_offset);
+  if (temp == _rl_screenwidth && _rl_term_autowrap && !_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode
+	&& _rl_last_v_pos == current_line - 1)
+    {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  wchar_t wc;
+	  mbstate_t ps;
+	  int tempwidth, bytes;
+	  size_t ret;
+
+	  /* This fixes only double-column characters, but if the wrapped
+	     character comsumes more than three columns, spaces will be
+	     inserted in the string buffer. */
+	  if (_rl_wrapped_line[current_line] > 0)
+	    _rl_clear_to_eol (_rl_wrapped_line[current_line]);
+
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	  ret = mbrtowc (&wc, new, MB_CUR_MAX, &ps);
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (ret))
+	    {
+	      tempwidth = 1;
+	      ret = 1;
+	    }
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (ret))
+	    tempwidth = 0;
+	  else
+	    tempwidth = wcwidth (wc);
+
+	  if (tempwidth > 0)
+	    {
+	      int count;
+	      bytes = ret;
+	      for (count = 0; count < bytes; count++)
+		putc (new[count], rl_outstream);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos = tempwidth;
+	      _rl_last_v_pos++;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	      ret = mbrtowc (&wc, old, MB_CUR_MAX, &ps);
+	      if (ret != 0 && bytes != 0)
+		{
+		  if (MB_INVALIDCH (ret))
+		    memmove (old+bytes, old+1, strlen (old+1));
+		  else
+		    memmove (old+bytes, old+ret, strlen (old+ret));
+		  memcpy (old, new, bytes);
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos = 1;
+	      _rl_last_v_pos++;
+	      if (old[0] && new[0])
+		old[0] = new[0];
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	{
+	  if (new[0])
+	    putc (new[0], rl_outstream);
+	  else
+	    putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+	  _rl_last_c_pos = 1;
+	  _rl_last_v_pos++;
+	  if (old[0] && new[0])
+	    old[0] = new[0];
+	}
+    }
+
+      
+  /* Find first difference. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    {
+      /* See if the old line is a subset of the new line, so that the
+	 only change is adding characters. */
+      temp = (omax < nmax) ? omax : nmax;
+      if (memcmp (old, new, temp) == 0)
+	{
+	  ofd = old + temp;
+	  nfd = new + temp;
+	}
+      else
+	{      
+	  memset (&ps_new, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+	  memset (&ps_old, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+
+	  if (omax == nmax && STREQN (new, old, omax))
+	    {
+	      ofd = old + omax;
+	      nfd = new + nmax;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      new_offset = old_offset = 0;
+	      for (ofd = old, nfd = new;
+		    (ofd - old < omax) && *ofd &&
+		    _rl_compare_chars(old, old_offset, &ps_old, new, new_offset, &ps_new); )
+		{
+		  old_offset = _rl_find_next_mbchar (old, old_offset, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+		  new_offset = _rl_find_next_mbchar (new, new_offset, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+		  ofd = old + old_offset;
+		  nfd = new + new_offset;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+  for (ofd = old, nfd = new;
+       (ofd - old < omax) && *ofd && (*ofd == *nfd);
+       ofd++, nfd++)
+    ;
+
+  /* Move to the end of the screen line.  ND and OD are used to keep track
+     of the distance between ne and new and oe and old, respectively, to
+     move a subtraction out of each loop. */
+  for (od = ofd - old, oe = ofd; od < omax && *oe; oe++, od++);
+  for (nd = nfd - new, ne = nfd; nd < nmax && *ne; ne++, nd++);
+
+  /* If no difference, continue to next line. */
+  if (ofd == oe && nfd == ne)
+    return;
+
+  wsatend = 1;			/* flag for trailing whitespace */
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    {
+      ols = old + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (old, oe - old, MB_FIND_ANY);
+      nls = new + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (new, ne - new, MB_FIND_ANY);
+      while ((ols > ofd) && (nls > nfd))
+	{
+	  memset (&ps_old, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	  memset (&ps_new, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+#if 0
+	  /* On advice from jir@yamato.ibm.com */
+	  _rl_adjust_point (old, ols - old, &ps_old);
+	  _rl_adjust_point (new, nls - new, &ps_new);
+#endif
+
+	  if (_rl_compare_chars (old, ols - old, &ps_old, new, nls - new, &ps_new) == 0)
+	    break;
+
+	  if (*ols == ' ')
+	    wsatend = 0;
+
+	  ols = old + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (old, ols - old, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	  nls = new + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (new, nls - new, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+  ols = oe - 1;			/* find last same */
+  nls = ne - 1;
+  while ((ols > ofd) && (nls > nfd) && (*ols == *nls))
+    {
+      if (*ols != ' ')
+	wsatend = 0;
+      ols--;
+      nls--;
+    }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (wsatend)
+    {
+      ols = oe;
+      nls = ne;
+    }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  /* This may not work for stateful encoding, but who cares?  To handle
+     stateful encoding properly, we have to scan each string from the
+     beginning and compare. */
+  else if (_rl_compare_chars (ols, 0, NULL, nls, 0, NULL) == 0)
+#else
+  else if (*ols != *nls)
+#endif
+    {
+      if (*ols)			/* don't step past the NUL */
+	{
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    ols = old + _rl_find_next_mbchar (old, ols - old, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	  else
+	    ols++;
+	}
+      if (*nls)
+	{
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    nls = new + _rl_find_next_mbchar (new, nls - new, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	  else
+	    nls++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* count of invisible characters in the current invisible line. */
+  current_invis_chars = W_OFFSET (current_line, wrap_offset);
+  if (_rl_last_v_pos != current_line)
+    {
+      _rl_move_vert (current_line);
+      if ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && current_line == 0 && visible_wrap_offset)
+	_rl_last_c_pos += visible_wrap_offset;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is the first line and there are invisible characters in the
+     prompt string, and the prompt string has not changed, and the current
+     cursor position is before the last invisible character in the prompt,
+     and the index of the character to move to is past the end of the prompt
+     string, then redraw the entire prompt string.  We can only do this
+     reliably if the terminal supports a `cr' capability.
+
+     This is not an efficiency hack -- there is a problem with redrawing
+     portions of the prompt string if they contain terminal escape
+     sequences (like drawing the `unbold' sequence without a corresponding
+     `bold') that manifests itself on certain terminals. */
+
+  lendiff = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+  od = ofd - old;	/* index of first difference in visible line */
+  if (current_line == 0 && !_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode &&
+      _rl_term_cr && lendiff > prompt_visible_length && _rl_last_c_pos > 0 &&
+      od >= lendiff && _rl_last_c_pos <= prompt_last_invisible)
+    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+      _rl_output_some_chars (local_prompt, lendiff);
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  /* We take wrap_offset into account here so we can pass correct
+	     information to _rl_move_cursor_relative. */
+	  _rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width (local_prompt, 0, lendiff) - wrap_offset;
+	  cpos_adjusted = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	_rl_last_c_pos = lendiff;
+    }
+
+  _rl_move_cursor_relative (od, old);
+
+  /* if (len (new) > len (old))
+     lendiff == difference in buffer
+     col_lendiff == difference on screen
+     When not using multibyte characters, these are equal */
+  lendiff = (nls - nfd) - (ols - ofd);
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    col_lendiff = _rl_col_width (new, nfd - new, nls - new) - _rl_col_width (old, ofd - old, ols - old);
+  else
+    col_lendiff = lendiff;
+
+  /* If we are changing the number of invisible characters in a line, and
+     the spot of first difference is before the end of the invisible chars,
+     lendiff needs to be adjusted. */
+  if (current_line == 0 && !_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode &&
+      current_invis_chars != visible_wrap_offset)
+    {
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  lendiff += visible_wrap_offset - current_invis_chars;
+	  col_lendiff += visible_wrap_offset - current_invis_chars;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  lendiff += visible_wrap_offset - current_invis_chars;
+	  col_lendiff = lendiff;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Insert (diff (len (old), len (new)) ch. */
+  temp = ne - nfd;
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    col_temp = _rl_col_width (new, nfd - new, ne - new);
+  else
+    col_temp = temp;
+
+  if (col_lendiff > 0)	/* XXX - was lendiff */
+    {
+      /* Non-zero if we're increasing the number of lines. */
+      int gl = current_line >= _rl_vis_botlin && inv_botlin > _rl_vis_botlin;
+      /* Sometimes it is cheaper to print the characters rather than
+	 use the terminal's capabilities.  If we're growing the number
+	 of lines, make sure we actually cause the new line to wrap
+	 around on auto-wrapping terminals. */
+      if (_rl_terminal_can_insert && ((2 * col_temp) >= col_lendiff || _rl_term_IC) && (!_rl_term_autowrap || !gl))
+	{
+	  /* If lendiff > prompt_visible_length and _rl_last_c_pos == 0 and
+	     _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode == 1, inserting the characters with
+	     _rl_term_IC or _rl_term_ic will screw up the screen because of the
+	     invisible characters.  We need to just draw them. */
+	  if (*ols && (!_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode || _rl_last_c_pos > 0 ||
+			lendiff <= prompt_visible_length || !current_invis_chars))
+	    {
+	      insert_some_chars (nfd, lendiff, col_lendiff);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += col_lendiff;
+	    }
+	  else if ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented != 0) && *ols == 0 && lendiff > 0)
+	    {
+	      /* At the end of a line the characters do not have to
+		 be "inserted".  They can just be placed on the screen. */
+	      /* However, this screws up the rest of this block, which
+		 assumes you've done the insert because you can. */
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, lendiff);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += col_lendiff;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* We have horizontal scrolling and we are not inserting at
+		 the end.  We have invisible characters in this line.  This
+		 is a dumb update. */
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  /* Copy (new) chars to screen from first diff to last match. */
+	  temp = nls - nfd;
+	  if ((temp - lendiff) > 0)
+	    {
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd + lendiff, temp - lendiff);
+#if 1
+	     /* XXX -- this bears closer inspection.  Fixes a redisplay bug
+		reported against bash-3.0-alpha by Andreas Schwab involving
+		multibyte characters and prompt strings with invisible
+		characters, but was previously disabled. */
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (nfd+lendiff, 0, temp-col_lendiff);
+#else
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (nfd+lendiff, 0, temp-lendiff);
+#endif
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* cannot insert chars, write to EOL */
+	  _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+	  _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;
+	  /* If we're in a multibyte locale and were before the last invisible
+	     char in the current line (which implies we just output some invisible
+	     characters) we need to adjust _rl_last_c_pos, since it represents
+	     a physical character position. */
+	}
+    }
+  else				/* Delete characters from line. */
+    {
+      /* If possible and inexpensive to use terminal deletion, then do so. */
+      if (_rl_term_dc && (2 * col_temp) >= -col_lendiff)
+	{
+	  /* If all we're doing is erasing the invisible characters in the
+	     prompt string, don't bother.  It screws up the assumptions
+	     about what's on the screen. */
+	  if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && _rl_last_c_pos == 0 &&
+	      -lendiff == visible_wrap_offset)
+	    col_lendiff = 0;
+
+	  if (col_lendiff)
+	    delete_chars (-col_lendiff); /* delete (diff) characters */
+
+	  /* Copy (new) chars to screen from first diff to last match */
+	  temp = nls - nfd;
+	  if (temp > 0)
+	    {
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (nfd, 0, temp);;
+	    }
+	}
+      /* Otherwise, print over the existing material. */
+      else
+	{
+	  if (temp > 0)
+	    {
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;		/* XXX */
+	    }
+	  lendiff = (oe - old) - (ne - new);
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    col_lendiff = _rl_col_width (old, 0, oe - old) - _rl_col_width (new, 0, ne - new);
+	  else
+	    col_lendiff = lendiff;
+
+	  if (col_lendiff)
+	    {	  
+	      if (_rl_term_autowrap && current_line < inv_botlin)
+		space_to_eol (col_lendiff);
+	      else
+		_rl_clear_to_eol (col_lendiff);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Tell the update routines that we have moved onto a new (empty) line. */
+int
+rl_on_new_line ()
+{
+  if (visible_line)
+    visible_line[0] = '\0';
+
+  _rl_last_c_pos = _rl_last_v_pos = 0;
+  _rl_vis_botlin = last_lmargin = 0;
+  if (vis_lbreaks)
+    vis_lbreaks[0] = vis_lbreaks[1] = 0;
+  visible_wrap_offset = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Tell the update routines that we have moved onto a new line with the
+   prompt already displayed.  Code originally from the version of readline
+   distributed with CLISP.  rl_expand_prompt must have already been called
+   (explicitly or implicitly).  This still doesn't work exactly right. */
+int
+rl_on_new_line_with_prompt ()
+{
+  int prompt_size, i, l, real_screenwidth, newlines;
+  char *prompt_last_line, *lprompt;
+
+  /* Initialize visible_line and invisible_line to ensure that they can hold
+     the already-displayed prompt. */
+  prompt_size = strlen (rl_prompt) + 1;
+  init_line_structures (prompt_size);
+
+  /* Make sure the line structures hold the already-displayed prompt for
+     redisplay. */
+  lprompt = local_prompt ? local_prompt : rl_prompt;
+  strcpy (visible_line, lprompt);
+  strcpy (invisible_line, lprompt);
+
+  /* If the prompt contains newlines, take the last tail. */
+  prompt_last_line = strrchr (rl_prompt, '\n');
+  if (!prompt_last_line)
+    prompt_last_line = rl_prompt;
+
+  l = strlen (prompt_last_line);
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    _rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width (prompt_last_line, 0, l);	/* XXX */
+  else
+    _rl_last_c_pos = l;
+
+  /* Dissect prompt_last_line into screen lines. Note that here we have
+     to use the real screenwidth. Readline's notion of screenwidth might be
+     one less, see terminal.c. */
+  real_screenwidth = _rl_screenwidth + (_rl_term_autowrap ? 0 : 1);
+  _rl_last_v_pos = l / real_screenwidth;
+  /* If the prompt length is a multiple of real_screenwidth, we don't know
+     whether the cursor is at the end of the last line, or already at the
+     beginning of the next line. Output a newline just to be safe. */
+  if (l > 0 && (l % real_screenwidth) == 0)
+    _rl_output_some_chars ("\n", 1);
+  last_lmargin = 0;
+
+  newlines = 0; i = 0;
+  while (i <= l)
+    {
+      _rl_vis_botlin = newlines;
+      vis_lbreaks[newlines++] = i;
+      i += real_screenwidth;
+    }
+  vis_lbreaks[newlines] = l;
+  visible_wrap_offset = 0;
+
+  rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt;	/* XXX - make sure it's set */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Actually update the display, period. */
+int
+rl_forced_update_display ()
+{
+  if (visible_line)
+    {
+      register char *temp = visible_line;
+
+      while (*temp)
+	*temp++ = '\0';
+    }
+  rl_on_new_line ();
+  forced_display++;
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor from _rl_last_c_pos to NEW, which are buffer indices.
+   (Well, when we don't have multibyte characters, _rl_last_c_pos is a
+   buffer index.)
+   DATA is the contents of the screen line of interest; i.e., where
+   the movement is being done. */
+void
+_rl_move_cursor_relative (new, data)
+     int new;
+     const char *data;
+{
+  register int i;
+  int woff;			/* number of invisible chars on current line */
+  int cpos, dpos;		/* current and desired cursor positions */
+
+  woff = W_OFFSET (_rl_last_v_pos, wrap_offset);
+  cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  /* If we have multibyte characters, NEW is indexed by the buffer point in
+     a multibyte string, but _rl_last_c_pos is the display position.  In
+     this case, NEW's display position is not obvious and must be
+     calculated.  We need to account for invisible characters in this line,
+     as long as we are past them and they are counted by _rl_col_width. */
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    {
+      dpos = _rl_col_width (data, 0, new);
+      if (dpos > woff)
+	dpos -= woff;
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    dpos = new;
+
+  /* If we don't have to do anything, then return. */
+  if (cpos == dpos)
+    return;
+
+  /* It may be faster to output a CR, and then move forwards instead
+     of moving backwards. */
+  /* i == current physical cursor position. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    i = _rl_last_c_pos;
+  else
+#endif
+  i = _rl_last_c_pos - woff;
+  if (new == 0 || CR_FASTER (new, _rl_last_c_pos) ||
+      (_rl_term_autowrap && i == _rl_screenwidth))
+    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ */
+      cpos = _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (cpos < dpos)
+    {
+      /* Move the cursor forward.  We do it by printing the command
+	 to move the cursor forward if there is one, else print that
+	 portion of the output buffer again.  Which is cheaper? */
+
+      /* The above comment is left here for posterity.  It is faster
+	 to print one character (non-control) than to print a control
+	 sequence telling the terminal to move forward one character.
+	 That kind of control is for people who don't know what the
+	 data is underneath the cursor. */
+#if defined (HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION)
+      if (_rl_term_forward_char)
+	{
+	  for (i = cpos; i < dpos; i++)
+	    tputs (_rl_term_forward_char, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION */
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+	  for (i = 0; i < new; i++)
+	    putc (data[i], rl_outstream);
+	}
+      else
+	for (i = cpos; i < new; i++)
+	  putc (data[i], rl_outstream);
+    }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  /* NEW points to the buffer point, but _rl_last_c_pos is the display point.
+     The byte length of the string is probably bigger than the column width
+     of the string, which means that if NEW == _rl_last_c_pos, then NEW's
+     display point is less than _rl_last_c_pos. */
+#endif
+  else if (cpos > dpos)
+    _rl_backspace (cpos - dpos);
+
+  _rl_last_c_pos = dpos;
+}
+
+/* PWP: move the cursor up or down. */
+void
+_rl_move_vert (to)
+     int to;
+{
+  register int delta, i;
+
+  if (_rl_last_v_pos == to || to > _rl_screenheight)
+    return;
+
+  if ((delta = to - _rl_last_v_pos) > 0)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < delta; i++)
+	putc ('\n', rl_outstream);
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+      _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {			/* delta < 0 */
+      if (_rl_term_up && *_rl_term_up)
+	for (i = 0; i < -delta; i++)
+	  tputs (_rl_term_up, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+    }
+
+  _rl_last_v_pos = to;		/* Now TO is here */
+}
+
+/* Physically print C on rl_outstream.  This is for functions which know
+   how to optimize the display.  Return the number of characters output. */
+int
+rl_show_char (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  int n = 1;
+  if (META_CHAR (c) && (_rl_output_meta_chars == 0))
+    {
+      fprintf (rl_outstream, "M-");
+      n += 2;
+      c = UNMETA (c);
+    }
+
+#if defined (DISPLAY_TABS)
+  if ((CTRL_CHAR (c) && c != '\t') || c == RUBOUT)
+#else
+  if (CTRL_CHAR (c) || c == RUBOUT)
+#endif /* !DISPLAY_TABS */
+    {
+      fprintf (rl_outstream, "C-");
+      n += 2;
+      c = CTRL_CHAR (c) ? UNCTRL (c) : '?';
+    }
+
+  putc (c, rl_outstream);
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+  return n;
+}
+
+int
+rl_character_len (c, pos)
+     register int c, pos;
+{
+  unsigned char uc;
+
+  uc = (unsigned char)c;
+
+  if (META_CHAR (uc))
+    return ((_rl_output_meta_chars == 0) ? 4 : 1);
+
+  if (uc == '\t')
+    {
+#if defined (DISPLAY_TABS)
+      return (((pos | 7) + 1) - pos);
+#else
+      return (2);
+#endif /* !DISPLAY_TABS */
+    }
+
+  if (CTRL_CHAR (c) || c == RUBOUT)
+    return (2);
+
+  return ((ISPRINT (uc)) ? 1 : 2);
+}
+/* How to print things in the "echo-area".  The prompt is treated as a
+   mini-modeline. */
+static int msg_saved_prompt = 0;
+
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS)
+int
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+rl_message (const char *format, ...)
+#else
+rl_message (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  va_list args;
+#if defined (PREFER_VARARGS)
+  char *format;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+  va_start (args, format);
+#else
+  va_start (args);
+  format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_VSNPRINTF)
+  vsnprintf (msg_buf, sizeof (msg_buf) - 1, format, args);
+#else
+  vsprintf (msg_buf, format, args);
+  msg_buf[sizeof(msg_buf) - 1] = '\0';	/* overflow? */
+#endif
+  va_end (args);
+
+  if (saved_local_prompt == 0)
+    {
+      rl_save_prompt ();
+      msg_saved_prompt = 1;
+    }
+  rl_display_prompt = msg_buf;
+  local_prompt = expand_prompt (msg_buf, &prompt_visible_length,
+					 &prompt_last_invisible,
+					 &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+					 &prompt_physical_chars);
+  local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#else /* !USE_VARARGS */
+int
+rl_message (format, arg1, arg2)
+     char *format;
+{
+  sprintf (msg_buf, format, arg1, arg2);
+  msg_buf[sizeof(msg_buf) - 1] = '\0';	/* overflow? */
+
+  rl_display_prompt = msg_buf;
+  if (saved_local_prompt == 0)
+    {
+      rl_save_prompt ();
+      msg_saved_prompt = 1;
+    }
+  local_prompt = expand_prompt (msg_buf, &prompt_visible_length,
+					 &prompt_last_invisible,
+					 &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+					 &prompt_physical_chars);
+  local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+      
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* !USE_VARARGS */
+
+/* How to clear things from the "echo-area". */
+int
+rl_clear_message ()
+{
+  rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt;
+  if (msg_saved_prompt)
+    {
+      rl_restore_prompt ();
+      msg_saved_prompt = 0;
+    }
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_reset_line_state ()
+{
+  rl_on_new_line ();
+
+  rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt ? rl_prompt : "";
+  forced_display = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+rl_save_prompt ()
+{
+  saved_local_prompt = local_prompt;
+  saved_local_prefix = local_prompt_prefix;
+  saved_prefix_length = prompt_prefix_length;
+  saved_last_invisible = prompt_last_invisible;
+  saved_visible_length = prompt_visible_length;
+  saved_invis_chars_first_line = prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+  saved_physical_chars = prompt_physical_chars;
+
+  local_prompt = local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
+  prompt_last_invisible = prompt_visible_length = prompt_prefix_length = 0;
+  prompt_invis_chars_first_line = prompt_physical_chars = 0;
+}
+
+void
+rl_restore_prompt ()
+{
+  FREE (local_prompt);
+  FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
+
+  local_prompt = saved_local_prompt;
+  local_prompt_prefix = saved_local_prefix;
+  prompt_prefix_length = saved_prefix_length;
+  prompt_last_invisible = saved_last_invisible;
+  prompt_visible_length = saved_visible_length;
+  prompt_invis_chars_first_line = saved_invis_chars_first_line;
+  prompt_physical_chars = saved_physical_chars;
+
+  /* can test saved_local_prompt to see if prompt info has been saved. */
+  saved_local_prompt = saved_local_prefix = (char *)0;
+  saved_last_invisible = saved_visible_length = saved_prefix_length = 0;
+  saved_invis_chars_first_line = saved_physical_chars = 0;
+}
+
+char *
+_rl_make_prompt_for_search (pchar)
+     int pchar;
+{
+  int len;
+  char *pmt;
+
+  rl_save_prompt ();
+
+  if (saved_local_prompt == 0)
+    {
+      len = (rl_prompt && *rl_prompt) ? strlen (rl_prompt) : 0;
+      pmt = (char *)xmalloc (len + 2);
+      if (len)
+	strcpy (pmt, rl_prompt);
+      pmt[len] = pchar;
+      pmt[len+1] = '\0';
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      len = *saved_local_prompt ? strlen (saved_local_prompt) : 0;
+      pmt = (char *)xmalloc (len + 2);
+      if (len)
+	strcpy (pmt, saved_local_prompt);
+      pmt[len] = pchar;
+      pmt[len+1] = '\0';
+      local_prompt = savestring (pmt);
+      prompt_last_invisible = saved_last_invisible;
+      prompt_visible_length = saved_visible_length + 1;
+    }
+
+  prompt_physical_chars = saved_physical_chars + 1;
+
+  return pmt;
+}
+
+/* Quick redisplay hack when erasing characters at the end of the line. */
+void
+_rl_erase_at_end_of_line (l)
+     int l;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  _rl_backspace (l);
+  for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
+    putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+  _rl_backspace (l);
+  for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
+    visible_line[--_rl_last_c_pos] = '\0';
+  rl_display_fixed++;
+}
+
+/* Clear to the end of the line.  COUNT is the minimum
+   number of character spaces to clear, */
+void
+_rl_clear_to_eol (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  if (_rl_term_clreol)
+    tputs (_rl_term_clreol, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+  else if (count)
+    space_to_eol (count);
+}
+
+/* Clear to the end of the line using spaces.  COUNT is the minimum
+   number of character spaces to clear, */
+static void
+space_to_eol (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+   putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+
+  _rl_last_c_pos += count;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_clear_screen ()
+{
+  if (_rl_term_clrpag)
+    tputs (_rl_term_clrpag, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+  else
+    rl_crlf ();
+}
+
+/* Insert COUNT characters from STRING to the output stream at column COL. */
+static void
+insert_some_chars (string, count, col)
+     char *string;
+     int count, col;
+{
+#if defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__MINGW32__)
+  _rl_output_some_chars (string, count);
+#else
+  /* DEBUGGING */
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+    if (count != col)
+      fprintf(stderr, "readline: debug: insert_some_chars: count (%d) != col (%d)\n", count, col);
+
+  /* If IC is defined, then we do not have to "enter" insert mode. */
+  if (_rl_term_IC)
+    {
+      char *buffer;
+
+      buffer = tgoto (_rl_term_IC, 0, col);
+      tputs (buffer, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+      _rl_output_some_chars (string, count);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      register int i;
+
+      /* If we have to turn on insert-mode, then do so. */
+      if (_rl_term_im && *_rl_term_im)
+	tputs (_rl_term_im, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+
+      /* If there is a special command for inserting characters, then
+	 use that first to open up the space. */
+      if (_rl_term_ic && *_rl_term_ic)
+	{
+	  for (i = col; i--; )
+	    tputs (_rl_term_ic, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+	}
+
+      /* Print the text. */
+      _rl_output_some_chars (string, count);
+
+      /* If there is a string to turn off insert mode, we had best use
+	 it now. */
+      if (_rl_term_ei && *_rl_term_ei)
+	tputs (_rl_term_ei, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+    }
+#endif /* __MSDOS__ || __MINGW32__ */
+}
+
+/* Delete COUNT characters from the display line. */
+static void
+delete_chars (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  if (count > _rl_screenwidth)	/* XXX */
+    return;
+
+#if !defined (__MSDOS__) && !defined (__MINGW32__)
+  if (_rl_term_DC && *_rl_term_DC)
+    {
+      char *buffer;
+      buffer = tgoto (_rl_term_DC, count, count);
+      tputs (buffer, count, _rl_output_character_function);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (_rl_term_dc && *_rl_term_dc)
+	while (count--)
+	  tputs (_rl_term_dc, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+    }
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ && !__MINGW32__ */
+}
+
+void
+_rl_update_final ()
+{
+  int full_lines;
+
+  full_lines = 0;
+  /* If the cursor is the only thing on an otherwise-blank last line,
+     compensate so we don't print an extra CRLF. */
+  if (_rl_vis_botlin && _rl_last_c_pos == 0 &&
+	visible_line[vis_lbreaks[_rl_vis_botlin]] == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_vis_botlin--;
+      full_lines = 1;
+    }
+  _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+  /* If we've wrapped lines, remove the final xterm line-wrap flag. */
+  if (full_lines && _rl_term_autowrap && (VIS_LLEN(_rl_vis_botlin) == _rl_screenwidth))
+    {
+      char *last_line;
+
+      last_line = &visible_line[vis_lbreaks[_rl_vis_botlin]];
+      _rl_move_cursor_relative (_rl_screenwidth - 1, last_line);
+      _rl_clear_to_eol (0);
+      putc (last_line[_rl_screenwidth - 1], rl_outstream);
+    }
+  _rl_vis_botlin = 0;
+  rl_crlf ();
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+  rl_display_fixed++;
+}
+
+/* Move to the start of the current line. */
+static void
+cr ()
+{
+  if (_rl_term_cr)
+    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+      _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Redraw the last line of a multi-line prompt that may possibly contain
+   terminal escape sequences.  Called with the cursor at column 0 of the
+   line to draw the prompt on. */
+static void
+redraw_prompt (t)
+     char *t;
+{
+  char *oldp;
+
+  oldp = rl_display_prompt;
+  rl_save_prompt ();
+
+  rl_display_prompt = t;
+  local_prompt = expand_prompt (t, &prompt_visible_length,
+				   &prompt_last_invisible,
+				   &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+				   &prompt_physical_chars);
+  local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
+
+  rl_forced_update_display ();
+
+  rl_display_prompt = oldp;
+  rl_restore_prompt();
+}
+      
+/* Redisplay the current line after a SIGWINCH is received. */
+void
+_rl_redisplay_after_sigwinch ()
+{
+  char *t;
+
+  /* Clear the current line and put the cursor at column 0.  Make sure
+     the right thing happens if we have wrapped to a new screen line. */
+  if (_rl_term_cr)
+    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+      _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      space_to_eol (_rl_screenwidth);
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      if (_rl_term_clreol)
+	tputs (_rl_term_clreol, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+      else
+	{
+	  space_to_eol (_rl_screenwidth);
+	  tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+	}
+#endif
+      if (_rl_last_v_pos > 0)
+	_rl_move_vert (0);
+    }
+  else
+    rl_crlf ();
+
+  /* Redraw only the last line of a multi-line prompt. */
+  t = strrchr (rl_display_prompt, '\n');
+  if (t)
+    redraw_prompt (++t);
+  else
+    rl_forced_update_display ();
+}
+
+void
+_rl_clean_up_for_exit ()
+{
+  if (readline_echoing_p)
+    {
+      _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+      _rl_vis_botlin = 0;
+      fflush (rl_outstream);
+      rl_restart_output (1, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+_rl_erase_entire_line ()
+{
+  cr ();
+  _rl_clear_to_eol (0);
+  cr ();
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+}
+
+/* return the `current display line' of the cursor -- the number of lines to
+   move up to get to the first screen line of the current readline line. */
+int
+_rl_current_display_line ()
+{
+  int ret, nleft;
+
+  /* Find out whether or not there might be invisible characters in the
+     editing buffer. */
+  if (rl_display_prompt == rl_prompt)
+    nleft = _rl_last_c_pos - _rl_screenwidth - rl_visible_prompt_length;
+  else
+    nleft = _rl_last_c_pos - _rl_screenwidth;
+
+  if (nleft > 0)
+    ret = 1 + nleft / _rl_screenwidth;
+  else
+    ret = 0;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Calculate the number of screen columns occupied by STR from START to END.
+   In the case of multibyte characters with stateful encoding, we have to
+   scan from the beginning of the string to take the state into account. */
+static int
+_rl_col_width (str, start, end)
+     const char *str;
+     int start, end;
+{
+  wchar_t wc;
+  mbstate_t ps = {0};
+  int tmp, point, width, max;
+
+  if (end <= start)
+    return 0;
+
+  point = 0;
+  max = end;
+
+  while (point < start)
+    {
+      tmp = mbrlen (str + point, max, &ps);
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+	{
+	  /* In this case, the bytes are invalid or too short to compose a
+	     multibyte character, so we assume that the first byte represents
+	     a single character. */
+	  point++;
+	  max--;
+
+	  /* Clear the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+	     effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	}
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	break;		/* Found '\0' */
+      else
+	{
+	  point += tmp;
+	  max -= tmp;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If START is not a byte that starts a character, then POINT will be
+     greater than START.  In this case, assume that (POINT - START) gives
+     a byte count that is the number of columns of difference. */
+  width = point - start;
+
+  while (point < end)
+    {
+      tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, str + point, max, &ps);
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+	{
+	  /* In this case, the bytes are invalid or too short to compose a
+	     multibyte character, so we assume that the first byte represents
+	     a single character. */
+	  point++;
+	  max--;
+
+	  /* and assume that the byte occupies a single column. */
+	  width++;
+
+	  /* Clear the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+	     effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	}
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	break;			/* Found '\0' */
+      else
+	{
+	  point += tmp;
+	  max -= tmp;
+	  tmp = wcwidth(wc);
+	  width += (tmp >= 0) ? tmp : 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  width += point - end;
+
+  return width;
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/Makefile b/lib/readline/doc/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..817c2af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+# Derived by hand from the generated readline-src/doc/Makefile
+# This makefile for Readline library documentation is in -*- text -*- mode.
+# Emacs likes it that way.
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+topdir = .
+srcdir = .
+VPATH = .
+
+prefix = /usr/local
+infodir = ${prefix}/info
+
+mandir = ${prefix}/man
+manpfx = man
+
+man1ext = 1
+man1dir = $(mandir)/$(manpfx)$(man1ext)
+man3ext = 3
+man3dir = $(mandir)/$(manpfx)$(man3ext)
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+RM = rm -f
+
+INSTALL = /usr/bin/install -c
+INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
+
+BUILD_DIR = .
+TEXINPUTDIR = $(srcdir)
+
+MAKEINFO    = LANGUAGE= makeinfo
+TEXI2DVI    = $(srcdir)/texi2dvi
+TEXI2HTML   = $(srcdir)/texi2html
+QUIETPS     = #set this to -q to shut up dvips
+PSDPI       = 300	# I don't have any 600-dpi printers
+DVIPS       = dvips -D ${PSDPI} $(QUIETPS) -o $@     # tricky
+
+RLSRC = $(srcdir)/rlman.texi $(srcdir)/rluser.texi \
+	$(srcdir)/rltech.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	$(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
+HISTSRC = $(srcdir)/history.texi $(srcdir)/hsuser.texi \
+	  $(srcdir)/hstech.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+
+# This should be a program that converts troff to an ascii-readable format
+NROFF       = groff -Tascii
+
+# This should be a program that converts troff to postscript
+GROFF       = groff
+
+DVIOBJ = readline.dvi history.dvi rluserman.dvi
+INFOOBJ = readline.info history.info rluserman.info
+PSOBJ = readline.ps history.ps rluserman.ps
+HTMLOBJ = readline.html history.html rluserman.html
+
+INTERMEDIATE_OBJ = rlman.dvi
+
+CREATED_DOCS = $(DVIOBJ) $(INFOOBJ) $(PSOBJ) $(HTMLOBJ)
+
+.SUFFIXES:      .ps .txt .dvi
+
+all: info dvi html ps 
+nodvi: info html
+
+readline.dvi: $(RLSRC)
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/rlman.texi
+	mv rlman.dvi readline.dvi
+
+readline.info: $(RLSRC)
+	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/rlman.texi
+
+rluserman.dvi: $(RLSRC)
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
+
+rluserman.info: $(RLSRC)
+	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
+
+history.dvi: ${HISTSRC}
+	TEXINPUTS=.:$(TEXINPUTDIR):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $(srcdir)/history.texi
+
+history.info: ${HISTSRC}
+	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) -o $@ $(srcdir)/history.texi
+
+readline.ps:	readline.dvi
+	$(RM) $@
+	$(DVIPS) readline.dvi
+
+rluserman.ps:	rluserman.dvi
+	$(RM) $@
+	$(DVIPS) rluserman.dvi
+
+history.ps:	history.dvi
+	$(RM) $@
+	$(DVIPS) history.dvi
+
+readline.html:	${RLSRC}
+	$(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/rlman.texi
+	sed -e 's:rlman.html:readline.html:' rlman.html > readline.html
+	$(RM) rlman.html
+
+rluserman.html:	${RLSRC}
+	$(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/rluserman.texi
+
+history.html:	${HISTSRC}
+	$(TEXI2HTML) -menu -monolithic -I $(TEXINPUTDIR) $(srcdir)/history.texi
+
+info:	$(INFOOBJ)
+dvi:	$(DVIOBJ)
+ps:	$(PSOBJ)
+html:	$(HTMLOBJ)
+
+clean:
+	$(RM) *.aux *.cp *.fn *.ky *.log *.pg *.toc *.tp *.vr *.cps *.pgs \
+	      *.fns *.kys *.tps *.vrs *.o core
+
+distclean: clean
+	$(RM) $(CREATED_DOCS)
+	$(RM) $(INTERMEDIATE_OBJ)
+	$(RM) Makefile
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+maintainer-clean: clean
+	$(RM) $(CREATED_DOCS)
+	$(RM) $(INTERMEDIATE_OBJ)
+	$(RM) Makefile
+
+install:
+	@echo "This documentation should not be installed."
+
+uninstall:
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/fdl.texi b/lib/readline/doc/fdl.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47ead9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/fdl.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
+@center Version 1.2, November 2002
+
+@display
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+@item
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein.  The ``Document'', below,
+refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as ``you''.  You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
+directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document is in
+part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
+any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.  If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License.  A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text.  A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
+format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
+@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification.  Examples
+of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
+@acronym{JPG}.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
+@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
+output purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.)  To ``Preserve the Title''
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document.  These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+@item
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+@item
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+@item
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+@enumerate A
+@item
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+
+@item
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+unless they release you from this requirement.
+
+@item
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+@item
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+@item
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+
+@item
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+
+@item
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+@item
+Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
+to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+
+@item
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on.  These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+
+@item
+For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
+the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
+dedications given therein.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+@item
+Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''.  Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+@item
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
+to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+
+@item
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+@end enumerate
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+@item
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''.  You must delete all
+sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
+
+@item
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+@item
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+
+@item
+TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+
+@item
+TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+@item
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end enumerate
+
+@page
+@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+  Copyright (C)  @var{year}  @var{your name}.
+  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+  or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+  with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+  Free Documentation License''.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+    with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
+    the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+    being @var{list}.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+@c Local Variables:
+@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
+@c End:
+
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/history.texi b/lib/readline/doc/history.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6a3d20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/history.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename history.info
+@settitle GNU History Library
+@c %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@include version.texi
+
+@copying
+This document describes the GNU History library
+(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
+a programming tool that provides a consistent user interface for
+recalling lines of previously typed input.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
+and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.  A copy of the license is
+included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
+
+(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
+this GNU Manual, like GNU software.  Copies published by the Free
+Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Libraries
+@direntry
+* History: (history).       The GNU history library API.
+@end direntry
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU History Library
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{History Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
+@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH}
+@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+
+@page
+
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+
+@sp 1
+Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @*
+Boston, MA 02111-1307 @*
+USA @*
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU History Library
+
+This document describes the GNU History library, a programming tool that
+provides a consistent user interface for recalling lines of previously
+typed input.
+
+@menu
+* Using History Interactively::	  GNU History User's Manual.
+* Programming with GNU History::  GNU History Programmer's Manual.
+* Copying This Manual::		  Copying This Manual.
+* Concept Index::		  Index of concepts described in this manual.
+* Function and Variable Index::	  Index of externally visible functions
+				  and variables.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@syncodeindex fn vr
+
+@include hsuser.texi
+@include hstech.texi
+
+@node Copying This Manual
+@appendix Copying This Manual
+
+@menu
+* GNU Free Documentation License::	License for copying this manual.
+@end menu
+
+@include fdl.texi
+
+@node Concept Index
+@appendix Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+
+@node Function and Variable Index
+@appendix Function and Variable Index
+@printindex vr
+
+@bye
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/hstech.texi b/lib/readline/doc/hstech.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fdda5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/hstech.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
+@ignore
+This file documents the user interface to the GNU History library.
+
+Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on
+all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
+identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
+paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
+GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ignore
+
+@node Programming with GNU History
+@chapter Programming with GNU History
+
+This chapter describes how to interface programs that you write
+with the @sc{gnu} History Library.
+It should be considered a technical guide.
+For information on the interactive use of @sc{gnu} History, @pxref{Using
+History Interactively}.
+
+@menu
+* Introduction to History::	What is the GNU History library for?
+* History Storage::		How information is stored.
+* History Functions::		Functions that you can use.
+* History Variables::		Variables that control behaviour.
+* History Programming Example::	Example of using the GNU History Library.
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction to History
+@section Introduction to History
+
+Many programs read input from the user a line at a time.  The @sc{gnu}
+History library is able to keep track of those lines, associate arbitrary
+data with each line, and utilize information from previous lines in
+composing new ones. 
+
+The programmer using the History library has available functions
+for remembering lines on a history list, associating arbitrary data
+with a line, removing lines from the list, searching through the list
+for a line containing an arbitrary text string, and referencing any line
+in the list directly.  In addition, a history @dfn{expansion} function
+is available which provides for a consistent user interface across
+different programs.
+
+The user using programs written with the History library has the
+benefit of a consistent user interface with a set of well-known
+commands for manipulating the text of previous lines and using that text
+in new commands.  The basic history manipulation commands are similar to
+the history substitution provided by @code{csh}.
+
+If the programmer desires, he can use the Readline library, which
+includes some history manipulation by default, and has the added
+advantage of command line editing.
+
+Before declaring any functions using any functionality the History
+library provides in other code, an application writer should include
+the file @code{<readline/history.h>} in any file that uses the
+History library's features.  It supplies extern declarations for all
+of the library's public functions and variables, and declares all of
+the public data structures.
+
+@node History Storage
+@section History Storage
+
+The history list is an array of history entries.  A history entry is
+declared as follows:
+
+@example
+typedef void *histdata_t;
+
+typedef struct _hist_entry @{
+  char *line;
+  char *timestamp;
+  histdata_t data;
+@} HIST_ENTRY;
+@end example
+
+The history list itself might therefore be declared as
+
+@example
+HIST_ENTRY **the_history_list;
+@end example
+
+The state of the History library is encapsulated into a single structure:
+
+@example
+/*
+ * A structure used to pass around the current state of the history.
+ */
+typedef struct _hist_state @{
+  HIST_ENTRY **entries; /* Pointer to the entries themselves. */
+  int offset;           /* The location pointer within this array. */
+  int length;           /* Number of elements within this array. */
+  int size;             /* Number of slots allocated to this array. */
+  int flags;
+@} HISTORY_STATE;
+@end example
+
+If the flags member includes @code{HS_STIFLED}, the history has been
+stifled.
+
+@node History Functions
+@section History Functions
+
+This section describes the calling sequence for the various functions
+exported by the @sc{gnu} History library.
+
+@menu
+* Initializing History and State Management::	Functions to call when you
+						want to use history in a
+						program.
+* History List Management::		Functions used to manage the list
+					of history entries.
+* Information About the History List::	Functions returning information about
+					the history list.
+* Moving Around the History List::	Functions used to change the position
+					in the history list.
+* Searching the History List::		Functions to search the history list
+					for entries containing a string.
+* Managing the History File::		Functions that read and write a file
+					containing the history list.
+* History Expansion::			Functions to perform csh-like history
+					expansion.
+@end menu
+
+@node Initializing History and State Management
+@subsection Initializing History and State Management
+
+This section describes functions used to initialize and manage
+the state of the History library when you want to use the history
+functions in your program.
+
+@deftypefun void using_history (void)
+Begin a session in which the history functions might be used.  This
+initializes the interactive variables.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HISTORY_STATE *} history_get_history_state (void)
+Return a structure describing the current state of the input history.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void history_set_history_state (HISTORY_STATE *state)
+Set the state of the history list according to @var{state}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node History List Management
+@subsection History List Management
+
+These functions manage individual entries on the history list, or set
+parameters managing the list itself.
+
+@deftypefun void add_history (const char *string)
+Place @var{string} at the end of the history list.  The associated data
+field (if any) is set to @code{NULL}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void add_history_time (const char *string)
+Change the time stamp associated with the most recent history entry to
+@var{string}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} remove_history (int which)
+Remove history entry at offset @var{which} from the history.  The
+removed element is returned so you can free the line, data,
+and containing structure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {histdata_t} free_history_entry (HIST_ENTRY *histent)
+Free the history entry @var{histent} and any history library private
+data associated with it.  Returns the application-specific data
+so the caller can dispose of it.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} replace_history_entry (int which, const char *line, histdata_t data)
+Make the history entry at offset @var{which} have @var{line} and @var{data}.
+This returns the old entry so the caller can dispose of any
+application-specific data.  In the case
+of an invalid @var{which}, a @code{NULL} pointer is returned.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void clear_history (void)
+Clear the history list by deleting all the entries.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void stifle_history (int max)
+Stifle the history list, remembering only the last @var{max} entries.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int unstifle_history (void)
+Stop stifling the history.  This returns the previously-set
+maximum number of history entries (as set by @code{stifle_history()}).
+The value is positive if the history was
+stifled, negative if it wasn't.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int history_is_stifled (void)
+Returns non-zero if the history is stifled, zero if it is not.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Information About the History List
+@subsection Information About the History List
+
+These functions return information about the entire history list or
+individual list entries.
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY **} history_list (void)
+Return a @code{NULL} terminated array of @code{HIST_ENTRY *} which is the
+current input history.  Element 0 of this list is the beginning of time.
+If there is no history, return @code{NULL}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int where_history (void)
+Returns the offset of the current history element.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} current_history (void)
+Return the history entry at the current position, as determined by
+@code{where_history()}.  If there is no entry there, return a @code{NULL}
+pointer.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} history_get (int offset)
+Return the history entry at position @var{offset}, starting from
+@code{history_base} (@pxref{History Variables}).
+If there is no entry there, or if @var{offset}
+is greater than the history length, return a @code{NULL} pointer.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun time_t history_get_time (HIST_ENTRY *entry)
+Return the time stamp associated with the history entry @var{entry}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int history_total_bytes (void)
+Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using.
+This function returns the sum of the lengths of all the lines in the
+history.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Moving Around the History List
+@subsection Moving Around the History List
+
+These functions allow the current index into the history list to be
+set or changed.
+
+@deftypefun int history_set_pos (int pos)
+Set the current history offset to @var{pos}, an absolute index
+into the list.
+Returns 1 on success, 0 if @var{pos} is less than zero or greater
+than the number of history entries.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} previous_history (void)
+Back up the current history offset to the previous history entry, and
+return a pointer to that entry.  If there is no previous entry, return
+a @code{NULL} pointer.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {HIST_ENTRY *} next_history (void)
+Move the current history offset forward to the next history entry, and
+return the a pointer to that entry.  If there is no next entry, return
+a @code{NULL} pointer.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Searching the History List
+@subsection Searching the History List
+@cindex History Searching
+
+These functions allow searching of the history list for entries containing
+a specific string.  Searching may be performed both forward and backward
+from the current history position.  The search may be @dfn{anchored},
+meaning that the string must match at the beginning of the history entry.
+@cindex anchored search
+
+@deftypefun int history_search (const char *string, int direction)
+Search the history for @var{string}, starting at the current history offset.
+If @var{direction} is less than 0, then the search is through
+previous entries, otherwise through subsequent entries.
+If @var{string} is found, then
+the current history index is set to that history entry, and the value
+returned is the offset in the line of the entry where
+@var{string} was found.  Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is
+returned.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int history_search_prefix (const char *string, int direction)
+Search the history for @var{string}, starting at the current history
+offset.  The search is anchored: matching lines must begin with
+@var{string}.  If @var{direction} is less than 0, then the search is
+through previous entries, otherwise through subsequent entries.
+If @var{string} is found, then the
+current history index is set to that entry, and the return value is 0. 
+Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is returned. 
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int history_search_pos (const char *string, int direction, int pos)
+Search for @var{string} in the history list, starting at @var{pos}, an
+absolute index into the list.  If @var{direction} is negative, the search
+proceeds backward from @var{pos}, otherwise forward.  Returns the absolute
+index of the history element where @var{string} was found, or -1 otherwise.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Managing the History File
+@subsection Managing the History File
+
+The History library can read the history from and write it to a file.
+This section documents the functions for managing a history file.
+
+@deftypefun int read_history (const char *filename)
+Add the contents of @var{filename} to the history list, a line at a time.
+If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then read from @file{~/.history}.
+Returns 0 if successful, or @code{errno} if not.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int read_history_range (const char *filename, int from, int to)
+Read a range of lines from @var{filename}, adding them to the history list.
+Start reading at line @var{from} and end at @var{to}.
+If @var{from} is zero, start at the beginning.  If @var{to} is less than
+@var{from}, then read until the end of the file.  If @var{filename} is
+@code{NULL}, then read from @file{~/.history}.  Returns 0 if successful,
+or @code{errno} if not.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int write_history (const char *filename)
+Write the current history to @var{filename}, overwriting @var{filename}
+if necessary.
+If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then write the history list to
+@file{~/.history}.
+Returns 0 on success, or @code{errno} on a read or write error.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int append_history (int nelements, const char *filename)
+Append the last @var{nelements} of the history list to @var{filename}.
+If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then append to @file{~/.history}.
+Returns 0 on success, or @code{errno} on a read or write error.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int history_truncate_file (const char *filename, int nlines)
+Truncate the history file @var{filename}, leaving only the last
+@var{nlines} lines.
+If @var{filename} is @code{NULL}, then @file{~/.history} is truncated.
+Returns 0 on success, or @code{errno} on failure.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node History Expansion
+@subsection History Expansion
+
+These functions implement history expansion.
+
+@deftypefun int history_expand (char *string, char **output)
+Expand @var{string}, placing the result into @var{output}, a pointer
+to a string (@pxref{History Interaction}).  Returns:
+@table @code
+@item 0
+If no expansions took place (or, if the only change in
+the text was the removal of escape characters preceding the history expansion
+character);
+@item 1
+if expansions did take place;
+@item -1
+if there was an error in expansion;
+@item 2
+if the returned line should be displayed, but not executed,
+as with the @code{:p} modifier (@pxref{Modifiers}).
+@end table
+
+If an error ocurred in expansion, then @var{output} contains a descriptive
+error message.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} get_history_event (const char *string, int *cindex, int qchar)
+Returns the text of the history event beginning at @var{string} +
+@var{*cindex}.  @var{*cindex} is modified to point to after the event
+specifier.  At function entry, @var{cindex} points to the index into
+@var{string} where the history event specification begins.  @var{qchar}
+is a character that is allowed to end the event specification in addition
+to the ``normal'' terminating characters.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char **} history_tokenize (const char *string)
+Return an array of tokens parsed out of @var{string}, much as the
+shell might.  The tokens are split on the characters in the
+@var{history_word_delimiters} variable,
+and shell quoting conventions are obeyed.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} history_arg_extract (int first, int last, const char *string)
+Extract a string segment consisting of the @var{first} through @var{last}
+arguments present in @var{string}.  Arguments are split using
+@code{history_tokenize}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node History Variables
+@section History Variables
+
+This section describes the externally-visible variables exported by
+the @sc{gnu} History Library.
+
+@deftypevar int history_base
+The logical offset of the first entry in the history list.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int history_length
+The number of entries currently stored in the history list.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int history_max_entries
+The maximum number of history entries.  This must be changed using
+@code{stifle_history()}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int history_write_timestamps
+If non-zero, timestamps are written to the history file, so they can be
+preserved between sessions.  The default value is 0, meaning that
+timestamps are not saved.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar char history_expansion_char
+The character that introduces a history event.  The default is @samp{!}.
+Setting this to 0 inhibits history expansion.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar char history_subst_char
+The character that invokes word substitution if found at the start of
+a line.  The default is @samp{^}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar char history_comment_char
+During tokenization, if this character is seen as the first character
+of a word, then it and all subsequent characters up to a newline are
+ignored, suppressing history expansion for the remainder of the line.
+This is disabled by default.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} history_word_delimiters
+The characters that separate tokens for @code{history_tokenize()}.
+The default value is @code{" \t\n()<>;&|"}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} history_search_delimiter_chars
+The list of additional characters which can delimit a history search
+string, in addition to space, TAB, @samp{:} and @samp{?} in the case of
+a substring search.  The default is empty.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} history_no_expand_chars
+The list of characters which inhibit history expansion if found immediately
+following @var{history_expansion_char}.  The default is space, tab, newline,
+carriage return, and @samp{=}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int history_quotes_inhibit_expansion
+If non-zero, single-quoted words are not scanned for the history expansion
+character.  The default value is 0.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_linebuf_func_t *} history_inhibit_expansion_function
+This should be set to the address of a function that takes two arguments:
+a @code{char *} (@var{string})
+and an @code{int} index into that string (@var{i}).
+It should return a non-zero value if the history expansion starting at
+@var{string[i]} should not be performed; zero if the expansion should
+be done.
+It is intended for use by applications like Bash that use the history
+expansion character for additional purposes.
+By default, this variable is set to @code{NULL}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@node History Programming Example
+@section History Programming Example
+
+The following program demonstrates simple use of the @sc{gnu} History Library.
+
+@smallexample
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <readline/history.h>
+
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+@{
+  char line[1024], *t;
+  int len, done = 0;
+
+  line[0] = 0;
+
+  using_history ();
+  while (!done)
+    @{
+      printf ("history$ ");
+      fflush (stdout);
+      t = fgets (line, sizeof (line) - 1, stdin);
+      if (t && *t)
+        @{
+          len = strlen (t);
+          if (t[len - 1] == '\n')
+            t[len - 1] = '\0';
+        @}
+
+      if (!t)
+        strcpy (line, "quit");
+
+      if (line[0])
+        @{
+          char *expansion;
+          int result;
+
+          result = history_expand (line, &expansion);
+          if (result)
+            fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", expansion);
+
+          if (result < 0 || result == 2)
+            @{
+              free (expansion);
+              continue;
+            @}
+
+          add_history (expansion);
+          strncpy (line, expansion, sizeof (line) - 1);
+          free (expansion);
+        @}
+
+      if (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0)
+        done = 1;
+      else if (strcmp (line, "save") == 0)
+        write_history ("history_file");
+      else if (strcmp (line, "read") == 0)
+        read_history ("history_file");
+      else if (strcmp (line, "list") == 0)
+        @{
+          register HIST_ENTRY **the_list;
+          register int i;
+
+          the_list = history_list ();
+          if (the_list)
+            for (i = 0; the_list[i]; i++)
+              printf ("%d: %s\n", i + history_base, the_list[i]->line);
+        @}
+      else if (strncmp (line, "delete", 6) == 0)
+        @{
+          int which;
+          if ((sscanf (line + 6, "%d", &which)) == 1)
+            @{
+              HIST_ENTRY *entry = remove_history (which);
+              if (!entry)
+                fprintf (stderr, "No such entry %d\n", which);
+              else
+                @{
+                  free (entry->line);
+                  free (entry);
+                @}
+            @}
+          else
+            @{
+              fprintf (stderr, "non-numeric arg given to `delete'\n");
+            @}
+        @}
+    @}
+@}
+@end smallexample
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/hsuser.texi b/lib/readline/doc/hsuser.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c89183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/hsuser.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
+@ignore
+This file documents the user interface to the GNU History library.
+
+Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on
+all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
+identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
+paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
+GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ignore
+
+@node Using History Interactively
+@chapter Using History Interactively
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@defcodeindex bt
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+This chapter describes how to use the @sc{gnu} History Library
+interactively, from a user's standpoint.
+It should be considered a user's guide.
+For information on using the @sc{gnu} History Library in other programs,
+see the @sc{gnu} Readline Library Manual.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+This chapter describes how to use the @sc{gnu} History Library interactively,
+from a user's standpoint.  It should be considered a user's guide.  For
+information on using the @sc{gnu} History Library in your own programs,
+@pxref{Programming with GNU History}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@menu
+* Bash History Facilities::	How Bash lets you manipulate your command
+				history.
+* Bash History Builtins::	The Bash builtin commands that manipulate
+				the command history.
+* History Interaction::		What it feels like using History as a user.
+@end menu
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@menu
+* History Interaction::		What it feels like using History as a user.
+@end menu
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@node Bash History Facilities
+@section Bash History Facilities
+@cindex command history
+@cindex history list
+
+When the @option{-o history} option to the @code{set} builtin
+is enabled (@pxref{The Set Builtin}),
+the shell provides access to the @dfn{command history},
+the list of commands previously typed.
+The value of the @env{HISTSIZE} shell variable is used as the
+number of commands to save in a history list.
+The text of the last @env{$HISTSIZE}
+commands (default 500) is saved.
+The shell stores each command in the history list prior to
+parameter and variable expansion
+but after history expansion is performed, subject to the
+values of the shell variables
+@env{HISTIGNORE} and @env{HISTCONTROL}.
+
+When the shell starts up, the history is initialized from the
+file named by the @env{HISTFILE} variable (default @file{~/.bash_history}).
+The file named by the value of @env{HISTFILE} is truncated, if
+necessary, to contain no more than the number of lines specified by
+the value of the @env{HISTFILESIZE} variable.
+When an interactive shell exits, the last
+@env{$HISTSIZE} lines are copied from the history list to the file
+named by @env{$HISTFILE}.
+If the @code{histappend} shell option is set (@pxref{Bash Builtins}),
+the lines are appended to the history file,
+otherwise the history file is overwritten.
+If @env{HISTFILE}
+is unset, or if the history file is unwritable, the history is
+not saved.  After saving the history, the history file is truncated
+to contain no more than @env{$HISTFILESIZE}
+lines.  If @env{HISTFILESIZE} is not set, no truncation is performed.
+
+If the @env{HISTTIMEFORMAT} is set, the time stamp information
+associated with each history entry is written to the history file.
+
+The builtin command @code{fc} may be used to list or edit and re-execute
+a portion of the history list.
+The @code{history} builtin may be used to display or modify the history
+list and manipulate the history file.
+When using command-line editing, search commands
+are available in each editing mode that provide access to the
+history list (@pxref{Commands For History}).
+
+The shell allows control over which commands are saved on the history
+list.  The @env{HISTCONTROL} and @env{HISTIGNORE}
+variables may be set to cause the shell to save only a subset of the
+commands entered.
+The @code{cmdhist}
+shell option, if enabled, causes the shell to attempt to save each
+line of a multi-line command in the same history entry, adding
+semicolons where necessary to preserve syntactic correctness.
+The @code{lithist}
+shell option causes the shell to save the command with embedded newlines
+instead of semicolons.
+The @code{shopt} builtin is used to set these options.
+@xref{Bash Builtins}, for a description of @code{shopt}.
+
+@node Bash History Builtins
+@section Bash History Builtins
+@cindex history builtins
+
+Bash provides two builtin commands which manipulate the
+history list and history file.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item fc
+@btindex fc
+@example
+@code{fc [-e @var{ename}] [-nlr] [@var{first}] [@var{last}]}
+@code{fc -s [@var{pat}=@var{rep}] [@var{command}]}
+@end example
+
+Fix Command.  In the first form, a range of commands from @var{first} to
+@var{last} is selected from the history list.  Both @var{first} and
+@var{last} may be specified as a string (to locate the most recent
+command beginning with that string) or as a number (an index into the
+history list, where a negative number is used as an offset from the
+current command number).  If @var{last} is not specified it is set to
+@var{first}.  If @var{first} is not specified it is set to the previous
+command for editing and @minus{}16 for listing.  If the @option{-l} flag is
+given, the commands are listed on standard output.  The @option{-n} flag
+suppresses the command numbers when listing.  The @option{-r} flag
+reverses the order of the listing.  Otherwise, the editor given by
+@var{ename} is invoked on a file containing those commands.  If
+@var{ename} is not given, the value of the following variable expansion
+is used: @code{$@{FCEDIT:-$@{EDITOR:-vi@}@}}.  This says to use the
+value of the @env{FCEDIT} variable if set, or the value of the
+@env{EDITOR} variable if that is set, or @code{vi} if neither is set.
+When editing is complete, the edited commands are echoed and executed.
+
+In the second form, @var{command} is re-executed after each instance
+of @var{pat} in the selected command is replaced by @var{rep}.
+
+A useful alias to use with the @code{fc} command is @code{r='fc -s'}, so
+that typing @samp{r cc} runs the last command beginning with @code{cc}
+and typing @samp{r} re-executes the last command (@pxref{Aliases}).
+
+@item history
+@btindex history
+@example
+history [@var{n}]
+history -c
+history -d @var{offset}
+history [-anrw] [@var{filename}]
+history -ps @var{arg}
+@end example
+
+With no options, display the history list with line numbers.
+Lines prefixed with a @samp{*} have been modified.
+An argument of @var{n} lists only the last @var{n} lines.
+If the shell variable @env{HISTTIMEFORMAT} is set and not null,
+it is used as a format string for @var{strftime} to display
+the time stamp associated with each displayed history entry.
+No intervening blank is printed between the formatted time stamp
+and the history line.
+
+Options, if supplied, have the following meanings:
+
+@table @code
+@item -c
+Clear the history list.  This may be combined
+with the other options to replace the history list completely.
+
+@item -d @var{offset}
+Delete the history entry at position @var{offset}.
+@var{offset} should be specified as it appears when the history is
+displayed.
+
+@item -a
+Append the new
+history lines (history lines entered since the beginning of the
+current Bash session) to the history file.
+
+@item -n
+Append the history lines not already read from the history file
+to the current history list.  These are lines appended to the history
+file since the beginning of the current Bash session.
+
+@item -r
+Read the current history file and append its contents to
+the history list.
+
+@item -w
+Write out the current history to the history file.
+
+@item -p
+Perform history substitution on the @var{arg}s and display the result
+on the standard output, without storing the results in the history list.
+
+@item -s
+The @var{arg}s are added to the end of
+the history list as a single entry.
+
+@end table
+
+When any of the @option{-w}, @option{-r}, @option{-a}, or @option{-n} options is
+used, if @var{filename}
+is given, then it is used as the history file.  If not, then
+the value of the @env{HISTFILE} variable is used.
+
+@end table
+@end ifset
+
+@node History Interaction
+@section History Expansion
+@cindex history expansion
+
+The History library provides a history expansion feature that is similar
+to the history expansion provided by @code{csh}.  This section
+describes the syntax used to manipulate the history information.
+
+History expansions introduce words from the history list into
+the input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the
+arguments to a previous command into the current input line, or
+fix errors in previous commands quickly.
+
+History expansion takes place in two parts.  The first is to determine
+which line from the history list should be used during substitution.
+The second is to select portions of that line for inclusion into the
+current one.  The line selected from the history is called the
+@dfn{event}, and the portions of that line that are acted upon are
+called @dfn{words}.  Various @dfn{modifiers} are available to manipulate
+the selected words.  The line is broken into words in the same fashion
+that Bash does, so that several words
+surrounded by quotes are considered one word.
+History expansions are introduced by the appearance of the
+history expansion character, which is @samp{!} by default.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Only @samp{\} and @samp{'} may be used to escape the history expansion
+character.
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Several shell options settable with the @code{shopt}
+builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}) may be used to tailor
+the behavior of history expansion.  If the
+@code{histverify} shell option is enabled, and Readline
+is being used, history substitutions are not immediately passed to
+the shell parser.
+Instead, the expanded line is reloaded into the Readline
+editing buffer for further modification.
+If Readline is being used, and the @code{histreedit}
+shell option is enabled, a failed history expansion will be
+reloaded into the Readline editing buffer for correction.
+The @option{-p} option to the @code{history} builtin command
+may be used to see what a history expansion will do before using it.
+The @option{-s} option to the @code{history} builtin may be used to
+add commands to the end of the history list without actually executing
+them, so that they are available for subsequent recall.
+This is most useful in conjunction with Readline.
+
+The shell allows control of the various characters used by the
+history expansion mechanism with the @code{histchars} variable.
+@end ifset
+
+@menu
+* Event Designators::	How to specify which history line to use.
+* Word Designators::	Specifying which words are of interest.
+* Modifiers::		Modifying the results of substitution.
+@end menu
+
+@node Event Designators
+@subsection Event Designators
+@cindex event designators
+
+An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the
+history list.
+@cindex history events
+
+@table @asis
+
+@item @code{!}
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab,
+the end of the line, @samp{=} or @samp{(} (when the
+@code{extglob} shell option is enabled using the @code{shopt} builtin).
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab,
+the end of the line, or @samp{=}.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item @code{!@var{n}}
+Refer to command line @var{n}.
+
+@item @code{!-@var{n}}
+Refer to the command @var{n} lines back.
+
+@item @code{!!}
+Refer to the previous command.  This is a synonym for @samp{!-1}.
+
+@item @code{!@var{string}}
+Refer to the most recent command starting with @var{string}.
+
+@item @code{!?@var{string}[?]}
+Refer to the most recent command containing @var{string}.  The trailing
+@samp{?} may be omitted if the @var{string} is followed immediately by
+a newline.
+
+@item @code{^@var{string1}^@var{string2}^}
+Quick Substitution.  Repeat the last command, replacing @var{string1}
+with @var{string2}.  Equivalent to
+@code{!!:s/@var{string1}/@var{string2}/}.
+
+@item @code{!#}
+The entire command line typed so far.
+
+@end table
+
+@node Word Designators
+@subsection Word Designators
+
+Word designators are used to select desired words from the event.
+A @samp{:} separates the event specification from the word designator.  It
+may be omitted if the word designator begins with a @samp{^}, @samp{$},
+@samp{*}, @samp{-}, or @samp{%}.  Words are numbered from the beginning
+of the line, with the first word being denoted by 0 (zero).  Words are
+inserted into the current line separated by single spaces.
+
+@need 0.75
+For example,
+
+@table @code
+@item !!
+designates the preceding command.  When you type this, the preceding
+command is repeated in toto.
+
+@item !!:$
+designates the last argument of the preceding command.  This may be
+shortened to @code{!$}.
+
+@item !fi:2
+designates the second argument of the most recent command starting with
+the letters @code{fi}.
+@end table
+
+@need 0.75
+Here are the word designators:
+ 
+@table @code
+
+@item 0 (zero)
+The @code{0}th word.  For many applications, this is the command word.
+
+@item @var{n}
+The @var{n}th word.
+
+@item ^
+The first argument; that is, word 1.
+
+@item $
+The last argument.
+
+@item %
+The word matched by the most recent @samp{?@var{string}?} search.
+
+@item @var{x}-@var{y}
+A range of words; @samp{-@var{y}} abbreviates @samp{0-@var{y}}.
+
+@item *
+All of the words, except the @code{0}th.  This is a synonym for @samp{1-$}.
+It is not an error to use @samp{*} if there is just one word in the event;
+the empty string is returned in that case.
+
+@item @var{x}*
+Abbreviates @samp{@var{x}-$}
+
+@item @var{x}-
+Abbreviates @samp{@var{x}-$} like @samp{@var{x}*}, but omits the last word.
+
+@end table
+
+If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the
+previous command is used as the event.
+
+@node Modifiers
+@subsection Modifiers
+
+After the optional word designator, you can add a sequence of one or more
+of the following modifiers, each preceded by a @samp{:}.
+
+@table @code
+
+@item h
+Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving only the head.
+
+@item t
+Remove all leading  pathname  components, leaving the tail.
+
+@item r
+Remove a trailing suffix of the form @samp{.@var{suffix}}, leaving
+the basename.
+
+@item e
+Remove all but the trailing suffix.
+
+@item p
+Print the new command but do not execute it.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item q
+Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions.
+
+@item x
+Quote the substituted words as with @samp{q},
+but break into words at spaces, tabs, and newlines.
+@end ifset
+
+@item s/@var{old}/@var{new}/
+Substitute @var{new} for the first occurrence of @var{old} in the
+event line.  Any delimiter may be used in place of @samp{/}.
+The delimiter may be quoted in @var{old} and @var{new}
+with a single backslash.  If @samp{&} appears in @var{new},
+it is replaced by @var{old}.  A single backslash will quote
+the @samp{&}.  The final delimiter is optional if it is the last
+character on the input line.
+
+@item &
+Repeat the previous substitution.
+
+@item g
+@itemx a
+Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line.  Used in
+conjunction with @samp{s}, as in @code{gs/@var{old}/@var{new}/},
+or with @samp{&}.
+
+@item G
+Apply the following @samp{s} modifier once to each word in the event.
+
+@end table
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rlman.texi b/lib/readline/doc/rlman.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f834b58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/rlman.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename readline.info
+@settitle GNU Readline Library
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@synindex vr fn
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@include version.texi
+
+@copying
+This manual describes the GNU Readline Library
+(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), a library which aids in the
+consistency of user interface across discrete programs which provide
+a command line interface.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
+and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.  A copy of the license is
+included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
+
+(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
+this GNU Manual, like GNU software.  Copies published by the Free
+Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Libraries
+@direntry
+* Readline: (readline).       The GNU readline library API.
+@end direntry
+
+@titlepage  
+@title GNU Readline Library
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Readline Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
+@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH}
+@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+
+@sp 1
+Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @*
+Boston, MA 02111-1307 @*
+USA @*
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU Readline Library
+
+This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
+in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs which
+provide a command line interface.
+
+@menu
+* Command Line Editing::	   GNU Readline User's Manual.
+* Programming with GNU Readline::  GNU Readline Programmer's Manual.
+* Copying This Manual::		   Copying this manual.
+* Concept Index::		   Index of concepts described in this manual.
+* Function and Variable Index::	   Index of externally visible functions
+				   and variables.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@include rluser.texi
+@include rltech.texi
+
+@node Copying This Manual
+@appendix Copying This Manual
+
+@menu
+* GNU Free Documentation License::	License for copying this manual.
+@end menu
+
+@include fdl.texi
+
+@node Concept Index
+@unnumbered Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+
+@node Function and Variable Index
+@unnumbered Function and Variable Index
+@printindex fn
+
+@bye
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi b/lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f2e2ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/rltech.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,2285 @@
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename rltech.info
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@ifinfo
+This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility for aiding
+in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need
+to provide a command line interface.
+
+Copyright (C) 1988-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+pare preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+@end ignore
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Foundation.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@node Programming with GNU Readline
+@chapter Programming with GNU Readline
+
+This chapter describes the interface between the @sc{gnu} Readline Library and
+other programs.  If you are a programmer, and you wish to include the
+features found in @sc{gnu} Readline
+such as completion, line editing, and interactive history manipulation
+in your own programs, this section is for you.
+
+@menu
+* Basic Behavior::	Using the default behavior of Readline.
+* Custom Functions::	Adding your own functions to Readline.
+* Readline Variables::			Variables accessible to custom
+					functions.
+* Readline Convenience Functions::	Functions which Readline supplies to
+					aid in writing your own custom
+					functions.
+* Readline Signal Handling::	How Readline behaves when it receives signals.
+* Custom Completers::	Supplanting or supplementing Readline's
+			completion functions.
+@end menu
+
+@node Basic Behavior
+@section Basic Behavior
+
+Many programs provide a command line interface, such as @code{mail},
+@code{ftp}, and @code{sh}.  For such programs, the default behaviour of
+Readline is sufficient.  This section describes how to use Readline in
+the simplest way possible, perhaps to replace calls in your code to
+@code{gets()} or @code{fgets()}.
+
+@findex readline
+@cindex readline, function
+
+The function @code{readline()} prints a prompt @var{prompt}
+and then reads and returns a single line of text from the user.
+If @var{prompt} is @code{NULL} or the empty string, no prompt is displayed.
+The line @code{readline} returns is allocated with @code{malloc()};
+the caller should @code{free()} the line when it has finished with it.
+The declaration for @code{readline} in ANSI C is
+
+@example
+@code{char *readline (const char *@var{prompt});}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+So, one might say
+@example
+@code{char *line = readline ("Enter a line: ");}
+@end example
+@noindent
+in order to read a line of text from the user.
+The line returned has the final newline removed, so only the
+text remains.
+
+If @code{readline} encounters an @code{EOF} while reading the line, and the
+line is empty at that point, then @code{(char *)NULL} is returned.
+Otherwise, the line is ended just as if a newline had been typed.
+
+If you want the user to be able to get at the line later, (with
+@key{C-p} for example), you must call @code{add_history()} to save the
+line away in a @dfn{history} list of such lines.
+
+@example
+@code{add_history (line)};
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+For full details on the GNU History Library, see the associated manual.
+
+It is preferable to avoid saving empty lines on the history list, since
+users rarely have a burning need to reuse a blank line.  Here is
+a function which usefully replaces the standard @code{gets()} library
+function, and has the advantage of no static buffer to overflow:
+
+@example
+/* A static variable for holding the line. */
+static char *line_read = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* Read a string, and return a pointer to it.
+   Returns NULL on EOF. */
+char *
+rl_gets ()
+@{
+  /* If the buffer has already been allocated,
+     return the memory to the free pool. */
+  if (line_read)
+    @{
+      free (line_read);
+      line_read = (char *)NULL;
+    @}
+
+  /* Get a line from the user. */
+  line_read = readline ("");
+
+  /* If the line has any text in it,
+     save it on the history. */
+  if (line_read && *line_read)
+    add_history (line_read);
+
+  return (line_read);
+@}
+@end example
+
+This function gives the user the default behaviour of @key{TAB}
+completion: completion on file names.  If you do not want Readline to
+complete on filenames, you can change the binding of the @key{TAB} key
+with @code{rl_bind_key()}.
+
+@example
+@code{int rl_bind_key (int @var{key}, rl_command_func_t *@var{function});}
+@end example
+
+@code{rl_bind_key()} takes two arguments: @var{key} is the character that
+you want to bind, and @var{function} is the address of the function to
+call when @var{key} is pressed.  Binding @key{TAB} to @code{rl_insert()}
+makes @key{TAB} insert itself.
+@code{rl_bind_key()} returns non-zero if @var{key} is not a valid
+ASCII character code (between 0 and 255).
+
+Thus, to disable the default @key{TAB} behavior, the following suffices:
+@example
+@code{rl_bind_key ('\t', rl_insert);}
+@end example
+
+This code should be executed once at the start of your program; you
+might write a function called @code{initialize_readline()} which
+performs this and other desired initializations, such as installing
+custom completers (@pxref{Custom Completers}).
+
+@node Custom Functions
+@section Custom Functions
+
+Readline provides many functions for manipulating the text of
+the line, but it isn't possible to anticipate the needs of all
+programs.  This section describes the various functions and variables
+defined within the Readline library which allow a user program to add
+customized functionality to Readline.
+
+Before declaring any functions that customize Readline's behavior, or
+using any functionality Readline provides in other code, an
+application writer should include the file @code{<readline/readline.h>}
+in any file that uses Readline's features.  Since some of the definitions
+in @code{readline.h} use the @code{stdio} library, the file
+@code{<stdio.h>} should be included before @code{readline.h}.
+
+@code{readline.h} defines a C preprocessor variable that should
+be treated as an integer, @code{RL_READLINE_VERSION}, which may
+be used to conditionally compile application code depending on
+the installed Readline version.  The value is a hexadecimal
+encoding of the major and minor version numbers of the library,
+of the form 0x@var{MMmm}.  @var{MM} is the two-digit major
+version number; @var{mm} is the two-digit minor version number. 
+For Readline 4.2, for example, the value of
+@code{RL_READLINE_VERSION} would be @code{0x0402}. 
+
+@menu
+* Readline Typedefs::	C declarations to make code readable.
+* Function Writing::	Variables and calling conventions.
+@end menu
+
+@node Readline Typedefs
+@subsection Readline Typedefs
+
+For readabilty, we declare a number of new object types, all pointers
+to functions.
+
+The reason for declaring these new types is to make it easier to write
+code describing pointers to C functions with appropriately prototyped
+arguments and return values.
+
+For instance, say we want to declare a variable @var{func} as a pointer
+to a function which takes two @code{int} arguments and returns an
+@code{int} (this is the type of all of the Readline bindable functions).
+Instead of the classic C declaration
+
+@code{int (*func)();}
+
+@noindent
+or the ANSI-C style declaration
+
+@code{int (*func)(int, int);}
+
+@noindent
+we may write
+
+@code{rl_command_func_t *func;}
+
+The full list of function pointer types available is
+
+@table @code
+@item typedef int rl_command_func_t (int, int);
+
+@item typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t (const char *, int);
+
+@item typedef char **rl_completion_func_t (const char *, int, int);
+
+@item typedef char *rl_quote_func_t (char *, int, char *);
+
+@item typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t (char *, int);
+
+@item typedef int rl_compignore_func_t (char **);
+
+@item typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t (char **, int, int);
+
+@item typedef int rl_hook_func_t (void);
+
+@item typedef int rl_getc_func_t (FILE *);
+
+@item typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t (char *, int);
+
+@item typedef int rl_intfunc_t (int);
+@item #define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t
+@item typedef int rl_icpfunc_t (char *);
+@item typedef int rl_icppfunc_t (char **);
+
+@item typedef void rl_voidfunc_t (void);
+@item typedef void rl_vintfunc_t (int);
+@item typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t (char *);
+@item typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t (char **);
+
+@end table
+
+@node Function Writing
+@subsection Writing a New Function
+
+In order to write new functions for Readline, you need to know the
+calling conventions for keyboard-invoked functions, and the names of the
+variables that describe the current state of the line read so far.
+
+The calling sequence for a command @code{foo} looks like
+
+@example
+@code{int foo (int count, int key)}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+where @var{count} is the numeric argument (or 1 if defaulted) and
+@var{key} is the key that invoked this function.
+
+It is completely up to the function as to what should be done with the
+numeric argument.  Some functions use it as a repeat count, some
+as a flag, and others to choose alternate behavior (refreshing the current
+line as opposed to refreshing the screen, for example).  Some choose to
+ignore it.  In general, if a
+function uses the numeric argument as a repeat count, it should be able
+to do something useful with both negative and positive arguments.
+At the very least, it should be aware that it can be passed a
+negative argument.
+
+A command function should return 0 if its action completes successfully,
+and a non-zero value if some error occurs.
+This is the convention obeyed by all of the builtin Readline bindable
+command functions.
+
+@node Readline Variables
+@section Readline Variables
+
+These variables are available to function writers.
+
+@deftypevar {char *} rl_line_buffer
+This is the line gathered so far.  You are welcome to modify the
+contents of the line, but see @ref{Allowing Undoing}.  The
+function @code{rl_extend_line_buffer} is available to increase
+the memory allocated to @code{rl_line_buffer}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_point
+The offset of the current cursor position in @code{rl_line_buffer}
+(the @emph{point}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_end
+The number of characters present in @code{rl_line_buffer}.  When
+@code{rl_point} is at the end of the line, @code{rl_point} and
+@code{rl_end} are equal.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_mark
+The @var{mark} (saved position) in the current line.  If set, the mark
+and point define a @emph{region}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_done
+Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to return the current
+line immediately.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_num_chars_to_read
+Setting this to a positive value before calling @code{readline()} causes
+Readline to return after accepting that many characters, rather
+than reading up to a character bound to @code{accept-line}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_pending_input
+Setting this to a value makes it the next keystroke read.  This is a
+way to stuff a single character into the input stream.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_dispatching
+Set to a non-zero value if a function is being called from a key binding;
+zero otherwise.  Application functions can test this to discover whether
+they were called directly or by Readline's dispatching mechanism.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_erase_empty_line
+Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to completely erase
+the current line, including any prompt, any time a newline is typed as
+the only character on an otherwise-empty line.  The cursor is moved to
+the beginning of the newly-blank line.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {char *} rl_prompt
+The prompt Readline uses.  This is set from the argument to
+@code{readline()}, and should not be assigned to directly.
+The @code{rl_set_prompt()} function (@pxref{Redisplay}) may
+be used to modify the prompt string after calling @code{readline()}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_already_prompted
+If an application wishes to display the prompt itself, rather than have
+Readline do it the first time @code{readline()} is called, it should set
+this variable to a non-zero value after displaying the prompt.
+The prompt must also be passed as the argument to @code{readline()} so
+the redisplay functions can update the display properly.
+The calling application is responsible for managing the value; Readline
+never sets it.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_library_version
+The version number of this revision of the library.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_readline_version
+An integer encoding the current version of the library.  The encoding is
+of the form 0x@var{MMmm}, where @var{MM} is the two-digit major version
+number, and @var{mm} is the two-digit minor version number.
+For example, for Readline-4.2, @code{rl_readline_version} would have the
+value 0x0402.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_gnu_readline_p
+Always set to 1, denoting that this is @sc{gnu} readline rather than some
+emulation.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_terminal_name
+The terminal type, used for initialization.  If not set by the application,
+Readline sets this to the value of the @env{TERM} environment variable
+the first time it is called.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_readline_name
+This variable is set to a unique name by each application using Readline.
+The value allows conditional parsing of the inputrc file
+(@pxref{Conditional Init Constructs}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {FILE *} rl_instream
+The stdio stream from which Readline reads input.
+If @code{NULL}, Readline defaults to @var{stdin}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {FILE *} rl_outstream
+The stdio stream to which Readline performs output.
+If @code{NULL}, Readline defaults to @var{stdout}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_prefer_env_winsize
+If non-zero, Readline gives values found in the @env{LINES} and
+@env{COLUMNS} environment variables greater precedence than values fetched
+from the kernel when computing the screen dimensions.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_command_func_t *} rl_last_func
+The address of the last command function Readline executed.  May be used to
+test whether or not a function is being executed twice in succession, for
+example.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_startup_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just
+before @code{readline} prints the first prompt.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_pre_input_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call after
+the first prompt has been printed and just before @code{readline}
+starts reading input characters.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_hook_func_t *} rl_event_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call periodically
+when Readline is waiting for terminal input.
+By default, this will be called at most ten times a second if there
+is no keyboard input.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_getc_func_t *} rl_getc_function
+If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to get a character from the input stream.  By default, it is set to
+@code{rl_getc}, the default Readline character input function
+(@pxref{Character Input}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_voidfunc_t *} rl_redisplay_function
+If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to update the display with the current contents of the editing buffer.
+By default, it is set to @code{rl_redisplay}, the default Readline
+redisplay function (@pxref{Redisplay}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_vintfunc_t *} rl_prep_term_function
+If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to initialize the terminal.  The function takes a single argument, an
+@code{int} flag that says whether or not to use eight-bit characters.
+By default, this is set to @code{rl_prep_terminal}
+(@pxref{Terminal Management}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_voidfunc_t *} rl_deprep_term_function
+If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
+to reset the terminal.  This function should undo the effects of
+@code{rl_prep_term_function}.
+By default, this is set to @code{rl_deprep_terminal}
+(@pxref{Terminal Management}).
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {Keymap} rl_executing_keymap
+This variable is set to the keymap (@pxref{Keymaps}) in which the
+currently executing readline function was found.
+@end deftypevar 
+
+@deftypevar {Keymap} rl_binding_keymap
+This variable is set to the keymap (@pxref{Keymaps}) in which the
+last key binding occurred.
+@end deftypevar 
+
+@deftypevar {char *} rl_executing_macro
+This variable is set to the text of any currently-executing macro.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_readline_state
+A variable with bit values that encapsulate the current Readline state.
+A bit is set with the @code{RL_SETSTATE} macro, and unset with the
+@code{RL_UNSETSTATE} macro.  Use the @code{RL_ISSTATE} macro to test
+whether a particular state bit is set.  Current state bits include:
+
+@table @code
+@item RL_STATE_NONE
+Readline has not yet been called, nor has it begun to intialize.
+@item RL_STATE_INITIALIZING
+Readline is initializing its internal data structures.
+@item RL_STATE_INITIALIZED
+Readline has completed its initialization.
+@item RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED
+Readline has modified the terminal modes to do its own input and redisplay.
+@item RL_STATE_READCMD
+Readline is reading a command from the keyboard.
+@item RL_STATE_METANEXT
+Readline is reading more input after reading the meta-prefix character.
+@item RL_STATE_DISPATCHING
+Readline is dispatching to a command.
+@item RL_STATE_MOREINPUT
+Readline is reading more input while executing an editing command.
+@item RL_STATE_ISEARCH
+Readline is performing an incremental history search.
+@item RL_STATE_NSEARCH
+Readline is performing a non-incremental history search.
+@item RL_STATE_SEARCH
+Readline is searching backward or forward through the history for a string.
+@item RL_STATE_NUMERICARG
+Readline is reading a numeric argument.
+@item RL_STATE_MACROINPUT
+Readline is currently getting its input from a previously-defined keyboard
+macro.
+@item RL_STATE_MACRODEF
+Readline is currently reading characters defining a keyboard macro.
+@item RL_STATE_OVERWRITE
+Readline is in overwrite mode.
+@item RL_STATE_COMPLETING
+Readline is performing word completion.
+@item RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER
+Readline is currently executing the readline signal handler.
+@item RL_STATE_UNDOING
+Readline is performing an undo.
+@item RL_STATE_DONE
+Readline has read a key sequence bound to @code{accept-line}
+and is about to return the line to the caller.
+@end table
+
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_explicit_arg
+Set to a non-zero value if an explicit numeric argument was specified by
+the user.  Only valid in a bindable command function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_numeric_arg
+Set to the value of any numeric argument explicitly specified by the user
+before executing the current Readline function.  Only valid in a bindable
+command function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_editing_mode
+Set to a value denoting Readline's current editing mode.  A value of
+@var{1} means Readline is currently in emacs mode; @var{0}
+means that vi mode is active.
+@end deftypevar
+
+
+@node Readline Convenience Functions
+@section Readline Convenience Functions
+
+@menu
+* Function Naming::	How to give a function you write a name.
+* Keymaps::		Making keymaps.
+* Binding Keys::	Changing Keymaps.
+* Associating Function Names and Bindings::	Translate function names to
+						key sequences.
+* Allowing Undoing::	How to make your functions undoable.
+* Redisplay::		Functions to control line display.
+* Modifying Text::	Functions to modify @code{rl_line_buffer}.
+* Character Input::	Functions to read keyboard input.
+* Terminal Management::	Functions to manage terminal settings.
+* Utility Functions::	Generally useful functions and hooks.
+* Miscellaneous Functions::	Functions that don't fall into any category.
+* Alternate Interface::	Using Readline in a `callback' fashion.
+* A Readline Example::		An example Readline function.
+@end menu
+
+@node Function Naming
+@subsection Naming a Function
+
+The user can dynamically change the bindings of keys while using
+Readline.  This is done by representing the function with a descriptive
+name.  The user is able to type the descriptive name when referring to
+the function.  Thus, in an init file, one might find
+
+@example
+Meta-Rubout:	backward-kill-word
+@end example
+
+This binds the keystroke @key{Meta-Rubout} to the function
+@emph{descriptively} named @code{backward-kill-word}.  You, as the
+programmer, should bind the functions you write to descriptive names as
+well.  Readline provides a function for doing that:
+
+@deftypefun int rl_add_defun (const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)
+Add @var{name} to the list of named functions.  Make @var{function} be
+the function that gets called.  If @var{key} is not -1, then bind it to
+@var{function} using @code{rl_bind_key()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications.
+It is the recommended way to add a few functions to the default
+functions that Readline has built in.
+If you need to do something other than adding a function to Readline,
+you may need to use the underlying functions described below.
+
+@node Keymaps
+@subsection Selecting a Keymap
+
+Key bindings take place on a @dfn{keymap}.  The keymap is the
+association between the keys that the user types and the functions that
+get run.  You can make your own keymaps, copy existing keymaps, and tell
+Readline which keymap to use.
+
+@deftypefun Keymap rl_make_bare_keymap (void)
+Returns a new, empty keymap.  The space for the keymap is allocated with
+@code{malloc()}; the caller should free it by calling
+@code{rl_discard_keymap()} when done.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun Keymap rl_copy_keymap (Keymap map)
+Return a new keymap which is a copy of @var{map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun Keymap rl_make_keymap (void)
+Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
+the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and
+the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_discard_keymap (Keymap keymap)
+Free the storage associated with @var{keymap}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+Readline has several internal keymaps.  These functions allow you to
+change which keymap is active.
+
+@deftypefun Keymap rl_get_keymap (void)
+Returns the currently active keymap.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_set_keymap (Keymap keymap)
+Makes @var{keymap} the currently active keymap.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun Keymap rl_get_keymap_by_name (const char *name)
+Return the keymap matching @var{name}.  @var{name} is one which would
+be supplied in a @code{set keymap} inputrc line (@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_get_keymap_name (Keymap keymap)
+Return the name matching @var{keymap}.  @var{name} is one which would
+be supplied in a @code{set keymap} inputrc line (@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Binding Keys
+@subsection Binding Keys
+
+Key sequences are associate with functions through the keymap.
+Readline has several internal keymaps: @code{emacs_standard_keymap},
+@code{emacs_meta_keymap}, @code{emacs_ctlx_keymap},
+@code{vi_movement_keymap}, and @code{vi_insertion_keymap}.
+@code{emacs_standard_keymap} is the default, and the examples in
+this manual assume that.
+
+Since @code{readline()} installs a set of default key bindings the first
+time it is called, there is always the danger that a custom binding
+installed before the first call to @code{readline()} will be overridden.
+An alternate mechanism is to install custom key bindings in an
+initialization function assigned to the @code{rl_startup_hook} variable
+(@pxref{Readline Variables}).
+
+These functions manage key bindings.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_key (int key, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Binds @var{key} to @var{function} in the currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_in_map (int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Bind @var{key} to @var{function} in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_if_unbound (int key, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Binds @var{key} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in the
+currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key} or if @var{key} is
+already bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Binds @var{key} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{key} or if @var{key} is
+already bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_unbind_key (int key)
+Bind @var{key} to the null function in the currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in case of error.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_unbind_key_in_map (int key, Keymap map)
+Bind @var{key} to the null function in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in case of error.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_unbind_function_in_map (rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Unbind all keys that execute @var{function} in @var{map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_unbind_command_in_map (const char *command, Keymap map)
+Unbind all keys that are bound to @var{command} in @var{map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the function
+@var{function}, beginning in the current keymap.
+This makes new keymaps as necessary.
+The return value is non-zero if @var{keyseq} is invalid.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the function
+@var{function}.  This makes new keymaps as necessary.
+Initial bindings are performed in @var{map}.
+The return value is non-zero if @var{keyseq} is invalid.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_key (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Equivalent to @code{rl_bind_keyseq_in_map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Binds @var{keyseq} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in the
+currently active keymap.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{keyseq} or if @var{keyseq} is
+already bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Binds @var{keyseq} to @var{function} if it is not already bound in @var{map}.
+Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid @var{keyseq} or if @var{keyseq} is
+already bound.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_generic_bind (int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map)
+Bind the key sequence represented by the string @var{keyseq} to the arbitrary
+pointer @var{data}.  @var{type} says what kind of data is pointed to by
+@var{data}; this can be a function (@code{ISFUNC}), a macro
+(@code{ISMACR}), or a keymap (@code{ISKMAP}).  This makes new keymaps as
+necessary.  The initial keymap in which to do bindings is @var{map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_parse_and_bind (char *line)
+Parse @var{line} as if it had been read from the @code{inputrc} file and
+perform any key bindings and variable assignments found
+(@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_read_init_file (const char *filename)
+Read keybindings and variable assignments from @var{filename}
+(@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Associating Function Names and Bindings
+@subsection Associating Function Names and Bindings
+
+These functions allow you to find out what keys invoke named functions
+and the functions invoked by a particular key sequence.  You may also
+associate a new function name with an arbitrary function.
+
+@deftypefun {rl_command_func_t *} rl_named_function (const char *name)
+Return the function with name @var{name}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {rl_command_func_t *} rl_function_of_keyseq (const char *keyseq, Keymap map, int *type)
+Return the function invoked by @var{keyseq} in keymap @var{map}.
+If @var{map} is @code{NULL}, the current keymap is used.  If @var{type} is
+not @code{NULL}, the type of the object is returned in the @code{int} variable
+it points to (one of @code{ISFUNC}, @code{ISKMAP}, or @code{ISMACR}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char **} rl_invoking_keyseqs (rl_command_func_t *function)
+Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
+invoke @var{function} in the current keymap.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char **} rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)
+Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
+invoke @var{function} in the keymap @var{map}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_function_dumper (int readable)
+Print the readline function names and the key sequences currently
+bound to them to @code{rl_outstream}.  If @var{readable} is non-zero,
+the list is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an
+@code{inputrc} file and re-read.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_list_funmap_names (void)
+Print the names of all bindable Readline functions to @code{rl_outstream}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {const char **} rl_funmap_names (void)
+Return a NULL terminated array of known function names.  The array is
+sorted.  The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside.  You
+should @code{free()} the array when you are done, but not the pointers.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_add_funmap_entry (const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function)
+Add @var{name} to the list of bindable Readline command names, and make
+@var{function} the function to be called when @var{name} is invoked.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Allowing Undoing
+@subsection Allowing Undoing
+
+Supporting the undo command is a painless thing, and makes your
+functions much more useful.  It is certainly easy to try
+something if you know you can undo it.
+
+If your function simply inserts text once, or deletes text once, and
+uses @code{rl_insert_text()} or @code{rl_delete_text()} to do it, then
+undoing is already done for you automatically.
+
+If you do multiple insertions or multiple deletions, or any combination
+of these operations, you should group them together into one operation.
+This is done with @code{rl_begin_undo_group()} and
+@code{rl_end_undo_group()}.
+
+The types of events that can be undone are:
+
+@smallexample
+enum undo_code @{ UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END @}; 
+@end smallexample
+
+Notice that @code{UNDO_DELETE} means to insert some text, and
+@code{UNDO_INSERT} means to delete some text.  That is, the undo code
+tells what to undo, not how to undo it.  @code{UNDO_BEGIN} and
+@code{UNDO_END} are tags added by @code{rl_begin_undo_group()} and
+@code{rl_end_undo_group()}.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_begin_undo_group (void)
+Begins saving undo information in a group construct.  The undo
+information usually comes from calls to @code{rl_insert_text()} and
+@code{rl_delete_text()}, but could be the result of calls to
+@code{rl_add_undo()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_end_undo_group (void)
+Closes the current undo group started with @code{rl_begin_undo_group
+()}.  There should be one call to @code{rl_end_undo_group()}
+for each call to @code{rl_begin_undo_group()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_add_undo (enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text)
+Remember how to undo an event (according to @var{what}).  The affected
+text runs from @var{start} to @var{end}, and encompasses @var{text}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_free_undo_list (void)
+Free the existing undo list.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_do_undo (void)
+Undo the first thing on the undo list.  Returns @code{0} if there was
+nothing to undo, non-zero if something was undone.
+@end deftypefun
+
+Finally, if you neither insert nor delete text, but directly modify the
+existing text (e.g., change its case), call @code{rl_modifying()}
+once, just before you modify the text.  You must supply the indices of
+the text range that you are going to modify.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_modifying (int start, int end)
+Tell Readline to save the text between @var{start} and @var{end} as a
+single undo unit.  It is assumed that you will subsequently modify
+that text.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Redisplay
+@subsection Redisplay
+
+@deftypefun void rl_redisplay (void)
+Change what's displayed on the screen to reflect the current contents
+of @code{rl_line_buffer}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_forced_update_display (void)
+Force the line to be updated and redisplayed, whether or not
+Readline thinks the screen display is correct.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_on_new_line (void)
+Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new (empty) line,
+usually after ouputting a newline.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_on_new_line_with_prompt (void)
+Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new line, with
+@var{rl_prompt} already displayed.
+This could be used by applications that want to output the prompt string
+themselves, but still need Readline to know the prompt string length for
+redisplay.
+It should be used after setting @var{rl_already_prompted}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_reset_line_state (void)
+Reset the display state to a clean state and redisplay the current line
+starting on a new line.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_crlf (void)
+Move the cursor to the start of the next screen line.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_show_char (int c)
+Display character @var{c} on @code{rl_outstream}.
+If Readline has not been set to display meta characters directly, this
+will convert meta characters to a meta-prefixed key sequence.
+This is intended for use by applications which wish to do their own
+redisplay.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_message (const char *, @dots{})
+The arguments are a format string as would be supplied to @code{printf},
+possibly containing conversion specifications such as @samp{%d}, and
+any additional arguments necessary to satisfy the conversion specifications.
+The resulting string is displayed in the @dfn{echo area}.  The echo area
+is also used to display numeric arguments and search strings.
+You should call @code{rl_save_prompt} to save the prompt information
+before calling this function.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_clear_message (void)
+Clear the message in the echo area.  If the prompt was saved with a call to
+@code{rl_save_prompt} before the last call to @code{rl_message},
+call @code{rl_restore_prompt} before calling this function.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_save_prompt (void)
+Save the local Readline prompt display state in preparation for
+displaying a new message in the message area with @code{rl_message()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_restore_prompt (void)
+Restore the local Readline prompt display state saved by the most
+recent call to @code{rl_save_prompt}.
+if @code{rl_save_prompt} was called to save the prompt before a call
+to @code{rl_message}, this function should be called before the
+corresponding call to @code{rl_clear_message}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_expand_prompt (char *prompt)
+Expand any special character sequences in @var{prompt} and set up the
+local Readline prompt redisplay variables.
+This function is called by @code{readline()}.  It may also be called to
+expand the primary prompt if the @code{rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()}
+function or @code{rl_already_prompted} variable is used.
+It returns the number of visible characters on the last line of the
+(possibly multi-line) prompt.
+Applications may indicate that the prompt contains characters that take
+up no physical screen space when displayed by bracketing a sequence of
+such characters with the special markers @code{RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE}
+and @code{RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE} (declared in @file{readline.h}.  This may
+be used to embed terminal-specific escape sequences in prompts.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_prompt (const char *prompt)
+Make Readline use @var{prompt} for subsequent redisplay.  This calls
+@code{rl_expand_prompt()} to expand the prompt and sets @code{rl_prompt}
+to the result.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Modifying Text
+@subsection Modifying Text
+
+@deftypefun int rl_insert_text (const char *text)
+Insert @var{text} into the line at the current cursor position.
+Returns the number of characters inserted.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_delete_text (int start, int end)
+Delete the text between @var{start} and @var{end} in the current line.
+Returns the number of characters deleted.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_copy_text (int start, int end)
+Return a copy of the text between @var{start} and @var{end} in
+the current line.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_kill_text (int start, int end)
+Copy the text between @var{start} and @var{end} in the current line
+to the kill ring, appending or prepending to the last kill if the
+last command was a kill command.  The text is deleted.
+If @var{start} is less than @var{end},
+the text is appended, otherwise prepended.  If the last command was
+not a kill, a new kill ring slot is used.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_push_macro_input (char *macro)
+Cause @var{macro} to be inserted into the line, as if it had been invoked
+by a key bound to a macro.  Not especially useful; use
+@code{rl_insert_text()} instead.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Character Input
+@subsection Character Input
+
+@deftypefun int rl_read_key (void)
+Return the next character available from Readline's current input stream.
+This handles input inserted into
+the input stream via @var{rl_pending_input} (@pxref{Readline Variables})
+and @code{rl_stuff_char()}, macros, and characters read from the keyboard.
+While waiting for input, this function will call any function assigned to
+the @code{rl_event_hook} variable.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_getc (FILE *stream)
+Return the next character available from @var{stream}, which is assumed to
+be the keyboard.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_stuff_char (int c)
+Insert @var{c} into the Readline input stream.  It will be "read"
+before Readline attempts to read characters from the terminal with
+@code{rl_read_key()}.  Up to 512 characters may be pushed back.
+@code{rl_stuff_char} returns 1 if the character was successfully inserted;
+0 otherwise.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_execute_next (int c)
+Make @var{c} be the next command to be executed when @code{rl_read_key()}
+is called.  This sets @var{rl_pending_input}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_clear_pending_input (void)
+Unset @var{rl_pending_input}, effectively negating the effect of any
+previous call to @code{rl_execute_next()}.  This works only if the
+pending input has not already been read with @code{rl_read_key()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (int u)
+While waiting for keyboard input in @code{rl_read_key()}, Readline will
+wait for @var{u} microseconds for input before calling any function
+assigned to @code{rl_event_hook}.  The default waiting period is
+one-tenth of a second.  Returns the old timeout value.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Terminal Management
+@subsection Terminal Management
+
+@deftypefun void rl_prep_terminal (int meta_flag)
+Modify the terminal settings for Readline's use, so @code{readline()}
+can read a single character at a time from the keyboard.
+The @var{meta_flag} argument should be non-zero if Readline should
+read eight-bit input.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_deprep_terminal (void)
+Undo the effects of @code{rl_prep_terminal()}, leaving the terminal in
+the state in which it was before the most recent call to
+@code{rl_prep_terminal()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_tty_set_default_bindings (Keymap kmap)
+Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be
+displayed by @code{stty}) to their Readline equivalents.
+The bindings are performed in @var{kmap}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (Keymap kmap)
+Reset the bindings manipulated by @code{rl_tty_set_default_bindings} so
+that the terminal editing characters are bound to @code{rl_insert}.
+The bindings are performed in @var{kmap}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_reset_terminal (const char *terminal_name)
+Reinitialize Readline's idea of the terminal settings using
+@var{terminal_name} as the terminal type (e.g., @code{vt100}).
+If @var{terminal_name} is @code{NULL}, the value of the @code{TERM}
+environment variable is used.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Utility Functions
+@subsection Utility Functions
+
+@deftypefun void rl_replace_line (const char *text, int clear_undo)
+Replace the contents of @code{rl_line_buffer} with @var{text}.
+The point and mark are preserved, if possible.
+If @var{clear_undo} is non-zero, the undo list associated with the
+current line is cleared.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_extend_line_buffer (int len)
+Ensure that @code{rl_line_buffer} has enough space to hold @var{len}
+characters, possibly reallocating it if necessary.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_initialize (void)
+Initialize or re-initialize Readline's internal state.
+It's not strictly necessary to call this; @code{readline()} calls it before
+reading any input.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_ding (void)
+Ring the terminal bell, obeying the setting of @code{bell-style}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_alphabetic (int c)
+Return 1 if @var{c} is an alphabetic character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_display_match_list (char **matches, int len, int max)
+A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
+columnar format on Readline's output stream.  @code{matches} is the list
+of strings, in argv format, such as a list of completion matches.
+@code{len} is the number of strings in @code{matches}, and @code{max}
+is the length of the longest string in @code{matches}.  This function uses
+the setting of @code{print-completions-horizontally} to select how the
+matches are displayed (@pxref{Readline Init File Syntax}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+The following are implemented as macros, defined in @code{chardefs.h}.
+Applications should refrain from using them.
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_uppercase_p (int c)
+Return 1 if @var{c} is an uppercase alphabetic character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_lowercase_p (int c)
+Return 1 if @var{c} is a lowercase alphabetic character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_digit_p (int c)
+Return 1 if @var{c} is a numeric character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_to_upper (int c)
+If @var{c} is a lowercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
+uppercase character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_to_lower (int c)
+If @var{c} is an uppercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
+lowercase character.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int _rl_digit_value (int c)
+If @var{c} is a number, return the value it represents.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Miscellaneous Functions
+@subsection Miscellaneous Functions
+
+@deftypefun int rl_macro_bind (const char *keyseq, const char *macro, Keymap map)
+Bind the key sequence @var{keyseq} to invoke the macro @var{macro}.
+The binding is performed in @var{map}.  When @var{keyseq} is invoked, the
+@var{macro} will be inserted into the line.  This function is deprecated;
+use @code{rl_generic_bind()} instead.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_macro_dumper (int readable)
+Print the key sequences bound to macros and their values, using
+the current keymap, to @code{rl_outstream}.
+If @var{readable} is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
+that it can be made part of an @code{inputrc} file and re-read.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_variable_bind (const char *variable, const char *value)
+Make the Readline variable @var{variable} have @var{value}.
+This behaves as if the readline command
+@samp{set @var{variable} @var{value}} had been executed in an @code{inputrc}
+file (@pxref{Readline Init File Syntax}).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_variable_value (const char *variable)
+Return a string representing the value of the Readline variable @var{variable}.
+For boolean variables, this string is either @samp{on} or @samp{off}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_variable_dumper (int readable)
+Print the readline variable names and their current values
+to @code{rl_outstream}.
+If @var{readable} is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
+that it can be made part of an @code{inputrc} file and re-read.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_paren_blink_timeout (int u)
+Set the time interval (in microseconds) that Readline waits when showing
+a balancing character when @code{blink-matching-paren} has been enabled.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_get_termcap (const char *cap)
+Retrieve the string value of the termcap capability @var{cap}.
+Readline fetches the termcap entry for the current terminal name and
+uses those capabilities to move around the screen line and perform other
+terminal-specific operations, like erasing a line.  Readline does not
+use all of a terminal's capabilities, and this function will return
+values for only those capabilities Readline uses.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Alternate Interface
+@subsection Alternate Interface
+
+An alternate interface is available to plain @code{readline()}.  Some
+applications need to interleave keyboard I/O with file, device, or
+window system I/O, typically by using a main loop to @code{select()}
+on various file descriptors.  To accomodate this need, readline can
+also be invoked as a `callback' function from an event loop.  There
+are functions available to make this easy.
+
+@deftypefun void rl_callback_handler_install (const char *prompt, rl_vcpfunc_t *lhandler)
+Set up the terminal for readline I/O and display the initial
+expanded value of @var{prompt}.  Save the value of @var{lhandler} to
+use as a function to call when a complete line of input has been entered.
+The function takes the text of the line as an argument.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_callback_read_char (void)
+Whenever an application determines that keyboard input is available, it
+should call @code{rl_callback_read_char()}, which will read the next
+character from the current input source.
+If that character completes the line, @code{rl_callback_read_char} will
+invoke the @var{lhandler} function saved by @code{rl_callback_handler_install}
+to process the line.
+Before calling the @var{lhandler} function, the terminal settings are
+reset to the values they had before calling
+@code{rl_callback_handler_install}.
+If the @var{lhandler} function returns,
+the terminal settings are modified for Readline's use again.
+@code{EOF} is  indicated by calling @var{lhandler} with a
+@code{NULL} line.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_callback_handler_remove (void)
+Restore the terminal to its initial state and remove the line handler.
+This may be called from within a callback as well as independently.
+If the @var{lhandler} installed by @code{rl_callback_handler_install}
+does not exit the program, either this function or the function referred
+to by the value of @code{rl_deprep_term_function} should be called before
+the program exits to reset the terminal settings.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node A Readline Example
+@subsection A Readline Example
+
+Here is a function which changes lowercase characters to their uppercase
+equivalents, and uppercase characters to lowercase.  If
+this function was bound to @samp{M-c}, then typing @samp{M-c} would
+change the case of the character under point.  Typing @samp{M-1 0 M-c}
+would change the case of the following 10 characters, leaving the cursor on
+the last character changed.
+
+@example
+/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */
+int
+invert_case_line (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+@{
+  register int start, end, i;
+
+  start = rl_point;
+
+  if (rl_point >= rl_end)
+    return (0);
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    @{
+      direction = -1;
+      count = -count;
+    @}
+  else
+    direction = 1;
+      
+  /* Find the end of the range to modify. */
+  end = start + (count * direction);
+
+  /* Force it to be within range. */
+  if (end > rl_end)
+    end = rl_end;
+  else if (end < 0)
+    end = 0;
+
+  if (start == end)
+    return (0);
+
+  if (start > end)
+    @{
+      int temp = start;
+      start = end;
+      end = temp;
+    @}
+
+  /* Tell readline that we are modifying the line,
+     so it will save the undo information. */
+  rl_modifying (start, end);
+
+  for (i = start; i != end; i++)
+    @{
+      if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
+        rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[i]);
+      else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
+        rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[i]);
+    @}
+  /* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */
+  rl_point = (direction == 1) ? end - 1 : start;
+  return (0);
+@}
+@end example
+
+@node Readline Signal Handling
+@section Readline Signal Handling
+
+Signals are asynchronous events sent to a process by the Unix kernel,
+sometimes on behalf of another process.  They are intended to indicate
+exceptional events, like a user pressing the interrupt key on his terminal,
+or a network connection being broken.  There is a class of signals that can
+be sent to the process currently reading input from the keyboard.  Since
+Readline changes the terminal attributes when it is called, it needs to
+perform special processing when such a signal is received in order to
+restore the terminal to a sane state, or provide application writers with
+functions to do so manually. 
+
+Readline contains an internal signal handler that is installed for a
+number of signals (@code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGTERM},
+@code{SIGALRM}, @code{SIGTSTP}, @code{SIGTTIN}, and @code{SIGTTOU}).
+When one of these signals is received, the signal handler
+will reset the terminal attributes to those that were in effect before
+@code{readline()} was called, reset the signal handling to what it was
+before @code{readline()} was called, and resend the signal to the calling
+application.
+If and when the calling application's signal handler returns, Readline
+will reinitialize the terminal and continue to accept input.
+When a @code{SIGINT} is received, the Readline signal handler performs
+some additional work, which will cause any partially-entered line to be
+aborted (see the description of @code{rl_free_line_state()} below).
+
+There is an additional Readline signal handler, for @code{SIGWINCH}, which
+the kernel sends to a process whenever the terminal's size changes (for
+example, if a user resizes an @code{xterm}).  The Readline @code{SIGWINCH}
+handler updates Readline's internal screen size information, and then calls
+any @code{SIGWINCH} signal handler the calling application has installed. 
+Readline calls the application's @code{SIGWINCH} signal handler without
+resetting the terminal to its original state.  If the application's signal
+handler does more than update its idea of the terminal size and return (for
+example, a @code{longjmp} back to a main processing loop), it @emph{must}
+call @code{rl_cleanup_after_signal()} (described below), to restore the
+terminal state. 
+
+Readline provides two variables that allow application writers to
+control whether or not it will catch certain signals and act on them
+when they are received.  It is important that applications change the
+values of these variables only when calling @code{readline()}, not in
+a signal handler, so Readline's internal signal state is not corrupted.
+
+@deftypevar int rl_catch_signals
+If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install signal handlers for
+@code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGTERM}, @code{SIGALRM},
+@code{SIGTSTP}, @code{SIGTTIN}, and @code{SIGTTOU}.
+
+The default value of @code{rl_catch_signals} is 1.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_catch_sigwinch
+If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install a signal handler for
+@code{SIGWINCH}.
+
+The default value of @code{rl_catch_sigwinch} is 1.
+@end deftypevar
+
+If an application does not wish to have Readline catch any signals, or
+to handle signals other than those Readline catches (@code{SIGHUP},
+for example), 
+Readline provides convenience functions to do the necessary terminal
+and internal state cleanup upon receipt of a signal.
+
+@deftypefun void rl_cleanup_after_signal (void)
+This function will reset the state of the terminal to what it was before
+@code{readline()} was called, and remove the Readline signal handlers for
+all signals, depending on the values of @code{rl_catch_signals} and
+@code{rl_catch_sigwinch}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_free_line_state (void)
+This will free any partial state associated with the current input line
+(undo information, any partial history entry, any partially-entered
+keyboard macro, and any partially-entered numeric argument).  This
+should be called before @code{rl_cleanup_after_signal()}.  The
+Readline signal handler for @code{SIGINT} calls this to abort the
+current input line.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_reset_after_signal (void)
+This will reinitialize the terminal and reinstall any Readline signal
+handlers, depending on the values of @code{rl_catch_signals} and
+@code{rl_catch_sigwinch}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+If an application does not wish Readline to catch @code{SIGWINCH}, it may
+call @code{rl_resize_terminal()} or @code{rl_set_screen_size()} to force
+Readline to update its idea of the terminal size when a @code{SIGWINCH}
+is received.
+
+@deftypefun void rl_resize_terminal (void)
+Update Readline's internal screen size by reading values from the kernel.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_set_screen_size (int rows, int cols)
+Set Readline's idea of the terminal size to @var{rows} rows and
+@var{cols} columns.  If either @var{rows} or @var{columns} is less than
+or equal to 0, Readline's idea of that terminal dimension is unchanged.
+@end deftypefun
+
+If an application does not want to install a @code{SIGWINCH} handler, but
+is still interested in the screen dimensions, Readline's idea of the screen
+size may be queried.
+
+@deftypefun void rl_get_screen_size (int *rows, int *cols)
+Return Readline's idea of the terminal's size in the
+variables pointed to by the arguments.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void rl_reset_screen_size (void)
+Cause Readline to reobtain the screen size and recalculate its dimensions.
+@end deftypefun
+
+The following functions install and remove Readline's signal handlers.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_set_signals (void)
+Install Readline's signal handler for @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGQUIT},
+@code{SIGTERM}, @code{SIGALRM}, @code{SIGTSTP}, @code{SIGTTIN},
+@code{SIGTTOU}, and @code{SIGWINCH}, depending on the values of
+@code{rl_catch_signals} and @code{rl_catch_sigwinch}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_clear_signals (void)
+Remove all of the Readline signal handlers installed by
+@code{rl_set_signals()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Custom Completers
+@section Custom Completers
+@cindex application-specific completion functions
+
+Typically, a program that reads commands from the user has a way of
+disambiguating commands and data.  If your program is one of these, then
+it can provide completion for commands, data, or both.
+The following sections describe how your program and Readline
+cooperate to provide this service.
+
+@menu
+* How Completing Works::	The logic used to do completion.
+* Completion Functions::	Functions provided by Readline.
+* Completion Variables::	Variables which control completion.
+* A Short Completion Example::	An example of writing completer subroutines.
+@end menu
+
+@node How Completing Works
+@subsection How Completing Works
+
+In order to complete some text, the full list of possible completions
+must be available.  That is, it is not possible to accurately
+expand a partial word without knowing all of the possible words
+which make sense in that context.  The Readline library provides
+the user interface to completion, and two of the most common
+completion functions:  filename and username.  For completing other types
+of text, you must write your own completion function.  This section
+describes exactly what such functions must do, and provides an example.
+
+There are three major functions used to perform completion:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+The user-interface function @code{rl_complete()}.  This function is
+called with the same arguments as other bindable Readline functions:
+@var{count} and @var{invoking_key}.
+It isolates the word to be completed and calls
+@code{rl_completion_matches()} to generate a list of possible completions.
+It then either lists the possible completions, inserts the possible
+completions, or actually performs the
+completion, depending on which behavior is desired.
+
+@item
+The internal function @code{rl_completion_matches()} uses an
+application-supplied @dfn{generator} function to generate the list of
+possible matches, and then returns the array of these matches.
+The caller should place the address of its generator function in
+@code{rl_completion_entry_function}.
+
+@item
+The generator function is called repeatedly from
+@code{rl_completion_matches()}, returning a string each time.  The
+arguments to the generator function are @var{text} and @var{state}.
+@var{text} is the partial word to be completed.  @var{state} is zero the
+first time the function is called, allowing the generator to perform
+any necessary initialization, and a positive non-zero integer for
+each subsequent call.  The generator function returns
+@code{(char *)NULL} to inform @code{rl_completion_matches()} that there are
+no more possibilities left.  Usually the generator function computes the
+list of possible completions when @var{state} is zero, and returns them
+one at a time on subsequent calls.  Each string the generator function
+returns as a match must be allocated with @code{malloc()}; Readline
+frees the strings when it has finished with them.
+Such a generator function is referred to as an
+@dfn{application-specific completion function}.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+@deftypefun int rl_complete (int ignore, int invoking_key)
+Complete the word at or before point.  You have supplied the function
+that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+@code{rl_completion_matches()}).  The default is to do filename completion.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypevar {rl_compentry_func_t *} rl_completion_entry_function
+This is a pointer to the generator function for
+@code{rl_completion_matches()}.
+If the value of @code{rl_completion_entry_function} is
+@code{NULL} then the default filename generator
+function, @code{rl_filename_completion_function()}, is used.
+An @dfn{application-specific completion function} is a function whose
+address is assigned to @code{rl_completion_entry_function} and whose
+return values are used to  generate possible completions.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@node Completion Functions
+@subsection Completion Functions
+
+Here is the complete list of callable completion functions present in
+Readline.
+
+@deftypefun int rl_complete_internal (int what_to_do)
+Complete the word at or before point.  @var{what_to_do} says what to do
+with the completion.  A value of @samp{?} means list the possible
+completions.  @samp{TAB} means do standard completion.  @samp{*} means
+insert all of the possible completions.  @samp{!} means to display
+all of the possible completions, if there is more than one, as well as
+performing partial completion.  @samp{@@} is similar to @samp{!}, but
+possible completions are not listed if the possible completions share
+a common prefix.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_complete (int ignore, int invoking_key)
+Complete the word at or before point.  You have supplied the function
+that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+@code{rl_completion_matches()} and @code{rl_completion_entry_function}).
+The default is to do filename
+completion.  This calls @code{rl_complete_internal()} with an
+argument depending on @var{invoking_key}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_possible_completions (int count, int invoking_key)
+List the possible completions.  See description of @code{rl_complete
+()}.  This calls @code{rl_complete_internal()} with an argument of
+@samp{?}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_insert_completions (int count, int invoking_key)
+Insert the list of possible completions into the line, deleting the
+partially-completed word.  See description of @code{rl_complete()}.
+This calls @code{rl_complete_internal()} with an argument of @samp{*}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun int rl_completion_mode (rl_command_func_t *cfunc)
+Returns the apppriate value to pass to @code{rl_complete_internal()}
+depending on whether @var{cfunc} was called twice in succession and
+the values of the @code{show-all-if-ambiguous} and
+@code{show-all-if-unmodified} variables.
+Application-specific completion functions may use this function to present
+the same interface as @code{rl_complete()}.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char **} rl_completion_matches (const char *text, rl_compentry_func_t *entry_func)
+Returns an array of strings which is a list of completions for
+@var{text}.  If there are no completions, returns @code{NULL}.
+The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for @var{text}.
+The remaining entries are the possible completions.  The array is
+terminated with a @code{NULL} pointer.
+
+@var{entry_func} is a function of two args, and returns a
+@code{char *}.  The first argument is @var{text}.  The second is a
+state argument; it is zero on the first call, and non-zero on subsequent
+calls.  @var{entry_func} returns a @code{NULL}  pointer to the caller
+when there are no more matches.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_filename_completion_function (const char *text, int state)
+A generator function for filename completion in the general case.
+@var{text} is a partial filename.
+The Bash source is a useful reference for writing application-specific
+completion functions (the Bash completion functions call this and other
+Readline functions).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun {char *} rl_username_completion_function (const char *text, int state)
+A completion generator for usernames.  @var{text} contains a partial
+username preceded by a random character (usually @samp{~}).  As with all
+completion generators, @var{state} is zero on the first call and non-zero
+for subsequent calls.
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Completion Variables
+@subsection Completion Variables
+
+@deftypevar {rl_compentry_func_t *} rl_completion_entry_function
+A pointer to the generator function for @code{rl_completion_matches()}.
+@code{NULL} means to use @code{rl_filename_completion_function()},
+the default filename completer.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_completion_func_t *} rl_attempted_completion_function
+A pointer to an alternative function to create matches.
+The function is called with @var{text}, @var{start}, and @var{end}.
+@var{start} and @var{end} are indices in @code{rl_line_buffer} defining
+the boundaries of @var{text}, which is a character string.
+If this function exists and returns @code{NULL}, or if this variable is
+set to @code{NULL}, then @code{rl_complete()} will call the value of
+@code{rl_completion_entry_function} to generate matches, otherwise the
+array of strings returned will be used.
+If this function sets the @code{rl_attempted_completion_over}
+variable to a non-zero value, Readline will not perform its default
+completion even if this function returns no matches.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_quote_func_t *} rl_filename_quoting_function
+A pointer to a function that will quote a filename in an
+application-specific fashion.  This is called if filename completion is being
+attempted and one of the characters in @code{rl_filename_quote_characters}
+appears in a completed filename.  The function is called with
+@var{text}, @var{match_type}, and @var{quote_pointer}.  The @var{text}
+is the filename to be quoted.  The @var{match_type} is either
+@code{SINGLE_MATCH}, if there is only one completion match, or
+@code{MULT_MATCH}.  Some functions use this to decide whether or not to
+insert a closing quote character.  The @var{quote_pointer} is a pointer
+to any opening quote character the user typed.  Some functions choose
+to reset this character.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_dequote_func_t *} rl_filename_dequoting_function
+A pointer to a function that will remove application-specific quoting
+characters from a filename before completion is attempted, so those
+characters do not interfere with matching the text against names in
+the filesystem.  It is called with @var{text}, the text of the word
+to be dequoted, and @var{quote_char}, which is the quoting character 
+that delimits the filename (usually @samp{'} or @samp{"}).  If
+@var{quote_char} is zero, the filename was not in an embedded string.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_linebuf_func_t *} rl_char_is_quoted_p
+A pointer to a function to call that determines whether or not a specific
+character in the line buffer is quoted, according to whatever quoting
+mechanism the program calling Readline uses.  The function is called with
+two arguments: @var{text}, the text of the line, and @var{index}, the
+index of the character in the line.  It is used to decide whether a
+character found in @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} should be
+used to break words for the completer.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_compignore_func_t *} rl_ignore_some_completions_function
+This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real filename
+completion is done, after all the matching names have been generated.
+It is passed a @code{NULL} terminated array of matches.
+The first element (@code{matches[0]}) is the
+maximal substring common to all matches. This function can
+re-arrange the list of matches as required, but each element deleted
+from the array must be freed.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_icppfunc_t *} rl_directory_completion_hook
+This function, if defined, is allowed to modify the directory portion
+of filenames Readline completes.  It is called with the address of a
+string (the current directory name) as an argument, and may modify that string.
+If the string is replaced with a new string, the old value should be freed.
+Any modified directory name should have a trailing slash.
+The modified value will be displayed as part of the completion, replacing
+the directory portion of the pathname the user typed.
+It returns an integer that should be non-zero if the function modifies
+its directory argument.
+It could be used to expand symbolic links or shell variables in pathnames.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_compdisp_func_t *} rl_completion_display_matches_hook
+If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+This function is called in lieu of Readline displaying the list.
+It takes three arguments:
+(@code{char **}@var{matches}, @code{int} @var{num_matches}, @code{int} @var{max_length})
+where @var{matches} is the array of matching strings,
+@var{num_matches} is the number of strings in that array, and
+@var{max_length} is the length of the longest string in that array.
+Readline provides a convenience function, @code{rl_display_match_list},
+that takes care of doing the display to Readline's output stream.  That
+function may be called from this hook.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_basic_word_break_characters
+The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+completer routine.  The default value of this variable is the characters
+which break words for completion in Bash:
+@code{" \t\n\"\\'`@@$><=;|&@{("}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_basic_quote_characters
+A list of quote characters which can cause a word break.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_completer_word_break_characters
+The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+@code{rl_complete_internal()}.  The default list is the value of
+@code{rl_basic_word_break_characters}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {rl_cpvfunc_t *} rl_completion_word_break_hook
+If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when Readline is
+deciding where to separate words for word completion.  It should return
+a character string like @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} to be
+used to perform the current completion.  The function may choose to set
+@code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} itself.  If the function
+returns @code{NULL}, @code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} is used.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_completer_quote_characters
+A list of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
+@code{rl_completer_word_break_characters} are treated as any other character,
+unless they also appear within this list.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_filename_quote_characters
+A list of characters that cause a filename to be quoted by the completer
+when they appear in a completed filename.  The default is the null string.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {const char *} rl_special_prefixes
+The list of characters that are word break characters, but should be
+left in @var{text} when it is passed to the completion function.
+Programs can use this to help determine what kind of completing to do.
+For instance, Bash sets this variable to "$@@" so that it can complete
+shell variables and hostnames.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_query_items
+Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+possible-completions call.  After that, readline asks the user if she is sure
+she wants to see them all.  The default value is 100.  A negative value 
+indicates that Readline should never ask the user.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar {int} rl_completion_append_character
+When a single completion alternative matches at the end of the command
+line, this character is appended to the inserted completion text.  The
+default is a space character (@samp{ }).  Setting this to the null
+character (@samp{\0}) prevents anything being appended automatically.
+This can be changed in application-specific completion functions to
+provide the ``most sensible word separator character'' according to
+an application-specific command line syntax specification.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_suppress_append
+If non-zero, @var{rl_completion_append_character} is not appended to
+matches at the end of the command line, as described above.
+It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
+is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_quote_character
+When Readline is completing quoted text, as delimited by one of the
+characters in @var{rl_completer_quote_characters}, it sets this variable
+to the quoting character found.
+This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_suppress_quote
+If non-zero, Readline does not append a matching quote character when
+performing completion on a quoted string.
+It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
+is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_found_quote
+When Readline is completing quoted text, it sets this variable
+to a non-zero value if the word being completed contains or is delimited
+by any quoting characters, including backslashes.
+This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs
+If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+user-settable @var{mark-directories} variable.
+This variable exists so that application-specific completion functions
+can override the user's global preference (set via the
+@var{mark-symlinked-directories} Readline variable) if appropriate.
+This variable is set to the user's preference before any
+application-specific completion function is called, so unless that
+function modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates
+If non-zero, then duplicates in the matches are removed.
+The default is 1.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_filename_completion_desired
+Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated as
+filenames.  This is @emph{always} zero when completion is attempted,
+and can only be changed
+within an application-specific completion function.  If it is set to a
+non-zero value by such a function, directory names have a slash appended
+and Readline attempts to quote completed filenames if they contain any
+characters in @code{rl_filename_quote_characters} and
+@code{rl_filename_quoting_desired} is set to a non-zero value.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_filename_quoting_desired
+Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+completed filename contains any characters in
+@code{rl_filename_quote_chars}.  This is @emph{always} non-zero
+when completion is attempted, and can only be changed within an
+application-specific completion function.
+The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to
+by @code{rl_filename_quoting_function}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_attempted_completion_over
+If an application-specific completion function assigned to
+@code{rl_attempted_completion_function} sets this variable to a non-zero
+value, Readline will not perform its default filename completion even
+if the application's completion function returns no matches.
+It should be set only by an application's completion function.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_completion_type
+Set to a character describing the type of completion Readline is currently
+attempting; see the description of @code{rl_complete_internal()}
+(@pxref{Completion Functions}) for the list of characters.
+This is set to the appropriate value before any application-specific
+completion function is called, allowing such functions to present
+the same interface as @code{rl_complete()}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@deftypevar int rl_inhibit_completion
+If this variable is non-zero, completion is inhibited.  The completion
+character will be inserted as any other bound to @code{self-insert}.
+@end deftypevar
+
+@node A Short Completion Example
+@subsection A Short Completion Example
+
+Here is a small application demonstrating the use of the GNU Readline
+library.  It is called @code{fileman}, and the source code resides in
+@file{examples/fileman.c}.  This sample application provides
+completion of command names, line editing features, and access to the
+history list.
+
+@page
+@smallexample
+/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the
+   GNU Readline library.  This application interactively allows users
+   to manipulate files and their modes. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/errno.h>
+
+#include <readline/readline.h>
+#include <readline/history.h>
+
+extern char *xmalloc ();
+
+/* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */
+int com_list __P((char *));
+int com_view __P((char *));
+int com_rename __P((char *));
+int com_stat __P((char *));
+int com_pwd __P((char *));
+int com_delete __P((char *));
+int com_help __P((char *));
+int com_cd __P((char *));
+int com_quit __P((char *));
+
+/* A structure which contains information on the commands this program
+   can understand. */
+
+typedef struct @{
+  char *name;			/* User printable name of the function. */
+  rl_icpfunc_t *func;		/* Function to call to do the job. */
+  char *doc;			/* Documentation for this function.  */
+@} COMMAND;
+
+COMMAND commands[] = @{
+  @{ "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" @},
+  @{ "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" @},
+  @{ "help", com_help, "Display this text" @},
+  @{ "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" @},
+  @{ "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" @},
+  @{ "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" @},
+  @{ "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" @},
+  @{ "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" @},
+  @{ "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" @},
+  @{ "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" @},
+  @{ "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" @},
+  @{ (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL @}
+@};
+
+/* Forward declarations. */
+char *stripwhite ();
+COMMAND *find_command ();
+
+/* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */
+char *progname;
+
+/* When non-zero, this means the user is done using this program. */
+int done;
+
+char *
+dupstr (s)
+     int s;
+@{
+  char *r;
+
+  r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
+  strcpy (r, s);
+  return (r);
+@}
+
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+@{
+  char *line, *s;
+
+  progname = argv[0];
+
+  initialize_readline ();	/* Bind our completer. */
+
+  /* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */
+  for ( ; done == 0; )
+    @{
+      line = readline ("FileMan: ");
+
+      if (!line)
+        break;
+
+      /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line.
+         Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list
+         and execute it. */
+      s = stripwhite (line);
+
+      if (*s)
+        @{
+          add_history (s);
+          execute_line (s);
+        @}
+
+      free (line);
+    @}
+  exit (0);
+@}
+
+/* Execute a command line. */
+int
+execute_line (line)
+     char *line;
+@{
+  register int i;
+  COMMAND *command;
+  char *word;
+
+  /* Isolate the command word. */
+  i = 0;
+  while (line[i] && whitespace (line[i]))
+    i++;
+  word = line + i;
+
+  while (line[i] && !whitespace (line[i]))
+    i++;
+
+  if (line[i])
+    line[i++] = '\0';
+
+  command = find_command (word);
+
+  if (!command)
+    @{
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word);
+      return (-1);
+    @}
+
+  /* Get argument to command, if any. */
+  while (whitespace (line[i]))
+    i++;
+
+  word = line + i;
+
+  /* Call the function. */
+  return ((*(command->func)) (word));
+@}
+
+/* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that
+   command.  Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */
+COMMAND *
+find_command (name)
+     char *name;
+@{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+    if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0)
+      return (&commands[i]);
+
+  return ((COMMAND *)NULL);
+@}
+
+/* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING.  Return a pointer
+   into STRING. */
+char *
+stripwhite (string)
+     char *string;
+@{
+  register char *s, *t;
+
+  for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++)
+    ;
+    
+  if (*s == 0)
+    return (s);
+
+  t = s + strlen (s) - 1;
+  while (t > s && whitespace (*t))
+    t--;
+  *++t = '\0';
+
+  return s;
+@}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*                                                                  */
+/*                  Interface to Readline Completion                */
+/*                                                                  */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+char *command_generator __P((const char *, int));
+char **fileman_completion __P((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete.  We want to try to
+   complete on command names if this is the first word in the line, or
+   on filenames if not. */
+initialize_readline ()
+@{
+  /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */
+  rl_readline_name = "FileMan";
+
+  /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */
+  rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion;
+@}
+
+/* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT.  START and END
+   bound the region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to
+   complete.  TEXT is the word to complete.  We can use the entire
+   contents of rl_line_buffer in case we want to do some simple
+   parsing.  Returnthe array of matches, or NULL if there aren't any. */
+char **
+fileman_completion (text, start, end)
+     const char *text;
+     int start, end;
+@{
+  char **matches;
+
+  matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+  /* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command
+     to complete.  Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current
+     directory. */
+  if (start == 0)
+    matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator);
+
+  return (matches);
+@}
+
+/* Generator function for command completion.  STATE lets us
+   know whether to start from scratch; without any state
+   (i.e. STATE == 0), then we start at the top of the list. */
+char *
+command_generator (text, state)
+     const char *text;
+     int state;
+@{
+  static int list_index, len;
+  char *name;
+
+  /* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now.  This
+     includes saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and
+     initializing the index variable to 0. */
+  if (!state)
+    @{
+      list_index = 0;
+      len = strlen (text);
+    @}
+
+  /* Return the next name which partially matches from the
+     command list. */
+  while (name = commands[list_index].name)
+    @{
+      list_index++;
+
+      if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0)
+        return (dupstr(name));
+    @}
+
+  /* If no names matched, then return NULL. */
+  return ((char *)NULL);
+@}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*                                                                  */
+/*                       FileMan Commands                           */
+/*                                                                  */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* String to pass to system ().  This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME
+   commands. */
+static char syscom[1024];
+
+/* List the file(s) named in arg. */
+com_list (arg)
+     char *arg;
+@{
+  if (!arg)
+    arg = "";
+
+  sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg);
+  return (system (syscom));
+@}
+
+com_view (arg)
+     char *arg;
+@{
+  if (!valid_argument ("view", arg))
+    return 1;
+
+  sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg);
+  return (system (syscom));
+@}
+
+com_rename (arg)
+     char *arg;
+@{
+  too_dangerous ("rename");
+  return (1);
+@}
+
+com_stat (arg)
+     char *arg;
+@{
+  struct stat finfo;
+
+  if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg))
+    return (1);
+
+  if (stat (arg, &finfo) == -1)
+    @{
+      perror (arg);
+      return (1);
+    @}
+
+  printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg);
+
+  printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n", arg,
+          finfo.st_nlink,
+          (finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s",
+          finfo.st_size,
+          (finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s");
+  printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_ctime));
+  printf ("      Last access at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_atime));
+  printf ("    Last modified at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_mtime));
+  return (0);
+@}
+
+com_delete (arg)
+     char *arg;
+@{
+  too_dangerous ("delete");
+  return (1);
+@}
+
+/* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is
+   not present. */
+com_help (arg)
+     char *arg;
+@{
+  register int i;
+  int printed = 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+    @{
+      if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0))
+        @{
+          printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc);
+          printed++;
+        @}
+    @}
+
+  if (!printed)
+    @{
+      printf ("No commands match `%s'.  Possibilties are:\n", arg);
+
+      for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+        @{
+          /* Print in six columns. */
+          if (printed == 6)
+            @{
+              printed = 0;
+              printf ("\n");
+            @}
+
+          printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name);
+          printed++;
+        @}
+
+      if (printed)
+        printf ("\n");
+    @}
+  return (0);
+@}
+
+/* Change to the directory ARG. */
+com_cd (arg)
+     char *arg;
+@{
+  if (chdir (arg) == -1)
+    @{
+      perror (arg);
+      return 1;
+    @}
+
+  com_pwd ("");
+  return (0);
+@}
+
+/* Print out the current working directory. */
+com_pwd (ignore)
+     char *ignore;
+@{
+  char dir[1024], *s;
+
+  s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1);
+  if (s == 0)
+    @{
+      printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir);
+      return 1;
+    @}
+
+  printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir);
+  return 0;
+@}
+
+/* The user wishes to quit using this program.  Just set DONE
+   non-zero. */
+com_quit (arg)
+     char *arg;
+@{
+  done = 1;
+  return (0);
+@}
+
+/* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */
+too_dangerous (caller)
+     char *caller;
+@{
+  fprintf (stderr,
+           "%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute.\n",
+           caller);
+  fprintf (stderr, "Write it yourself.\n");
+@}
+
+/* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER,
+   else print an error message and return zero. */
+int
+valid_argument (caller, arg)
+     char *caller, *arg;
+@{
+  if (!arg || !*arg)
+    @{
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller);
+      return (0);
+    @}
+
+  return (1);
+@}
+@end smallexample
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi b/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..478b41f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,1846 @@
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename rluser.info
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@ignore
+This file documents the end user interface to the GNU command line
+editing features.  It is to be an appendix to manuals for programs which
+use these features.  There is a document entitled "readline.texinfo"
+which contains both end-user and programmer documentation for the
+GNU Readline Library.
+
+Copyright (C) 1988-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey.
+
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
+identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
+paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on
+all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
+GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ignore
+
+@comment If you are including this manual as an appendix, then set the
+@comment variable readline-appendix.
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@defcodeindex bt
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Command Line Editing
+@chapter Command Line Editing
+
+This chapter describes the basic features of the @sc{gnu}
+command line editing interface.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Command line editing is provided by the Readline library, which is
+used by several different programs, including Bash.
+@end ifset
+
+@menu
+* Introduction and Notation::	Notation used in this text.
+* Readline Interaction::	The minimum set of commands for editing a line.
+* Readline Init File::		Customizing Readline from a user's view.
+* Bindable Readline Commands::	A description of most of the Readline commands
+				available for binding
+* Readline vi Mode::		A short description of how to make Readline
+				behave like the vi editor.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+* Programmable Completion::	How to specify the possible completions for
+				a specific command.
+* Programmable Completion Builtins::	Builtin commands to specify how to
+				complete arguments for a particular command.
+@end ifset
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction and Notation
+@section Introduction to Line Editing
+
+The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent
+keystrokes.
+
+The text @kbd{C-k} is read as `Control-K' and describes the character
+produced when the @key{k} key is pressed while the Control key
+is depressed.
+
+The text @kbd{M-k} is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character
+produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the @key{k}
+key is pressed.
+The Meta key is labeled @key{ALT} on many keyboards.
+On keyboards with two keys labeled @key{ALT} (usually to either side of
+the space bar), the @key{ALT} on the left side is generally set to
+work as a Meta key.
+The @key{ALT} key on the right may also be configured to work as a
+Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a
+Compose key for typing accented characters.
+
+If you do not have a Meta or @key{ALT} key, or another key working as
+a Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing @key{ESC}
+@emph{first}, and then typing @key{k}.
+Either process is known as @dfn{metafying} the @key{k} key.
+
+The text @kbd{M-C-k} is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the
+character produced by @dfn{metafying} @kbd{C-k}.
+
+In addition, several keys have their own names.  Specifically,
+@key{DEL}, @key{ESC}, @key{LFD}, @key{SPC}, @key{RET}, and @key{TAB} all
+stand for themselves when seen in this text, or in an init file
+(@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+If your keyboard lacks a @key{LFD} key, typing @key{C-j} will
+produce the desired character.
+The @key{RET} key may be labeled @key{Return} or @key{Enter} on
+some keyboards.
+
+@node Readline Interaction
+@section Readline Interaction
+@cindex interaction, readline
+
+Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text,
+only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled.  The
+Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text
+as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing
+you to retype the majority of the line.  Using these editing commands,
+you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or
+insert the text of the corrections.  Then, when you are satisfied with
+the line, you simply press @key{RET}.  You do not have to be at the
+end of the line to press @key{RET}; the entire line is accepted
+regardless of the location of the cursor within the line.
+
+@menu
+* Readline Bare Essentials::	The least you need to know about Readline.
+* Readline Movement Commands::	Moving about the input line.
+* Readline Killing Commands::	How to delete text, and how to get it back!
+* Readline Arguments::		Giving numeric arguments to commands.
+* Searching::			Searching through previous lines.
+@end menu
+
+@node Readline Bare Essentials
+@subsection Readline Bare Essentials
+@cindex notation, readline
+@cindex command editing
+@cindex editing command lines
+
+In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them.  The typed
+character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one
+space to the right.  If you mistype a character, you can use your
+erase character to back up and delete the mistyped character.
+
+Sometimes you may mistype a character, and
+not notice the error until you have typed several other characters.  In
+that case, you can type @kbd{C-b} to move the cursor to the left, and then
+correct your mistake.  Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right
+with @kbd{C-f}.
+
+When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that characters
+to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room for the text
+that you have inserted.  Likewise, when you delete text behind the cursor,
+characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled back' to fill in the
+blank space created by the removal of the text.  A list of the bare
+essentials for editing the text of an input line follows.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-b}
+Move back one character.
+@item @kbd{C-f}
+Move forward one character.
+@item @key{DEL} or @key{Backspace}
+Delete the character to the left of the cursor.
+@item @kbd{C-d}
+Delete the character underneath the cursor.
+@item @w{Printing characters}
+Insert the character into the line at the cursor.
+@item @kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x C-u}
+Undo the last editing command.  You can undo all the way back to an
+empty line.
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+(Depending on your configuration, the @key{Backspace} key be set to
+delete the character to the left of the cursor and the @key{DEL} key set
+to delete the character underneath the cursor, like @kbd{C-d}, rather
+than the character to the left of the cursor.)
+
+@node Readline Movement Commands
+@subsection Readline Movement Commands
+
+
+The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need
+in order to do editing of the input line.  For your convenience, many
+other commands have been added in addition to @kbd{C-b}, @kbd{C-f},
+@kbd{C-d}, and @key{DEL}.  Here are some commands for moving more rapidly
+about the line.
+
+@table @kbd
+@item C-a
+Move to the start of the line.
+@item C-e
+Move to the end of the line.
+@item M-f
+Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and digits.
+@item M-b
+Move backward a word.
+@item C-l
+Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top.
+@end table
+
+Notice how @kbd{C-f} moves forward a character, while @kbd{M-f} moves
+forward a word.  It is a loose convention that control keystrokes
+operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words.
+
+@node Readline Killing Commands
+@subsection Readline Killing Commands
+
+@cindex killing text
+@cindex yanking text
+
+@dfn{Killing} text means to delete the text from the line, but to save
+it away for later use, usually by @dfn{yanking} (re-inserting)
+it back into the line.
+(`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and `yank'.)
+
+If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you can
+be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same)
+place later.
+
+When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a @dfn{kill-ring}.
+Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so
+that when you yank it back, you get it all.  The kill
+ring is not line specific; the text that you killed on a previously
+typed line is available to be yanked back later, when you are typing
+another line.
+@cindex kill ring
+
+Here is the list of commands for killing text.
+
+@table @kbd
+@item C-k
+Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line.
+
+@item M-d
+Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by @kbd{M-f}.
+
+@item M-@key{DEL}
+Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between
+words, to the start of the previous word.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by @kbd{M-b}.
+
+@item C-w
+Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace.  This is different than
+@kbd{M-@key{DEL}} because the word boundaries differ.
+
+@end table
+
+Here is how to @dfn{yank} the text back into the line.  Yanking
+means to copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer.
+
+@table @kbd
+@item C-y
+Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the cursor.
+
+@item M-y
+Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this if
+the prior command is @kbd{C-y} or @kbd{M-y}.
+@end table
+
+@node Readline Arguments
+@subsection Readline Arguments
+
+You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands.  Sometimes the
+argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the @i{sign} of the
+argument that is significant.  If you pass a negative argument to a
+command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will
+act in a backward direction.  For example, to kill text back to the
+start of the line, you might type @samp{M-- C-k}.
+
+The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type meta
+digits before the command.  If the first `digit' typed is a minus
+sign (@samp{-}), then the sign of the argument will be negative.  Once
+you have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type
+the remainder of the digits, and then the command.  For example, to give
+the @kbd{C-d} command an argument of 10, you could type @samp{M-1 0 C-d},
+which will delete the next ten characters on the input line.
+
+@node Searching
+@subsection Searching for Commands in the History
+
+Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
+@ifset BashFeatures
+(@pxref{Bash History Facilities})
+@end ifset
+for lines containing a specified string.
+There are two search modes:  @dfn{incremental} and @dfn{non-incremental}.
+
+Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
+search string.
+As each character of the search string is typed, Readline displays
+the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far.
+An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to
+find the desired history entry.
+To search backward in the history for a particular string, type
+@kbd{C-r}.  Typing @kbd{C-s} searches forward through the history.
+The characters present in the value of the @code{isearch-terminators} variable
+are used to terminate an incremental search.
+If that variable has not been assigned a value, the @key{ESC} and
+@kbd{C-J} characters will terminate an incremental search.
+@kbd{C-g} will abort an incremental search and restore the original line.
+When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the
+search string becomes the current line.
+
+To find other matching entries in the history list, type @kbd{C-r} or
+@kbd{C-s} as appropriate.
+This will search backward or forward in the history for the next
+entry matching the search string typed so far.
+Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate
+the search and execute that command.
+For instance, a @key{RET} will terminate the search and accept
+the line, thereby executing the command from the history list.
+A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found
+the current line, and begin editing.
+
+Readline remembers the last incremental search string.  If two
+@kbd{C-r}s are typed without any intervening characters defining a new
+search string, any remembered search string is used.
+
+Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting
+to search for matching history lines.  The search string may be
+typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
+
+@node Readline Init File
+@section Readline Init File
+@cindex initialization file, readline
+
+Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like
+keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set
+of keybindings.
+Any user can customize programs that use Readline by putting
+commands in an @dfn{inputrc} file, conventionally in his home directory.
+The name of this
+@ifset BashFeatures
+file is taken from the value of the shell variable @env{INPUTRC}.  If
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+file is taken from the value of the environment variable @env{INPUTRC}.  If
+@end ifclear
+that variable is unset, the default is @file{~/.inputrc}.
+
+When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the
+init file is read, and the key bindings are set.
+
+In addition, the @code{C-x C-r} command re-reads this init file, thus
+incorporating any changes that you might have made to it.
+
+@menu
+* Readline Init File Syntax::	Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file.
+
+* Conditional Init Constructs::	Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file.
+
+* Sample Init File::		An example inputrc file.
+@end menu
+
+@node Readline Init File Syntax
+@subsection Readline Init File Syntax
+
+There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the
+Readline init file.  Blank lines are ignored.
+Lines beginning with a @samp{#} are comments.
+Lines beginning with a @samp{$} indicate conditional
+constructs (@pxref{Conditional Init Constructs}).  Other lines
+denote variable settings and key bindings.
+
+@table @asis
+@item Variable Settings
+You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by
+altering the values of variables in Readline
+using the @code{set} command within the init file.
+The syntax is simple:
+
+@example
+set @var{variable} @var{value}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Here, for example, is how to
+change from the default Emacs-like key binding to use
+@code{vi} line editing commands:
+
+@example
+set editing-mode vi
+@end example
+
+Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized without regard
+to case.  Unrecognized variable names are ignored.
+
+Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to on if
+the value is null or empty, @var{on} (case-insensitive), or 1.  Any other
+value results in the variable being set to off.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+The @w{@code{bind -V}} command lists the current Readline variable names
+and values.  @xref{Bash Builtins}.
+@end ifset
+
+A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following
+variables.
+
+@cindex variables, readline
+@table @code
+
+@item bell-style
+@vindex bell-style
+Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the terminal bell.
+If set to @samp{none}, Readline never rings the bell.  If set to
+@samp{visible}, Readline uses a visible bell if one is available.
+If set to @samp{audible} (the default), Readline attempts to ring
+the terminal's bell.
+
+@item bind-tty-special-chars
+@vindex bind-tty-special-chars
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline attempts to bind the control characters  
+treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their Readline
+equivalents.
+
+@item comment-begin
+@vindex comment-begin
+The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the
+@code{insert-comment} command is executed.  The default value
+is @code{"#"}.
+
+@item completion-ignore-case
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline performs filename matching and completion
+in a case-insensitive fashion.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item completion-query-items
+@vindex completion-query-items
+The number of possible completions that determines when the user is
+asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed.
+If the number of possible completions is greater than this value,
+Readline will ask the user whether or not he wishes to view
+them; otherwise, they are simply listed.
+This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0.
+A negative value means Readline should never ask.
+The default limit is @code{100}.
+
+@item convert-meta
+@vindex convert-meta
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will convert characters with the
+eighth bit set to an @sc{ascii} key sequence by stripping the eighth
+bit and prefixing an @key{ESC} character, converting them to a
+meta-prefixed key sequence.  The default value is @samp{on}.
+
+@item disable-completion
+@vindex disable-completion
+If set to @samp{On}, Readline will inhibit word completion.
+Completion  characters will be inserted into the line as if they had
+been mapped to @code{self-insert}.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item editing-mode
+@vindex editing-mode
+The @code{editing-mode} variable controls which default set of
+key bindings is used.  By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing
+mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs.  This variable can be
+set to either @samp{emacs} or @samp{vi}.
+
+@item enable-keypad
+@vindex enable-keypad
+When set to @samp{on}, Readline will try to enable the application
+keypad when it is called.  Some systems need this to enable the
+arrow keys.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item expand-tilde
+@vindex expand-tilde
+If set to @samp{on}, tilde expansion is performed when Readline
+attempts word completion.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item history-preserve-point
+@vindex history-preserve-point
+If set to @samp{on}, the history code attempts to place point at the
+same location on each history line retrieved with @code{previous-history}
+or @code{next-history}.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item horizontal-scroll-mode
+@vindex horizontal-scroll-mode
+This variable can be set to either @samp{on} or @samp{off}.  Setting it
+to @samp{on} means that the text of the lines being edited will scroll
+horizontally on a single screen line when they are longer than the width
+of the screen, instead of wrapping onto a new screen line.  By default,
+this variable is set to @samp{off}.
+
+@item input-meta
+@vindex input-meta
+@vindex meta-flag
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will enable eight-bit input (it
+will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads),
+regardless of what the terminal claims it can support.  The
+default value is @samp{off}.  The name @code{meta-flag} is a
+synonym for this variable.
+
+@item isearch-terminators
+@vindex isearch-terminators
+The string of characters that should terminate an incremental search without
+subsequently executing the character as a command (@pxref{Searching}).
+If this variable has not been given a value, the characters @key{ESC} and
+@kbd{C-J} will terminate an incremental search.
+
+@item keymap
+@vindex keymap
+Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding commands.
+Acceptable @code{keymap} names are
+@code{emacs},
+@code{emacs-standard},
+@code{emacs-meta},
+@code{emacs-ctlx},
+@code{vi},
+@code{vi-move},
+@code{vi-command}, and
+@code{vi-insert}.
+@code{vi} is equivalent to @code{vi-command}; @code{emacs} is
+equivalent to @code{emacs-standard}.  The default value is @code{emacs}.
+The value of the @code{editing-mode} variable also affects the
+default keymap.
+
+@item mark-directories
+If set to @samp{on}, completed directory names have a slash
+appended.  The default is @samp{on}.
+
+@item mark-modified-lines
+@vindex mark-modified-lines
+This variable, when set to @samp{on}, causes Readline to display an
+asterisk (@samp{*}) at the start of history lines which have been modified.
+This variable is @samp{off} by default.
+
+@item mark-symlinked-directories
+@vindex mark-symlinked-directories
+If set to @samp{on}, completed names which are symbolic links
+to directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of
+@code{mark-directories}).
+The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item match-hidden-files
+@vindex match-hidden-files
+This variable, when set to @samp{on}, causes Readline to match files whose
+names begin with a @samp{.} (hidden files) when performing filename
+completion, unless the leading @samp{.} is
+supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
+This variable is @samp{on} by default.
+
+@item output-meta
+@vindex output-meta
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will display characters with the
+eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
+sequence.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item page-completions
+@vindex page-completions
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline uses an internal @code{more}-like pager
+to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
+This variable is @samp{on} by default.
+
+@item print-completions-horizontally
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will display completions with matches
+sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen.
+The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item show-all-if-ambiguous
+@vindex show-all-if-ambiguous
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions.  If
+set to @samp{on}, 
+words which have more than one possible completion cause the
+matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item show-all-if-unmodified
+@vindex show-all-if-unmodified
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
+a fashion similar to @var{show-all-if-ambiguous}.
+If set to @samp{on}, 
+words which have more than one possible completion without any
+possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
+a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
+of ringing the bell.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item visible-stats
+@vindex visible-stats
+If set to @samp{on}, a character denoting a file's type
+is appended to the filename when listing possible
+completions.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@end table
+
+@item Key Bindings
+The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is
+simple.  First you need to find the name of the command that you
+want to change.  The following sections contain tables of the command
+name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short description of what
+the command does.
+
+Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line
+in the init file the name of the key
+you wish to bind the command to, a colon, and then the name of the
+command.  The name of the key
+can be expressed in different ways, depending on what you find most
+comfortable.
+
+In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound
+to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a @var{macro}).
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+The @w{@code{bind -p}} command displays Readline function names and
+bindings in a format that can put directly into an initialization file.
+@xref{Bash Builtins}.
+@end ifset
+
+@table @asis
+@item @w{@var{keyname}: @var{function-name} or @var{macro}}
+@var{keyname} is the name of a key spelled out in English.  For example:
+@example
+Control-u: universal-argument
+Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
+Control-o: "> output"
+@end example
+
+In the above example, @kbd{C-u} is bound to the function
+@code{universal-argument},
+@kbd{M-DEL} is bound to the function @code{backward-kill-word}, and
+@kbd{C-o} is bound to run the macro
+expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
+@samp{> output} into the line).
+
+A number of symbolic character names are recognized while
+processing this key binding syntax:
+@var{DEL},
+@var{ESC},
+@var{ESCAPE},
+@var{LFD},
+@var{NEWLINE},
+@var{RET},
+@var{RETURN},
+@var{RUBOUT},
+@var{SPACE},
+@var{SPC},
+and
+@var{TAB}.
+
+@item @w{"@var{keyseq}": @var{function-name} or @var{macro}}
+@var{keyseq} differs from @var{keyname} above in that strings
+denoting an entire key sequence can be specified, by placing
+the key sequence in double quotes.  Some @sc{gnu} Emacs style key
+escapes can be used, as in the following example, but the
+special character names are not recognized.
+
+@example
+"\C-u": universal-argument
+"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
+"\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
+@end example
+
+In the above example, @kbd{C-u} is again bound to the function
+@code{universal-argument} (just as it was in the first example),
+@samp{@kbd{C-x} @kbd{C-r}} is bound to the function @code{re-read-init-file},
+and @samp{@key{ESC} @key{[} @key{1} @key{1} @key{~}} is bound to insert
+the text @samp{Function Key 1}.
+
+@end table
+
+The following @sc{gnu} Emacs style escape sequences are available when
+specifying key sequences:
+
+@table @code
+@item @kbd{\C-}
+control prefix
+@item @kbd{\M-}
+meta prefix
+@item @kbd{\e}
+an escape character
+@item @kbd{\\}
+backslash
+@item @kbd{\"}
+@key{"}, a double quotation mark
+@item @kbd{\'}
+@key{'}, a single quote or apostrophe
+@end table
+
+In addition to the @sc{gnu} Emacs style escape sequences, a second
+set of backslash escapes is available:
+
+@table @code
+@item \a
+alert (bell)
+@item \b
+backspace
+@item \d
+delete
+@item \f
+form feed
+@item \n
+newline
+@item \r
+carriage return
+@item \t
+horizontal tab
+@item \v
+vertical tab
+@item \@var{nnn}
+the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value @var{nnn}
+(one to three digits)
+@item \x@var{HH}
+the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value @var{HH}
+(one or two hex digits)
+@end table
+
+When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must
+be used to indicate a macro definition.
+Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name.
+In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded.
+Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text,
+including @samp{"} and @samp{'}.
+For example, the following binding will make @samp{@kbd{C-x} \}
+insert a single @samp{\} into the line:
+@example
+"\C-x\\": "\\"
+@end example
+
+@end table
+
+@node Conditional Init Constructs
+@subsection Conditional Init Constructs
+
+Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
+compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key
+bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result
+of tests.  There are four parser directives used.
+
+@table @code
+@item $if
+The @code{$if} construct allows bindings to be made based on the
+editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
+Readline.  The text of the test extends to the end of the line;
+no characters are required to isolate it.
+
+@table @code
+@item mode
+The @code{mode=} form of the @code{$if} directive is used to test
+whether Readline is in @code{emacs} or @code{vi} mode.
+This may be used in conjunction
+with the @samp{set keymap} command, for instance, to set bindings in
+the @code{emacs-standard} and @code{emacs-ctlx} keymaps only if
+Readline is starting out in @code{emacs} mode.
+
+@item term
+The @code{term=} form may be used to include terminal-specific
+key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
+terminal's function keys.  The word on the right side of the
+@samp{=} is tested against both the full name of the terminal and
+the portion of the terminal name before the first @samp{-}.  This
+allows @code{sun} to match both @code{sun} and @code{sun-cmd},
+for instance.
+
+@item application
+The @var{application} construct is used to include
+application-specific settings.  Each program using the Readline
+library sets the @var{application name}, and you can test for
+a particular value. 
+This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for
+a specific program.  For instance, the following command adds a
+key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash:
+@example
+$if Bash
+# Quote the current or previous word
+"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
+$endif
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@item $endif
+This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an
+@code{$if} command.
+
+@item $else
+Commands in this branch of the @code{$if} directive are executed if
+the test fails.
+
+@item $include
+This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands
+and bindings from that file.
+For example, the following directive reads from @file{/etc/inputrc}:
+@example
+$include /etc/inputrc
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@node Sample Init File
+@subsection Sample Init File
+
+Here is an example of an @var{inputrc} file.  This illustrates key
+binding, variable assignment, and conditional syntax.
+
+@example
+@page
+# This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for
+# programs that use the GNU Readline library.  Existing
+# programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB.
+#
+# You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r.
+# Lines beginning with '#' are comments.
+#
+# First, include any systemwide bindings and variable
+# assignments from /etc/Inputrc
+$include /etc/Inputrc
+
+#
+# Set various bindings for emacs mode.
+
+set editing-mode emacs 
+
+$if mode=emacs
+
+Meta-Control-h:	backward-kill-word	Text after the function name is ignored
+
+#
+# Arrow keys in keypad mode
+#
+#"\M-OD":        backward-char
+#"\M-OC":        forward-char
+#"\M-OA":        previous-history
+#"\M-OB":        next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in ANSI mode
+#
+"\M-[D":        backward-char
+"\M-[C":        forward-char
+"\M-[A":        previous-history
+"\M-[B":        next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode
+#
+#"\M-\C-OD":       backward-char
+#"\M-\C-OC":       forward-char
+#"\M-\C-OA":       previous-history
+#"\M-\C-OB":       next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode
+#
+#"\M-\C-[D":       backward-char
+#"\M-\C-[C":       forward-char
+#"\M-\C-[A":       previous-history
+#"\M-\C-[B":       next-history
+
+C-q: quoted-insert
+
+$endif
+
+# An old-style binding.  This happens to be the default.
+TAB: complete
+
+# Macros that are convenient for shell interaction
+$if Bash
+# edit the path
+"\C-xp": "PATH=$@{PATH@}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f"
+# prepare to type a quoted word --
+# insert open and close double quotes
+# and move to just after the open quote
+"\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b"
+# insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes
+# in sequences and macros)
+"\C-x\\": "\\"
+# Quote the current or previous word
+"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
+# Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound
+"\C-xr": redraw-current-line
+# Edit variable on current line.
+"\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y="
+$endif
+
+# use a visible bell if one is available
+set bell-style visible
+
+# don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading
+set input-meta on
+
+# allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather
+# than converted to prefix-meta sequences
+set convert-meta off
+
+# display characters with the eighth bit set directly
+# rather than as meta-prefixed characters
+set output-meta on
+
+# if there are more than 150 possible completions for
+# a word, ask the user if he wants to see all of them
+set completion-query-items 150
+
+# For FTP
+$if Ftp
+"\C-xg": "get \M-?"
+"\C-xt": "put \M-?"
+"\M-.": yank-last-arg
+$endif
+@end example
+
+@node Bindable Readline Commands
+@section Bindable Readline Commands
+
+@menu
+* Commands For Moving::		Moving about the line.
+* Commands For History::	Getting at previous lines.
+* Commands For Text::		Commands for changing text.
+* Commands For Killing::	Commands for killing and yanking.
+* Numeric Arguments::		Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts.
+* Commands For Completion::	Getting Readline to do the typing for you.
+* Keyboard Macros::		Saving and re-executing typed characters
+* Miscellaneous Commands::	Other miscellaneous commands.
+@end menu
+
+This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key
+sequences.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+You can list your key bindings by executing
+@w{@code{bind -P}} or, for a more terse format, suitable for an
+@var{inputrc} file, @w{@code{bind -p}}.  (@xref{Bash Builtins}.)
+@end ifset
+Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default.
+
+In the following descriptions, @dfn{point} refers to the current cursor
+position, and @dfn{mark} refers to a cursor position saved by the
+@code{set-mark} command.
+The text between the point and mark is referred to as the @dfn{region}.
+
+@node Commands For Moving
+@subsection Commands For Moving
+@ftable @code
+@item beginning-of-line (C-a)
+Move to the start of the current line.
+
+@item end-of-line (C-e)
+Move to the end of the line.
+
+@item forward-char (C-f)
+Move forward a character.
+
+@item backward-char (C-b)
+Move back a character.
+
+@item forward-word (M-f)
+Move forward to the end of the next word.  Words are composed of
+letters and digits.
+
+@item backward-word (M-b)
+Move back to the start of the current or previous word.  Words are
+composed of letters and digits.
+
+@item clear-screen (C-l)
+Clear the screen and redraw the current line,
+leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
+
+@item redraw-current-line ()
+Refresh the current line.  By default, this is unbound.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For History
+@subsection Commands For Manipulating The History
+
+@ftable @code
+@item accept-line (Newline or Return)
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
+If this line is
+non-empty, add it to the history list according to the setting of
+the @env{HISTCONTROL} and @env{HISTIGNORE} variables.
+If this line is a modified history line, then restore the history line
+to its original state.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
+If this line is
+non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with
+@code{add_history()}.
+If this line is a modified history line, the history line is restored
+to its original state.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item previous-history (C-p)
+Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous command.
+
+@item next-history (C-n)
+Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command.
+
+@item beginning-of-history (M-<)
+Move to the first line in the history.
+
+@item end-of-history (M->)
+Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently
+being entered.
+
+@item reverse-search-history (C-r)
+Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through
+the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
+
+@item forward-search-history (C-s)
+Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through
+the the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
+
+@item non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)
+Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up'
+through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
+for a string supplied by the user.
+
+@item non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)
+Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down'
+through the the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
+for a string supplied by the user.
+
+@item history-search-forward ()
+Search forward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item history-search-backward ()
+Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.  This
+is a non-incremental search.  By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)
+Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually
+the second word on the previous line) at point.
+With an argument @var{n},
+insert the @var{n}th word from the previous command (the words
+in the previous command begin with word 0).  A negative argument
+inserts the @var{n}th word from the end of the previous command.
+Once the argument @var{n} is computed, the argument is extracted
+as if the @samp{!@var{n}} history expansion had been specified.
+
+@item yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)
+Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the
+previous history entry).  With an
+argument, behave exactly like @code{yank-nth-arg}.
+Successive calls to @code{yank-last-arg} move back through the history
+list, inserting the last argument of each line in turn.
+The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument,
+as if the @samp{!$} history expansion had been specified.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For Text
+@subsection Commands For Changing Text
+
+@ftable @code
+@item delete-char (C-d)
+Delete the character at point.  If point is at the
+beginning of the line, there are no characters in the line, and
+the last character typed was not bound to @code{delete-char}, then
+return @sc{eof}.
+
+@item backward-delete-char (Rubout)
+Delete the character behind the cursor.  A numeric argument means
+to kill the characters instead of deleting them.
+
+@item forward-backward-delete-char ()
+Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
+end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
+deleted.  By default, this is not bound to a key.
+
+@item quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)
+Add the next character typed to the line verbatim.  This is
+how to insert key sequences like @kbd{C-q}, for example.
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@item tab-insert (M-@key{TAB})
+Insert a tab character.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, @dots{})
+Insert yourself.
+
+@item transpose-chars (C-t)
+Drag the character before the cursor forward over
+the character at the cursor, moving the
+cursor forward as well.  If the insertion point
+is at the end of the line, then this
+transposes the last two characters of the line.
+Negative arguments have no effect.
+
+@item transpose-words (M-t)
+Drag the word before point past the word after point,
+moving point past that word as well.
+If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes
+the last two words on the line.
+
+@item upcase-word (M-u)
+Uppercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
+uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+
+@item downcase-word (M-l)
+Lowercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
+lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+
+@item capitalize-word (M-c)
+Capitalize the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
+capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+
+@item overwrite-mode ()
+Toggle overwrite mode.  With an explicit positive numeric argument,
+switches to overwrite mode.  With an explicit non-positive numeric
+argument, switches to insert mode.  This command affects only
+@code{emacs} mode; @code{vi} mode does overwrite differently.
+Each call to @code{readline()} starts in insert mode.
+
+In overwrite mode, characters bound to @code{self-insert} replace
+the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
+Characters bound to @code{backward-delete-char} replace the character
+before point with a space.
+
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For Killing
+@subsection Killing And Yanking
+
+@ftable @code
+
+@item kill-line (C-k)
+Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
+
+@item backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)
+Kill backward to the beginning of the line.
+
+@item unix-line-discard (C-u)
+Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
+
+@item kill-whole-line ()
+Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
+By default, this is unbound.
+
+@item kill-word (M-d)
+Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as @code{forward-word}.
+
+@item backward-kill-word (M-@key{DEL})
+Kill the word behind point.
+Word boundaries are the same as @code{backward-word}.
+
+@item unix-word-rubout (C-w)
+Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+
+@item unix-filename-rubout ()
+Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
+as the word boundaries.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+
+@item delete-horizontal-space ()
+Delete all spaces and tabs around point.  By default, this is unbound.
+
+@item kill-region ()
+Kill the text in the current region.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item copy-region-as-kill ()
+Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked
+right away.  By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item copy-backward-word ()
+Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.
+The word boundaries are the same as @code{backward-word}.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item copy-forward-word ()
+Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.
+The word boundaries are the same as @code{forward-word}.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item yank (C-y)
+Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
+
+@item yank-pop (M-y)
+Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this if
+the prior command is @code{yank} or @code{yank-pop}.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Numeric Arguments
+@subsection Specifying Numeric Arguments
+@ftable @code
+
+@item digit-argument (@kbd{M-0}, @kbd{M-1}, @dots{} @kbd{M--})
+Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
+argument.  @kbd{M--} starts a negative argument.
+
+@item universal-argument ()
+This is another way to specify an argument.
+If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a
+leading minus sign, those digits define the argument.
+If the command is followed by digits, executing @code{universal-argument}
+again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.
+As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a
+character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count
+for the next command is multiplied by four.
+The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the
+first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the
+argument count sixteen, and so on.
+By default, this is not bound to a key.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For Completion
+@subsection Letting Readline Type For You
+
+@ftable @code
+@item complete (@key{TAB})
+Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.
+The actual completion performed is application-specific.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Bash attempts completion treating the text as a variable (if the
+text begins with @samp{$}), username (if the text begins with
+@samp{~}), hostname (if the text begins with @samp{@@}), or
+command (including aliases and functions) in turn.  If none 
+of these produces a match, filename completion is attempted.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+The default is filename completion.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item possible-completions (M-?)
+List the possible completions of the text before point.
+
+@item insert-completions (M-*)
+Insert all completions of the text before point that would have
+been generated by @code{possible-completions}.
+
+@item menu-complete ()
+Similar to @code{complete}, but replaces the word to be completed
+with a single match from the list of possible completions.
+Repeated execution of @code{menu-complete} steps through the list
+of possible completions, inserting each match in turn.
+At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung
+(subject to the setting of @code{bell-style})
+and the original text is restored.
+An argument of @var{n} moves @var{n} positions forward in the list
+of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward
+through the list.
+This command is intended to be bound to @key{TAB}, but is unbound
+by default.
+
+@item delete-char-or-list ()
+Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
+end of the line (like @code{delete-char}).
+If at the end of the line, behaves identically to
+@code{possible-completions}.
+This command is unbound by default.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item complete-filename (M-/)
+Attempt filename completion on the text before point.
+
+@item possible-filename-completions (C-x /)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a filename.
+
+@item complete-username (M-~)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a username.
+
+@item possible-username-completions (C-x ~)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a username.
+
+@item complete-variable (M-$)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a shell variable.
+
+@item possible-variable-completions (C-x $)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a shell variable.
+
+@item complete-hostname (M-@@)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a hostname.
+
+@item possible-hostname-completions (C-x @@)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a hostname.
+
+@item complete-command (M-!)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a command name.  Command completion attempts to
+match the text against aliases, reserved words, shell
+functions, shell builtins, and finally executable filenames,
+in that order.
+
+@item possible-command-completions (C-x !)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a command name.
+
+@item dynamic-complete-history (M-@key{TAB})
+Attempt completion on the text before point, comparing
+the text against lines from the history list for possible
+completion matches.
+
+@item complete-into-braces (M-@{)
+Perform filename completion and insert the list of possible completions
+enclosed within braces so the list is available to the shell
+(@pxref{Brace Expansion}).
+
+@end ifset
+@end ftable
+
+@node Keyboard Macros
+@subsection Keyboard Macros
+@ftable @code
+
+@item start-kbd-macro (C-x ()
+Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
+
+@item end-kbd-macro (C-x ))
+Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
+and save the definition.
+
+@item call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)
+Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters
+in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Miscellaneous Commands
+@subsection Some Miscellaneous Commands
+@ftable @code
+
+@item re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)
+Read in the contents of the @var{inputrc} file, and incorporate
+any bindings or variable assignments found there.
+
+@item abort (C-g)
+Abort the current editing command and
+ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of
+@code{bell-style}).
+
+@item do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-@var{x}, @dots{})
+If the metafied character @var{x} is lowercase, run the command
+that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character.
+
+@item prefix-meta (@key{ESC})
+Metafy the next character typed.  This is for keyboards
+without a meta key.  Typing @samp{@key{ESC} f} is equivalent to typing
+@kbd{M-f}.
+
+@item undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)
+Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
+
+@item revert-line (M-r)
+Undo all changes made to this line.  This is like executing the @code{undo}
+command enough times to get back to the beginning.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item tilde-expand (M-&)
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@item tilde-expand (M-~)
+@end ifclear
+Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
+
+@item set-mark (C-@@)
+Set the mark to the point.  If a
+numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position.
+
+@item exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)
+Swap the point with the mark.  The current cursor position is set to
+the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark.
+
+@item character-search (C-])
+A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that
+character.  A negative count searches for previous occurrences.
+
+@item character-search-backward (M-C-])
+A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence
+of that character.  A negative count searches for subsequent
+occurrences.
+
+@item insert-comment (M-#)
+Without a numeric argument, the value of the @code{comment-begin}
+variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle:  if
+the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
+of @code{comment-begin}, the value is inserted, otherwise
+the characters in @code{comment-begin} are deleted from the beginning of
+the line.
+In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+The default value of @code{comment-begin} causes this command
+to make the current line a shell comment.
+If a numeric argument causes the comment character to be removed, the line
+will be executed by the shell.
+@end ifset
+
+@item dump-functions ()
+Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the
+Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an @var{inputrc} file.  This command is unbound by default.
+
+@item dump-variables ()
+Print all of the settable variables and their values to the
+Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an @var{inputrc} file.  This command is unbound by default.
+
+@item dump-macros ()
+Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the
+strings they output.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an @var{inputrc} file.  This command is unbound by default.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item glob-complete-word (M-g)
+The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion,
+with an asterisk implicitly appended.  This pattern is used to
+generate a list of matching file names for possible completions.
+
+@item glob-expand-word (C-x *)
+The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion,
+and the list of matching file names is inserted, replacing the word.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, a @samp{*} is appended before
+pathname expansion.
+
+@item glob-list-expansions (C-x g)
+The list of expansions that would have been generated by
+@code{glob-expand-word} is displayed, and the line is redrawn.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, a @samp{*} is appended before
+pathname expansion.
+
+@item display-shell-version (C-x C-v)
+Display version information about the current instance of Bash.
+
+@item shell-expand-line (M-C-e)
+Expand the line as the shell does.
+This performs alias and history expansion as well as all of the shell
+word expansions (@pxref{Shell Expansions}).
+
+@item history-expand-line (M-^)
+Perform history expansion on the current line.
+
+@item magic-space ()
+Perform history expansion on the current line and insert a space
+(@pxref{History Interaction}).
+
+@item alias-expand-line ()
+Perform alias expansion on the current line (@pxref{Aliases}).
+
+@item history-and-alias-expand-line ()
+Perform history and alias expansion on the current line.
+
+@item insert-last-argument (M-. or M-_)
+A synonym for @code{yank-last-arg}.
+
+@item operate-and-get-next (C-o)
+Accept the current line for execution and fetch the next line
+relative to the current line from the history for editing.  Any
+argument is ignored.
+
+@item edit-and-execute-command (C-xC-e)
+Invoke an editor on the current command line, and execute the result as shell
+commands.
+Bash attempts to invoke
+@code{$VISUAL}, @code{$EDITOR}, and @code{emacs}
+as the editor, in that order.
+
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@item emacs-editing-mode (C-e)
+When in @code{vi} command mode, this causes a switch to @code{emacs}
+editing mode.
+
+@item vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)
+When in @code{emacs} editing mode, this causes a switch to @code{vi}
+editing mode.
+
+@end ifclear
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Readline vi Mode
+@section Readline vi Mode
+
+While the Readline library does not have a full set of @code{vi}
+editing functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing
+of the line.  The Readline @code{vi} mode behaves as specified in
+the @sc{posix} 1003.2 standard.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+In order to switch interactively between @code{emacs} and @code{vi}
+editing modes, use the @samp{set -o emacs} and @samp{set -o vi}
+commands (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+In order to switch interactively between @code{emacs} and @code{vi}
+editing modes, use the command @kbd{M-C-j} (bound to emacs-editing-mode
+when in @code{vi} mode and to vi-editing-mode in @code{emacs} mode).
+@end ifclear
+The Readline default is @code{emacs} mode.
+
+When you enter a line in @code{vi} mode, you are already placed in
+`insertion' mode, as if you had typed an @samp{i}.  Pressing @key{ESC}
+switches you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the
+line with the standard @code{vi} movement keys, move to previous
+history lines with @samp{k} and subsequent lines with @samp{j}, and
+so forth.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@node Programmable Completion
+@section Programmable Completion
+@cindex programmable completion
+
+When word completion is attempted for an argument to a command for
+which a completion specification (a @var{compspec}) has been defined
+using the @code{complete} builtin (@pxref{Programmable Completion Builtins}),
+the programmable completion facilities are invoked. 
+
+First, the command name is identified.
+If a compspec has been defined for that command, the
+compspec is used to generate the list of possible completions for the word.
+If the command word is a full pathname, a compspec for the full
+pathname is searched for first.
+If no compspec is found for the full pathname, an attempt is made to
+find a compspec for the portion following the final slash.
+
+Once a compspec has been found, it is used to generate the list of
+matching words.
+If a compspec is not found, the default Bash completion
+described above (@pxref{Commands For Completion}) is performed.
+
+First, the actions specified by the compspec are used.
+Only matches which are prefixed by the word being completed are
+returned.
+When the @option{-f} or @option{-d} option is used for filename or
+directory name completion, the shell variable @env{FIGNORE} is
+used to filter the matches.
+@xref{Bash Variables}, for a description of @env{FIGNORE}.
+
+Any completions specified by a filename expansion pattern to the
+@option{-G} option are generated next.
+The words generated by the pattern need not match the word being completed.
+The @env{GLOBIGNORE} shell variable is not used to filter the matches,
+but the @env{FIGNORE} shell variable is used.
+
+Next, the string specified as the argument to the @option{-W} option
+is considered.
+The string is first split using the characters in the @env{IFS}
+special variable as delimiters.
+Shell quoting is honored.
+Each word is then expanded using
+brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, and arithmetic expansion,
+as described above (@pxref{Shell Expansions}).
+The results are split using the rules described above
+(@pxref{Word Splitting}).
+The results of the expansion are prefix-matched against the word being
+completed, and the matching words become the possible completions.
+
+After these matches have been generated, any shell function or command
+specified with the @option{-F} and @option{-C} options is invoked.
+When the command or function is invoked, the @env{COMP_LINE} and
+@env{COMP_POINT} variables are assigned values as described above
+(@pxref{Bash Variables}).
+If a shell function is being invoked, the @env{COMP_WORDS} and
+@env{COMP_CWORD} variables are also set.
+When the function or command is invoked, the first argument is the
+name of the command whose arguments are being completed, the
+second argument is the word being completed, and the third argument
+is the word preceding the word being completed on the current command line.
+No filtering of the generated completions against the word being completed
+is performed; the function or command has complete freedom in generating
+the matches.
+
+Any function specified with @option{-F} is invoked first.
+The function may use any of the shell facilities, including the
+@code{compgen} builtin described below
+(@pxref{Programmable Completion Builtins}), to generate the matches.
+It must put the possible completions in the @env{COMPREPLY} array
+variable.
+
+Next, any command specified with the @option{-C} option is invoked
+in an environment equivalent to command substitution.
+It should print a list of completions, one per line, to
+the standard output.
+Backslash may be used to escape a newline, if necessary.
+
+After all of the possible completions are generated, any filter
+specified with the @option{-X} option is applied to the list.
+The filter is a pattern as used for pathname expansion; a @samp{&}
+in the pattern is replaced with the text of the word being completed.
+A literal @samp{&} may be escaped with a backslash; the backslash
+is removed before attempting a match.
+Any completion that matches the pattern will be removed from the list.
+A leading @samp{!} negates the pattern; in this case any completion
+not matching the pattern will be removed.
+
+Finally, any prefix and suffix specified with the @option{-P} and @option{-S}
+options are added to each member of the completion list, and the result is
+returned to the Readline completion code as the list of possible
+completions.
+
+If the previously-applied actions do not generate any matches, and the
+@option{-o dirnames} option was supplied to @code{complete} when the
+compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted. 
+
+If the @option{-o plusdirs} option was supplied to @code{complete} when
+the compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any
+matches are added to the results of the other actions.
+
+By default, if a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned to
+the completion code as the full set of possible completions.
+The default Bash completions are not attempted, and the Readline default
+of filename completion is disabled.
+If the @option{-o bashdefault} option was supplied to @code{complete} when
+the compspec was defined, the default Bash completions are attempted
+if the compspec generates no matches.
+If the @option{-o default} option was supplied to @code{complete} when the
+compspec was defined, Readline's default completion will be performed
+if the compspec (and, if attempted, the default Bash completions)
+generate no matches.
+
+When a compspec indicates that directory name completion is desired,
+the programmable completion functions force Readline to append a slash
+to completed names which are symbolic links to directories, subject to
+the value of the @var{mark-directories} Readline variable, regardless
+of the setting of the @var{mark-symlinked-directories} Readline variable.
+
+@node Programmable Completion Builtins
+@section Programmable Completion Builtins
+@cindex completion builtins
+
+Two builtin commands are available to manipulate the programmable completion
+facilities.
+
+@table @code
+@item compgen
+@btindex compgen
+@example
+@code{compgen [@var{option}] [@var{word}]}
+@end example
+
+Generate possible completion matches for @var{word} according to
+the @var{option}s, which may be any option accepted by the
+@code{complete}
+builtin with the exception of @option{-p} and @option{-r}, and write
+the matches to the standard output.
+When using the @option{-F} or @option{-C} options, the various shell variables
+set by the programmable completion facilities, while available, will not
+have useful values.
+
+The matches will be generated in the same way as if the programmable
+completion code had generated them directly from a completion specification
+with the same flags.
+If @var{word} is specified, only those completions matching @var{word}
+will be displayed.
+
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, or no
+matches were generated.
+
+@item complete
+@btindex complete
+@example
+@code{complete [-abcdefgjksuv] [-o @var{comp-option}] [-A @var{action}] [-G @var{globpat}] [-W @var{wordlist}]
+[-P @var{prefix}] [-S @var{suffix}] [-X @var{filterpat}] [-F @var{function}]
+[-C @var{command}] @var{name} [@var{name} @dots{}]}
+@code{complete -pr [@var{name} @dots{}]}
+@end example
+
+Specify how arguments to each @var{name} should be completed.
+If the @option{-p} option is supplied, or if no options are supplied, existing
+completion specifications are printed in a way that allows them to be
+reused as input.
+The @option{-r} option removes a completion specification for
+each @var{name}, or, if no @var{name}s are supplied, all
+completion specifications.
+
+The process of applying these completion specifications when word completion
+is attempted is described above (@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+
+Other options, if specified, have the following meanings.
+The arguments to the @option{-G}, @option{-W}, and @option{-X} options
+(and, if necessary, the @option{-P} and @option{-S} options)
+should be quoted to protect them from expansion before the
+@code{complete} builtin is invoked.
+
+
+@table @code
+@item -o @var{comp-option}
+The @var{comp-option} controls several aspects of the compspec's behavior
+beyond the simple generation of completions.
+@var{comp-option} may be one of: 
+
+@table @code
+
+@item bashdefault
+Perform the rest of the default Bash completions if the compspec
+generates no matches.
+
+@item default
+Use Readline's default filename completion if the compspec generates
+no matches.
+
+@item dirnames
+Perform directory name completion if the compspec generates no matches.
+
+@item filenames
+Tell Readline that the compspec generates filenames, so it can perform any
+filename-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names or
+suppressing trailing spaces).  This option is intended to be used with
+shell functions specified with @option{-F}.
+
+@item nospace
+Tell Readline not to append a space (the default) to words completed at
+the end of the line.
+
+@item plusdirs
+After any matches defined by the compspec are generated, 
+directory name completion is attempted and any
+matches are added to the results of the other actions.
+
+@end table
+
+@item -A @var{action}
+The @var{action} may be one of the following to generate a list of possible
+completions:
+
+@table @code
+@item alias
+Alias names.  May also be specified as @option{-a}.
+
+@item arrayvar
+Array variable names.
+
+@item binding
+Readline key binding names (@pxref{Bindable Readline Commands}).
+
+@item builtin
+Names of shell builtin commands.  May also be specified as @option{-b}.
+
+@item command
+Command names.  May also be specified as @option{-c}.
+
+@item directory
+Directory names.  May also be specified as @option{-d}.
+
+@item disabled
+Names of disabled shell builtins.
+
+@item enabled
+Names of enabled shell builtins.
+
+@item export
+Names of exported shell variables.  May also be specified as @option{-e}.
+
+@item file
+File names.  May also be specified as @option{-f}.
+
+@item function
+Names of shell functions.
+
+@item group
+Group names.  May also be specified as @option{-g}.
+
+@item helptopic
+Help topics as accepted by the @code{help} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item hostname
+Hostnames, as taken from the file specified by the
+@env{HOSTFILE} shell variable (@pxref{Bash Variables}).
+
+@item job
+Job names, if job control is active.  May also be specified as @option{-j}.
+
+@item keyword
+Shell reserved words.  May also be specified as @option{-k}.
+
+@item running
+Names of running jobs, if job control is active.
+
+@item service
+Service names.  May also be specified as @option{-s}.
+
+@item setopt
+Valid arguments for the @option{-o} option to the @code{set} builtin
+(@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+
+@item shopt
+Shell option names as accepted by the @code{shopt} builtin
+(@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item signal
+Signal names.
+
+@item stopped
+Names of stopped jobs, if job control is active.
+
+@item user
+User names.  May also be specified as @option{-u}.
+
+@item variable
+Names of all shell variables.  May also be specified as @option{-v}.
+@end table
+
+@item -G @var{globpat}
+The filename expansion pattern @var{globpat} is expanded to generate
+the possible completions.
+
+@item -W @var{wordlist}
+The @var{wordlist} is split using the characters in the
+@env{IFS} special variable as delimiters, and each resultant word
+is expanded.
+The possible completions are the members of the resultant list which
+match the word being completed.
+
+@item -C @var{command}
+@var{command} is executed in a subshell environment, and its output is
+used as the possible completions.
+
+@item -F @var{function}
+The shell function @var{function} is executed in the current shell
+environment.
+When it finishes, the possible completions are retrieved from the value
+of the @env{COMPREPLY} array variable.
+
+@item -X @var{filterpat}
+@var{filterpat} is a pattern as used for filename expansion.
+It is applied to the list of possible completions generated by the
+preceding options and arguments, and each completion matching
+@var{filterpat} is removed from the list.
+A leading @samp{!} in @var{filterpat} negates the pattern; in this
+case, any completion not matching @var{filterpat} is removed.
+
+@item -P @var{prefix}
+@var{prefix} is added at the beginning of each possible completion
+after all other options have been applied.
+
+@item -S @var{suffix}
+@var{suffix} is appended to each possible completion
+after all other options have been applied.
+@end table
+
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an option
+other than @option{-p} or @option{-r} is supplied without a @var{name}
+argument, an attempt is made to remove a completion specification for
+a @var{name} for which no specification exists, or
+an error occurs adding a completion specification.
+
+@end table
+@end ifset
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rluserman.texi b/lib/readline/doc/rluserman.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db80b31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/rluserman.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename rluserman.info
+@settitle GNU Readline Library
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@include version.texi
+
+@copying
+This manual describes the end user interface of the GNU Readline Library
+(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), a library which aids in the
+consistency of user interface across discrete programs which provide
+a command line interface.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
+and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.  A copy of the license is
+included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
+
+(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
+this GNU Manual, like GNU software.  Copies published by the Free
+Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Libraries
+@direntry
+* RLuserman: (rluserman).       The GNU readline library User's Manual.
+@end direntry
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU Readline Library User Interface
+@subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, for @code{Readline Library} Version @value{VERSION}.
+@subtitle @value{UPDATED-MONTH}
+@author Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University
+@author Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+
+@sp 1
+Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, @*
+Boston, MA 02111-1307 @*
+USA @*
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top GNU Readline Library
+
+This document describes the end user interface of the GNU Readline Library,
+a utility which aids in the consistency of user interface across discrete
+programs which provide a command line interface.
+
+@menu
+* Command Line Editing::	   GNU Readline User's Manual.
+* Copying This Manual::		Copying This Manual.
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+
+@include rluser.texi
+
+@node Copying This Manual
+@appendix Copying This Manual
+
+@menu
+* GNU Free Documentation License::	License for copying this manual.
+@end menu
+
+@include fdl.texi
+
+@bye
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/version.texi b/lib/readline/doc/version.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99816bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/version.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+@ignore
+Copyright (C) 1988-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 
+@end ignore
+
+@set EDITION 5.1-beta1
+@set VERSION 5.1-beta1
+@set UPDATED 11 November 2005
+@set UPDATED-MONTH November 2005
+
+@set LASTCHANGE Fri Nov 11 19:50:51 EST 2005
diff --git a/lib/readline/emacs_keymap.c b/lib/readline/emacs_keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca9d134
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/emacs_keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,873 @@
+/* emacs_keymap.c -- the keymap for emacs_mode in readline (). */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (BUFSIZ)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif /* !BUFSIZ */
+
+#include "readline.h"
+
+/* An array of function pointers, one for each possible key.
+   If the type byte is ISKMAP, then the pointer is the address of
+   a keymap. */
+
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY emacs_standard_keymap = {
+
+  /* Control keys. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_set_mark },			/* Control-@ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_beg_of_line },			/* Control-a */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_backward_char },			/* Control-b */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-c */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_delete },			/* Control-d */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_end_of_line },			/* Control-e */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_forward_char },			/* Control-f */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_abort },				/* Control-g */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_rubout },			/* Control-h */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_complete },			/* Control-i */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_newline },			/* Control-j */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_kill_line },			/* Control-k */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_clear_screen },			/* Control-l */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_newline },			/* Control-m */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_get_next_history },		/* Control-n */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-o */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_get_previous_history },		/* Control-p */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_quoted_insert },			/* Control-q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_reverse_search_history },	/* Control-r */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_forward_search_history },	/* Control-s */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_transpose_chars },		/* Control-t */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_unix_line_discard },		/* Control-u */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_quoted_insert },			/* Control-v */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_unix_word_rubout },		/* Control-w */
+  { ISKMAP, (rl_command_func_t *)emacs_ctlx_keymap },	/* Control-x */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_yank },				/* Control-y */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-z */
+  { ISKMAP, (rl_command_func_t *)emacs_meta_keymap }, /* Control-[ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-\ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_char_search },			/* Control-] */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-^ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_undo_command },			/* Control-_ */
+
+  /* The start of printing characters. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* SPACE */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ! */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* " */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* # */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* $ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* % */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* & */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ' */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ( */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* * */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* + */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* , */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* - */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* . */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* / */
+	
+	  /* Regular digits. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* 0 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* 1 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* 2 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* 3 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* 4 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* 5 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* 6 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* 7 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* 8 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* 9 */
+
+  /* A little more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* : */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ; */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* < */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* = */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* > */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* @ */
+
+  /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* A */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* B */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* C */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* D */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* E */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* F */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* G */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* H */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* I */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* J */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* K */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* L */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* M */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* N */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* O */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* P */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* Q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* R */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* S */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* T */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* U */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* V */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* W */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* X */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* Y */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* Z */
+
+  /* Some more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* [ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* \ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ] */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ^ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* _ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ` */
+
+  /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* a */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* b */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* c */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* d */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* e */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* f */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* g */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* h */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* i */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* j */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* k */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* l */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* m */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* n */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* o */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* p */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* r */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* s */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* t */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* u */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* v */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* w */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* x */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* y */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* z */
+
+  /* Final punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* { */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* | */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* } */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ~ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_rubout },		/* RUBOUT */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+  /* Pure 8-bit characters (128 - 159).
+     These might be used in some
+     character sets. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },		/* ? */
+
+  /* ISO Latin-1 characters (160 - 255) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* No-break space */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Inverted exclamation mark */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Cent sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Pound sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Currency sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Yen sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Broken bar */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Section sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Copyright sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Feminine ordinal indicator */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Left pointing double angle quotation mark */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Not sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Soft hyphen */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Registered sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Macron */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Degree sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Plus-minus sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Superscript two */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Superscript three */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Acute accent */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Micro sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Pilcrow sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Middle dot */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Cedilla */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Superscript one */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Masculine ordinal indicator */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Right pointing double angle quotation mark */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Vulgar fraction one quarter */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Vulgar fraction one half */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Vulgar fraction three quarters */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Inverted questionk mark */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with ring above */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter ae */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter c with cedilla */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter e with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter e with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter e with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter e with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter i with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter i with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter i with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter i with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter eth (Icelandic) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter n with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Multiplication sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with stroke */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter u with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter u with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter u with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter u with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter Y with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter thorn (Icelandic) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter sharp s (German) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with ring above */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter ae */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter c with cedilla */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter e with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter e with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter e with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter e with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter i with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter i with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter i with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter i with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter eth (Icelandic) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter n with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Division sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with stroke */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter u with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter u with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter u with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter u with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter y with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter thorn (Icelandic) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert }		/* Latin small letter y with diaeresis */
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
+
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY emacs_meta_keymap = {
+
+  /* Meta keys.  Just like above, but the high bit is set. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-@ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-a */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-b */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-c */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-d */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-e */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-f */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_abort },			/* Meta-Control-g */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_backward_kill_word },	/* Meta-Control-h */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_tab_insert },		/* Meta-Control-i */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_editing_mode },	/* Meta-Control-j */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-k */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-l */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_editing_mode }, 	/* Meta-Control-m */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-n */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-o */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-p */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_revert_line },		/* Meta-Control-r */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-s */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-t */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-u */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-v */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-w */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-x */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_yank_nth_arg },		/* Meta-Control-y */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-z */
+
+  { ISFUNC, rl_complete },		/* Meta-Control-[ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-\ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_backward_char_search },	/* Meta-Control-] */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-^ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-Control-_ */
+
+  /* The start of printing characters. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_set_mark },		/* Meta-SPACE */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-! */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-" */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert_comment },	/* Meta-# */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-$ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-% */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_tilde_expand },		/* Meta-& */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-' */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-( */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert_completions },	/* Meta-* */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-+ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-, */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-- */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_yank_last_arg},		/* Meta-. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-/ */
+
+  /* Regular digits. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-0 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-1 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-2 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-3 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-4 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-5 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-6 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-7 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-8 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_digit_argument }, 	/* Meta-9 */
+
+  /* A little more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-: */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-; */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_beginning_of_history },	/* Meta-< */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_possible_completions },	/* Meta-= */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_end_of_history },	/* Meta-> */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_possible_completions },	/* Meta-? */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-@ */
+
+  /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-A */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-B */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-C */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-D */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-E */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-F */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-G */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-H */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-I */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-J */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-K */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-L */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-M */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-N */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-O */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-P */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-Q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-R */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-S */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-T */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-U */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-V */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-W */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-X */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-Y */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },	/* Meta-Z */
+
+  /* Some more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Meta-[ */	/* was rl_arrow_keys */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_delete_horizontal_space },	/* Meta-\ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Meta-] */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Meta-^ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_yank_last_arg },			/* Meta-_ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Meta-` */
+
+  /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-a */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_backward_word },		/* Meta-b */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_capitalize_word }, 	/* Meta-c */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_kill_word },		/* Meta-d */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-e */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_forward_word },		/* Meta-f */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-g */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-h */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-i */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-j */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-k */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_downcase_word },		/* Meta-l */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-m */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_noninc_forward_search },	/* Meta-n */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-o */	/* was rl_arrow_keys */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_noninc_reverse_search },	/* Meta-p */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_revert_line },		/* Meta-r */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-s */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_transpose_words }, 	/* Meta-t */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_upcase_word },		/* Meta-u */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-v */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-w */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-x */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_yank_pop },		/* Meta-y */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-z */
+
+  /* Final punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-{ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-| */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },	/* Meta-} */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_tilde_expand },		/* Meta-~ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_backward_kill_word },	/* Meta-rubout */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+  /* Undefined keys. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
+
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY emacs_ctlx_keymap = {
+
+  /* Control keys. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-@ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-a */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-b */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-c */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-d */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-e */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-f */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_abort },				/* Control-g */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-h */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-i */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-j */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-k */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-l */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-m */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-n */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-o */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-p */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_re_read_init_file },		/* Control-r */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-s */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-t */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_undo_command },			/* Control-u */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-v */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-w */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_exchange_point_and_mark },	/* Control-x */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-y */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-z */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-[ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-\ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-] */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-^ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-_ */
+
+  /* The start of printing characters. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* SPACE */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ! */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* " */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* # */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* $ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* % */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* & */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ' */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_start_kbd_macro },		/* ( */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_end_kbd_macro  },		/* ) */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* * */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* + */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* , */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* - */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* . */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* / */
+
+  /* Regular digits. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* 0 */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* 1 */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* 2 */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* 3 */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* 4 */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* 5 */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* 6 */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* 7 */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* 8 */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* 9 */
+
+  /* A little more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* : */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ; */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* < */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* = */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* > */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* @ */
+
+  /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* A */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* B */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* C */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* D */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* E */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* F */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* G */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* H */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* I */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* J */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* K */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* L */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* M */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* N */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* O */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* P */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* Q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* R */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* S */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* T */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* U */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* V */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* W */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* X */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* Y */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* Z */
+
+  /* Some more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* [ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* \ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ] */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ^ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* _ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ` */
+
+  /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* a */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* b */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* c */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* d */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_call_last_kbd_macro },		/* e */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* f */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* g */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* h */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* i */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* j */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* k */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* l */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* m */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* n */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* o */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* p */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* q */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* r */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* s */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* t */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* u */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* v */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* w */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* x */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* y */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* z */
+
+  /* Final punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* { */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* | */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* } */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ~ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_backward_kill_line },		/* RUBOUT */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+  /* Undefined keys. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/Inputrc b/lib/readline/examples/Inputrc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7fdb42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/Inputrc
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# My ~/.inputrc file is in -*- text -*- for easy editing with Emacs.
+#
+# Notice the various bindings which are conditionalized depending
+# on which program is running, or what terminal is active.
+#
+
+# Copyright (C) 1989-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+# In all programs, all terminals, make sure this is bound.
+"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
+
+# Hp terminals (and some others) have ugly default behaviour for C-h.
+"\C-h": backward-delete-char
+"\e\C-h": backward-kill-word
+"\C-xd": dump-functions
+
+# In xterm windows, make the arrow keys do the right thing.
+$if TERM=xterm
+"\e[A": previous-history
+"\e[B": next-history
+"\e[C": forward-char
+"\e[D": backward-char
+
+# alternate arrow key prefix
+"\eOA": previous-history
+"\eOB": next-history
+"\eOC": forward-char
+"\eOD": backward-char
+
+# Under Xterm in Bash, we bind local Function keys to do something useful.
+$if Bash
+"\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
+"\e[12~": "Function Key 2"
+"\e[13~": "Function Key 3"
+"\e[14~": "Function Key 4"
+"\e[15~": "Function Key 5"
+
+# I know the following escape sequence numbers are 1 greater than
+# the function key.  Don't ask me why, I didn't design the xterm terminal.
+"\e[17~": "Function Key 6"
+"\e[18~": "Function Key 7"
+"\e[19~": "Function Key 8"
+"\e[20~": "Function Key 9"
+"\e[21~": "Function Key 10"
+$endif
+$endif
+
+# For Bash, all terminals, add some Bash specific hacks.
+$if Bash
+"\C-xv": show-bash-version
+"\C-x\C-e": shell-expand-line
+
+# Here is one for editing my path.
+"\C-xp": "$PATH\C-x\C-e\C-e\"\C-aPATH=\":\C-b"
+
+# Make C-x r read my mail in emacs.
+# "\C-xr": "emacs -f rmail\C-j"
+$endif
+
+# For FTP, different hacks:
+$if Ftp
+"\C-xg": "get \M-?"
+"\C-xt": "put \M-?"
+"\M-.": yank-last-arg
+$endif
+
+" ": self-insert
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/Makefile b/lib/readline/examples/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..636a1dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# This is the Makefile for the examples subdirectory of readline. -*- text -*-
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+EXECUTABLES = fileman rltest rl
+CFLAGS  = -g -I../.. -I.. -DREADLINE_LIBRARY
+LDFLAGS = -g -L..
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
+
+all: $(EXECUTABLES)
+
+
+rl: rl.o
+	$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ rl.o -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+fileman: fileman.o
+	$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ fileman.o -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+rltest: rltest.o
+	$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ rltest.o -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+rlcat: rlcat.o
+	$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ rlcat.o -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+fileman.o: fileman.c
+rltest.o: rltest.c
+rl.o: rl.c
+rlcat.o: rlcat.c
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/excallback.c b/lib/readline/examples/excallback.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d4bb18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/excallback.c
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/*
+From: Jeff Solomon <jsolomon@stanford.edu>
+Date: Fri,  9 Apr 1999 10:13:27 -0700 (PDT)
+To: chet@po.cwru.edu
+Subject: new readline example
+Message-ID: <14094.12094.527305.199695@mrclean.Stanford.EDU>
+
+Chet,
+
+I've been using readline 4.0. Specifically, I've been using the perl
+version Term::ReadLine::Gnu. It works great.
+
+Anyway, I've been playing around the alternate interface and I wanted
+to contribute a little C program, callback.c, to you that you could
+use as an example of the alternate interface in the /examples
+directory of the readline distribution.
+
+My example shows how, using the alternate interface, you can
+interactively change the prompt (which is very nice imo). Also, I
+point out that you must roll your own terminal setting when using the
+alternate interface because readline depreps (using your parlance) the
+terminal while in the user callback. I try to demostrate what I mean
+with an example. I've included the program below.
+
+To compile, I just put the program in the examples directory and made
+the appropriate changes to the EXECUTABLES and OBJECTS line and added
+an additional target 'callback'.
+
+I compiled on my Sun Solaris2.6 box using Sun's cc.
+
+Let me know what you think.
+
+Jeff
+*/
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <termios.h>	/* xxx - should make this more general */
+
+#ifdef READLINE_LIBRARY
+#  include "readline.h"
+#else
+#  include <readline/readline.h>
+#endif
+
+/* This little examples demonstrates the alternate interface to using readline.
+ * In the alternate interface, the user maintains control over program flow and
+ * only calls readline when STDIN is readable. Using the alternate interface,
+ * you can do anything else while still using readline (like talking to a
+ * network or another program) without blocking.
+ *
+ * Specifically, this program highlights two importants features of the
+ * alternate interface. The first is the ability to interactively change the
+ * prompt, which can't be done using the regular interface since rl_prompt is
+ * read-only.
+ * 
+ * The second feature really highlights a subtle point when using the alternate
+ * interface. That is, readline will not alter the terminal when inside your
+ * callback handler. So let's so, your callback executes a user command that
+ * takes a non-trivial amount of time to complete (seconds). While your
+ * executing the command, the user continues to type keystrokes and expects them
+ * to be re-echoed on the new prompt when it returns. Unfortunately, the default
+ * terminal configuration doesn't do this. After the prompt returns, the user
+ * must hit one additional keystroke and then will see all of his previous
+ * keystrokes. To illustrate this, compile and run this program. Type "sleep" at
+ * the prompt and then type "bar" before the prompt returns (you have 3
+ * seconds). Notice how "bar" is re-echoed on the prompt after the prompt
+ * returns? This is what you expect to happen. Now comment out the 4 lines below
+ * the line that says COMMENT LINE BELOW. Recompile and rerun the program and do
+ * the same thing. When the prompt returns, you should not see "bar". Now type
+ * "f", see how "barf" magically appears? This behavior is un-expected and not
+ * desired.
+ */
+
+void process_line(char *line);
+int  change_prompt(void);
+char *get_prompt(void);
+
+int prompt = 1;
+char prompt_buf[40], line_buf[256];
+tcflag_t old_lflag;
+cc_t     old_vtime;
+struct termios term;
+
+int 
+main()
+{
+    fd_set fds;
+
+    /* Adjust the terminal slightly before the handler is installed. Disable
+     * canonical mode processing and set the input character time flag to be
+     * non-blocking.
+     */
+    if( tcgetattr(STDIN_FILENO, &term) < 0 ) {
+        perror("tcgetattr");
+        exit(1);
+    }
+    old_lflag = term.c_lflag;
+    old_vtime = term.c_cc[VTIME];
+    term.c_lflag &= ~ICANON;
+    term.c_cc[VTIME] = 1;
+    /* COMMENT LINE BELOW - see above */
+    if( tcsetattr(STDIN_FILENO, TCSANOW, &term) < 0 ) {
+        perror("tcsetattr");
+        exit(1);
+    }
+
+    rl_add_defun("change-prompt", change_prompt, CTRL('t'));
+    rl_callback_handler_install(get_prompt(), process_line);
+
+    while(1) {
+      FD_ZERO(&fds);
+      FD_SET(fileno(stdin), &fds);
+
+      if( select(FD_SETSIZE, &fds, NULL, NULL, NULL) < 0) {
+        perror("select");
+        exit(1);
+      }
+
+      if( FD_ISSET(fileno(stdin), &fds) ) {
+        rl_callback_read_char();
+      }
+    }
+}
+
+void
+process_line(char *line)
+{
+  if( line == NULL ) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "\n", line);
+
+    /* reset the old terminal setting before exiting */
+    term.c_lflag     = old_lflag;
+    term.c_cc[VTIME] = old_vtime;
+    if( tcsetattr(STDIN_FILENO, TCSANOW, &term) < 0 ) {
+        perror("tcsetattr");
+        exit(1);
+    }
+    exit(0);
+  }
+
+  if( strcmp(line, "sleep") == 0 ) {
+    sleep(3);
+  } else {
+    fprintf(stderr, "|%s|\n", line);
+  }
+
+  free (line);
+}
+
+int
+change_prompt(void)
+{
+  /* toggle the prompt variable */
+  prompt = !prompt;
+
+  /* save away the current contents of the line */
+  strcpy(line_buf, rl_line_buffer);
+
+  /* install a new handler which will change the prompt and erase the current line */
+  rl_callback_handler_install(get_prompt(), process_line);
+
+  /* insert the old text on the new line */
+  rl_insert_text(line_buf);
+
+  /* redraw the current line - this is an undocumented function. It invokes the
+   * redraw-current-line command.
+   */
+  rl_refresh_line(0, 0);
+}
+
+char *
+get_prompt(void)
+{
+  /* The prompts can even be different lengths! */
+  sprintf(prompt_buf, "%s", 
+    prompt ? "Hit ctrl-t to toggle prompt> " : "Pretty cool huh?> ");
+  return prompt_buf;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/fileman.c b/lib/readline/examples/fileman.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..340eee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/fileman.c
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the
+   GNU Readline library.  This application interactively allows users
+   to manipulate files and their modes. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#  include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+#  include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef READLINE_LIBRARY
+#  include "readline.h"
+#  include "history.h"
+#else
+#  include <readline/readline.h>
+#  include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+extern char *xmalloc ();
+
+/* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */
+int com_list PARAMS((char *));
+int com_view PARAMS((char *));
+int com_rename PARAMS((char *));
+int com_stat PARAMS((char *));
+int com_pwd PARAMS((char *));
+int com_delete PARAMS((char *));
+int com_help PARAMS((char *));
+int com_cd PARAMS((char *));
+int com_quit PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* A structure which contains information on the commands this program
+   can understand. */
+
+typedef struct {
+  char *name;			/* User printable name of the function. */
+  rl_icpfunc_t *func;		/* Function to call to do the job. */
+  char *doc;			/* Documentation for this function.  */
+} COMMAND;
+
+COMMAND commands[] = {
+  { "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" },
+  { "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" },
+  { "help", com_help, "Display this text" },
+  { "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" },
+  { "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" },
+  { "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" },
+  { "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" },
+  { "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" },
+  { "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" },
+  { "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" },
+  { "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" },
+  { (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
+};
+
+/* Forward declarations. */
+char *stripwhite ();
+COMMAND *find_command ();
+
+/* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */
+char *progname;
+
+/* When non-zero, this global means the user is done using this program. */
+int done;
+
+char *
+dupstr (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  char *r;
+
+  r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
+  strcpy (r, s);
+  return (r);
+}
+
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *line, *s;
+
+  progname = argv[0];
+
+  initialize_readline ();	/* Bind our completer. */
+
+  /* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */
+  for ( ; done == 0; )
+    {
+      line = readline ("FileMan: ");
+
+      if (!line)
+        break;
+
+      /* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line.
+         Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list
+         and execute it. */
+      s = stripwhite (line);
+
+      if (*s)
+        {
+          add_history (s);
+          execute_line (s);
+        }
+
+      free (line);
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+/* Execute a command line. */
+int
+execute_line (line)
+     char *line;
+{
+  register int i;
+  COMMAND *command;
+  char *word;
+
+  /* Isolate the command word. */
+  i = 0;
+  while (line[i] && whitespace (line[i]))
+    i++;
+  word = line + i;
+
+  while (line[i] && !whitespace (line[i]))
+    i++;
+
+  if (line[i])
+    line[i++] = '\0';
+
+  command = find_command (word);
+
+  if (!command)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word);
+      return (-1);
+    }
+
+  /* Get argument to command, if any. */
+  while (whitespace (line[i]))
+    i++;
+
+  word = line + i;
+
+  /* Call the function. */
+  return ((*(command->func)) (word));
+}
+
+/* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that
+   command.  Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */
+COMMAND *
+find_command (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+    if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0)
+      return (&commands[i]);
+
+  return ((COMMAND *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING.  Return a pointer
+   into STRING. */
+char *
+stripwhite (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  register char *s, *t;
+
+  for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++)
+    ;
+    
+  if (*s == 0)
+    return (s);
+
+  t = s + strlen (s) - 1;
+  while (t > s && whitespace (*t))
+    t--;
+  *++t = '\0';
+
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*                                                                  */
+/*                  Interface to Readline Completion                */
+/*                                                                  */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+char *command_generator PARAMS((const char *, int));
+char **fileman_completion PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete.  We want to try to complete
+   on command names if this is the first word in the line, or on filenames
+   if not. */
+initialize_readline ()
+{
+  /* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */
+  rl_readline_name = "FileMan";
+
+  /* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */
+  rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion;
+}
+
+/* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT.  START and END bound the
+   region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to complete.  TEXT is
+   the word to complete.  We can use the entire contents of rl_line_buffer
+   in case we want to do some simple parsing.  Return the array of matches,
+   or NULL if there aren't any. */
+char **
+fileman_completion (text, start, end)
+     const char *text;
+     int start, end;
+{
+  char **matches;
+
+  matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+  /* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command
+     to complete.  Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current
+     directory. */
+  if (start == 0)
+    matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator);
+
+  return (matches);
+}
+
+/* Generator function for command completion.  STATE lets us know whether
+   to start from scratch; without any state (i.e. STATE == 0), then we
+   start at the top of the list. */
+char *
+command_generator (text, state)
+     const char *text;
+     int state;
+{
+  static int list_index, len;
+  char *name;
+
+  /* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now.  This includes
+     saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and initializing the index
+     variable to 0. */
+  if (!state)
+    {
+      list_index = 0;
+      len = strlen (text);
+    }
+
+  /* Return the next name which partially matches from the command list. */
+  while (name = commands[list_index].name)
+    {
+      list_index++;
+
+      if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0)
+        return (dupstr(name));
+    }
+
+  /* If no names matched, then return NULL. */
+  return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*                                                                  */
+/*                       FileMan Commands                           */
+/*                                                                  */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* String to pass to system ().  This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME
+   commands. */
+static char syscom[1024];
+
+/* List the file(s) named in arg. */
+com_list (arg)
+     char *arg;
+{
+  if (!arg)
+    arg = "";
+
+  sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg);
+  return (system (syscom));
+}
+
+com_view (arg)
+     char *arg;
+{
+  if (!valid_argument ("view", arg))
+    return 1;
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+  /* more.com doesn't grok slashes in pathnames */
+  sprintf (syscom, "less %s", arg);
+#else
+  sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg);
+#endif
+  return (system (syscom));
+}
+
+com_rename (arg)
+     char *arg;
+{
+  too_dangerous ("rename");
+  return (1);
+}
+
+com_stat (arg)
+     char *arg;
+{
+  struct stat finfo;
+
+  if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg))
+    return (1);
+
+  if (stat (arg, &finfo) == -1)
+    {
+      perror (arg);
+      return (1);
+    }
+
+  printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg);
+
+  printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n",
+	  arg,
+          finfo.st_nlink,
+          (finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s",
+          finfo.st_size,
+          (finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s");
+  printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_ctime));
+  printf ("      Last access at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_atime));
+  printf ("    Last modified at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_mtime));
+  return (0);
+}
+
+com_delete (arg)
+     char *arg;
+{
+  too_dangerous ("delete");
+  return (1);
+}
+
+/* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is
+   not present. */
+com_help (arg)
+     char *arg;
+{
+  register int i;
+  int printed = 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+    {
+      if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0))
+        {
+          printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc);
+          printed++;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (!printed)
+    {
+      printf ("No commands match `%s'.  Possibilties are:\n", arg);
+
+      for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
+        {
+          /* Print in six columns. */
+          if (printed == 6)
+            {
+              printed = 0;
+              printf ("\n");
+            }
+
+          printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name);
+          printed++;
+        }
+
+      if (printed)
+        printf ("\n");
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Change to the directory ARG. */
+com_cd (arg)
+     char *arg;
+{
+  if (chdir (arg) == -1)
+    {
+      perror (arg);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  com_pwd ("");
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Print out the current working directory. */
+com_pwd (ignore)
+     char *ignore;
+{
+  char dir[1024], *s;
+
+  s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1);
+  if (s == 0)
+    {
+      printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* The user wishes to quit using this program.  Just set DONE non-zero. */
+com_quit (arg)
+     char *arg;
+{
+  done = 1;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */
+too_dangerous (caller)
+     char *caller;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr,
+           "%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute.  Write it yourself.\n",
+           caller);
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER, else print
+   an error message and return zero. */
+int
+valid_argument (caller, arg)
+     char *caller, *arg;
+{
+  if (!arg || !*arg)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller);
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  return (1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/histexamp.c b/lib/readline/examples/histexamp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f059c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/histexamp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef READLINE_LIBRARY
+#  include "history.h"
+#else
+#  include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char line[1024], *t;
+  int len, done;
+
+  line[0] = 0;
+  done = 0;
+
+  using_history ();
+  while (!done)
+    {
+      printf ("history$ ");
+      fflush (stdout);
+      t = fgets (line, sizeof (line) - 1, stdin);
+      if (t && *t)
+	{
+	  len = strlen (t);
+	  if (t[len - 1] == '\n')
+	    t[len - 1] = '\0';
+	}
+
+      if (!t)
+	strcpy (line, "quit");
+
+      if (line[0])
+	{
+	  char *expansion;
+	  int result;
+
+	  using_history ();
+
+	  result = history_expand (line, &expansion);
+	  if (result)
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", expansion);
+
+	  if (result < 0 || result == 2)
+	    {
+	      free (expansion);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  add_history (expansion);
+	  strncpy (line, expansion, sizeof (line) - 1);
+	  free (expansion);
+	}
+
+      if (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0)
+	done = 1;
+      else if (strcmp (line, "save") == 0)
+	write_history ("history_file");
+      else if (strcmp (line, "read") == 0)
+	read_history ("history_file");
+      else if (strcmp (line, "list") == 0)
+	{
+	  register HIST_ENTRY **the_list;
+	  register int i;
+	  time_t tt;
+	  char timestr[128];
+
+	  the_list = history_list ();
+	  if (the_list)
+	    for (i = 0; the_list[i]; i++)
+	      {
+	      	tt = history_get_time (the_list[i]);
+		if (tt)
+		  strftime (timestr, sizeof (timestr), "%a %R", localtime(&tt));
+		else
+		  strcpy (timestr, "??");
+	        printf ("%d: %s: %s\n", i + history_base, timestr, the_list[i]->line);
+	      }
+	}
+      else if (strncmp (line, "delete", 6) == 0)
+	{
+	  int which;
+	  if ((sscanf (line + 6, "%d", &which)) == 1)
+	    {
+	      HIST_ENTRY *entry = remove_history (which);
+	      if (!entry)
+		fprintf (stderr, "No such entry %d\n", which);
+	      else
+		{
+		  free (entry->line);
+		  free (entry);
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "non-numeric arg given to `delete'\n");
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/manexamp.c b/lib/readline/examples/manexamp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c6cf2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/manexamp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* manexamp.c -- The examples which appear in the documentation are here. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <readline/readline.h>
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*                                                                  */
+/*   			How to Emulate gets ()			    */
+/*                                                                  */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* A static variable for holding the line. */
+static char *line_read = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* Read a string, and return a pointer to it.  Returns NULL on EOF. */
+char *
+rl_gets ()
+{
+  /* If the buffer has already been allocated, return the memory
+     to the free pool. */
+  if (line_read)
+    {
+      free (line_read);
+      line_read = (char *)NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Get a line from the user. */
+  line_read = readline ("");
+
+  /* If the line has any text in it, save it on the history. */
+  if (line_read && *line_read)
+    add_history (line_read);
+
+  return (line_read);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*                                                                  */
+/*        Writing a Function to be Called by Readline.              */
+/*                                                                  */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */
+invert_case_line (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  register int start, end;
+
+  start = rl_point;
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    {
+      direction = -1;
+      count = -count;
+    }
+  else
+    direction = 1;
+      
+  /* Find the end of the range to modify. */
+  end = start + (count * direction);
+
+  /* Force it to be within range. */
+  if (end > rl_end)
+    end = rl_end;
+  else if (end < 0)
+    end = -1;
+
+  if (start > end)
+    {
+      int temp = start;
+      start = end;
+      end = temp;
+    }
+
+  if (start == end)
+    return;
+
+  /* Tell readline that we are modifying the line, so save the undo
+     information. */
+  rl_modifying (start, end);
+
+  for (; start != end; start += direction)
+    {
+      if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[start]))
+	rl_line_buffer[start] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[start]);
+      else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[start]))
+	rl_line_buffer[start] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[start]);
+    }
+
+  /* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */
+  rl_point = end - direction;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/rl.c b/lib/readline/examples/rl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c608c15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/rl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/*
+ * rl - command-line interface to read a line from the standard input
+ *      (or another fd) using readline.
+ *
+ * usage: rl [-p prompt] [-u unit] [-d default] [-n nchars]
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else 
+extern void exit();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+#  include "posixstat.h"
+#  include "readline.h"
+#  include "history.h"
+#else
+#  include <sys/stat.h>
+#  include <readline/readline.h>
+#  include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+extern int optind;
+extern char *optarg;
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strrchr();
+#endif
+
+static char *progname;
+static char *deftext;
+
+static int
+set_deftext ()
+{
+  if (deftext)
+    {
+      rl_insert_text (deftext);
+      deftext = (char *)NULL;
+      rl_startup_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+usage()
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: usage: %s [-p prompt] [-u unit] [-d default] [-n nchars]\n",
+		progname, progname);
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *temp, *prompt;
+  struct stat sb;
+  int opt, fd, nch;
+  FILE *ifp;
+
+  progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
+  if (progname == 0)
+    progname = argv[0];
+  else
+    progname++;
+
+  /* defaults */
+  prompt = "readline$ ";
+  fd = nch = 0;
+  deftext = (char *)0;
+
+  while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "p:u:d:n:")) != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (opt)
+	{
+	case 'p':
+	  prompt = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'u':
+	  fd = atoi(optarg);
+	  if (fd < 0)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: bad file descriptor `%s'\n", progname, optarg);
+	      exit (2);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'd':
+	  deftext = optarg;
+	  break;
+	case 'n':
+	  nch = atoi(optarg);
+	  if (nch < 0)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: bad value for -n: `%s'\n", progname, optarg);
+	      exit (2);
+	    }
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  usage ();
+	  exit (2);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (fd != 0)
+    {
+      if (fstat (fd, &sb) < 0)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %d: bad file descriptor\n", progname, fd);
+	  exit (1);
+	}
+      ifp = fdopen (fd, "r");
+      rl_instream = ifp;
+    }
+
+  if (deftext && *deftext)
+    rl_startup_hook = set_deftext;
+
+  if (nch > 0)
+    rl_num_chars_to_read = nch;
+
+  temp = readline (prompt);
+
+  /* Test for EOF. */
+  if (temp == 0)
+    exit (1);
+
+  printf ("%s\n", temp);
+  exit (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/rlcat.c b/lib/readline/examples/rlcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33aea4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/rlcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*
+ * rlcat - cat(1) using readline
+ *
+ * usage: rlcat
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else 
+extern void exit();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+#  include "readline.h"
+#  include "history.h"
+#else
+#  include <readline/readline.h>
+#  include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+extern int optind;
+extern char *optarg;
+
+static int stdcat();
+
+static char *progname;
+static int vflag;
+
+static void
+usage()
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: usage: %s [-vEVN] [filename]\n", progname, progname);
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *temp;
+  int opt, Vflag, Nflag;
+
+  progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
+  if (progname == 0)
+    progname = argv[0];
+  else
+    progname++;
+
+  vflag = Vflag = Nflag = 0;
+  while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "vEVN")) != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (opt)
+	{
+	case 'v':
+	  vflag = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'V':
+	  Vflag = 1;
+	  break;
+	case 'E':
+	  Vflag = 0;
+	  break;
+	case 'N':
+	  Nflag = 1;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  usage ();
+	  exit (2);
+	}
+    }
+
+  argc -= optind;
+  argv += optind;
+
+  if (isatty(0) == 0 || argc || Nflag)
+    return stdcat(argc, argv);
+
+  rl_variable_bind ("editing-mode", Vflag ? "vi" : "emacs");
+  while (temp = readline (""))
+    {
+      if (*temp)
+        add_history (temp);
+      printf ("%s\n", temp);
+    }
+
+  return (ferror (stdout));
+}
+
+static int
+fcopy(fp)
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+  int c;
+  char *x;
+
+  while ((c = getc(fp)) != EOF)
+    {
+      if (vflag && isascii ((unsigned char)c) && isprint((unsigned char)c) == 0)
+	{
+	  x = rl_untranslate_keyseq (c);
+	  if (fputs (x, stdout) != 0)
+	    return 1;
+	}
+      else if (putchar (c) == EOF)
+        return 1;
+    }
+  return (ferror (stdout));
+}
+
+int
+stdcat (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int  i, fd, r;
+  char *s;
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  if (argc == 0)
+    return (fcopy(stdin));
+
+  for (i = 0, r = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      if (*argv[i] == '-' && argv[i][1] == 0)
+	fp = stdin;
+      else
+	{
+	  fp = fopen (argv[i], "r");
+	  if (fp == 0)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: cannot open: %s\n", progname, argv[i], strerror(errno));
+	      continue;
+	    }
+        }
+      r = fcopy (fp);
+      if (fp != stdin)
+	fclose(fp);
+    }
+  return r;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/examples/rltest.c b/lib/readline/examples/rltest.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb67bab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/examples/rltest.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Testing Readline			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else 
+extern void exit();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef READLINE_LIBRARY
+#  include "readline.h"
+#  include "history.h"
+#else
+#  include <readline/readline.h>
+#  include <readline/history.h>
+#endif
+
+extern HIST_ENTRY **history_list ();
+
+main ()
+{
+  char *temp, *prompt;
+  int done;
+
+  temp = (char *)NULL;
+  prompt = "readline$ ";
+  done = 0;
+
+  while (!done)
+    {
+      temp = readline (prompt);
+
+      /* Test for EOF. */
+      if (!temp)
+	exit (1);
+
+      /* If there is anything on the line, print it and remember it. */
+      if (*temp)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "%s\r\n", temp);
+	  add_history (temp);
+	}
+
+      /* Check for `command' that we handle. */
+      if (strcmp (temp, "quit") == 0)
+	done = 1;
+
+      if (strcmp (temp, "list") == 0)
+	{
+	  HIST_ENTRY **list;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  list = history_list ();
+	  if (list)
+	    {
+	      for (i = 0; list[i]; i++)
+		fprintf (stderr, "%d: %s\r\n", i, list[i]->line);
+	    }
+	}
+      free (temp);
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/funmap.c b/lib/readline/funmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c760cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/funmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/* funmap.c -- attach names to functions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (BUFSIZ)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif /* BUFSIZ */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include "rlconf.h"
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+typedef int QSFUNC (const void *, const void *);
+#else
+typedef int QSFUNC ();
+#endif
+
+extern int _rl_qsort_string_compare PARAMS((char **, char **));
+
+FUNMAP **funmap;
+static int funmap_size;
+static int funmap_entry;
+
+/* After initializing the function map, this is the index of the first
+   program specific function. */
+int funmap_program_specific_entry_start;
+
+static FUNMAP default_funmap[] = {
+  { "abort", rl_abort },
+  { "accept-line", rl_newline },
+  { "arrow-key-prefix", rl_arrow_keys },
+  { "backward-byte", rl_backward_byte },
+  { "backward-char", rl_backward_char },
+  { "backward-delete-char", rl_rubout },
+  { "backward-kill-line", rl_backward_kill_line },
+  { "backward-kill-word", rl_backward_kill_word },
+  { "backward-word", rl_backward_word },
+  { "beginning-of-history", rl_beginning_of_history },
+  { "beginning-of-line", rl_beg_of_line },
+  { "call-last-kbd-macro", rl_call_last_kbd_macro },
+  { "capitalize-word", rl_capitalize_word },
+  { "character-search", rl_char_search },
+  { "character-search-backward", rl_backward_char_search },
+  { "clear-screen", rl_clear_screen },
+  { "complete", rl_complete },
+  { "copy-backward-word", rl_copy_backward_word },
+  { "copy-forward-word", rl_copy_forward_word },
+  { "copy-region-as-kill", rl_copy_region_to_kill },
+  { "delete-char", rl_delete },
+  { "delete-char-or-list", rl_delete_or_show_completions },
+  { "delete-horizontal-space", rl_delete_horizontal_space },
+  { "digit-argument", rl_digit_argument },
+  { "do-lowercase-version", rl_do_lowercase_version },
+  { "downcase-word", rl_downcase_word },
+  { "dump-functions", rl_dump_functions },
+  { "dump-macros", rl_dump_macros },
+  { "dump-variables", rl_dump_variables },
+  { "emacs-editing-mode", rl_emacs_editing_mode },
+  { "end-kbd-macro", rl_end_kbd_macro },
+  { "end-of-history", rl_end_of_history },
+  { "end-of-line", rl_end_of_line },
+  { "exchange-point-and-mark", rl_exchange_point_and_mark },
+  { "forward-backward-delete-char", rl_rubout_or_delete },
+  { "forward-byte", rl_forward_byte },
+  { "forward-char", rl_forward_char },
+  { "forward-search-history", rl_forward_search_history },
+  { "forward-word", rl_forward_word },
+  { "history-search-backward", rl_history_search_backward },
+  { "history-search-forward", rl_history_search_forward },
+  { "insert-comment", rl_insert_comment },
+  { "insert-completions", rl_insert_completions },
+  { "kill-whole-line", rl_kill_full_line },
+  { "kill-line", rl_kill_line },
+  { "kill-region", rl_kill_region },
+  { "kill-word", rl_kill_word },
+  { "menu-complete", rl_menu_complete },
+  { "next-history", rl_get_next_history },
+  { "non-incremental-forward-search-history", rl_noninc_forward_search },
+  { "non-incremental-reverse-search-history", rl_noninc_reverse_search },
+  { "non-incremental-forward-search-history-again", rl_noninc_forward_search_again },
+  { "non-incremental-reverse-search-history-again", rl_noninc_reverse_search_again },
+  { "overwrite-mode", rl_overwrite_mode },
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+  { "paste-from-clipboard", rl_paste_from_clipboard },
+#endif
+  { "possible-completions", rl_possible_completions },
+  { "previous-history", rl_get_previous_history },
+  { "quoted-insert", rl_quoted_insert },
+  { "re-read-init-file", rl_re_read_init_file },
+  { "redraw-current-line", rl_refresh_line},
+  { "reverse-search-history", rl_reverse_search_history },
+  { "revert-line", rl_revert_line },
+  { "self-insert", rl_insert },
+  { "set-mark", rl_set_mark },
+  { "start-kbd-macro", rl_start_kbd_macro },
+  { "tab-insert", rl_tab_insert },
+  { "tilde-expand", rl_tilde_expand },
+  { "transpose-chars", rl_transpose_chars },
+  { "transpose-words", rl_transpose_words },
+  { "tty-status", rl_tty_status },
+  { "undo", rl_undo_command },
+  { "universal-argument", rl_universal_argument },
+  { "unix-filename-rubout", rl_unix_filename_rubout },
+  { "unix-line-discard", rl_unix_line_discard },
+  { "unix-word-rubout", rl_unix_word_rubout },
+  { "upcase-word", rl_upcase_word },
+  { "yank", rl_yank },
+  { "yank-last-arg", rl_yank_last_arg },
+  { "yank-nth-arg", rl_yank_nth_arg },
+  { "yank-pop", rl_yank_pop },
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  { "vi-append-eol", rl_vi_append_eol },
+  { "vi-append-mode", rl_vi_append_mode },
+  { "vi-arg-digit", rl_vi_arg_digit },
+  { "vi-back-to-indent", rl_vi_back_to_indent },
+  { "vi-bWord", rl_vi_bWord },
+  { "vi-bword", rl_vi_bword },
+  { "vi-change-case", rl_vi_change_case },
+  { "vi-change-char", rl_vi_change_char },
+  { "vi-change-to", rl_vi_change_to },
+  { "vi-char-search", rl_vi_char_search },
+  { "vi-column", rl_vi_column },
+  { "vi-complete", rl_vi_complete },
+  { "vi-delete", rl_vi_delete },
+  { "vi-delete-to", rl_vi_delete_to },
+  { "vi-eWord", rl_vi_eWord },
+  { "vi-editing-mode", rl_vi_editing_mode },
+  { "vi-end-word", rl_vi_end_word },
+  { "vi-eof-maybe", rl_vi_eof_maybe },
+  { "vi-eword", rl_vi_eword },
+  { "vi-fWord", rl_vi_fWord },
+  { "vi-fetch-history", rl_vi_fetch_history },
+  { "vi-first-print", rl_vi_first_print },
+  { "vi-fword", rl_vi_fword },
+  { "vi-goto-mark", rl_vi_goto_mark },
+  { "vi-insert-beg", rl_vi_insert_beg },
+  { "vi-insertion-mode", rl_vi_insertion_mode },
+  { "vi-match", rl_vi_match },
+  { "vi-movement-mode", rl_vi_movement_mode },
+  { "vi-next-word", rl_vi_next_word },
+  { "vi-overstrike", rl_vi_overstrike },
+  { "vi-overstrike-delete", rl_vi_overstrike_delete },
+  { "vi-prev-word", rl_vi_prev_word },
+  { "vi-put", rl_vi_put },
+  { "vi-redo", rl_vi_redo },
+  { "vi-replace", rl_vi_replace },
+  { "vi-rubout", rl_vi_rubout },
+  { "vi-search", rl_vi_search },
+  { "vi-search-again", rl_vi_search_again },
+  { "vi-set-mark", rl_vi_set_mark },
+  { "vi-subst", rl_vi_subst },
+  { "vi-tilde-expand", rl_vi_tilde_expand },
+  { "vi-yank-arg", rl_vi_yank_arg },
+  { "vi-yank-to", rl_vi_yank_to },
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+ {(char *)NULL, (rl_command_func_t *)NULL }
+};
+
+int
+rl_add_funmap_entry (name, function)
+     const char *name;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+{
+  if (funmap_entry + 2 >= funmap_size)
+    {
+      funmap_size += 64;
+      funmap = (FUNMAP **)xrealloc (funmap, funmap_size * sizeof (FUNMAP *));
+    }
+  
+  funmap[funmap_entry] = (FUNMAP *)xmalloc (sizeof (FUNMAP));
+  funmap[funmap_entry]->name = name;
+  funmap[funmap_entry]->function = function;
+
+  funmap[++funmap_entry] = (FUNMAP *)NULL;
+  return funmap_entry;
+}
+
+static int funmap_initialized;
+
+/* Make the funmap contain all of the default entries. */
+void
+rl_initialize_funmap ()
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (funmap_initialized)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = 0; default_funmap[i].name; i++)
+    rl_add_funmap_entry (default_funmap[i].name, default_funmap[i].function);
+
+  funmap_initialized = 1;
+  funmap_program_specific_entry_start = i;
+}
+
+/* Produce a NULL terminated array of known function names.  The array
+   is sorted.  The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside.
+   You should free () the array when you done, but not the pointrs. */
+const char **
+rl_funmap_names ()
+{
+  const char **result;
+  int result_size, result_index;
+
+  /* Make sure that the function map has been initialized. */
+  rl_initialize_funmap ();
+
+  for (result_index = result_size = 0, result = (const char **)NULL; funmap[result_index]; result_index++)
+    {
+      if (result_index + 2 > result_size)
+	{
+	  result_size += 20;
+	  result = (const char **)xrealloc (result, result_size * sizeof (char *));
+	}
+
+      result[result_index] = funmap[result_index]->name;
+      result[result_index + 1] = (char *)NULL;
+    }
+
+  qsort (result, result_index, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+  return (result);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/histexpand.c b/lib/readline/histexpand.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6847014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/histexpand.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1593 @@
+/* histexpand.c -- history expansion. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifndef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#include "history.h"
+#include "histlib.h"
+
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#define HISTORY_WORD_DELIMITERS		" \t\n;&()|<>"
+#define HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS	"\"'`"
+
+#define slashify_in_quotes "\\`\"$"
+
+typedef int _hist_search_func_t PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+extern int rl_byte_oriented;	/* declared in mbutil.c */
+
+static char error_pointer;
+
+static char *subst_lhs;
+static char *subst_rhs;
+static int subst_lhs_len;
+static int subst_rhs_len;
+
+static char *get_history_word_specifier PARAMS((char *, char *, int *));
+static char *history_find_word PARAMS((char *, int));
+static int history_tokenize_word PARAMS((const char *, int));
+static char *history_substring PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+static char *quote_breaks PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Variables exported by this file. */
+/* The character that represents the start of a history expansion
+   request.  This is usually `!'. */
+char history_expansion_char = '!';
+
+/* The character that invokes word substitution if found at the start of
+   a line.  This is usually `^'. */
+char history_subst_char = '^';
+
+/* During tokenization, if this character is seen as the first character
+   of a word, then it, and all subsequent characters upto a newline are
+   ignored.  For a Bourne shell, this should be '#'.  Bash special cases
+   the interactive comment character to not be a comment delimiter. */
+char history_comment_char = '\0';
+
+/* The list of characters which inhibit the expansion of text if found
+   immediately following history_expansion_char. */
+char *history_no_expand_chars = " \t\n\r=";
+
+/* If set to a non-zero value, single quotes inhibit history expansion.
+   The default is 0. */
+int history_quotes_inhibit_expansion = 0;
+
+/* Used to split words by history_tokenize_internal. */
+char *history_word_delimiters = HISTORY_WORD_DELIMITERS;
+
+/* If set, this points to a function that is called to verify that a
+   particular history expansion should be performed. */
+rl_linebuf_func_t *history_inhibit_expansion_function;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			History Expansion			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Hairy history expansion on text, not tokens.  This is of general
+   use, and thus belongs in this library. */
+
+/* The last string searched for by a !?string? search. */
+static char *search_string;
+
+/* The last string matched by a !?string? search. */
+static char *search_match;
+
+/* Return the event specified at TEXT + OFFSET modifying OFFSET to
+   point to after the event specifier.  Just a pointer to the history
+   line is returned; NULL is returned in the event of a bad specifier.
+   You pass STRING with *INDEX equal to the history_expansion_char that
+   begins this specification.
+   DELIMITING_QUOTE is a character that is allowed to end the string
+   specification for what to search for in addition to the normal
+   characters `:', ` ', `\t', `\n', and sometimes `?'.
+   So you might call this function like:
+   line = get_history_event ("!echo:p", &index, 0);  */
+char *
+get_history_event (string, caller_index, delimiting_quote)
+     const char *string;
+     int *caller_index;
+     int delimiting_quote;
+{
+  register int i;
+  register char c;
+  HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+  int which, sign, local_index, substring_okay;
+  _hist_search_func_t *search_func;
+  char *temp;
+
+  /* The event can be specified in a number of ways.
+
+     !!   the previous command
+     !n   command line N
+     !-n  current command-line minus N
+     !str the most recent command starting with STR
+     !?str[?]
+	  the most recent command containing STR
+
+     All values N are determined via HISTORY_BASE. */
+
+  i = *caller_index;
+
+  if (string[i] != history_expansion_char)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+
+  /* Move on to the specification. */
+  i++;
+
+  sign = 1;
+  substring_okay = 0;
+
+#define RETURN_ENTRY(e, w) \
+	return ((e = history_get (w)) ? e->line : (char *)NULL)
+
+  /* Handle !! case. */
+  if (string[i] == history_expansion_char)
+    {
+      i++;
+      which = history_base + (history_length - 1);
+      *caller_index = i;
+      RETURN_ENTRY (entry, which);
+    }
+
+  /* Hack case of numeric line specification. */
+  if (string[i] == '-')
+    {
+      sign = -1;
+      i++;
+    }
+
+  if (_rl_digit_p (string[i]))
+    {
+      /* Get the extent of the digits and compute the value. */
+      for (which = 0; _rl_digit_p (string[i]); i++)
+	which = (which * 10) + _rl_digit_value (string[i]);
+
+      *caller_index = i;
+
+      if (sign < 0)
+	which = (history_length + history_base) - which;
+
+      RETURN_ENTRY (entry, which);
+    }
+
+  /* This must be something to search for.  If the spec begins with
+     a '?', then the string may be anywhere on the line.  Otherwise,
+     the string must be found at the start of a line. */
+  if (string[i] == '?')
+    {
+      substring_okay++;
+      i++;
+    }
+
+  /* Only a closing `?' or a newline delimit a substring search string. */
+  for (local_index = i; c = string[i]; i++)
+    {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  int v;
+	  mbstate_t ps;
+
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	  /* These produce warnings because we're passing a const string to a
+	     function that takes a non-const string. */
+	  _rl_adjust_point ((char *)string, i, &ps);
+	  if ((v = _rl_get_char_len ((char *)string + i, &ps)) > 1)
+	    {
+	      i += v - 1;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+        }
+
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+      if ((!substring_okay && (whitespace (c) || c == ':' ||
+	  (history_search_delimiter_chars && member (c, history_search_delimiter_chars)) ||
+	  string[i] == delimiting_quote)) ||
+	  string[i] == '\n' ||
+	  (substring_okay && string[i] == '?'))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  which = i - local_index;
+  temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + which);
+  if (which)
+    strncpy (temp, string + local_index, which);
+  temp[which] = '\0';
+
+  if (substring_okay && string[i] == '?')
+    i++;
+
+  *caller_index = i;
+
+#define FAIL_SEARCH() \
+  do { \
+    history_offset = history_length; free (temp) ; return (char *)NULL; \
+  } while (0)
+
+  /* If there is no search string, try to use the previous search string,
+     if one exists.  If not, fail immediately. */
+  if (*temp == '\0' && substring_okay)
+    {
+      if (search_string)
+        {
+          free (temp);
+          temp = savestring (search_string);
+        }
+      else
+        FAIL_SEARCH ();
+    }
+
+  search_func = substring_okay ? history_search : history_search_prefix;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      local_index = (*search_func) (temp, -1);
+
+      if (local_index < 0)
+	FAIL_SEARCH ();
+
+      if (local_index == 0 || substring_okay)
+	{
+	  entry = current_history ();
+	  history_offset = history_length;
+	
+	  /* If this was a substring search, then remember the
+	     string that we matched for word substitution. */
+	  if (substring_okay)
+	    {
+	      FREE (search_string);
+	      search_string = temp;
+
+	      FREE (search_match);
+	      search_match = history_find_word (entry->line, local_index);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    free (temp);
+
+	  return (entry->line);
+	}
+
+      if (history_offset)
+	history_offset--;
+      else
+	FAIL_SEARCH ();
+    }
+#undef FAIL_SEARCH
+#undef RETURN_ENTRY
+}
+
+/* Function for extracting single-quoted strings.  Used for inhibiting
+   history expansion within single quotes. */
+
+/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes.
+   SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
+   following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing
+   to the closing single quote. */
+static void
+hist_string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex)
+     char *string;
+     int *sindex;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = *sindex; string[i] && string[i] != '\''; i++)
+    ;
+
+  *sindex = i;
+}
+
+static char *
+quote_breaks (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  register char *p, *r;
+  char *ret;
+  int len = 3;
+
+  for (p = s; p && *p; p++, len++)
+    {
+      if (*p == '\'')
+	len += 3;
+      else if (whitespace (*p) || *p == '\n')
+	len += 2;
+    }
+
+  r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (len);
+  *r++ = '\'';
+  for (p = s; p && *p; )
+    {
+      if (*p == '\'')
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\'';
+	  *r++ = '\\';
+	  *r++ = '\'';
+	  *r++ = '\'';
+	  p++;
+	}
+      else if (whitespace (*p) || *p == '\n')
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\'';
+	  *r++ = *p++;
+	  *r++ = '\'';
+	}
+      else
+	*r++ = *p++;
+    }
+  *r++ = '\'';
+  *r = '\0';
+  return ret;
+}
+
+static char *
+hist_error(s, start, current, errtype)
+      char *s;
+      int start, current, errtype;
+{
+  char *temp;
+  const char *emsg;
+  int ll, elen;
+
+  ll = current - start;
+
+  switch (errtype)
+    {
+    case EVENT_NOT_FOUND:
+      emsg = "event not found";
+      elen = 15;
+      break;
+    case BAD_WORD_SPEC:
+      emsg = "bad word specifier";
+      elen = 18;
+      break;
+    case SUBST_FAILED:
+      emsg = "substitution failed";
+      elen = 19;
+      break;
+    case BAD_MODIFIER:
+      emsg = "unrecognized history modifier";
+      elen = 29;
+      break;
+    case NO_PREV_SUBST:
+      emsg = "no previous substitution";
+      elen = 24;
+      break;
+    default:
+      emsg = "unknown expansion error";
+      elen = 23;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  temp = (char *)xmalloc (ll + elen + 3);
+  strncpy (temp, s + start, ll);
+  temp[ll] = ':';
+  temp[ll + 1] = ' ';
+  strcpy (temp + ll + 2, emsg);
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Get a history substitution string from STR starting at *IPTR
+   and return it.  The length is returned in LENPTR.
+
+   A backslash can quote the delimiter.  If the string is the
+   empty string, the previous pattern is used.  If there is
+   no previous pattern for the lhs, the last history search
+   string is used.
+
+   If IS_RHS is 1, we ignore empty strings and set the pattern
+   to "" anyway.  subst_lhs is not changed if the lhs is empty;
+   subst_rhs is allowed to be set to the empty string. */
+
+static char *
+get_subst_pattern (str, iptr, delimiter, is_rhs, lenptr)
+     char *str;
+     int *iptr, delimiter, is_rhs, *lenptr;
+{
+  register int si, i, j, k;
+  char *s;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps;
+#endif
+
+  s = (char *)NULL;
+  i = *iptr;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  _rl_adjust_point (str, i, &ps);
+#endif
+
+  for (si = i; str[si] && str[si] != delimiter; si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+    if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+      {
+	int v;
+	if ((v = _rl_get_char_len (str + si, &ps)) > 1)
+	  si += v - 1;
+	else if (str[si] == '\\' && str[si + 1] == delimiter)
+	  si++;
+      }
+    else
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+      if (str[si] == '\\' && str[si + 1] == delimiter)
+	si++;
+
+  if (si > i || is_rhs)
+    {
+      s = (char *)xmalloc (si - i + 1);
+      for (j = 0, k = i; k < si; j++, k++)
+	{
+	  /* Remove a backslash quoting the search string delimiter. */
+	  if (str[k] == '\\' && str[k + 1] == delimiter)
+	    k++;
+	  s[j] = str[k];
+	}
+      s[j] = '\0';
+      if (lenptr)
+	*lenptr = j;
+    }
+
+  i = si;
+  if (str[i])
+    i++;
+  *iptr = i;
+
+  return s;
+}
+
+static void
+postproc_subst_rhs ()
+{
+  char *new;
+  int i, j, new_size;
+
+  new = (char *)xmalloc (new_size = subst_rhs_len + subst_lhs_len);
+  for (i = j = 0; i < subst_rhs_len; i++)
+    {
+      if (subst_rhs[i] == '&')
+	{
+	  if (j + subst_lhs_len >= new_size)
+	    new = (char *)xrealloc (new, (new_size = new_size * 2 + subst_lhs_len));
+	  strcpy (new + j, subst_lhs);
+	  j += subst_lhs_len;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* a single backslash protects the `&' from lhs interpolation */
+	  if (subst_rhs[i] == '\\' && subst_rhs[i + 1] == '&')
+	    i++;
+	  if (j >= new_size)
+	    new = (char *)xrealloc (new, new_size *= 2);
+	  new[j++] = subst_rhs[i];
+	}
+    }
+  new[j] = '\0';
+  free (subst_rhs);
+  subst_rhs = new;
+  subst_rhs_len = j;
+}
+
+/* Expand the bulk of a history specifier starting at STRING[START].
+   Returns 0 if everything is OK, -1 if an error occurred, and 1
+   if the `p' modifier was supplied and the caller should just print
+   the returned string.  Returns the new index into string in
+   *END_INDEX_PTR, and the expanded specifier in *RET_STRING. */
+static int
+history_expand_internal (string, start, end_index_ptr, ret_string, current_line)
+     char *string;
+     int start, *end_index_ptr;
+     char **ret_string;
+     char *current_line;	/* for !# */
+{
+  int i, n, starting_index;
+  int substitute_globally, subst_bywords, want_quotes, print_only;
+  char *event, *temp, *result, *tstr, *t, c, *word_spec;
+  int result_len;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps;
+
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+  result = (char *)xmalloc (result_len = 128);
+
+  i = start;
+
+  /* If it is followed by something that starts a word specifier,
+     then !! is implied as the event specifier. */
+
+  if (member (string[i + 1], ":$*%^"))
+    {
+      char fake_s[3];
+      int fake_i = 0;
+      i++;
+      fake_s[0] = fake_s[1] = history_expansion_char;
+      fake_s[2] = '\0';
+      event = get_history_event (fake_s, &fake_i, 0);
+    }
+  else if (string[i + 1] == '#')
+    {
+      i += 2;
+      event = current_line;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int quoted_search_delimiter = 0;
+
+      /* If the character before this `!' is a double or single
+	 quote, then this expansion takes place inside of the
+	 quoted string.  If we have to search for some text ("!foo"),
+	 allow the delimiter to end the search string. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  int c, l;
+	  l = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (string, i, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	  c = string[l];
+	  /* XXX - original patch had i - 1 ???  If i == 0 it would fail. */
+	  if (i && (c == '\'' || c == '"'))
+	    quoted_search_delimiter = c;
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */	  
+	if (i && (string[i - 1] == '\'' || string[i - 1] == '"'))
+	  quoted_search_delimiter = string[i - 1];
+
+      event = get_history_event (string, &i, quoted_search_delimiter);
+    }
+	  
+  if (event == 0)
+    {
+      *ret_string = hist_error (string, start, i, EVENT_NOT_FOUND);
+      free (result);
+      return (-1);
+    }
+
+  /* If a word specifier is found, then do what that requires. */
+  starting_index = i;
+  word_spec = get_history_word_specifier (string, event, &i);
+
+  /* There is no such thing as a `malformed word specifier'.  However,
+     it is possible for a specifier that has no match.  In that case,
+     we complain. */
+  if (word_spec == (char *)&error_pointer)
+    {
+      *ret_string = hist_error (string, starting_index, i, BAD_WORD_SPEC);
+      free (result);
+      return (-1);
+    }
+
+  /* If no word specifier, than the thing of interest was the event. */
+  temp = word_spec ? savestring (word_spec) : savestring (event);
+  FREE (word_spec);
+
+  /* Perhaps there are other modifiers involved.  Do what they say. */
+  want_quotes = substitute_globally = subst_bywords = print_only = 0;
+  starting_index = i;
+
+  while (string[i] == ':')
+    {
+      c = string[i + 1];
+
+      if (c == 'g' || c == 'a')
+	{
+	  substitute_globally = 1;
+	  i++;
+	  c = string[i + 1];
+	}
+      else if (c == 'G')
+	{
+	  subst_bywords = 1;
+	  i++;
+	  c = string[i + 1];
+	}
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	default:
+	  *ret_string = hist_error (string, i+1, i+2, BAD_MODIFIER);
+	  free (result);
+	  free (temp);
+	  return -1;
+
+	case 'q':
+	  want_quotes = 'q';
+	  break;
+
+	case 'x':
+	  want_quotes = 'x';
+	  break;
+
+	  /* :p means make this the last executed line.  So we
+	     return an error state after adding this line to the
+	     history. */
+	case 'p':
+	  print_only++;
+	  break;
+
+	  /* :t discards all but the last part of the pathname. */
+	case 't':
+	  tstr = strrchr (temp, '/');
+	  if (tstr)
+	    {
+	      tstr++;
+	      t = savestring (tstr);
+	      free (temp);
+	      temp = t;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	  /* :h discards the last part of a pathname. */
+	case 'h':
+	  tstr = strrchr (temp, '/');
+	  if (tstr)
+	    *tstr = '\0';
+	  break;
+
+	  /* :r discards the suffix. */
+	case 'r':
+	  tstr = strrchr (temp, '.');
+	  if (tstr)
+	    *tstr = '\0';
+	  break;
+
+	  /* :e discards everything but the suffix. */
+	case 'e':
+	  tstr = strrchr (temp, '.');
+	  if (tstr)
+	    {
+	      t = savestring (tstr);
+	      free (temp);
+	      temp = t;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	/* :s/this/that substitutes `that' for the first
+	   occurrence of `this'.  :gs/this/that substitutes `that'
+	   for each occurrence of `this'.  :& repeats the last
+	   substitution.  :g& repeats the last substitution
+	   globally. */
+
+	case '&':
+	case 's':
+	  {
+	    char *new_event;
+	    int delimiter, failed, si, l_temp, ws, we;
+
+	    if (c == 's')
+	      {
+		if (i + 2 < (int)strlen (string))
+		  {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+		    if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		      {
+			_rl_adjust_point (string, i + 2, &ps);
+			if (_rl_get_char_len (string + i + 2, &ps) > 1)
+			  delimiter = 0;
+			else
+			  delimiter = string[i + 2];
+		      }
+		    else
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+		      delimiter = string[i + 2];
+		  }
+		else
+		  break;	/* no search delimiter */
+
+		i += 3;
+
+		t = get_subst_pattern (string, &i, delimiter, 0, &subst_lhs_len);
+		/* An empty substitution lhs with no previous substitution
+		   uses the last search string as the lhs. */
+		if (t)
+		  {
+		    FREE (subst_lhs);
+		    subst_lhs = t;
+		  }
+		else if (!subst_lhs)
+		  {
+		    if (search_string && *search_string)
+		      {
+			subst_lhs = savestring (search_string);
+			subst_lhs_len = strlen (subst_lhs);
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			subst_lhs = (char *) NULL;
+			subst_lhs_len = 0;
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		FREE (subst_rhs);
+		subst_rhs = get_subst_pattern (string, &i, delimiter, 1, &subst_rhs_len);
+
+		/* If `&' appears in the rhs, it's supposed to be replaced
+		   with the lhs. */
+		if (member ('&', subst_rhs))
+		  postproc_subst_rhs ();
+	      }
+	    else
+	      i += 2;
+
+	    /* If there is no lhs, the substitution can't succeed. */
+	    if (subst_lhs_len == 0)
+	      {
+		*ret_string = hist_error (string, starting_index, i, NO_PREV_SUBST);
+		free (result);
+		free (temp);
+		return -1;
+	      }
+
+	    l_temp = strlen (temp);
+	    /* Ignore impossible cases. */
+	    if (subst_lhs_len > l_temp)
+	      {
+		*ret_string = hist_error (string, starting_index, i, SUBST_FAILED);
+		free (result);
+		free (temp);
+		return (-1);
+	      }
+
+	    /* Find the first occurrence of THIS in TEMP. */
+	    /* Substitute SUBST_RHS for SUBST_LHS in TEMP.  There are three
+	       cases to consider:
+
+		 1.  substitute_globally == subst_bywords == 0
+		 2.  substitute_globally == 1 && subst_bywords == 0
+		 3.  substitute_globally == 0 && subst_bywords == 1
+
+	       In the first case, we substitute for the first occurrence only.
+	       In the second case, we substitute for every occurrence.
+	       In the third case, we tokenize into words and substitute the
+	       first occurrence of each word. */
+
+	    si = we = 0;
+	    for (failed = 1; (si + subst_lhs_len) <= l_temp; si++)
+	      {
+		/* First skip whitespace and find word boundaries if
+		   we're past the end of the word boundary we found
+		   the last time. */
+		if (subst_bywords && si > we)
+		  {
+		    for (; temp[si] && whitespace (temp[si]); si++)
+		      ;
+		    ws = si;
+		    we = history_tokenize_word (temp, si);
+		  }
+
+		if (STREQN (temp+si, subst_lhs, subst_lhs_len))
+		  {
+		    int len = subst_rhs_len - subst_lhs_len + l_temp;
+		    new_event = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len);
+		    strncpy (new_event, temp, si);
+		    strncpy (new_event + si, subst_rhs, subst_rhs_len);
+		    strncpy (new_event + si + subst_rhs_len,
+			     temp + si + subst_lhs_len,
+			     l_temp - (si + subst_lhs_len));
+		    new_event[len] = '\0';
+		    free (temp);
+		    temp = new_event;
+
+		    failed = 0;
+
+		    if (substitute_globally)
+		      {
+			/* Reported to fix a bug that causes it to skip every
+			   other match when matching a single character.  Was
+			   si += subst_rhs_len previously. */
+			si += subst_rhs_len - 1;
+			l_temp = strlen (temp);
+			substitute_globally++;
+			continue;
+		      }
+		    else if (subst_bywords)
+		      {
+			si = we;
+			l_temp = strlen (temp);
+			continue;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      break;
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    if (substitute_globally > 1)
+	      {
+		substitute_globally = 0;
+		continue;	/* don't want to increment i */
+	      }
+
+	    if (failed == 0)
+	      continue;		/* don't want to increment i */
+
+	    *ret_string = hist_error (string, starting_index, i, SUBST_FAILED);
+	    free (result);
+	    free (temp);
+	    return (-1);
+	  }
+	}
+      i += 2;
+    }
+  /* Done with modfiers. */
+  /* Believe it or not, we have to back the pointer up by one. */
+  --i;
+
+  if (want_quotes)
+    {
+      char *x;
+
+      if (want_quotes == 'q')
+	x = sh_single_quote (temp);
+      else if (want_quotes == 'x')
+	x = quote_breaks (temp);
+      else
+	x = savestring (temp);
+
+      free (temp);
+      temp = x;
+    }
+
+  n = strlen (temp);
+  if (n >= result_len)
+    result = (char *)xrealloc (result, n + 2);
+  strcpy (result, temp);
+  free (temp);
+
+  *end_index_ptr = i;
+  *ret_string = result;
+  return (print_only);
+}
+
+/* Expand the string STRING, placing the result into OUTPUT, a pointer
+   to a string.  Returns:
+
+  -1) If there was an error in expansion.
+   0) If no expansions took place (or, if the only change in
+      the text was the de-slashifying of the history expansion
+      character)
+   1) If expansions did take place
+   2) If the `p' modifier was given and the caller should print the result
+
+  If an error ocurred in expansion, then OUTPUT contains a descriptive
+  error message. */
+
+#define ADD_STRING(s) \
+	do \
+	  { \
+	    int sl = strlen (s); \
+	    j += sl; \
+	    if (j >= result_len) \
+	      { \
+		while (j >= result_len) \
+		  result_len += 128; \
+		result = (char *)xrealloc (result, result_len); \
+	      } \
+	    strcpy (result + j - sl, s); \
+	  } \
+	while (0)
+
+#define ADD_CHAR(c) \
+	do \
+	  { \
+	    if (j >= result_len - 1) \
+	      result = (char *)xrealloc (result, result_len += 64); \
+	    result[j++] = c; \
+	    result[j] = '\0'; \
+	  } \
+	while (0)
+
+int
+history_expand (hstring, output)
+     char *hstring;
+     char **output;
+{
+  register int j;
+  int i, r, l, passc, cc, modified, eindex, only_printing, dquote;
+  char *string;
+
+  /* The output string, and its length. */
+  int result_len;
+  char *result;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  char mb[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  mbstate_t ps;
+#endif
+
+  /* Used when adding the string. */
+  char *temp;
+
+  if (output == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Setting the history expansion character to 0 inhibits all
+     history expansion. */
+  if (history_expansion_char == 0)
+    {
+      *output = savestring (hstring);
+      return (0);
+    }
+    
+  /* Prepare the buffer for printing error messages. */
+  result = (char *)xmalloc (result_len = 256);
+  result[0] = '\0';
+
+  only_printing = modified = 0;
+  l = strlen (hstring);
+
+  /* Grovel the string.  Only backslash and single quotes can quote the
+     history escape character.  We also handle arg specifiers. */
+
+  /* Before we grovel forever, see if the history_expansion_char appears
+     anywhere within the text. */
+
+  /* The quick substitution character is a history expansion all right.  That
+     is to say, "^this^that^" is equivalent to "!!:s^this^that^", and in fact,
+     that is the substitution that we do. */
+  if (hstring[0] == history_subst_char)
+    {
+      string = (char *)xmalloc (l + 5);
+
+      string[0] = string[1] = history_expansion_char;
+      string[2] = ':';
+      string[3] = 's';
+      strcpy (string + 4, hstring);
+      l += 4;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+      string = hstring;
+      /* If not quick substitution, still maybe have to do expansion. */
+
+      /* `!' followed by one of the characters in history_no_expand_chars
+	 is NOT an expansion. */
+      for (i = dquote = 0; string[i]; i++)
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    {
+	      int v;
+	      v = _rl_get_char_len (string + i, &ps);
+	      if (v > 1)
+		{
+		  i += v - 1;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	    }
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+	  cc = string[i + 1];
+	  /* The history_comment_char, if set, appearing at the beginning
+	     of a word signifies that the rest of the line should not have
+	     history expansion performed on it.
+	     Skip the rest of the line and break out of the loop. */
+	  if (history_comment_char && string[i] == history_comment_char &&
+	      (i == 0 || member (string[i - 1], history_word_delimiters)))
+	    {
+	      while (string[i])
+		i++;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  else if (string[i] == history_expansion_char)
+	    {
+	      if (!cc || member (cc, history_no_expand_chars))
+		continue;
+	      /* If the calling application has set
+		 history_inhibit_expansion_function to a function that checks
+		 for special cases that should not be history expanded,
+		 call the function and skip the expansion if it returns a
+		 non-zero value. */
+	      else if (history_inhibit_expansion_function &&
+			(*history_inhibit_expansion_function) (string, i))
+		continue;
+	      else
+		break;
+	    }
+	  /* Shell-like quoting: allow backslashes to quote double quotes
+	     inside a double-quoted string. */
+	  else if (dquote && string[i] == '\\' && cc == '"')
+	    i++;
+	  /* More shell-like quoting:  if we're paying attention to single
+	     quotes and letting them quote the history expansion character,
+	     then we need to pay attention to double quotes, because single
+	     quotes are not special inside double-quoted strings. */
+	  else if (history_quotes_inhibit_expansion && string[i] == '"')
+	    {
+	      dquote = 1 - dquote;
+	    }
+	  else if (dquote == 0 && history_quotes_inhibit_expansion && string[i] == '\'')
+	    {
+	      /* If this is bash, single quotes inhibit history expansion. */
+	      i++;
+	      hist_string_extract_single_quoted (string, &i);
+	    }
+	  else if (history_quotes_inhibit_expansion && string[i] == '\\')
+	    {
+	      /* If this is bash, allow backslashes to quote single
+		 quotes and the history expansion character. */
+	      if (cc == '\'' || cc == history_expansion_char)
+		i++;
+	    }
+	  
+	}
+	  
+      if (string[i] != history_expansion_char)
+	{
+	  free (result);
+	  *output = savestring (string);
+	  return (0);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Extract and perform the substitution. */
+  for (passc = dquote = i = j = 0; i < l; i++)
+    {
+      int tchar = string[i];
+
+      if (passc)
+	{
+	  passc = 0;
+	  ADD_CHAR (tchar);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  int k, c;
+
+	  c = tchar;
+	  memset (mb, 0, sizeof (mb));
+	  for (k = 0; k < MB_LEN_MAX; k++)
+	    {
+	      mb[k] = (char)c;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	      if (_rl_get_char_len (mb, &ps) == -2)
+		c = string[++i];
+	      else
+		break;
+	    }
+	  if (strlen (mb) > 1)
+	    {
+	      ADD_STRING (mb);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+      if (tchar == history_expansion_char)
+	tchar = -3;
+      else if (tchar == history_comment_char)
+	tchar = -2;
+
+      switch (tchar)
+	{
+	default:
+	  ADD_CHAR (string[i]);
+	  break;
+
+	case '\\':
+	  passc++;
+	  ADD_CHAR (tchar);
+	  break;
+
+	case '"':
+	  dquote = 1 - dquote;
+	  ADD_CHAR (tchar);
+	  break;
+	  
+	case '\'':
+	  {
+	    /* If history_quotes_inhibit_expansion is set, single quotes
+	       inhibit history expansion. */
+	    if (dquote == 0 && history_quotes_inhibit_expansion)
+	      {
+		int quote, slen;
+
+		quote = i++;
+		hist_string_extract_single_quoted (string, &i);
+
+		slen = i - quote + 2;
+		temp = (char *)xmalloc (slen);
+		strncpy (temp, string + quote, slen);
+		temp[slen - 1] = '\0';
+		ADD_STRING (temp);
+		free (temp);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      ADD_CHAR (string[i]);
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	case -2:		/* history_comment_char */
+	  if (i == 0 || member (string[i - 1], history_word_delimiters))
+	    {
+	      temp = (char *)xmalloc (l - i + 1);
+	      strcpy (temp, string + i);
+	      ADD_STRING (temp);
+	      free (temp);
+	      i = l;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    ADD_CHAR (string[i]);
+	  break;
+
+	case -3:		/* history_expansion_char */
+	  cc = string[i + 1];
+
+	  /* If the history_expansion_char is followed by one of the
+	     characters in history_no_expand_chars, then it is not a
+	     candidate for expansion of any kind. */
+	  if (member (cc, history_no_expand_chars))
+	    {
+	      ADD_CHAR (string[i]);
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+#if defined (NO_BANG_HASH_MODIFIERS)
+	  /* There is something that is listed as a `word specifier' in csh
+	     documentation which means `the expanded text to this point'.
+	     That is not a word specifier, it is an event specifier.  If we
+	     don't want to allow modifiers with `!#', just stick the current
+	     output line in again. */
+	  if (cc == '#')
+	    {
+	      if (result)
+		{
+		  temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (result));
+		  strcpy (temp, result);
+		  ADD_STRING (temp);
+		  free (temp);
+		}
+	      i++;
+	      break;
+	    }
+#endif
+
+	  r = history_expand_internal (string, i, &eindex, &temp, result);
+	  if (r < 0)
+	    {
+	      *output = temp;
+	      free (result);
+	      if (string != hstring)
+		free (string);
+	      return -1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (temp)
+		{
+		  modified++;
+		  if (*temp)
+		    ADD_STRING (temp);
+		  free (temp);
+		}
+	      only_printing = r == 1;
+	      i = eindex;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  *output = result;
+  if (string != hstring)
+    free (string);
+
+  if (only_printing)
+    {
+#if 0
+      add_history (result);
+#endif
+      return (2);
+    }
+
+  return (modified != 0);
+}
+
+/* Return a consed string which is the word specified in SPEC, and found
+   in FROM.  NULL is returned if there is no spec.  The address of
+   ERROR_POINTER is returned if the word specified cannot be found.
+   CALLER_INDEX is the offset in SPEC to start looking; it is updated
+   to point to just after the last character parsed. */
+static char *
+get_history_word_specifier (spec, from, caller_index)
+     char *spec, *from;
+     int *caller_index;
+{
+  register int i = *caller_index;
+  int first, last;
+  int expecting_word_spec = 0;
+  char *result;
+
+  /* The range of words to return doesn't exist yet. */
+  first = last = 0;
+  result = (char *)NULL;
+
+  /* If we found a colon, then this *must* be a word specification.  If
+     it isn't, then it is an error. */
+  if (spec[i] == ':')
+    {
+      i++;
+      expecting_word_spec++;
+    }
+
+  /* Handle special cases first. */
+
+  /* `%' is the word last searched for. */
+  if (spec[i] == '%')
+    {
+      *caller_index = i + 1;
+      return (search_match ? savestring (search_match) : savestring (""));
+    }
+
+  /* `*' matches all of the arguments, but not the command. */
+  if (spec[i] == '*')
+    {
+      *caller_index = i + 1;
+      result = history_arg_extract (1, '$', from);
+      return (result ? result : savestring (""));
+    }
+
+  /* `$' is last arg. */
+  if (spec[i] == '$')
+    {
+      *caller_index = i + 1;
+      return (history_arg_extract ('$', '$', from));
+    }
+
+  /* Try to get FIRST and LAST figured out. */
+
+  if (spec[i] == '-')
+    first = 0;
+  else if (spec[i] == '^')
+    {
+      first = 1;
+      i++;
+    }
+  else if (_rl_digit_p (spec[i]) && expecting_word_spec)
+    {
+      for (first = 0; _rl_digit_p (spec[i]); i++)
+	first = (first * 10) + _rl_digit_value (spec[i]);
+    }
+  else
+    return ((char *)NULL);	/* no valid `first' for word specifier */
+
+  if (spec[i] == '^' || spec[i] == '*')
+    {
+      last = (spec[i] == '^') ? 1 : '$';	/* x* abbreviates x-$ */
+      i++;
+    }
+  else if (spec[i] != '-')
+    last = first;
+  else
+    {
+      i++;
+
+      if (_rl_digit_p (spec[i]))
+	{
+	  for (last = 0; _rl_digit_p (spec[i]); i++)
+	    last = (last * 10) + _rl_digit_value (spec[i]);
+	}
+      else if (spec[i] == '$')
+	{
+	  i++;
+	  last = '$';
+	}
+#if 0
+      else if (!spec[i] || spec[i] == ':')
+	/* check against `:' because there could be a modifier separator */
+#else
+      else
+	/* csh seems to allow anything to terminate the word spec here,
+	   leaving it as an abbreviation. */
+#endif
+	last = -1;		/* x- abbreviates x-$ omitting word `$' */
+    }
+
+  *caller_index = i;
+
+  if (last >= first || last == '$' || last < 0)
+    result = history_arg_extract (first, last, from);
+
+  return (result ? result : (char *)&error_pointer);
+}
+
+/* Extract the args specified, starting at FIRST, and ending at LAST.
+   The args are taken from STRING.  If either FIRST or LAST is < 0,
+   then make that arg count from the right (subtract from the number of
+   tokens, so that FIRST = -1 means the next to last token on the line).
+   If LAST is `$' the last arg from STRING is used. */
+char *
+history_arg_extract (first, last, string)
+     int first, last;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  register int i, len;
+  char *result;
+  int size, offset;
+  char **list;
+
+  /* XXX - think about making history_tokenize return a struct array,
+     each struct in array being a string and a length to avoid the
+     calls to strlen below. */
+  if ((list = history_tokenize (string)) == NULL)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+
+  for (len = 0; list[len]; len++)
+    ;
+
+  if (last < 0)
+    last = len + last - 1;
+
+  if (first < 0)
+    first = len + first - 1;
+
+  if (last == '$')
+    last = len - 1;
+
+  if (first == '$')
+    first = len - 1;
+
+  last++;
+
+  if (first >= len || last > len || first < 0 || last < 0 || first > last)
+    result = ((char *)NULL);
+  else
+    {
+      for (size = 0, i = first; i < last; i++)
+	size += strlen (list[i]) + 1;
+      result = (char *)xmalloc (size + 1);
+      result[0] = '\0';
+
+      for (i = first, offset = 0; i < last; i++)
+	{
+	  strcpy (result + offset, list[i]);
+	  offset += strlen (list[i]);
+	  if (i + 1 < last)
+	    {
+      	      result[offset++] = ' ';
+	      result[offset] = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+    free (list[i]);
+  free (list);
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+static int
+history_tokenize_word (string, ind)
+     const char *string;
+     int ind;
+{
+  register int i;
+  int delimiter;
+
+  i = ind;
+  delimiter = 0;
+
+  if (member (string[i], "()\n"))
+    {
+      i++;
+      return i;
+    }
+
+  if (member (string[i], "<>;&|$"))
+    {
+      int peek = string[i + 1];
+
+      if (peek == string[i] && peek != '$')
+	{
+	  if (peek == '<' && string[i + 2] == '-')
+	    i++;
+	  i += 2;
+	  return i;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if ((peek == '&' && (string[i] == '>' || string[i] == '<')) ||
+	      (peek == '>' && string[i] == '&') ||
+	      (peek == '(' && (string[i] == '>' || string[i] == '<')) || /* ) */
+	      (peek == '(' && string[i] == '$')) /* ) */
+	    {
+	      i += 2;
+	      return i;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (string[i] != '$')
+	{
+	  i++;
+	  return i;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Get word from string + i; */
+
+  if (member (string[i], HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS))
+    delimiter = string[i++];
+
+  for (; string[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '\n')
+	{
+	  i++;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (string[i] == '\\' && delimiter != '\'' &&
+	  (delimiter != '"' || member (string[i], slashify_in_quotes)))
+	{
+	  i++;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (delimiter && string[i] == delimiter)
+	{
+	  delimiter = 0;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (!delimiter && (member (string[i], history_word_delimiters)))
+	break;
+
+      if (!delimiter && member (string[i], HISTORY_QUOTE_CHARACTERS))
+	delimiter = string[i];
+    }
+
+  return i;
+}
+
+static char *
+history_substring (string, start, end)
+     const char *string;
+     int start, end;
+{
+  register int len;
+  register char *result;
+
+  len = end - start;
+  result = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1);
+  strncpy (result, string + start, len);
+  result[len] = '\0';
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Parse STRING into tokens and return an array of strings.  If WIND is
+   not -1 and INDP is not null, we also want the word surrounding index
+   WIND.  The position in the returned array of strings is returned in
+   *INDP. */
+static char **
+history_tokenize_internal (string, wind, indp)
+     const char *string;
+     int wind, *indp;
+{
+  char **result;
+  register int i, start, result_index, size;
+
+  /* If we're searching for a string that's not part of a word (e.g., " "),
+     make sure we set *INDP to a reasonable value. */
+  if (indp && wind != -1)
+    *indp = -1;
+
+  /* Get a token, and stuff it into RESULT.  The tokens are split
+     exactly where the shell would split them. */
+  for (i = result_index = size = 0, result = (char **)NULL; string[i]; )
+    {
+      /* Skip leading whitespace. */
+      for (; string[i] && whitespace (string[i]); i++)
+	;
+      if (string[i] == 0 || string[i] == history_comment_char)
+	return (result);
+
+      start = i;
+
+      i = history_tokenize_word (string, start);
+
+      /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character (which would not be
+	 skipped by the loop above), use it and any adjacent delimiters to
+	 make a separate field.  Any adjacent white space will be skipped the
+	 next time through the loop. */
+      if (i == start && history_word_delimiters)
+	{
+	  i++;
+	  while (string[i] && member (string[i], history_word_delimiters))
+	    i++;
+	}
+
+      /* If we are looking for the word in which the character at a
+	 particular index falls, remember it. */
+      if (indp && wind != -1 && wind >= start && wind < i)
+        *indp = result_index;
+
+      if (result_index + 2 >= size)
+	result = (char **)xrealloc (result, ((size += 10) * sizeof (char *)));
+
+      result[result_index++] = history_substring (string, start, i);
+      result[result_index] = (char *)NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return an array of tokens, much as the shell might.  The tokens are
+   parsed out of STRING. */
+char **
+history_tokenize (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  return (history_tokenize_internal (string, -1, (int *)NULL));
+}
+
+/* Find and return the word which contains the character at index IND
+   in the history line LINE.  Used to save the word matched by the
+   last history !?string? search. */
+static char *
+history_find_word (line, ind)
+     char *line;
+     int ind;
+{
+  char **words, *s;
+  int i, wind;
+
+  words = history_tokenize_internal (line, ind, &wind);
+  if (wind == -1 || words == 0)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+  s = words[wind];
+  for (i = 0; i < wind; i++)
+    free (words[i]);
+  for (i = wind + 1; words[i]; i++)
+    free (words[i]);
+  free (words);
+  return s;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/histfile.c b/lib/readline/histfile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..717bbee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/histfile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
+/* histfile.c - functions to manipulate the history file. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* The goal is to make the implementation transparent, so that you
+   don't have to know what data types are used, just what functions
+   you can call.  I think I have done that. */
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+#  include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if ! defined (_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__EMX__) || defined (__CYGWIN__)
+#  undef HAVE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+#  include <sys/mman.h>
+
+#  ifdef MAP_FILE
+#    define MAP_RFLAGS	(MAP_FILE|MAP_PRIVATE)
+#    define MAP_WFLAGS	(MAP_FILE|MAP_SHARED)
+#  else
+#    define MAP_RFLAGS	MAP_PRIVATE
+#    define MAP_WFLAGS	MAP_SHARED
+#  endif
+
+#  ifndef MAP_FAILED
+#    define MAP_FAILED	((void *)-1)
+#  endif
+
+#endif /* HISTORY_USE_MMAP */
+
+/* If we're compiling for __EMX__ (OS/2) or __CYGWIN__ (cygwin32 environment
+   on win 95/98/nt), we want to open files with O_BINARY mode so that there
+   is no \n -> \r\n conversion performed.  On other systems, we don't want to
+   mess around with O_BINARY at all, so we ensure that it's defined to 0. */
+#if defined (__EMX__) || defined (__CYGWIN__)
+#  ifndef O_BINARY
+#    define O_BINARY 0
+#  endif
+#else /* !__EMX__ && !__CYGWIN__ */
+#  undef O_BINARY
+#  define O_BINARY 0
+#endif /* !__EMX__ && !__CYGWIN__ */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#include "history.h"
+#include "histlib.h"
+
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* If non-zero, we write timestamps to the history file in history_do_write() */
+int history_write_timestamps = 0;
+
+/* Does S look like the beginning of a history timestamp entry?  Placeholder
+   for more extensive tests. */
+#define HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(s)		(*(s) == history_comment_char)
+
+/* Return the string that should be used in the place of this
+   filename.  This only matters when you don't specify the
+   filename to read_history (), or write_history (). */
+static char *
+history_filename (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  char *return_val;
+  const char *home;
+  int home_len;
+
+  return_val = filename ? savestring (filename) : (char *)NULL;
+
+  if (return_val)
+    return (return_val);
+  
+  home = sh_get_env_value ("HOME");
+
+  if (home == 0)
+    {
+      home = ".";
+      home_len = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    home_len = strlen (home);
+
+  return_val = (char *)xmalloc (2 + home_len + 8); /* strlen(".history") == 8 */
+  strcpy (return_val, home);
+  return_val[home_len] = '/';
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+  strcpy (return_val + home_len + 1, "_history");
+#else
+  strcpy (return_val + home_len + 1, ".history");
+#endif
+
+  return (return_val);
+}
+
+/* Add the contents of FILENAME to the history list, a line at a time.
+   If FILENAME is NULL, then read from ~/.history.  Returns 0 if
+   successful, or errno if not. */
+int
+read_history (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  return (read_history_range (filename, 0, -1));
+}
+
+/* Read a range of lines from FILENAME, adding them to the history list.
+   Start reading at the FROM'th line and end at the TO'th.  If FROM
+   is zero, start at the beginning.  If TO is less than FROM, read
+   until the end of the file.  If FILENAME is NULL, then read from
+   ~/.history.  Returns 0 if successful, or errno if not. */
+int
+read_history_range (filename, from, to)
+     const char *filename;
+     int from, to;
+{
+  register char *line_start, *line_end, *p;
+  char *input, *buffer, *bufend, *last_ts;
+  int file, current_line, chars_read;
+  struct stat finfo;
+  size_t file_size;
+#if defined (EFBIG)
+  int overflow_errno = EFBIG;
+#elif defined (EOVERFLOW)
+  int overflow_errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#else
+  int overflow_errno = EIO;
+#endif
+
+  buffer = last_ts = (char *)NULL;
+  input = history_filename (filename);
+  file = open (input, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0666);
+
+  if ((file < 0) || (fstat (file, &finfo) == -1))
+    goto error_and_exit;
+
+  file_size = (size_t)finfo.st_size;
+
+  /* check for overflow on very large files */
+  if (file_size != finfo.st_size || file_size + 1 < file_size)
+    {
+      errno = overflow_errno;
+      goto error_and_exit;
+    }
+
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+  /* We map read/write and private so we can change newlines to NULs without
+     affecting the underlying object. */
+  buffer = (char *)mmap (0, file_size, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_RFLAGS, file, 0);
+  if ((void *)buffer == MAP_FAILED)
+    {
+      errno = overflow_errno;
+      goto error_and_exit;
+    }
+  chars_read = file_size;
+#else
+  buffer = (char *)malloc (file_size + 1);
+  if (buffer == 0)
+    {
+      errno = overflow_errno;
+      goto error_and_exit;
+    }
+
+  chars_read = read (file, buffer, file_size);
+#endif
+  if (chars_read < 0)
+    {
+  error_and_exit:
+      if (errno != 0)
+	chars_read = errno;
+      else
+	chars_read = EIO;
+      if (file >= 0)
+	close (file);
+
+      FREE (input);
+#ifndef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+      FREE (buffer);
+#endif
+
+      return (chars_read);
+    }
+
+  close (file);
+
+  /* Set TO to larger than end of file if negative. */
+  if (to < 0)
+    to = chars_read;
+
+  /* Start at beginning of file, work to end. */
+  bufend = buffer + chars_read;
+  current_line = 0;
+
+  /* Skip lines until we are at FROM. */
+  for (line_start = line_end = buffer; line_end < bufend && current_line < from; line_end++)
+    if (*line_end == '\n')
+      {
+      	p = line_end + 1;
+      	/* If we see something we think is a timestamp, continue with this
+	   line.  We should check more extensively here... */
+	if (HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(p) == 0)
+	  current_line++;
+	line_start = p;
+      }
+
+  /* If there are lines left to gobble, then gobble them now. */
+  for (line_end = line_start; line_end < bufend; line_end++)
+    if (*line_end == '\n')
+      {
+	*line_end = '\0';
+
+	if (*line_start)
+	  {
+	    if (HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(line_start) == 0)
+	      {
+		add_history (line_start);
+		if (last_ts)
+		  {
+		    add_history_time (last_ts);
+		    last_ts = NULL;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		last_ts = line_start;
+		current_line--;
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	current_line++;
+
+	if (current_line >= to)
+	  break;
+
+	line_start = line_end + 1;
+      }
+
+  FREE (input);
+#ifndef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+  FREE (buffer);
+#else
+  munmap (buffer, file_size);
+#endif
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Truncate the history file FNAME, leaving only LINES trailing lines.
+   If FNAME is NULL, then use ~/.history.  Returns 0 on success, errno
+   on failure. */
+int
+history_truncate_file (fname, lines)
+     const char *fname;
+     int lines;
+{
+  char *buffer, *filename, *bp, *bp1;		/* bp1 == bp+1 */
+  int file, chars_read, rv;
+  struct stat finfo;
+  size_t file_size;
+
+  buffer = (char *)NULL;
+  filename = history_filename (fname);
+  file = open (filename, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0666);
+  rv = 0;
+
+  /* Don't try to truncate non-regular files. */
+  if (file == -1 || fstat (file, &finfo) == -1)
+    {
+      rv = errno;
+      if (file != -1)
+	close (file);
+      goto truncate_exit;
+    }
+
+  if (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode) == 0)
+    {
+      close (file);
+#ifdef EFTYPE
+      rv = EFTYPE;
+#else
+      rv = EINVAL;
+#endif
+      goto truncate_exit;
+    }
+
+  file_size = (size_t)finfo.st_size;
+
+  /* check for overflow on very large files */
+  if (file_size != finfo.st_size || file_size + 1 < file_size)
+    {
+      close (file);
+#if defined (EFBIG)
+      rv = errno = EFBIG;
+#elif defined (EOVERFLOW)
+      rv = errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#else
+      rv = errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+      goto truncate_exit;
+    }
+
+  buffer = (char *)malloc (file_size + 1);
+  if (buffer == 0)
+    {
+      close (file);
+      goto truncate_exit;
+    }
+
+  chars_read = read (file, buffer, file_size);
+  close (file);
+
+  if (chars_read <= 0)
+    {
+      rv = (chars_read < 0) ? errno : 0;
+      goto truncate_exit;
+    }
+
+  /* Count backwards from the end of buffer until we have passed
+     LINES lines.  bp1 is set funny initially.  But since bp[1] can't
+     be a comment character (since it's off the end) and *bp can't be
+     both a newline and the history comment character, it should be OK. */
+  for (bp1 = bp = buffer + chars_read - 1; lines && bp > buffer; bp--)
+    {
+      if (*bp == '\n' && HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(bp1) == 0)
+	lines--;
+      bp1 = bp;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is the first line, then the file contains exactly the
+     number of lines we want to truncate to, so we don't need to do
+     anything.  It's the first line if we don't find a newline between
+     the current value of i and 0.  Otherwise, write from the start of
+     this line until the end of the buffer. */
+  for ( ; bp > buffer; bp--)
+    {
+      if (*bp == '\n' && HIST_TIMESTAMP_START(bp1) == 0)
+        {
+	  bp++;
+	  break;
+        }
+      bp1 = bp;
+    }
+
+  /* Write only if there are more lines in the file than we want to
+     truncate to. */
+  if (bp > buffer && ((file = open (filename, O_WRONLY|O_TRUNC|O_BINARY, 0600)) != -1))
+    {
+      write (file, bp, chars_read - (bp - buffer));
+
+#if defined (__BEOS__)
+      /* BeOS ignores O_TRUNC. */
+      ftruncate (file, chars_read - (bp - buffer));
+#endif
+
+      close (file);
+    }
+
+ truncate_exit:
+
+  FREE (buffer);
+
+  free (filename);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/* Workhorse function for writing history.  Writes NELEMENT entries
+   from the history list to FILENAME.  OVERWRITE is non-zero if you
+   wish to replace FILENAME with the entries. */
+static int
+history_do_write (filename, nelements, overwrite)
+     const char *filename;
+     int nelements, overwrite;
+{
+  register int i;
+  char *output;
+  int file, mode, rv;
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+  size_t cursize;
+
+  mode = overwrite ? O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_BINARY : O_RDWR|O_APPEND|O_BINARY;
+#else
+  mode = overwrite ? O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_BINARY : O_WRONLY|O_APPEND|O_BINARY;
+#endif
+  output = history_filename (filename);
+  rv = 0;
+
+  if ((file = open (output, mode, 0600)) == -1)
+    {
+      FREE (output);
+      return (errno);
+    }
+
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+  cursize = overwrite ? 0 : lseek (file, 0, SEEK_END);
+#endif
+
+  if (nelements > history_length)
+    nelements = history_length;
+
+  /* Build a buffer of all the lines to write, and write them in one syscall.
+     Suggested by Peter Ho (peter@robosts.oxford.ac.uk). */
+  {
+    HIST_ENTRY **the_history;	/* local */
+    register int j;
+    int buffer_size;
+    char *buffer;
+
+    the_history = history_list ();
+    /* Calculate the total number of bytes to write. */
+    for (buffer_size = 0, i = history_length - nelements; i < history_length; i++)
+#if 0
+      buffer_size += 2 + HISTENT_BYTES (the_history[i]);
+#else
+      {
+	if (history_write_timestamps && the_history[i]->timestamp && the_history[i]->timestamp[0])
+	  buffer_size += strlen (the_history[i]->timestamp) + 1;
+	buffer_size += strlen (the_history[i]->line) + 1;
+      }
+#endif
+
+    /* Allocate the buffer, and fill it. */
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+    if (ftruncate (file, buffer_size+cursize) == -1)
+      goto mmap_error;
+    buffer = (char *)mmap (0, buffer_size, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_WFLAGS, file, cursize);
+    if ((void *)buffer == MAP_FAILED)
+      {
+mmap_error:
+	rv = errno;
+	FREE (output);
+	close (file);
+	return rv;
+      }
+#else    
+    buffer = (char *)malloc (buffer_size);
+    if (buffer == 0)
+      {
+      	rv = errno;
+	FREE (output);
+	close (file);
+	return rv;
+      }
+#endif
+
+    for (j = 0, i = history_length - nelements; i < history_length; i++)
+      {
+	if (history_write_timestamps && the_history[i]->timestamp && the_history[i]->timestamp[0])
+	  {
+	    strcpy (buffer + j, the_history[i]->timestamp);
+	    j += strlen (the_history[i]->timestamp);
+	    buffer[j++] = '\n';
+	  }
+	strcpy (buffer + j, the_history[i]->line);
+	j += strlen (the_history[i]->line);
+	buffer[j++] = '\n';
+      }
+
+#ifdef HISTORY_USE_MMAP
+    if (msync (buffer, buffer_size, 0) != 0 || munmap (buffer, buffer_size) != 0)
+      rv = errno;
+#else
+    if (write (file, buffer, buffer_size) < 0)
+      rv = errno;
+    free (buffer);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  close (file);
+
+  FREE (output);
+
+  return (rv);
+}
+
+/* Append NELEMENT entries to FILENAME.  The entries appended are from
+   the end of the list minus NELEMENTs up to the end of the list. */
+int
+append_history (nelements, filename)
+     int nelements;
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  return (history_do_write (filename, nelements, HISTORY_APPEND));
+}
+
+/* Overwrite FILENAME with the current history.  If FILENAME is NULL,
+   then write the history list to ~/.history.  Values returned
+   are as in read_history ().*/
+int
+write_history (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  return (history_do_write (filename, history_length, HISTORY_OVERWRITE));
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/histlib.h b/lib/readline/histlib.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c39af71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/histlib.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* histlib.h -- internal definitions for the history library. */
+/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_HISTLIB_H_)
+#define _HISTLIB_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#  include <string.h>
+#else
+#  include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if !defined (STREQ)
+#define STREQ(a, b)	(((a)[0] == (b)[0]) && (strcmp ((a), (b)) == 0))
+#define STREQN(a, b, n) (((n) == 0) ? (1) \
+				    : ((a)[0] == (b)[0]) && (strncmp ((a), (b), (n)) == 0))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef savestring
+#define savestring(x) strcpy (xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef whitespace
+#define whitespace(c) (((c) == ' ') || ((c) == '\t'))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _rl_digit_p
+#define _rl_digit_p(c)  ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _rl_digit_value
+#define _rl_digit_value(c) ((c) - '0')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef member
+#  ifndef strchr
+extern char *strchr ();
+#  endif
+#define member(c, s) ((c) ? ((char *)strchr ((s), (c)) != (char *)NULL) : 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FREE
+#  define FREE(x)	if (x) free (x)
+#endif
+
+/* Possible history errors passed to hist_error. */
+#define EVENT_NOT_FOUND 0
+#define BAD_WORD_SPEC	1
+#define SUBST_FAILED	2
+#define BAD_MODIFIER	3
+#define NO_PREV_SUBST	4
+
+/* Possible definitions for history starting point specification. */
+#define ANCHORED_SEARCH 1
+#define NON_ANCHORED_SEARCH 0
+
+/* Possible definitions for what style of writing the history file we want. */
+#define HISTORY_APPEND 0
+#define HISTORY_OVERWRITE 1
+
+/* Some variable definitions shared across history source files. */
+extern int history_offset;
+
+#endif /* !_HISTLIB_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/history.c b/lib/readline/history.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a538f91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/history.c
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+/* history.c -- standalone history library */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* The goal is to make the implementation transparent, so that you
+   don't have to know what data types are used, just what functions
+   you can call.  I think I have done that. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifdef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "history.h"
+#include "histlib.h"
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* The number of slots to increase the_history by. */
+#define DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE 50
+
+static char *hist_inittime PARAMS((void));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			History Functions			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* An array of HIST_ENTRY.  This is where we store the history. */
+static HIST_ENTRY **the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means that we have enforced a limit on the amount of
+   history that we save. */
+static int history_stifled;
+
+/* The current number of slots allocated to the input_history. */
+static int history_size;
+
+/* If HISTORY_STIFLED is non-zero, then this is the maximum number of
+   entries to remember. */
+int history_max_entries;
+int max_input_history;	/* backwards compatibility */
+
+/* The current location of the interactive history pointer.  Just makes
+   life easier for outside callers. */
+int history_offset;
+
+/* The number of strings currently stored in the history list. */
+int history_length;
+
+/* The logical `base' of the history array.  It defaults to 1. */
+int history_base = 1;
+
+/* Return the current HISTORY_STATE of the history. */
+HISTORY_STATE *
+history_get_history_state ()
+{
+  HISTORY_STATE *state;
+
+  state = (HISTORY_STATE *)xmalloc (sizeof (HISTORY_STATE));
+  state->entries = the_history;
+  state->offset = history_offset;
+  state->length = history_length;
+  state->size = history_size;
+  state->flags = 0;
+  if (history_stifled)
+    state->flags |= HS_STIFLED;
+
+  return (state);
+}
+
+/* Set the state of the current history array to STATE. */
+void
+history_set_history_state (state)
+     HISTORY_STATE *state;
+{
+  the_history = state->entries;
+  history_offset = state->offset;
+  history_length = state->length;
+  history_size = state->size;
+  if (state->flags & HS_STIFLED)
+    history_stifled = 1;
+}
+
+/* Begin a session in which the history functions might be used.  This
+   initializes interactive variables. */
+void
+using_history ()
+{
+  history_offset = history_length;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using.
+   This just adds up the lengths of the_history->lines and the associated
+   timestamps. */
+int
+history_total_bytes ()
+{
+  register int i, result;
+
+  for (i = result = 0; the_history && the_history[i]; i++)
+    result += HISTENT_BYTES (the_history[i]);
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Returns the magic number which says what history element we are
+   looking at now.  In this implementation, it returns history_offset. */
+int
+where_history ()
+{
+  return (history_offset);
+}
+
+/* Make the current history item be the one at POS, an absolute index.
+   Returns zero if POS is out of range, else non-zero. */
+int
+history_set_pos (pos)
+     int pos;
+{
+  if (pos > history_length || pos < 0 || !the_history)
+    return (0);
+  history_offset = pos;
+  return (1);
+}
+ 
+/* Return the current history array.  The caller has to be carefull, since this
+   is the actual array of data, and could be bashed or made corrupt easily.
+   The array is terminated with a NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY **
+history_list ()
+{
+  return (the_history);
+}
+
+/* Return the history entry at the current position, as determined by
+   history_offset.  If there is no entry there, return a NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+current_history ()
+{
+  return ((history_offset == history_length) || the_history == 0)
+		? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL
+		: the_history[history_offset];
+}
+
+/* Back up history_offset to the previous history entry, and return
+   a pointer to that entry.  If there is no previous entry then return
+   a NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+previous_history ()
+{
+  return history_offset ? the_history[--history_offset] : (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Move history_offset forward to the next history entry, and return
+   a pointer to that entry.  If there is no next entry then return a
+   NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+next_history ()
+{
+  return (history_offset == history_length) ? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL : the_history[++history_offset];
+}
+
+/* Return the history entry which is logically at OFFSET in the history array.
+   OFFSET is relative to history_base. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+history_get (offset)
+     int offset;
+{
+  int local_index;
+
+  local_index = offset - history_base;
+  return (local_index >= history_length || local_index < 0 || the_history == 0)
+		? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL
+		: the_history[local_index];
+}
+
+time_t
+history_get_time (hist)
+     HIST_ENTRY *hist;
+{
+  char *ts;
+  time_t t;
+
+  if (hist == 0 || hist->timestamp == 0)
+    return 0;
+  ts = hist->timestamp;
+  if (ts[0] != history_comment_char)
+    return 0;
+  t = (time_t) atol (ts + 1);		/* XXX - should use strtol() here */
+  return t;
+}
+
+static char *
+hist_inittime ()
+{
+  time_t t;
+  char ts[64], *ret;
+
+  t = (time_t) time ((time_t *)0);
+#if defined (HAVE_VSNPRINTF)		/* assume snprintf if vsnprintf exists */
+  snprintf (ts, sizeof (ts) - 1, "X%lu", (unsigned long) t);
+#else
+  sprintf (ts, "X%lu", (unsigned long) t);
+#endif
+  ret = savestring (ts);
+  ret[0] = history_comment_char;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Place STRING at the end of the history list.  The data field
+   is  set to NULL. */
+void
+add_history (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+
+  if (history_stifled && (history_length == history_max_entries))
+    {
+      register int i;
+
+      /* If the history is stifled, and history_length is zero,
+	 and it equals history_max_entries, we don't save items. */
+      if (history_length == 0)
+	return;
+
+      /* If there is something in the slot, then remove it. */
+      if (the_history[0])
+	(void) free_history_entry (the_history[0]);
+
+      /* Copy the rest of the entries, moving down one slot. */
+      for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
+	the_history[i] = the_history[i + 1];
+
+      history_base++;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (history_size == 0)
+	{
+	  history_size = DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE;
+	  the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)xmalloc (history_size * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *));
+	  history_length = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (history_length == (history_size - 1))
+	    {
+	      history_size += DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE;
+	      the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)
+		xrealloc (the_history, history_size * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *));
+	    }
+	  history_length++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY));
+  temp->line = savestring (string);
+  temp->data = (char *)NULL;
+
+  temp->timestamp = hist_inittime ();
+
+  the_history[history_length] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+  the_history[history_length - 1] = temp;
+}
+
+/* Change the time stamp of the most recent history entry to STRING. */
+void
+add_history_time (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *hs;
+
+  hs = the_history[history_length - 1];
+  FREE (hs->timestamp);
+  hs->timestamp = savestring (string);
+}
+
+/* Free HIST and return the data so the calling application can free it
+   if necessary and desired. */
+histdata_t
+free_history_entry (hist)
+     HIST_ENTRY *hist;
+{
+  histdata_t x;
+
+  if (hist == 0)
+    return ((histdata_t) 0);
+  FREE (hist->line);
+  FREE (hist->timestamp);
+  x = hist->data;
+  free (hist);
+  return (x);
+}
+  
+/* Make the history entry at WHICH have LINE and DATA.  This returns
+   the old entry so you can dispose of the data.  In the case of an
+   invalid WHICH, a NULL pointer is returned. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+replace_history_entry (which, line, data)
+     int which;
+     const char *line;
+     histdata_t data;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *temp, *old_value;
+
+  if (which < 0 || which >= history_length)
+    return ((HIST_ENTRY *)NULL);
+
+  temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY));
+  old_value = the_history[which];
+
+  temp->line = savestring (line);
+  temp->data = data;
+  temp->timestamp = savestring (old_value->timestamp);
+  the_history[which] = temp;
+
+  return (old_value);
+}
+
+/* Remove history element WHICH from the history.  The removed
+   element is returned to you so you can free the line, data,
+   and containing structure. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+remove_history (which)
+     int which;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *return_value;
+  register int i;
+
+  if (which < 0 || which >= history_length || history_length ==  0 || the_history == 0)
+    return ((HIST_ENTRY *)NULL);
+
+  return_value = the_history[which];
+
+  for (i = which; i < history_length; i++)
+    the_history[i] = the_history[i + 1];
+
+  history_length--;
+
+  return (return_value);
+}
+
+/* Stifle the history list, remembering only MAX number of lines. */
+void
+stifle_history (max)
+     int max;
+{
+  register int i, j;
+
+  if (max < 0)
+    max = 0;
+
+  if (history_length > max)
+    {
+      /* This loses because we cannot free the data. */
+      for (i = 0, j = history_length - max; i < j; i++)
+	free_history_entry (the_history[i]);
+
+      history_base = i;
+      for (j = 0, i = history_length - max; j < max; i++, j++)
+	the_history[j] = the_history[i];
+      the_history[j] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+      history_length = j;
+    }
+
+  history_stifled = 1;
+  max_input_history = history_max_entries = max;
+}
+
+/* Stop stifling the history.  This returns the previous maximum
+   number of history entries.  The value is positive if the history
+   was stifled,  negative if it wasn't. */
+int
+unstifle_history ()
+{
+  if (history_stifled)
+    {
+      history_stifled = 0;
+      return (history_max_entries);
+    }
+  else
+    return (-history_max_entries);
+}
+
+int
+history_is_stifled ()
+{
+  return (history_stifled);
+}
+
+void
+clear_history ()
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  /* This loses because we cannot free the data. */
+  for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
+    {
+      free_history_entry (the_history[i]);
+      the_history[i] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+    }
+
+  history_offset = history_length = 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/history.h b/lib/readline/history.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14ca2a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/history.h
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/* history.h -- the names of functions that you can call in history. */
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifndef _HISTORY_H_
+#define _HISTORY_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>		/* XXX - for history timestamp code */
+
+#if defined READLINE_LIBRARY
+#  include "rlstdc.h"
+#  include "rltypedefs.h"
+#else
+#  include <readline/rlstdc.h>
+#  include <readline/rltypedefs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+typedef void *histdata_t;
+#else
+typedef char *histdata_t;
+#endif
+
+/* The structure used to store a history entry. */
+typedef struct _hist_entry {
+  char *line;
+  char *timestamp;		/* char * rather than time_t for read/write */
+  histdata_t data;
+} HIST_ENTRY;
+
+/* Size of the history-library-managed space in history entry HS. */
+#define HISTENT_BYTES(hs)	(strlen ((hs)->line) + strlen ((hs)->timestamp))
+
+/* A structure used to pass the current state of the history stuff around. */
+typedef struct _hist_state {
+  HIST_ENTRY **entries;		/* Pointer to the entries themselves. */
+  int offset;			/* The location pointer within this array. */
+  int length;			/* Number of elements within this array. */
+  int size;			/* Number of slots allocated to this array. */
+  int flags;
+} HISTORY_STATE;
+
+/* Flag values for the `flags' member of HISTORY_STATE. */
+#define HS_STIFLED	0x01
+
+/* Initialization and state management. */
+
+/* Begin a session in which the history functions might be used.  This
+   just initializes the interactive variables. */
+extern void using_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Return the current HISTORY_STATE of the history. */
+extern HISTORY_STATE *history_get_history_state PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Set the state of the current history array to STATE. */
+extern void history_set_history_state PARAMS((HISTORY_STATE *));
+
+/* Manage the history list. */
+
+/* Place STRING at the end of the history list.
+   The associated data field (if any) is set to NULL. */
+extern void add_history PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Change the timestamp associated with the most recent history entry to
+   STRING. */
+extern void add_history_time PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* A reasonably useless function, only here for completeness.  WHICH
+   is the magic number that tells us which element to delete.  The
+   elements are numbered from 0. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *remove_history PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Free the history entry H and return any application-specific data
+   associated with it. */
+extern histdata_t free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+/* Make the history entry at WHICH have LINE and DATA.  This returns
+   the old entry so you can dispose of the data.  In the case of an
+   invalid WHICH, a NULL pointer is returned. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *replace_history_entry PARAMS((int, const char *, histdata_t));
+
+/* Clear the history list and start over. */
+extern void clear_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Stifle the history list, remembering only MAX number of entries. */
+extern void stifle_history PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Stop stifling the history.  This returns the previous amount the
+   history was stifled by.  The value is positive if the history was
+   stifled, negative if it wasn't. */
+extern int unstifle_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Return 1 if the history is stifled, 0 if it is not. */
+extern int history_is_stifled PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Information about the history list. */
+
+/* Return a NULL terminated array of HIST_ENTRY which is the current input
+   history.  Element 0 of this list is the beginning of time.  If there
+   is no history, return NULL. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY **history_list PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Returns the number which says what history element we are now
+   looking at.  */
+extern int where_history PARAMS((void));
+  
+/* Return the history entry at the current position, as determined by
+   history_offset.  If there is no entry there, return a NULL pointer. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *current_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Return the history entry which is logically at OFFSET in the history
+   array.  OFFSET is relative to history_base. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *history_get PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Return the timestamp associated with the HIST_ENTRY * passed as an
+   argument */
+extern time_t history_get_time PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+/* Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using.
+   This just adds up the lengths of the_history->lines. */
+extern int history_total_bytes PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Moving around the history list. */
+
+/* Set the position in the history list to POS. */
+extern int history_set_pos PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Back up history_offset to the previous history entry, and return
+   a pointer to that entry.  If there is no previous entry, return
+   a NULL pointer. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *previous_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Move history_offset forward to the next item in the input_history,
+   and return the a pointer to that entry.  If there is no next entry,
+   return a NULL pointer. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *next_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Searching the history list. */
+
+/* Search the history for STRING, starting at history_offset.
+   If DIRECTION < 0, then the search is through previous entries,
+   else through subsequent.  If the string is found, then
+   current_history () is the history entry, and the value of this function
+   is the offset in the line of that history entry that the string was
+   found in.  Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is returned. */
+extern int history_search PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+/* Search the history for STRING, starting at history_offset.
+   The search is anchored: matching lines must begin with string.
+   DIRECTION is as in history_search(). */
+extern int history_search_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+/* Search for STRING in the history list, starting at POS, an
+   absolute index into the list.  DIR, if negative, says to search
+   backwards from POS, else forwards.
+   Returns the absolute index of the history element where STRING
+   was found, or -1 otherwise. */
+extern int history_search_pos PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Managing the history file. */
+
+/* Add the contents of FILENAME to the history list, a line at a time.
+   If FILENAME is NULL, then read from ~/.history.  Returns 0 if
+   successful, or errno if not. */
+extern int read_history PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Read a range of lines from FILENAME, adding them to the history list.
+   Start reading at the FROM'th line and end at the TO'th.  If FROM
+   is zero, start at the beginning.  If TO is less than FROM, read
+   until the end of the file.  If FILENAME is NULL, then read from
+   ~/.history.  Returns 0 if successful, or errno if not. */
+extern int read_history_range PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Write the current history to FILENAME.  If FILENAME is NULL,
+   then write the history list to ~/.history.  Values returned
+   are as in read_history ().  */
+extern int write_history PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Append NELEMENT entries to FILENAME.  The entries appended are from
+   the end of the list minus NELEMENTs up to the end of the list. */
+extern int append_history PARAMS((int, const char *));
+
+/* Truncate the history file, leaving only the last NLINES lines. */
+extern int history_truncate_file PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+/* History expansion. */
+
+/* Expand the string STRING, placing the result into OUTPUT, a pointer
+   to a string.  Returns:
+
+   0) If no expansions took place (or, if the only change in
+      the text was the de-slashifying of the history expansion
+      character)
+   1) If expansions did take place
+  -1) If there was an error in expansion.
+   2) If the returned line should just be printed.
+
+  If an error ocurred in expansion, then OUTPUT contains a descriptive
+  error message. */
+extern int history_expand PARAMS((char *, char **));
+
+/* Extract a string segment consisting of the FIRST through LAST
+   arguments present in STRING.  Arguments are broken up as in
+   the shell. */
+extern char *history_arg_extract PARAMS((int, int, const char *));
+
+/* Return the text of the history event beginning at the current
+   offset into STRING.  Pass STRING with *INDEX equal to the
+   history_expansion_char that begins this specification.
+   DELIMITING_QUOTE is a character that is allowed to end the string
+   specification for what to search for in addition to the normal
+   characters `:', ` ', `\t', `\n', and sometimes `?'. */
+extern char *get_history_event PARAMS((const char *, int *, int));
+
+/* Return an array of tokens, much as the shell might.  The tokens are
+   parsed out of STRING. */
+extern char **history_tokenize PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Exported history variables. */
+extern int history_base;
+extern int history_length;
+extern int history_max_entries;
+extern char history_expansion_char;
+extern char history_subst_char;
+extern char *history_word_delimiters;
+extern char history_comment_char;
+extern char *history_no_expand_chars;
+extern char *history_search_delimiter_chars;
+extern int history_quotes_inhibit_expansion;
+
+extern int history_write_timestamps;
+
+/* Backwards compatibility */
+extern int max_input_history;
+
+/* If set, this function is called to decide whether or not a particular
+   history expansion should be treated as a special case for the calling
+   application and not expanded. */
+extern rl_linebuf_func_t *history_inhibit_expansion_function;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !_HISTORY_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/histsearch.c b/lib/readline/histsearch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cc5875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/histsearch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/* histsearch.c -- searching the history list. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the GNU History Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifdef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "history.h"
+#include "histlib.h"
+
+/* The list of alternate characters that can delimit a history search
+   string. */
+char *history_search_delimiter_chars = (char *)NULL;
+
+static int history_search_internal PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+/* Search the history for STRING, starting at history_offset.
+   If DIRECTION < 0, then the search is through previous entries, else
+   through subsequent.  If ANCHORED is non-zero, the string must
+   appear at the beginning of a history line, otherwise, the string
+   may appear anywhere in the line.  If the string is found, then
+   current_history () is the history entry, and the value of this
+   function is the offset in the line of that history entry that the
+   string was found in.  Otherwise, nothing is changed, and a -1 is
+   returned. */
+
+static int
+history_search_internal (string, direction, anchored)
+     const char *string;
+     int direction, anchored;
+{
+  register int i, reverse;
+  register char *line;
+  register int line_index;
+  int string_len;
+  HIST_ENTRY **the_history; 	/* local */
+
+  i = history_offset;
+  reverse = (direction < 0);
+
+  /* Take care of trivial cases first. */
+  if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+    return (-1);
+
+  if (!history_length || ((i >= history_length) && !reverse))
+    return (-1);
+
+  if (reverse && (i >= history_length))
+    i = history_length - 1;
+
+#define NEXT_LINE() do { if (reverse) i--; else i++; } while (0)
+
+  the_history = history_list ();
+  string_len = strlen (string);
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* Search each line in the history list for STRING. */
+
+      /* At limit for direction? */
+      if ((reverse && i < 0) || (!reverse && i == history_length))
+	return (-1);
+
+      line = the_history[i]->line;
+      line_index = strlen (line);
+
+      /* If STRING is longer than line, no match. */
+      if (string_len > line_index)
+	{
+	  NEXT_LINE ();
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Handle anchored searches first. */
+      if (anchored == ANCHORED_SEARCH)
+	{
+	  if (STREQN (string, line, string_len))
+	    {
+	      history_offset = i;
+	      return (0);
+	    }
+
+	  NEXT_LINE ();
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Do substring search. */
+      if (reverse)
+	{
+	  line_index -= string_len;
+
+	  while (line_index >= 0)
+	    {
+	      if (STREQN (string, line + line_index, string_len))
+		{
+		  history_offset = i;
+		  return (line_index);
+		}
+	      line_index--;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  register int limit;
+
+	  limit = line_index - string_len + 1;
+	  line_index = 0;
+
+	  while (line_index < limit)
+	    {
+	      if (STREQN (string, line + line_index, string_len))
+		{
+		  history_offset = i;
+		  return (line_index);
+		}
+	      line_index++;
+	    }
+	}
+      NEXT_LINE ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Do a non-anchored search for STRING through the history in DIRECTION. */
+int
+history_search (string, direction)
+     const char *string;
+     int direction;
+{
+  return (history_search_internal (string, direction, NON_ANCHORED_SEARCH));
+}
+
+/* Do an anchored search for string through the history in DIRECTION. */
+int
+history_search_prefix (string, direction)
+     const char *string;
+     int direction;
+{
+  return (history_search_internal (string, direction, ANCHORED_SEARCH));
+}
+
+/* Search for STRING in the history list.  DIR is < 0 for searching
+   backwards.  POS is an absolute index into the history list at
+   which point to begin searching. */
+int
+history_search_pos (string, dir, pos)
+     const char *string;
+     int dir, pos;
+{
+  int ret, old;
+
+  old = where_history ();
+  history_set_pos (pos);
+  if (history_search (string, dir) == -1)
+    {
+      history_set_pos (old);
+      return (-1);
+    }
+  ret = where_history ();
+  history_set_pos (old);
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/input.c b/lib/readline/input.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ec507e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/input.c
@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
+/* input.c -- character input functions for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+#  include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+#  if !defined (HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H) || !defined (M_UNIX)
+#    include <sys/time.h>
+#  endif
+#endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)
+#  include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (FIONREAD_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+#  include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* What kind of non-blocking I/O do we have? */
+#if !defined (O_NDELAY) && defined (O_NONBLOCK)
+#  define O_NDELAY O_NONBLOCK	/* Posix style */
+#endif
+
+/* Non-null means it is a pointer to a function to run while waiting for
+   character input. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_event_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+rl_getc_func_t *rl_getc_function = rl_getc;
+
+static int _keyboard_input_timeout = 100000;		/* 0.1 seconds; it's in usec */
+
+static int ibuffer_space PARAMS((void));
+static int rl_get_char PARAMS((int *));
+static int rl_gather_tyi PARAMS((void));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Character Input Buffering       	    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static int pop_index, push_index;
+static unsigned char ibuffer[512];
+static int ibuffer_len = sizeof (ibuffer) - 1;
+
+#define any_typein (push_index != pop_index)
+
+int
+_rl_any_typein ()
+{
+  return any_typein;
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of space available in the buffer for stuffing
+   characters. */
+static int
+ibuffer_space ()
+{
+  if (pop_index > push_index)
+    return (pop_index - push_index - 1);
+  else
+    return (ibuffer_len - (push_index - pop_index));
+}
+
+/* Get a key from the buffer of characters to be read.
+   Return the key in KEY.
+   Result is KEY if there was a key, or 0 if there wasn't. */
+static int
+rl_get_char (key)
+     int *key;
+{
+  if (push_index == pop_index)
+    return (0);
+
+  *key = ibuffer[pop_index++];
+
+  if (pop_index >= ibuffer_len)
+    pop_index = 0;
+
+  return (1);
+}
+
+/* Stuff KEY into the *front* of the input buffer.
+   Returns non-zero if successful, zero if there is
+   no space left in the buffer. */
+int
+_rl_unget_char (key)
+     int key;
+{
+  if (ibuffer_space ())
+    {
+      pop_index--;
+      if (pop_index < 0)
+	pop_index = ibuffer_len - 1;
+      ibuffer[pop_index] = key;
+      return (1);
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+_rl_pushed_input_available ()
+{
+  return (push_index != pop_index);
+}
+
+/* If a character is available to be read, then read it and stuff it into
+   IBUFFER.  Otherwise, just return.  Returns number of characters read
+   (0 if none available) and -1 on error (EIO). */
+static int
+rl_gather_tyi ()
+{
+  int tty;
+  register int tem, result;
+  int chars_avail, k;
+  char input;
+#if defined(HAVE_SELECT)
+  fd_set readfds, exceptfds;
+  struct timeval timeout;
+#endif
+
+  tty = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+  FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+  FD_ZERO (&exceptfds);
+  FD_SET (tty, &readfds);
+  FD_SET (tty, &exceptfds);
+  timeout.tv_sec = 0;
+  timeout.tv_usec = _keyboard_input_timeout;
+  result = select (tty + 1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, &exceptfds, &timeout);
+  if (result <= 0)
+    return 0;	/* Nothing to read. */
+#endif
+
+  result = -1;
+#if defined (FIONREAD)
+  errno = 0;
+  result = ioctl (tty, FIONREAD, &chars_avail);
+  if (result == -1 && errno == EIO)
+    return -1;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (O_NDELAY)
+  if (result == -1)
+    {
+      tem = fcntl (tty, F_GETFL, 0);
+
+      fcntl (tty, F_SETFL, (tem | O_NDELAY));
+      chars_avail = read (tty, &input, 1);
+
+      fcntl (tty, F_SETFL, tem);
+      if (chars_avail == -1 && errno == EAGAIN)
+	return 0;
+      if (chars_avail == 0)	/* EOF */
+	{
+	  rl_stuff_char (EOF);
+	  return (0);
+	}
+    }
+#endif /* O_NDELAY */
+
+  /* If there's nothing available, don't waste time trying to read
+     something. */
+  if (chars_avail <= 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  tem = ibuffer_space ();
+
+  if (chars_avail > tem)
+    chars_avail = tem;
+
+  /* One cannot read all of the available input.  I can only read a single
+     character at a time, or else programs which require input can be
+     thwarted.  If the buffer is larger than one character, I lose.
+     Damn! */
+  if (tem < ibuffer_len)
+    chars_avail = 0;
+
+  if (result != -1)
+    {
+      while (chars_avail--)
+	{
+	  k = (*rl_getc_function) (rl_instream);
+	  rl_stuff_char (k);
+	  if (k == NEWLINE || k == RETURN)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (chars_avail)
+	rl_stuff_char (input);
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int
+rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (u)
+     int u;
+{
+  int o;
+
+  o = _keyboard_input_timeout;
+  if (u > 0)
+    _keyboard_input_timeout = u;
+  return (o);
+}
+
+/* Is there input available to be read on the readline input file
+   descriptor?  Only works if the system has select(2) or FIONREAD.
+   Uses the value of _keyboard_input_timeout as the timeout; if another
+   readline function wants to specify a timeout and not leave it up to
+   the user, it should use _rl_input_queued(timeout_value_in_microseconds)
+   instead. */
+int
+_rl_input_available ()
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_SELECT)
+  fd_set readfds, exceptfds;
+  struct timeval timeout;
+#endif
+#if !defined (HAVE_SELECT) && defined(FIONREAD)
+  int chars_avail;
+#endif
+  int tty;
+
+  tty = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+  FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+  FD_ZERO (&exceptfds);
+  FD_SET (tty, &readfds);
+  FD_SET (tty, &exceptfds);
+  timeout.tv_sec = 0;
+  timeout.tv_usec = _keyboard_input_timeout;
+  return (select (tty + 1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, &exceptfds, &timeout) > 0);
+#else
+
+#if defined (FIONREAD)
+  if (ioctl (tty, FIONREAD, &chars_avail) == 0)
+    return (chars_avail);
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_input_queued (t)
+     int t;
+{
+  int old_timeout, r;
+
+  old_timeout = rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (t);
+  r = _rl_input_available ();
+  rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout (old_timeout);
+  return r;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_insert_typein (c)
+     int c;     
+{    	
+  int key, t, i;
+  char *string;
+
+  i = key = 0;
+  string = (char *)xmalloc (ibuffer_len + 1);
+  string[i++] = (char) c;
+
+  while ((t = rl_get_char (&key)) &&
+	 _rl_keymap[key].type == ISFUNC &&
+	 _rl_keymap[key].function == rl_insert)
+    string[i++] = key;
+
+  if (t)
+    _rl_unget_char (key);
+
+  string[i] = '\0';
+  rl_insert_text (string);
+  free (string);
+}
+
+/* Add KEY to the buffer of characters to be read.  Returns 1 if the
+   character was stuffed correctly; 0 otherwise. */
+int
+rl_stuff_char (key)
+     int key;
+{
+  if (ibuffer_space () == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (key == EOF)
+    {
+      key = NEWLINE;
+      rl_pending_input = EOF;
+      RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING);
+    }
+  ibuffer[push_index++] = key;
+  if (push_index >= ibuffer_len)
+    push_index = 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Make C be the next command to be executed. */
+int
+rl_execute_next (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  rl_pending_input = c;
+  RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Clear any pending input pushed with rl_execute_next() */
+int
+rl_clear_pending_input ()
+{
+  rl_pending_input = 0;
+  RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			     Character Input			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Read a key, including pending input. */
+int
+rl_read_key ()
+{
+  int c;
+
+  rl_key_sequence_length++;
+
+  if (rl_pending_input)
+    {
+      c = rl_pending_input;
+      rl_clear_pending_input ();
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* If input is coming from a macro, then use that. */
+      if (c = _rl_next_macro_key ())
+	return (c);
+
+      /* If the user has an event function, then call it periodically. */
+      if (rl_event_hook)
+	{
+	  while (rl_event_hook && rl_get_char (&c) == 0)
+	    {
+	      (*rl_event_hook) ();
+	      if (rl_done)		/* XXX - experimental */
+		return ('\n');
+	      if (rl_gather_tyi () < 0)	/* XXX - EIO */
+		{
+		  rl_done = 1;
+		  return ('\n');
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (rl_get_char (&c) == 0)
+	    c = (*rl_getc_function) (rl_instream);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (c);
+}
+
+int
+rl_getc (stream)
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  int result;
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+      if (isatty (fileno (stream)))
+	return (getch ());
+#endif
+      result = read (fileno (stream), &c, sizeof (unsigned char));
+
+      if (result == sizeof (unsigned char))
+	return (c);
+
+      /* If zero characters are returned, then the file that we are
+	 reading from is empty!  Return EOF in that case. */
+      if (result == 0)
+	return (EOF);
+
+#if defined (__BEOS__)
+      if (errno == EINTR)
+	continue;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK)
+#  define X_EWOULDBLOCK EWOULDBLOCK
+#else
+#  define X_EWOULDBLOCK -99
+#endif
+
+#if defined (EAGAIN)
+#  define X_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#else
+#  define X_EAGAIN -99
+#endif
+
+      if (errno == X_EWOULDBLOCK || errno == X_EAGAIN)
+	{
+	  if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fileno (stream)) < 0)
+	    return (EOF);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+#undef X_EWOULDBLOCK
+#undef X_EAGAIN
+
+      /* If the error that we received was SIGINT, then try again,
+	 this is simply an interrupted system call to read ().
+	 Otherwise, some error ocurred, also signifying EOF. */
+      if (errno != EINTR)
+	return (EOF);
+    }
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* read multibyte char */
+int
+_rl_read_mbchar (mbchar, size)
+     char *mbchar;
+     int size;
+{
+  int mb_len = 0;
+  size_t mbchar_bytes_length;
+  wchar_t wc;
+  mbstate_t ps, ps_back;
+
+  memset(&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  memset(&ps_back, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  
+  while (mb_len < size)
+    {
+      RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+      mbchar[mb_len++] = rl_read_key ();
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+      mbchar_bytes_length = mbrtowc (&wc, mbchar, mb_len, &ps);
+      if (mbchar_bytes_length == (size_t)(-1))
+	break;		/* invalid byte sequence for the current locale */
+      else if (mbchar_bytes_length == (size_t)(-2))
+	{
+	  /* shorted bytes */
+	  ps = ps_back;
+	  continue;
+	} 
+      else if (mbchar_bytes_length == 0)
+	{
+	  mbchar[0] = '\0';	/* null wide character */
+	  mb_len = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+      else if (mbchar_bytes_length > (size_t)(0))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  return mb_len;
+}
+
+/* Read a multibyte-character string whose first character is FIRST into
+   the buffer MB of length MBLEN.  Returns the last character read, which
+   may be FIRST.  Used by the search functions, among others.  Very similar
+   to _rl_read_mbchar. */
+int
+_rl_read_mbstring (first, mb, mblen)
+     int first;
+     char *mb;
+     int mblen;
+{
+  int i, c;
+  mbstate_t ps;
+
+  c = first;
+  memset (mb, 0, mblen);
+  for (i = 0; i < mblen; i++)
+    {
+      mb[i] = (char)c;
+      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+      if (_rl_get_char_len (mb, &ps) == -2)
+	{
+	  /* Read more for multibyte character */
+	  RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+	  c = rl_read_key ();
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+	}
+      else
+	break;
+    }
+  return c;
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
diff --git a/lib/readline/isearch.c b/lib/readline/isearch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7d8520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/isearch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,666 @@
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			I-Search and Searching			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the Readline Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+   for it.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* Variables exported to other files in the readline library. */
+char *_rl_isearch_terminators = (char *)NULL;
+
+_rl_search_cxt *_rl_iscxt = 0;
+
+/* Variables imported from other files in the readline library. */
+extern HIST_ENTRY *_rl_saved_line_for_history;
+
+static int rl_search_history PARAMS((int, int));
+
+static _rl_search_cxt *_rl_isearch_init PARAMS((int));
+static void _rl_isearch_fini PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+static int _rl_isearch_cleanup PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+
+/* Last line found by the current incremental search, so we don't `find'
+   identical lines many times in a row. */
+static char *prev_line_found;
+
+/* Last search string and its length. */
+static char *last_isearch_string;
+static int last_isearch_string_len;
+
+static char *default_isearch_terminators = "\033\012";
+
+_rl_search_cxt *
+_rl_scxt_alloc (type, flags)
+     int type, flags;
+{
+  _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+
+  cxt = (_rl_search_cxt *)xmalloc (sizeof (_rl_search_cxt));
+
+  cxt->type = type;
+  cxt->sflags = flags;
+
+  cxt->search_string = 0;
+  cxt->search_string_size = cxt->search_string_index = 0;
+
+  cxt->lines = 0;
+  cxt->allocated_line = 0;
+  cxt->hlen = cxt->hindex = 0;
+
+  cxt->save_point = rl_point;
+  cxt->save_mark = rl_mark;
+  cxt->save_line = where_history ();
+  cxt->last_found_line = cxt->save_line;
+  cxt->prev_line_found = 0;
+
+  cxt->save_undo_list = 0;
+
+  cxt->history_pos = 0;
+  cxt->direction = 0;
+
+  cxt->lastc = 0;
+
+  cxt->sline = 0;
+  cxt->sline_len = cxt->sline_index = 0;
+
+  cxt->search_terminators = 0;
+
+  return cxt;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_scxt_dispose (cxt, flags)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+     int flags;
+{
+  FREE (cxt->search_string);
+  FREE (cxt->allocated_line);
+  FREE (cxt->lines);
+
+  free (cxt);
+}
+
+/* Search backwards through the history looking for a string which is typed
+   interactively.  Start with the current line. */
+int
+rl_reverse_search_history (sign, key)
+     int sign, key;
+{
+  return (rl_search_history (-sign, key));
+}
+
+/* Search forwards through the history looking for a string which is typed
+   interactively.  Start with the current line. */
+int
+rl_forward_search_history (sign, key)
+     int sign, key;
+{
+  return (rl_search_history (sign, key));
+}
+
+/* Display the current state of the search in the echo-area.
+   SEARCH_STRING contains the string that is being searched for,
+   DIRECTION is zero for forward, or non-zero for reverse,
+   WHERE is the history list number of the current line.  If it is
+   -1, then this line is the starting one. */
+static void
+rl_display_search (search_string, reverse_p, where)
+     char *search_string;
+     int reverse_p, where;
+{
+  char *message;
+  int msglen, searchlen;
+
+  searchlen = (search_string && *search_string) ? strlen (search_string) : 0;
+
+  message = (char *)xmalloc (searchlen + 33);
+  msglen = 0;
+
+#if defined (NOTDEF)
+  if (where != -1)
+    {
+      sprintf (message, "[%d]", where + history_base);
+      msglen = strlen (message);
+    }
+#endif /* NOTDEF */
+
+  message[msglen++] = '(';
+
+  if (reverse_p)
+    {
+      strcpy (message + msglen, "reverse-");
+      msglen += 8;
+    }
+
+  strcpy (message + msglen, "i-search)`");
+  msglen += 10;
+
+  if (search_string)
+    {
+      strcpy (message + msglen, search_string);
+      msglen += searchlen;
+    }
+
+  strcpy (message + msglen, "': ");
+
+  rl_message ("%s", message);
+  free (message);
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+}
+
+static _rl_search_cxt *
+_rl_isearch_init (direction)
+     int direction;
+{
+  _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+  register int i;
+  HIST_ENTRY **hlist;
+
+  cxt = _rl_scxt_alloc (RL_SEARCH_ISEARCH, 0);
+  if (direction < 0)
+    cxt->sflags |= SF_REVERSE;
+
+  cxt->search_terminators = _rl_isearch_terminators ? _rl_isearch_terminators
+						: default_isearch_terminators;
+
+  /* Create an arrary of pointers to the lines that we want to search. */
+  hlist = history_list ();
+  rl_maybe_replace_line ();
+  i = 0;
+  if (hlist)
+    for (i = 0; hlist[i]; i++);
+
+  /* Allocate space for this many lines, +1 for the current input line,
+     and remember those lines. */
+  cxt->lines = (char **)xmalloc ((1 + (cxt->hlen = i)) * sizeof (char *));
+  for (i = 0; i < cxt->hlen; i++)
+    cxt->lines[i] = hlist[i]->line;
+
+  if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
+    cxt->lines[i] = _rl_saved_line_for_history->line;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Keep track of this so we can free it. */
+      cxt->allocated_line = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (rl_line_buffer));
+      strcpy (cxt->allocated_line, &rl_line_buffer[0]);
+      cxt->lines[i] = cxt->allocated_line;
+    }
+
+  cxt->hlen++;
+
+  /* The line where we start the search. */
+  cxt->history_pos = cxt->save_line;
+
+  rl_save_prompt ();
+
+  /* Initialize search parameters. */
+  cxt->search_string = (char *)xmalloc (cxt->search_string_size = 128);
+  cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index = 0] = '\0';
+
+  /* Normalize DIRECTION into 1 or -1. */
+  cxt->direction = (direction >= 0) ? 1 : -1;
+
+  cxt->sline = rl_line_buffer;
+  cxt->sline_len = strlen (cxt->sline);
+  cxt->sline_index = rl_point;
+
+  _rl_iscxt = cxt;		/* save globally */
+
+  return cxt;
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_isearch_fini (cxt)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+{
+  /* First put back the original state. */
+  strcpy (rl_line_buffer, cxt->lines[cxt->save_line]);
+
+  rl_restore_prompt ();
+
+  /* Save the search string for possible later use. */
+  FREE (last_isearch_string);
+  last_isearch_string = cxt->search_string;
+  last_isearch_string_len = cxt->search_string_index;
+  cxt->search_string = 0;
+
+  if (cxt->last_found_line < cxt->save_line)
+    rl_get_previous_history (cxt->save_line - cxt->last_found_line, 0);
+  else
+    rl_get_next_history (cxt->last_found_line - cxt->save_line, 0);
+
+  /* If the string was not found, put point at the end of the last matching
+     line.  If last_found_line == orig_line, we didn't find any matching
+     history lines at all, so put point back in its original position. */
+  if (cxt->sline_index < 0)
+    {
+      if (cxt->last_found_line == cxt->save_line)
+	cxt->sline_index = cxt->save_point;
+      else
+	cxt->sline_index = strlen (rl_line_buffer);
+      rl_mark = cxt->save_mark;
+    }
+
+  rl_point = cxt->sline_index;
+  /* Don't worry about where to put the mark here; rl_get_previous_history
+     and rl_get_next_history take care of it. */
+
+  rl_clear_message ();
+}
+
+int
+_rl_search_getchar (cxt)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+{
+  int c;
+
+  /* Read a key and decide how to proceed. */
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  c = cxt->lastc = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    c = cxt->lastc = _rl_read_mbstring (cxt->lastc, cxt->mb, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#endif
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+/* Process just-read character C according to isearch context CXT.  Return
+   -1 if the caller should just free the context and return, 0 if we should
+   break out of the loop, and 1 if we should continue to read characters. */
+int
+_rl_isearch_dispatch (cxt, c)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+     int c;
+{
+  int n, wstart, wlen, limit, cval;
+  rl_command_func_t *f;
+
+  f = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+ 
+ /* Translate the keys we do something with to opcodes. */
+  if (c >= 0 && _rl_keymap[c].type == ISFUNC)
+    {
+      f = _rl_keymap[c].function;
+
+      if (f == rl_reverse_search_history)
+	cxt->lastc = (cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) ? -1 : -2;
+      else if (f == rl_forward_search_history)
+	cxt->lastc = (cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) ? -2 : -1;
+      else if (f == rl_rubout)
+	cxt->lastc = -3;
+      else if (c == CTRL ('G'))
+	cxt->lastc = -4;
+      else if (c == CTRL ('W'))	/* XXX */
+	cxt->lastc = -5;
+      else if (c == CTRL ('Y'))	/* XXX */
+	cxt->lastc = -6;
+    }
+
+  /* The characters in isearch_terminators (set from the user-settable
+     variable isearch-terminators) are used to terminate the search but
+     not subsequently execute the character as a command.  The default
+     value is "\033\012" (ESC and C-J). */
+  if (strchr (cxt->search_terminators, cxt->lastc))
+    {
+      /* ESC still terminates the search, but if there is pending
+	 input or if input arrives within 0.1 seconds (on systems
+	 with select(2)) it is used as a prefix character
+	 with rl_execute_next.  WATCH OUT FOR THIS!  This is intended
+	 to allow the arrow keys to be used like ^F and ^B are used
+	 to terminate the search and execute the movement command.
+	 XXX - since _rl_input_available depends on the application-
+	 settable keyboard timeout value, this could alternatively
+	 use _rl_input_queued(100000) */
+      if (cxt->lastc == ESC && _rl_input_available ())
+	rl_execute_next (ESC);
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+#define ENDSRCH_CHAR(c) \
+  ((CTRL_CHAR (c) || META_CHAR (c) || (c) == RUBOUT) && ((c) != CTRL ('G')))
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    {
+      if (cxt->lastc >= 0 && (cxt->mb[0] && cxt->mb[1] == '\0') && ENDSRCH_CHAR (cxt->lastc))
+	{
+	  /* This sets rl_pending_input to c; it will be picked up the next
+	     time rl_read_key is called. */
+	  rl_execute_next (cxt->lastc);
+	  return (0);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    if (cxt->lastc >= 0 && ENDSRCH_CHAR (cxt->lastc))
+      {
+	/* This sets rl_pending_input to LASTC; it will be picked up the next
+	   time rl_read_key is called. */
+	rl_execute_next (cxt->lastc);
+	return (0);
+      }
+
+  /* Now dispatch on the character.  `Opcodes' affect the search string or
+     state.  Other characters are added to the string.  */
+  switch (cxt->lastc)
+    {
+    /* search again */
+    case -1:
+      if (cxt->search_string_index == 0)
+	{
+	  if (last_isearch_string)
+	    {
+	      cxt->search_string_size = 64 + last_isearch_string_len;
+	      cxt->search_string = (char *)xrealloc (cxt->search_string, cxt->search_string_size);
+	      strcpy (cxt->search_string, last_isearch_string);
+	      cxt->search_string_index = last_isearch_string_len;
+	      rl_display_search (cxt->search_string, (cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE), -1);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  return (1);
+	}
+      else if (cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE)
+	cxt->sline_index--;
+      else if (cxt->sline_index != cxt->sline_len)
+	cxt->sline_index++;
+      else
+	rl_ding ();
+      break;
+
+    /* switch directions */
+    case -2:
+      cxt->direction = -cxt->direction;
+      if (cxt->direction < 0)
+	cxt->sflags |= SF_REVERSE;
+      else
+	cxt->sflags &= ~SF_REVERSE;
+      break;
+
+    /* delete character from search string. */
+    case -3:	/* C-H, DEL */
+      /* This is tricky.  To do this right, we need to keep a
+	 stack of search positions for the current search, with
+	 sentinels marking the beginning and end.  But this will
+	 do until we have a real isearch-undo. */
+      if (cxt->search_string_index == 0)
+	rl_ding ();
+      else
+	cxt->search_string[--cxt->search_string_index] = '\0';
+      break;
+
+    case -4:	/* C-G, abort */
+      rl_replace_line (cxt->lines[cxt->save_line], 0);
+      rl_point = cxt->save_point;
+      rl_mark = cxt->save_mark;
+      rl_restore_prompt();
+      rl_clear_message ();
+
+      return -1;
+
+    case -5:	/* C-W */
+      /* skip over portion of line we already matched and yank word */
+      wstart = rl_point + cxt->search_string_index;
+      if (wstart >= rl_end)
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* if not in a word, move to one. */
+      cval = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, wstart);
+      if (_rl_walphabetic (cval) == 0)
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  break;
+	}
+      n = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, wstart, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);;
+      while (n < rl_end)
+	{
+	  cval = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, n);
+	  if (_rl_walphabetic (cval) == 0)
+	    break;
+	  n = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, n, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);;
+	}
+      wlen = n - wstart + 1;
+      if (cxt->search_string_index + wlen + 1 >= cxt->search_string_size)
+	{
+	  cxt->search_string_size += wlen + 1;
+	  cxt->search_string = (char *)xrealloc (cxt->search_string, cxt->search_string_size);
+	}
+      for (; wstart < n; wstart++)
+	cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index++] = rl_line_buffer[wstart];
+      cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index] = '\0';
+      break;
+
+    case -6:	/* C-Y */
+      /* skip over portion of line we already matched and yank rest */
+      wstart = rl_point + cxt->search_string_index;
+      if (wstart >= rl_end)
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  break;
+	}
+      n = rl_end - wstart + 1;
+      if (cxt->search_string_index + n + 1 >= cxt->search_string_size)
+	{
+	  cxt->search_string_size += n + 1;
+	  cxt->search_string = (char *)xrealloc (cxt->search_string, cxt->search_string_size);
+	}
+      for (n = wstart; n < rl_end; n++)
+	cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index++] = rl_line_buffer[n];
+      cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index] = '\0';
+      break;
+
+    /* Add character to search string and continue search. */
+    default:
+      if (cxt->search_string_index + 2 >= cxt->search_string_size)
+	{
+	  cxt->search_string_size += 128;
+	  cxt->search_string = (char *)xrealloc (cxt->search_string, cxt->search_string_size);
+	}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  int j, l;
+	  for (j = 0, l = strlen (cxt->mb); j < l; )
+	    cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index++] = cxt->mb[j++];
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index++] = c;
+      cxt->search_string[cxt->search_string_index] = '\0';
+      break;
+    }
+
+  for (cxt->sflags &= ~(SF_FOUND|SF_FAILED);; )
+    {
+      limit = cxt->sline_len - cxt->search_string_index + 1;
+
+      /* Search the current line. */
+      while ((cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) ? (cxt->sline_index >= 0) : (cxt->sline_index < limit))
+	{
+	  if (STREQN (cxt->search_string, cxt->sline + cxt->sline_index, cxt->search_string_index))
+	    {
+	      cxt->sflags |= SF_FOUND;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    cxt->sline_index += cxt->direction;
+	}
+      if (cxt->sflags & SF_FOUND)
+	break;
+
+      /* Move to the next line, but skip new copies of the line
+	 we just found and lines shorter than the string we're
+	 searching for. */
+      do
+	{
+	  /* Move to the next line. */
+	  cxt->history_pos += cxt->direction;
+
+	  /* At limit for direction? */
+	  if ((cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) ? (cxt->history_pos < 0) : (cxt->history_pos == cxt->hlen))
+	    {
+	      cxt->sflags |= SF_FAILED;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We will need these later. */
+	  cxt->sline = cxt->lines[cxt->history_pos];
+	  cxt->sline_len = strlen (cxt->sline);
+	}
+      while ((cxt->prev_line_found && STREQ (cxt->prev_line_found, cxt->lines[cxt->history_pos])) ||
+	     (cxt->search_string_index > cxt->sline_len));
+
+      if (cxt->sflags & SF_FAILED)
+	break;
+
+      /* Now set up the line for searching... */
+      cxt->sline_index = (cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE) ? cxt->sline_len - cxt->search_string_index : 0;
+    }
+
+  if (cxt->sflags & SF_FAILED)
+    {
+      /* We cannot find the search string.  Ding the bell. */
+      rl_ding ();
+      cxt->history_pos = cxt->last_found_line;
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* We have found the search string.  Just display it.  But don't
+     actually move there in the history list until the user accepts
+     the location. */
+  if (cxt->sflags & SF_FOUND)
+    {
+      cxt->prev_line_found = cxt->lines[cxt->history_pos];
+      rl_replace_line (cxt->lines[cxt->history_pos], 0);
+      rl_point = cxt->sline_index;
+      cxt->last_found_line = cxt->history_pos;
+      rl_display_search (cxt->search_string, (cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE), (cxt->history_pos == cxt->save_line) ? -1 : cxt->history_pos);
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_isearch_cleanup (cxt, r)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+     int r;
+{
+  if (r >= 0)
+    _rl_isearch_fini (cxt);
+  _rl_scxt_dispose (cxt, 0);
+  _rl_iscxt = 0;
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_ISEARCH);
+
+  return (r != 0);
+}
+
+/* Search through the history looking for an interactively typed string.
+   This is analogous to i-search.  We start the search in the current line.
+   DIRECTION is which direction to search; >= 0 means forward, < 0 means
+   backwards. */
+static int
+rl_search_history (direction, invoking_key)
+     int direction, invoking_key;
+{
+  _rl_search_cxt *cxt;		/* local for now, but saved globally */
+  int c, r;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_ISEARCH);
+  cxt = _rl_isearch_init (direction);
+
+  rl_display_search (cxt->search_string, (cxt->sflags & SF_REVERSE), -1);
+
+  /* If we are using the callback interface, all we do is set up here and
+      return.  The key is that we leave RL_STATE_ISEARCH set. */
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+    return (0);
+
+  r = -1;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      c = _rl_search_getchar (cxt);
+      /* We might want to handle EOF here (c == 0) */
+      r = _rl_isearch_dispatch (cxt, cxt->lastc);
+      if (r <= 0)
+        break;
+    }
+
+  /* The searching is over.  The user may have found the string that she
+     was looking for, or else she may have exited a failing search.  If
+     LINE_INDEX is -1, then that shows that the string searched for was
+     not found.  We use this to determine where to place rl_point. */
+  return (_rl_isearch_cleanup (cxt, r));
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+/* Called from the callback functions when we are ready to read a key.  The
+   callback functions know to call this because RL_ISSTATE(RL_STATE_ISEARCH).
+   If _rl_isearch_dispatch finishes searching, this function is responsible
+   for turning off RL_STATE_ISEARCH, which it does using _rl_isearch_cleanup. */
+int
+_rl_isearch_callback (cxt)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+{
+  int c, r;
+
+  c = _rl_search_getchar (cxt);
+  /* We might want to handle EOF here */
+  r = _rl_isearch_dispatch (cxt, cxt->lastc);
+
+  return (r <= 0) ? _rl_isearch_cleanup (cxt, r) : 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readline/keymaps.c b/lib/readline/keymaps.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70d0cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/keymaps.c
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/* keymaps.c -- Functions and keymaps for the GNU Readline library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1988,1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Readline, a library for reading lines
+   of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   Readline is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>	/* for FILE * definition for readline.h */
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#include "emacs_keymap.c"
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+#include "vi_keymap.c"
+#endif
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*		      Functions for manipulating Keymaps.	    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+
+/* Return a new, empty keymap.
+   Free it with free() when you are done. */
+Keymap
+rl_make_bare_keymap ()
+{
+  register int i;
+  Keymap keymap = (Keymap)xmalloc (KEYMAP_SIZE * sizeof (KEYMAP_ENTRY));
+
+  for (i = 0; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+    {
+      keymap[i].type = ISFUNC;
+      keymap[i].function = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+    }
+
+#if 0
+  for (i = 'A'; i < ('Z' + 1); i++)
+    {
+      keymap[i].type = ISFUNC;
+      keymap[i].function = rl_do_lowercase_version;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return (keymap);
+}
+
+/* Return a new keymap which is a copy of MAP. */
+Keymap
+rl_copy_keymap (map)
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  register int i;
+  Keymap temp;
+
+  temp = rl_make_bare_keymap ();
+  for (i = 0; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+    {
+      temp[i].type = map[i].type;
+      temp[i].function = map[i].function;
+    }
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
+   the uppercase Meta characters bound to run their lowercase equivalents,
+   and the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments. */
+Keymap
+rl_make_keymap ()
+{
+  register int i;
+  Keymap newmap;
+
+  newmap = rl_make_bare_keymap ();
+
+  /* All ASCII printing characters are self-inserting. */
+  for (i = ' '; i < 127; i++)
+    newmap[i].function = rl_insert;
+
+  newmap[TAB].function = rl_insert;
+  newmap[RUBOUT].function = rl_rubout;	/* RUBOUT == 127 */
+  newmap[CTRL('H')].function = rl_rubout;
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+  /* Printing characters in ISO Latin-1 and some 8-bit character sets. */
+  for (i = 128; i < 256; i++)
+    newmap[i].function = rl_insert;
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+
+  return (newmap);
+}
+
+/* Free the storage associated with MAP. */
+void
+rl_discard_keymap (map)
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (!map)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+    {
+      switch (map[i].type)
+	{
+	case ISFUNC:
+	  break;
+
+	case ISKMAP:
+	  rl_discard_keymap ((Keymap)map[i].function);
+	  break;
+
+	case ISMACR:
+	  free ((char *)map[i].function);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/keymaps.h b/lib/readline/keymaps.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66fa2a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/keymaps.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* keymaps.h -- Manipulation of readline keymaps. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifndef _KEYMAPS_H_
+#define _KEYMAPS_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+#  include "rlstdc.h"
+#  include "chardefs.h"
+#  include "rltypedefs.h"
+#else
+#  include <readline/rlstdc.h>
+#  include <readline/chardefs.h>
+#  include <readline/rltypedefs.h>
+#endif
+
+/* A keymap contains one entry for each key in the ASCII set.
+   Each entry consists of a type and a pointer.
+   FUNCTION is the address of a function to run, or the
+   address of a keymap to indirect through.
+   TYPE says which kind of thing FUNCTION is. */
+typedef struct _keymap_entry {
+  char type;
+  rl_command_func_t *function;
+} KEYMAP_ENTRY;
+
+/* This must be large enough to hold bindings for all of the characters
+   in a desired character set (e.g, 128 for ASCII, 256 for ISO Latin-x,
+   and so on) plus one for subsequence matching. */
+#define KEYMAP_SIZE 257
+#define ANYOTHERKEY KEYMAP_SIZE-1
+
+/* I wanted to make the above structure contain a union of:
+   union { rl_command_func_t *function; struct _keymap_entry *keymap; } value;
+   but this made it impossible for me to create a static array.
+   Maybe I need C lessons. */
+
+typedef KEYMAP_ENTRY KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY[KEYMAP_SIZE];
+typedef KEYMAP_ENTRY *Keymap;
+
+/* The values that TYPE can have in a keymap entry. */
+#define ISFUNC 0
+#define ISKMAP 1
+#define ISMACR 2
+
+extern KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY emacs_standard_keymap, emacs_meta_keymap, emacs_ctlx_keymap;
+extern KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY vi_insertion_keymap, vi_movement_keymap;
+
+/* Return a new, empty keymap.
+   Free it with free() when you are done. */
+extern Keymap rl_make_bare_keymap PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Return a new keymap which is a copy of MAP. */
+extern Keymap rl_copy_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+/* Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
+   the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and
+   the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments. */
+extern Keymap rl_make_keymap PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Free the storage associated with a keymap. */
+extern void rl_discard_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+/* These functions actually appear in bind.c */
+
+/* Return the keymap corresponding to a given name.  Names look like
+   `emacs' or `emacs-meta' or `vi-insert'.  */
+extern Keymap rl_get_keymap_by_name PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Return the current keymap. */
+extern Keymap rl_get_keymap PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Set the current keymap to MAP. */
+extern void rl_set_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _KEYMAPS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/kill.c b/lib/readline/kill.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d3254c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/kill.c
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+/* kill.c -- kill ring management. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>           /* for _POSIX_VERSION */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Killing Mechanism			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* What we assume for a max number of kills. */
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_KILLS 10
+
+/* The real variable to look at to find out when to flush kills. */
+static int rl_max_kills =  DEFAULT_MAX_KILLS;
+
+/* Where to store killed text. */
+static char **rl_kill_ring = (char **)NULL;
+
+/* Where we are in the kill ring. */
+static int rl_kill_index;
+
+/* How many slots we have in the kill ring. */
+static int rl_kill_ring_length;
+
+static int _rl_copy_to_kill_ring PARAMS((char *, int));
+static int region_kill_internal PARAMS((int));
+static int _rl_copy_word_as_kill PARAMS((int, int));
+static int rl_yank_nth_arg_internal PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
+/* How to say that you only want to save a certain amount
+   of kill material. */
+int
+rl_set_retained_kills (num)
+     int num;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Add TEXT to the kill ring, allocating a new kill ring slot as necessary.
+   This uses TEXT directly, so the caller must not free it.  If APPEND is
+   non-zero, and the last command was a kill, the text is appended to the
+   current kill ring slot, otherwise prepended. */
+static int
+_rl_copy_to_kill_ring (text, append)
+     char *text;
+     int append;
+{
+  char *old, *new;
+  int slot;
+
+  /* First, find the slot to work with. */
+  if (_rl_last_command_was_kill == 0)
+    {
+      /* Get a new slot.  */
+      if (rl_kill_ring == 0)
+	{
+	  /* If we don't have any defined, then make one. */
+	  rl_kill_ring = (char **)
+	    xmalloc (((rl_kill_ring_length = 1) + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+	  rl_kill_ring[slot = 0] = (char *)NULL;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* We have to add a new slot on the end, unless we have
+	     exceeded the max limit for remembering kills. */
+	  slot = rl_kill_ring_length;
+	  if (slot == rl_max_kills)
+	    {
+	      register int i;
+	      free (rl_kill_ring[0]);
+	      for (i = 0; i < slot; i++)
+		rl_kill_ring[i] = rl_kill_ring[i + 1];
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      slot = rl_kill_ring_length += 1;
+	      rl_kill_ring = (char **)xrealloc (rl_kill_ring, slot * sizeof (char *));
+	    }
+	  rl_kill_ring[--slot] = (char *)NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    slot = rl_kill_ring_length - 1;
+
+  /* If the last command was a kill, prepend or append. */
+  if (_rl_last_command_was_kill && rl_editing_mode != vi_mode)
+    {
+      old = rl_kill_ring[slot];
+      new = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (old) + strlen (text));
+
+      if (append)
+	{
+	  strcpy (new, old);
+	  strcat (new, text);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  strcpy (new, text);
+	  strcat (new, old);
+	}
+      free (old);
+      free (text);
+      rl_kill_ring[slot] = new;
+    }
+  else
+    rl_kill_ring[slot] = text;
+
+  rl_kill_index = slot;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* The way to kill something.  This appends or prepends to the last
+   kill, if the last command was a kill command.  if FROM is less
+   than TO, then the text is appended, otherwise prepended.  If the
+   last command was not a kill command, then a new slot is made for
+   this kill. */
+int
+rl_kill_text (from, to)
+     int from, to;
+{
+  char *text;
+
+  /* Is there anything to kill? */
+  if (from == to)
+    {
+      _rl_last_command_was_kill++;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  text = rl_copy_text (from, to);
+
+  /* Delete the copied text from the line. */
+  rl_delete_text (from, to);
+
+  _rl_copy_to_kill_ring (text, from < to);
+
+  _rl_last_command_was_kill++;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Now REMEMBER!  In order to do prepending or appending correctly, kill
+   commands always make rl_point's original position be the FROM argument,
+   and rl_point's extent be the TO argument. */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Killing Commands			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Delete the word at point, saving the text in the kill ring. */
+int
+rl_kill_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int orig_point;
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_backward_kill_word (-count, key));
+  else
+    {
+      orig_point = rl_point;
+      rl_forward_word (count, key);
+
+      if (rl_point != orig_point)
+	rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+
+      rl_point = orig_point;
+      if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+	rl_mark = rl_point;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Rubout the word before point, placing it on the kill ring. */
+int
+rl_backward_kill_word (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  int orig_point;
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_kill_word (-count, ignore));
+  else
+    {
+      orig_point = rl_point;
+      rl_backward_word (count, ignore);
+
+      if (rl_point != orig_point)
+	rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+
+      if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+	rl_mark = rl_point;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Kill from here to the end of the line.  If DIRECTION is negative, kill
+   back to the line start instead. */
+int
+rl_kill_line (direction, ignore)
+     int direction, ignore;
+{
+  int orig_point;
+
+  if (direction < 0)
+    return (rl_backward_kill_line (1, ignore));
+  else
+    {
+      orig_point = rl_point;
+      rl_end_of_line (1, ignore);
+      if (orig_point != rl_point)
+	rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+      rl_point = orig_point;
+      if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+	rl_mark = rl_point;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Kill backwards to the start of the line.  If DIRECTION is negative, kill
+   forwards to the line end instead. */
+int
+rl_backward_kill_line (direction, ignore)
+     int direction, ignore;
+{
+  int orig_point;
+
+  if (direction < 0)
+    return (rl_kill_line (1, ignore));
+  else
+    {
+      if (!rl_point)
+	rl_ding ();
+      else
+	{
+	  orig_point = rl_point;
+	  rl_beg_of_line (1, ignore);
+	  if (rl_point != orig_point)
+	    rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+	  if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+	    rl_mark = rl_point;
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Kill the whole line, no matter where point is. */
+int
+rl_kill_full_line (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+  rl_point = 0;
+  rl_kill_text (rl_point, rl_end);
+  rl_mark = 0;
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* The next two functions mimic unix line editing behaviour, except they
+   save the deleted text on the kill ring.  This is safer than not saving
+   it, and since we have a ring, nobody should get screwed. */
+
+/* This does what C-w does in Unix.  We can't prevent people from
+   using behaviour that they expect. */
+int
+rl_unix_word_rubout (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int orig_point;
+
+  if (rl_point == 0)
+    rl_ding ();
+  else
+    {
+      orig_point = rl_point;
+      if (count <= 0)
+	count = 1;
+
+      while (count--)
+	{
+	  while (rl_point && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+	    rl_point--;
+
+	  while (rl_point && (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]) == 0))
+	    rl_point--;
+	}
+
+      rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+      if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+	rl_mark = rl_point;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This deletes one filename component in a Unix pathname.  That is, it
+   deletes backward to directory separator (`/') or whitespace.  */
+int
+rl_unix_filename_rubout (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int orig_point, c;
+
+  if (rl_point == 0)
+    rl_ding ();
+  else
+    {
+      orig_point = rl_point;
+      if (count <= 0)
+	count = 1;
+
+      while (count--)
+	{
+	  c = rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1];
+	  while (rl_point && (whitespace (c) || c == '/'))
+	    {
+	      rl_point--;
+	      c = rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1];
+	    }
+
+	  while (rl_point && (whitespace (c) == 0) && c != '/')
+	    {
+	      rl_point--;
+	      c = rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1];
+	    }
+	}
+
+      rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+      if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+	rl_mark = rl_point;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Here is C-u doing what Unix does.  You don't *have* to use these
+   key-bindings.  We have a choice of killing the entire line, or
+   killing from where we are to the start of the line.  We choose the
+   latter, because if you are a Unix weenie, then you haven't backspaced
+   into the line at all, and if you aren't, then you know what you are
+   doing. */
+int
+rl_unix_line_discard (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_point == 0)
+    rl_ding ();
+  else
+    {
+      rl_kill_text (rl_point, 0);
+      rl_point = 0;
+      if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+	rl_mark = rl_point;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the text in the `region' to the kill ring.  If DELETE is non-zero,
+   delete the text from the line as well. */
+static int
+region_kill_internal (delete)
+     int delete;
+{
+  char *text;
+
+  if (rl_mark != rl_point)
+    {
+      text = rl_copy_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+      if (delete)
+	rl_delete_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+      _rl_copy_to_kill_ring (text, rl_point < rl_mark);
+    }
+
+  _rl_last_command_was_kill++;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Copy the text in the region to the kill ring. */
+int
+rl_copy_region_to_kill (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  return (region_kill_internal (0));
+}
+
+/* Kill the text between the point and mark. */
+int
+rl_kill_region (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  int r, npoint;
+
+  npoint = (rl_point < rl_mark) ? rl_point : rl_mark;
+  r = region_kill_internal (1);
+  _rl_fix_point (1);
+  rl_point = npoint;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Copy COUNT words to the kill ring.  DIR says which direction we look
+   to find the words. */
+static int
+_rl_copy_word_as_kill (count, dir)
+     int count, dir;
+{
+  int om, op, r;
+
+  om = rl_mark;
+  op = rl_point;
+
+  if (dir > 0)
+    rl_forward_word (count, 0);
+  else
+    rl_backward_word (count, 0);
+
+  rl_mark = rl_point;
+
+  if (dir > 0)
+    rl_backward_word (count, 0);
+  else
+    rl_forward_word (count, 0);
+
+  r = region_kill_internal (0);
+
+  rl_mark = om;
+  rl_point = op;
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+int
+rl_copy_forward_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_copy_backward_word (-count, key));
+
+  return (_rl_copy_word_as_kill (count, 1));
+}
+
+int
+rl_copy_backward_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_copy_forward_word (-count, key));
+
+  return (_rl_copy_word_as_kill (count, -1));
+}
+  
+/* Yank back the last killed text.  This ignores arguments. */
+int
+rl_yank (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  if (rl_kill_ring == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_abort_internal ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  _rl_set_mark_at_pos (rl_point);
+  rl_insert_text (rl_kill_ring[rl_kill_index]);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* If the last command was yank, or yank_pop, and the text just
+   before point is identical to the current kill item, then
+   delete that text from the line, rotate the index down, and
+   yank back some other text. */
+int
+rl_yank_pop (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int l, n;
+
+  if (((rl_last_func != rl_yank_pop) && (rl_last_func != rl_yank)) ||
+      !rl_kill_ring)
+    {
+      _rl_abort_internal ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  l = strlen (rl_kill_ring[rl_kill_index]);
+  n = rl_point - l;
+  if (n >= 0 && STREQN (rl_line_buffer + n, rl_kill_ring[rl_kill_index], l))
+    {
+      rl_delete_text (n, rl_point);
+      rl_point = n;
+      rl_kill_index--;
+      if (rl_kill_index < 0)
+	rl_kill_index = rl_kill_ring_length - 1;
+      rl_yank (1, 0);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      _rl_abort_internal ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Yank the COUNTh argument from the previous history line, skipping
+   HISTORY_SKIP lines before looking for the `previous line'. */
+static int
+rl_yank_nth_arg_internal (count, ignore, history_skip)
+     int count, ignore, history_skip;
+{
+  register HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+  char *arg;
+  int i, pos;
+
+  pos = where_history ();
+
+  if (history_skip)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < history_skip; i++)
+	entry = previous_history ();
+    }
+
+  entry = previous_history ();
+
+  history_set_pos (pos);
+
+  if (entry == 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  arg = history_arg_extract (count, count, entry->line);
+  if (!arg || !*arg)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+
+  _rl_set_mark_at_pos (rl_point);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  /* Vi mode always inserts a space before yanking the argument, and it
+     inserts it right *after* rl_point. */
+  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+    {
+      rl_vi_append_mode (1, ignore);
+      rl_insert_text (" ");
+    }
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+  rl_insert_text (arg);
+  free (arg);
+
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Yank the COUNTth argument from the previous history line. */
+int
+rl_yank_nth_arg (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  return (rl_yank_nth_arg_internal (count, ignore, 0));
+}
+
+/* Yank the last argument from the previous history line.  This `knows'
+   how rl_yank_nth_arg treats a count of `$'.  With an argument, this
+   behaves the same as rl_yank_nth_arg. */
+int
+rl_yank_last_arg (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  static int history_skip = 0;
+  static int explicit_arg_p = 0;
+  static int count_passed = 1;
+  static int direction = 1;
+  static int undo_needed = 0;
+  int retval;
+
+  if (rl_last_func != rl_yank_last_arg)
+    {
+      history_skip = 0;
+      explicit_arg_p = rl_explicit_arg;
+      count_passed = count;
+      direction = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (undo_needed)
+	rl_do_undo ();
+      if (count < 1)
+        direction = -direction;
+      history_skip += direction;
+      if (history_skip < 0)
+	history_skip = 0;
+    }
+ 
+  if (explicit_arg_p)
+    retval = rl_yank_nth_arg_internal (count_passed, key, history_skip);
+  else
+    retval = rl_yank_nth_arg_internal ('$', key, history_skip);
+
+  undo_needed = retval == 0;
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* A special paste command for users of Cygnus's cygwin32. */
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+#include <windows.h>
+
+int
+rl_paste_from_clipboard (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  char *data, *ptr;
+  int len;
+
+  if (OpenClipboard (NULL) == 0)
+    return (0);
+
+  data = (char *)GetClipboardData (CF_TEXT);
+  if (data)
+    {
+      ptr = strchr (data, '\r');
+      if (ptr)
+	{
+	  len = ptr - data;
+	  ptr = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1);
+	  ptr[len] = '\0';
+	  strncpy (ptr, data, len);
+	}
+      else
+        ptr = data;
+      _rl_set_mark_at_pos (rl_point);
+      rl_insert_text (ptr);
+      if (ptr != data)
+	free (ptr);
+      CloseClipboard ();
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/macro.c b/lib/readline/macro.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2975bf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/macro.c
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* macro.c -- keyboard macros for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>           /* for _POSIX_VERSION */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Hacking Keyboard Macros 		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* The currently executing macro string.  If this is non-zero,
+   then it is a malloc ()'ed string where input is coming from. */
+char *rl_executing_macro = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* The offset in the above string to the next character to be read. */
+static int executing_macro_index;
+
+/* The current macro string being built.  Characters get stuffed
+   in here by add_macro_char (). */
+static char *current_macro = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* The size of the buffer allocated to current_macro. */
+static int current_macro_size;
+
+/* The index at which characters are being added to current_macro. */
+static int current_macro_index;
+
+/* A structure used to save nested macro strings.
+   It is a linked list of string/index for each saved macro. */
+struct saved_macro {
+  struct saved_macro *next;
+  char *string;
+  int sindex;
+};
+
+/* The list of saved macros. */
+static struct saved_macro *macro_list = (struct saved_macro *)NULL;
+
+/* Set up to read subsequent input from STRING.
+   STRING is free ()'ed when we are done with it. */
+void
+_rl_with_macro_input (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  _rl_push_executing_macro ();
+  rl_executing_macro = string;
+  executing_macro_index = 0;
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MACROINPUT);
+}
+
+/* Return the next character available from a macro, or 0 if
+   there are no macro characters. */
+int
+_rl_next_macro_key ()
+{
+  int c;
+
+  if (rl_executing_macro == 0)
+    return (0);
+
+  if (rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index] == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_pop_executing_macro ();
+      return (_rl_next_macro_key ());
+    }
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+  c = rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index++];
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) && RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD) && rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index] == 0)
+      _rl_pop_executing_macro ();
+  return c;
+#else
+  return (rl_executing_macro[executing_macro_index++]);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Save the currently executing macro on a stack of saved macros. */
+void
+_rl_push_executing_macro ()
+{
+  struct saved_macro *saver;
+
+  saver = (struct saved_macro *)xmalloc (sizeof (struct saved_macro));
+  saver->next = macro_list;
+  saver->sindex = executing_macro_index;
+  saver->string = rl_executing_macro;
+
+  macro_list = saver;
+}
+
+/* Discard the current macro, replacing it with the one
+   on the top of the stack of saved macros. */
+void
+_rl_pop_executing_macro ()
+{
+  struct saved_macro *macro;
+
+  FREE (rl_executing_macro);
+  rl_executing_macro = (char *)NULL;
+  executing_macro_index = 0;
+
+  if (macro_list)
+    {
+      macro = macro_list;
+      rl_executing_macro = macro_list->string;
+      executing_macro_index = macro_list->sindex;
+      macro_list = macro_list->next;
+      free (macro);
+    }
+
+  if (rl_executing_macro == 0)
+    RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MACROINPUT);
+}
+
+/* Add a character to the macro being built. */
+void
+_rl_add_macro_char (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  if (current_macro_index + 1 >= current_macro_size)
+    {
+      if (current_macro == 0)
+	current_macro = (char *)xmalloc (current_macro_size = 25);
+      else
+	current_macro = (char *)xrealloc (current_macro, current_macro_size += 25);
+    }
+
+  current_macro[current_macro_index++] = c;
+  current_macro[current_macro_index] = '\0';
+}
+
+void
+_rl_kill_kbd_macro ()
+{
+  if (current_macro)
+    {
+      free (current_macro);
+      current_macro = (char *) NULL;
+    }
+  current_macro_size = current_macro_index = 0;
+
+  FREE (rl_executing_macro);
+  rl_executing_macro = (char *) NULL;
+  executing_macro_index = 0;
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MACRODEF);
+}
+
+/* Begin defining a keyboard macro.
+   Keystrokes are recorded as they are executed.
+   End the definition with rl_end_kbd_macro ().
+   If a numeric argument was explicitly typed, then append this
+   definition to the end of the existing macro, and start by
+   re-executing the existing macro. */
+int
+rl_start_kbd_macro (ignore1, ignore2)
+     int ignore1, ignore2;
+{
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF))
+    {
+      _rl_abort_internal ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (rl_explicit_arg)
+    {
+      if (current_macro)
+	_rl_with_macro_input (savestring (current_macro));
+    }
+  else
+    current_macro_index = 0;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MACRODEF);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Stop defining a keyboard macro.
+   A numeric argument says to execute the macro right now,
+   that many times, counting the definition as the first time. */
+int
+rl_end_kbd_macro (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF) == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_abort_internal ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  current_macro_index -= rl_key_sequence_length - 1;
+  current_macro[current_macro_index] = '\0';
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MACRODEF);
+
+  return (rl_call_last_kbd_macro (--count, 0));
+}
+
+/* Execute the most recently defined keyboard macro.
+   COUNT says how many times to execute it. */
+int
+rl_call_last_kbd_macro (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  if (current_macro == 0)
+    _rl_abort_internal ();
+
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF))
+    {
+      rl_ding ();		/* no recursive macros */
+      current_macro[--current_macro_index] = '\0';	/* erase this char */
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  while (count--)
+    _rl_with_macro_input (savestring (current_macro));
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+rl_push_macro_input (macro)
+     char *macro;
+{
+  _rl_with_macro_input (macro);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/mbutil.c b/lib/readline/mbutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17dde53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/mbutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/* mbutil.c -- readline multibyte character utility functions */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "posixjmp.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>	   /* for _POSIX_VERSION */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#if defined (TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+#  include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* Declared here so it can be shared between the readline and history
+   libraries. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+int rl_byte_oriented = 0;
+#else
+int rl_byte_oriented = 1;
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*		Multibyte Character Utility Functions		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined(HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+static int
+_rl_find_next_mbchar_internal (string, seed, count, find_non_zero)
+     char *string;
+     int seed, count, find_non_zero;
+{
+  size_t tmp;
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  int point;
+  wchar_t wc;
+
+  tmp = 0;
+
+  memset(&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  if (seed < 0)
+    seed = 0;
+  if (count <= 0)
+    return seed;
+
+  point = seed + _rl_adjust_point (string, seed, &ps);
+  /* if this is true, means that seed was not pointed character
+     started byte.  So correct the point and consume count */
+  if (seed < point)
+    count--;
+
+  while (count > 0)  
+    {
+      tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, string+point, strlen(string + point), &ps);
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+	{
+	  /* invalid bytes. asume a byte represents a character */
+	  point++;
+	  count--;
+	  /* reset states. */
+	  memset(&ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+	}
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	break;			/* found wide '\0' */
+      else
+	{
+	  /* valid bytes */
+	  point += tmp;
+	  if (find_non_zero)
+	    {
+	      if (wcwidth (wc) == 0)
+		continue;
+	      else
+		count--;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    count--;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (find_non_zero)
+    {
+      tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, string + point, strlen (string + point), &ps);
+      while (tmp > 0 && wcwidth (wc) == 0)
+	{
+	  point += tmp;
+	  tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, string + point, strlen (string + point), &ps);
+	  if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp) || MB_INVALIDCH (tmp))
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return point;
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_find_prev_mbchar_internal (string, seed, find_non_zero)
+     char *string;
+     int seed, find_non_zero;
+{
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  int prev, non_zero_prev, point, length;
+  size_t tmp;
+  wchar_t wc;
+
+  memset(&ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+  length = strlen(string);
+  
+  if (seed < 0)
+    return 0;
+  else if (length < seed)
+    return length;
+
+  prev = non_zero_prev = point = 0;
+  while (point < seed)
+    {
+      tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, string + point, length - point, &ps);
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+	{
+	  /* in this case, bytes are invalid or shorted to compose
+	     multibyte char, so assume that the first byte represents
+	     a single character anyway. */
+	  tmp = 1;
+	  /* clear the state of the byte sequence, because
+	     in this case effect of mbstate is undefined  */
+	  memset(&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+	  /* Since we're assuming that this byte represents a single
+	     non-zero-width character, don't forget about it. */
+	  prev = point;
+	}
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	break;			/* Found '\0' char.  Can this happen? */
+      else
+	{
+	  if (find_non_zero)
+	    {
+	      if (wcwidth (wc) != 0)
+		prev = point;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    prev = point;  
+	}
+
+      point += tmp;
+    }
+
+  return prev;
+}
+
+/* return the number of bytes parsed from the multibyte sequence starting
+   at src, if a non-L'\0' wide character was recognized. It returns 0, 
+   if a L'\0' wide character was recognized. It  returns (size_t)(-1), 
+   if an invalid multibyte sequence was encountered. It returns (size_t)(-2) 
+   if it couldn't parse a complete  multibyte character.  */
+int
+_rl_get_char_len (src, ps)
+     char *src;
+     mbstate_t *ps;
+{
+  size_t tmp;
+
+  tmp = mbrlen((const char *)src, (size_t)strlen (src), ps);
+  if (tmp == (size_t)(-2))
+    {
+      /* shorted to compose multibyte char */
+      if (ps)
+	memset (ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+      return -2;
+    }
+  else if (tmp == (size_t)(-1))
+    {
+      /* invalid to compose multibyte char */
+      /* initialize the conversion state */
+      if (ps)
+	memset (ps, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+      return -1;
+    }
+  else if (tmp == (size_t)0)
+    return 0;
+  else
+    return (int)tmp;
+}
+
+/* compare the specified two characters. If the characters matched,
+   return 1. Otherwise return 0. */
+int
+_rl_compare_chars (buf1, pos1, ps1, buf2, pos2, ps2)
+     char *buf1;
+     int pos1;
+     mbstate_t *ps1;
+     char *buf2;
+     int pos2;
+     mbstate_t *ps2;
+{
+  int i, w1, w2;
+
+  if ((w1 = _rl_get_char_len (&buf1[pos1], ps1)) <= 0 || 
+	(w2 = _rl_get_char_len (&buf2[pos2], ps2)) <= 0 ||
+	(w1 != w2) ||
+	(buf1[pos1] != buf2[pos2]))
+    return 0;
+
+  for (i = 1; i < w1; i++)
+    if (buf1[pos1+i] != buf2[pos2+i])
+      return 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* adjust pointed byte and find mbstate of the point of string.
+   adjusted point will be point <= adjusted_point, and returns
+   differences of the byte(adjusted_point - point).
+   if point is invalied (point < 0 || more than string length),
+   it returns -1 */
+int
+_rl_adjust_point(string, point, ps)
+     char *string;
+     int point;
+     mbstate_t *ps;
+{
+  size_t tmp = 0;
+  int length;
+  int pos = 0;
+
+  length = strlen(string);
+  if (point < 0)
+    return -1;
+  if (length < point)
+    return -1;
+  
+  while (pos < point)
+    {
+      tmp = mbrlen (string + pos, length - pos, ps);
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+	{
+	  /* in this case, bytes are invalid or shorted to compose
+	     multibyte char, so assume that the first byte represents
+	     a single character anyway. */
+	  pos++;
+	  /* clear the state of the byte sequence, because
+	     in this case effect of mbstate is undefined  */
+	  if (ps)
+	    memset (ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	}
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	pos++;
+      else
+	pos += tmp;
+    }
+
+  return (pos - point);
+}
+
+int
+_rl_is_mbchar_matched (string, seed, end, mbchar, length)
+     char *string;
+     int seed, end;
+     char *mbchar;
+     int length;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if ((end - seed) < length)
+    return 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
+    if (string[seed + i] != mbchar[i])
+      return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+wchar_t
+_rl_char_value (buf, ind)
+     char *buf;
+     int ind;
+{
+  size_t tmp;
+  wchar_t wc;
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  int l;
+
+  if (MB_LEN_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+    return ((wchar_t) buf[ind]);
+  l = strlen (buf);
+  if (ind >= l - 1)
+    return ((wchar_t) buf[ind]);
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, buf + ind, l - ind, &ps);
+  if (MB_INVALIDCH (tmp) || MB_NULLWCH (tmp))  
+    return ((wchar_t) buf[ind]);
+  return wc;
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+/* Find next `count' characters started byte point of the specified seed.
+   If flags is MB_FIND_NONZERO, we look for non-zero-width multibyte
+   characters. */
+#undef _rl_find_next_mbchar
+int
+_rl_find_next_mbchar (string, seed, count, flags)
+     char *string;
+     int seed, count, flags;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  return _rl_find_next_mbchar_internal (string, seed, count, flags);
+#else
+  return (seed + count);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Find previous character started byte point of the specified seed.
+   Returned point will be point <= seed.  If flags is MB_FIND_NONZERO,
+   we look for non-zero-width multibyte characters. */
+#undef _rl_find_prev_mbchar
+int
+_rl_find_prev_mbchar (string, seed, flags)
+     char *string;
+     int seed, flags;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  return _rl_find_prev_mbchar_internal (string, seed, flags);
+#else
+  return ((seed == 0) ? seed : seed - 1);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/misc.c b/lib/readline/misc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d455832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/misc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,601 @@
+/* misc.c -- miscellaneous bindable readline functions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+#  include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+static int rl_digit_loop PARAMS((void));
+static void _rl_history_set_point PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Forward declarations used in this file */
+void _rl_free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+/* If non-zero, rl_get_previous_history and rl_get_next_history attempt
+   to preserve the value of rl_point from line to line. */
+int _rl_history_preserve_point = 0;
+
+_rl_arg_cxt _rl_argcxt;
+
+/* Saved target point for when _rl_history_preserve_point is set.  Special
+   value of -1 means that point is at the end of the line. */
+int _rl_history_saved_point = -1;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Numeric Arguments			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+int
+_rl_arg_overflow ()
+{
+  if (rl_numeric_arg > 1000000)
+    {
+      _rl_argcxt = 0;
+      rl_explicit_arg = rl_numeric_arg = 0;
+      rl_ding ();
+      rl_restore_prompt ();
+      rl_clear_message ();
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+      return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_arg_init ()
+{
+  rl_save_prompt ();
+  _rl_argcxt = 0;
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+}
+
+int
+_rl_arg_getchar ()
+{
+  int c;
+
+  rl_message ("(arg: %d) ", rl_arg_sign * rl_numeric_arg);
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  c = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+/* Process C as part of the current numeric argument.  Return -1 if the
+   argument should be aborted, 0 if we should not read any more chars, and
+   1 if we should continue to read chars. */
+int
+_rl_arg_dispatch (cxt, c)
+     _rl_arg_cxt cxt;
+     int c;
+{
+  int key, r;
+
+  key = c;
+
+  /* If we see a key bound to `universal-argument' after seeing digits,
+      it ends the argument but is otherwise ignored. */
+  if (_rl_keymap[c].type == ISFUNC && _rl_keymap[c].function == rl_universal_argument)
+    {
+      if ((cxt & NUM_SAWDIGITS) == 0)
+	{
+	  rl_numeric_arg *= 4;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+      else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+        {
+          _rl_argcxt |= NUM_READONE;
+          return 0;	/* XXX */
+        }
+      else
+	{
+	  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+	  key = rl_read_key ();
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+	  rl_restore_prompt ();
+	  rl_clear_message ();
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+	  return (_rl_dispatch (key, _rl_keymap));
+	}
+    }
+
+  c = UNMETA (c);
+
+  if (_rl_digit_p (c))
+    {
+      r = _rl_digit_value (c);    	
+      rl_numeric_arg = rl_explicit_arg ? (rl_numeric_arg * 10) +  r : r;
+      rl_explicit_arg = 1;
+      _rl_argcxt |= NUM_SAWDIGITS;
+    }
+  else if (c == '-' && rl_explicit_arg == 0)
+    {
+      rl_numeric_arg = 1;
+      _rl_argcxt |= NUM_SAWMINUS;
+      rl_arg_sign = -1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Make M-- command equivalent to M--1 command. */
+      if ((_rl_argcxt & NUM_SAWMINUS) && rl_numeric_arg == 1 && rl_explicit_arg == 0)
+	rl_explicit_arg = 1;
+      rl_restore_prompt ();
+      rl_clear_message ();
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+
+      r = _rl_dispatch (key, _rl_keymap);
+      if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+	{
+	  /* At worst, this will cause an extra redisplay.  Otherwise,
+	     we have to wait until the next character comes in. */
+	  if (rl_done == 0)
+	    (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+	  r = 0;
+	}
+      return r;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Handle C-u style numeric args, as well as M--, and M-digits. */
+static int
+rl_digit_loop ()
+{
+  int c, r;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (_rl_arg_overflow ())
+	return 1;
+
+      c = _rl_arg_getchar ();
+
+      if (c < 0)
+	{
+	  _rl_abort_internal ();
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+      r = _rl_arg_dispatch (_rl_argcxt, c);
+      if (r <= 0 || (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG) == 0))
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Create a default argument. */
+void
+_rl_reset_argument ()
+{
+  rl_numeric_arg = rl_arg_sign = 1;
+  rl_explicit_arg = 0;
+  _rl_argcxt = 0;
+}
+
+/* Start a numeric argument with initial value KEY */
+int
+rl_digit_argument (ignore, key)
+     int ignore, key;
+{
+  _rl_arg_init ();
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+    {
+      _rl_arg_dispatch (_rl_argcxt, key);
+      rl_message ("(arg: %d) ", rl_arg_sign * rl_numeric_arg);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      rl_execute_next (key);
+      return (rl_digit_loop ());
+    }
+}
+
+/* C-u, universal argument.  Multiply the current argument by 4.
+   Read a key.  If the key has nothing to do with arguments, then
+   dispatch on it.  If the key is the abort character then abort. */
+int
+rl_universal_argument (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  _rl_arg_init ();
+  rl_numeric_arg *= 4;
+
+  return (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) ? 0 : rl_digit_loop ());
+}
+
+int
+_rl_arg_callback (cxt)
+     _rl_arg_cxt cxt;
+{
+  int c, r;
+
+  c = _rl_arg_getchar ();
+
+  if (_rl_argcxt & NUM_READONE)
+    {
+      _rl_argcxt &= ~NUM_READONE;
+      rl_restore_prompt ();
+      rl_clear_message ();
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+      rl_execute_next (c);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  r = _rl_arg_dispatch (cxt, c);
+  return (r != 1);
+}
+
+/* What to do when you abort reading an argument. */
+int
+rl_discard_argument ()
+{
+  rl_ding ();
+  rl_clear_message ();
+  _rl_reset_argument ();
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			History Utilities			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* We already have a history library, and that is what we use to control
+   the history features of readline.  This is our local interface to
+   the history mechanism. */
+
+/* While we are editing the history, this is the saved
+   version of the original line. */
+HIST_ENTRY *_rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+
+/* Set the history pointer back to the last entry in the history. */
+void
+_rl_start_using_history ()
+{
+  using_history ();
+  if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
+    _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history);
+
+  _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Free the contents (and containing structure) of a HIST_ENTRY. */
+void
+_rl_free_history_entry (entry)
+     HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+{
+  if (entry == 0)
+    return;
+
+  FREE (entry->line);
+  FREE (entry->timestamp);
+
+  free (entry);
+}
+
+/* Perhaps put back the current line if it has changed. */
+int
+rl_maybe_replace_line ()
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+
+  temp = current_history ();
+  /* If the current line has changed, save the changes. */
+  if (temp && ((UNDO_LIST *)(temp->data) != rl_undo_list))
+    {
+      temp = replace_history_entry (where_history (), rl_line_buffer, (histdata_t)rl_undo_list);
+      free (temp->line);
+      FREE (temp->timestamp);
+      free (temp);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Restore the _rl_saved_line_for_history if there is one. */
+int
+rl_maybe_unsave_line ()
+{
+  if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
+    {
+      /* Can't call with `1' because rl_undo_list might point to an undo
+	 list from a history entry, as in rl_replace_from_history() below. */
+      rl_replace_line (_rl_saved_line_for_history->line, 0);
+      rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)_rl_saved_line_for_history->data;
+      _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history);
+      _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+      rl_point = rl_end;	/* rl_replace_line sets rl_end */
+    }
+  else
+    rl_ding ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Save the current line in _rl_saved_line_for_history. */
+int
+rl_maybe_save_line ()
+{
+  if (_rl_saved_line_for_history == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY));
+      _rl_saved_line_for_history->line = savestring (rl_line_buffer);
+      _rl_saved_line_for_history->timestamp = (char *)NULL;
+      _rl_saved_line_for_history->data = (char *)rl_undo_list;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_free_saved_history_line ()
+{
+  if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
+    {
+      _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history);
+      _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_history_set_point ()
+{
+  rl_point = (_rl_history_preserve_point && _rl_history_saved_point != -1)
+		? _rl_history_saved_point
+		: rl_end;
+  if (rl_point > rl_end)
+    rl_point = rl_end;
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap != vi_insertion_keymap)
+    rl_point = 0;
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+  if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+    rl_mark = (rl_point == rl_end ? 0 : rl_end);
+}
+
+void
+rl_replace_from_history (entry, flags)
+     HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+     int flags;			/* currently unused */
+{
+  /* Can't call with `1' because rl_undo_list might point to an undo list
+     from a history entry, just like we're setting up here. */
+  rl_replace_line (entry->line, 0);
+  rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)entry->data;
+  rl_point = rl_end;
+  rl_mark = 0;
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+    {
+      rl_point = 0;
+      rl_mark = rl_end;
+    }
+#endif
+}  
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			History Commands			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Meta-< goes to the start of the history. */
+int
+rl_beginning_of_history (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (rl_get_previous_history (1 + where_history (), key));
+}
+
+/* Meta-> goes to the end of the history.  (The current line). */
+int
+rl_end_of_history (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  rl_maybe_replace_line ();
+  using_history ();
+  rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move down to the next history line. */
+int
+rl_get_next_history (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_get_previous_history (-count, key));
+
+  if (count == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  rl_maybe_replace_line ();
+
+  /* either not saved by rl_newline or at end of line, so set appropriately. */
+  if (_rl_history_saved_point == -1 && (rl_point || rl_end))
+    _rl_history_saved_point = (rl_point == rl_end) ? -1 : rl_point;
+
+  temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+  while (count)
+    {
+      temp = next_history ();
+      if (!temp)
+	break;
+      --count;
+    }
+
+  if (temp == 0)
+    rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+  else
+    {
+      rl_replace_from_history (temp, 0);
+      _rl_history_set_point ();
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Get the previous item out of our interactive history, making it the current
+   line.  If there is no previous history, just ding. */
+int
+rl_get_previous_history (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *old_temp, *temp;
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_get_next_history (-count, key));
+
+  if (count == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* either not saved by rl_newline or at end of line, so set appropriately. */
+  if (_rl_history_saved_point == -1 && (rl_point || rl_end))
+    _rl_history_saved_point = (rl_point == rl_end) ? -1 : rl_point;
+
+  /* If we don't have a line saved, then save this one. */
+  rl_maybe_save_line ();
+
+  /* If the current line has changed, save the changes. */
+  rl_maybe_replace_line ();
+
+  temp = old_temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+  while (count)
+    {
+      temp = previous_history ();
+      if (temp == 0)
+	break;
+
+      old_temp = temp;
+      --count;
+    }
+
+  /* If there was a large argument, and we moved back to the start of the
+     history, that is not an error.  So use the last value found. */
+  if (!temp && old_temp)
+    temp = old_temp;
+
+  if (temp == 0)
+    rl_ding ();
+  else
+    {
+      rl_replace_from_history (temp, 0);
+      _rl_history_set_point ();
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			    Editing Modes			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* How to toggle back and forth between editing modes. */
+int
+rl_vi_editing_mode (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 1);	/* vi mode ignores insert mode */
+  rl_editing_mode = vi_mode;
+  rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, key);
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_emacs_editing_mode (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  rl_editing_mode = emacs_mode;
+  _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 1); /* emacs mode default is insert mode */
+  _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Function for the rest of the library to use to set insert/overwrite mode. */
+void
+_rl_set_insert_mode (im, force)
+     int im, force;
+{
+#ifdef CURSOR_MODE
+  _rl_set_cursor (im, force);
+#endif
+
+  rl_insert_mode = im;
+}
+
+/* Toggle overwrite mode.  A positive explicit argument selects overwrite
+   mode.  A negative or zero explicit argument selects insert mode. */
+int
+rl_overwrite_mode (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_explicit_arg == 0)
+    _rl_set_insert_mode (rl_insert_mode ^ 1, 0);
+  else if (count > 0)
+    _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_OVERWRITE, 0);
+  else
+    _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 0);
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/nls.c b/lib/readline/nls.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcee875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/nls.c
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/* nls.c -- skeletal internationalization code. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+#  include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_SETLOCALE)    
+/* A list of legal values for the LANG or LC_CTYPE environment variables.
+   If a locale name in this list is the value for the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE,
+   or LANG environment variable (using the first of those with a value),
+   readline eight-bit mode is enabled. */
+static char *legal_lang_values[] =
+{
+ "iso88591",
+ "iso88592",
+ "iso88593",
+ "iso88594",
+ "iso88595",
+ "iso88596",
+ "iso88597",
+ "iso88598",
+ "iso88599",
+ "iso885910",
+ "koi8r",
+  0
+};
+
+static char *normalize_codeset PARAMS((char *));
+static char *find_codeset PARAMS((char *, size_t *));
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETLOCALE */
+
+static char *_rl_get_locale_var PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static char *
+_rl_get_locale_var (v)
+     const char *v;
+{
+  char *lspec;
+
+  lspec = sh_get_env_value ("LC_ALL");
+  if (lspec == 0 || *lspec == 0)
+    lspec = sh_get_env_value (v);
+  if (lspec == 0 || *lspec == 0)
+    lspec = sh_get_env_value ("LANG");
+
+  return lspec;
+}
+  
+/* Check for LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG and use the first with a value
+   to decide the defaults for 8-bit character input and output.  Returns
+   1 if we set eight-bit mode. */
+int
+_rl_init_eightbit ()
+{
+/* If we have setlocale(3), just check the current LC_CTYPE category
+   value, and go into eight-bit mode if it's not C or POSIX. */
+#if defined (HAVE_SETLOCALE)
+  char *lspec, *t;
+
+  /* Set the LC_CTYPE locale category from environment variables. */
+  lspec = _rl_get_locale_var ("LC_CTYPE");
+  /* Since _rl_get_locale_var queries the right environment variables,
+     we query the current locale settings with setlocale(), and, if
+     that doesn't return anything, we set lspec to the empty string to
+     force the subsequent call to setlocale() to define the `native'
+     environment. */
+  if (lspec == 0 || *lspec == 0)
+    lspec = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, (char *)NULL);
+  if (lspec == 0)
+    lspec = "";
+  t = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, lspec);
+
+  if (t && *t && (t[0] != 'C' || t[1]) && (STREQ (t, "POSIX") == 0))
+    {
+      _rl_meta_flag = 1;
+      _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii = 0;
+      _rl_output_meta_chars = 1;
+      return (1);
+    }
+  else
+    return (0);
+
+#else /* !HAVE_SETLOCALE */
+  char *lspec, *t;
+  int i;
+
+  /* We don't have setlocale.  Finesse it.  Check the environment for the
+     appropriate variables and set eight-bit mode if they have the right
+     values. */
+  lspec = _rl_get_locale_var ("LC_CTYPE");
+
+  if (lspec == 0 || (t = normalize_codeset (lspec)) == 0)
+    return (0);
+  for (i = 0; t && legal_lang_values[i]; i++)
+    if (STREQ (t, legal_lang_values[i]))
+      {
+	_rl_meta_flag = 1;
+	_rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii = 0;
+	_rl_output_meta_chars = 1;
+	break;
+      }
+  free (t);
+  return (legal_lang_values[i] ? 1 : 0);
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETLOCALE */
+}
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_SETLOCALE)
+static char *
+normalize_codeset (codeset)
+     char *codeset;
+{
+  size_t namelen, i;
+  int len, all_digits;
+  char *wp, *retval;
+
+  codeset = find_codeset (codeset, &namelen);
+
+  if (codeset == 0)
+    return (codeset);
+
+  all_digits = 1;
+  for (len = 0, i = 0; i < namelen; i++)
+    {
+      if (ISALNUM ((unsigned char)codeset[i]))
+	{
+	  len++;
+	  all_digits &= _rl_digit_p (codeset[i]);
+	}
+    }
+
+  retval = (char *)malloc ((all_digits ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+  if (retval == 0)
+    return ((char *)0);
+
+  wp = retval;
+  /* Add `iso' to beginning of an all-digit codeset */
+  if (all_digits)
+    {
+      *wp++ = 'i';
+      *wp++ = 's';
+      *wp++ = 'o';
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < namelen; i++)
+    if (ISALPHA ((unsigned char)codeset[i]))
+      *wp++ = _rl_to_lower (codeset[i]);
+    else if (_rl_digit_p (codeset[i]))
+      *wp++ = codeset[i];
+  *wp = '\0';
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Isolate codeset portion of locale specification. */
+static char *
+find_codeset (name, lenp)
+     char *name;
+     size_t *lenp;
+{
+  char *cp, *language, *result;
+
+  cp = language = name;
+  result = (char *)0;
+
+  while (*cp && *cp != '_' && *cp != '@' && *cp != '+' && *cp != ',')
+    cp++;
+
+  /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  As
+     an exception we allow the variable to contain only the codeset
+     name.  Perhaps there are funny codeset names.  */
+  if (language == cp) 
+    {
+      *lenp = strlen (language);
+      result = language;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Next is the territory. */
+      if (*cp == '_')
+	do
+	  ++cp;
+	while (*cp && *cp != '.' && *cp != '@' && *cp != '+' && *cp != ',' && *cp != '_');
+
+      /* Now, finally, is the codeset. */
+      result = cp;
+      if (*cp == '.')
+	do
+	  ++cp;
+	while (*cp && *cp != '@');
+
+      if (cp - result > 2)
+	{
+	  result++;
+	  *lenp = cp - result;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  *lenp = strlen (language);
+	  result = language;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETLOCALE */
diff --git a/lib/readline/parens.c b/lib/readline/parens.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..737f767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/parens.c
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/* parens.c -- Implementation of matching parentheses feature. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+#  include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (FD_SET) && !defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+#  define HAVE_SELECT
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)
+#  include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#  include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+#  include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
+#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+static int find_matching_open PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+
+/* Non-zero means try to blink the matching open parenthesis when the
+   close parenthesis is inserted. */
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+int rl_blink_matching_paren = 1;
+#else /* !HAVE_SELECT */
+int rl_blink_matching_paren = 0;
+#endif /* !HAVE_SELECT */
+
+static int _paren_blink_usec = 500000;
+
+/* Change emacs_standard_keymap to have bindings for paren matching when
+   ON_OR_OFF is 1, change them back to self_insert when ON_OR_OFF == 0. */
+void
+_rl_enable_paren_matching (on_or_off)
+     int on_or_off;
+{
+  if (on_or_off)
+    {	/* ([{ */
+      rl_bind_key_in_map (')', rl_insert_close, emacs_standard_keymap);
+      rl_bind_key_in_map (']', rl_insert_close, emacs_standard_keymap);
+      rl_bind_key_in_map ('}', rl_insert_close, emacs_standard_keymap);
+    }
+  else
+    {	/* ([{ */
+      rl_bind_key_in_map (')', rl_insert, emacs_standard_keymap);
+      rl_bind_key_in_map (']', rl_insert, emacs_standard_keymap);
+      rl_bind_key_in_map ('}', rl_insert, emacs_standard_keymap);
+    }
+}
+
+int
+rl_set_paren_blink_timeout (u)
+     int u;
+{
+  int o;
+
+  o = _paren_blink_usec;
+  if (u > 0)
+    _paren_blink_usec = u;
+  return (o);
+}
+
+int
+rl_insert_close (count, invoking_key)
+     int count, invoking_key;
+{
+  if (rl_explicit_arg || !rl_blink_matching_paren)
+    _rl_insert_char (count, invoking_key);
+  else
+    {
+#if defined (HAVE_SELECT)
+      int orig_point, match_point, ready;
+      struct timeval timer;
+      fd_set readfds;
+
+      _rl_insert_char (1, invoking_key);
+      (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+      match_point =
+	find_matching_open (rl_line_buffer, rl_point - 2, invoking_key);
+
+      /* Emacs might message or ring the bell here, but I don't. */
+      if (match_point < 0)
+	return -1;
+
+      FD_ZERO (&readfds);
+      FD_SET (fileno (rl_instream), &readfds);
+      timer.tv_sec = 0;
+      timer.tv_usec = _paren_blink_usec;
+
+      orig_point = rl_point;
+      rl_point = match_point;
+      (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+      ready = select (1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, (fd_set *)NULL, &timer);
+      rl_point = orig_point;
+#else /* !HAVE_SELECT */
+      _rl_insert_char (count, invoking_key);
+#endif /* !HAVE_SELECT */
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+find_matching_open (string, from, closer)
+     char *string;
+     int from, closer;
+{
+  register int i;
+  int opener, level, delimiter;
+
+  switch (closer)
+    {
+    case ']': opener = '['; break;
+    case '}': opener = '{'; break;
+    case ')': opener = '('; break;
+    default:
+      return (-1);
+    }
+
+  level = 1;			/* The closer passed in counts as 1. */
+  delimiter = 0;		/* Delimited state unknown. */
+
+  for (i = from; i > -1; i--)
+    {
+      if (delimiter && (string[i] == delimiter))
+	delimiter = 0;
+      else if (rl_basic_quote_characters && strchr (rl_basic_quote_characters, string[i]))
+	delimiter = string[i];
+      else if (!delimiter && (string[i] == closer))
+	level++;
+      else if (!delimiter && (string[i] == opener))
+	level--;
+
+      if (!level)
+	break;
+    }
+  return (i);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/posixdir.h b/lib/readline/posixdir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91f6d96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/posixdir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* posixdir.h -- Posix directory reading includes and defines. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* This file should be included instead of <dirent.h> or <sys/dir.h>. */
+
+#if !defined (_POSIXDIR_H_)
+#define _POSIXDIR_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DIRENT_H)
+#  include <dirent.h>
+#  if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN)
+#    define D_NAMLEN(d)	((d)->d_namlen)
+#  else
+#    define D_NAMLEN(d)   (strlen ((d)->d_name))
+#  endif /* !HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_NAMLEN */
+#else
+#  if defined (HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H)
+#    include <sys/ndir.h>
+#  endif
+#  if defined (HAVE_SYS_DIR_H)
+#    include <sys/dir.h>
+#  endif
+#  if defined (HAVE_NDIR_H)
+#    include <ndir.h>
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (dirent)
+#    define dirent direct
+#  endif /* !dirent */
+#  define D_NAMLEN(d)   ((d)->d_namlen)
+#endif /* !HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO) && !defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_FILENO)
+#  define d_fileno d_ino
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_POSIX_SOURCE) && (!defined (HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO) || defined (BROKEN_DIRENT_D_INO))
+/* Posix does not require that the d_ino field be present, and some
+   systems do not provide it. */
+#  define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
+#else
+#  define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) (dp->d_ino != 0)
+#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+#endif /* !_POSIXDIR_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/posixjmp.h b/lib/readline/posixjmp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b52aa00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/posixjmp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* posixjmp.h -- wrapper for setjmp.h with changes for POSIX systems. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifndef _POSIXJMP_H_
+#define _POSIXJMP_H_
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+/* This *must* be included *after* config.h */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGSETJMP)
+#  define procenv_t	sigjmp_buf
+#  if !defined (__OPENNT)
+#    undef setjmp
+#    define setjmp(x)	sigsetjmp((x), 1)
+#    undef longjmp
+#    define longjmp(x, n)	siglongjmp((x), (n))
+#  endif /* !__OPENNT */
+#else
+#  define procenv_t	jmp_buf
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _POSIXJMP_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/posixstat.h b/lib/readline/posixstat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c93b528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/posixstat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* posixstat.h -- Posix stat(2) definitions for systems that
+   don't have them. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* This file should be included instead of <sys/stat.h>.
+   It relies on the local sys/stat.h to work though. */
+#if !defined (_POSIXSTAT_H_)
+#define _POSIXSTAT_H_
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if defined (STAT_MACROS_BROKEN)
+#  undef S_ISBLK
+#  undef S_ISCHR
+#  undef S_ISDIR
+#  undef S_ISFIFO
+#  undef S_ISREG
+#  undef S_ISLNK
+#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN */
+
+/* These are guaranteed to work only on isc386 */
+#if !defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR)
+#  define S_IFDIR 0040000
+#endif /* !S_IFDIR && !S_ISDIR */
+#if !defined (S_IFMT)
+#  define S_IFMT  0170000
+#endif /* !S_IFMT */
+
+/* Posix 1003.1 5.6.1.1 <sys/stat.h> file types */
+
+/* Some Posix-wannabe systems define _S_IF* macros instead of S_IF*, but
+   do not provide the S_IS* macros that Posix requires. */
+
+#if defined (_S_IFMT) && !defined (S_IFMT)
+#define S_IFMT _S_IFMT
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFIFO) && !defined (S_IFIFO)
+#define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFCHR) && !defined (S_IFCHR)
+#define S_IFCHR _S_IFCHR
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_IFDIR)
+#define S_IFDIR _S_IFDIR
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFBLK) && !defined (S_IFBLK)
+#define S_IFBLK _S_IFBLK
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFREG) && !defined (S_IFREG)
+#define S_IFREG _S_IFREG
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFLNK) && !defined (S_IFLNK)
+#define S_IFLNK _S_IFLNK
+#endif
+#if defined (_S_IFSOCK) && !defined (S_IFSOCK)
+#define S_IFSOCK _S_IFSOCK
+#endif
+
+/* Test for each symbol individually and define the ones necessary (some
+   systems claiming Posix compatibility define some but not all). */
+
+#if defined (S_IFBLK) && !defined (S_ISBLK)
+#define	S_ISBLK(m)	(((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)	/* block device */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFCHR) && !defined (S_ISCHR)
+#define	S_ISCHR(m)	(((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)	/* character device */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR)
+#define	S_ISDIR(m)	(((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)	/* directory */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFREG) && !defined (S_ISREG)
+#define	S_ISREG(m)	(((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)	/* file */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFIFO) && !defined (S_ISFIFO)
+#define	S_ISFIFO(m)	(((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)	/* fifo - named pipe */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFLNK) && !defined (S_ISLNK)
+#define	S_ISLNK(m)	(((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)	/* symbolic link */
+#endif
+
+#if defined (S_IFSOCK) && !defined (S_ISSOCK)
+#define	S_ISSOCK(m)	(((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)	/* socket */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * POSIX 1003.1 5.6.1.2 <sys/stat.h> File Modes
+ */
+
+#if !defined (S_IRWXU)
+#  if !defined (S_IREAD)
+#    define S_IREAD	00400
+#    define S_IWRITE	00200
+#    define S_IEXEC	00100
+#  endif /* S_IREAD */
+
+#  if !defined (S_IRUSR)
+#    define S_IRUSR	S_IREAD			/* read, owner */
+#    define S_IWUSR	S_IWRITE		/* write, owner */
+#    define S_IXUSR	S_IEXEC			/* execute, owner */
+
+#    define S_IRGRP	(S_IREAD  >> 3)		/* read, group */
+#    define S_IWGRP	(S_IWRITE >> 3)		/* write, group */
+#    define S_IXGRP	(S_IEXEC  >> 3)		/* execute, group */
+
+#    define S_IROTH	(S_IREAD  >> 6)		/* read, other */
+#    define S_IWOTH	(S_IWRITE >> 6)		/* write, other */
+#    define S_IXOTH	(S_IEXEC  >> 6)		/* execute, other */
+#  endif /* !S_IRUSR */
+
+#  define S_IRWXU	(S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+#  define S_IRWXG	(S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
+#  define S_IRWXO	(S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
+#endif /* !S_IRWXU */
+
+/* These are non-standard, but are used in builtins.c$symbolic_umask() */
+#define S_IRUGO		(S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH)
+#define S_IWUGO		(S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH)
+#define S_IXUGO		(S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
+
+#endif /* _POSIXSTAT_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/readline.c b/lib/readline/readline.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e9767a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/readline.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1194 @@
+/* readline.c -- a general facility for reading lines of input
+   with emacs style editing and completion. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+#  include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "posixjmp.h"
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+#  define INCL_DOSPROCESS
+#  include <os2.h>
+#endif /* __EMX__ */
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef RL_LIBRARY_VERSION
+#  define RL_LIBRARY_VERSION "5.1"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RL_READLINE_VERSION
+#  define RL_READLINE_VERSION	0x0501
+#endif
+
+extern void _rl_free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+/* Forward declarations used in this file. */
+static char *readline_internal PARAMS((void));
+static void readline_initialize_everything PARAMS((void));
+
+static void bind_arrow_keys_internal PARAMS((Keymap));
+static void bind_arrow_keys PARAMS((void));
+
+static void readline_default_bindings PARAMS((void));
+static void reset_default_bindings PARAMS((void));
+
+static int _rl_subseq_result PARAMS((int, Keymap, int, int));
+static int _rl_subseq_getchar PARAMS((int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Line editing input utility		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+const char *rl_library_version = RL_LIBRARY_VERSION;
+
+int rl_readline_version = RL_READLINE_VERSION;
+
+/* True if this is `real' readline as opposed to some stub substitute. */
+int rl_gnu_readline_p = 1;
+
+/* A pointer to the keymap that is currently in use.
+   By default, it is the standard emacs keymap. */
+Keymap _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+
+
+/* The current style of editing. */
+int rl_editing_mode = emacs_mode;
+
+/* The current insert mode:  input (the default) or overwrite */
+int rl_insert_mode = RL_IM_DEFAULT;
+
+/* Non-zero if we called this function from _rl_dispatch().  It's present
+   so functions can find out whether they were called from a key binding
+   or directly from an application. */
+int rl_dispatching;
+
+/* Non-zero if the previous command was a kill command. */
+int _rl_last_command_was_kill = 0;
+
+/* The current value of the numeric argument specified by the user. */
+int rl_numeric_arg = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero if an argument was typed. */
+int rl_explicit_arg = 0;
+
+/* Temporary value used while generating the argument. */
+int rl_arg_sign = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means we have been called at least once before. */
+static int rl_initialized;
+
+#if 0
+/* If non-zero, this program is running in an EMACS buffer. */
+static int running_in_emacs;
+#endif
+
+/* Flags word encapsulating the current readline state. */
+int rl_readline_state = RL_STATE_NONE;
+
+/* The current offset in the current input line. */
+int rl_point;
+
+/* Mark in the current input line. */
+int rl_mark;
+
+/* Length of the current input line. */
+int rl_end;
+
+/* Make this non-zero to return the current input_line. */
+int rl_done;
+
+/* The last function executed by readline. */
+rl_command_func_t *rl_last_func = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Top level environment for readline_internal (). */
+procenv_t readline_top_level;
+
+/* The streams we interact with. */
+FILE *_rl_in_stream, *_rl_out_stream;
+
+/* The names of the streams that we do input and output to. */
+FILE *rl_instream = (FILE *)NULL;
+FILE *rl_outstream = (FILE *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means echo characters as they are read.  Defaults to no echo;
+   set to 1 if there is a controlling terminal, we can get its attributes,
+   and the attributes include `echo'.  Look at rltty.c:prepare_terminal_settings
+   for the code that sets it. */
+int readline_echoing_p = 0;
+
+/* Current prompt. */
+char *rl_prompt = (char *)NULL;
+int rl_visible_prompt_length = 0;
+
+/* Set to non-zero by calling application if it has already printed rl_prompt
+   and does not want readline to do it the first time. */
+int rl_already_prompted = 0;
+
+/* The number of characters read in order to type this complete command. */
+int rl_key_sequence_length = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call just
+   before readline_internal_setup () prints the first prompt. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_startup_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just before
+   readline_internal_setup () returns and readline_internal starts
+   reading input characters. */
+rl_hook_func_t *rl_pre_input_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* What we use internally.  You should always refer to RL_LINE_BUFFER. */
+static char *the_line;
+
+/* The character that can generate an EOF.  Really read from
+   the terminal driver... just defaulted here. */
+int _rl_eof_char = CTRL ('D');
+
+/* Non-zero makes this the next keystroke to read. */
+int rl_pending_input = 0;
+
+/* Pointer to a useful terminal name. */
+const char *rl_terminal_name = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means to always use horizontal scrolling in line display. */
+int _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to display an asterisk at the starts of history lines
+   which have been modified. */
+int _rl_mark_modified_lines = 0;  
+
+/* The style of `bell' notification preferred.  This can be set to NO_BELL,
+   AUDIBLE_BELL, or VISIBLE_BELL. */
+int _rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+     
+/* String inserted into the line by rl_insert_comment (). */
+char *_rl_comment_begin;
+
+/* Keymap holding the function currently being executed. */
+Keymap rl_executing_keymap;
+
+/* Keymap we're currently using to dispatch. */
+Keymap _rl_dispatching_keymap;
+
+/* Non-zero means to erase entire line, including prompt, on empty input lines. */
+int rl_erase_empty_line = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to read only this many characters rather than up to a
+   character bound to accept-line. */
+int rl_num_chars_to_read;
+
+/* Line buffer and maintenence. */
+char *rl_line_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+int rl_line_buffer_len = 0;
+
+/* Key sequence `contexts' */
+_rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_kscxt = 0;
+
+/* Forward declarations used by the display, termcap, and history code. */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			`Forward' declarations  		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Non-zero means do not parse any lines other than comments and
+   parser directives. */
+unsigned char _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to convert characters with the meta bit set to
+   escape-prefixed characters so we can indirect through
+   emacs_meta_keymap or vi_escape_keymap. */
+int _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means to output characters with the meta bit set directly
+   rather than as a meta-prefixed escape sequence. */
+int _rl_output_meta_chars = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means to look at the termios special characters and bind
+   them to equivalent readline functions at startup. */
+int _rl_bind_stty_chars = 1;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Top Level Functions			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Non-zero means treat 0200 bit in terminal input as Meta bit. */
+int _rl_meta_flag = 0;	/* Forward declaration */
+
+/* Set up the prompt and expand it.  Called from readline() and
+   rl_callback_handler_install (). */
+int
+rl_set_prompt (prompt)
+     const char *prompt;
+{
+  FREE (rl_prompt);
+  rl_prompt = prompt ? savestring (prompt) : (char *)NULL;
+
+  rl_visible_prompt_length = rl_expand_prompt (rl_prompt);
+  return 0;
+}
+  
+/* Read a line of input.  Prompt with PROMPT.  An empty PROMPT means
+   none.  A return value of NULL means that EOF was encountered. */
+char *
+readline (prompt)
+     const char *prompt;
+{
+  char *value;
+
+  /* If we are at EOF return a NULL string. */
+  if (rl_pending_input == EOF)
+    {
+      rl_clear_pending_input ();
+      return ((char *)NULL);
+    }
+
+  rl_set_prompt (prompt);
+
+  rl_initialize ();
+  if (rl_prep_term_function)
+    (*rl_prep_term_function) (_rl_meta_flag);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+  rl_set_signals ();
+#endif
+
+  value = readline_internal ();
+  if (rl_deprep_term_function)
+    (*rl_deprep_term_function) ();
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+  rl_clear_signals ();
+#endif
+
+  return (value);
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+#  define STATIC_CALLBACK
+#else
+#  define STATIC_CALLBACK static
+#endif
+
+STATIC_CALLBACK void
+readline_internal_setup ()
+{
+  char *nprompt;
+
+  _rl_in_stream = rl_instream;
+  _rl_out_stream = rl_outstream;
+
+  if (rl_startup_hook)
+    (*rl_startup_hook) ();
+
+  /* If we're not echoing, we still want to at least print a prompt, because
+     rl_redisplay will not do it for us.  If the calling application has a
+     custom redisplay function, though, let that function handle it. */
+  if (readline_echoing_p == 0 && rl_redisplay_function == rl_redisplay)
+    {
+      if (rl_prompt && rl_already_prompted == 0)
+	{
+	  nprompt = _rl_strip_prompt (rl_prompt);
+	  fprintf (_rl_out_stream, "%s", nprompt);
+	  fflush (_rl_out_stream);
+	  free (nprompt);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (rl_prompt && rl_already_prompted)
+	rl_on_new_line_with_prompt ();
+      else
+	rl_on_new_line ();
+      (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+    }
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+    rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, 'i');
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+  if (rl_pre_input_hook)
+    (*rl_pre_input_hook) ();
+}
+
+STATIC_CALLBACK char *
+readline_internal_teardown (eof)
+     int eof;
+{
+  char *temp;
+  HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+
+  /* Restore the original of this history line, iff the line that we
+     are editing was originally in the history, AND the line has changed. */
+  entry = current_history ();
+
+  if (entry && rl_undo_list)
+    {
+      temp = savestring (the_line);
+      rl_revert_line (1, 0);
+      entry = replace_history_entry (where_history (), the_line, (histdata_t)NULL);
+      _rl_free_history_entry (entry);
+
+      strcpy (the_line, temp);
+      free (temp);
+    }
+
+  /* At any rate, it is highly likely that this line has an undo list.  Get
+     rid of it now. */
+  if (rl_undo_list)
+    rl_free_undo_list ();
+
+  /* Restore normal cursor, if available. */
+  _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_INSERT, 0);
+
+  return (eof ? (char *)NULL : savestring (the_line));
+}
+
+void
+_rl_internal_char_cleanup ()
+{
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  /* In vi mode, when you exit insert mode, the cursor moves back
+     over the previous character.  We explicitly check for that here. */
+  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_movement_keymap)
+    rl_vi_check ();
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+  if (rl_num_chars_to_read && rl_end >= rl_num_chars_to_read)
+    {
+      (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+      _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+      rl_newline (1, '\n');
+    }
+
+  if (rl_done == 0)
+    {
+      (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+      _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If the application writer has told us to erase the entire line if
+     the only character typed was something bound to rl_newline, do so. */
+  if (rl_erase_empty_line && rl_done && rl_last_func == rl_newline &&
+      rl_point == 0 && rl_end == 0)
+    _rl_erase_entire_line ();
+}
+
+STATIC_CALLBACK int
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+readline_internal_char ()
+#else
+readline_internal_charloop ()
+#endif
+{
+  static int lastc, eof_found;
+  int c, code, lk;
+
+  lastc = -1;
+  eof_found = 0;
+
+#if !defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+  while (rl_done == 0)
+    {
+#endif
+      lk = _rl_last_command_was_kill;
+
+      code = setjmp (readline_top_level);
+
+      if (code)
+	{
+	  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+	  _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+	  /* If we get here, we're not being called from something dispatched
+	     from _rl_callback_read_char(), which sets up its own value of
+	     readline_top_level (saving and restoring the old, of course), so
+	     we can just return here. */
+	  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+	    return (0);
+	}
+
+      if (rl_pending_input == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Then initialize the argument and number of keys read. */
+	  _rl_reset_argument ();
+	  rl_key_sequence_length = 0;
+	}
+
+      RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_READCMD);
+      c = rl_read_key ();
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_READCMD);
+
+      /* EOF typed to a non-blank line is a <NL>. */
+      if (c == EOF && rl_end)
+	c = NEWLINE;
+
+      /* The character _rl_eof_char typed to blank line, and not as the
+	 previous character is interpreted as EOF. */
+      if (((c == _rl_eof_char && lastc != c) || c == EOF) && !rl_end)
+	{
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+	  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_DONE);
+	  return (rl_done = 1);
+#else
+	  eof_found = 1;
+	  break;
+#endif
+	}
+
+      lastc = c;
+      _rl_dispatch ((unsigned char)c, _rl_keymap);
+
+      /* If there was no change in _rl_last_command_was_kill, then no kill
+	 has taken place.  Note that if input is pending we are reading
+	 a prefix command, so nothing has changed yet. */
+      if (rl_pending_input == 0 && lk == _rl_last_command_was_kill)
+	_rl_last_command_was_kill = 0;
+
+      _rl_internal_char_cleanup ();
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+      return 0;
+#else
+    }
+
+  return (eof_found);
+#endif
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+readline_internal_charloop ()
+{
+  int eof = 1;
+
+  while (rl_done == 0)
+    eof = readline_internal_char ();
+  return (eof);
+}
+#endif /* READLINE_CALLBACKS */
+
+/* Read a line of input from the global rl_instream, doing output on
+   the global rl_outstream.
+   If rl_prompt is non-null, then that is our prompt. */
+static char *
+readline_internal ()
+{
+  int eof;
+
+  readline_internal_setup ();
+  eof = readline_internal_charloop ();
+  return (readline_internal_teardown (eof));
+}
+
+void
+_rl_init_line_state ()
+{
+  rl_point = rl_end = rl_mark = 0;
+  the_line = rl_line_buffer;
+  the_line[0] = 0;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_set_the_line ()
+{
+  the_line = rl_line_buffer;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+_rl_keyseq_cxt *
+_rl_keyseq_cxt_alloc ()
+{
+  _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt;
+
+  cxt = (_rl_keyseq_cxt *)xmalloc (sizeof (_rl_keyseq_cxt));
+
+  cxt->flags = cxt->subseq_arg = cxt->subseq_retval = 0;
+
+  cxt->okey = 0;
+  cxt->ocxt = _rl_kscxt;
+  cxt->childval = 42;		/* sentinel value */
+
+  return cxt;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose (cxt)
+    _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt;
+{
+  free (cxt);
+}
+
+void
+_rl_keyseq_chain_dispose ()
+{
+  _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt;
+
+  while (_rl_kscxt)
+    {
+      cxt = _rl_kscxt;
+      _rl_kscxt = _rl_kscxt->ocxt;
+      _rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose (cxt);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+_rl_subseq_getchar (key)
+     int key;
+{
+  int k;
+
+  if (key == ESC)
+    RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_METANEXT);
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  k = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  if (key == ESC)
+    RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_METANEXT);
+
+  return k;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+int
+_rl_dispatch_callback (cxt)
+     _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt;
+{
+  int nkey, r;
+
+  /* For now */
+#if 1
+  /* The first time this context is used, we want to read input and dispatch
+     on it.  When traversing the chain of contexts back `up', we want to use
+     the value from the next context down.  We're simulating recursion using
+     a chain of contexts. */
+  if ((cxt->flags & KSEQ_DISPATCHED) == 0)
+    {
+      nkey = _rl_subseq_getchar (cxt->okey);
+      r = _rl_dispatch_subseq (nkey, cxt->dmap, cxt->subseq_arg);
+      cxt->flags |= KSEQ_DISPATCHED;
+    }
+  else
+    r = cxt->childval;
+#else
+  r = _rl_dispatch_subseq (nkey, cxt->dmap, cxt->subseq_arg);
+#endif
+
+  /* For now */
+  r = _rl_subseq_result (r, cxt->oldmap, cxt->okey, (cxt->flags & KSEQ_SUBSEQ));
+
+  if (r == 0)			/* success! */
+    {
+      _rl_keyseq_chain_dispose ();
+      RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY);
+      return r;
+    }
+
+  if (r != -3)			/* magic value that says we added to the chain */
+    _rl_kscxt = cxt->ocxt;
+  if (_rl_kscxt)
+    _rl_kscxt->childval = r;
+  if (r != -3)
+    _rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose (cxt);
+
+  return r;
+}
+#endif /* READLINE_CALLBACKS */
+  
+/* Do the command associated with KEY in MAP.
+   If the associated command is really a keymap, then read
+   another key, and dispatch into that map. */
+int
+_rl_dispatch (key, map)
+     register int key;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  _rl_dispatching_keymap = map;
+  return _rl_dispatch_subseq (key, map, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_rl_dispatch_subseq (key, map, got_subseq)
+     register int key;
+     Keymap map;
+     int got_subseq;
+{
+  int r, newkey;
+  char *macro;
+  rl_command_func_t *func;
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+  _rl_keyseq_cxt *cxt;
+#endif
+
+  if (META_CHAR (key) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+    {
+      if (map[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+	{
+	  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF))
+	    _rl_add_macro_char (ESC);
+	  map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ESC);
+	  key = UNMETA (key);
+	  rl_key_sequence_length += 2;
+	  return (_rl_dispatch (key, map));
+	}
+      else
+	rl_ding ();
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF))
+    _rl_add_macro_char (key);
+
+  r = 0;
+  switch (map[key].type)
+    {
+    case ISFUNC:
+      func = map[key].function;
+      if (func)
+	{
+	  /* Special case rl_do_lowercase_version (). */
+	  if (func == rl_do_lowercase_version)
+	    return (_rl_dispatch (_rl_to_lower (key), map));
+
+	  rl_executing_keymap = map;
+
+	  rl_dispatching = 1;
+	  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_DISPATCHING);
+	  r = (*map[key].function)(rl_numeric_arg * rl_arg_sign, key);
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_DISPATCHING);
+	  rl_dispatching = 0;
+
+	  /* If we have input pending, then the last command was a prefix
+	     command.  Don't change the state of rl_last_func.  Otherwise,
+	     remember the last command executed in this variable. */
+	  if (rl_pending_input == 0 && map[key].function != rl_digit_argument)
+	    rl_last_func = map[key].function;
+	}
+      else if (map[ANYOTHERKEY].function)
+	{
+	  /* OK, there's no function bound in this map, but there is a
+	     shadow function that was overridden when the current keymap
+	     was created.  Return -2 to note  that. */
+	  _rl_unget_char  (key);
+	  return -2;
+	}
+      else if (got_subseq)
+	{
+	  /* Return -1 to note that we're in a subsequence, but  we don't
+	     have a matching key, nor was one overridden.  This means
+	     we need to back up the recursion chain and find the last
+	     subsequence that is bound to a function. */
+	  _rl_unget_char (key);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY);
+	  _rl_keyseq_chain_dispose ();
+#endif
+	  _rl_abort_internal ();
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case ISKMAP:
+      if (map[key].function != 0)
+	{
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+	  /* The only way this test will be true is if a subsequence has been
+	     bound starting with ESC, generally the arrow keys.  What we do is
+	     check whether there's input in the queue, which there generally
+	     will be if an arrow key has been pressed, and, if there's not,
+	     just dispatch to (what we assume is) rl_vi_movement_mode right
+	     away.  This is essentially an input test with a zero timeout. */
+	  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && key == ESC && map == vi_insertion_keymap
+	      && _rl_input_queued (0) == 0)
+	    return (_rl_dispatch (ANYOTHERKEY, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key)));
+#endif
+
+	  rl_key_sequence_length++;
+	  _rl_dispatching_keymap = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key);
+
+	  /* Allocate new context here.  Use linked contexts (linked through
+	     cxt->ocxt) to simulate recursion */
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+	  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+	    {
+	      /* Return 0 only the first time, to indicate success to
+		 _rl_callback_read_char.  The rest of the time, we're called
+		 from _rl_dispatch_callback, so we return 3 to indicate
+		 special handling is necessary. */
+	      r = RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY) ? -3 : 0;
+	      cxt = _rl_keyseq_cxt_alloc ();
+
+	      if (got_subseq)
+		cxt->flags |= KSEQ_SUBSEQ;
+	      cxt->okey = key;
+	      cxt->oldmap = map;
+	      cxt->dmap = _rl_dispatching_keymap;
+	      cxt->subseq_arg = got_subseq || cxt->dmap[ANYOTHERKEY].function;
+
+	      RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_MULTIKEY);
+	      _rl_kscxt = cxt;
+
+	      return r;		/* don't indicate immediate success */
+	    }
+#endif
+
+	  newkey = _rl_subseq_getchar (key);
+	  if (newkey < 0)
+	    {
+	      _rl_abort_internal ();
+	      return -1;
+	    }
+
+	  r = _rl_dispatch_subseq (newkey, _rl_dispatching_keymap, got_subseq || map[ANYOTHERKEY].function);
+	  return _rl_subseq_result (r, map, key, got_subseq);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  _rl_abort_internal ();
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case ISMACR:
+      if (map[key].function != 0)
+	{
+	  macro = savestring ((char *)map[key].function);
+	  _rl_with_macro_input (macro);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      break;
+    }
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_movement_keymap &&
+      key != ANYOTHERKEY &&
+      _rl_vi_textmod_command (key))
+    _rl_vi_set_last (key, rl_numeric_arg, rl_arg_sign);
+#endif
+
+  return (r);
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_subseq_result (r, map, key, got_subseq)
+     int r;
+     Keymap map;
+     int key, got_subseq;
+{
+  Keymap m;
+  int type, nt;
+  rl_command_func_t *func, *nf;
+  
+  if (r == -2)
+    /* We didn't match anything, and the keymap we're indexed into
+       shadowed a function previously bound to that prefix.  Call
+       the function.  The recursive call to _rl_dispatch_subseq has
+       already taken care of pushing any necessary input back onto
+       the input queue with _rl_unget_char. */
+    {
+      m = _rl_dispatching_keymap;
+      type = m[ANYOTHERKEY].type;
+      func = m[ANYOTHERKEY].function;
+      if (type == ISFUNC && func == rl_do_lowercase_version)
+	r = _rl_dispatch (_rl_to_lower (key), map);
+      else if (type == ISFUNC && func == rl_insert)
+	{
+	  /* If the function that was shadowed was self-insert, we
+	     somehow need a keymap with map[key].func == self-insert.
+	     Let's use this one. */
+	  nt = m[key].type;
+	  nf = m[key].function;
+
+	  m[key].type = type;
+	  m[key].function = func;
+	  r = _rl_dispatch (key, m);
+	  m[key].type = nt;
+	  m[key].function = nf;
+	}
+      else
+	r = _rl_dispatch (ANYOTHERKEY, m);
+    }
+  else if (r && map[ANYOTHERKEY].function)
+    {
+      /* We didn't match (r is probably -1), so return something to
+	 tell the caller that it should try ANYOTHERKEY for an
+	 overridden function. */
+      _rl_unget_char (key);
+      _rl_dispatching_keymap = map;
+      return -2;
+    }
+  else if (r && got_subseq)
+    {
+      /* OK, back up the chain. */
+      _rl_unget_char (key);
+      _rl_dispatching_keymap = map;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Initializations 			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Initialize readline (and terminal if not already). */
+int
+rl_initialize ()
+{
+  /* If we have never been called before, initialize the
+     terminal and data structures. */
+  if (!rl_initialized)
+    {
+      RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_INITIALIZING);
+      readline_initialize_everything ();
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_INITIALIZING);
+      rl_initialized++;
+      RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_INITIALIZED);
+    }
+
+  /* Initalize the current line information. */
+  _rl_init_line_state ();
+
+  /* We aren't done yet.  We haven't even gotten started yet! */
+  rl_done = 0;
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_DONE);
+
+  /* Tell the history routines what is going on. */
+  _rl_start_using_history ();
+
+  /* Make the display buffer match the state of the line. */
+  rl_reset_line_state ();
+
+  /* No such function typed yet. */
+  rl_last_func = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+
+  /* Parsing of key-bindings begins in an enabled state. */
+  _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 0;
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+    _rl_vi_initialize_line ();
+#endif
+
+  /* Each line starts in insert mode (the default). */
+  _rl_set_insert_mode (RL_IM_DEFAULT, 1);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if 0
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+static void
+_emx_build_environ ()
+{
+  TIB *tibp;
+  PIB *pibp;
+  char *t, **tp;
+  int c;
+
+  DosGetInfoBlocks (&tibp, &pibp);
+  t = pibp->pib_pchenv;
+  for (c = 1; *t; c++)
+    t += strlen (t) + 1;
+  tp = environ = (char **)xmalloc ((c + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+  t = pibp->pib_pchenv;
+  while (*t)
+    {
+      *tp++ = t;
+      t += strlen (t) + 1;
+    }
+  *tp = 0;
+}
+#endif /* __EMX__ */
+#endif
+
+/* Initialize the entire state of the world. */
+static void
+readline_initialize_everything ()
+{
+#if 0
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+  if (environ == 0)
+    _emx_build_environ ();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+  /* Find out if we are running in Emacs -- UNUSED. */
+  running_in_emacs = sh_get_env_value ("EMACS") != (char *)0;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up input and output if they are not already set up. */
+  if (!rl_instream)
+    rl_instream = stdin;
+
+  if (!rl_outstream)
+    rl_outstream = stdout;
+
+  /* Bind _rl_in_stream and _rl_out_stream immediately.  These values
+     may change, but they may also be used before readline_internal ()
+     is called. */
+  _rl_in_stream = rl_instream;
+  _rl_out_stream = rl_outstream;
+
+  /* Allocate data structures. */
+  if (rl_line_buffer == 0)
+    rl_line_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (rl_line_buffer_len = DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE);
+
+  /* Initialize the terminal interface. */
+  if (rl_terminal_name == 0)
+    rl_terminal_name = sh_get_env_value ("TERM");
+  _rl_init_terminal_io (rl_terminal_name);
+
+  /* Bind tty characters to readline functions. */
+  readline_default_bindings ();
+
+  /* Initialize the function names. */
+  rl_initialize_funmap ();
+
+  /* Decide whether we should automatically go into eight-bit mode. */
+  _rl_init_eightbit ();
+      
+  /* Read in the init file. */
+  rl_read_init_file ((char *)NULL);
+
+  /* XXX */
+  if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && _rl_term_autowrap)
+    {
+      _rl_screenwidth--;
+      _rl_screenchars -= _rl_screenheight;
+    }
+
+  /* Override the effect of any `set keymap' assignments in the
+     inputrc file. */
+  rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode ();
+
+  /* Try to bind a common arrow key prefix, if not already bound. */
+  bind_arrow_keys ();
+
+  /* Enable the meta key, if this terminal has one. */
+  if (_rl_enable_meta)
+    _rl_enable_meta_key ();
+
+  /* If the completion parser's default word break characters haven't
+     been set yet, then do so now. */
+  if (rl_completer_word_break_characters == (char *)NULL)
+    rl_completer_word_break_characters = (char *)rl_basic_word_break_characters;
+}
+
+/* If this system allows us to look at the values of the regular
+   input editing characters, then bind them to their readline
+   equivalents, iff the characters are not bound to keymaps. */
+static void
+readline_default_bindings ()
+{
+  if (_rl_bind_stty_chars)
+    rl_tty_set_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
+}
+
+/* Reset the default bindings for the terminal special characters we're
+   interested in back to rl_insert and read the new ones. */
+static void
+reset_default_bindings ()
+{
+  if (_rl_bind_stty_chars)
+    {
+      rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
+      rl_tty_set_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Bind some common arrow key sequences in MAP. */
+static void
+bind_arrow_keys_internal (map)
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  Keymap xkeymap;
+
+  xkeymap = _rl_keymap;
+  _rl_keymap = map;
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0A", rl_get_previous_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0B", rl_backward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0C", rl_forward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[0D", rl_get_next_history);
+#endif
+
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[A", rl_get_previous_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[B", rl_get_next_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[C", rl_forward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[D", rl_backward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[H", rl_beg_of_line);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033[F", rl_end_of_line);
+
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OA", rl_get_previous_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OB", rl_get_next_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OC", rl_forward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OD", rl_backward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OH", rl_beg_of_line);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\033OF", rl_end_of_line);
+
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340H", rl_get_previous_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340P", rl_get_next_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340M", rl_forward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound ("\340K", rl_backward_char);
+#endif
+
+  _rl_keymap = xkeymap;
+}
+
+/* Try and bind the common arrow key prefixes after giving termcap and
+   the inputrc file a chance to bind them and create `real' keymaps
+   for the arrow key prefix. */
+static void
+bind_arrow_keys ()
+{
+  bind_arrow_keys_internal (emacs_standard_keymap);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  bind_arrow_keys_internal (vi_movement_keymap);
+  bind_arrow_keys_internal (vi_insertion_keymap);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*		Saving and Restoring Readline's state		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+int
+rl_save_state (sp)
+     struct readline_state *sp;
+{
+  if (sp == 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  sp->point = rl_point;
+  sp->end = rl_end;
+  sp->mark = rl_mark;
+  sp->buffer = rl_line_buffer;
+  sp->buflen = rl_line_buffer_len;
+  sp->ul = rl_undo_list;
+  sp->prompt = rl_prompt;
+
+  sp->rlstate = rl_readline_state;
+  sp->done = rl_done;
+  sp->kmap = _rl_keymap;
+
+  sp->lastfunc = rl_last_func;
+  sp->insmode = rl_insert_mode;
+  sp->edmode = rl_editing_mode;
+  sp->kseqlen = rl_key_sequence_length;
+  sp->inf = rl_instream;
+  sp->outf = rl_outstream;
+  sp->pendingin = rl_pending_input;
+  sp->macro = rl_executing_macro;
+
+  sp->catchsigs = rl_catch_signals;
+  sp->catchsigwinch = rl_catch_sigwinch;
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_restore_state (sp)
+     struct readline_state *sp;
+{
+  if (sp == 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  rl_point = sp->point;
+  rl_end = sp->end;
+  rl_mark = sp->mark;
+  the_line = rl_line_buffer = sp->buffer;
+  rl_line_buffer_len = sp->buflen;
+  rl_undo_list = sp->ul;
+  rl_prompt = sp->prompt;
+
+  rl_readline_state = sp->rlstate;
+  rl_done = sp->done;
+  _rl_keymap = sp->kmap;
+
+  rl_last_func = sp->lastfunc;
+  rl_insert_mode = sp->insmode;
+  rl_editing_mode = sp->edmode;
+  rl_key_sequence_length = sp->kseqlen;
+  rl_instream = sp->inf;
+  rl_outstream = sp->outf;
+  rl_pending_input = sp->pendingin;
+  rl_executing_macro = sp->macro;
+
+  rl_catch_signals = sp->catchsigs;
+  rl_catch_sigwinch = sp->catchsigwinch;
+
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/readline.h b/lib/readline/readline.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fade6d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/readline.h
@@ -0,0 +1,849 @@
+/* Readline.h -- the names of functions callable from within readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_READLINE_H_)
+#define _READLINE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+#  include "rlstdc.h"
+#  include "rltypedefs.h"
+#  include "keymaps.h"
+#  include "tilde.h"
+#else
+#  include <readline/rlstdc.h>
+#  include <readline/rltypedefs.h>
+#  include <readline/keymaps.h>
+#  include <readline/tilde.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Hex-encoded Readline version number. */
+#define RL_READLINE_VERSION	0x0501		/* Readline 5.1 */
+#define RL_VERSION_MAJOR	5
+#define RL_VERSION_MINOR	1
+
+/* Readline data structures. */
+
+/* Maintaining the state of undo.  We remember individual deletes and inserts
+   on a chain of things to do. */
+
+/* The actions that undo knows how to undo.  Notice that UNDO_DELETE means
+   to insert some text, and UNDO_INSERT means to delete some text.   I.e.,
+   the code tells undo what to undo, not how to undo it. */
+enum undo_code { UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END };
+
+/* What an element of THE_UNDO_LIST looks like. */
+typedef struct undo_list {
+  struct undo_list *next;
+  int start, end;		/* Where the change took place. */
+  char *text;			/* The text to insert, if undoing a delete. */
+  enum undo_code what;		/* Delete, Insert, Begin, End. */
+} UNDO_LIST;
+
+/* The current undo list for RL_LINE_BUFFER. */
+extern UNDO_LIST *rl_undo_list;
+
+/* The data structure for mapping textual names to code addresses. */
+typedef struct _funmap {
+  const char *name;
+  rl_command_func_t *function;
+} FUNMAP;
+
+extern FUNMAP **funmap;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*	     Functions available to bind to key sequences	    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Bindable commands for numeric arguments. */
+extern int rl_digit_argument PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_universal_argument PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for moving the cursor. */
+extern int rl_forward_byte PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_byte PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_beg_of_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_end_of_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_refresh_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_clear_screen PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_arrow_keys PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for inserting and deleting text. */
+extern int rl_insert PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_quoted_insert PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_tab_insert PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_newline PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_do_lowercase_version PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_rubout_or_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_delete_horizontal_space PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_delete_or_show_completions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_insert_comment PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for changing case. */
+extern int rl_upcase_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_downcase_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_capitalize_word PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for transposing characters and words. */
+extern int rl_transpose_words PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_transpose_chars PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for searching within a line. */
+extern int rl_char_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_char_search PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for readline's interface to the command history. */
+extern int rl_beginning_of_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_end_of_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_get_next_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_get_previous_history PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for managing the mark and region. */
+extern int rl_set_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_exchange_point_and_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands to set the editing mode (emacs or vi). */
+extern int rl_vi_editing_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_emacs_editing_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands to change the insert mode (insert or overwrite) */
+extern int rl_overwrite_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for managing key bindings. */
+extern int rl_re_read_init_file PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_dump_functions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_dump_macros PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_dump_variables PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for word completion. */
+extern int rl_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_possible_completions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_insert_completions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_menu_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for killing and yanking text, and managing the kill ring. */
+extern int rl_kill_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_kill_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_kill_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_full_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_unix_word_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_unix_filename_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_unix_line_discard PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_copy_region_to_kill PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_region PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_copy_forward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_copy_backward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank_pop PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank_nth_arg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank_last_arg PARAMS((int, int));
+/* Not available unless __CYGWIN__ is defined. */
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+extern int rl_paste_from_clipboard PARAMS((int, int));
+#endif
+
+/* Bindable commands for incremental searching. */
+extern int rl_reverse_search_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward_search_history PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable keyboard macro commands. */
+extern int rl_start_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_end_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_call_last_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable undo commands. */
+extern int rl_revert_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_undo_command PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable tilde expansion commands. */
+extern int rl_tilde_expand PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable terminal control commands. */
+extern int rl_restart_output PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_stop_output PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Miscellaneous bindable commands. */
+extern int rl_abort PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_tty_status PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for incremental and non-incremental history searching. */
+extern int rl_history_search_forward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_history_search_backward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_forward_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_reverse_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_forward_search_again PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_reverse_search_again PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable command used when inserting a matching close character. */
+extern int rl_insert_close PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Not available unless READLINE_CALLBACKS is defined. */
+extern void rl_callback_handler_install PARAMS((const char *, rl_vcpfunc_t *));
+extern void rl_callback_read_char PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_callback_handler_remove PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Things for vi mode. Not available unless readline is compiled -DVI_MODE. */
+/* VI-mode bindable commands. */
+extern int rl_vi_redo PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_undo PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_yank_arg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_fetch_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_search_again PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_tilde_expand PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_prev_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_next_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_end_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_insert_beg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_append_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_append_eol PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_eof_maybe PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_insertion_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_movement_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_arg_digit PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_change_case PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_put PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_column PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_delete_to PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_change_to PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_yank_to PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_back_to_indent PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_first_print PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_char_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_match PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_change_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_subst PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_overstrike PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_overstrike_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_replace PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_set_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_goto_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* VI-mode utility functions. */
+extern int rl_vi_check PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_vi_domove PARAMS((int, int *));
+extern int rl_vi_bracktype PARAMS((int));
+
+extern void rl_vi_start_inserting PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
+/* VI-mode pseudo-bindable commands, used as utility functions. */
+extern int rl_vi_fWord PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_bWord PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_eWord PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_fword PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_bword PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_eword PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Well Published Functions		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Readline functions. */
+/* Read a line of input.  Prompt with PROMPT.  A NULL PROMPT means none. */
+extern char *readline PARAMS((const char *));
+
+extern int rl_set_prompt PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_expand_prompt PARAMS((char *));
+
+extern int rl_initialize PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Undocumented; unused by readline */
+extern int rl_discard_argument PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Utility functions to bind keys to readline commands. */
+extern int rl_add_defun PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, int));
+extern int rl_bind_key PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_key_in_map PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_unbind_key PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_unbind_key_in_map PARAMS((int, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_key_if_unbound PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_unbind_function_in_map PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_unbind_command_in_map PARAMS((const char *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_in_map PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_generic_bind PARAMS((int, const char *, char *, Keymap));
+
+extern char *rl_variable_value PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_variable_bind PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+
+/* Backwards compatibility, use rl_bind_keyseq_in_map instead. */
+extern int rl_set_key PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+
+/* Backwards compatibility, use rl_generic_bind instead. */
+extern int rl_macro_bind PARAMS((const char *, const char *, Keymap));
+
+/* Undocumented in the texinfo manual; not really useful to programs. */
+extern int rl_translate_keyseq PARAMS((const char *, char *, int *));
+extern char *rl_untranslate_keyseq PARAMS((int));
+
+extern rl_command_func_t *rl_named_function PARAMS((const char *));
+extern rl_command_func_t *rl_function_of_keyseq PARAMS((const char *, Keymap, int *));
+
+extern void rl_list_funmap_names PARAMS((void));
+extern char **rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern char **rl_invoking_keyseqs PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *));
+ 
+extern void rl_function_dumper PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_macro_dumper PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_variable_dumper PARAMS((int));
+
+extern int rl_read_init_file PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_parse_and_bind PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Functions for manipulating keymaps. */
+extern Keymap rl_make_bare_keymap PARAMS((void));
+extern Keymap rl_copy_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern Keymap rl_make_keymap PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_discard_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+extern Keymap rl_get_keymap_by_name PARAMS((const char *));
+extern char *rl_get_keymap_name PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern void rl_set_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern Keymap rl_get_keymap PARAMS((void));
+/* Undocumented; used internally only. */
+extern void rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode PARAMS((void));
+extern char *rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Functions for manipulating the funmap, which maps command names to functions. */
+extern int rl_add_funmap_entry PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern const char **rl_funmap_names PARAMS((void));
+/* Undocumented, only used internally -- there is only one funmap, and this
+   function may be called only once. */
+extern void rl_initialize_funmap PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Utility functions for managing keyboard macros. */
+extern void rl_push_macro_input PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Functions for undoing, from undo.c */
+extern void rl_add_undo PARAMS((enum undo_code, int, int, char *));
+extern void rl_free_undo_list PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_do_undo PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_begin_undo_group PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_end_undo_group PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_modifying PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Functions for redisplay. */
+extern void rl_redisplay PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_on_new_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_on_new_line_with_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_forced_update_display PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_clear_message PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_reset_line_state PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_crlf PARAMS((void));
+
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS) && defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+extern int rl_message (const char *, ...)  __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
+#else
+extern int rl_message ();
+#endif
+
+extern int rl_show_char PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Undocumented in texinfo manual. */
+extern int rl_character_len PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Save and restore internal prompt redisplay information. */
+extern void rl_save_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_restore_prompt PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Modifying text. */
+extern void rl_replace_line PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern int rl_insert_text PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_delete_text PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_text PARAMS((int, int));
+extern char *rl_copy_text PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Terminal and tty mode management. */
+extern void rl_prep_terminal PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_deprep_terminal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_tty_set_default_bindings PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern void rl_tty_unset_default_bindings PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+extern int rl_reset_terminal PARAMS((const char *));
+extern void rl_resize_terminal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_set_screen_size PARAMS((int, int));
+extern void rl_get_screen_size PARAMS((int *, int *));
+extern void rl_reset_screen_size PARAMS((void));
+
+extern char *rl_get_termcap PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Functions for character input. */
+extern int rl_stuff_char PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_execute_next PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_clear_pending_input PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_read_key PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_getc PARAMS((FILE *));
+extern int rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout PARAMS((int));
+
+/* `Public' utility functions . */
+extern void rl_extend_line_buffer PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_ding PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_alphabetic PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Readline signal handling, from signals.c */
+extern int rl_set_signals PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_clear_signals PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_cleanup_after_signal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_reset_after_signal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_free_line_state PARAMS((void));
+ 
+extern int rl_set_paren_blink_timeout PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Undocumented. */
+extern int rl_maybe_save_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_unsave_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_replace_line PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Completion functions. */
+extern int rl_complete_internal PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_display_match_list PARAMS((char **, int, int));
+
+extern char **rl_completion_matches PARAMS((const char *, rl_compentry_func_t *));
+extern char *rl_username_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern char *rl_filename_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+extern int rl_completion_mode PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *));
+
+#if 0
+/* Backwards compatibility (compat.c).  These will go away sometime. */
+extern void free_undo_list PARAMS((void));
+extern int maybe_save_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int maybe_unsave_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int maybe_replace_line PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int ding PARAMS((void));
+extern int alphabetic PARAMS((int));
+extern int crlf PARAMS((void));
+
+extern char **completion_matches PARAMS((char *, rl_compentry_func_t *));
+extern char *username_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern char *filename_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Well Published Variables		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* The version of this incarnation of the readline library. */
+extern const char *rl_library_version;		/* e.g., "4.2" */
+extern int rl_readline_version;			/* e.g., 0x0402 */
+
+/* True if this is real GNU readline. */
+extern int rl_gnu_readline_p;
+
+/* Flags word encapsulating the current readline state. */
+extern int rl_readline_state;
+
+/* Says which editing mode readline is currently using.  1 means emacs mode;
+   0 means vi mode. */
+extern int rl_editing_mode;
+
+/* Insert or overwrite mode for emacs mode.  1 means insert mode; 0 means
+   overwrite mode.  Reset to insert mode on each input line. */
+extern int rl_insert_mode;
+
+/* The name of the calling program.  You should initialize this to
+   whatever was in argv[0].  It is used when parsing conditionals. */
+extern const char *rl_readline_name;
+
+/* The prompt readline uses.  This is set from the argument to
+   readline (), and should not be assigned to directly. */
+extern char *rl_prompt;
+
+/* The line buffer that is in use. */
+extern char *rl_line_buffer;
+
+/* The location of point, and end. */
+extern int rl_point;
+extern int rl_end;
+
+/* The mark, or saved cursor position. */
+extern int rl_mark;
+
+/* Flag to indicate that readline has finished with the current input
+   line and should return it. */
+extern int rl_done;
+
+/* If set to a character value, that will be the next keystroke read. */
+extern int rl_pending_input;
+
+/* Non-zero if we called this function from _rl_dispatch().  It's present
+   so functions can find out whether they were called from a key binding
+   or directly from an application. */
+extern int rl_dispatching;
+
+/* Non-zero if the user typed a numeric argument before executing the
+   current function. */
+extern int rl_explicit_arg;
+
+/* The current value of the numeric argument specified by the user. */
+extern int rl_numeric_arg;
+
+/* The address of the last command function Readline executed. */
+extern rl_command_func_t *rl_last_func;
+
+/* The name of the terminal to use. */
+extern const char *rl_terminal_name;
+
+/* The input and output streams. */
+extern FILE *rl_instream;
+extern FILE *rl_outstream;
+
+/* If non-zero, Readline gives values of LINES and COLUMNS from the environment
+   greater precedence than values fetched from the kernel when computing the
+   screen dimensions. */
+extern int rl_prefer_env_winsize;
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call just
+   before readline_internal () prints the first prompt. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_startup_hook;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just before
+   readline_internal_setup () returns and readline_internal starts
+   reading input characters. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_pre_input_hook;
+      
+/* The address of a function to call periodically while Readline is
+   awaiting character input, or NULL, for no event handling. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_event_hook;
+
+/* The address of the function to call to fetch a character from the current
+   Readline input stream */
+extern rl_getc_func_t *rl_getc_function;
+
+extern rl_voidfunc_t *rl_redisplay_function;
+
+extern rl_vintfunc_t *rl_prep_term_function;
+extern rl_voidfunc_t *rl_deprep_term_function;
+
+/* Dispatch variables. */
+extern Keymap rl_executing_keymap;
+extern Keymap rl_binding_keymap;
+
+/* Display variables. */
+/* If non-zero, readline will erase the entire line, including any prompt,
+   if the only thing typed on an otherwise-blank line is something bound to
+   rl_newline. */
+extern int rl_erase_empty_line;
+
+/* If non-zero, the application has already printed the prompt (rl_prompt)
+   before calling readline, so readline should not output it the first time
+   redisplay is done. */
+extern int rl_already_prompted;
+
+/* A non-zero value means to read only this many characters rather than
+   up to a character bound to accept-line. */
+extern int rl_num_chars_to_read;
+
+/* The text of a currently-executing keyboard macro. */
+extern char *rl_executing_macro;
+
+/* Variables to control readline signal handling. */
+/* If non-zero, readline will install its own signal handlers for
+   SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGQUIT, SIGALRM, SIGTSTP, SIGTTIN, and SIGTTOU. */
+extern int rl_catch_signals;
+
+/* If non-zero, readline will install a signal handler for SIGWINCH
+   that also attempts to call any calling application's SIGWINCH signal
+   handler.  Note that the terminal is not cleaned up before the
+   application's signal handler is called; use rl_cleanup_after_signal()
+   to do that. */
+extern int rl_catch_sigwinch;
+
+/* Completion variables. */
+/* Pointer to the generator function for completion_matches ().
+   NULL means to use rl_filename_completion_function (), the default
+   filename completer. */
+extern rl_compentry_func_t *rl_completion_entry_function;
+
+/* If rl_ignore_some_completions_function is non-NULL it is the address
+   of a function to call after all of the possible matches have been
+   generated, but before the actual completion is done to the input line.
+   The function is called with one argument; a NULL terminated array
+   of (char *).  If your function removes any of the elements, they
+   must be free()'ed. */
+extern rl_compignore_func_t *rl_ignore_some_completions_function;
+
+/* Pointer to alternative function to create matches.
+   Function is called with TEXT, START, and END.
+   START and END are indices in RL_LINE_BUFFER saying what the boundaries
+   of TEXT are.
+   If this function exists and returns NULL then call the value of
+   rl_completion_entry_function to try to match, otherwise use the
+   array of strings returned. */
+extern rl_completion_func_t *rl_attempted_completion_function;
+
+/* The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+   completer routine.  The initial contents of this variable is what
+   breaks words in the shell, i.e. "n\"\\'`@$>". */
+extern const char *rl_basic_word_break_characters;
+
+/* The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+   rl_complete_internal.  The default list is the contents of
+   rl_basic_word_break_characters.  */
+extern /*const*/ char *rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+/* Hook function to allow an application to set the completion word
+   break characters before readline breaks up the line.  Allows
+   position-dependent word break characters. */
+extern rl_cpvfunc_t *rl_completion_word_break_hook;
+
+/* List of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+   Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring   
+   rl_completer_word_break_characters are treated as any other character,
+   unless they also appear within this list. */
+extern const char *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+
+/* List of quote characters which cause a word break. */
+extern const char *rl_basic_quote_characters;
+
+/* List of characters that need to be quoted in filenames by the completer. */
+extern const char *rl_filename_quote_characters;
+
+/* List of characters that are word break characters, but should be left
+   in TEXT when it is passed to the completion function.  The shell uses
+   this to help determine what kind of completing to do. */
+extern const char *rl_special_prefixes;
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+   completing on a directory name.  The function is called with
+   the address of a string (the current directory name) as an arg.  It
+   changes what is displayed when the possible completions are printed
+   or inserted. */
+extern rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_completion_hook;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when completing
+   a directory name.  This function takes the address of the directory name
+   to be modified as an argument.  Unlike rl_directory_completion_hook, it
+   only modifies the directory name used in opendir(2), not what is displayed
+   when the possible completions are printed or inserted.  It is called
+   before rl_directory_completion_hook.  I'm not happy with how this works
+   yet, so it's undocumented. */
+extern rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_rewrite_hook;
+
+/* Backwards compatibility with previous versions of readline. */
+#define rl_symbolic_link_hook rl_directory_completion_hook
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+   completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+   This function is called instead of actually doing the display.
+   It takes three arguments: (char **matches, int num_matches, int max_length)
+   where MATCHES is the array of strings that matched, NUM_MATCHES is the
+   number of strings in that array, and MAX_LENGTH is the length of the
+   longest string in that array. */
+extern rl_compdisp_func_t *rl_completion_display_matches_hook;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated
+   as filenames.  This is ALWAYS zero on entry, and can only be changed
+   within a completion entry finder function. */
+extern int rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+   double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+   filename contains any characters in rl_word_break_chars.  This is
+   ALWAYS non-zero on entry, and can only be changed within a completion
+   entry finder function. */
+extern int rl_filename_quoting_desired;
+
+/* Set to a function to quote a filename in an application-specific fashion.
+   Called with the text to quote, the type of match found (single or multiple)
+   and a pointer to the quoting character to be used, which the function can
+   reset if desired. */
+extern rl_quote_func_t *rl_filename_quoting_function;
+
+/* Function to call to remove quoting characters from a filename.  Called
+   before completion is attempted, so the embedded quotes do not interfere
+   with matching names in the file system. */
+extern rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_dequoting_function;
+
+/* Function to call to decide whether or not a word break character is
+   quoted.  If a character is quoted, it does not break words for the
+   completer. */
+extern rl_linebuf_func_t *rl_char_is_quoted_p;
+
+/* Non-zero means to suppress normal filename completion after the
+   user-specified completion function has been called. */
+extern int rl_attempted_completion_over;
+
+/* Set to a character describing the type of completion being attempted by
+   rl_complete_internal; available for use by application completion
+   functions. */
+extern int rl_completion_type;
+
+/* Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+   possible-completions call.  After that, we ask the user if she
+   is sure she wants to see them all.  The default value is 100. */
+extern int rl_completion_query_items;
+
+/* Character appended to completed words when at the end of the line.  The
+   default is a space.  Nothing is added if this is '\0'. */
+extern int rl_completion_append_character;
+
+/* If set to non-zero by an application completion function,
+   rl_completion_append_character will not be appended. */
+extern int rl_completion_suppress_append;
+
+/* Set to any quote character readline thinks it finds before any application
+   completion function is called. */
+extern int rl_completion_quote_character;
+
+/* Set to a non-zero value if readline found quoting anywhere in the word to
+   be completed; set before any application completion function is called. */
+extern int rl_completion_found_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append any closing quote.
+   This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and may be changed by an
+   application-specific completion function. */
+extern int rl_completion_suppress_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+   symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+   mark-directories variable (which is user-settable).  This exists so
+   that application completion functions can override the user's preference
+   (set via the mark-symlinked-directories variable) if appropriate.
+   It's set to the value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs in
+   rl_complete_internal before any application-specific completion
+   function is called, so without that function doing anything, the user's
+   preferences are honored. */
+extern int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs;
+
+/* If non-zero, then disallow duplicates in the matches. */
+extern int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates;
+
+/* If this is non-zero, completion is (temporarily) inhibited, and the
+   completion character will be inserted as any other. */
+extern int rl_inhibit_completion;
+
+/* Definitions available for use by readline clients. */
+#define RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE	'\001'
+#define RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE	'\002'
+
+/* Possible values for do_replace argument to rl_filename_quoting_function,
+   called by rl_complete_internal. */
+#define NO_MATCH        0
+#define SINGLE_MATCH    1
+#define MULT_MATCH      2
+
+/* Possible state values for rl_readline_state */
+#define RL_STATE_NONE		0x000000		/* no state; before first call */
+
+#define RL_STATE_INITIALIZING	0x000001	/* initializing */
+#define RL_STATE_INITIALIZED	0x000002	/* initialization done */
+#define RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED	0x000004	/* terminal is prepped */
+#define RL_STATE_READCMD	0x000008	/* reading a command key */
+#define RL_STATE_METANEXT	0x000010	/* reading input after ESC */
+#define RL_STATE_DISPATCHING	0x000020	/* dispatching to a command */
+#define RL_STATE_MOREINPUT	0x000040	/* reading more input in a command function */
+#define RL_STATE_ISEARCH	0x000080	/* doing incremental search */
+#define RL_STATE_NSEARCH	0x000100	/* doing non-inc search */
+#define RL_STATE_SEARCH		0x000200	/* doing a history search */
+#define RL_STATE_NUMERICARG	0x000400	/* reading numeric argument */
+#define RL_STATE_MACROINPUT	0x000800	/* getting input from a macro */
+#define RL_STATE_MACRODEF	0x001000	/* defining keyboard macro */
+#define RL_STATE_OVERWRITE	0x002000	/* overwrite mode */
+#define RL_STATE_COMPLETING	0x004000	/* doing completion */
+#define RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER	0x008000	/* in readline sighandler */
+#define RL_STATE_UNDOING	0x010000	/* doing an undo */
+#define RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING	0x020000	/* rl_execute_next called */
+#define RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED	0x040000	/* tty special chars saved */
+#define RL_STATE_CALLBACK	0x080000	/* using the callback interface */
+#define RL_STATE_VIMOTION	0x100000	/* reading vi motion arg */
+#define RL_STATE_MULTIKEY	0x200000	/* reading multiple-key command */
+#define RL_STATE_VICMDONCE	0x400000	/* entered vi command mode at least once */
+
+#define RL_STATE_DONE		0x800000	/* done; accepted line */
+
+#define RL_SETSTATE(x)		(rl_readline_state |= (x))
+#define RL_UNSETSTATE(x)	(rl_readline_state &= ~(x))
+#define RL_ISSTATE(x)		(rl_readline_state & (x))
+
+struct readline_state {
+  /* line state */
+  int point;
+  int end;
+  int mark;
+  char *buffer;
+  int buflen;
+  UNDO_LIST *ul;
+  char *prompt;
+
+  /* global state */
+  int rlstate;
+  int done;
+  Keymap kmap;
+
+  /* input state */
+  rl_command_func_t *lastfunc;
+  int insmode;
+  int edmode;
+  int kseqlen;
+  FILE *inf;
+  FILE *outf;
+  int pendingin;
+  char *macro;
+
+  /* signal state */
+  int catchsigs;
+  int catchsigwinch;
+
+  /* search state */
+
+  /* completion state */
+
+  /* options state */
+
+  /* reserved for future expansion, so the struct size doesn't change */
+  char reserved[64];
+};
+
+extern int rl_save_state PARAMS((struct readline_state *));
+extern int rl_restore_state PARAMS((struct readline_state *));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _READLINE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlconf.h b/lib/readline/rlconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c651fd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* rlconf.h -- readline configuration definitions */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the Readline Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+   for it.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_RLCONF_H_)
+#define _RLCONF_H_
+
+/* Define this if you want the vi-mode editing available. */
+#define VI_MODE
+
+/* Define this to get an indication of file type when listing completions. */
+#define VISIBLE_STATS
+
+/* This definition is needed by readline.c, rltty.c, and signals.c. */
+/* If on, then readline handles signals in a way that doesn't screw. */
+#define HANDLE_SIGNALS
+
+/* Ugly but working hack for binding prefix meta. */
+#define PREFIX_META_HACK
+
+/* The final, last-ditch effort file name for an init file. */
+#define DEFAULT_INPUTRC "~/.inputrc"
+
+/* If defined, expand tabs to spaces. */
+#define DISPLAY_TABS
+
+/* If defined, use the terminal escape sequence to move the cursor forward
+   over a character when updating the line rather than rewriting it. */
+/* #define HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION */
+
+/* The string inserted by the `insert comment' command. */
+#define RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT "#"
+
+/* Define this if you want code that allows readline to be used in an
+   X `callback' style. */
+#define READLINE_CALLBACKS
+
+/* Define this if you want the cursor to indicate insert or overwrite mode. */
+/* #define CURSOR_MODE */
+
+#endif /* _RLCONF_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rldefs.h b/lib/readline/rldefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f6c874
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rldefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/* rldefs.h -- an attempt to isolate some of the system-specific defines
+   for readline.  This should be included after any files that define
+   system-specific constants like _POSIX_VERSION or USG. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the Readline Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+   for it.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_RLDEFS_H_)
+#define _RLDEFS_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+
+#if defined (_POSIX_VERSION) && !defined (TERMIOS_MISSING)
+#  define TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER
+#else
+#  if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H)
+#    define TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER
+#  else
+#    if !defined (__MINGW32__)
+#      define NEW_TTY_DRIVER
+#    else
+#      define NO_TTY_DRIVER
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* Posix macro to check file in statbuf for directory-ness.
+   This requires that <sys/stat.h> be included before this test. */
+#if defined (S_IFDIR) && !defined (S_ISDIR)
+#  define S_ISDIR(m) (((m)&S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+/* Decide which flavor of the header file describing the C library
+   string functions to include and include it. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#  include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+#  include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
+#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+#  include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#  if defined (PREFER_VARARGS)
+#    include <varargs.h>
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP)
+#define _rl_stricmp strcasecmp
+#define _rl_strnicmp strncasecmp
+#else
+extern int _rl_stricmp PARAMS((char *, char *));
+extern int _rl_strnicmp PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRPBRK) && !defined (HAVE_MULTIBYTE)
+#  define _rl_strpbrk(a,b)	strpbrk((a),(b))
+#else
+extern char *_rl_strpbrk PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (emacs_mode)
+#  define no_mode -1
+#  define vi_mode 0
+#  define emacs_mode 1
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (RL_IM_INSERT)
+#  define RL_IM_INSERT		1
+#  define RL_IM_OVERWRITE	0
+#
+#  define RL_IM_DEFAULT		RL_IM_INSERT
+#endif
+
+/* If you cast map[key].function to type (Keymap) on a Cray,
+   the compiler takes the value of map[key].function and
+   divides it by 4 to convert between pointer types (pointers
+   to functions and pointers to structs are different sizes).
+   This is not what is wanted. */
+#if defined (CRAY)
+#  define FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP(map, key)	(Keymap)((int)map[key].function)
+#  define KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION(data)	(rl_command_func_t *)((int)(data))
+#else
+#  define FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP(map, key)	(Keymap)(map[key].function)
+#  define KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION(data)	(rl_command_func_t *)(data)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef savestring
+#define savestring(x) strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x))
+#endif
+
+/* Possible values for _rl_bell_preference. */
+#define NO_BELL 0
+#define AUDIBLE_BELL 1
+#define VISIBLE_BELL 2
+
+/* Definitions used when searching the line for characters. */
+/* NOTE: it is necessary that opposite directions are inverses */
+#define	FTO	 1		/* forward to */
+#define BTO	-1		/* backward to */
+#define FFIND	 2		/* forward find */
+#define BFIND	-2		/* backward find */
+
+/* Possible values for the found_quote flags word used by the completion
+   functions.  It says what kind of (shell-like) quoting we found anywhere
+   in the line. */
+#define RL_QF_SINGLE_QUOTE	0x01
+#define RL_QF_DOUBLE_QUOTE	0x02
+#define RL_QF_BACKSLASH		0x04
+#define RL_QF_OTHER_QUOTE	0x08
+
+/* Default readline line buffer length. */
+#define DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE 256
+
+#if !defined (STREQ)
+#define STREQ(a, b)	(((a)[0] == (b)[0]) && (strcmp ((a), (b)) == 0))
+#define STREQN(a, b, n)	(((n) == 0) ? (1) \
+				    : ((a)[0] == (b)[0]) && (strncmp ((a), (b), (n)) == 0))
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (FREE)
+#  define FREE(x)	if (x) free (x)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (SWAP)
+#  define SWAP(s, e)  do { int t; t = s; s = e; e = t; } while (0)
+#endif
+
+/* CONFIGURATION SECTION */
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#endif /* !_RLDEFS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlmbutil.h b/lib/readline/rlmbutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11adacb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlmbutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/* rlmbutil.h -- utility functions for multibyte characters. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_RL_MBUTIL_H_)
+#define _RL_MBUTIL_H_
+
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+
+/************************************************/
+/* check multibyte capability for I18N code     */
+/************************************************/
+
+/* For platforms which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
+   support user defined character classes.  */
+   /* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
+#if defined (HAVE_WCTYPE_H) && defined (HAVE_WCHAR_H)
+#  include <wchar.h>
+#  include <wctype.h>
+#  if defined (HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) && defined (HAVE_MBRTOWC) && defined (HAVE_MBRLEN) && defined (HAVE_WCWIDTH)
+     /* system is supposed to support XPG5 */
+#    define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE      1
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* If we don't want multibyte chars even on a system that supports them, let
+   the configuring user turn multibyte support off. */
+#if defined (NO_MULTIBYTE_SUPPORT)
+#  undef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems, like BeOS, have multibyte encodings but lack mbstate_t.  */
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE && !defined (HAVE_MBSTATE_T)
+#  define wcsrtombs(dest, src, len, ps) (wcsrtombs) (dest, src, len, 0)
+#  define mbsrtowcs(dest, src, len, ps) (mbsrtowcs) (dest, src, len, 0)
+#  define wcrtomb(s, wc, ps) (wcrtomb) (s, wc, 0)
+#  define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) (mbrtowc) (pwc, s, n, 0)
+#  define mbrlen(s, n, ps) (mbrlen) (s, n, 0)
+#  define mbstate_t int
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure MB_LEN_MAX is at least 16 on systems that claim to be able to
+   handle multibyte chars (some systems define MB_LEN_MAX as 1) */
+#ifdef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+#  include <limits.h>
+#  if defined(MB_LEN_MAX) && (MB_LEN_MAX < 16)
+#    undef MB_LEN_MAX
+#  endif
+#  if !defined (MB_LEN_MAX)
+#    define MB_LEN_MAX 16
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/************************************************/
+/* end of multibyte capability checks for I18N  */
+/************************************************/
+
+/*
+ * Flags for _rl_find_prev_mbchar and _rl_find_next_mbchar:
+ *
+ * MB_FIND_ANY		find any multibyte character
+ * MB_FIND_NONZERO	find a non-zero-width multibyte character
+ */
+
+#define MB_FIND_ANY	0x00
+#define MB_FIND_NONZERO	0x01
+
+extern int _rl_find_prev_mbchar PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+extern int _rl_find_next_mbchar PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
+
+#ifdef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+
+extern int _rl_compare_chars PARAMS((char *, int, mbstate_t *, char *, int, mbstate_t *));
+extern int _rl_get_char_len PARAMS((char *, mbstate_t *));
+extern int _rl_adjust_point PARAMS((char *, int, mbstate_t *));
+
+extern int _rl_read_mbchar PARAMS((char *, int));
+extern int _rl_read_mbstring PARAMS((int, char *, int));
+
+extern int _rl_is_mbchar_matched PARAMS((char *, int, int, char *, int));
+
+extern wchar_t _rl_char_value PARAMS((char *, int));
+extern int _rl_walphabetic PARAMS((wchar_t));
+
+#define _rl_to_wupper(wc)	(iswlower (wc) ? towupper (wc) : (wc))
+#define _rl_to_wlower(wc)	(iswupper (wc) ? towlower (wc) : (wc))
+
+#define MB_NEXTCHAR(b,s,c,f) \
+	((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) \
+		? _rl_find_next_mbchar ((b), (s), (c), (f)) \
+		: ((s) + (c)))
+#define MB_PREVCHAR(b,s,f) \
+	((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) \
+		? _rl_find_prev_mbchar ((b), (s), (f)) \
+		: ((s) - 1))
+
+#define MB_INVALIDCH(x)		((x) == (size_t)-1 || (x) == (size_t)-2)
+#define MB_NULLWCH(x)		((x) == 0)
+
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+#undef MB_LEN_MAX
+#undef MB_CUR_MAX
+
+#define MB_LEN_MAX	1
+#define MB_CUR_MAX	1
+
+#define _rl_find_prev_mbchar(b, i, f)		(((i) == 0) ? (i) : ((i) - 1))
+#define _rl_find_next_mbchar(b, i1, i2, f)	((i1) + (i2))
+
+#define _rl_char_value(buf,ind)	((buf)[(ind)])
+
+#define _rl_walphabetic(c)	(rl_alphabetic (c))
+
+#define _rl_to_wupper(c)	(_rl_to_upper (c))
+#define _rl_to_wlower(c)	(_rl_to_lower (c))
+
+#define MB_NEXTCHAR(b,s,c,f)	((s) + (c))
+#define MB_PREVCHAR(b,s,f)	((s) - 1)
+
+#define MB_INVALIDCH(x)		(0)
+#define MB_NULLWCH(x)		(0)
+
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+extern int rl_byte_oriented;
+
+#endif /* _RL_MBUTIL_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlprivate.h b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c216ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
+/* rlprivate.h -- functions and variables global to the readline library,
+		  but not intended for use by applications. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_RL_PRIVATE_H_)
+#define _RL_PRIVATE_H_
+
+#include "rlconf.h"	/* for VISIBLE_STATS */
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+#include "posixjmp.h"	/* defines procenv_t */
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Global structs undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h   *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+/* search types */
+#define RL_SEARCH_ISEARCH	0x01		/* incremental search */
+#define RL_SEARCH_NSEARCH	0x02		/* non-incremental search */
+#define RL_SEARCH_CSEARCH	0x04		/* intra-line char search */
+
+/* search flags */
+#define SF_REVERSE		0x01
+#define SF_FOUND		0x02
+#define SF_FAILED		0x04
+
+typedef struct  __rl_search_context
+{
+  int type;
+  int sflags;
+
+  char *search_string;
+  int search_string_index;
+  int search_string_size;
+
+  char **lines;
+  char *allocated_line;    
+  int hlen;
+  int hindex;
+
+  int save_point;
+  int save_mark;
+  int save_line;
+  int last_found_line;
+  char *prev_line_found;
+
+  UNDO_LIST *save_undo_list;
+
+  int history_pos;
+  int direction;
+
+  int lastc;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  char mb[MB_LEN_MAX];
+#endif
+
+  char *sline;
+  int sline_len;
+  int sline_index;
+
+  char  *search_terminators;
+} _rl_search_cxt;
+
+/* Callback data for reading numeric arguments */
+#define NUM_SAWMINUS	0x01
+#define NUM_SAWDIGITS	0x02
+#define NUM_READONE	0x04
+
+typedef int _rl_arg_cxt;
+
+/* A context for reading key sequences longer than a single character when
+   using the callback interface. */
+#define KSEQ_DISPATCHED	0x01
+#define KSEQ_SUBSEQ	0x02
+#define KSEQ_RECURSIVE	0x04
+
+typedef struct __rl_keyseq_context
+{
+  int flags;
+  int subseq_arg;
+  int subseq_retval;		/* XXX */
+  Keymap dmap;
+
+  Keymap oldmap;
+  int okey;
+  struct __rl_keyseq_context *ocxt;
+  int childval;
+} _rl_keyseq_cxt;
+
+  /* fill in more as needed */
+/* `Generic' callback data and functions */
+typedef struct __rl_callback_generic_arg 
+{
+  int count;
+  int i1, i2;
+  /* add here as needed */
+} _rl_callback_generic_arg;
+
+typedef int _rl_callback_func_t PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Global functions undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Global variables undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* complete.c */
+extern int rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion;
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+extern int rl_visible_stats;
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern int rl_line_buffer_len;
+extern int rl_arg_sign;
+extern int rl_visible_prompt_length;
+extern int readline_echoing_p;
+extern int rl_key_sequence_length;
+extern int rl_byte_oriented;
+
+extern _rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_kscxt;
+
+/* display.c */
+extern int rl_display_fixed;
+
+/* parens.c */
+extern int rl_blink_matching_paren;
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Global functions and variables unsed and undocumented		 *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* kill.c */
+extern int rl_set_retained_kills PARAMS((int));
+
+/* terminal.c */
+extern void _rl_set_screen_size PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* undo.c */
+extern int _rl_fix_last_undo_of_type PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
+/* util.c */
+extern char *_rl_savestring PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Functions and variables private to the readline library		 *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* NOTE: Functions and variables prefixed with `_rl_' are
+   pseudo-global: they are global so they can be shared
+   between files in the readline library, but are not intended
+   to be visible to readline callers. */
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Undocumented private functions					 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern void readline_internal_setup PARAMS((void));
+extern char *readline_internal_teardown PARAMS((int));
+extern int readline_internal_char PARAMS((void));
+
+extern _rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_keyseq_cxt_alloc PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose PARAMS((_rl_keyseq_cxt *));
+extern void _rl_keyseq_chain_dispose PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int _rl_dispatch_callback PARAMS((_rl_keyseq_cxt *));
+     
+/* callback.c */
+extern _rl_callback_generic_arg *_rl_callback_data_alloc PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_callback_data_dispose PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+
+#endif /* READLINE_CALLBACKS */
+
+/* bind.c */
+
+/* complete.c */
+extern char _rl_find_completion_word PARAMS((int *, int *));
+extern void _rl_free_match_list PARAMS((char **));
+
+/* display.c */
+extern char *_rl_strip_prompt PARAMS((char *));
+extern void _rl_move_cursor_relative PARAMS((int, const char *));
+extern void _rl_move_vert PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_save_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_restore_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern char *_rl_make_prompt_for_search PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_erase_at_end_of_line PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_clear_to_eol PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_clear_screen PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_update_final PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_redisplay_after_sigwinch PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_clean_up_for_exit PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_erase_entire_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_current_display_line PARAMS((void));
+
+/* input.c */
+extern int _rl_any_typein PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_input_available PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_input_queued PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_insert_typein PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_unget_char PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_pushed_input_available PARAMS((void));
+
+/* isearch.c */
+extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_scxt_alloc PARAMS((int, int));
+extern void _rl_scxt_dispose PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+
+extern int _rl_isearch_dispatch PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+extern int _rl_isearch_callback PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+
+extern int _rl_search_getchar PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+
+/* macro.c */
+extern void _rl_with_macro_input PARAMS((char *));
+extern int _rl_next_macro_key PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_push_executing_macro PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_pop_executing_macro PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_add_macro_char PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_kill_kbd_macro PARAMS((void));
+
+/* misc.c */
+extern int _rl_arg_overflow PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_arg_init PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_arg_getchar PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_arg_callback PARAMS((_rl_arg_cxt));
+extern void _rl_reset_argument PARAMS((void));
+
+extern void _rl_start_using_history PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_free_saved_history_line PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_set_insert_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* nls.c */
+extern int _rl_init_eightbit PARAMS((void));
+
+/* parens.c */
+extern void _rl_enable_paren_matching PARAMS((int));
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern void _rl_init_line_state PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_set_the_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_dispatch PARAMS((int, Keymap));
+extern int _rl_dispatch_subseq PARAMS((int, Keymap, int));
+extern void _rl_internal_char_cleanup PARAMS((void));
+
+/* rltty.c */
+extern int _rl_disable_tty_signals PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_restore_tty_signals PARAMS((void));
+
+/* search.c */
+extern int _rl_nsearch_callback PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+
+/* terminal.c */
+extern void _rl_get_screen_size PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int _rl_init_terminal_io PARAMS((const char *));
+#ifdef _MINIX
+extern void _rl_output_character_function PARAMS((int));
+#else
+extern int _rl_output_character_function PARAMS((int));
+#endif
+extern void _rl_output_some_chars PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern int _rl_backspace PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_enable_meta_key PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_control_keypad PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_set_cursor PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* text.c */
+extern void _rl_fix_point PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_replace_text PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+extern int _rl_insert_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int _rl_overwrite_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int _rl_overwrite_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int _rl_rubout_char PARAMS((int, int));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern int _rl_char_search_internal PARAMS((int, int, char *, int));
+#else
+extern int _rl_char_search_internal PARAMS((int, int, int));
+#endif
+extern int _rl_set_mark_at_pos PARAMS((int));
+
+/* util.c */
+extern int _rl_abort_internal PARAMS((void));
+extern char *_rl_strindex PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+extern int _rl_qsort_string_compare PARAMS((char **, char **));
+extern int (_rl_uppercase_p) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_lowercase_p) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_pure_alphabetic) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_digit_p) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_to_lower) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_to_upper) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_digit_value) PARAMS((int));
+
+/* vi_mode.c */
+extern void _rl_vi_initialize_line PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_vi_reset_last PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_vi_set_last PARAMS((int, int, int));
+extern int _rl_vi_textmod_command PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_vi_done_inserting PARAMS((void));
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Undocumented private variables					 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* bind.c */
+extern const char *_rl_possible_control_prefixes[];
+extern const char *_rl_possible_meta_prefixes[];
+
+/* callback.c */
+extern _rl_callback_func_t *_rl_callback_func;
+extern _rl_callback_generic_arg *_rl_callback_data;
+
+/* complete.c */
+extern int _rl_complete_show_all;
+extern int _rl_complete_show_unmodified;
+extern int _rl_complete_mark_directories;
+extern int _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs;
+extern int _rl_print_completions_horizontally;
+extern int _rl_completion_case_fold;
+extern int _rl_match_hidden_files;
+extern int _rl_page_completions;
+
+/* display.c */
+extern int _rl_vis_botlin;
+extern int _rl_last_c_pos;
+extern int _rl_suppress_redisplay;
+extern int _rl_want_redisplay;
+extern char *rl_display_prompt;
+
+/* isearch.c */
+extern char *_rl_isearch_terminators;
+
+extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_iscxt;
+
+/* macro.c */
+extern char *_rl_executing_macro;
+
+/* misc.c */
+extern int _rl_history_preserve_point;
+extern int _rl_history_saved_point;
+
+extern _rl_arg_cxt _rl_argcxt;
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern int _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode;
+extern int _rl_mark_modified_lines;
+extern int _rl_bell_preference;
+extern int _rl_meta_flag;
+extern int _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii;
+extern int _rl_output_meta_chars;
+extern int _rl_bind_stty_chars;
+extern char *_rl_comment_begin;
+extern unsigned char _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out;
+extern Keymap _rl_keymap;
+extern FILE *_rl_in_stream;
+extern FILE *_rl_out_stream;
+extern int _rl_last_command_was_kill;
+extern int _rl_eof_char;
+extern procenv_t readline_top_level;
+
+/* search.c */
+extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_nscxt;
+
+/* terminal.c */
+extern int _rl_enable_keypad;
+extern int _rl_enable_meta;
+extern char *_rl_term_clreol;
+extern char *_rl_term_clrpag;
+extern char *_rl_term_im;
+extern char *_rl_term_ic;
+extern char *_rl_term_ei;
+extern char *_rl_term_DC;
+extern char *_rl_term_up;
+extern char *_rl_term_dc;
+extern char *_rl_term_cr;
+extern char *_rl_term_IC;
+extern int _rl_screenheight;
+extern int _rl_screenwidth;
+extern int _rl_screenchars;
+extern int _rl_terminal_can_insert;
+extern int _rl_term_autowrap;
+
+/* undo.c */
+extern int _rl_doing_an_undo;
+extern int _rl_undo_group_level;
+
+/* vi_mode.c */
+extern int _rl_vi_last_command;
+
+#endif /* _RL_PRIVATE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlshell.h b/lib/readline/rlshell.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c03fba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlshell.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* rlshell.h -- utility functions normally provided by bash. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_RL_SHELL_H_)
+#define _RL_SHELL_H_
+
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+
+extern char *sh_single_quote PARAMS((char *));
+extern void sh_set_lines_and_columns PARAMS((int, int));
+extern char *sh_get_env_value PARAMS((const char *));
+extern char *sh_get_home_dir PARAMS((void));
+extern int sh_unset_nodelay_mode PARAMS((int));
+
+#endif /* _RL_SHELL_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlstdc.h b/lib/readline/rlstdc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..847fa9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlstdc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* stdc.h -- macros to make source compile on both ANSI C and K&R C
+   compilers. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_RL_STDC_H_)
+#define _RL_STDC_H_
+
+/* Adapted from BSD /usr/include/sys/cdefs.h. */
+
+/* A function can be defined using prototypes and compile on both ANSI C
+   and traditional C compilers with something like this:
+	extern char *func PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); */
+
+#if !defined (PARAMS)
+#  if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#    define PARAMS(protos) protos
+#  else
+#    define PARAMS(protos) ()
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8)
+#    define __attribute__(x)
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !_RL_STDC_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rltty.c b/lib/readline/rltty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a0326e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rltty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1035 @@
+/* rltty.c -- functions to prepare and restore the terminal for readline's
+   use. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+#if defined (GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+#  include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+#include "rltty.h"
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+rl_vintfunc_t *rl_prep_term_function = rl_prep_terminal;
+rl_voidfunc_t *rl_deprep_term_function = rl_deprep_terminal;
+
+static void block_sigint PARAMS((void));
+static void release_sigint PARAMS((void));
+
+static void set_winsize PARAMS((int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			   Signal Management			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+static sigset_t sigint_set, sigint_oset;
+#else /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+#  if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+static int sigint_oldmask;
+#  endif /* HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+static int sigint_blocked;
+
+/* Cause SIGINT to not be delivered until the corresponding call to
+   release_sigint(). */
+static void
+block_sigint ()
+{
+  if (sigint_blocked)
+    return;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+  sigemptyset (&sigint_set);
+  sigemptyset (&sigint_oset);
+  sigaddset (&sigint_set, SIGINT);
+  sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &sigint_set, &sigint_oset);
+#else /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+#  if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+  sigint_oldmask = sigblock (sigmask (SIGINT));
+#  else /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#    if defined (HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD)
+  sighold (SIGINT);
+#    endif /* HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD */
+#  endif /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+  sigint_blocked = 1;
+}
+
+/* Allow SIGINT to be delivered. */
+static void
+release_sigint ()
+{
+  if (sigint_blocked == 0)
+    return;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+  sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &sigint_oset, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+#else
+#  if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+  sigsetmask (sigint_oldmask);
+#  else /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#    if defined (HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD)
+  sigrelse (SIGINT);
+#    endif /* HAVE_USG_SIGHOLD */
+#  endif /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+  sigint_blocked = 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*		      Saving and Restoring the TTY	    	    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Non-zero means that the terminal is in a prepped state. */
+static int terminal_prepped;
+
+static _RL_TTY_CHARS _rl_tty_chars, _rl_last_tty_chars;
+
+/* If non-zero, means that this process has called tcflow(fd, TCOOFF)
+   and output is suspended. */
+#if defined (__ksr1__)
+static int ksrflow;
+#endif
+
+/* Dummy call to force a backgrounded readline to stop before it tries
+   to get the tty settings. */
+static void
+set_winsize (tty)
+     int tty;
+{
+#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+  struct winsize w;
+
+  if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGWINSZ, &w) == 0)
+      (void) ioctl (tty, TIOCSWINSZ, &w);
+#endif /* TIOCGWINSZ */
+}
+
+#if defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+/* Nothing */
+#elif defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER)
+
+/* Values for the `flags' field of a struct bsdtty.  This tells which
+   elements of the struct bsdtty have been fetched from the system and
+   are valid. */
+#define SGTTY_SET	0x01
+#define LFLAG_SET	0x02
+#define TCHARS_SET	0x04
+#define LTCHARS_SET	0x08
+
+struct bsdtty {
+  struct sgttyb sgttyb;	/* Basic BSD tty driver information. */
+  int lflag;		/* Local mode flags, like LPASS8. */
+#if defined (TIOCGETC)
+  struct tchars tchars;	/* Terminal special characters, including ^S and ^Q. */
+#endif
+#if defined (TIOCGLTC)
+  struct ltchars ltchars; /* 4.2 BSD editing characters */
+#endif
+  int flags;		/* Bitmap saying which parts of the struct are valid. */
+};
+
+#define TIOTYPE struct bsdtty
+
+static TIOTYPE otio;
+
+static void save_tty_chars PARAMS((TIOTYPE *));
+static int _get_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int get_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int _set_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int set_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+
+static void prepare_terminal_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE, TIOTYPE *));
+
+static void set_special_char PARAMS((Keymap, TIOTYPE *, int, rl_command_func_t));
+
+static void
+save_tty_chars (tiop)
+     TIOTYPE *tiop;
+{
+  _rl_last_tty_chars = _rl_tty_chars;
+
+  if (tiop->flags & SGTTY_SET)
+    {
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_erase = tiop->sgttyb.sg_erase;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_kill = tiop->sgttyb.sg_kill;
+    }
+
+  if (tiop->flags & TCHARS_SET)
+    {
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_intr = tiop->tchars.t_intrc;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_quit = tiop->tchars.t_quitc;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_start = tiop->tchars.t_startc;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_stop = tiop->tchars.t_stopc;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_eof = tiop->tchars.t_eofc;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_eol = '\n';
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_eol2 = tiop->tchars.t_brkc;
+    }
+
+  if (tiop->flags & LTCHARS_SET)
+    {
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_susp = tiop->ltchars.t_suspc;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_dsusp = tiop->ltchars.t_dsuspc;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_reprint = tiop->ltchars.t_rprntc;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_flush = tiop->ltchars.t_flushc;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_werase = tiop->ltchars.t_werasc;
+      _rl_tty_chars.t_lnext = tiop->ltchars.t_lnextc;
+    }
+
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_status = -1;
+}
+
+static int
+get_tty_settings (tty, tiop)
+     int tty;
+     TIOTYPE *tiop;
+{
+  set_winsize (tty);
+
+  tiop->flags = tiop->lflag = 0;
+
+  errno = 0;
+  if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGETP, &(tiop->sgttyb)) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  tiop->flags |= SGTTY_SET;
+
+#if defined (TIOCLGET)
+  if (ioctl (tty, TIOCLGET, &(tiop->lflag)) == 0)
+    tiop->flags |= LFLAG_SET;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (TIOCGETC)
+  if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGETC, &(tiop->tchars)) == 0)
+    tiop->flags |= TCHARS_SET;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (TIOCGLTC)
+  if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGLTC, &(tiop->ltchars)) == 0)
+    tiop->flags |= LTCHARS_SET;
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+set_tty_settings (tty, tiop)
+     int tty;
+     TIOTYPE *tiop;
+{
+  if (tiop->flags & SGTTY_SET)
+    {
+      ioctl (tty, TIOCSETN, &(tiop->sgttyb));
+      tiop->flags &= ~SGTTY_SET;
+    }
+  readline_echoing_p = 1;
+
+#if defined (TIOCLSET)
+  if (tiop->flags & LFLAG_SET)
+    {
+      ioctl (tty, TIOCLSET, &(tiop->lflag));
+      tiop->flags &= ~LFLAG_SET;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if defined (TIOCSETC)
+  if (tiop->flags & TCHARS_SET)
+    {
+      ioctl (tty, TIOCSETC, &(tiop->tchars));
+      tiop->flags &= ~TCHARS_SET;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if defined (TIOCSLTC)
+  if (tiop->flags & LTCHARS_SET)
+    {
+      ioctl (tty, TIOCSLTC, &(tiop->ltchars));
+      tiop->flags &= ~LTCHARS_SET;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+prepare_terminal_settings (meta_flag, oldtio, tiop)
+     int meta_flag;
+     TIOTYPE oldtio, *tiop;
+{
+  readline_echoing_p = (oldtio.sgttyb.sg_flags & ECHO);
+
+  /* Copy the original settings to the structure we're going to use for
+     our settings. */
+  tiop->sgttyb = oldtio.sgttyb;
+  tiop->lflag = oldtio.lflag;
+#if defined (TIOCGETC)
+  tiop->tchars = oldtio.tchars;
+#endif
+#if defined (TIOCGLTC)
+  tiop->ltchars = oldtio.ltchars;
+#endif
+  tiop->flags = oldtio.flags;
+
+  /* First, the basic settings to put us into character-at-a-time, no-echo
+     input mode. */
+  tiop->sgttyb.sg_flags &= ~(ECHO | CRMOD);
+  tiop->sgttyb.sg_flags |= CBREAK;
+
+  /* If this terminal doesn't care how the 8th bit is used, then we can
+     use it for the meta-key.  If only one of even or odd parity is
+     specified, then the terminal is using parity, and we cannot. */
+#if !defined (ANYP)
+#  define ANYP (EVENP | ODDP)
+#endif
+  if (((oldtio.sgttyb.sg_flags & ANYP) == ANYP) ||
+      ((oldtio.sgttyb.sg_flags & ANYP) == 0))
+    {
+      tiop->sgttyb.sg_flags |= ANYP;
+
+      /* Hack on local mode flags if we can. */
+#if defined (TIOCLGET)
+#  if defined (LPASS8)
+      tiop->lflag |= LPASS8;
+#  endif /* LPASS8 */
+#endif /* TIOCLGET */
+    }
+
+#if defined (TIOCGETC)
+#  if defined (USE_XON_XOFF)
+  /* Get rid of terminal output start and stop characters. */
+  tiop->tchars.t_stopc = -1; /* C-s */
+  tiop->tchars.t_startc = -1; /* C-q */
+
+  /* If there is an XON character, bind it to restart the output. */
+  if (oldtio.tchars.t_startc != -1)
+    rl_bind_key (oldtio.tchars.t_startc, rl_restart_output);
+#  endif /* USE_XON_XOFF */
+
+  /* If there is an EOF char, bind _rl_eof_char to it. */
+  if (oldtio.tchars.t_eofc != -1)
+    _rl_eof_char = oldtio.tchars.t_eofc;
+
+#  if defined (NO_KILL_INTR)
+  /* Get rid of terminal-generated SIGQUIT and SIGINT. */
+  tiop->tchars.t_quitc = -1; /* C-\ */
+  tiop->tchars.t_intrc = -1; /* C-c */
+#  endif /* NO_KILL_INTR */
+#endif /* TIOCGETC */
+
+#if defined (TIOCGLTC)
+  /* Make the interrupt keys go away.  Just enough to make people happy. */
+  tiop->ltchars.t_dsuspc = -1;	/* C-y */
+  tiop->ltchars.t_lnextc = -1;	/* C-v */
+#endif /* TIOCGLTC */
+}
+
+#else  /* !defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) */
+
+#if !defined (VMIN)
+#  define VMIN VEOF
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (VTIME)
+#  define VTIME VEOL
+#endif
+
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+#  define TIOTYPE struct termios
+#  define DRAIN_OUTPUT(fd)	tcdrain (fd)
+#  define GETATTR(tty, tiop)	(tcgetattr (tty, tiop))
+#  ifdef M_UNIX
+#    define SETATTR(tty, tiop)	(tcsetattr (tty, TCSANOW, tiop))
+#  else
+#    define SETATTR(tty, tiop)	(tcsetattr (tty, TCSADRAIN, tiop))
+#  endif /* !M_UNIX */
+#else
+#  define TIOTYPE struct termio
+#  define DRAIN_OUTPUT(fd)
+#  define GETATTR(tty, tiop)	(ioctl (tty, TCGETA, tiop))
+#  define SETATTR(tty, tiop)	(ioctl (tty, TCSETAW, tiop))
+#endif /* !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+static TIOTYPE otio;
+
+static void save_tty_chars PARAMS((TIOTYPE *));
+static int _get_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int get_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int _set_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+static int set_tty_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE *));
+
+static void prepare_terminal_settings PARAMS((int, TIOTYPE, TIOTYPE *));
+
+static void set_special_char PARAMS((Keymap, TIOTYPE *, int, rl_command_func_t));
+static void _rl_bind_tty_special_chars PARAMS((Keymap, TIOTYPE));
+
+#if defined (FLUSHO)
+#  define OUTPUT_BEING_FLUSHED(tp)  (tp->c_lflag & FLUSHO)
+#else
+#  define OUTPUT_BEING_FLUSHED(tp)  0
+#endif
+
+static void
+save_tty_chars (tiop)
+     TIOTYPE *tiop;
+{
+  _rl_last_tty_chars = _rl_tty_chars;
+
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_eof = tiop->c_cc[VEOF];
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_eol = tiop->c_cc[VEOL];
+#ifdef VEOL2
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_eol2 = tiop->c_cc[VEOL2];
+#endif
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_erase = tiop->c_cc[VERASE];
+#ifdef VWERASE
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_werase = tiop->c_cc[VWERASE];
+#endif
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_kill = tiop->c_cc[VKILL];
+#ifdef VREPRINT
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_reprint = tiop->c_cc[VREPRINT];
+#endif
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_intr = tiop->c_cc[VINTR];
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_quit = tiop->c_cc[VQUIT];
+#ifdef VSUSP
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_susp = tiop->c_cc[VSUSP];
+#endif
+#ifdef VDSUSP
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_dsusp = tiop->c_cc[VDSUSP];
+#endif
+#ifdef VSTART
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_start = tiop->c_cc[VSTART];
+#endif
+#ifdef VSTOP
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_stop = tiop->c_cc[VSTOP];
+#endif
+#ifdef VLNEXT
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_lnext = tiop->c_cc[VLNEXT];
+#endif
+#ifdef VDISCARD
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_flush = tiop->c_cc[VDISCARD];
+#endif
+#ifdef VSTATUS
+  _rl_tty_chars.t_status = tiop->c_cc[VSTATUS];
+#endif
+}
+
+#if defined (_AIX) || defined (_AIX41)
+/* Currently this is only used on AIX */
+static void
+rltty_warning (msg)
+     char *msg;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "readline: warning: %s\n", msg);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_AIX)
+void
+setopost(tp)
+TIOTYPE *tp;
+{
+  if ((tp->c_oflag & OPOST) == 0)
+    {
+      rltty_warning ("turning on OPOST for terminal\r");
+      tp->c_oflag |= OPOST|ONLCR;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+_get_tty_settings (tty, tiop)
+     int tty;
+     TIOTYPE *tiop;
+{
+  int ioctl_ret;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      ioctl_ret = GETATTR (tty, tiop);
+      if (ioctl_ret < 0)
+	{
+	  if (errno != EINTR)
+	    return -1;
+	  else
+	    continue;
+	}
+      if (OUTPUT_BEING_FLUSHED (tiop))
+	{
+#if defined (FLUSHO) && defined (_AIX41)
+	  rltty_warning ("turning off output flushing");
+	  tiop->c_lflag &= ~FLUSHO;
+	  break;
+#else
+	  continue;
+#endif
+	}
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+get_tty_settings (tty, tiop)
+     int tty;
+     TIOTYPE *tiop;
+{
+  set_winsize (tty);
+
+  errno = 0;
+  if (_get_tty_settings (tty, tiop) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+#if defined (_AIX)
+  setopost(tiop);
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+_set_tty_settings (tty, tiop)
+     int tty;
+     TIOTYPE *tiop;
+{
+  while (SETATTR (tty, tiop) < 0)
+    {
+      if (errno != EINTR)
+	return -1;
+      errno = 0;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+set_tty_settings (tty, tiop)
+     int tty;
+     TIOTYPE *tiop;
+{
+  if (_set_tty_settings (tty, tiop) < 0)
+    return -1;
+    
+#if 0
+
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+#  if defined (__ksr1__)
+  if (ksrflow)
+    {
+      ksrflow = 0;
+      tcflow (tty, TCOON);
+    }
+#  else /* !ksr1 */
+  tcflow (tty, TCOON);		/* Simulate a ^Q. */
+#  endif /* !ksr1 */
+#else
+  ioctl (tty, TCXONC, 1);	/* Simulate a ^Q. */
+#endif /* !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+prepare_terminal_settings (meta_flag, oldtio, tiop)
+     int meta_flag;
+     TIOTYPE oldtio, *tiop;
+{
+  readline_echoing_p = (oldtio.c_lflag & ECHO);
+
+  tiop->c_lflag &= ~(ICANON | ECHO);
+
+  if ((unsigned char) oldtio.c_cc[VEOF] != (unsigned char) _POSIX_VDISABLE)
+    _rl_eof_char = oldtio.c_cc[VEOF];
+
+#if defined (USE_XON_XOFF)
+#if defined (IXANY)
+  tiop->c_iflag &= ~(IXON | IXOFF | IXANY);
+#else
+  /* `strict' Posix systems do not define IXANY. */
+  tiop->c_iflag &= ~(IXON | IXOFF);
+#endif /* IXANY */
+#endif /* USE_XON_XOFF */
+
+  /* Only turn this off if we are using all 8 bits. */
+  if (((tiop->c_cflag & CSIZE) == CS8) || meta_flag)
+    tiop->c_iflag &= ~(ISTRIP | INPCK);
+
+  /* Make sure we differentiate between CR and NL on input. */
+  tiop->c_iflag &= ~(ICRNL | INLCR);
+
+#if !defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+  tiop->c_lflag &= ~ISIG;
+#else
+  tiop->c_lflag |= ISIG;
+#endif
+
+  tiop->c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
+  tiop->c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
+
+#if defined (FLUSHO)
+  if (OUTPUT_BEING_FLUSHED (tiop))
+    {
+      tiop->c_lflag &= ~FLUSHO;
+      oldtio.c_lflag &= ~FLUSHO;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Turn off characters that we need on Posix systems with job control,
+     just to be sure.  This includes ^Y and ^V.  This should not really
+     be necessary.  */
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) && defined (_POSIX_VDISABLE)
+
+#if defined (VLNEXT)
+  tiop->c_cc[VLNEXT] = _POSIX_VDISABLE;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (VDSUSP)
+  tiop->c_cc[VDSUSP] = _POSIX_VDISABLE;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER && _POSIX_VDISABLE */
+}
+#endif  /* !NEW_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+/* Put the terminal in CBREAK mode so that we can detect key presses. */
+#if defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+void
+rl_prep_terminal (meta_flag)
+     int meta_flag;
+{
+  readline_echoing_p = 1;
+}
+
+void
+rl_deprep_terminal ()
+{
+}
+
+#else /* ! NO_TTY_DRIVER */
+void
+rl_prep_terminal (meta_flag)
+     int meta_flag;
+{
+  int tty;
+  TIOTYPE tio;
+
+  if (terminal_prepped)
+    return;
+
+  /* Try to keep this function from being INTerrupted. */
+  block_sigint ();
+
+  tty = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+  if (get_tty_settings (tty, &tio) < 0)
+    {
+#if defined (ENOTSUP)
+      /* MacOS X, at least, lies about the value of errno if tcgetattr fails. */
+      if (errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENOTSUP)
+#else
+      if (errno == ENOTTY)
+#endif
+	readline_echoing_p = 1;		/* XXX */
+      release_sigint ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  otio = tio;
+
+  if (_rl_bind_stty_chars)
+    {
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+      /* If editing in vi mode, make sure we restore the bindings in the
+	 insertion keymap no matter what keymap we ended up in. */
+      if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+	rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (vi_insertion_keymap);
+      else
+#endif
+	rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (_rl_keymap);
+    }
+  save_tty_chars (&otio);
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED);
+  if (_rl_bind_stty_chars)
+    {
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+      /* If editing in vi mode, make sure we set the bindings in the
+	 insertion keymap no matter what keymap we ended up in. */
+      if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+	_rl_bind_tty_special_chars (vi_insertion_keymap, tio);	
+      else
+#endif
+	_rl_bind_tty_special_chars (_rl_keymap, tio);
+    }
+
+  prepare_terminal_settings (meta_flag, otio, &tio);
+
+  if (set_tty_settings (tty, &tio) < 0)
+    {
+      release_sigint ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (_rl_enable_keypad)
+    _rl_control_keypad (1);
+
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+  terminal_prepped = 1;
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED);
+
+  release_sigint ();
+}
+
+/* Restore the terminal's normal settings and modes. */
+void
+rl_deprep_terminal ()
+{
+  int tty;
+
+  if (!terminal_prepped)
+    return;
+
+  /* Try to keep this function from being interrupted. */
+  block_sigint ();
+
+  tty = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+  if (_rl_enable_keypad)
+    _rl_control_keypad (0);
+
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+
+  if (set_tty_settings (tty, &otio) < 0)
+    {
+      release_sigint ();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  terminal_prepped = 0;
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED);
+
+  release_sigint ();
+}
+#endif /* !NO_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Bogus Flow Control      		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+int
+rl_restart_output (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+  return 0;
+#else /* !__MING32__ */
+
+  int fildes = fileno (rl_outstream);
+#if defined (TIOCSTART)
+#if defined (apollo)
+  ioctl (&fildes, TIOCSTART, 0);
+#else
+  ioctl (fildes, TIOCSTART, 0);
+#endif /* apollo */
+
+#else /* !TIOCSTART */
+#  if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+#    if defined (__ksr1__)
+  if (ksrflow)
+    {
+      ksrflow = 0;
+      tcflow (fildes, TCOON);
+    }
+#    else /* !ksr1 */
+  tcflow (fildes, TCOON);		/* Simulate a ^Q. */
+#    endif /* !ksr1 */
+#  else /* !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+#    if defined (TCXONC)
+  ioctl (fildes, TCXONC, TCOON);
+#    endif /* TCXONC */
+#  endif /* !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+#endif /* !TIOCSTART */
+
+  return 0;
+#endif /* !__MINGW32__ */
+}
+
+int
+rl_stop_output (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (__MINGW32__)
+  return 0;
+#else
+
+  int fildes = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+#if defined (TIOCSTOP)
+# if defined (apollo)
+  ioctl (&fildes, TIOCSTOP, 0);
+# else
+  ioctl (fildes, TIOCSTOP, 0);
+# endif /* apollo */
+#else /* !TIOCSTOP */
+# if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+#  if defined (__ksr1__)
+  ksrflow = 1;
+#  endif /* ksr1 */
+  tcflow (fildes, TCOOFF);
+# else
+#   if defined (TCXONC)
+  ioctl (fildes, TCXONC, TCOON);
+#   endif /* TCXONC */
+# endif /* !TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+#endif /* !TIOCSTOP */
+
+  return 0;
+#endif /* !__MINGW32__ */
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Default Key Bindings			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if !defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+#define SET_SPECIAL(sc, func)	set_special_char(kmap, &ttybuff, sc, func)
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+
+#define SET_SPECIAL(sc, func)
+#define RESET_SPECIAL(c)
+
+#elif defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER)
+static void
+set_special_char (kmap, tiop, sc, func)
+     Keymap kmap;
+     TIOTYPE *tiop;
+     int sc;
+     rl_command_func_t *func;
+{
+  if (sc != -1 && kmap[(unsigned char)sc].type == ISFUNC)
+    kmap[(unsigned char)sc].function = func;
+}
+
+#define RESET_SPECIAL(c) \
+  if (c != -1 && kmap[(unsigned char)c].type == ISFUNC)
+    kmap[(unsigned char)c].function = rl_insert;
+
+static void
+_rl_bind_tty_special_chars (kmap, ttybuff)
+     Keymap kmap;
+     TIOTYPE ttybuff;
+{
+  if (ttybuff.flags & SGTTY_SET)
+    {
+      SET_SPECIAL (ttybuff.sgttyb.sg_erase, rl_rubout);
+      SET_SPECIAL (ttybuff.sgttyb.sg_kill, rl_unix_line_discard);
+    }
+
+#  if defined (TIOCGLTC)
+  if (ttybuff.flags & LTCHARS_SET)
+    {
+      SET_SPECIAL (ttybuff.ltchars.t_werasc, rl_unix_word_rubout);
+      SET_SPECIAL (ttybuff.ltchars.t_lnextc, rl_quoted_insert);
+    }
+#  endif /* TIOCGLTC */
+}
+
+#else /* !NEW_TTY_DRIVER */
+static void
+set_special_char (kmap, tiop, sc, func)
+     Keymap kmap;
+     TIOTYPE *tiop;
+     int sc;
+     rl_command_func_t *func;
+{
+  unsigned char uc;
+
+  uc = tiop->c_cc[sc];
+  if (uc != (unsigned char)_POSIX_VDISABLE && kmap[uc].type == ISFUNC)
+    kmap[uc].function = func;
+}
+
+/* used later */
+#define RESET_SPECIAL(uc) \
+  if (uc != (unsigned char)_POSIX_VDISABLE && kmap[uc].type == ISFUNC) \
+    kmap[uc].function = rl_insert;
+
+static void
+_rl_bind_tty_special_chars (kmap, ttybuff)
+     Keymap kmap;
+     TIOTYPE ttybuff;
+{
+  SET_SPECIAL (VERASE, rl_rubout);
+  SET_SPECIAL (VKILL, rl_unix_line_discard);
+
+#  if defined (VLNEXT) && defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+  SET_SPECIAL (VLNEXT, rl_quoted_insert);
+#  endif /* VLNEXT && TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+#  if defined (VWERASE) && defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+  SET_SPECIAL (VWERASE, rl_unix_word_rubout);
+#  endif /* VWERASE && TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+}
+
+#endif /* !NEW_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+/* Set the system's default editing characters to their readline equivalents
+   in KMAP.  Should be static, now that we have rl_tty_set_default_bindings. */
+void
+rltty_set_default_bindings (kmap)
+     Keymap kmap;
+{
+#if !defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+  TIOTYPE ttybuff;
+  int tty;
+  static int called = 0;
+
+  tty = fileno (rl_instream);
+
+  if (get_tty_settings (tty, &ttybuff) == 0)
+    _rl_bind_tty_special_chars (kmap, ttybuff);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* New public way to set the system default editing chars to their readline
+   equivalents. */
+void
+rl_tty_set_default_bindings (kmap)
+     Keymap kmap;
+{
+  rltty_set_default_bindings (kmap);
+}
+
+/* Rebind all of the tty special chars that readline worries about back
+   to self-insert.  Call this before saving the current terminal special
+   chars with save_tty_chars().  This only works on POSIX termios or termio
+   systems. */
+void
+rl_tty_unset_default_bindings (kmap)
+     Keymap kmap;
+{
+  /* Don't bother before we've saved the tty special chars at least once. */
+  if (RL_ISSTATE(RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED) == 0)
+    return;
+
+  RESET_SPECIAL (_rl_tty_chars.t_erase);
+  RESET_SPECIAL (_rl_tty_chars.t_kill);
+
+#  if defined (VLNEXT) && defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+  RESET_SPECIAL (_rl_tty_chars.t_lnext);
+#  endif /* VLNEXT && TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+#  if defined (VWERASE) && defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+  RESET_SPECIAL (_rl_tty_chars.t_werase);
+#  endif /* VWERASE && TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+
+#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (NO_TTY_DRIVER)
+int
+_rl_disable_tty_signals ()
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_restore_tty_signals ()
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+#else
+
+static TIOTYPE sigstty, nosigstty;
+static int tty_sigs_disabled = 0;
+
+int
+_rl_disable_tty_signals ()
+{
+  if (tty_sigs_disabled)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (_get_tty_settings (fileno (rl_instream), &sigstty) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  nosigstty = sigstty;
+
+  nosigstty.c_lflag &= ~ISIG;
+  nosigstty.c_iflag &= ~IXON;
+
+  if (_set_tty_settings (fileno (rl_instream), &nosigstty) < 0)
+    return (_set_tty_settings (fileno (rl_instream), &sigstty));
+
+  tty_sigs_disabled = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_restore_tty_signals ()
+{
+  int r;
+
+  if (tty_sigs_disabled == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  r = _set_tty_settings (fileno (rl_instream), &sigstty);
+
+  if (r == 0)
+    tty_sigs_disabled = 0;
+
+  return r;
+}
+#endif /* !NEW_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+#endif /* HANDLE_SIGNALS */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rltty.h b/lib/readline/rltty.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142e96b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rltty.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* rltty.h - tty driver-related definitions used by some library files. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the Readline Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+   for it.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_RLTTY_H_)
+#define _RLTTY_H_
+
+/* Posix systems use termios and the Posix signal functions. */
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER)
+#  include <termios.h>
+#endif /* TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+/* System V machines use termio. */
+#if defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER)
+#  include <termio.h>
+#  if !defined (TCOON)
+#    define TCOON 1
+#  endif
+#endif /* TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER */
+
+/* Other (BSD) machines use sgtty. */
+#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER)
+#  include <sgtty.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rlwinsize.h"
+
+/* Define _POSIX_VDISABLE if we are not using the `new' tty driver and
+   it is not already defined.  It is used both to determine if a
+   special character is disabled and to disable certain special
+   characters.  Posix systems should set to 0, USG systems to -1. */
+#if !defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER) && !defined (_POSIX_VDISABLE)
+#  if defined (_SVR4_VDISABLE)
+#    define _POSIX_VDISABLE _SVR4_VDISABLE
+#  else
+#    if defined (_POSIX_VERSION)
+#      define _POSIX_VDISABLE 0
+#    else /* !_POSIX_VERSION */
+#      define _POSIX_VDISABLE -1
+#    endif /* !_POSIX_VERSION */
+#  endif /* !_SVR4_DISABLE */
+#endif /* !NEW_TTY_DRIVER && !_POSIX_VDISABLE */
+
+typedef struct _rl_tty_chars {
+  unsigned char t_eof;
+  unsigned char t_eol;
+  unsigned char t_eol2;
+  unsigned char t_erase;
+  unsigned char t_werase;
+  unsigned char t_kill;
+  unsigned char t_reprint;
+  unsigned char t_intr;
+  unsigned char t_quit;
+  unsigned char t_susp;
+  unsigned char t_dsusp;
+  unsigned char t_start;
+  unsigned char t_stop;
+  unsigned char t_lnext;
+  unsigned char t_flush;
+  unsigned char t_status;
+} _RL_TTY_CHARS;
+
+#endif /* _RLTTY_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rltypedefs.h b/lib/readline/rltypedefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..862bdb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rltypedefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* rltypedefs.h -- Type declarations for readline functions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifndef _RL_TYPEDEFS_H_
+#define _RL_TYPEDEFS_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Old-style */
+
+#if !defined (_FUNCTION_DEF)
+#  define _FUNCTION_DEF
+
+typedef int Function ();
+typedef void VFunction ();
+typedef char *CPFunction ();
+typedef char **CPPFunction ();
+
+#endif /* _FUNCTION_DEF */
+
+/* New style. */
+
+#if !defined (_RL_FUNCTION_TYPEDEF)
+#  define _RL_FUNCTION_TYPEDEF
+
+/* Bindable functions */
+typedef int rl_command_func_t PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Typedefs for the completion system */
+typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t PARAMS((const char *, int));
+typedef char **rl_completion_func_t PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+
+typedef char *rl_quote_func_t PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+typedef int rl_compignore_func_t PARAMS((char **));
+
+typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t PARAMS((char **, int, int));
+
+/* Type for input and pre-read hook functions like rl_event_hook */
+typedef int rl_hook_func_t PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Input function type */
+typedef int rl_getc_func_t PARAMS((FILE *));
+
+/* Generic function that takes a character buffer (which could be the readline
+   line buffer) and an index into it (which could be rl_point) and returns
+   an int. */
+typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+/* `Generic' function pointer typedefs */
+typedef int rl_intfunc_t PARAMS((int));
+#define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t
+typedef int rl_icpfunc_t PARAMS((char *));
+typedef int rl_icppfunc_t PARAMS((char **));
+
+typedef void rl_voidfunc_t PARAMS((void));
+typedef void rl_vintfunc_t PARAMS((int));
+typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t PARAMS((char *));
+typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t PARAMS((char **));
+
+typedef char *rl_cpvfunc_t PARAMS((void));
+typedef char *rl_cpifunc_t PARAMS((int));
+typedef char *rl_cpcpfunc_t PARAMS((char  *));
+typedef char *rl_cpcppfunc_t PARAMS((char  **));
+
+#endif /* _RL_FUNCTION_TYPEDEF */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RL_TYPEDEFS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlwinsize.h b/lib/readline/rlwinsize.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7838154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlwinsize.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* rlwinsize.h -- an attempt to isolate some of the system-specific defines
+   for `struct winsize' and TIOCGWINSZ. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the Readline Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+   for it.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_RLWINSIZE_H_)
+#define _RLWINSIZE_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Try to find the definitions of `struct winsize' and TIOGCWINSZ */
+
+#if defined (GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL) && !defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+#  include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL && !TIOCGWINSZ */
+
+#if defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS) && !defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+#  include <termios.h>
+#endif /* STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS && !STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+/* Not in either of the standard places, look around. */
+#if !defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS) && !defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+#  if defined (HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H)
+#    include <sys/stream.h>
+#  endif /* HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H */
+#  if defined (HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H) /* SVR4.2, at least, has it here */
+#    include <sys/ptem.h>
+#    define _IO_PTEM_H          /* work around SVR4.2 1.1.4 bug */
+#  endif /* HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H */
+#  if defined (HAVE_SYS_PTE_H)  /* ??? */
+#    include <sys/pte.h>
+#  endif /* HAVE_SYS_PTE_H */
+#endif /* !STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_TERMIOS && !STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+#endif /* _RL_WINSIZE_H */
+
diff --git a/lib/readline/savestring.c b/lib/readline/savestring.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..820428d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/savestring.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* savestring.c  */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1998,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#include <config.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#  include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* Backwards compatibility, now that savestring has been removed from
+   all `public' readline header files. */
+char *
+savestring (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  return ((char *)strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (s)), (s)));
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/search.c b/lib/readline/search.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8013916
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/search.c
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+/* search.c - code for non-incremental searching in emacs and vi modes. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the Readline Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+   for it.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#ifdef abs
+#  undef abs
+#endif
+#define abs(x)		(((x) >= 0) ? (x) : -(x))
+
+_rl_search_cxt *_rl_nscxt = 0;
+
+extern HIST_ENTRY *_rl_saved_line_for_history;
+
+/* Functions imported from the rest of the library. */
+extern int _rl_free_history_entry PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+
+static char *noninc_search_string = (char *) NULL;
+static int noninc_history_pos;
+
+static char *prev_line_found = (char *) NULL;
+
+static int rl_history_search_len;
+static int rl_history_search_pos;
+static char *history_search_string;
+static int history_string_size;
+
+static UNDO_LIST *noninc_saved_undo_list;
+static void make_history_line_current PARAMS((HIST_ENTRY *));
+static int noninc_search_from_pos PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+static int noninc_dosearch PARAMS((char *, int));
+static int noninc_search PARAMS((int, int));
+static int rl_history_search_internal PARAMS((int, int));
+static void rl_history_search_reinit PARAMS((void));
+
+static _rl_search_cxt *_rl_nsearch_init PARAMS((int, int));
+static int _rl_nsearch_cleanup PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+static void _rl_nsearch_abort PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+static int _rl_nsearch_dispatch PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+
+/* Make the data from the history entry ENTRY be the contents of the
+   current line.  This doesn't do anything with rl_point; the caller
+   must set it. */
+static void
+make_history_line_current (entry)
+     HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+{
+  _rl_replace_text (entry->line, 0, rl_end);
+  _rl_fix_point (1);
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+    /* POSIX.2 says that the `U' command doesn't affect the copy of any
+       command lines to the edit line.  We're going to implement that by
+       making the undo list start after the matching line is copied to the
+       current editing buffer. */
+    rl_free_undo_list ();
+#endif
+
+  if (_rl_saved_line_for_history)
+    _rl_free_history_entry (_rl_saved_line_for_history);
+  _rl_saved_line_for_history = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Search the history list for STRING starting at absolute history position
+   POS.  If STRING begins with `^', the search must match STRING at the
+   beginning of a history line, otherwise a full substring match is performed
+   for STRING.  DIR < 0 means to search backwards through the history list,
+   DIR >= 0 means to search forward. */
+static int
+noninc_search_from_pos (string, pos, dir)
+     char *string;
+     int pos, dir;
+{
+  int ret, old;
+
+  if (pos < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  old = where_history ();
+  if (history_set_pos (pos) == 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_SEARCH);
+  if (*string == '^')
+    ret = history_search_prefix (string + 1, dir);
+  else
+    ret = history_search (string, dir);
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_SEARCH);
+
+  if (ret != -1)
+    ret = where_history ();
+
+  history_set_pos (old);
+  return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Search for a line in the history containing STRING.  If DIR is < 0, the
+   search is backwards through previous entries, else through subsequent
+   entries.  Returns 1 if the search was successful, 0 otherwise. */
+static int
+noninc_dosearch (string, dir)
+     char *string;
+     int dir;
+{
+  int oldpos, pos;
+  HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+
+  if (string == 0 || *string == '\0' || noninc_history_pos < 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  pos = noninc_search_from_pos (string, noninc_history_pos + dir, dir);
+  if (pos == -1)
+    {
+      /* Search failed, current history position unchanged. */
+      rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+      rl_clear_message ();
+      rl_point = 0;
+      rl_ding ();
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  noninc_history_pos = pos;
+
+  oldpos = where_history ();
+  history_set_pos (noninc_history_pos);
+  entry = current_history ();
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  if (rl_editing_mode != vi_mode)
+#endif
+    history_set_pos (oldpos);
+
+  make_history_line_current (entry);
+
+  rl_point = 0;
+  rl_mark = rl_end;
+
+  rl_clear_message ();
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static _rl_search_cxt *
+_rl_nsearch_init (dir, pchar)
+     int dir, pchar;
+{
+  _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+  char *p;
+
+  cxt = _rl_scxt_alloc (RL_SEARCH_NSEARCH, 0);
+  if (dir < 0)
+    cxt->sflags |= SF_REVERSE;		/* not strictly needed */
+
+  cxt->direction = dir;
+  cxt->history_pos = cxt->save_line;
+
+  rl_maybe_save_line ();
+
+  /* Clear the undo list, since reading the search string should create its
+     own undo list, and the whole list will end up being freed when we
+     finish reading the search string. */
+  rl_undo_list = 0;
+
+  /* Use the line buffer to read the search string. */
+  rl_line_buffer[0] = 0;
+  rl_end = rl_point = 0;
+
+  p = _rl_make_prompt_for_search (pchar ? pchar : ':');
+  rl_message (p, 0, 0);
+  free (p);
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_NSEARCH);
+
+  _rl_nscxt = cxt;
+
+  return cxt;
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_nsearch_cleanup (cxt, r)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+     int r;
+{
+  _rl_scxt_dispose (cxt, 0);
+  _rl_nscxt = 0;
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NSEARCH);
+
+  return (r != 1);
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_nsearch_abort (cxt)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+{
+  rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+  rl_clear_message ();
+  rl_point = cxt->save_point;
+  rl_mark = cxt->save_mark;
+  rl_restore_prompt ();
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_NSEARCH);
+}
+
+/* Process just-read character C according to search context CXT.  Return -1
+   if the caller should abort the search, 0 if we should break out of the
+   loop, and 1 if we should continue to read characters. */
+static int
+_rl_nsearch_dispatch (cxt, c)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+     int c;
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case CTRL('W'):
+      rl_unix_word_rubout (1, c);
+      break;
+
+    case CTRL('U'):
+      rl_unix_line_discard (1, c);
+      break;
+
+    case RETURN:
+    case NEWLINE:
+      return 0;
+
+    case CTRL('H'):
+    case RUBOUT:
+      if (rl_point == 0)
+	{
+	  _rl_nsearch_abort (cxt);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      _rl_rubout_char (1, c);
+      break;
+
+    case CTRL('C'):
+    case CTRL('G'):
+      rl_ding ();
+      _rl_nsearch_abort (cxt);
+      return -1;
+
+    default:
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	rl_insert_text (cxt->mb);
+      else
+#endif
+	_rl_insert_char (1, c);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Perform one search according to CXT, using NONINC_SEARCH_STRING.  Return
+   -1 if the search should be aborted, any other value means to clean up
+   using _rl_nsearch_cleanup ().  Returns 1 if the search was successful,
+   0 otherwise. */
+static int
+_rl_nsearch_dosearch (cxt)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+{
+  rl_mark = cxt->save_mark;
+
+  /* If rl_point == 0, we want to re-use the previous search string and
+     start from the saved history position.  If there's no previous search
+     string, punt. */
+  if (rl_point == 0)
+    {
+      if (noninc_search_string == 0)
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  rl_restore_prompt ();
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_NSEARCH);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We want to start the search from the current history position. */
+      noninc_history_pos = cxt->save_line;
+      FREE (noninc_search_string);
+      noninc_search_string = savestring (rl_line_buffer);
+
+      /* If we don't want the subsequent undo list generated by the search
+	 matching a history line to include the contents of the search string,
+	 we need to clear rl_line_buffer here.  For now, we just clear the
+	 undo list generated by reading the search string.  (If the search
+	 fails, the old undo list will be restored by rl_maybe_unsave_line.) */
+      rl_free_undo_list ();
+    }
+
+  rl_restore_prompt ();
+  return (noninc_dosearch (noninc_search_string, cxt->direction));
+}
+
+/* Search non-interactively through the history list.  DIR < 0 means to
+   search backwards through the history of previous commands; otherwise
+   the search is for commands subsequent to the current position in the
+   history list.  PCHAR is the character to use for prompting when reading
+   the search string; if not specified (0), it defaults to `:'. */
+static int
+noninc_search (dir, pchar)
+     int dir;
+     int pchar;
+{
+  _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+  int c, r;
+
+  cxt = _rl_nsearch_init (dir, pchar);
+
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+    return (0);
+
+  /* Read the search string. */
+  r = 0;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      c = _rl_search_getchar (cxt);
+
+      if (c == 0)
+	break;
+
+      r = _rl_nsearch_dispatch (cxt, c);
+      if (r < 0)
+        return 1;
+      else if (r == 0)
+	break;        
+    }
+
+  r = _rl_nsearch_dosearch (cxt);
+  return ((r >= 0) ? _rl_nsearch_cleanup (cxt, r) : (r != 1));
+}
+
+/* Search forward through the history list for a string.  If the vi-mode
+   code calls this, KEY will be `?'. */
+int
+rl_noninc_forward_search (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return noninc_search (1, (key == '?') ? '?' : 0);
+}
+
+/* Reverse search the history list for a string.  If the vi-mode code
+   calls this, KEY will be `/'. */
+int
+rl_noninc_reverse_search (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return noninc_search (-1, (key == '/') ? '/' : 0);
+}
+
+/* Search forward through the history list for the last string searched
+   for.  If there is no saved search string, abort. */
+int
+rl_noninc_forward_search_again (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int r;
+
+  if (!noninc_search_string)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return (-1);
+    }
+  r = noninc_dosearch (noninc_search_string, 1);
+  return (r != 1);
+}
+
+/* Reverse search in the history list for the last string searched
+   for.  If there is no saved search string, abort. */
+int
+rl_noninc_reverse_search_again (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int r;
+
+  if (!noninc_search_string)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return (-1);
+    }
+  r = noninc_dosearch (noninc_search_string, -1);
+  return (r != 1);
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+int
+_rl_nsearch_callback (cxt)
+     _rl_search_cxt *cxt;
+{
+  int c, r;
+
+  c = _rl_search_getchar (cxt);
+  r = _rl_nsearch_dispatch (cxt, c);
+  if (r != 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  r = _rl_nsearch_dosearch (cxt);
+  return ((r >= 0) ? _rl_nsearch_cleanup (cxt, r) : (r != 1));
+}
+#endif
+  
+static int
+rl_history_search_internal (count, dir)
+     int count, dir;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+  int ret, oldpos;
+
+  rl_maybe_save_line ();
+  temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+
+  /* Search COUNT times through the history for a line whose prefix
+     matches history_search_string.  When this loop finishes, TEMP,
+     if non-null, is the history line to copy into the line buffer. */
+  while (count)
+    {
+      ret = noninc_search_from_pos (history_search_string, rl_history_search_pos + dir, dir);
+      if (ret == -1)
+	break;
+
+      /* Get the history entry we found. */
+      rl_history_search_pos = ret;
+      oldpos = where_history ();
+      history_set_pos (rl_history_search_pos);
+      temp = current_history ();
+      history_set_pos (oldpos);
+
+      /* Don't find multiple instances of the same line. */
+      if (prev_line_found && STREQ (prev_line_found, temp->line))
+        continue;
+      prev_line_found = temp->line;
+      count--;
+    }
+
+  /* If we didn't find anything at all, return. */
+  if (temp == 0)
+    {
+      rl_maybe_unsave_line ();
+      rl_ding ();
+      /* If you don't want the saved history line (last match) to show up
+         in the line buffer after the search fails, change the #if 0 to
+         #if 1 */
+#if 0
+      if (rl_point > rl_history_search_len)
+        {
+          rl_point = rl_end = rl_history_search_len;
+          rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = '\0';
+          rl_mark = 0;
+        }
+#else
+      rl_point = rl_history_search_len;	/* rl_maybe_unsave_line changes it */
+      rl_mark = rl_end;
+#endif
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy the line we found into the current line buffer. */
+  make_history_line_current (temp);
+
+  rl_point = rl_history_search_len;
+  rl_mark = rl_end;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+rl_history_search_reinit ()
+{
+  rl_history_search_pos = where_history ();
+  rl_history_search_len = rl_point;
+  prev_line_found = (char *)NULL;
+  if (rl_point)
+    {
+      if (rl_history_search_len >= history_string_size - 2)
+	{
+	  history_string_size = rl_history_search_len + 2;
+	  history_search_string = (char *)xrealloc (history_search_string, history_string_size);
+	}
+      history_search_string[0] = '^';
+      strncpy (history_search_string + 1, rl_line_buffer, rl_point);
+      history_search_string[rl_point + 1] = '\0';
+    }
+  _rl_free_saved_history_line ();
+}
+
+/* Search forward in the history for the string of characters
+   from the start of the line to rl_point.  This is a non-incremental
+   search. */
+int
+rl_history_search_forward (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  if (count == 0)
+    return (0);
+
+  if (rl_last_func != rl_history_search_forward &&
+      rl_last_func != rl_history_search_backward)
+    rl_history_search_reinit ();
+
+  if (rl_history_search_len == 0)
+    return (rl_get_next_history (count, ignore));
+  return (rl_history_search_internal (abs (count), (count > 0) ? 1 : -1));
+}
+
+/* Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+   from the start of the line to rl_point.  This is a non-incremental
+   search. */
+int
+rl_history_search_backward (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  if (count == 0)
+    return (0);
+
+  if (rl_last_func != rl_history_search_forward &&
+      rl_last_func != rl_history_search_backward)
+    rl_history_search_reinit ();
+
+  if (rl_history_search_len == 0)
+    return (rl_get_previous_history (count, ignore));
+  return (rl_history_search_internal (abs (count), (count > 0) ? -1 : 1));
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/shell.c b/lib/readline/shell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..346f811
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/shell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* shell.c -- readline utility functions that are normally provided by
+	      bash when readline is linked as part of the shell. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#  include <string.h>
+#else
+#  include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+#  include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_FCNTL_H)
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+#include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWUID) && !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS)
+extern struct passwd *getpwuid PARAMS((uid_t));
+#endif /* HAVE_GETPWUID && !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS */
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#  define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+#  define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if the integer type T is signed.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer value of type T.
+   Subtract one for the sign bit if T is signed;
+   302 / 1000 is log10 (2) rounded up;
+   add one for integer division truncation;
+   add one more for a minus sign if t is signed.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
+  ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 1000 \
+   + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))
+
+/* All of these functions are resolved from bash if we are linking readline
+   as part of bash. */
+
+/* Does shell-like quoting using single quotes. */
+char *
+sh_single_quote (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  register int c;
+  char *result, *r, *s;
+
+  result = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (4 * strlen (string)));
+  r = result;
+  *r++ = '\'';
+
+  for (s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+    {
+      *r++ = c;
+
+      if (c == '\'')
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\\';	/* insert escaped single quote */
+	  *r++ = '\'';
+	  *r++ = '\'';	/* start new quoted string */
+	}
+    }
+
+  *r++ = '\'';
+  *r = '\0';
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Set the environment variables LINES and COLUMNS to lines and cols,
+   respectively. */
+void
+sh_set_lines_and_columns (lines, cols)
+     int lines, cols;
+{
+  char *b;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SETENV)
+  b = (char *)xmalloc (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1);
+  sprintf (b, "%d", lines);
+  setenv ("LINES", b, 1);
+  free (b);
+
+  b = (char *)xmalloc (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1);
+  sprintf (b, "%d", cols);
+  setenv ("COLUMNS", b, 1);
+  free (b);
+#else /* !HAVE_SETENV */
+#  if defined (HAVE_PUTENV)
+  b = (char *)xmalloc (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + sizeof ("LINES=") + 1);
+  sprintf (b, "LINES=%d", lines);
+  putenv (b);
+
+  b = (char *)xmalloc (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + sizeof ("COLUMNS=") + 1);
+  sprintf (b, "COLUMNS=%d", cols);
+  putenv (b);
+#  endif /* HAVE_PUTENV */
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETENV */
+}
+
+char *
+sh_get_env_value (varname)
+     const char *varname;
+{
+  return ((char *)getenv (varname));
+}
+
+char *
+sh_get_home_dir ()
+{
+  char *home_dir;
+  struct passwd *entry;
+
+  home_dir = (char *)NULL;
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWUID)
+  entry = getpwuid (getuid ());
+  if (entry)
+    home_dir = entry->pw_dir;
+#endif
+  return (home_dir);
+}
+
+#if !defined (O_NDELAY)
+#  if defined (FNDELAY)
+#    define O_NDELAY FNDELAY
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+int
+sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd)
+     int fd;
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_FCNTL)
+  int flags, bflags;
+
+  if ((flags = fcntl (fd, F_GETFL, 0)) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  bflags = 0;
+
+#ifdef O_NONBLOCK
+  bflags |= O_NONBLOCK;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef O_NDELAY
+  bflags |= O_NDELAY;
+#endif
+
+  if (flags & bflags)
+    {
+      flags &= ~bflags;
+      return (fcntl (fd, F_SETFL, flags));
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/signals.c b/lib/readline/signals.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f344ed8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/signals.c
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+/* signals.c -- signal handling support for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>		/* Just for NULL.  Yuck. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+#if defined (GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+#  include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+#if !defined (RETSIGTYPE)
+#  if defined (VOID_SIGHANDLER)
+#    define RETSIGTYPE void
+#  else
+#    define RETSIGTYPE int
+#  endif /* !VOID_SIGHANDLER */
+#endif /* !RETSIGTYPE */
+
+#if defined (VOID_SIGHANDLER)
+#  define SIGHANDLER_RETURN return
+#else
+#  define SIGHANDLER_RETURN return (0)
+#endif
+
+/* This typedef is equivalent to the one for Function; it allows us
+   to say SigHandler *foo = signal (SIGKILL, SIG_IGN); */
+typedef RETSIGTYPE SigHandler ();
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+typedef struct sigaction sighandler_cxt;
+#  define rl_sigaction(s, nh, oh)	sigaction(s, nh, oh)
+#else
+typedef struct { SigHandler *sa_handler; int sa_mask, sa_flags; } sighandler_cxt;
+#  define sigemptyset(m)
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+#ifndef SA_RESTART
+#  define SA_RESTART 0
+#endif
+
+static SigHandler *rl_set_sighandler PARAMS((int, SigHandler *, sighandler_cxt *));
+static void rl_maybe_set_sighandler PARAMS((int, SigHandler *, sighandler_cxt *));
+
+/* Exported variables for use by applications. */
+
+/* If non-zero, readline will install its own signal handlers for
+   SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGQUIT, SIGALRM, SIGTSTP, SIGTTIN, and SIGTTOU. */
+int rl_catch_signals = 1;
+
+/* If non-zero, readline will install a signal handler for SIGWINCH. */
+#ifdef SIGWINCH
+int rl_catch_sigwinch = 1;
+#else
+int rl_catch_sigwinch = 0;	/* for the readline state struct in readline.c */
+#endif
+
+static int signals_set_flag;
+static int sigwinch_set_flag;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*					        		    */
+/*			   Signal Handling                          */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static sighandler_cxt old_int, old_term, old_alrm, old_quit;
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+static sighandler_cxt old_tstp, old_ttou, old_ttin;
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+static sighandler_cxt old_winch;
+#endif
+
+/* Readline signal handler functions. */
+
+static RETSIGTYPE
+rl_signal_handler (sig)
+     int sig;
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+  sigset_t set;
+#else /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+#  if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+  long omask;
+#  else /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+  sighandler_cxt dummy_cxt;	/* needed for rl_set_sighandler call */
+#  endif /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER);
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS) && !defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+  /* Since the signal will not be blocked while we are in the signal
+     handler, ignore it until rl_clear_signals resets the catcher. */
+#  if defined (SIGALRM)
+  if (sig == SIGINT || sig == SIGALRM)
+#  else
+  if (sig == SIGINT)
+#  endif
+    rl_set_sighandler (sig, SIG_IGN, &dummy_cxt);
+#endif /* !HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS && !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+  switch (sig)
+    {
+    case SIGINT:
+      rl_free_line_state ();
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+    case SIGTERM:
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+    case SIGTSTP:
+    case SIGTTOU:
+    case SIGTTIN:
+#endif /* SIGTSTP */
+#if defined (SIGALRM)
+    case SIGALRM:
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+    case SIGQUIT:
+#endif
+      rl_cleanup_after_signal ();
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+      sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, (sigset_t *)NULL, &set);
+      sigdelset (&set, sig);
+#else /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+#  if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+      omask = sigblock (0);
+#  endif /* HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+      signal (sig, SIG_ACK);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_KILL)
+      kill (getpid (), sig);
+#else
+      raise (sig);		/* assume we have raise */
+#endif
+
+      /* Let the signal that we just sent through.  */
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+      sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &set, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+#else /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+#  if defined (HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS)
+      sigsetmask (omask & ~(sigmask (sig)));
+#  endif /* HAVE_BSD_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+      rl_reset_after_signal ();
+    }
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER);
+  SIGHANDLER_RETURN;
+}
+
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+static RETSIGTYPE
+rl_sigwinch_handler (sig)
+     int sig;
+{
+  SigHandler *oh;
+
+#if defined (MUST_REINSTALL_SIGHANDLERS)
+  sighandler_cxt dummy_winch;
+
+  /* We don't want to change old_winch -- it holds the state of SIGWINCH
+     disposition set by the calling application.  We need this state
+     because we call the application's SIGWINCH handler after updating
+     our own idea of the screen size. */
+  rl_set_sighandler (SIGWINCH, rl_sigwinch_handler, &dummy_winch);
+#endif
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER);
+  rl_resize_terminal ();
+
+  /* If another sigwinch handler has been installed, call it. */
+  oh = (SigHandler *)old_winch.sa_handler;
+  if (oh &&  oh != (SigHandler *)SIG_IGN && oh != (SigHandler *)SIG_DFL)
+    (*oh) (sig);
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER);
+  SIGHANDLER_RETURN;
+}
+#endif  /* SIGWINCH */
+
+/* Functions to manage signal handling. */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+static int
+rl_sigaction (sig, nh, oh)
+     int sig;
+     sighandler_cxt *nh, *oh;
+{
+  oh->sa_handler = signal (sig, nh->sa_handler);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+/* Set up a readline-specific signal handler, saving the old signal
+   information in OHANDLER.  Return the old signal handler, like
+   signal(). */
+static SigHandler *
+rl_set_sighandler (sig, handler, ohandler)
+     int sig;
+     SigHandler *handler;
+     sighandler_cxt *ohandler;
+{
+  sighandler_cxt old_handler;
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS)
+  struct sigaction act;
+
+  act.sa_handler = handler;
+  act.sa_flags = (sig == SIGWINCH) ? SA_RESTART : 0;
+  sigemptyset (&act.sa_mask);
+  sigemptyset (&ohandler->sa_mask);
+  sigaction (sig, &act, &old_handler);
+#else
+  old_handler.sa_handler = (SigHandler *)signal (sig, handler);
+#endif /* !HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+
+  /* XXX -- assume we have memcpy */
+  /* If rl_set_signals is called twice in a row, don't set the old handler to
+     rl_signal_handler, because that would cause infinite recursion. */
+  if (handler != rl_signal_handler || old_handler.sa_handler != rl_signal_handler)
+    memcpy (ohandler, &old_handler, sizeof (sighandler_cxt));
+
+  return (ohandler->sa_handler);
+}
+
+static void
+rl_maybe_set_sighandler (sig, handler, ohandler)
+     int sig;
+     SigHandler *handler;
+     sighandler_cxt *ohandler;
+{
+  sighandler_cxt dummy;
+  SigHandler *oh;
+
+  sigemptyset (&dummy.sa_mask);
+  oh = rl_set_sighandler (sig, handler, ohandler);
+  if (oh == (SigHandler *)SIG_IGN)
+    rl_sigaction (sig, ohandler, &dummy);
+}
+
+int
+rl_set_signals ()
+{
+  sighandler_cxt dummy;
+  SigHandler *oh;
+
+  if (rl_catch_signals && signals_set_flag == 0)
+    {
+      rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGINT, rl_signal_handler, &old_int);
+      rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGTERM, rl_signal_handler, &old_term);
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+      rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGQUIT, rl_signal_handler, &old_quit);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (SIGALRM)
+      oh = rl_set_sighandler (SIGALRM, rl_signal_handler, &old_alrm);
+      if (oh == (SigHandler *)SIG_IGN)
+	rl_sigaction (SIGALRM, &old_alrm, &dummy);
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS) && defined (SA_RESTART)
+      /* If the application using readline has already installed a signal
+	 handler with SA_RESTART, SIGALRM will cause reads to be restarted
+	 automatically, so readline should just get out of the way.  Since
+	 we tested for SIG_IGN above, we can just test for SIG_DFL here. */
+      if (oh != (SigHandler *)SIG_DFL && (old_alrm.sa_flags & SA_RESTART))
+	rl_sigaction (SIGALRM, &old_alrm, &dummy);
+#endif /* HAVE_POSIX_SIGNALS */
+#endif /* SIGALRM */
+
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+      rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGTSTP, rl_signal_handler, &old_tstp);
+#endif /* SIGTSTP */
+
+#if defined (SIGTTOU)
+      rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGTTOU, rl_signal_handler, &old_ttou);
+#endif /* SIGTTOU */
+
+#if defined (SIGTTIN)
+      rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGTTIN, rl_signal_handler, &old_ttin);
+#endif /* SIGTTIN */
+
+      signals_set_flag = 1;
+    }
+
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+  if (rl_catch_sigwinch && sigwinch_set_flag == 0)
+    {
+      rl_maybe_set_sighandler (SIGWINCH, rl_sigwinch_handler, &old_winch);
+      sigwinch_set_flag = 1;
+    }
+#endif /* SIGWINCH */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_clear_signals ()
+{
+  sighandler_cxt dummy;
+
+  if (rl_catch_signals && signals_set_flag == 1)
+    {
+      sigemptyset (&dummy.sa_mask);
+
+      rl_sigaction (SIGINT, &old_int, &dummy);
+      rl_sigaction (SIGTERM, &old_term, &dummy);
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+      rl_sigaction (SIGQUIT, &old_quit, &dummy);
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGALRM)
+      rl_sigaction (SIGALRM, &old_alrm, &dummy);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+      rl_sigaction (SIGTSTP, &old_tstp, &dummy);
+#endif /* SIGTSTP */
+
+#if defined (SIGTTOU)
+      rl_sigaction (SIGTTOU, &old_ttou, &dummy);
+#endif /* SIGTTOU */
+
+#if defined (SIGTTIN)
+      rl_sigaction (SIGTTIN, &old_ttin, &dummy);
+#endif /* SIGTTIN */
+
+      signals_set_flag = 0;
+    }
+
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+  if (rl_catch_sigwinch && sigwinch_set_flag == 1)
+    {
+      sigemptyset (&dummy.sa_mask);
+      rl_sigaction (SIGWINCH, &old_winch, &dummy);
+      sigwinch_set_flag = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Clean up the terminal and readline state after catching a signal, before
+   resending it to the calling application. */
+void
+rl_cleanup_after_signal ()
+{
+  _rl_clean_up_for_exit ();
+  if (rl_deprep_term_function)
+    (*rl_deprep_term_function) ();
+  rl_clear_signals ();
+  rl_clear_pending_input ();
+}
+
+/* Reset the terminal and readline state after a signal handler returns. */
+void
+rl_reset_after_signal ()
+{
+  if (rl_prep_term_function)
+    (*rl_prep_term_function) (_rl_meta_flag);
+  rl_set_signals ();
+}
+
+/* Free up the readline variable line state for the current line (undo list,
+   any partial history entry, any keyboard macros in progress, and any
+   numeric arguments in process) after catching a signal, before calling
+   rl_cleanup_after_signal(). */ 
+void
+rl_free_line_state ()
+{
+  register HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+
+  rl_free_undo_list ();
+
+  entry = current_history ();
+  if (entry)
+    entry->data = (char *)NULL;
+
+  _rl_kill_kbd_macro ();
+  rl_clear_message ();
+  _rl_reset_argument ();
+}
+
+#endif  /* HANDLE_SIGNALS */
diff --git a/lib/readline/tcap.h b/lib/readline/tcap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58ab894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/tcap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* tcap.h -- termcap library functions and variables. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the Readline Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+   for it.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_RLTCAP_H_)
+#define _RLTCAP_H_
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_TERMCAP_H)
+#  if defined (__linux__) && !defined (SPEED_T_IN_SYS_TYPES)
+#    include "rltty.h"
+#  endif
+#  include <termcap.h>
+#else
+
+/* On Solaris2, sys/types.h #includes sys/reg.h, which #defines PC.
+   Unfortunately, PC is a global variable used by the termcap library. */
+#ifdef PC
+#  undef PC
+#endif
+
+extern char PC;
+extern char *UP, *BC;
+
+extern short ospeed;
+
+extern int tgetent ();
+extern int tgetflag ();
+extern int tgetnum ();
+extern char *tgetstr ();
+
+extern int tputs ();
+
+extern char *tgoto ();
+
+#endif /* HAVE_TERMCAP_H */
+
+#endif /* !_RLTCAP_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/terminal.c b/lib/readline/terminal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc61388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/terminal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,698 @@
+/* terminal.c -- controlling the terminal with termcap. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+#  include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+#if defined (GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL) && !defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+#  include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL && !TIOCGWINSZ */
+
+#include "rltty.h"
+#include "tcap.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#define CUSTOM_REDISPLAY_FUNC() (rl_redisplay_function != rl_redisplay)
+#define CUSTOM_INPUT_FUNC() (rl_getc_function != rl_getc)
+
+int rl_prefer_env_winsize;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Terminal and Termcap			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static char *term_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+static char *term_string_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+
+static int tcap_initialized;
+
+#if !defined (__linux__)
+#  if defined (__EMX__) || defined (NEED_EXTERN_PC)
+extern 
+#  endif /* __EMX__ || NEED_EXTERN_PC */
+char PC, *BC, *UP;
+#endif /* __linux__ */
+
+/* Some strings to control terminal actions.  These are output by tputs (). */
+char *_rl_term_clreol;
+char *_rl_term_clrpag;
+char *_rl_term_cr;
+char *_rl_term_backspace;
+char *_rl_term_goto;
+char *_rl_term_pc;
+
+/* Non-zero if we determine that the terminal can do character insertion. */
+int _rl_terminal_can_insert = 0;
+
+/* How to insert characters. */
+char *_rl_term_im;
+char *_rl_term_ei;
+char *_rl_term_ic;
+char *_rl_term_ip;
+char *_rl_term_IC;
+
+/* How to delete characters. */
+char *_rl_term_dc;
+char *_rl_term_DC;
+
+#if defined (HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION)
+char *_rl_term_forward_char;
+#endif  /* HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION */
+
+/* How to go up a line. */
+char *_rl_term_up;
+
+/* A visible bell; char if the terminal can be made to flash the screen. */
+static char *_rl_visible_bell;
+
+/* Non-zero means the terminal can auto-wrap lines. */
+int _rl_term_autowrap;
+
+/* Non-zero means that this terminal has a meta key. */
+static int term_has_meta;
+
+/* The sequences to write to turn on and off the meta key, if this
+   terminal has one. */
+static char *_rl_term_mm;
+static char *_rl_term_mo;
+
+/* The key sequences output by the arrow keys, if this terminal has any. */
+static char *_rl_term_ku;
+static char *_rl_term_kd;
+static char *_rl_term_kr;
+static char *_rl_term_kl;
+
+/* How to initialize and reset the arrow keys, if this terminal has any. */
+static char *_rl_term_ks;
+static char *_rl_term_ke;
+
+/* The key sequences sent by the Home and End keys, if any. */
+static char *_rl_term_kh;
+static char *_rl_term_kH;
+static char *_rl_term_at7;	/* @7 */
+
+/* Delete key */
+static char *_rl_term_kD;
+
+/* Insert key */
+static char *_rl_term_kI;
+
+/* Cursor control */
+static char *_rl_term_vs;	/* very visible */
+static char *_rl_term_ve;	/* normal */
+
+static void bind_termcap_arrow_keys PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+/* Variables that hold the screen dimensions, used by the display code. */
+int _rl_screenwidth, _rl_screenheight, _rl_screenchars;
+
+/* Non-zero means the user wants to enable the keypad. */
+int _rl_enable_keypad;
+
+/* Non-zero means the user wants to enable a meta key. */
+int _rl_enable_meta = 1;
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+static void
+_emx_get_screensize (swp, shp)
+     int *swp, *shp;
+{
+  int sz[2];
+
+  _scrsize (sz);
+
+  if (swp)
+    *swp = sz[0];
+  if (shp)
+    *shp = sz[1];
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Get readline's idea of the screen size.  TTY is a file descriptor open
+   to the terminal.  If IGNORE_ENV is true, we do not pay attention to the
+   values of $LINES and $COLUMNS.  The tests for TERM_STRING_BUFFER being
+   non-null serve to check whether or not we have initialized termcap. */
+void
+_rl_get_screen_size (tty, ignore_env)
+     int tty, ignore_env;
+{
+  char *ss;
+#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+  struct winsize window_size;
+#endif /* TIOCGWINSZ */
+  int wr, wc;
+
+  wr = wc = -1;
+#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+  if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGWINSZ, &window_size) == 0)
+    {
+      wc = (int) window_size.ws_col;
+      wr = (int) window_size.ws_row;
+    }
+#endif /* TIOCGWINSZ */
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+  _emx_get_screensize (&_rl_screenwidth, &_rl_screenheight);
+#endif
+
+  if (ignore_env || rl_prefer_env_winsize == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_screenwidth = wc;
+      _rl_screenheight = wr;
+    }
+  else
+    _rl_screenwidth = _rl_screenheight = -1;
+
+  /* Environment variable COLUMNS overrides setting of "co" if IGNORE_ENV
+     is unset.  If we prefer the environment, check it first before
+     assigning the value returned by the kernel. */
+  if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0)
+    {
+      if (ignore_env == 0 && (ss = sh_get_env_value ("COLUMNS")))
+	_rl_screenwidth = atoi (ss);
+
+      if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0)
+        _rl_screenwidth = wc;
+
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+      if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0 && term_string_buffer)
+	_rl_screenwidth = tgetnum ("co");
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Environment variable LINES overrides setting of "li" if IGNORE_ENV
+     is unset. */
+  if (_rl_screenheight <= 0)
+    {
+      if (ignore_env == 0 && (ss = sh_get_env_value ("LINES")))
+	_rl_screenheight = atoi (ss);
+
+      if (_rl_screenheight <= 0)
+        _rl_screenheight = wr;
+
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+      if (_rl_screenheight <= 0 && term_string_buffer)
+	_rl_screenheight = tgetnum ("li");
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* If all else fails, default to 80x24 terminal. */
+  if (_rl_screenwidth <= 1)
+    _rl_screenwidth = 80;
+
+  if (_rl_screenheight <= 0)
+    _rl_screenheight = 24;
+
+  /* If we're being compiled as part of bash, set the environment
+     variables $LINES and $COLUMNS to new values.  Otherwise, just
+     do a pair of putenv () or setenv () calls. */
+  sh_set_lines_and_columns (_rl_screenheight, _rl_screenwidth);
+
+  if (_rl_term_autowrap == 0)
+    _rl_screenwidth--;
+
+  _rl_screenchars = _rl_screenwidth * _rl_screenheight;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_set_screen_size (rows, cols)
+     int rows, cols;
+{
+  if (rows > 0)
+    _rl_screenheight = rows;
+  if (cols > 0)
+    {
+      _rl_screenwidth = cols;
+      if (_rl_term_autowrap == 0)
+	_rl_screenwidth--;
+    }
+
+  if (rows > 0 || cols > 0)
+    _rl_screenchars = _rl_screenwidth * _rl_screenheight;
+}
+
+void
+rl_set_screen_size (rows, cols)
+     int rows, cols;
+{
+  _rl_set_screen_size (rows, cols);
+}
+
+void
+rl_get_screen_size (rows, cols)
+     int *rows, *cols;
+{
+  if (rows)
+    *rows = _rl_screenheight;
+  if (cols)
+    *cols = _rl_screenwidth;
+}
+
+void
+rl_reset_screen_size ()
+{
+  _rl_get_screen_size (fileno (rl_instream), 0);
+}
+     
+void
+rl_resize_terminal ()
+{
+  if (readline_echoing_p)
+    {
+      _rl_get_screen_size (fileno (rl_instream), 1);
+      if (CUSTOM_REDISPLAY_FUNC ())
+	rl_forced_update_display ();
+      else
+	_rl_redisplay_after_sigwinch ();
+    }
+}
+
+struct _tc_string {
+     const char *tc_var;
+     char **tc_value;
+};
+
+/* This should be kept sorted, just in case we decide to change the
+   search algorithm to something smarter. */
+static struct _tc_string tc_strings[] =
+{
+  { "@7", &_rl_term_at7 },
+  { "DC", &_rl_term_DC },
+  { "IC", &_rl_term_IC },
+  { "ce", &_rl_term_clreol },
+  { "cl", &_rl_term_clrpag },
+  { "cr", &_rl_term_cr },
+  { "dc", &_rl_term_dc },
+  { "ei", &_rl_term_ei },
+  { "ic", &_rl_term_ic },
+  { "im", &_rl_term_im },
+  { "kD", &_rl_term_kD },	/* delete */
+  { "kH", &_rl_term_kH },	/* home down ?? */
+  { "kI", &_rl_term_kI },	/* insert */
+  { "kd", &_rl_term_kd },
+  { "ke", &_rl_term_ke },	/* end keypad mode */
+  { "kh", &_rl_term_kh },	/* home */
+  { "kl", &_rl_term_kl },
+  { "kr", &_rl_term_kr },
+  { "ks", &_rl_term_ks },	/* start keypad mode */
+  { "ku", &_rl_term_ku },
+  { "le", &_rl_term_backspace },
+  { "mm", &_rl_term_mm },
+  { "mo", &_rl_term_mo },
+#if defined (HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION)
+  { "nd", &_rl_term_forward_char },
+#endif
+  { "pc", &_rl_term_pc },
+  { "up", &_rl_term_up },
+  { "vb", &_rl_visible_bell },
+  { "vs", &_rl_term_vs },
+  { "ve", &_rl_term_ve },
+};
+
+#define NUM_TC_STRINGS (sizeof (tc_strings) / sizeof (struct _tc_string))
+
+/* Read the desired terminal capability strings into BP.  The capabilities
+   are described in the TC_STRINGS table. */
+static void
+get_term_capabilities (bp)
+     char **bp;
+{
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)	/* XXX - doesn't DJGPP have a termcap library? */
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < NUM_TC_STRINGS; i++)
+    *(tc_strings[i].tc_value) = tgetstr ((char *)tc_strings[i].tc_var, bp);
+#endif
+  tcap_initialized = 1;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_init_terminal_io (terminal_name)
+     const char *terminal_name;
+{
+  const char *term;
+  char *buffer;
+  int tty, tgetent_ret;
+
+  term = terminal_name ? terminal_name : sh_get_env_value ("TERM");
+  _rl_term_clrpag = _rl_term_cr = _rl_term_clreol = (char *)NULL;
+  tty = rl_instream ? fileno (rl_instream) : 0;
+
+  if (term == 0)
+    term = "dumb";
+
+  /* I've separated this out for later work on not calling tgetent at all
+     if the calling application has supplied a custom redisplay function,
+     (and possibly if the application has supplied a custom input function). */
+  if (CUSTOM_REDISPLAY_FUNC())
+    {
+      tgetent_ret = -1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (term_string_buffer == 0)
+	term_string_buffer = (char *)xmalloc(2032);
+
+      if (term_buffer == 0)
+	term_buffer = (char *)xmalloc(4080);
+
+      buffer = term_string_buffer;
+
+      tgetent_ret = tgetent (term_buffer, term);
+    }
+
+  if (tgetent_ret <= 0)
+    {
+      FREE (term_string_buffer);
+      FREE (term_buffer);
+      buffer = term_buffer = term_string_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+
+      _rl_term_autowrap = 0;	/* used by _rl_get_screen_size */
+
+      /* Allow calling application to set default height and width, using
+	 rl_set_screen_size */
+      if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0 || _rl_screenheight <= 0)
+	{
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+	  _emx_get_screensize (&_rl_screenwidth, &_rl_screenheight);
+	  _rl_screenwidth--;
+#else /* !__EMX__ */
+	  _rl_get_screen_size (tty, 0);
+#endif /* !__EMX__ */
+	}
+
+      /* Defaults. */
+      if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0 || _rl_screenheight <= 0)
+        {
+	  _rl_screenwidth = 79;
+	  _rl_screenheight = 24;
+        }
+
+      /* Everything below here is used by the redisplay code (tputs). */
+      _rl_screenchars = _rl_screenwidth * _rl_screenheight;
+      _rl_term_cr = "\r";
+      _rl_term_im = _rl_term_ei = _rl_term_ic = _rl_term_IC = (char *)NULL;
+      _rl_term_up = _rl_term_dc = _rl_term_DC = _rl_visible_bell = (char *)NULL;
+      _rl_term_ku = _rl_term_kd = _rl_term_kl = _rl_term_kr = (char *)NULL;
+      _rl_term_kh = _rl_term_kH = _rl_term_kI = _rl_term_kD = (char *)NULL;
+      _rl_term_ks = _rl_term_ke = _rl_term_at7 = (char *)NULL;
+      _rl_term_mm = _rl_term_mo = (char *)NULL;
+      _rl_term_ve = _rl_term_vs = (char *)NULL;
+#if defined (HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION)
+      term_forward_char = (char *)NULL;
+#endif
+      _rl_terminal_can_insert = term_has_meta = 0;
+
+      /* Reasonable defaults for tgoto().  Readline currently only uses
+         tgoto if _rl_term_IC or _rl_term_DC is defined, but just in case we
+         change that later... */
+      PC = '\0';
+      BC = _rl_term_backspace = "\b";
+      UP = _rl_term_up;
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  get_term_capabilities (&buffer);
+
+  /* Set up the variables that the termcap library expects the application
+     to provide. */
+  PC = _rl_term_pc ? *_rl_term_pc : 0;
+  BC = _rl_term_backspace;
+  UP = _rl_term_up;
+
+  if (!_rl_term_cr)
+    _rl_term_cr = "\r";
+
+  _rl_term_autowrap = tgetflag ("am") && tgetflag ("xn");
+
+  /* Allow calling application to set default height and width, using
+     rl_set_screen_size */
+  if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0 || _rl_screenheight <= 0)
+    _rl_get_screen_size (tty, 0);
+
+  /* "An application program can assume that the terminal can do
+      character insertion if *any one of* the capabilities `IC',
+      `im', `ic' or `ip' is provided."  But we can't do anything if
+      only `ip' is provided, so... */
+  _rl_terminal_can_insert = (_rl_term_IC || _rl_term_im || _rl_term_ic);
+
+  /* Check to see if this terminal has a meta key and clear the capability
+     variables if there is none. */
+  term_has_meta = (tgetflag ("km") || tgetflag ("MT"));
+  if (!term_has_meta)
+    _rl_term_mm = _rl_term_mo = (char *)NULL;
+
+  /* Attempt to find and bind the arrow keys.  Do not override already
+     bound keys in an overzealous attempt, however. */
+
+  bind_termcap_arrow_keys (emacs_standard_keymap);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  bind_termcap_arrow_keys (vi_movement_keymap);
+  bind_termcap_arrow_keys (vi_insertion_keymap);
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Bind the arrow key sequences from the termcap description in MAP. */
+static void
+bind_termcap_arrow_keys (map)
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  Keymap xkeymap;
+
+  xkeymap = _rl_keymap;
+  _rl_keymap = map;
+
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_ku, rl_get_previous_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kd, rl_get_next_history);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kr, rl_forward_char);
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kl, rl_backward_char);
+
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kh, rl_beg_of_line);	/* Home */
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_at7, rl_end_of_line);	/* End */
+
+  rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kD, rl_delete);
+
+  _rl_keymap = xkeymap;
+}
+
+char *
+rl_get_termcap (cap)
+     const char *cap;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (tcap_initialized == 0)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+  for (i = 0; i < NUM_TC_STRINGS; i++)
+    {
+      if (tc_strings[i].tc_var[0] == cap[0] && strcmp (tc_strings[i].tc_var, cap) == 0)
+        return *(tc_strings[i].tc_value);
+    }
+  return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Re-initialize the terminal considering that the TERM/TERMCAP variable
+   has changed. */
+int
+rl_reset_terminal (terminal_name)
+     const char *terminal_name;
+{
+  _rl_screenwidth = _rl_screenheight = 0;
+  _rl_init_terminal_io (terminal_name);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* A function for the use of tputs () */
+#ifdef _MINIX
+void
+_rl_output_character_function (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  putc (c, _rl_out_stream);
+}
+#else /* !_MINIX */
+int
+_rl_output_character_function (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  return putc (c, _rl_out_stream);
+}
+#endif /* !_MINIX */
+
+/* Write COUNT characters from STRING to the output stream. */
+void
+_rl_output_some_chars (string, count)
+     const char *string;
+     int count;
+{
+  fwrite (string, 1, count, _rl_out_stream);
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor back. */
+int
+_rl_backspace (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (_rl_term_backspace)
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      tputs (_rl_term_backspace, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+  else
+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+      putc ('\b', _rl_out_stream);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move to the start of the next line. */
+int
+rl_crlf ()
+{
+#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER)
+  if (_rl_term_cr)
+    tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif /* NEW_TTY_DRIVER */
+  putc ('\n', _rl_out_stream);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Ring the terminal bell. */
+int
+rl_ding ()
+{
+  if (readline_echoing_p)
+    {
+      switch (_rl_bell_preference)
+        {
+	case NO_BELL:
+	default:
+	  break;
+	case VISIBLE_BELL:
+	  if (_rl_visible_bell)
+	    {
+	      tputs (_rl_visible_bell, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case AUDIBLE_BELL:
+	  fprintf (stderr, "\007");
+	  fflush (stderr);
+	  break;
+        }
+      return (0);
+    }
+  return (-1);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*	 	Controlling the Meta Key and Keypad		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+void
+_rl_enable_meta_key ()
+{
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+  if (term_has_meta && _rl_term_mm)
+    tputs (_rl_term_mm, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+_rl_control_keypad (on)
+     int on;
+{
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+  if (on && _rl_term_ks)
+    tputs (_rl_term_ks, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+  else if (!on && _rl_term_ke)
+    tputs (_rl_term_ke, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*	 		Controlling the Cursor			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Set the cursor appropriately depending on IM, which is one of the
+   insert modes (insert or overwrite).  Insert mode gets the normal
+   cursor.  Overwrite mode gets a very visible cursor.  Only does
+   anything if we have both capabilities. */
+void
+_rl_set_cursor (im, force)
+     int im, force;
+{
+  if (_rl_term_ve && _rl_term_vs)
+    {
+      if (force || im != rl_insert_mode)
+	{
+	  if (im == RL_IM_OVERWRITE)
+	    tputs (_rl_term_vs, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+	  else
+	    tputs (_rl_term_ve, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+	}
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/text.c b/lib/readline/text.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9053e96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/text.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1639 @@
+/* text.c -- text handling commands for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+#  include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+#  define INCL_DOSPROCESS
+#  include <os2.h>
+#endif /* __EMX__ */
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* Forward declarations. */
+static int rl_change_case PARAMS((int, int));
+static int _rl_char_search PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int _rl_insert_next_callback PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+static int _rl_char_search_callback PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Insert and Delete			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Insert a string of text into the line at point.  This is the only
+   way that you should do insertion.  _rl_insert_char () calls this
+   function.  Returns the number of characters inserted. */
+int
+rl_insert_text (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  register int i, l;
+
+  l = (string && *string) ? strlen (string) : 0;
+  if (l == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (rl_end + l >= rl_line_buffer_len)
+    rl_extend_line_buffer (rl_end + l);
+
+  for (i = rl_end; i >= rl_point; i--)
+    rl_line_buffer[i + l] = rl_line_buffer[i];
+  strncpy (rl_line_buffer + rl_point, string, l);
+
+  /* Remember how to undo this if we aren't undoing something. */
+  if (_rl_doing_an_undo == 0)
+    {
+      /* If possible and desirable, concatenate the undos. */
+      if ((l == 1) &&
+	  rl_undo_list &&
+	  (rl_undo_list->what == UNDO_INSERT) &&
+	  (rl_undo_list->end == rl_point) &&
+	  (rl_undo_list->end - rl_undo_list->start < 20))
+	rl_undo_list->end++;
+      else
+	rl_add_undo (UNDO_INSERT, rl_point, rl_point + l, (char *)NULL);
+    }
+  rl_point += l;
+  rl_end += l;
+  rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = '\0';
+  return l;
+}
+
+/* Delete the string between FROM and TO.  FROM is inclusive, TO is not.
+   Returns the number of characters deleted. */
+int
+rl_delete_text (from, to)
+     int from, to;
+{
+  register char *text;
+  register int diff, i;
+
+  /* Fix it if the caller is confused. */
+  if (from > to)
+    SWAP (from, to);
+
+  /* fix boundaries */
+  if (to > rl_end)
+    {
+      to = rl_end;
+      if (from > to)
+	from = to;
+    }
+  if (from < 0)
+    from = 0;
+
+  text = rl_copy_text (from, to);
+
+  /* Some versions of strncpy() can't handle overlapping arguments. */
+  diff = to - from;
+  for (i = from; i < rl_end - diff; i++)
+    rl_line_buffer[i] = rl_line_buffer[i + diff];
+
+  /* Remember how to undo this delete. */
+  if (_rl_doing_an_undo == 0)
+    rl_add_undo (UNDO_DELETE, from, to, text);
+  else
+    free (text);
+
+  rl_end -= diff;
+  rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = '\0';
+  return (diff);
+}
+
+/* Fix up point so that it is within the line boundaries after killing
+   text.  If FIX_MARK_TOO is non-zero, the mark is forced within line
+   boundaries also. */
+
+#define _RL_FIX_POINT(x) \
+	do { \
+	if (x > rl_end) \
+	  x = rl_end; \
+	else if (x < 0) \
+	  x = 0; \
+	} while (0)
+
+void
+_rl_fix_point (fix_mark_too)
+     int fix_mark_too;
+{
+  _RL_FIX_POINT (rl_point);
+  if (fix_mark_too)
+    _RL_FIX_POINT (rl_mark);
+}
+#undef _RL_FIX_POINT
+
+/* Replace the contents of the line buffer between START and END with
+   TEXT.  The operation is undoable.  To replace the entire line in an
+   undoable mode, use _rl_replace_text(text, 0, rl_end); */
+int
+_rl_replace_text (text, start, end)
+     const char *text;
+     int start, end;
+{
+  int n;
+
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+  rl_delete_text (start, end + 1);
+  rl_point = start;
+  n = rl_insert_text (text);
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+
+  return n;
+}
+
+/* Replace the current line buffer contents with TEXT.  If CLEAR_UNDO is
+   non-zero, we free the current undo list. */
+void
+rl_replace_line (text, clear_undo)
+     const char *text;
+     int clear_undo;
+{
+  int len;
+
+  len = strlen (text);
+  if (len >= rl_line_buffer_len)
+    rl_extend_line_buffer (len);
+  strcpy (rl_line_buffer, text);
+  rl_end = len;
+
+  if (clear_undo)
+    rl_free_undo_list ();
+
+  _rl_fix_point (1);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Readline character functions		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* This is not a gap editor, just a stupid line input routine.  No hair
+   is involved in writing any of the functions, and none should be. */
+
+/* Note that:
+
+   rl_end is the place in the string that we would place '\0';
+   i.e., it is always safe to place '\0' there.
+
+   rl_point is the place in the string where the cursor is.  Sometimes
+   this is the same as rl_end.
+
+   Any command that is called interactively receives two arguments.
+   The first is a count: the numeric arg pased to this command.
+   The second is the key which invoked this command.
+*/
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Movement Commands			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Note that if you `optimize' the display for these functions, you cannot
+   use said functions in other functions which do not do optimizing display.
+   I.e., you will have to update the data base for rl_redisplay, and you
+   might as well let rl_redisplay do that job. */
+
+/* Move forward COUNT bytes. */
+int
+rl_forward_byte (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_backward_byte (-count, key));
+
+  if (count > 0)
+    {
+      int end = rl_point + count;
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+      int lend = rl_end > 0 ? rl_end - (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode) : rl_end;
+#else
+      int lend = rl_end;
+#endif
+
+      if (end > lend)
+	{
+	  rl_point = lend;
+	  rl_ding ();
+	}
+      else
+	rl_point = end;
+    }
+
+  if (rl_end < 0)
+    rl_end = 0;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Move forward COUNT characters. */
+int
+rl_forward_char (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int point;
+
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+    return (rl_forward_byte (count, key));
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_backward_char (-count, key));
+
+  if (count > 0)
+    {
+      point = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, count, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+      if (rl_end <= point && rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+	point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_end, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+#endif
+
+      if (rl_point == point)
+	rl_ding ();
+
+      rl_point = point;
+
+      if (rl_end < 0)
+	rl_end = 0;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+int
+rl_forward_char (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (rl_forward_byte (count, key));
+}
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+  
+/* Backwards compatibility. */
+int
+rl_forward (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (rl_forward_char (count, key));
+}
+
+/* Move backward COUNT bytes. */
+int
+rl_backward_byte (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_forward_byte (-count, key));
+
+  if (count > 0)
+    {
+      if (rl_point < count)
+	{
+	  rl_point = 0;
+	  rl_ding ();
+	}
+      else
+	rl_point -= count;
+    }
+
+  if (rl_point < 0)
+    rl_point = 0;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Move backward COUNT characters. */
+int
+rl_backward_char (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int point;
+
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+    return (rl_backward_byte (count, key));
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_forward_char (-count, key));
+
+  if (count > 0)
+    {
+      point = rl_point;
+
+      while (count > 0 && point > 0)
+	{
+	  point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+	  count--;
+	}
+      if (count > 0)
+	{
+	  rl_point = 0;
+	  rl_ding ();
+	}
+      else
+        rl_point = point;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#else
+int
+rl_backward_char (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (rl_backward_byte (count, key));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Backwards compatibility. */
+int
+rl_backward (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (rl_backward_char (count, key));
+}
+
+/* Move to the beginning of the line. */
+int
+rl_beg_of_line (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  rl_point = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move to the end of the line. */
+int
+rl_end_of_line (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  rl_point = rl_end;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move forward a word.  We do what Emacs does.  Handles multibyte chars. */
+int
+rl_forward_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int c;
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_backward_word (-count, key));
+
+  while (count)
+    {
+      if (rl_point == rl_end)
+	return 0;
+
+      /* If we are not in a word, move forward until we are in one.
+	 Then, move forward until we hit a non-alphabetic character. */
+      c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, rl_point);
+
+      if (_rl_walphabetic (c) == 0)
+	{
+	  rl_point = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+	  while (rl_point < rl_end)
+	    {
+	      c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, rl_point);
+	      if (_rl_walphabetic (c))
+		break;
+	      rl_point = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (rl_point == rl_end)
+	return 0;
+
+      rl_point = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+      while (rl_point < rl_end)
+	{
+	  c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, rl_point);
+	  if (_rl_walphabetic (c) == 0)
+	    break;
+	  rl_point = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+	}
+
+      --count;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move backward a word.  We do what Emacs does.  Handles multibyte chars. */
+int
+rl_backward_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int c, p;
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_forward_word (-count, key));
+
+  while (count)
+    {
+      if (rl_point == 0)
+	return 0;
+
+      /* Like rl_forward_word (), except that we look at the characters
+	 just before point. */
+
+      p = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+      c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, p);
+
+      if (_rl_walphabetic (c) == 0)
+	{
+	  rl_point = p;
+	  while (rl_point > 0)
+	    {
+	      p = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+	      c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, p);
+	      if (_rl_walphabetic (c))
+		break;
+	      rl_point = p;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      while (rl_point)
+	{
+	  p = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+	  c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, p);	  
+	  if (_rl_walphabetic (c) == 0)
+	    break;
+	  else
+	    rl_point = p;
+	}
+
+      --count;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Clear the current line.  Numeric argument to C-l does this. */
+int
+rl_refresh_line (ignore1, ignore2)
+     int ignore1, ignore2;
+{
+  int curr_line;
+
+  curr_line = _rl_current_display_line ();
+
+  _rl_move_vert (curr_line);
+  _rl_move_cursor_relative (0, rl_line_buffer);   /* XXX is this right */
+
+  _rl_clear_to_eol (0);		/* arg of 0 means to not use spaces */
+
+  rl_forced_update_display ();
+  rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* C-l typed to a line without quoting clears the screen, and then reprints
+   the prompt and the current input line.  Given a numeric arg, redraw only
+   the current line. */
+int
+rl_clear_screen (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_explicit_arg)
+    {
+      rl_refresh_line (count, key);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  _rl_clear_screen ();		/* calls termcap function to clear screen */
+  rl_forced_update_display ();
+  rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_arrow_keys (count, c)
+     int count, c;
+{
+  int ch;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  ch = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+  switch (_rl_to_upper (ch))
+    {
+    case 'A':
+      rl_get_previous_history (count, ch);
+      break;
+
+    case 'B':
+      rl_get_next_history (count, ch);
+      break;
+
+    case 'C':
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	rl_forward_char (count, ch);
+      else
+	rl_forward_byte (count, ch);
+      break;
+
+    case 'D':
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	rl_backward_char (count, ch);
+      else
+	rl_backward_byte (count, ch);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      rl_ding ();
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Text commands				    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#ifdef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+static char pending_bytes[MB_LEN_MAX];
+static int pending_bytes_length = 0;
+static mbstate_t ps = {0};
+#endif
+
+/* Insert the character C at the current location, moving point forward.
+   If C introduces a multibyte sequence, we read the whole sequence and
+   then insert the multibyte char into the line buffer. */
+int
+_rl_insert_char (count, c)
+     int count, c;
+{
+  register int i;
+  char *string;
+#ifdef HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+  int string_size;
+  char incoming[MB_LEN_MAX + 1];
+  int incoming_length = 0;
+  mbstate_t ps_back;
+  static int stored_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+  if (count <= 0)
+    return 0;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+    {
+      incoming[0] = c;
+      incoming[1] = '\0';
+      incoming_length = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      wchar_t wc;
+      size_t ret;
+
+      if (stored_count <= 0)
+	stored_count = count;
+      else
+	count = stored_count;
+
+      ps_back = ps;
+      pending_bytes[pending_bytes_length++] = c;
+      ret = mbrtowc (&wc, pending_bytes, pending_bytes_length, &ps);
+
+      if (ret == (size_t)-2)
+	{
+	  /* Bytes too short to compose character, try to wait for next byte.
+	     Restore the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+	     effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+	  ps = ps_back;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+      else if (ret == (size_t)-1)
+	{
+	  /* Invalid byte sequence for the current locale.  Treat first byte
+	     as a single character. */
+	  incoming[0] = pending_bytes[0];
+	  incoming[1] = '\0';
+	  incoming_length = 1;
+	  pending_bytes_length--;
+	  memmove (pending_bytes, pending_bytes + 1, pending_bytes_length);
+	  /* Clear the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+	     effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	}
+      else if (ret == (size_t)0)
+	{
+	  incoming[0] = '\0';
+	  incoming_length = 0;
+	  pending_bytes_length--;
+	  /* Clear the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+	     effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* We successfully read a single multibyte character. */
+	  memcpy (incoming, pending_bytes, pending_bytes_length);
+	  incoming[pending_bytes_length] = '\0';
+	  incoming_length = pending_bytes_length;
+	  pending_bytes_length = 0;
+	}
+    }
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+	  
+  /* If we can optimize, then do it.  But don't let people crash
+     readline because of extra large arguments. */
+  if (count > 1 && count <= 1024)
+    {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      string_size = count * incoming_length;
+      string = (char *)xmalloc (1 + string_size);
+
+      i = 0;
+      while (i < string_size)
+	{
+	  strncpy (string + i, incoming, incoming_length);
+	  i += incoming_length;
+	}
+      incoming_length = 0;
+      stored_count = 0;
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+      string = (char *)xmalloc (1 + count);
+
+      for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	string[i] = c;
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+      string[i] = '\0';
+      rl_insert_text (string);
+      free (string);
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (count > 1024)
+    {
+      int decreaser;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      string_size = incoming_length * 1024;
+      string = (char *)xmalloc (1 + string_size);
+
+      i = 0;
+      while (i < string_size)
+	{
+	  strncpy (string + i, incoming, incoming_length);
+	  i += incoming_length;
+	}
+
+      while (count)
+	{
+	  decreaser = (count > 1024) ? 1024 : count;
+	  string[decreaser*incoming_length] = '\0';
+	  rl_insert_text (string);
+	  count -= decreaser;
+	}
+
+      free (string);
+      incoming_length = 0;
+      stored_count = 0;
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+      char str[1024+1];
+
+      for (i = 0; i < 1024; i++)
+	str[i] = c;
+
+      while (count)
+	{
+	  decreaser = (count > 1024 ? 1024 : count);
+	  str[decreaser] = '\0';
+	  rl_insert_text (str);
+	  count -= decreaser;
+	}
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+    {
+      /* We are inserting a single character.
+	 If there is pending input, then make a string of all of the
+	 pending characters that are bound to rl_insert, and insert
+	 them all. */
+      if (_rl_any_typein ())
+	_rl_insert_typein (c);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Inserting a single character. */
+	  char str[2];
+
+	  str[1] = '\0';
+	  str[0] = c;
+	  rl_insert_text (str);
+	}
+    }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  else
+    {
+      rl_insert_text (incoming);
+      stored_count = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Overwrite the character at point (or next COUNT characters) with C.
+   If C introduces a multibyte character sequence, read the entire sequence
+   before starting the overwrite loop. */
+int
+_rl_overwrite_char (count, c)
+     int count, c;
+{
+  int i;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  char mbkey[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  int k;
+
+  /* Read an entire multibyte character sequence to insert COUNT times. */
+  if (count > 0 && MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    k = _rl_read_mbstring (c, mbkey, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#endif
+
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	rl_insert_text (mbkey);
+      else
+#endif
+	_rl_insert_char (1, c);
+
+      if (rl_point < rl_end)
+	rl_delete (1, c);
+    }
+
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_insert (count, c)
+     int count, c;
+{
+  return (rl_insert_mode == RL_IM_INSERT ? _rl_insert_char (count, c)
+  					 : _rl_overwrite_char (count, c));
+}
+
+/* Insert the next typed character verbatim. */
+static int
+_rl_insert_next (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  int c;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  c = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) == 0)
+    _rl_restore_tty_signals ();
+#endif
+
+  return (_rl_insert_char (count, c));  
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_insert_next_callback (data)
+     _rl_callback_generic_arg *data;
+{
+  int count;
+
+  count = data->count;
+
+  /* Deregister function, let rl_callback_read_char deallocate data */
+  _rl_callback_func = 0;
+  _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+ 
+  return _rl_insert_next (count);
+}
+#endif
+  
+int
+rl_quoted_insert (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  /* Let's see...should the callback interface futz with signal handling? */
+#if defined (HANDLE_SIGNALS)
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK) == 0)
+    _rl_disable_tty_signals ();
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+    {
+      _rl_callback_data = _rl_callback_data_alloc (count);
+      _rl_callback_func = _rl_insert_next_callback;
+      return (0);
+    }
+#endif
+      
+  return _rl_insert_next (count);
+}
+
+/* Insert a tab character. */
+int
+rl_tab_insert (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (_rl_insert_char (count, '\t'));
+}
+
+/* What to do when a NEWLINE is pressed.  We accept the whole line.
+   KEY is the key that invoked this command.  I guess it could have
+   meaning in the future. */
+int
+rl_newline (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  rl_done = 1;
+
+  if (_rl_history_preserve_point)
+    _rl_history_saved_point = (rl_point == rl_end) ? -1 : rl_point;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_DONE);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+    {
+      _rl_vi_done_inserting ();
+      if (_rl_vi_textmod_command (_rl_vi_last_command) == 0)	/* XXX */
+	_rl_vi_reset_last ();
+    }
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+  /* If we've been asked to erase empty lines, suppress the final update,
+     since _rl_update_final calls rl_crlf(). */
+  if (rl_erase_empty_line && rl_point == 0 && rl_end == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (readline_echoing_p)
+    _rl_update_final ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* What to do for some uppercase characters, like meta characters,
+   and some characters appearing in emacs_ctlx_keymap.  This function
+   is just a stub, you bind keys to it and the code in _rl_dispatch ()
+   is special cased. */
+int
+rl_do_lowercase_version (ignore1, ignore2)
+     int ignore1, ignore2;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This is different from what vi does, so the code's not shared.  Emacs
+   rubout in overwrite mode has one oddity:  it replaces a control
+   character that's displayed as two characters (^X) with two spaces. */
+int
+_rl_overwrite_rubout (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int opoint;
+  int i, l;
+
+  if (rl_point == 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  opoint = rl_point;
+
+  /* L == number of spaces to insert */
+  for (i = l = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      rl_backward_char (1, key);
+      l += rl_character_len (rl_line_buffer[rl_point], rl_point);	/* not exactly right */
+    }
+
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+
+  if (count > 1 || rl_explicit_arg)
+    rl_kill_text (opoint, rl_point);
+  else
+    rl_delete_text (opoint, rl_point);
+
+  /* Emacs puts point at the beginning of the sequence of spaces. */
+  if (rl_point < rl_end)
+    {
+      opoint = rl_point;
+      _rl_insert_char (l, ' ');
+      rl_point = opoint;
+    }
+
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+
+  return 0;
+}
+  
+/* Rubout the character behind point. */
+int
+rl_rubout (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_delete (-count, key));
+
+  if (!rl_point)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (rl_insert_mode == RL_IM_OVERWRITE)
+    return (_rl_overwrite_rubout (count, key));
+
+  return (_rl_rubout_char (count, key));
+}
+
+int
+_rl_rubout_char (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int orig_point;
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  /* Duplicated code because this is called from other parts of the library. */
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_delete (-count, key));
+
+  if (rl_point == 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  orig_point = rl_point;
+  if (count > 1 || rl_explicit_arg)
+    {
+      rl_backward_char (count, key);
+      rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+    }
+  else if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+    {
+      c = rl_line_buffer[--rl_point];
+      rl_delete_text (rl_point, orig_point);
+      /* The erase-at-end-of-line hack is of questionable merit now. */
+      if (rl_point == rl_end && ISPRINT (c) && _rl_last_c_pos)
+	{
+	  int l;
+	  l = rl_character_len (c, rl_point);
+	  _rl_erase_at_end_of_line (l);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      rl_point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+      rl_delete_text (rl_point, orig_point);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Delete the character under the cursor.  Given a numeric argument,
+   kill that many characters instead. */
+int
+rl_delete (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int r;
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (_rl_rubout_char (-count, key));
+
+  if (rl_point == rl_end)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (count > 1 || rl_explicit_arg)
+    {
+      int orig_point = rl_point;
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	rl_forward_char (count, key);
+      else
+	rl_forward_byte (count, key);
+
+      r = rl_kill_text (orig_point, rl_point);
+      rl_point = orig_point;
+      return r;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int new_point;
+
+      new_point = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+      return (rl_delete_text (rl_point, new_point));
+    }
+}
+
+/* Delete the character under the cursor, unless the insertion
+   point is at the end of the line, in which case the character
+   behind the cursor is deleted.  COUNT is obeyed and may be used
+   to delete forward or backward that many characters. */      
+int
+rl_rubout_or_delete (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_end != 0 && rl_point == rl_end)
+    return (_rl_rubout_char (count, key));
+  else
+    return (rl_delete (count, key));
+}  
+
+/* Delete all spaces and tabs around point. */
+int
+rl_delete_horizontal_space (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  int start = rl_point;
+
+  while (rl_point && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+    rl_point--;
+
+  start = rl_point;
+
+  while (rl_point < rl_end && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+    rl_point++;
+
+  if (start != rl_point)
+    {
+      rl_delete_text (start, rl_point);
+      rl_point = start;
+    }
+
+  if (rl_point < 0)
+    rl_point = 0;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Like the tcsh editing function delete-char-or-list.  The eof character
+   is caught before this is invoked, so this really does the same thing as
+   delete-char-or-list-or-eof, as long as it's bound to the eof character. */
+int
+rl_delete_or_show_completions (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_end != 0 && rl_point == rl_end)
+    return (rl_possible_completions (count, key));
+  else
+    return (rl_delete (count, key));
+}
+
+#ifndef RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT
+#define RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT "#"
+#endif
+
+/* Turn the current line into a comment in shell history.
+   A K*rn shell style function. */
+int
+rl_insert_comment (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  char *rl_comment_text;
+  int rl_comment_len;
+
+  rl_beg_of_line (1, key);
+  rl_comment_text = _rl_comment_begin ? _rl_comment_begin : RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT;
+
+  if (rl_explicit_arg == 0)
+    rl_insert_text (rl_comment_text);
+  else
+    {
+      rl_comment_len = strlen (rl_comment_text);
+      if (STREQN (rl_comment_text, rl_line_buffer, rl_comment_len))
+	rl_delete_text (rl_point, rl_point + rl_comment_len);
+      else
+	rl_insert_text (rl_comment_text);
+    }
+
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+  rl_newline (1, '\n');
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Changing Case				    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* The three kinds of things that we know how to do. */
+#define UpCase 1
+#define DownCase 2
+#define CapCase 3
+
+/* Uppercase the word at point. */
+int
+rl_upcase_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (rl_change_case (count, UpCase));
+}
+
+/* Lowercase the word at point. */
+int
+rl_downcase_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (rl_change_case (count, DownCase));
+}
+
+/* Upcase the first letter, downcase the rest. */
+int
+rl_capitalize_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+ return (rl_change_case (count, CapCase));
+}
+
+/* The meaty function.
+   Change the case of COUNT words, performing OP on them.
+   OP is one of UpCase, DownCase, or CapCase.
+   If a negative argument is given, leave point where it started,
+   otherwise, leave it where it moves to. */
+static int
+rl_change_case (count, op)
+     int count, op;
+{
+  int start, next, end;
+  int inword, c, nc, nop;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  wchar_t wc, nwc;
+  char mb[MB_LEN_MAX+1];
+  int mblen, p;
+  mbstate_t ps;
+#endif
+
+  start = rl_point;
+  rl_forward_word (count, 0);
+  end = rl_point;
+
+  if (op != UpCase && op != DownCase && op != CapCase)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    SWAP (start, end);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+  /* We are going to modify some text, so let's prepare to undo it. */
+  rl_modifying (start, end);
+
+  inword = 0;
+  while (start < end)
+    {
+      c = _rl_char_value (rl_line_buffer, start);
+      /*  This assumes that the upper and lower case versions are the same width. */
+      next = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, start, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+
+      if (_rl_walphabetic (c) == 0)
+	{
+	  inword = 0;
+	  start = next;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (op == CapCase)
+	{
+	  nop = inword ? DownCase : UpCase;
+	  inword = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	nop = op;
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented || isascii (c))
+	{
+	  nc = (nop == UpCase) ? _rl_to_upper (c) : _rl_to_lower (c);
+	  rl_line_buffer[start] = nc;
+	}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      else
+	{
+	  mbrtowc (&wc, rl_line_buffer + start, end - start, &ps);
+	  nwc = (nop == UpCase) ? _rl_to_wupper (wc) : _rl_to_wlower (wc);
+	  if  (nwc != wc)	/*  just skip unchanged characters */
+	    {
+	      mblen = wcrtomb (mb, nwc, &ps);
+	      if (mblen > 0)
+		mb[mblen] = '\0';
+	      /* Assume the same width */
+	      strncpy (rl_line_buffer + start, mb, mblen);
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+      start = next;
+    }
+
+  rl_point = end;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Transposition				    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Transpose the words at point.  If point is at the end of the line,
+   transpose the two words before point. */
+int
+rl_transpose_words (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  char *word1, *word2;
+  int w1_beg, w1_end, w2_beg, w2_end;
+  int orig_point = rl_point;
+
+  if (!count)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Find the two words. */
+  rl_forward_word (count, key);
+  w2_end = rl_point;
+  rl_backward_word (1, key);
+  w2_beg = rl_point;
+  rl_backward_word (count, key);
+  w1_beg = rl_point;
+  rl_forward_word (1, key);
+  w1_end = rl_point;
+
+  /* Do some check to make sure that there really are two words. */
+  if ((w1_beg == w2_beg) || (w2_beg < w1_end))
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      rl_point = orig_point;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Get the text of the words. */
+  word1 = rl_copy_text (w1_beg, w1_end);
+  word2 = rl_copy_text (w2_beg, w2_end);
+
+  /* We are about to do many insertions and deletions.  Remember them
+     as one operation. */
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+
+  /* Do the stuff at word2 first, so that we don't have to worry
+     about word1 moving. */
+  rl_point = w2_beg;
+  rl_delete_text (w2_beg, w2_end);
+  rl_insert_text (word1);
+
+  rl_point = w1_beg;
+  rl_delete_text (w1_beg, w1_end);
+  rl_insert_text (word2);
+
+  /* This is exactly correct since the text before this point has not
+     changed in length. */
+  rl_point = w2_end;
+
+  /* I think that does it. */
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+  free (word1);
+  free (word2);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Transpose the characters at point.  If point is at the end of the line,
+   then transpose the characters before point. */
+int
+rl_transpose_chars (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  char *dummy;
+  int i;
+#else
+  char dummy[2];
+#endif
+  int char_length, prev_point;
+
+  if (count == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (!rl_point || rl_end < 2)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+
+  if (rl_point == rl_end)
+    {
+      rl_point = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+      count = 1;
+    }
+
+  prev_point = rl_point;
+  rl_point = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  char_length = prev_point - rl_point;
+  dummy = (char *)xmalloc (char_length + 1);
+  for (i = 0; i < char_length; i++)
+    dummy[i] = rl_line_buffer[rl_point + i];
+  dummy[i] = '\0';
+#else
+  dummy[0] = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+  dummy[char_length = 1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+  rl_delete_text (rl_point, rl_point + char_length);
+
+  rl_point = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, count, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+
+  _rl_fix_point (0);
+  rl_insert_text (dummy);
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  free (dummy);
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Character Searching			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+int
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+_rl_char_search_internal (count, dir, smbchar, len)
+     int count, dir;
+     char *smbchar;
+     int len;
+#else
+_rl_char_search_internal (count, dir, schar)
+     int count, dir, schar;
+#endif
+{
+  int pos, inc;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  int prepos;
+#endif
+
+  pos = rl_point;
+  inc = (dir < 0) ? -1 : 1;
+  while (count)
+    {
+      if ((dir < 0 && pos <= 0) || (dir > 0 && pos >= rl_end))
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      pos = (inc > 0) ? _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, 1, MB_FIND_ANY)
+		      : _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, MB_FIND_ANY);
+#else
+      pos += inc;
+#endif
+      do
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  if (_rl_is_mbchar_matched (rl_line_buffer, pos, rl_end, smbchar, len))
+#else
+	  if (rl_line_buffer[pos] == schar)
+#endif
+	    {
+	      count--;
+	      if (dir < 0)
+	        rl_point = (dir == BTO) ? _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, 1, MB_FIND_ANY)
+					: pos;
+	      else
+		rl_point = (dir == FTO) ? _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, MB_FIND_ANY)
+					: pos;
+	      break;
+	    }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  prepos = pos;
+#endif
+	}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      while ((dir < 0) ? (pos = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, MB_FIND_ANY)) != prepos
+		       : (pos = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, 1, MB_FIND_ANY)) != prepos);
+#else
+      while ((dir < 0) ? pos-- : ++pos < rl_end);
+#endif
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Search COUNT times for a character read from the current input stream.
+   FDIR is the direction to search if COUNT is non-negative; otherwise
+   the search goes in BDIR.  So much is dependent on HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+   that there are two separate versions of this function. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int
+_rl_char_search (count, fdir, bdir)
+     int count, fdir, bdir;
+{
+  char mbchar[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  int mb_len;
+
+  mb_len = _rl_read_mbchar (mbchar, MB_LEN_MAX);
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (_rl_char_search_internal (-count, bdir, mbchar, mb_len));
+  else
+    return (_rl_char_search_internal (count, fdir, mbchar, mb_len));
+}
+#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+static int
+_rl_char_search (count, fdir, bdir)
+     int count, fdir, bdir;
+{
+  int c;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  c = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (_rl_char_search_internal (-count, bdir, c));
+  else
+    return (_rl_char_search_internal (count, fdir, c));
+}
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_char_search_callback (data)
+     _rl_callback_generic_arg *data;
+{
+  _rl_callback_func = 0;
+  _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+
+  return (_rl_char_search (data->count, data->i1, data->i2));
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_char_search (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+    {
+      _rl_callback_data = _rl_callback_data_alloc (count);
+      _rl_callback_data->i1 = FFIND;
+      _rl_callback_data->i2 = BFIND;
+      _rl_callback_func = _rl_char_search_callback;
+      return (0);
+    }
+#endif
+  
+  return (_rl_char_search (count, FFIND, BFIND));
+}
+
+int
+rl_backward_char_search (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+    {
+      _rl_callback_data = _rl_callback_data_alloc (count);
+      _rl_callback_data->i1 = BFIND;
+      _rl_callback_data->i2 = FFIND;
+      _rl_callback_func = _rl_char_search_callback;
+      return (0);
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return (_rl_char_search (count, BFIND, FFIND));
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*		   The Mark and the Region.			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Set the mark at POSITION. */
+int
+_rl_set_mark_at_pos (position)
+     int position;
+{
+  if (position > rl_end)
+    return -1;
+
+  rl_mark = position;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* A bindable command to set the mark. */
+int
+rl_set_mark (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (_rl_set_mark_at_pos (rl_explicit_arg ? count : rl_point));
+}
+
+/* Exchange the position of mark and point. */
+int
+rl_exchange_point_and_mark (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_mark > rl_end)
+    rl_mark = -1;
+
+  if (rl_mark == -1)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+  else
+    SWAP (rl_point, rl_mark);
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/tilde.c b/lib/readline/tilde.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d757f7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/tilde.c
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+/* tilde.c -- Tilde expansion code (~/foo := $HOME/foo). */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1988,1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Readline, a library for reading lines
+   of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   Readline is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifdef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#  include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+#  include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */  
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+#include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "tilde.h"
+
+#if defined (TEST) || defined (STATIC_MALLOC)
+static void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
+#else
+#  include "xmalloc.h"
+#endif /* TEST || STATIC_MALLOC */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS)
+#  if defined (HAVE_GETPWUID)
+extern struct passwd *getpwuid PARAMS((uid_t));
+#  endif
+#  if defined (HAVE_GETPWNAM)
+extern struct passwd *getpwnam PARAMS((const char *));
+#  endif
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS */
+
+#if !defined (savestring)
+#define savestring(x) strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x))
+#endif /* !savestring */
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+#  if defined (__STDC__)
+#    define NULL ((void *) 0)
+#  else
+#    define NULL 0x0
+#  endif /* !__STDC__ */
+#endif /* !NULL */
+
+/* If being compiled as part of bash, these will be satisfied from
+   variables.o.  If being compiled as part of readline, they will
+   be satisfied from shell.o. */
+extern char *sh_get_home_dir PARAMS((void));
+extern char *sh_get_env_value PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* The default value of tilde_additional_prefixes.  This is set to
+   whitespace preceding a tilde so that simple programs which do not
+   perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
+static const char *default_prefixes[] =
+  { " ~", "\t~", (const char *)NULL };
+
+/* The default value of tilde_additional_suffixes.  This is set to
+   whitespace or newline so that simple programs which do not
+   perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
+static const char *default_suffixes[] =
+  { " ", "\n", (const char *)NULL };
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function that the application
+   wants called before trying the standard tilde expansions.  The function
+   is called with the text sans tilde, and returns a malloc()'ed string
+   which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if the expansion fails. */
+tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook = (tilde_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
+   standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails.  The function is called
+   with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
+   which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
+tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_failure_hook = (tilde_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
+   are duplicates for a tilde prefix.  Bash uses this to expand
+   `=~' and `:~'. */
+char **tilde_additional_prefixes = (char **)default_prefixes;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
+   the end of a username, instead of just "/".  Bash sets this to
+   `:' and `=~'. */
+char **tilde_additional_suffixes = (char **)default_suffixes;
+
+static int tilde_find_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int *));
+static int tilde_find_suffix PARAMS((const char *));
+static char *isolate_tilde_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int *));
+static char *glue_prefix_and_suffix PARAMS((char *, const char *, int));
+
+/* Find the start of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
+   the tilde which starts the expansion.  Place the length of the text
+   which identified this tilde starter in LEN, excluding the tilde itself. */
+static int
+tilde_find_prefix (string, len)
+     const char *string;
+     int *len;
+{
+  register int i, j, string_len;
+  register char **prefixes;
+
+  prefixes = tilde_additional_prefixes;
+
+  string_len = strlen (string);
+  *len = 0;
+
+  if (*string == '\0' || *string == '~')
+    return (0);
+
+  if (prefixes)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
+	{
+	  for (j = 0; prefixes[j]; j++)
+	    {
+	      if (strncmp (string + i, prefixes[j], strlen (prefixes[j])) == 0)
+		{
+		  *len = strlen (prefixes[j]) - 1;
+		  return (i + *len);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  return (string_len);
+}
+
+/* Find the end of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
+   the character which ends the tilde definition.  */
+static int
+tilde_find_suffix (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  register int i, j, string_len;
+  register char **suffixes;
+
+  suffixes = tilde_additional_suffixes;
+  string_len = strlen (string);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
+    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      if (string[i] == '/' || string[i] == '\\' /* || !string[i] */)
+#else
+      if (string[i] == '/' /* || !string[i] */)
+#endif
+	break;
+
+      for (j = 0; suffixes && suffixes[j]; j++)
+	{
+	  if (strncmp (string + i, suffixes[j], strlen (suffixes[j])) == 0)
+	    return (i);
+	}
+    }
+  return (i);
+}
+
+/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
+char *
+tilde_expand (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  char *result;
+  int result_size, result_index;
+
+  result_index = result_size = 0;
+  if (result = strchr (string, '~'))
+    result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size = (strlen (string) + 16));
+  else
+    result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size = (strlen (string) + 1));
+
+  /* Scan through STRING expanding tildes as we come to them. */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      register int start, end;
+      char *tilde_word, *expansion;
+      int len;
+
+      /* Make START point to the tilde which starts the expansion. */
+      start = tilde_find_prefix (string, &len);
+
+      /* Copy the skipped text into the result. */
+      if ((result_index + start + 1) > result_size)
+	result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (start + 20)));
+
+      strncpy (result + result_index, string, start);
+      result_index += start;
+
+      /* Advance STRING to the starting tilde. */
+      string += start;
+
+      /* Make END be the index of one after the last character of the
+	 username. */
+      end = tilde_find_suffix (string);
+
+      /* If both START and END are zero, we are all done. */
+      if (!start && !end)
+	break;
+
+      /* Expand the entire tilde word, and copy it into RESULT. */
+      tilde_word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + end);
+      strncpy (tilde_word, string, end);
+      tilde_word[end] = '\0';
+      string += end;
+
+      expansion = tilde_expand_word (tilde_word);
+      free (tilde_word);
+
+      len = strlen (expansion);
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+      /* Fix for Cygwin to prevent ~user/xxx from expanding to //xxx when
+	 $HOME for `user' is /.  On cygwin, // denotes a network drive. */
+      if (len > 1 || *expansion != '/' || *string != '/')
+#endif
+	{
+	  if ((result_index + len + 1) > result_size)
+	    result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (len + 20)));
+
+	  strcpy (result + result_index, expansion);
+	  result_index += len;
+	}
+      free (expansion);
+    }
+
+  result[result_index] = '\0';
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Take FNAME and return the tilde prefix we want expanded.  If LENP is
+   non-null, the index of the end of the prefix into FNAME is returned in
+   the location it points to. */
+static char *
+isolate_tilde_prefix (fname, lenp)
+     const char *fname;
+     int *lenp;
+{
+  char *ret;
+  int i;
+
+  ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (fname));
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+  for (i = 1; fname[i] && fname[i] != '/' && fname[i] != '\\'; i++)
+#else
+  for (i = 1; fname[i] && fname[i] != '/'; i++)
+#endif
+    ret[i - 1] = fname[i];
+  ret[i - 1] = '\0';
+  if (lenp)
+    *lenp = i;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Public function to scan a string (FNAME) beginning with a tilde and find
+   the portion of the string that should be passed to the tilde expansion
+   function.  Right now, it just calls tilde_find_suffix and allocates new
+   memory, but it can be expanded to do different things later. */
+char *
+tilde_find_word (fname, flags, lenp)
+     const char *fname;
+     int flags, *lenp;
+{
+  int x;
+  char *r;
+
+  x = tilde_find_suffix (fname);
+  if (x == 0)
+    {
+      r = savestring (fname);
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      r = (char *)xmalloc (1 + x);
+      strncpy (r, fname, x);
+      r[x] = '\0';
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = x;
+    }
+
+  return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return a string that is PREFIX concatenated with SUFFIX starting at
+   SUFFIND. */
+static char *
+glue_prefix_and_suffix (prefix, suffix, suffind)
+     char *prefix;
+     const char *suffix;
+     int suffind;
+{
+  char *ret;
+  int plen, slen;
+
+  plen = (prefix && *prefix) ? strlen (prefix) : 0;
+  slen = strlen (suffix + suffind);
+  ret = (char *)xmalloc (plen + slen + 1);
+  if (plen)
+    strcpy (ret, prefix);
+  strcpy (ret + plen, suffix + suffind);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME.  FILENAME starts with a
+   tilde.  If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook.
+   This always returns a newly-allocated string, never static storage. */
+char *
+tilde_expand_word (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  char *dirname, *expansion, *username;
+  int user_len;
+  struct passwd *user_entry;
+
+  if (filename == 0)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+
+  if (*filename != '~')
+    return (savestring (filename));
+
+  /* A leading `~/' or a bare `~' is *always* translated to the value of
+     $HOME or the home directory of the current user, regardless of any
+     preexpansion hook. */
+  if (filename[1] == '\0' || filename[1] == '/')
+    {
+      /* Prefix $HOME to the rest of the string. */
+      expansion = sh_get_env_value ("HOME");
+
+      /* If there is no HOME variable, look up the directory in
+	 the password database. */
+      if (expansion == 0)
+	expansion = sh_get_home_dir ();
+
+      return (glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, 1));
+    }
+
+  username = isolate_tilde_prefix (filename, &user_len);
+
+  if (tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook)
+    {
+      expansion = (*tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook) (username);
+      if (expansion)
+	{
+	  dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, user_len);
+	  free (username);
+	  free (expansion);
+	  return (dirname);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* No preexpansion hook, or the preexpansion hook failed.  Look in the
+     password database. */
+  dirname = (char *)NULL;
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWNAM)
+  user_entry = getpwnam (username);
+#else
+  user_entry = 0;
+#endif
+  if (user_entry == 0)
+    {
+      /* If the calling program has a special syntax for expanding tildes,
+	 and we couldn't find a standard expansion, then let them try. */
+      if (tilde_expansion_failure_hook)
+	{
+	  expansion = (*tilde_expansion_failure_hook) (username);
+	  if (expansion)
+	    {
+	      dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, user_len);
+	      free (expansion);
+	    }
+	}
+      free (username);
+      /* If we don't have a failure hook, or if the failure hook did not
+	 expand the tilde, return a copy of what we were passed. */
+      if (dirname == 0)
+	dirname = savestring (filename);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      free (username);
+      dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (user_entry->pw_dir, filename, user_len);
+    }
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+  endpwent ();
+#endif
+  return (dirname);
+}
+
+
+#if defined (TEST)
+#undef NULL
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *result, line[512];
+  int done = 0;
+
+  while (!done)
+    {
+      printf ("~expand: ");
+      fflush (stdout);
+
+      if (!gets (line))
+	strcpy (line, "done");
+
+      if ((strcmp (line, "done") == 0) ||
+	  (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0) ||
+	  (strcmp (line, "exit") == 0))
+	{
+	  done = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      result = tilde_expand (line);
+      printf ("  --> %s\n", result);
+      free (result);
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+static void memory_error_and_abort ();
+
+static void *
+xmalloc (bytes)
+     size_t bytes;
+{
+  void *temp = (char *)malloc (bytes);
+
+  if (!temp)
+    memory_error_and_abort ();
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+static void *
+xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
+     void *pointer;
+     int bytes;
+{
+  void *temp;
+
+  if (!pointer)
+    temp = malloc (bytes);
+  else
+    temp = realloc (pointer, bytes);
+
+  if (!temp)
+    memory_error_and_abort ();
+
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort ()
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "readline: out of virtual memory\n");
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * compile-command: "gcc -g -DTEST -o tilde tilde.c"
+ * end:
+ */
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/readline/tilde.h b/lib/readline/tilde.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c58ce20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/tilde.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* tilde.h: Externally available variables and function in libtilde.a. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the Readline Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+   for it.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_TILDE_H_)
+#  define _TILDE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A function can be defined using prototypes and compile on both ANSI C
+   and traditional C compilers with something like this:
+	extern char *func PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); */
+
+#if !defined (PARAMS)
+#  if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#    define PARAMS(protos) protos
+#  else
+#    define PARAMS(protos) ()
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+typedef char *tilde_hook_func_t PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function that the application
+   wants called before trying the standard tilde expansions.  The function
+   is called with the text sans tilde, and returns a malloc()'ed string
+   which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if the expansion fails. */
+extern tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook;
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
+   standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails.  The function is called
+   with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
+   which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
+extern tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_failure_hook;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
+   are duplicates for a tilde prefix.  Bash uses this to expand
+   `=~' and `:~'. */
+extern char **tilde_additional_prefixes;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
+   the end of a username, instead of just "/".  Bash sets this to
+   `:' and `=~'. */
+extern char **tilde_additional_suffixes;
+
+/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
+extern char *tilde_expand PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME.  FILENAME starts with a
+   tilde.  If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook. */
+extern char *tilde_expand_word PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Find the portion of the string beginning with ~ that should be expanded. */
+extern char *tilde_find_word PARAMS((const char *, int, int *));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TILDE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/undo.c b/lib/readline/undo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fedfa12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/undo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/* readline.c -- a general facility for reading lines of input
+   with emacs style editing and completion. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>           /* for _POSIX_VERSION */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* Non-zero tells rl_delete_text and rl_insert_text to not add to
+   the undo list. */
+int _rl_doing_an_undo = 0;
+
+/* How many unclosed undo groups we currently have. */
+int _rl_undo_group_level = 0;
+
+/* The current undo list for THE_LINE. */
+UNDO_LIST *rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)NULL;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Undo, and Undoing			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Remember how to undo something.  Concatenate some undos if that
+   seems right. */
+void
+rl_add_undo (what, start, end, text)
+     enum undo_code what;
+     int start, end;
+     char *text;
+{
+  UNDO_LIST *temp = (UNDO_LIST *)xmalloc (sizeof (UNDO_LIST));
+  temp->what = what;
+  temp->start = start;
+  temp->end = end;
+  temp->text = text;
+  temp->next = rl_undo_list;
+  rl_undo_list = temp;
+}
+
+/* Free the existing undo list. */
+void
+rl_free_undo_list ()
+{
+  while (rl_undo_list)
+    {
+      UNDO_LIST *release = rl_undo_list;
+      rl_undo_list = rl_undo_list->next;
+
+      if (release->what == UNDO_DELETE)
+	free (release->text);
+
+      free (release);
+    }
+  rl_undo_list = (UNDO_LIST *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Undo the next thing in the list.  Return 0 if there
+   is nothing to undo, or non-zero if there was. */
+int
+rl_do_undo ()
+{
+  UNDO_LIST *release;
+  int waiting_for_begin, start, end;
+
+#define TRANS(i) ((i) == -1 ? rl_point : ((i) == -2 ? rl_end : (i)))
+
+  start = end = waiting_for_begin = 0;
+  do
+    {
+      if (!rl_undo_list)
+	return (0);
+
+      _rl_doing_an_undo = 1;
+      RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_UNDOING);
+
+      /* To better support vi-mode, a start or end value of -1 means
+	 rl_point, and a value of -2 means rl_end. */
+      if (rl_undo_list->what == UNDO_DELETE || rl_undo_list->what == UNDO_INSERT)
+	{
+	  start = TRANS (rl_undo_list->start);
+	  end = TRANS (rl_undo_list->end);
+	}
+
+      switch (rl_undo_list->what)
+	{
+	/* Undoing deletes means inserting some text. */
+	case UNDO_DELETE:
+	  rl_point = start;
+	  rl_insert_text (rl_undo_list->text);
+	  free (rl_undo_list->text);
+	  break;
+
+	/* Undoing inserts means deleting some text. */
+	case UNDO_INSERT:
+	  rl_delete_text (start, end);
+	  rl_point = start;
+	  break;
+
+	/* Undoing an END means undoing everything 'til we get to a BEGIN. */
+	case UNDO_END:
+	  waiting_for_begin++;
+	  break;
+
+	/* Undoing a BEGIN means that we are done with this group. */
+	case UNDO_BEGIN:
+	  if (waiting_for_begin)
+	    waiting_for_begin--;
+	  else
+	    rl_ding ();
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      _rl_doing_an_undo = 0;
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_UNDOING);
+
+      release = rl_undo_list;
+      rl_undo_list = rl_undo_list->next;
+      free (release);
+    }
+  while (waiting_for_begin);
+
+  return (1);
+}
+#undef TRANS
+
+int
+_rl_fix_last_undo_of_type (type, start, end)
+     int type, start, end;
+{
+  UNDO_LIST *rl;
+
+  for (rl = rl_undo_list; rl; rl = rl->next)
+    {
+      if (rl->what == type)
+	{
+	  rl->start = start;
+	  rl->end = end;
+	  return 0;
+	}
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Begin a group.  Subsequent undos are undone as an atomic operation. */
+int
+rl_begin_undo_group ()
+{
+  rl_add_undo (UNDO_BEGIN, 0, 0, 0);
+  _rl_undo_group_level++;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* End an undo group started with rl_begin_undo_group (). */
+int
+rl_end_undo_group ()
+{
+  rl_add_undo (UNDO_END, 0, 0, 0);
+  _rl_undo_group_level--;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Save an undo entry for the text from START to END. */
+int
+rl_modifying (start, end)
+     int start, end;
+{
+  if (start > end)
+    {
+      SWAP (start, end);
+    }
+
+  if (start != end)
+    {
+      char *temp = rl_copy_text (start, end);
+      rl_begin_undo_group ();
+      rl_add_undo (UNDO_DELETE, start, end, temp);
+      rl_add_undo (UNDO_INSERT, start, end, (char *)NULL);
+      rl_end_undo_group ();
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Revert the current line to its previous state. */
+int
+rl_revert_line (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (!rl_undo_list)
+    rl_ding ();
+  else
+    {
+      while (rl_undo_list)
+	rl_do_undo ();
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+      if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+	rl_point = rl_mark = 0;		/* rl_end should be set correctly */
+#endif
+    }
+    
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Do some undoing of things that were done. */
+int
+rl_undo_command (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (count < 0)
+    return 0;	/* Nothing to do. */
+
+  while (count)
+    {
+      if (rl_do_undo ())
+	count--;
+      else
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/util.c b/lib/readline/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e44ef64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/* util.c -- readline utility functions */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "posixjmp.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>           /* for _POSIX_VERSION */
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#if defined (TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+#  include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* TIOCSTAT_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Utility Functions			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return 0 if C is not a member of the class of characters that belong
+   in words, or 1 if it is. */
+
+int _rl_allow_pathname_alphabetic_chars = 0;
+static const char *pathname_alphabetic_chars = "/-_=~.#$";
+
+int
+rl_alphabetic (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  if (ALPHABETIC (c))
+    return (1);
+
+  return (_rl_allow_pathname_alphabetic_chars &&
+	    strchr (pathname_alphabetic_chars, c) != NULL);
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+int
+_rl_walphabetic (wc)
+     wchar_t wc;
+{
+  int c;
+
+  if (iswalnum (wc))
+    return (1);     
+
+  c = wc & 0177;
+  return (_rl_allow_pathname_alphabetic_chars &&
+	    strchr (pathname_alphabetic_chars, c) != NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* How to abort things. */
+int
+_rl_abort_internal ()
+{
+  rl_ding ();
+  rl_clear_message ();
+  _rl_reset_argument ();
+  rl_clear_pending_input ();
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_MACRODEF);
+  while (rl_executing_macro)
+    _rl_pop_executing_macro ();
+
+  rl_last_func = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+  longjmp (readline_top_level, 1);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_abort (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (_rl_abort_internal ());
+}
+
+int
+rl_tty_status (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (TIOCSTAT)
+  ioctl (1, TIOCSTAT, (char *)0);
+  rl_refresh_line (count, key);
+#else
+  rl_ding ();
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return a copy of the string between FROM and TO.
+   FROM is inclusive, TO is not. */
+char *
+rl_copy_text (from, to)
+     int from, to;
+{
+  register int length;
+  char *copy;
+
+  /* Fix it if the caller is confused. */
+  if (from > to)
+    SWAP (from, to);
+
+  length = to - from;
+  copy = (char *)xmalloc (1 + length);
+  strncpy (copy, rl_line_buffer + from, length);
+  copy[length] = '\0';
+  return (copy);
+}
+
+/* Increase the size of RL_LINE_BUFFER until it has enough space to hold
+   LEN characters. */
+void
+rl_extend_line_buffer (len)
+     int len;
+{
+  while (len >= rl_line_buffer_len)
+    {
+      rl_line_buffer_len += DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE;
+      rl_line_buffer = (char *)xrealloc (rl_line_buffer, rl_line_buffer_len);
+    }
+
+  _rl_set_the_line ();
+}
+
+
+/* A function for simple tilde expansion. */
+int
+rl_tilde_expand (ignore, key)
+     int ignore, key;
+{
+  register int start, end;
+  char *homedir, *temp;
+  int len;
+
+  end = rl_point;
+  start = end - 1;
+
+  if (rl_point == rl_end && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] == '~')
+    {
+      homedir = tilde_expand ("~");
+      _rl_replace_text (homedir, start, end);
+      return (0);
+    }
+  else if (rl_line_buffer[start] != '~')
+    {
+      for (; !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[start]) && start >= 0; start--)
+        ;
+      start++;
+    }
+
+  end = start;
+  do
+    end++;
+  while (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[end]) == 0 && end < rl_end);
+
+  if (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[end]) || end >= rl_end)
+    end--;
+
+  /* If the first character of the current word is a tilde, perform
+     tilde expansion and insert the result.  If not a tilde, do
+     nothing. */
+  if (rl_line_buffer[start] == '~')
+    {
+      len = end - start + 1;
+      temp = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1);
+      strncpy (temp, rl_line_buffer + start, len);
+      temp[len] = '\0';
+      homedir = tilde_expand (temp);
+      free (temp);
+
+      _rl_replace_text (homedir, start, end);
+    }
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			String Utility Functions		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Determine if s2 occurs in s1.  If so, return a pointer to the
+   match in s1.  The compare is case insensitive. */
+char *
+_rl_strindex (s1, s2)
+     register const char *s1, *s2;
+{
+  register int i, l, len;
+
+  for (i = 0, l = strlen (s2), len = strlen (s1); (len - i) >= l; i++)
+    if (_rl_strnicmp (s1 + i, s2, l) == 0)
+      return ((char *) (s1 + i));
+  return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
+/* Find the first occurrence in STRING1 of any character from STRING2.
+   Return a pointer to the character in STRING1. */
+char *
+_rl_strpbrk (string1, string2)
+     const char *string1, *string2;
+{
+  register const char *scan;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  register int i, v;
+
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+  for (; *string1; string1++)
+    {
+      for (scan = string2; *scan; scan++)
+	{
+	  if (*string1 == *scan)
+	    return ((char *)string1);
+	}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  v = _rl_get_char_len (string1, &ps);
+	  if (v > 1)
+	    string1 += v - 1;	/* -1 to account for auto-increment in loop */
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+  return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP)
+/* Compare at most COUNT characters from string1 to string2.  Case
+   doesn't matter. */
+int
+_rl_strnicmp (string1, string2, count)
+     char *string1, *string2;
+     int count;
+{
+  register char ch1, ch2;
+
+  while (count)
+    {
+      ch1 = *string1++;
+      ch2 = *string2++;
+      if (_rl_to_upper(ch1) == _rl_to_upper(ch2))
+	count--;
+      else
+        break;
+    }
+  return (count);
+}
+
+/* strcmp (), but caseless. */
+int
+_rl_stricmp (string1, string2)
+     char *string1, *string2;
+{
+  register char ch1, ch2;
+
+  while (*string1 && *string2)
+    {
+      ch1 = *string1++;
+      ch2 = *string2++;
+      if (_rl_to_upper(ch1) != _rl_to_upper(ch2))
+	return (1);
+    }
+  return (*string1 - *string2);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRCASECMP */
+
+/* Stupid comparison routine for qsort () ing strings. */
+int
+_rl_qsort_string_compare (s1, s2)
+  char **s1, **s2;
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_STRCOLL)
+  return (strcoll (*s1, *s2));
+#else
+  int result;
+
+  result = **s1 - **s2;
+  if (result == 0)
+    result = strcmp (*s1, *s2);
+
+  return result;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Function equivalents for the macros defined in chardefs.h. */
+#define FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO(f)	int (f) (c) int c; { return f (c); }
+
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_digit_p)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_digit_value)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_lowercase_p)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_pure_alphabetic)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_to_lower)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_to_upper)
+FUNCTION_FOR_MACRO (_rl_uppercase_p)
+
+/* Backwards compatibility, now that savestring has been removed from
+   all `public' readline header files. */
+#undef _rl_savestring
+char *
+_rl_savestring (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  return (strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + (int)strlen (s)), (s)));
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/vi_keymap.c b/lib/readline/vi_keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b48c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/vi_keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,877 @@
+/* vi_keymap.c -- the keymap for vi_mode in readline (). */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (BUFSIZ)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif /* !BUFSIZ */
+
+#include "readline.h"
+
+#if 0
+extern KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY vi_escape_keymap;
+#endif
+
+/* The keymap arrays for handling vi mode. */
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY vi_movement_keymap = {
+  /* The regular control keys come first. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-@ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-a */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-b */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-c */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_eof_maybe },			/* Control-d */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_emacs_editing_mode },		/* Control-e */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-f */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_abort },				/* Control-g */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_backward_char },			/* Control-h */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-i */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_newline },			/* Control-j */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_kill_line },			/* Control-k */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_clear_screen },			/* Control-l */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_newline },			/* Control-m */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_get_next_history },		/* Control-n */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-o */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_get_previous_history },		/* Control-p */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_quoted_insert },			/* Control-q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_reverse_search_history },	/* Control-r */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_forward_search_history },	/* Control-s */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_transpose_chars },		/* Control-t */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_unix_line_discard },		/* Control-u */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_quoted_insert },			/* Control-v */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_unix_word_rubout },		/* Control-w */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-x */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_yank },				/* Control-y */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-z */
+
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-[ */	/* vi_escape_keymap */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-\ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-] */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-^ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_undo },			/* Control-_ */
+
+  /* The start of printing characters. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_forward_char },			/* SPACE */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ! */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* " */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert_comment },		/* # */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_end_of_line },			/* $ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_match },			/* % */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_tilde_expand },		/* & */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ' */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ( */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_complete },			/* * */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_get_next_history},		/* + */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search },		/* , */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_get_previous_history },		/* - */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_redo },			/* . */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_search },			/* / */
+
+  /* Regular digits. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_beg_of_line },			/* 0 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 1 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 2 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 3 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 4 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 5 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 6 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 7 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 8 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 9 */
+
+  /* A little more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* : */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search },		/* ; */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* < */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_complete },			/* = */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* > */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_search },			/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* @ */
+
+  /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_append_eol },			/* A */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_prev_word},			/* B */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_change_to },			/* C */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_delete_to },			/* D */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_end_word },			/* E */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search },		/* F */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_fetch_history },		/* G */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* H */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_insert_beg },			/* I */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* J */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* K */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* L */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* M */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_search_again },		/* N */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* O */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_put },			/* P */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_replace },			/* R */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_subst },			/* S */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search },		/* T */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_revert_line },			/* U */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* V */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_next_word },			/* W */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_rubout },			/* X */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_yank_to },			/* Y */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Z */
+
+  /* Some more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* [ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_complete },			/* \ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ] */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_first_print },		/* ^ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_yank_arg },			/* _ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_goto_mark },			/* ` */
+
+  /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_append_mode },		/* a */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_prev_word },			/* b */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_change_to },			/* c */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_delete_to },			/* d */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_end_word },			/* e */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search },		/* f */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* g */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_backward_char },			/* h */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_insertion_mode },		/* i */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_get_next_history },		/* j */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_get_previous_history },		/* k */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_forward_char },			/* l */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_set_mark },			/* m */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_search_again },		/* n */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* o */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_put },			/* p */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_change_char },		/* r */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_subst },			/* s */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_char_search },		/* t */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_undo },			/* u */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* v */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_next_word },			/* w */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_delete },			/* x */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_yank_to },			/* y */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* z */
+
+  /* Final punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* { */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_column },			/* | */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* } */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_change_case },		/* ~ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* RUBOUT */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+  /* Undefined keys. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
+
+
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY vi_insertion_keymap = {
+  /* The regular control keys come first. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-@ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-a */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-b */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-c */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_eof_maybe },			/* Control-d */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-e */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-f */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-g */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_rubout },			/* Control-h */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_complete },			/* Control-i */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_newline },			/* Control-j */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-k */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-l */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_newline },			/* Control-m */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-n */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-o */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-p */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_reverse_search_history },	/* Control-r */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_forward_search_history },	/* Control-s */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_transpose_chars },		/* Control-t */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_unix_line_discard },		/* Control-u */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_quoted_insert },			/* Control-v */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_unix_word_rubout },		/* Control-w */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-x */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_yank },				/* Control-y */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-z */
+
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_movement_mode },		/* Control-[ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-\ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-] */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Control-^ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_undo },			/* Control-_ */
+
+  /* The start of printing characters. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* SPACE */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* ! */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* " */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* # */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* $ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* % */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* & */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* ' */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* ( */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* ) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* * */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* + */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* , */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* - */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* . */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* / */
+
+  /* Regular digits. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* 0 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* 1 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* 2 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* 3 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* 4 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* 5 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* 6 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* 7 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* 8 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* 9 */
+
+  /* A little more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* : */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* ; */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* < */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* = */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* > */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* @ */
+
+  /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* A */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* B */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* C */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* D */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* E */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* F */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* G */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* H */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* I */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* J */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* K */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* L */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* M */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* N */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* O */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* P */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* R */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* S */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* T */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* U */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* V */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* W */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* X */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Y */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* Z */
+
+  /* Some more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* [ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* \ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* ] */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* ^ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* _ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* ` */
+
+  /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* a */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* b */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* c */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* d */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* e */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* f */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* g */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* h */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* i */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* j */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* k */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* l */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* m */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* n */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* o */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* p */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* r */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* s */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* t */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* u */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* v */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* w */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* x */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* y */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* z */
+
+  /* Final punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* { */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* | */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* } */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },			/* ~ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_rubout },			/* RUBOUT */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+  /* Pure 8-bit characters (128 - 159).
+     These might be used in some
+     character sets. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* ? */
+
+  /* ISO Latin-1 characters (160 - 255) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* No-break space */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Inverted exclamation mark */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Cent sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Pound sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Currency sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Yen sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Broken bar */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Section sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Copyright sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Feminine ordinal indicator */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Left pointing double angle quotation mark */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Not sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Soft hyphen */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Registered sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Macron */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Degree sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Plus-minus sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Superscript two */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Superscript three */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Acute accent */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Micro sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Pilcrow sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Middle dot */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Cedilla */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Superscript one */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Masculine ordinal indicator */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Right pointing double angle quotation mark */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Vulgar fraction one quarter */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Vulgar fraction one half */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Vulgar fraction three quarters */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Inverted questionk mark */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter a with ring above */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter ae */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter c with cedilla */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter e with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter e with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter e with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter e with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter i with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter i with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter i with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter i with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter eth (Icelandic) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter n with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Multiplication sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter o with stroke */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter u with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter u with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter u with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter u with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter Y with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin capital letter thorn (Icelandic) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter sharp s (German) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter a with ring above */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter ae */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter c with cedilla */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter e with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter e with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter e with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter e with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter i with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter i with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter i with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter i with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter eth (Icelandic) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter n with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with tilde */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Division sign */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter o with stroke */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter u with grave */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter u with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter u with circumflex */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter u with diaeresis */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter y with acute */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert },	/* Latin small letter thorn (Icelandic) */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_insert }		/* Latin small letter y with diaeresis */
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
+
+/* Unused for the time being. */
+#if 0
+KEYMAP_ENTRY_ARRAY vi_escape_keymap = {
+  /* The regular control keys come first. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-@ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-a */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-b */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-c */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-d */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-e */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-f */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-g */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-h */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_tab_insert},			/* Control-i */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_emacs_editing_mode},		/* Control-j */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_kill_line },			/* Control-k */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-l */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_emacs_editing_mode},		/* Control-m */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-n */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-o */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-p */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-q */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-r */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-s */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-t */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-u */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-v */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-w */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-x */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-y */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-z */
+
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_movement_mode },		/* Control-[ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-\ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-] */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* Control-^ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_undo },			/* Control-_ */
+
+  /* The start of printing characters. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* SPACE */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ! */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* " */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* # */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* $ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* % */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* & */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ' */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ( */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ) */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* * */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* + */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* , */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* - */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* . */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* / */
+
+  /* Regular digits. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 0 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 1 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 2 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 3 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 4 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 5 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 6 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 7 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 8 */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_vi_arg_digit },			/* 9 */
+
+  /* A little more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* : */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ; */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* < */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* = */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* > */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ? */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* @ */
+
+  /* Uppercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* A */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* B */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* C */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* D */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* E */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* F */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* G */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* H */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* I */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* J */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* K */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* L */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* M */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* N */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* O */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* P */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* Q */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* R */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* S */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* T */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* U */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* V */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* W */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* X */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* Y */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_do_lowercase_version },		/* Z */
+
+  /* Some more punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_arrow_keys },			/* [ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* \ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ] */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ^ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* _ */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ` */
+
+  /* Lowercase alphabet. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* a */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* b */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* c */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* d */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* e */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* f */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* g */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* h */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* i */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* j */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* k */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* l */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* m */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* n */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_arrow_keys },			/* o */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* p */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* q */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* r */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* s */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* t */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* u */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* v */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* w */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* x */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* y */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* z */
+
+  /* Final punctuation. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* { */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* | */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* } */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },		/* ~ */
+  { ISFUNC, rl_backward_kill_word },		/* RUBOUT */
+
+#if KEYMAP_SIZE > 128
+  /* Undefined keys. */
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 },
+  { ISFUNC, (rl_command_func_t *)0x0 }
+#endif /* KEYMAP_SIZE > 128 */
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/readline/vi_mode.c b/lib/readline/vi_mode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac5fd74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/vi_mode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1717 @@
+/* vi_mode.c -- A vi emulation mode for Bash.
+   Derived from code written by Jeff Sparkes (jsparkes@bnr.ca).  */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			VI Emulation Mode			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef member
+#define member(c, s) ((c) ? (char *)strchr ((s), (c)) != (char *)NULL : 0)
+#endif
+
+int _rl_vi_last_command = 'i';	/* default `.' puts you in insert mode */
+
+/* Non-zero means enter insertion mode. */
+static int _rl_vi_doing_insert;
+
+/* Command keys which do movement for xxx_to commands. */
+static const char *vi_motion = " hl^$0ftFT;,%wbeWBE|";
+
+/* Keymap used for vi replace characters.  Created dynamically since
+   rarely used. */
+static Keymap vi_replace_map;
+
+/* The number of characters inserted in the last replace operation. */
+static int vi_replace_count;
+
+/* If non-zero, we have text inserted after a c[motion] command that put
+   us implicitly into insert mode.  Some people want this text to be
+   attached to the command so that it is `redoable' with `.'. */
+static int vi_continued_command;
+static char *vi_insert_buffer;
+static int vi_insert_buffer_size;
+
+static int _rl_vi_last_repeat = 1;
+static int _rl_vi_last_arg_sign = 1;
+static int _rl_vi_last_motion;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static char _rl_vi_last_search_mbchar[MB_LEN_MAX];
+static int _rl_vi_last_search_mblen;
+#else
+static int _rl_vi_last_search_char;
+#endif
+static int _rl_vi_last_replacement;
+
+static int _rl_vi_last_key_before_insert;
+
+static int vi_redoing;
+
+/* Text modification commands.  These are the `redoable' commands. */
+static const char *vi_textmod = "_*\\AaIiCcDdPpYyRrSsXx~";
+
+/* Arrays for the saved marks. */
+static int vi_mark_chars['z' - 'a' + 1];
+
+static void _rl_vi_stuff_insert PARAMS((int));
+static void _rl_vi_save_insert PARAMS((UNDO_LIST *));
+
+static int _rl_vi_arg_dispatch PARAMS((int));
+static int rl_digit_loop1 PARAMS((void));
+
+static int _rl_vi_set_mark PARAMS((void));
+static int _rl_vi_goto_mark PARAMS((void));
+
+static int _rl_vi_callback_getchar PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int _rl_vi_callback_set_mark PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+static int _rl_vi_callback_goto_mark PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+static int _rl_vi_callback_change_char PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+static int _rl_vi_callback_char_search PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+#endif
+
+void
+_rl_vi_initialize_line ()
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (vi_mark_chars) / sizeof (int); i++)
+    vi_mark_chars[i] = -1;
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_VICMDONCE);
+}
+
+void
+_rl_vi_reset_last ()
+{
+  _rl_vi_last_command = 'i';
+  _rl_vi_last_repeat = 1;
+  _rl_vi_last_arg_sign = 1;
+  _rl_vi_last_motion = 0;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_vi_set_last (key, repeat, sign)
+     int key, repeat, sign;
+{
+  _rl_vi_last_command = key;
+  _rl_vi_last_repeat = repeat;
+  _rl_vi_last_arg_sign = sign;
+}
+
+/* A convenience function that calls _rl_vi_set_last to save the last command
+   information and enters insertion mode. */
+void
+rl_vi_start_inserting (key, repeat, sign)
+     int key, repeat, sign;
+{
+  _rl_vi_set_last (key, repeat, sign);
+  rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, key);
+}
+
+/* Is the command C a VI mode text modification command? */
+int
+_rl_vi_textmod_command (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  return (member (c, vi_textmod));
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_vi_stuff_insert (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+  while (count--)
+    rl_insert_text (vi_insert_buffer);
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+}
+
+/* Bound to `.'.  Called from command mode, so we know that we have to
+   redo a text modification command.  The default for _rl_vi_last_command
+   puts you back into insert mode. */
+int
+rl_vi_redo (count, c)
+     int count, c;
+{
+  int r;
+
+  if (!rl_explicit_arg)
+    {
+      rl_numeric_arg = _rl_vi_last_repeat;
+      rl_arg_sign = _rl_vi_last_arg_sign;
+    }
+
+  r = 0;
+  vi_redoing = 1;
+  /* If we're redoing an insert with `i', stuff in the inserted text
+     and do not go into insertion mode. */
+  if (_rl_vi_last_command == 'i' && vi_insert_buffer && *vi_insert_buffer)
+    {
+      _rl_vi_stuff_insert (count);
+      /* And back up point over the last character inserted. */
+      if (rl_point > 0)
+	rl_point--;
+    }
+  else
+    r = _rl_dispatch (_rl_vi_last_command, _rl_keymap);
+  vi_redoing = 0;
+
+  return (r);
+}
+
+/* A placeholder for further expansion. */
+int
+rl_vi_undo (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (rl_undo_command (count, key));
+}
+    
+/* Yank the nth arg from the previous line into this line at point. */
+int
+rl_vi_yank_arg (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  /* Readline thinks that the first word on a line is the 0th, while vi
+     thinks the first word on a line is the 1st.  Compensate. */
+  if (rl_explicit_arg)
+    rl_yank_nth_arg (count - 1, 0);
+  else
+    rl_yank_nth_arg ('$', 0);
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* With an argument, move back that many history lines, else move to the
+   beginning of history. */
+int
+rl_vi_fetch_history (count, c)
+     int count, c;
+{
+  int wanted;
+
+  /* Giving an argument of n means we want the nth command in the history
+     file.  The command number is interpreted the same way that the bash
+     `history' command does it -- that is, giving an argument count of 450
+     to this command would get the command listed as number 450 in the
+     output of `history'. */
+  if (rl_explicit_arg)
+    {
+      wanted = history_base + where_history () - count;
+      if (wanted <= 0)
+        rl_beginning_of_history (0, 0);
+      else
+        rl_get_previous_history (wanted, c);
+    }
+  else
+    rl_beginning_of_history (count, 0);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Search again for the last thing searched for. */
+int
+rl_vi_search_again (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case 'n':
+      rl_noninc_reverse_search_again (count, key);
+      break;
+
+    case 'N':
+      rl_noninc_forward_search_again (count, key);
+      break;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Do a vi style search. */
+int
+rl_vi_search (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  switch (key)
+    {
+    case '?':
+      _rl_free_saved_history_line ();
+      rl_noninc_forward_search (count, key);
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      _rl_free_saved_history_line ();
+      rl_noninc_reverse_search (count, key);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      rl_ding ();
+      break;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Completion, from vi's point of view. */
+int
+rl_vi_complete (ignore, key)
+     int ignore, key;
+{
+  if ((rl_point < rl_end) && (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])))
+    {
+      if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point + 1]))
+	rl_vi_end_word (1, 'E');
+      rl_point++;
+    }
+
+  if (key == '*')
+    rl_complete_internal ('*');	/* Expansion and replacement. */
+  else if (key == '=')
+    rl_complete_internal ('?');	/* List possible completions. */
+  else if (key == '\\')
+    rl_complete_internal (TAB);	/* Standard Readline completion. */
+  else
+    rl_complete (0, key);
+
+  if (key == '*' || key == '\\')
+    rl_vi_start_inserting (key, 1, rl_arg_sign);
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Tilde expansion for vi mode. */
+int
+rl_vi_tilde_expand (ignore, key)
+     int ignore, key;
+{
+  rl_tilde_expand (0, key);
+  rl_vi_start_inserting (key, 1, rl_arg_sign);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Previous word in vi mode. */
+int
+rl_vi_prev_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_vi_next_word (-count, key));
+
+  if (rl_point == 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+    rl_vi_bWord (count, key);
+  else
+    rl_vi_bword (count, key);
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Next word in vi mode. */
+int
+rl_vi_next_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_vi_prev_word (-count, key));
+
+  if (rl_point >= (rl_end - 1))
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+    rl_vi_fWord (count, key);
+  else
+    rl_vi_fword (count, key);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Move to the end of the ?next? word. */
+int
+rl_vi_end_word (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (count < 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+    rl_vi_eWord (count, key);
+  else
+    rl_vi_eword (count, key);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Move forward a word the way that 'W' does. */
+int
+rl_vi_fWord (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  while (count-- && rl_point < (rl_end - 1))
+    {
+      /* Skip until whitespace. */
+      while (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && rl_point < rl_end)
+	rl_point++;
+
+      /* Now skip whitespace. */
+      while (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && rl_point < rl_end)
+	rl_point++;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_bWord (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  while (count-- && rl_point > 0)
+    {
+      /* If we are at the start of a word, move back to whitespace so
+	 we will go back to the start of the previous word. */
+      if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) &&
+	  whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+	rl_point--;
+
+      while (rl_point > 0 && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	rl_point--;
+
+      if (rl_point > 0)
+	{
+	  while (--rl_point >= 0 && !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]));
+	  rl_point++;
+	}
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_eWord (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  while (count-- && rl_point < (rl_end - 1))
+    {
+      if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	rl_point++;
+
+      /* Move to the next non-whitespace character (to the start of the
+	 next word). */
+      while (rl_point < rl_end && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	rl_point++;
+
+      if (rl_point && rl_point < rl_end)
+	{
+	  /* Skip whitespace. */
+	  while (rl_point < rl_end && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	    rl_point++;
+
+	  /* Skip until whitespace. */
+	  while (rl_point < rl_end && !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	    rl_point++;
+
+	  /* Move back to the last character of the word. */
+	  rl_point--;
+	}
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_fword (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  while (count-- && rl_point < (rl_end - 1))
+    {
+      /* Move to white space (really non-identifer). */
+      if (_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	{
+	  while (_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && rl_point < rl_end)
+	    rl_point++;
+	}
+      else /* if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])) */
+	{
+	  while (!_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) &&
+		 !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && rl_point < rl_end)
+	    rl_point++;
+	}
+
+      /* Move past whitespace. */
+      while (whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && rl_point < rl_end)
+	rl_point++;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_bword (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  while (count-- && rl_point > 0)
+    {
+      int last_is_ident;
+
+      /* If we are at the start of a word, move back to whitespace
+	 so we will go back to the start of the previous word. */
+      if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) &&
+	  whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]))
+	rl_point--;
+
+      /* If this character and the previous character are `opposite', move
+	 back so we don't get messed up by the rl_point++ down there in
+	 the while loop.  Without this code, words like `l;' screw up the
+	 function. */
+      last_is_ident = _rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1]);
+      if ((_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && !last_is_ident) ||
+	  (!_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) && last_is_ident))
+	rl_point--;
+
+      while (rl_point > 0 && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	rl_point--;
+
+      if (rl_point > 0)
+	{
+	  if (_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	    while (--rl_point >= 0 && _rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]));
+	  else
+	    while (--rl_point >= 0 && !_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]) &&
+		   !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]));
+	  rl_point++;
+	}
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_eword (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  while (count-- && rl_point < rl_end - 1)
+    {
+      if (!whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	rl_point++;
+
+      while (rl_point < rl_end && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	rl_point++;
+
+      if (rl_point < rl_end)
+	{
+	  if (_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	    while (++rl_point < rl_end && _rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]));
+	  else
+	    while (++rl_point < rl_end && !_rl_isident (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])
+		   && !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]));
+	}
+      rl_point--;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_insert_beg (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  rl_beg_of_line (1, key);
+  rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, key);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_append_mode (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_point < rl_end)
+    {
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+	rl_point++;
+      else
+        {
+          int point = rl_point;
+          rl_forward_char (1, key);
+          if (point == rl_point)
+            rl_point = rl_end;
+        }
+    }
+  rl_vi_insertion_mode (1, key);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_append_eol (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  rl_end_of_line (1, key);
+  rl_vi_append_mode (1, key);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* What to do in the case of C-d. */
+int
+rl_vi_eof_maybe (count, c)
+     int count, c;
+{
+  return (rl_newline (1, '\n'));
+}
+
+/* Insertion mode stuff. */
+
+/* Switching from one mode to the other really just involves
+   switching keymaps. */
+int
+rl_vi_insertion_mode (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  _rl_keymap = vi_insertion_keymap;
+  _rl_vi_last_key_before_insert = key;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_vi_save_insert (up)
+      UNDO_LIST *up;
+{
+  int len, start, end;
+
+  if (up == 0)
+    {
+      if (vi_insert_buffer_size >= 1)
+	vi_insert_buffer[0] = '\0';
+      return;
+    }
+
+  start = up->start;
+  end = up->end;
+  len = end - start + 1;
+  if (len >= vi_insert_buffer_size)
+    {
+      vi_insert_buffer_size += (len + 32) - (len % 32);
+      vi_insert_buffer = (char *)xrealloc (vi_insert_buffer, vi_insert_buffer_size);
+    }
+  strncpy (vi_insert_buffer, rl_line_buffer + start, len - 1);
+  vi_insert_buffer[len-1] = '\0';
+}
+    
+void
+_rl_vi_done_inserting ()
+{
+  if (_rl_vi_doing_insert)
+    {
+      /* The `C', `s', and `S' commands set this. */
+      rl_end_undo_group ();
+      /* Now, the text between rl_undo_list->next->start and
+	 rl_undo_list->next->end is what was inserted while in insert
+	 mode.  It gets copied to VI_INSERT_BUFFER because it depends
+	 on absolute indices into the line which may change (though they
+	 probably will not). */
+      _rl_vi_doing_insert = 0;
+      _rl_vi_save_insert (rl_undo_list->next);
+      vi_continued_command = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if ((_rl_vi_last_key_before_insert == 'i' || _rl_vi_last_key_before_insert == 'a') && rl_undo_list)
+        _rl_vi_save_insert (rl_undo_list);
+      /* XXX - Other keys probably need to be checked. */
+      else if (_rl_vi_last_key_before_insert == 'C')
+	rl_end_undo_group ();
+      while (_rl_undo_group_level > 0)
+	rl_end_undo_group ();
+      vi_continued_command = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_movement_mode (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_point > 0)
+    rl_backward_char (1, key);
+
+  _rl_keymap = vi_movement_keymap;
+  _rl_vi_done_inserting ();
+
+  /* This is how POSIX.2 says `U' should behave -- everything up until the
+     first time you go into command mode should not be undone. */
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_VICMDONCE) == 0)
+    rl_free_undo_list ();
+
+  RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_VICMDONCE);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_arg_digit (count, c)
+     int count, c;
+{
+  if (c == '0' && rl_numeric_arg == 1 && !rl_explicit_arg)
+    return (rl_beg_of_line (1, c));
+  else
+    return (rl_digit_argument (count, c));
+}
+
+/* Change the case of the next COUNT characters. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int
+_rl_vi_change_mbchar_case (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  wchar_t wc;
+  char mb[MB_LEN_MAX+1];
+  int mblen, p;
+  mbstate_t ps;
+
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  if (_rl_adjust_point (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, &ps) > 0)
+    count--;
+  while (count-- && rl_point < rl_end)
+    {
+      mbrtowc (&wc, rl_line_buffer + rl_point, rl_end - rl_point, &ps);
+      if (iswupper (wc))
+	wc = towlower (wc);
+      else if (iswlower (wc))
+	wc = towupper (wc);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Just skip over chars neither upper nor lower case */
+	  rl_forward_char (1, 0);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Vi is kind of strange here. */
+      if (wc)
+	{
+	  p = rl_point;
+	  mblen = wcrtomb (mb, wc, &ps);
+	  if (mblen >= 0)
+	    mb[mblen] = '\0';
+	  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+	  rl_vi_delete (1, 0);
+	  if (rl_point < p)	/* Did we retreat at EOL? */
+	    rl_point++;	/* XXX - should we advance more than 1 for mbchar? */
+	  rl_insert_text (mb);
+	  rl_end_undo_group ();
+	  rl_vi_check ();
+	}
+      else
+        rl_forward_char (1, 0);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_vi_change_case (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  int c, p;
+
+  /* Don't try this on an empty line. */
+  if (rl_point >= rl_end)
+    return (0);
+
+  c = 0;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    return (_rl_vi_change_mbchar_case (count));
+#endif
+
+  while (count-- && rl_point < rl_end)
+    {
+      if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	c = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]);
+      else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	c = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Just skip over characters neither upper nor lower case. */
+	  rl_forward_char (1, c);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Vi is kind of strange here. */
+      if (c)
+	{
+	  p = rl_point;
+	  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+	  rl_vi_delete (1, c);
+	  if (rl_point < p)	/* Did we retreat at EOL? */
+	    rl_point++;
+	  _rl_insert_char (1, c);
+	  rl_end_undo_group ();
+	  rl_vi_check ();
+        }
+      else
+	rl_forward_char (1, c);
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_put (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (!_rl_uppercase_p (key) && (rl_point + 1 <= rl_end))
+    rl_point = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+
+  while (count--)
+    rl_yank (1, key);
+
+  rl_backward_char (1, key);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_check ()
+{
+  if (rl_point && rl_point == rl_end)
+    {
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	rl_point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+      else
+        rl_point--;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_column (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (count > rl_end)
+    rl_end_of_line (1, key);
+  else
+    rl_point = count - 1;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_domove (key, nextkey)
+     int key, *nextkey;
+{
+  int c, save;
+  int old_end;
+
+  rl_mark = rl_point;
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  c = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  *nextkey = c;
+
+  if (!member (c, vi_motion))
+    {
+      if (_rl_digit_p (c))
+	{
+	  save = rl_numeric_arg;
+	  rl_numeric_arg = _rl_digit_value (c);
+	  rl_explicit_arg = 1;
+	  RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_NUMERICARG|RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+	  rl_digit_loop1 ();
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_VIMOTION);
+	  rl_numeric_arg *= save;
+	  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+	  c = rl_read_key ();	/* real command */
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+	  *nextkey = c;
+	}
+      else if (key == c && (key == 'd' || key == 'y' || key == 'c'))
+	{
+	  rl_mark = rl_end;
+	  rl_beg_of_line (1, c);
+	  _rl_vi_last_motion = c;
+	  return (0);
+	}
+      else
+	return (-1);
+    }
+
+  _rl_vi_last_motion = c;
+
+  /* Append a blank character temporarily so that the motion routines
+     work right at the end of the line. */
+  old_end = rl_end;
+  rl_line_buffer[rl_end++] = ' ';
+  rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = '\0';
+
+  _rl_dispatch (c, _rl_keymap);
+
+  /* Remove the blank that we added. */
+  rl_end = old_end;
+  rl_line_buffer[rl_end] = '\0';
+  if (rl_point > rl_end)
+    rl_point = rl_end;
+
+  /* No change in position means the command failed. */
+  if (rl_mark == rl_point)
+    return (-1);
+
+  /* rl_vi_f[wW]ord () leaves the cursor on the first character of the next
+     word.  If we are not at the end of the line, and we are on a
+     non-whitespace character, move back one (presumably to whitespace). */
+  if ((_rl_to_upper (c) == 'W') && rl_point < rl_end && rl_point > rl_mark &&
+      !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+    rl_point--;
+
+  /* If cw or cW, back up to the end of a word, so the behaviour of ce
+     or cE is the actual result.  Brute-force, no subtlety. */
+  if (key == 'c' && rl_point >= rl_mark && (_rl_to_upper (c) == 'W'))
+    {
+      /* Don't move farther back than where we started. */
+      while (rl_point > rl_mark && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	rl_point--;
+
+      /* Posix.2 says that if cw or cW moves the cursor towards the end of
+	 the line, the character under the cursor should be deleted. */
+      if (rl_point == rl_mark)
+        rl_point++;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Move past the end of the word so that the kill doesn't
+	     remove the last letter of the previous word.  Only do this
+	     if we are not at the end of the line. */
+	  if (rl_point >= 0 && rl_point < (rl_end - 1) && !whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+	    rl_point++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (rl_mark < rl_point)
+    SWAP (rl_point, rl_mark);
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Process C as part of the current numeric argument.  Return -1 if the
+   argument should be aborted, 0 if we should not read any more chars, and
+   1 if we should continue to read chars. */
+static int
+_rl_vi_arg_dispatch (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  int key;
+
+  key = c;
+  if (c >= 0 && _rl_keymap[c].type == ISFUNC && _rl_keymap[c].function == rl_universal_argument)
+    {
+      rl_numeric_arg *= 4;
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  c = UNMETA (c);
+
+  if (_rl_digit_p (c))
+    {
+      if (rl_explicit_arg)
+	rl_numeric_arg = (rl_numeric_arg * 10) + _rl_digit_value (c);
+      else
+	rl_numeric_arg = _rl_digit_value (c);
+      rl_explicit_arg = 1;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      rl_clear_message ();
+      rl_stuff_char (key);
+      return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* A simplified loop for vi. Don't dispatch key at end.
+   Don't recognize minus sign?
+   Should this do rl_save_prompt/rl_restore_prompt? */
+static int
+rl_digit_loop1 ()
+{
+  int c, r;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (_rl_arg_overflow ())
+	return 1;
+
+      c = _rl_arg_getchar ();
+
+      r = _rl_vi_arg_dispatch (c);
+      if (r <= 0)
+	break;
+    }
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_NUMERICARG);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_delete_to (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int c;
+
+  if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+    rl_stuff_char ('$');
+  else if (vi_redoing)
+    rl_stuff_char (_rl_vi_last_motion);
+
+  if (rl_vi_domove (key, &c))
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* These are the motion commands that do not require adjusting the
+     mark. */
+  if ((strchr (" l|h^0bB", c) == 0) && (rl_mark < rl_end))
+    rl_mark++;
+
+  rl_kill_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_change_to (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int c, start_pos;
+
+  if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+    rl_stuff_char ('$');
+  else if (vi_redoing)
+    rl_stuff_char (_rl_vi_last_motion);
+
+  start_pos = rl_point;
+
+  if (rl_vi_domove (key, &c))
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* These are the motion commands that do not require adjusting the
+     mark.  c[wW] are handled by special-case code in rl_vi_domove(),
+     and already leave the mark at the correct location. */
+  if ((strchr (" l|hwW^0bB", c) == 0) && (rl_mark < rl_end))
+    rl_mark++;
+
+  /* The cursor never moves with c[wW]. */
+  if ((_rl_to_upper (c) == 'W') && rl_point < start_pos)
+    rl_point = start_pos;
+
+  if (vi_redoing)
+    {
+      if (vi_insert_buffer && *vi_insert_buffer)
+	rl_begin_undo_group ();
+      rl_delete_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+      if (vi_insert_buffer && *vi_insert_buffer)
+	{
+	  rl_insert_text (vi_insert_buffer);
+	  rl_end_undo_group ();
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      rl_begin_undo_group ();		/* to make the `u' command work */
+      rl_kill_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+      /* `C' does not save the text inserted for undoing or redoing. */
+      if (_rl_uppercase_p (key) == 0)
+        _rl_vi_doing_insert = 1;
+      rl_vi_start_inserting (key, rl_numeric_arg, rl_arg_sign);
+    }
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_yank_to (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int c, save;
+
+  save = rl_point;
+  if (_rl_uppercase_p (key))
+    rl_stuff_char ('$');
+
+  if (rl_vi_domove (key, &c))
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* These are the motion commands that do not require adjusting the
+     mark. */
+  if ((strchr (" l|h^0%bB", c) == 0) && (rl_mark < rl_end))
+    rl_mark++;
+
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+  rl_kill_text (rl_point, rl_mark);
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+  rl_do_undo ();
+  rl_point = save;
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_rubout (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int p, opoint;
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_vi_delete (-count, key));
+
+  if (rl_point == 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  opoint = rl_point;
+  if (count > 1 && MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    rl_backward_char (count, key);
+  else if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    rl_point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+  else
+    rl_point -= count;
+
+  if (rl_point < 0)
+    rl_point = 0;
+
+  rl_kill_text (rl_point, opoint);
+  
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_delete (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int end;
+
+  if (count < 0)
+    return (rl_vi_rubout (-count, key));
+
+  if (rl_end == 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    end = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, count, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+  else
+    end = rl_point + count;
+
+  if (end >= rl_end)
+    end = rl_end;
+
+  rl_kill_text (rl_point, end);
+  
+  if (rl_point > 0 && rl_point == rl_end)
+    rl_backward_char (1, key);
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_back_to_indent (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  rl_beg_of_line (1, key);
+  while (rl_point < rl_end && whitespace (rl_line_buffer[rl_point]))
+    rl_point++;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_first_print (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  return (rl_vi_back_to_indent (1, key));
+}
+
+static int _rl_cs_dir, _rl_cs_orig_dir;
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_vi_callback_char_search (data)
+     _rl_callback_generic_arg *data;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  _rl_vi_last_search_mblen = _rl_read_mbchar (_rl_vi_last_search_mbchar, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#else
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  _rl_vi_last_search_char = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+#endif
+
+  _rl_callback_func = 0;
+  _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  return (_rl_char_search_internal (data->count, _rl_cs_dir, _rl_vi_last_search_mbchar, _rl_vi_last_search_mblen));
+#else
+  return (_rl_char_search_internal (data->count, _rl_cs_dir, _rl_vi_last_search_char));
+#endif  
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_vi_char_search (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  static char *target;
+  static int tlen;
+#else
+  static char target;
+#endif
+
+  if (key == ';' || key == ',')
+    _rl_cs_dir = (key == ';') ? _rl_cs_orig_dir : -_rl_cs_orig_dir;
+  else
+    {
+      switch (key)
+        {
+        case 't':
+          _rl_cs_orig_dir = _rl_cs_dir = FTO;
+          break;
+
+        case 'T':
+          _rl_cs_orig_dir = _rl_cs_dir = BTO;
+          break;
+
+        case 'f':
+          _rl_cs_orig_dir = _rl_cs_dir = FFIND;
+          break;
+
+        case 'F':
+          _rl_cs_orig_dir = _rl_cs_dir = BFIND;
+          break;
+        }
+
+      if (vi_redoing)
+	{
+	  /* set target and tlen below */
+	}
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+      else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+        {
+          _rl_callback_data = _rl_callback_data_alloc (count);
+          _rl_callback_data->i1 = _rl_cs_dir;
+          _rl_callback_func = _rl_vi_callback_char_search;
+          return (0);
+        }
+#endif
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  _rl_vi_last_search_mblen = _rl_read_mbchar (_rl_vi_last_search_mbchar, MB_LEN_MAX);
+#else
+	  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+	  _rl_vi_last_search_char = rl_read_key ();
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  target = _rl_vi_last_search_mbchar;
+  tlen = _rl_vi_last_search_mblen;
+#else
+  target = _rl_vi_last_search_char;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  return (_rl_char_search_internal (count, _rl_cs_dir, target, tlen));
+#else
+  return (_rl_char_search_internal (count, _rl_cs_dir, target));
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Match brackets */
+int
+rl_vi_match (ignore, key)
+     int ignore, key;
+{
+  int count = 1, brack, pos, tmp, pre;
+
+  pos = rl_point;
+  if ((brack = rl_vi_bracktype (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])) == 0)
+    {
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  while ((brack = rl_vi_bracktype (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])) == 0)
+	    {
+	      pre = rl_point;
+	      rl_forward_char (1, key);
+	      if (pre == rl_point)
+	        break;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	while ((brack = rl_vi_bracktype (rl_line_buffer[rl_point])) == 0 &&
+		rl_point < rl_end - 1)
+	  rl_forward_char (1, key);
+
+      if (brack <= 0)
+	{
+	  rl_point = pos;
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  return -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  pos = rl_point;
+
+  if (brack < 0)
+    {
+      while (count)
+	{
+	  tmp = pos;
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+	    pos--;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      pos = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	      if (tmp == pos)
+	        pos--;
+	    }
+	  if (pos >= 0)
+	    {
+	      int b = rl_vi_bracktype (rl_line_buffer[pos]);
+	      if (b == -brack)
+		count--;
+	      else if (b == brack)
+		count++;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      rl_ding ();
+	      return -1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {			/* brack > 0 */
+      while (count)
+	{
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+	    pos++;
+	  else
+	    pos = _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, pos, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+
+	  if (pos < rl_end)
+	    {
+	      int b = rl_vi_bracktype (rl_line_buffer[pos]);
+	      if (b == -brack)
+		count--;
+	      else if (b == brack)
+		count++;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      rl_ding ();
+	      return -1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  rl_point = pos;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_bracktype (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '(': return  1;
+    case ')': return -1;
+    case '[': return  2;
+    case ']': return -2;
+    case '{': return  3;
+    case '}': return -3;
+    default:  return  0;
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_vi_change_char (count, c, mb)
+     int count, c;
+     char *mb;
+{
+  int p;
+
+  if (c == '\033' || c == CTRL ('C'))
+    return -1;
+
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+  while (count-- && rl_point < rl_end)
+    {
+      p = rl_point;
+      rl_vi_delete (1, c);
+      if (rl_point < p)		/* Did we retreat at EOL? */
+	rl_point++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	rl_insert_text (mb);
+      else
+#endif
+	_rl_insert_char (1, c);
+    }
+
+  /* The cursor shall be left on the last character changed. */
+  rl_backward_char (1, c);
+
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_vi_callback_getchar (mb, mblen)
+     char *mb;
+     int mblen;
+{
+  int c;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  c = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    c = _rl_read_mbstring (c, mb, mblen);
+#endif
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_vi_callback_change_char (data)
+     _rl_callback_generic_arg *data;
+{
+  int c;
+  char mb[MB_LEN_MAX];
+
+  _rl_vi_last_replacement = c = _rl_vi_callback_getchar (mb, MB_LEN_MAX);
+
+  _rl_callback_func = 0;
+  _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+
+  return (_rl_vi_change_char (data->count, c, mb));
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_vi_change_char (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int c;
+  char mb[MB_LEN_MAX];
+
+  if (vi_redoing)
+    {
+      c = _rl_vi_last_replacement;
+      mb[0] = c;
+      mb[1] = '\0';
+    }
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+  else if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+    {
+      _rl_callback_data = _rl_callback_data_alloc (count);
+      _rl_callback_func = _rl_vi_callback_change_char;
+      return (0);
+    }
+#endif
+  else
+    _rl_vi_last_replacement = c = _rl_vi_callback_getchar (mb, MB_LEN_MAX);
+
+  return (_rl_vi_change_char (count, c, mb));
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_subst (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  /* If we are redoing, rl_vi_change_to will stuff the last motion char */
+  if (vi_redoing == 0)
+    rl_stuff_char ((key == 'S') ? 'c' : 'l');	/* `S' == `cc', `s' == `cl' */
+
+  return (rl_vi_change_to (count, 'c'));
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_overstrike (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (_rl_vi_doing_insert == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_vi_doing_insert = 1;
+      rl_begin_undo_group ();
+    }
+
+  if (count > 0)
+    {
+      _rl_overwrite_char (count, key);
+      vi_replace_count += count;
+    }
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_overstrike_delete (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int i, s;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      if (vi_replace_count == 0)
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  break;
+	}
+      s = rl_point;
+
+      if (rl_do_undo ())
+	vi_replace_count--;
+
+      if (rl_point == s)
+	rl_backward_char (1, key);
+    }
+
+  if (vi_replace_count == 0 && _rl_vi_doing_insert)
+    {
+      rl_end_undo_group ();
+      rl_do_undo ();
+      _rl_vi_doing_insert = 0;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_vi_replace (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  vi_replace_count = 0;
+
+  if (!vi_replace_map)
+    {
+      vi_replace_map = rl_make_bare_keymap ();
+
+      for (i = ' '; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+	vi_replace_map[i].function = rl_vi_overstrike;
+
+      vi_replace_map[RUBOUT].function = rl_vi_overstrike_delete;
+      vi_replace_map[ESC].function = rl_vi_movement_mode;
+      vi_replace_map[RETURN].function = rl_newline;
+      vi_replace_map[NEWLINE].function = rl_newline;
+
+      /* If the normal vi insertion keymap has ^H bound to erase, do the
+         same here.  Probably should remove the assignment to RUBOUT up
+         there, but I don't think it will make a difference in real life. */
+      if (vi_insertion_keymap[CTRL ('H')].type == ISFUNC &&
+	  vi_insertion_keymap[CTRL ('H')].function == rl_rubout)
+	vi_replace_map[CTRL ('H')].function = rl_vi_overstrike_delete;
+
+    }
+  _rl_keymap = vi_replace_map;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Try to complete the word we are standing on or the word that ends with
+   the previous character.  A space matches everything.  Word delimiters are
+   space and ;. */
+int
+rl_vi_possible_completions()
+{
+  int save_pos = rl_point;
+
+  if (rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != ' ' && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != ';')
+    {
+      while (rl_point < rl_end && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != ' ' &&
+	     rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != ';')
+	rl_point++;
+    }
+  else if (rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] == ';')
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  rl_possible_completions ();
+  rl_point = save_pos;
+
+  return (0);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Functions to save and restore marks. */
+static int
+_rl_vi_set_mark ()
+{
+  int ch;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  ch = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+  if (ch < 'a' || ch > 'z')
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+  ch -= 'a';
+  vi_mark_chars[ch] = rl_point;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_vi_callback_set_mark (data)
+     _rl_callback_generic_arg *data;
+{
+  _rl_callback_func = 0;
+  _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+
+  return (_rl_vi_set_mark ());
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_vi_set_mark (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+    {
+      _rl_callback_data = 0;
+      _rl_callback_func = _rl_vi_callback_set_mark;
+      return (0);
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return (_rl_vi_set_mark ());
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_vi_goto_mark ()
+{
+  int ch;
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+  ch = rl_read_key ();
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+  if (ch == '`')
+    {
+      rl_point = rl_mark;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (ch < 'a' || ch > 'z')
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  ch -= 'a';
+  if (vi_mark_chars[ch] == -1)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+  rl_point = vi_mark_chars[ch];
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+static int
+_rl_vi_callback_goto_mark (data)
+     _rl_callback_generic_arg *data;
+{
+  _rl_callback_func = 0;
+  _rl_want_redisplay = 1;
+
+  return (_rl_vi_goto_mark ());
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+rl_vi_goto_mark (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+    {
+      _rl_callback_data = 0;
+      _rl_callback_func = _rl_vi_callback_goto_mark;
+      return (0);
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return (_rl_vi_goto_mark ());
+}
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
diff --git a/lib/readline/xmalloc.c b/lib/readline/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8985d34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- safe versions of malloc and realloc */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Readline, a library for reading lines
+   of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   Readline is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*		   Memory Allocation and Deallocation.		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort (fname)
+     char *fname;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: out of virtual memory\n", fname);
+  exit (2);
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to free()able block of memory large enough
+   to hold BYTES number of bytes.  If the memory cannot be allocated,
+   print an error message and abort. */
+PTR_T
+xmalloc (bytes)
+     size_t bytes;
+{
+  PTR_T temp;
+
+  temp = malloc (bytes);
+  if (temp == 0)
+    memory_error_and_abort ("xmalloc");
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+PTR_T
+xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
+     PTR_T pointer;
+     size_t bytes;
+{
+  PTR_T temp;
+
+  temp = pointer ? realloc (pointer, bytes) : malloc (bytes);
+
+  if (temp == 0)
+    memory_error_and_abort ("xrealloc");
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Use this as the function to call when adding unwind protects so we
+   don't need to know what free() returns. */
+void
+xfree (string)
+     PTR_T string;
+{
+  if (string)
+    free (string);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/xmalloc.h b/lib/readline/xmalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cb08ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/xmalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* xmalloc.h -- memory allocation that aborts on errors. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+   reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_XMALLOC_H_)
+#define _XMALLOC_H_
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+#  include "rlstdc.h"
+#else
+#  include <readline/rlstdc.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PTR_T
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#  define PTR_T	void *
+#else
+#  define PTR_T	char *
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !PTR_T */
+
+extern PTR_T xmalloc PARAMS((size_t));
+extern PTR_T xrealloc PARAMS((void *, size_t));
+extern void xfree PARAMS((void *));
+
+#endif /* _XMALLOC_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/sh/Makefile.in b/lib/sh/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32e2b31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
+#
+# Makefile for the Bash library
+#
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1998-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = .:@srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+LIBBUILD = ${BUILD_DIR}/lib
+
+BASHINCDIR = ${topdir}/include
+
+INTL_LIBSRC = ${topdir}/lib/intl
+INTL_BUILDDIR = ${LIBBUILD}/intl
+INTL_INC = @INTL_INC@
+LIBINTL_H = @LIBINTL_H@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm -f
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@ ${DEBUG}
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS@
+
+PROFILE_FLAGS = @PROFILE_FLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I$(topdir)/lib -I$(BASHINCDIR) -I$(srcdir) $(INTL_INC)
+
+CCFLAGS = ${PROFILE_FLAGS} ${INCLUDES} $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) \
+	  $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) 
+
+GCC_LINT_FLAGS = -Wall -Wshadow -Wpointer-arith -Wcast-qual \
+		 -Wcast-align -Wstrict-prototypes -Wconversion \
+		 -Wmissing-prototypes -Wtraditional -Wredundant-decls -pedantic
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $<
+
+# The name of the library target.
+LIBRARY_NAME = libsh.a
+
+# The C code source files for this library.
+CSOURCES = clktck.c clock.c getcwd.c getenv.c oslib.c setlinebuf.c \
+	   strcasecmp.c strerror.c strtod.c strtol.c strtoul.c \
+	   vprint.c itos.c rename.c zread.c zwrite.c shtty.c \
+	   inet_aton.c netconn.c netopen.c strpbrk.c timeval.c makepath.c \
+	   pathcanon.c pathphys.c tmpfile.c stringlist.c stringvec.c spell.c \
+	   shquote.c strtrans.c strindex.c snprintf.c mailstat.c \
+	   fmtulong.c fmtullong.c fmtumax.c shmatch.c strnlen.c \
+	   strtoll.c strtoull.c strtoimax.c strtoumax.c memset.c strstr.c \
+	   mktime.c strftime.c xstrchr.c zcatfd.c winsize.c
+
+# The header files for this library.
+HSOURCES = 
+
+# The object files contained in $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+OBJECTS = clktck.o clock.o getenv.o oslib.o setlinebuf.o strnlen.o \
+	  itos.o zread.o zwrite.o shtty.o shmatch.o \
+	  netconn.o netopen.o timeval.o makepath.o pathcanon.o \
+	  pathphys.o tmpfile.o stringlist.o stringvec.o spell.o shquote.o \
+	  strtrans.o strindex.o snprintf.o mailstat.o fmtulong.o \
+	  fmtullong.o fmtumax.o xstrchr.o zcatfd.o winsize.o ${LIBOBJS}
+
+SUPPORT = Makefile
+
+all: $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+
+$(LIBRARY_NAME): $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RM) $@
+	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+force:
+
+# The rule for 'includes' is written funny so that the if statement
+# always returns TRUE unless there really was an error installing the
+# include files.
+install:
+
+clean:
+	$(RM) $(OBJECTS) $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+
+realclean distclean maintainer-clean: clean
+	$(RM) Makefile
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+# Dependencies
+
+${BUILD_DIR}/version.h: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h ${BUILD_DIR}/Makefile Makefile
+	-( cd ${BUILD_DIR} && ${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} version.h )
+
+# rules for losing makes, like SunOS
+clktck.o: clktck.c
+clock.o: clock.c
+fmtullong.o: fmtullong.c
+fmtulong.o: fmtulong.c
+fmtumax.o: fmtumax.c
+getcwd.o: getcwd.c
+getenv.o: getenv.c
+inet_aton.o: inet_aton.c
+itos.o: itos.c
+mailstat.o: mailstat.c
+makepath.o: makepath.c
+memset.o: memset.c
+mktime.o: mktime.c
+netconn.o: netconn.c
+netopen.o: netopen.c
+oslib.o: oslib.c
+pathcanon.o: pathcanon.c
+pathphys.o: pathphys.c
+rename.o: rename.c
+setlinebuf.o: setlinebuf.c
+shquote.o: shquote.c
+shtty.o: shtty.c
+snprintf.o: snprintf.c
+spell.o: spell.c
+strcasecmp.o: strcasecmp.c
+strerror.o: strerror.c
+strftime.o: strftime.c
+strindex.o: strindex.c
+stringlist.o: stringlist.c
+stringvec.o: stringvec.c
+strnlen.o: strnlen.c
+strpbrk.o: strpbrk.c
+strtod.o: strtod.c
+strtoimax.o: strtoimax.c
+strtol.o: strtol.c
+strtoll.o: strtoll.c
+strtoul.o: strtoul.c
+strtoull.o: strtoull.c
+strtoumax.o: strtoumax.c
+strtrans.o: strtrans.c
+times.o: times.c
+timeval.o: timeval.c
+tmpfile.o: tmpfile.c
+vprint.o: vprint.c
+xstrchr.o: xstrchr.c
+zcatfd.o: zcatfd.c
+zread.o: zread.c
+zwrite.o: zwrite.c
+
+# dependencies for c files that include other c files
+fmtullong.o: fmtulong.c
+fmtumax.o: fmtulong.c
+strtoll.o: strtol.c
+strtoul.o: strtol.c
+strtoull.o: strtol.c
+
+# all files in the library depend on config.h
+clktck.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+clock.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+fmtullong.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+fmtulong.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+fmtumax.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+getcwd.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+getenv.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+inet_aton.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+itos.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+mailstat.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+makepath.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+memset.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+mktime.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+netconn.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+netopen.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+oslib.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+pathcanon.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+pathphys.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+rename.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+setlinebuf.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+shquote.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+shtty.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+snprintf.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+spell.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strcasecmp.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strerror.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strftime.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strindex.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+stringlist.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+stringvec.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strnlen.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strpbrk.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtod.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtoimax.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtol.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtoll.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtoul.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtoull.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtoumax.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+strtrans.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+times.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+timeval.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+tmpfile.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+vprint.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+xstrchr.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+zcatfd.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+zread.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+zwrite.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/config.h
+
+clktck.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+
+getcwd.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/maxpath.h
+getcwd.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixdir.h
+getcwd.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/memalloc.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+getenv.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+getenv.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h
+getenv.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+inet_aton.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+inet_aton.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+itos.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+itos.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+itos.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+makepath.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+makepath.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+netconn.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+netconn.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+netopen.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+netopen.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} $(BASHINCDIR)/gettext.h
+
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/maxpath.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+oslib.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+oslib.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+oslib.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+oslib.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/maxpath.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+pathcanon.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+pathcanon.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+pathcanon.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+pathcanon.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/maxpath.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+pathphys.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+pathphys.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+pathphys.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+pathphys.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+
+rename.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+rename.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h
+
+setlinebuf.o: ${topdir}/xmalloc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+setlinebuf.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+shquote.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+shquote.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+
+shtty.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shtty.h
+shtty.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+snprintf.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${topdir}/xmalloc.h
+snprintf.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+snprintf.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+
+spell.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+spell.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixdir.h
+spell.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+
+strcasecmp.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strcasecmp.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+strerror.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+strerror.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+strindex.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strindex.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+stringlist.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+stringlist.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+stringvec.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+stringvec.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+strnlen.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+strpbrk.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+strtod.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtod.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+
+strtoimax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+strtol.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtol.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+strtol.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+
+strtoll.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtoll.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+strtoll.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+
+strtoul.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtoul.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+strtoul.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+
+strtoull.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtoull.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+strtoull.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+
+strtoumax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+strtrans.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/shell.h ${topdir}/syntax.h ${topdir}/bashjmp.h ${BASHINCDIR}/posixjmp.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/command.h ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h ${topdir}/error.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/general.h ${topdir}/bashtypes.h ${topdir}/variables.h ${topdir}/conftypes.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/array.h ${topdir}/hashlib.h ${topdir}/quit.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/unwind_prot.h ${topdir}/dispose_cmd.h
+strtrans.o: ${topdir}/make_cmd.h ${topdir}/subst.h ${topdir}/sig.h
+strtrans.o: ${BUILD_DIR}/pathnames.h ${topdir}/externs.h ${BUILD_DIR}/version.h
+
+times.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/systimes.h
+times.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixtime.h
+
+timeval.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixtime.h
+
+tmpfile.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+tmpfile.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h
+tmpfile.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/filecntl.h
+
+clock.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixtime.h
+
+mailstat.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+mailstat.o: ${topdir}/bashtypes.h
+mailstat.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+mailstat.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixstat.h
+mailstat.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/posixdir.h
+mailstat.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/maxpath.h
+
+fmtulong.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+fmtulong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+fmtulong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+fmtulong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+fmtulong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+fmtulong.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
+fmtullong.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+fmtullong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+fmtullong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+fmtullong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+fmtullong.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+fmtullong.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
+fmtumax.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+fmtumax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+fmtumax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/chartypes.h
+fmtumax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/stdc.h
+fmtumax.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/typemax.h
+fmtumax.o: ${topdir}/bashintl.h ${LIBINTL_H} ${BASHINCDIR}/gettext.h
+
+xstrchr.o: ${topdir}/bashansi.h
+xstrchr.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/ansi_stdlib.h
+xstrchr.o: ${BASHINCDIR}/shmbutil.h
diff --git a/lib/sh/clktck.c b/lib/sh/clktck.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..546b49c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/clktck.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* clktck.c - get the value of CLK_TCK. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+#  include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_SYSCONF) || !defined (_SC_CLK_TCK)
+#  if !defined (CLK_TCK)
+#    if defined (HZ)
+#      define CLK_TCK HZ
+#    else
+#      define CLK_TCK 60
+#    endif
+#  endif /* !CLK_TCK */
+#endif /* !HAVE_SYSCONF && !_SC_CLK_TCK */
+
+long
+get_clk_tck ()
+{
+  static long retval = 0;
+
+  if (retval != 0)
+    return (retval);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYSCONF) && defined (_SC_CLK_TCK)
+  retval = sysconf (_SC_CLK_TCK);
+#else /* !SYSCONF || !_SC_CLK_TCK */
+  retval = CLK_TCK;
+#endif /* !SYSCONF || !_SC_CLK_TCK */
+
+  return (retval);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/clock.c b/lib/sh/clock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1186a19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/clock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* clock.c - operations on struct tms and clock_t's */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <posixtime.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H)
+#  include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+extern long get_clk_tck __P((void));
+
+void
+clock_t_to_secs (t, sp, sfp)
+     clock_t t;
+     time_t *sp;
+     int *sfp;
+{
+  static long clk_tck = -1;
+
+  if (clk_tck == -1)
+    clk_tck = get_clk_tck ();
+
+  *sfp = t % clk_tck;
+  *sfp = (*sfp * 1000) / clk_tck;
+
+  *sp = t / clk_tck;
+
+  /* Sanity check */
+  if (*sfp >= 1000)
+    {
+      *sp += 1;
+      *sfp -= 1000;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print the time defined by a clock_t (returned by the `times' and `time'
+   system calls) in a standard way to stdio stream FP.  This is scaled in
+   terms of the value of CLK_TCK, which is what is returned by the
+   `times' call. */
+void
+print_clock_t (fp, t)
+     FILE *fp;
+     clock_t t;
+{
+  time_t timestamp;
+  long minutes;
+  int seconds, seconds_fraction;
+
+  clock_t_to_secs (t, &timestamp, &seconds_fraction);
+
+  minutes = timestamp / 60;
+  seconds = timestamp % 60;
+
+  fprintf (fp, "%ldm%d.%03ds",  minutes, seconds, seconds_fraction);
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_TIMES */
diff --git a/lib/sh/fmtullong.c b/lib/sh/fmtullong.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df27944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/fmtullong.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* fmtullong.c - convert `long long int' to string */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+
+#define LONG		long long
+#define UNSIGNED_LONG	unsigned long long
+#define fmtulong	fmtullong
+
+#include "fmtulong.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/fmtulong.c b/lib/sh/fmtulong.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43fdffd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/fmtulong.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/* fmtulong.c -- Convert unsigned long int to string. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+#  include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+#  include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+#  include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#  include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <bashintl.h>
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+#include <typemax.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#define x_digs  "0123456789abcdef"
+#define X_digs  "0123456789ABCDEF"
+
+/* XXX -- assumes uppercase letters, lowercase letters, and digits are
+   contiguous */
+#define FMTCHAR(x) \
+  ((x) < 10) ? (x) + '0' \
+	     : (((x) < 36) ? (x) - 10 + 'a' \
+			   : (((x) < 62) ? (x) - 36 + 'A' \
+					 : (((x) == 62) ? '@' : '_')))
+
+#ifndef FL_PREFIX
+#  define FL_PREFIX	0x01	/* add 0x, 0X, or 0 prefix as appropriate */
+#  define FL_ADDBASE	0x02	/* add base# prefix to converted value */
+#  define FL_HEXUPPER	0x04	/* use uppercase when converting to hex */
+#  define FL_UNSIGNED	0x08	/* don't add any sign */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LONG
+#  define LONG	long
+#  define UNSIGNED_LONG unsigned long
+#endif
+
+/* `unsigned long' (or unsigned long long) to string conversion for a given
+   base.  The caller passes the output buffer and the size.  This should
+   check for buffer underflow, but currently does not. */
+char *
+fmtulong (ui, base, buf, len, flags)
+     UNSIGNED_LONG ui;
+     int base;
+     char *buf;
+     size_t len;
+     int flags;
+{
+  char *p;
+  int sign;
+  LONG si;
+
+  if (base == 0)
+    base = 10;
+
+  if (base < 2 || base > 64)
+    {
+#if 1
+      strncpy (buf, _("invalid base"), len - 1);
+      buf[len] = '\0';
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return (p = buf);
+#else
+      base = 10;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  sign = 0;
+  if ((flags & FL_UNSIGNED) == 0 && (LONG)ui < 0)
+    {
+      ui = -ui;
+      sign = '-';
+    }
+
+  p = buf + len - 2;
+  p[1] = '\0';
+
+  /* handle common cases explicitly */
+  switch (base)
+    {
+    case 10:
+      if (ui < 10)
+	{
+	  *p-- = TOCHAR (ui);
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* Favor signed arithmetic over unsigned arithmetic; it is faster on
+	 many machines. */
+      if ((LONG)ui < 0)
+	{
+	  *p-- = TOCHAR (ui % 10);
+	  si = ui / 10;
+	}
+      else
+        si = ui;
+      do
+	*p-- = TOCHAR (si % 10);
+      while (si /= 10);
+      break;
+
+    case 8:
+      do
+	*p-- = TOCHAR (ui & 7);
+      while (ui >>= 3);
+      break;
+
+    case 16:
+      do
+	*p-- = (flags & FL_HEXUPPER) ? X_digs[ui & 15] : x_digs[ui & 15];
+      while (ui >>= 4);
+      break;
+
+    case 2:
+      do
+	*p-- = TOCHAR (ui & 1);
+      while (ui >>= 1);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      do
+	*p-- = FMTCHAR (ui % base);
+      while (ui /= base);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if ((flags & FL_PREFIX) && (base == 8 || base == 16))
+    {
+      if (base == 16)
+	{
+	  *p-- = (flags & FL_HEXUPPER) ? 'X' : 'x';
+	  *p-- = '0';
+	}
+      else if (p[1] != '0')
+	*p-- = '0';
+    }
+  else if ((flags & FL_ADDBASE) && base != 10)
+    {
+      *p-- = '#';
+      *p-- = TOCHAR (base % 10);
+      if (base > 10)
+        *p-- = TOCHAR (base / 10);
+    }
+
+  if (sign)
+    *p-- = '-';
+
+  return (p + 1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/fmtumax.c b/lib/sh/fmtumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bb4718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/fmtumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* fmtumax.c -- Convert uintmax_t to string.  */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define LONG	intmax_t
+#define UNSIGNED_LONG	uintmax_t
+#define fmtulong	fmtumax
+
+#include "fmtulong.c"
diff --git a/lib/sh/getcwd.c b/lib/sh/getcwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd724f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/getcwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+/* getcwd.c -- stolen from the GNU C library and modified to work with bash. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+   not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETCWD)
+
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) && !defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H) && defined (_AIX)
+  #pragma alloca
+#endif /* _AIX && RISC6000 && !__GNUC__ */
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+#  include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <posixdir.h>
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#include <maxpath.h>
+#include <memalloc.h>
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+#  define lstat stat
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+#  define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+/* Get the pathname of the current working directory,
+   and put it in SIZE bytes of BUF.  Returns NULL if the
+   directory couldn't be determined or SIZE was too small.
+   If successful, returns BUF.  In GNU, if BUF is NULL,
+   an array is allocated with `malloc'; the array is SIZE
+   bytes long, unless SIZE <= 0, in which case it is as
+   big as necessary.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+char *
+getcwd (char *buf, size_t size)
+#else /* !__STDC__ */
+char *
+getcwd (buf, size)
+     char *buf;
+     size_t size;
+#endif /* !__STDC__ */
+{
+  static const char dots[]
+    = "../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../\
+../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../\
+../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../../..";
+  const char *dotp, *dotlist;
+  size_t dotsize;
+  dev_t rootdev, thisdev;
+  ino_t rootino, thisino;
+  char path[PATH_MAX + 1];
+  register char *pathp;
+  char *pathbuf;
+  size_t pathsize;
+  struct stat st;
+  int saved_errno;
+
+  if (buf != NULL && size == 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return ((char *)NULL);
+    }
+
+  pathsize = sizeof (path);
+  pathp = &path[pathsize];
+  *--pathp = '\0';
+  pathbuf = path;
+
+  if (stat (".", &st) < 0)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+  thisdev = st.st_dev;
+  thisino = st.st_ino;
+
+  if (stat ("/", &st) < 0)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+  rootdev = st.st_dev;
+  rootino = st.st_ino;
+
+  saved_errno = 0;
+
+  dotsize = sizeof (dots) - 1;
+  dotp = &dots[sizeof (dots)];
+  dotlist = dots;
+  while (!(thisdev == rootdev && thisino == rootino))
+    {
+      register DIR *dirstream;
+      register struct dirent *d;
+      dev_t dotdev;
+      ino_t dotino;
+      char mount_point;
+      int namlen;
+
+      /* Look at the parent directory.  */
+      if (dotp == dotlist)
+	{
+	  /* My, what a deep directory tree you have, Grandma.  */
+	  char *new;
+	  if (dotlist == dots)
+	    {
+	      new = (char *)malloc (dotsize * 2 + 1);
+	      if (new == NULL)
+		goto lose;
+	      memcpy (new, dots, dotsize);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      new = (char *)realloc ((PTR_T) dotlist, dotsize * 2 + 1);
+	      if (new == NULL)
+		goto lose;
+	    }
+	  memcpy (&new[dotsize], new, dotsize);
+	  dotp = &new[dotsize];
+	  dotsize *= 2;
+	  new[dotsize] = '\0';
+	  dotlist = new;
+	}
+
+      dotp -= 3;
+
+      /* Figure out if this directory is a mount point.  */
+      if (stat (dotp, &st) < 0)
+	goto lose;
+      dotdev = st.st_dev;
+      dotino = st.st_ino;
+      mount_point = dotdev != thisdev;
+
+      /* Search for the last directory.  */
+      dirstream = opendir (dotp);
+      if (dirstream == NULL)
+	goto lose;
+      while ((d = readdir (dirstream)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (d->d_name[0] == '.' &&
+	      (d->d_name[1] == '\0' ||
+		(d->d_name[1] == '.' && d->d_name[2] == '\0')))
+	    continue;
+	  if (mount_point || d->d_fileno == thisino)
+	    {
+	      char *name;
+
+	      namlen = D_NAMLEN(d);
+	      name = (char *)
+		alloca (dotlist + dotsize - dotp + 1 + namlen + 1);
+	      memcpy (name, dotp, dotlist + dotsize - dotp);
+	      name[dotlist + dotsize - dotp] = '/';
+	      memcpy (&name[dotlist + dotsize - dotp + 1],
+		      d->d_name, namlen + 1);
+	      if (lstat (name, &st) < 0)
+		{
+#if 0
+		  int save = errno;
+		  (void) closedir (dirstream);
+		  errno = save;
+		  goto lose;
+#else
+		  saved_errno = errno;
+#endif
+		}
+	      if (st.st_dev == thisdev && st.st_ino == thisino)
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (d == NULL)
+	{
+#if 0
+	  int save = errno;
+#else
+	  int save = errno ? errno : saved_errno;
+#endif
+	  (void) closedir (dirstream);
+	  errno = save;
+	  goto lose;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  size_t space;
+
+	  while ((space = pathp - pathbuf) <= namlen)
+	    {
+	      char *new;
+
+	      if (pathbuf == path)
+		{
+		  new = (char *)malloc (pathsize * 2);
+		  if (!new)
+		    goto lose;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  new = (char *)realloc ((PTR_T) pathbuf, (pathsize * 2));
+		  if (!new)
+		    goto lose;
+		  pathp = new + space;
+		}
+	      (void) memcpy (new + pathsize + space, pathp, pathsize - space);
+	      pathp = new + pathsize + space;
+	      pathbuf = new;
+	      pathsize *= 2;
+	    }
+
+	  pathp -= namlen;
+	  (void) memcpy (pathp, d->d_name, namlen);
+	  *--pathp = '/';
+	  (void) closedir (dirstream);
+	}
+
+      thisdev = dotdev;
+      thisino = dotino;
+    }
+
+  if (pathp == &path[sizeof(path) - 1])
+    *--pathp = '/';
+
+  if (dotlist != dots)
+    free ((PTR_T) dotlist);
+
+  {
+    size_t len = pathbuf + pathsize - pathp;
+    if (buf == NULL)
+      {
+	if (len < (size_t) size)
+	  len = size;
+	buf = (char *) malloc (len);
+	if (buf == NULL)
+	  goto lose2;
+      }
+    else if ((size_t) size < len)
+      {
+	errno = ERANGE;
+	goto lose2;
+      }
+    (void) memcpy((PTR_T) buf, (PTR_T) pathp, len);
+  }
+
+  if (pathbuf != path)
+    free (pathbuf);
+
+  return (buf);
+
+ lose:
+  if ((dotlist != dots) && dotlist)
+    {
+      int e = errno;
+      free ((PTR_T) dotlist);
+      errno = e;
+    }
+
+ lose2:
+  if ((pathbuf != path) && pathbuf)
+    {
+      int e = errno;
+      free ((PTR_T) pathbuf);
+      errno = e;
+    }
+  return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+#if defined (TEST)
+#  include <stdio.h>
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char b[PATH_MAX];
+
+  if (getcwd(b, sizeof(b)))
+    {
+      printf ("%s\n", b);
+      exit (0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      perror ("cwd: getcwd");
+      exit (1);
+    }
+}
+#endif /* TEST */
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETCWD */
diff --git a/lib/sh/getenv.c b/lib/sh/getenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3fbf75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/getenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* getenv.c - get environment variable value from the shell's variable
+	      list. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (CAN_REDEFINE_GETENV)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <shell.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+extern char **environ;
+
+/* We supply our own version of getenv () because we want library
+   routines to get the changed values of exported variables. */
+
+/* The NeXT C library has getenv () defined and used in the same file.
+   This screws our scheme.  However, Bash will run on the NeXT using
+   the C library getenv (), since right now the only environment variable
+   that we care about is HOME, and that is already defined.  */
+static char *last_tempenv_value = (char *)NULL;
+
+char *
+getenv (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+  if (name == 0 || *name == '\0')
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+
+  var = find_tempenv_variable ((char *)name);
+  if (var)
+    {
+      FREE (last_tempenv_value);
+
+      last_tempenv_value = value_cell (var) ? savestring (value_cell (var)) : (char *)NULL;
+      return (last_tempenv_value);
+    }
+  else if (shell_variables)
+    {
+      var = find_variable ((char *)name);
+      if (var && exported_p (var))
+	return (value_cell (var));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      register int i, len;
+
+      /* In some cases, s5r3 invokes getenv() before main(); BSD systems
+	 using gprof also exhibit this behavior.  This means that
+	 shell_variables will be 0 when this is invoked.  We look up the
+	 variable in the real environment in that case. */
+
+      for (i = 0, len = strlen (name); environ[i]; i++)
+	{
+	  if ((STREQN (environ[i], name, len)) && (environ[i][len] == '='))
+	    return (environ[i] + len + 1);
+	}
+    }
+
+  return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Some versions of Unix use _getenv instead. */
+char *
+_getenv (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  return (getenv (name));
+}
+
+/* SUSv3 says argument is a `char *'; BSD implementations disagree */
+int
+putenv (str)
+#ifndef HAVE_STD_PUTENV
+     const char *str;
+#else
+     char *str;
+#endif
+{
+  SHELL_VAR *var;
+  char *name, *value;
+  int offset;
+
+  if (str == 0 || *str == '\0')
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  offset = assignment (str, 0);
+  if (str[offset] != '=')
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  name = savestring (str);
+  name[offset] = 0;
+
+  value = name + offset + 1;
+
+  /* XXX - should we worry about readonly here? */
+  var = bind_variable (name, value, 0);
+  if (var == 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
+  VSETATTR (var, att_exported);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if 0
+int
+_putenv (name)
+#ifndef HAVE_STD_PUTENV
+     const char *name;
+#else
+     char *name;
+#endif
+{
+  return putenv (name);
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+setenv (name, value, rewrite)
+     const char *name;
+     const char *value;
+     int rewrite;
+{
+  SHELL_VAR *var;
+  char *v;
+
+  if (name == 0 || *name == '\0' || strchr (name, '=') != 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  var = 0;
+  v = (char *)value;	/* some compilers need explicit cast */
+  /* XXX - should we worry about readonly here? */
+  if (rewrite == 0)
+    var = find_variable (name);
+
+  if (var == 0)
+    var = bind_variable (name, v, 0);
+
+  if (var == 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
+  VSETATTR (var, att_exported);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#if 0
+int
+_setenv (name, value, rewrite)
+     const char *name;
+     const char *value;
+     int rewrite;
+{
+  return setenv (name, value, rewrite);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* SUSv3 says unsetenv returns int; existing implementations (BSD) disagree. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STD_UNSETENV
+#define UNSETENV_RETURN(N)	return(N)
+#define UNSETENV_RETTYPE	int
+#else
+#define UNSETENV_RETURN(N)	return
+#define UNSETENV_RETTYPE	void
+#endif
+
+UNSETENV_RETTYPE
+unsetenv (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  if (name == 0 || *name == '\0' || strchr (name, '=') != 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      UNSETENV_RETURN(-1);
+    }
+
+  /* XXX - should we just remove the export attribute here? */
+#if 1
+  unbind_variable (name);
+#else
+  SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+  v = find_variable (name);
+  if (v)
+    VUNSETATTR (v, att_exported);
+#endif
+
+  UNSETENV_RETURN(0);
+}
+#endif /* CAN_REDEFINE_GETENV */
diff --git a/lib/sh/inet_aton.c b/lib/sh/inet_aton.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2835d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/inet_aton.c
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/* Snagged from GNU C library, version 2.0.3. */
+
+/*
+ * ++Copyright++ 1983, 1990, 1993
+ * -
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
+ *    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ * 	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ * 	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * -
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies, and that
+ * the name of Digital Equipment Corporation not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the document or software without
+ * specific, written prior permission.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORP. DISCLAIMS ALL
+ * WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.   IN NO EVENT SHALL DIGITAL EQUIPMENT
+ * CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
+ * PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS
+ * ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ * -
+ * --Copyright--
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)inet_addr.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/17/93";
+static char rcsid[] = "$Id: inet_addr.c,v 1.5 1996/08/14 03:48:37 drepper Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_INET_ATON) && defined (HAVE_NETWORK) && defined (HAVE_NETINET_IN_H) && defined (HAVE_ARPA_INET_H)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#ifndef INADDR_NONE
+#  define INADDR_NONE 0xffffffff
+#endif
+
+/* these are compatibility routines, not needed on recent BSD releases */
+
+#if 0
+/* Not used, not needed. */
+/*
+ * Ascii internet address interpretation routine.
+ * The value returned is in network order.
+ */
+u_long
+inet_addr(cp)
+	register const char *cp;
+{
+	struct in_addr val;
+
+	if (inet_aton(cp, &val))
+		return (val.s_addr);
+	return (INADDR_NONE);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Check whether "cp" is a valid ascii representation
+ * of an Internet address and convert to a binary address.
+ * Returns 1 if the address is valid, 0 if not.
+ * This replaces inet_addr, the return value from which
+ * cannot distinguish between failure and a local broadcast address.
+ */
+int
+inet_aton(cp, addr)
+	register const char *cp;
+	struct in_addr *addr;
+{
+	register u_bits32_t val;
+	register int base, n;
+	register unsigned char c;
+	u_int parts[4];
+	register u_int *pp = parts;
+
+	c = *cp;
+	for (;;) {
+		/*
+		 * Collect number up to ``.''.
+		 * Values are specified as for C:
+		 * 0x=hex, 0=octal, isdigit=decimal.
+		 */
+#if 0
+		if (!isdigit(c))
+#else
+		if (c != '0' && c != '1' && c != '2' && c != '3' && c != '4' &&
+		    c != '5' && c != '6' && c != '7' && c != '8' && c != '9')
+#endif
+			return (0);
+		val = 0; base = 10;
+		if (c == '0') {
+			c = *++cp;
+			if (c == 'x' || c == 'X')
+				base = 16, c = *++cp;
+			else
+				base = 8;
+		}
+		for (;;) {
+			if (isascii(c) && isdigit(c)) {
+				val = (val * base) + (c - '0');
+				c = *++cp;
+			} else if (base == 16 && isascii(c) && isxdigit(c)) {
+				val = (val << 4) |
+					(c + 10 - (islower(c) ? 'a' : 'A'));
+				c = *++cp;
+			} else
+				break;
+		}
+		if (c == '.') {
+			/*
+			 * Internet format:
+			 *	a.b.c.d
+			 *	a.b.c	(with c treated as 16 bits)
+			 *	a.b	(with b treated as 24 bits)
+			 */
+			if (pp >= parts + 3)
+				return (0);
+			*pp++ = val;
+			c = *++cp;
+		} else
+			break;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Check for trailing characters.
+	 */
+	if (c != '\0' && (!isascii(c) || !isspace(c)))
+		return (0);
+	/*
+	 * Concoct the address according to
+	 * the number of parts specified.
+	 */
+	n = pp - parts + 1;
+	switch (n) {
+
+	case 0:
+		return (0);		/* initial nondigit */
+
+	case 1:				/* a -- 32 bits */
+		break;
+
+	case 2:				/* a.b -- 8.24 bits */
+		if (val > 0xffffff)
+			return (0);
+		val |= parts[0] << 24;
+		break;
+
+	case 3:				/* a.b.c -- 8.8.16 bits */
+		if (val > 0xffff)
+			return (0);
+		val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16);
+		break;
+
+	case 4:				/* a.b.c.d -- 8.8.8.8 bits */
+		if (val > 0xff)
+			return (0);
+		val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16) | (parts[2] << 8);
+		break;
+	}
+	if (addr)
+		addr->s_addr = htonl(val);
+	return (1);
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_INET_ATON */
diff --git a/lib/sh/itos.c b/lib/sh/itos.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9a7942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/itos.c
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* itos.c -- Convert integer to string. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include "shell.h"
+
+char *
+inttostr (i, buf, len)
+     intmax_t i;
+     char *buf;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  return (fmtumax (i, 10, buf, len, 0));
+}
+
+/* Integer to string conversion.  This conses the string; the
+   caller should free it. */
+char *
+itos (i)
+     intmax_t i;
+{
+  char *p, lbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(intmax_t) + 1];
+
+  p = fmtumax (i, 10, lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), 0);
+  return (savestring (p));
+}
+
+char *
+uinttostr (i, buf, len)
+     uintmax_t i;
+     char *buf;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  return (fmtumax (i, 10, buf, len, FL_UNSIGNED));
+}
+
+/* Integer to string conversion.  This conses the string; the
+   caller should free it. */
+char *
+uitos (i)
+     uintmax_t i;
+{
+  char *p, lbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(uintmax_t) + 1];
+
+  p = fmtumax (i, 10, lbuf, sizeof(lbuf), FL_UNSIGNED);
+  return (savestring (p));
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/mailstat.c b/lib/sh/mailstat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03782e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/mailstat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/* mailstat.c -- stat a mailbox file, handling maildir-type mail directories */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+ 
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#include <posixdir.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#ifndef _MINIX
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <maxpath.h>
+
+/*
+ *     Stat a file. If it's a maildir, check all messages
+ *     in the maildir and present the grand total as a file.
+ *     The fields in the 'struct stat' are from the mail directory.
+ *     The following fields are emulated:
+ *
+ *     st_nlink	always 1, unless st_blocks is not present, in which case it's
+ *		the total number of messages
+ *     st_size	 total number of bytes in all files
+ *     st_blocks       total number of messages, if present in struct stat
+ *     st_atime	access time of newest file in maildir
+ *     st_mtime	modify time of newest file in maildir
+ *     st_mode	 S_IFDIR changed to S_IFREG
+ *
+ *     This is good enough for most mail-checking applications.
+ */
+
+int
+mailstat(path, st)
+     const char *path;
+     struct stat *st;
+{
+  static struct stat st_new_last, st_ret_last;
+  struct stat st_ret, st_tmp;
+  DIR *dd;
+  struct dirent *fn;
+  char dir[PATH_MAX * 2], file[PATH_MAX * 2];
+  int i, l;
+  time_t atime, mtime;
+
+  atime = mtime = 0;
+
+  /* First see if it's a directory. */
+  if ((i = stat(path, st)) != 0 || S_ISDIR(st->st_mode) == 0)
+    return i;
+
+  if (strlen(path) > sizeof(dir) - 5)
+    {
+#ifdef ENAMETOOLONG
+      errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+#else
+      errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  st_ret = *st;
+  st_ret.st_nlink = 1;
+  st_ret.st_size  = 0;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
+  st_ret.st_blocks  = 0;
+#else
+  st_ret.st_nlink = 0;
+#endif
+  st_ret.st_mode  &= ~S_IFDIR;
+  st_ret.st_mode  |= S_IFREG;
+
+  /* See if cur/ is present */
+  sprintf(dir, "%s/cur", path);
+  if (stat(dir, &st_tmp) || S_ISDIR(st_tmp.st_mode) == 0)
+    return 0;
+  st_ret.st_atime = st_tmp.st_atime;
+
+  /* See if tmp/ is present */
+  sprintf(dir, "%s/tmp", path);
+  if (stat(dir, &st_tmp) || S_ISDIR(st_tmp.st_mode) == 0)
+    return 0;
+  st_ret.st_mtime = st_tmp.st_mtime;
+
+  /* And new/ */
+  sprintf(dir, "%s/new", path);
+  if (stat(dir, &st_tmp) || S_ISDIR(st_tmp.st_mode) == 0)
+    return 0;
+  st_ret.st_mtime = st_tmp.st_mtime;
+
+  /* Optimization - if new/ didn't change, nothing else did. */
+  if (st_tmp.st_dev == st_new_last.st_dev &&
+      st_tmp.st_ino == st_new_last.st_ino &&
+      st_tmp.st_atime == st_new_last.st_atime &&
+      st_tmp.st_mtime == st_new_last.st_mtime)
+    {
+      *st = st_ret_last;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  st_new_last = st_tmp;
+
+  /* Loop over new/ and cur/ */
+  for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+    {
+      sprintf(dir, "%s/%s", path, i ? "cur" : "new");
+      sprintf(file, "%s/", dir);
+      l = strlen(file);
+      if ((dd = opendir(dir)) == NULL)
+	return 0;
+      while ((fn = readdir(dd)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (fn->d_name[0] == '.' || strlen(fn->d_name) + l >= sizeof(file))
+	    continue;
+	  strcpy(file + l, fn->d_name);
+	  if (stat(file, &st_tmp) != 0)
+	    continue;
+	  st_ret.st_size += st_tmp.st_size;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
+	  st_ret.st_blocks++;
+#else
+	  st_ret.st_nlink++;
+#endif
+	  if (st_tmp.st_atime != st_tmp.st_mtime && st_tmp.st_atime > atime)
+	    atime = st_tmp.st_atime;
+	  if (st_tmp.st_mtime > mtime)
+	    mtime = st_tmp.st_mtime;
+	}
+      closedir(dd);
+    }
+
+/*  if (atime) */	/* Set atime even if cur/ is empty */
+      st_ret.st_atime = atime;
+    if (mtime)
+      st_ret.st_mtime = mtime;
+
+    *st = st_ret_last = st_ret;
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/makepath.c b/lib/sh/makepath.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c496154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/makepath.c
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* makepath.c - glue PATH and DIR together into a full pathname. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987, 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifdef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#include <tilde/tilde.h>
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#  define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+/* MAKE SURE THESE AGREE WITH ../../externs.h. */
+
+#ifndef MP_DOTILDE
+#  define MP_DOTILDE	0x01
+#  define MP_DOCWD	0x02
+#  define MP_RMDOT	0x04
+#endif
+
+extern char *get_working_directory __P((char *));
+
+/* Take PATH, an element from, e.g., $CDPATH, and DIR, a directory name,
+   and paste them together into PATH/DIR.  Tilde expansion is performed on
+   PATH if (flags & MP_DOTILDE) is non-zero.  If PATH is NULL or the empty
+   string, it is converted to the current directory.  A full pathname is
+   used if (flags & MP_DOCWD) is non-zero, otherwise `./' is used.  If
+   (flags & MP_RMDOT) is non-zero, any `./' is removed from the beginning
+   of DIR. */
+
+#define MAKEDOT() \
+  do { \
+    xpath = (char *)xmalloc (2); \
+    xpath[0] = '.'; \
+    xpath[1] = '\0'; \
+    pathlen = 1; \
+  } while (0)
+
+char *
+sh_makepath (path, dir, flags)
+     const char *path, *dir;
+     int flags;
+{
+  int dirlen, pathlen;
+  char *ret, *xpath, *xdir, *r, *s;
+
+  if (path == 0 || *path == '\0')
+    {
+      if (flags & MP_DOCWD)
+	{
+	  xpath = get_working_directory ("sh_makepath");
+	  if (xpath == 0)
+	    {
+	      ret = get_string_value ("PWD");
+	      if (ret)
+		xpath = savestring (ret);
+	    }
+	  if (xpath == 0)
+	    MAKEDOT();
+	  else
+	    pathlen = strlen (xpath);
+	}
+      else
+	MAKEDOT();
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      xpath = ((flags & MP_DOTILDE) && *path == '~') ? bash_tilde_expand (path, 0) : (char *)path;
+      pathlen = strlen (xpath);
+    }
+
+  xdir = (char *)dir;
+  dirlen = strlen (xdir);
+  if ((flags & MP_RMDOT) && dir[0] == '.' && dir[1] == '/')
+    {
+      xdir += 2;
+      dirlen -= 2;
+    }
+
+  r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + pathlen);
+  s = xpath;
+  while (*s)
+    *r++ = *s++;
+  if (s[-1] != '/')
+    *r++ = '/';      
+  s = xdir;
+  while (*r++ = *s++)
+    ;
+  if (xpath != path)
+    free (xpath);
+  return (ret);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/memset.c b/lib/sh/memset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddc36b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/memset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* memset.c -- set an area of memory to a given value
+   Copyright (C) 1991-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+char *
+memset (char *str, int c, unsigned int len)
+{
+  register char *st = str;
+
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    *st++ = c;
+  return str;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/mktime.c b/lib/sh/mktime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81aeb22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/mktime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1993-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Define this to have a standalone program to test this implementation of
+   mktime.  */
+/* #define DEBUG 1 */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
+# define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1
+# define STDC_HEADERS 1
+#endif
+
+/* Assume that leap seconds are possible, unless told otherwise.
+   If the host has a `zic' command with a `-L leapsecondfilename' option,
+   then it supports leap seconds; otherwise it probably doesn't.  */
+#ifndef LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
+#define LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VMS
+#include <sys/types.h>		/* Some systems define `time_t' here.  */
+#else
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#if DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+/* Make it work even if the system's libc has its own mktime routine.  */
+#define mktime my_mktime
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+#ifndef __P
+#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#define __P(args) args
+#else
+#define __P(args) ()
+#endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+#define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT_MIN
+#define INT_MIN (~0 << (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT - 1))
+#endif
+#ifndef INT_MAX
+#define INT_MAX (~0 - INT_MIN)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TIME_T_MIN
+#define TIME_T_MIN (0 < (time_t) -1 ? (time_t) 0 \
+		    : ~ (time_t) 0 << (sizeof (time_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1))
+#endif
+#ifndef TIME_T_MAX
+#define TIME_T_MAX (~ (time_t) 0 - TIME_T_MIN)
+#endif
+
+#define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
+#define EPOCH_YEAR 1970
+
+#ifndef __isleap
+/* Nonzero if YEAR is a leap year (every 4 years,
+   except every 100th isn't, and every 400th is).  */
+#define	__isleap(year)	\
+  ((year) % 4 == 0 && ((year) % 100 != 0 || (year) % 400 == 0))
+#endif
+
+/* How many days come before each month (0-12).  */
+const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
+  {
+    /* Normal years.  */
+    { 0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151, 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334, 365 },
+    /* Leap years.  */
+    { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, 366 }
+  };
+
+static time_t ydhms_tm_diff __P ((int, int, int, int, int, const struct tm *));
+time_t __mktime_internal __P ((struct tm *,
+			       struct tm *(*) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
+			       time_t *));
+
+
+static struct tm *my_localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+static struct tm *
+my_localtime_r (t, tp)
+     const time_t *t;
+     struct tm *tp;
+{
+  struct tm *l = localtime (t);
+  if (! l)
+    return 0;
+  *tp = *l;
+  return tp;
+}
+
+
+/* Yield the difference between (YEAR-YDAY HOUR:MIN:SEC) and (*TP),
+   measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.
+   YEAR uses the same numbering as TM->tm_year.
+   All values are in range, except possibly YEAR.
+   If overflow occurs, yield the low order bits of the correct answer.  */
+static time_t
+ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
+     int year, yday, hour, min, sec;
+     const struct tm *tp;
+{
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid int overflow.  time_t overflow is OK, since
+     only the low order bits of the correct time_t answer are needed.
+     Don't convert to time_t until after all divisions are done, since
+     time_t might be unsigned.  */
+  int a4 = (year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (year & 3);
+  int b4 = (tp->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (tp->tm_year & 3);
+  int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+  int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+  int a400 = a100 >> 2;
+  int b400 = b100 >> 2;
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+  time_t years = year - (time_t) tp->tm_year;
+  time_t days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
+		 + (yday - tp->tm_yday));
+  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (hour - tp->tm_hour))
+		+ (min - tp->tm_min))
+	  + (sec - tp->tm_sec));
+}
+
+
+static time_t localtime_offset;
+
+/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
+time_t
+mktime (tp)
+     struct tm *tp;
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  __tzset ();
+#endif
+
+  return __mktime_internal (tp, my_localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
+}
+
+/* Convert *TP to a time_t value, inverting
+   the monotonic and mostly-unit-linear conversion function CONVERT.
+   Use *OFFSET to keep track of a guess at the offset of the result,
+   compared to what the result would be for UTC without leap seconds.
+   If *OFFSET's guess is correct, only one CONVERT call is needed.  */
+time_t
+__mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
+     struct tm *tp;
+     struct tm *(*convert) __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+     time_t *offset;
+{
+  time_t t, dt, t0;
+  struct tm tm;
+
+  /* The maximum number of probes (calls to CONVERT) should be enough
+     to handle any combinations of time zone rule changes, solar time,
+     and leap seconds.  Posix.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts
+     have them anyway.  */
+  int remaining_probes = 4;
+
+  /* Time requested.  Copy it in case CONVERT modifies *TP; this can
+     occur if TP is localtime's returned value and CONVERT is localtime.  */
+  int sec = tp->tm_sec;
+  int min = tp->tm_min;
+  int hour = tp->tm_hour;
+  int mday = tp->tm_mday;
+  int mon = tp->tm_mon;
+  int year_requested = tp->tm_year;
+  int isdst = tp->tm_isdst;
+
+  /* Ensure that mon is in range, and set year accordingly.  */
+  int mon_remainder = mon % 12;
+  int negative_mon_remainder = mon_remainder < 0;
+  int mon_years = mon / 12 - negative_mon_remainder;
+  int year = year_requested + mon_years;
+
+  /* The other values need not be in range:
+     the remaining code handles minor overflows correctly,
+     assuming int and time_t arithmetic wraps around.
+     Major overflows are caught at the end.  */
+
+  /* Calculate day of year from year, month, and day of month.
+     The result need not be in range.  */
+  int yday = ((__mon_yday[__isleap (year + TM_YEAR_BASE)]
+	       [mon_remainder + 12 * negative_mon_remainder])
+	      + mday - 1);
+
+#if LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
+  /* Handle out-of-range seconds specially,
+     since ydhms_tm_diff assumes every minute has 60 seconds.  */
+  int sec_requested = sec;
+  if (sec < 0)
+    sec = 0;
+  if (59 < sec)
+    sec = 59;
+#endif
+
+  /* Invert CONVERT by probing.  First assume the same offset as last time.
+     Then repeatedly use the error to improve the guess.  */
+
+  tm.tm_year = EPOCH_YEAR - TM_YEAR_BASE;
+  tm.tm_yday = tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
+  t0 = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &tm);
+
+  for (t = t0 + *offset;
+       (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, (*convert) (&t, &tm)));
+       t += dt)
+    if (--remaining_probes == 0)
+      return -1;
+
+  /* Check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested value, if any.  */
+  if (0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
+    {
+      int dst_diff = (isdst != 0) - (tm.tm_isdst != 0);
+      if (dst_diff)
+	{
+	  /* Move two hours in the direction indicated by the disagreement,
+	     probe some more, and switch to a new time if found.
+	     The largest known fallback due to daylight savings is two hours:
+	     once, in Newfoundland, 1988-10-30 02:00 -> 00:00.  */
+	  time_t ot = t - 2 * 60 * 60 * dst_diff;
+	  while (--remaining_probes != 0)
+	    {
+	      struct tm otm;
+	      if (! (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
+					 (*convert) (&ot, &otm))))
+		{
+		  t = ot;
+		  tm = otm;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      if ((ot += dt) == t)
+		break;  /* Avoid a redundant probe.  */
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  *offset = t - t0;
+
+#if LEAP_SECONDS_POSSIBLE
+  if (sec_requested != tm.tm_sec)
+    {
+      /* Adjust time to reflect the tm_sec requested, not the normalized value.
+	 Also, repair any damage from a false match due to a leap second.  */
+      t += sec_requested - sec + (sec == 0 && tm.tm_sec == 60);
+      (*convert) (&t, &tm);
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (TIME_T_MAX / INT_MAX / 366 / 24 / 60 / 60 < 3)
+    {
+      /* time_t isn't large enough to rule out overflows in ydhms_tm_diff,
+	 so check for major overflows.  A gross check suffices,
+	 since if t has overflowed, it is off by a multiple of
+	 TIME_T_MAX - TIME_T_MIN + 1.  So ignore any component of
+	 the difference that is bounded by a small value.  */
+
+      double dyear = (double) year_requested + mon_years - tm.tm_year;
+      double dday = 366 * dyear + mday;
+      double dsec = 60 * (60 * (24 * dday + hour) + min) + sec_requested;
+
+      if (TIME_T_MAX / 3 - TIME_T_MIN / 3 < (dsec < 0 ? - dsec : dsec))
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+  *tp = tm;
+  return t;
+}
+
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (mktime, timelocal)
+#endif
+
+#if DEBUG
+
+static int
+not_equal_tm (a, b)
+     struct tm *a;
+     struct tm *b;
+{
+  return ((a->tm_sec ^ b->tm_sec)
+	  | (a->tm_min ^ b->tm_min)
+	  | (a->tm_hour ^ b->tm_hour)
+	  | (a->tm_mday ^ b->tm_mday)
+	  | (a->tm_mon ^ b->tm_mon)
+	  | (a->tm_year ^ b->tm_year)
+	  | (a->tm_mday ^ b->tm_mday)
+	  | (a->tm_yday ^ b->tm_yday)
+	  | (a->tm_isdst ^ b->tm_isdst));
+}
+
+static void
+print_tm (tp)
+     struct tm *tp;
+{
+  printf ("%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d yday %03d wday %d isdst %d",
+	  tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE, tp->tm_mon + 1, tp->tm_mday,
+	  tp->tm_hour, tp->tm_min, tp->tm_sec,
+	  tp->tm_yday, tp->tm_wday, tp->tm_isdst);
+}
+
+static int
+check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml)
+     time_t tk;
+     struct tm tmk;
+     time_t tl;
+     struct tm tml;
+{
+  if (tk != tl || not_equal_tm (&tmk, &tml))
+    {
+      printf ("mktime (");
+      print_tm (&tmk);
+      printf (")\nyields (");
+      print_tm (&tml);
+      printf (") == %ld, should be %ld\n", (long) tl, (long) tk);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int status = 0;
+  struct tm tm, tmk, tml;
+  time_t tk, tl;
+  char trailer;
+
+  if ((argc == 3 || argc == 4)
+      && (sscanf (argv[1], "%d-%d-%d%c",
+		  &tm.tm_year, &tm.tm_mon, &tm.tm_mday, &trailer)
+	  == 3)
+      && (sscanf (argv[2], "%d:%d:%d%c",
+		  &tm.tm_hour, &tm.tm_min, &tm.tm_sec, &trailer)
+	  == 3))
+    {
+      tm.tm_year -= TM_YEAR_BASE;
+      tm.tm_mon--;
+      tm.tm_isdst = argc == 3 ? -1 : atoi (argv[3]);
+      tmk = tm;
+      tl = mktime (&tmk);
+      tml = *localtime (&tl);
+      printf ("mktime returns %ld == ", (long) tl);
+      print_tm (&tmk);
+      printf ("\n");
+      status = check_result (tl, tmk, tl, tml);
+    }
+  else if (argc == 4 || (argc == 5 && strcmp (argv[4], "-") == 0))
+    {
+      time_t from = atol (argv[1]);
+      time_t by = atol (argv[2]);
+      time_t to = atol (argv[3]);
+
+      if (argc == 4)
+	for (tl = from; tl <= to; tl += by)
+	  {
+	    tml = *localtime (&tl);
+	    tmk = tml;
+	    tk = mktime (&tmk);
+	    status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+	  }
+      else
+	for (tl = from; tl <= to; tl += by)
+	  {
+	    /* Null benchmark.  */
+	    tml = *localtime (&tl);
+	    tmk = tml;
+	    tk = tl;
+	    status |= check_result (tk, tmk, tl, tml);
+	  }
+    }
+  else
+    printf ("Usage:\
+\t%s YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS [ISDST] # Test given time.\n\
+\t%s FROM BY TO # Test values FROM, FROM+BY, ..., TO.\n\
+\t%s FROM BY TO - # Do not test those values (for benchmark).\n",
+	    argv[0], argv[0], argv[0]);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG=1 -Wall -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
+End:
+*/
diff --git a/lib/sh/netconn.c b/lib/sh/netconn.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae7c249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/netconn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* netconn.c -- is a particular file descriptor a network connection?. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+*/
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#if ! defined(_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#include <filecntl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The second and subsequent conditions must match those used to decide
+   whether or not to call getpeername() in isnetconn(). */
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H) && defined (HAVE_GETPEERNAME) && !defined (SVR4_2)
+#  include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Is FD a socket or network connection? */
+int
+isnetconn (fd)
+     int fd;
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPEERNAME) && !defined (SVR4_2) && !defined (__BEOS__)
+  int rv;
+  socklen_t l;
+  struct sockaddr sa;
+
+  l = sizeof(sa);
+  rv = getpeername(fd, &sa, &l);
+  /* Posix.2 says getpeername can return these errors. */
+  return ((rv < 0 && (errno == ENOTSOCK || errno == ENOTCONN || errno == EINVAL)) ? 0 : 1);
+#else /* !HAVE_GETPEERNAME || SVR4_2 || __BEOS__ */
+#  if defined (SVR4) || defined (SVR4_2)
+  /* Sockets on SVR4 and SVR4.2 are character special (streams) devices. */
+  struct stat sb;
+
+  if (isatty (fd))
+    return (0);
+  if (fstat (fd, &sb) < 0)
+    return (0);
+#    if defined (S_ISFIFO)
+  if (S_ISFIFO (sb.st_mode))
+    return (0);
+#    endif /* S_ISFIFO */
+  return (S_ISCHR (sb.st_mode));
+#  else /* !SVR4 && !SVR4_2 */
+#    if defined (S_ISSOCK) && !defined (__BEOS__)
+  struct stat sb;
+
+  if (fstat (fd, &sb) < 0)
+    return (0);
+  return (S_ISSOCK (sb.st_mode));
+#    else /* !S_ISSOCK || __BEOS__ */
+  return (0);
+#    endif /* !S_ISSOCK || __BEOS__ */
+#  endif /* !SVR4 && !SVR4_2 */
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPEERNAME || SVR4_2 || __BEOS__ */
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/netopen.c b/lib/sh/netopen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aaf0c47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/netopen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+/*   
+ * netopen.c -- functions to make tcp/udp connections
+ *
+ * Chet Ramey
+ * chet@ins.CWRU.Edu
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_NETWORK)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h> 
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H)
+#  include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_NETINET_IN_H)
+#  include <netinet/in.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_NETDB_H)
+#  include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_ARPA_INET_H)
+#  include <arpa/inet.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <bashintl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <shell.h>
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_INET_ATON)
+extern int inet_aton __P((const char *, struct in_addr *));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+/* Stuff the internet address corresponding to HOST into AP, in network
+   byte order.  Return 1 on success, 0 on failure. */
+
+static int
+_getaddr (host, ap)
+     char *host;
+     struct in_addr *ap;
+{
+  struct hostent *h;
+  int r;
+
+  r = 0;
+  if (host[0] >= '0' && host[0] <= '9')
+    {
+      /* If the first character is a digit, guess that it's an
+	 Internet address and return immediately if inet_aton succeeds. */
+      r = inet_aton (host, ap);
+      if (r)
+	return r;
+    }
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME)
+  return 0;
+#else
+  h = gethostbyname (host);
+  if (h && h->h_addr)
+    {
+      bcopy(h->h_addr, (char *)ap, h->h_length);
+      return 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+  
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if SERV is a valid port number and stuff the converted value into
+   PP in network byte order. */   
+static int
+_getserv (serv, proto, pp)
+     char *serv;
+     int proto;
+     unsigned short *pp;
+{
+  intmax_t l;
+  unsigned short s;
+
+  if (legal_number (serv, &l))
+    {
+      s = (unsigned short)(l & 0xFFFF);
+      if (s != l)
+	return (0);
+      s = htons (s);
+      if (pp)
+	*pp = s;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+#if defined (HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME)
+    {
+      struct servent *se;
+
+      se = getservbyname (serv, (proto == 't') ? "tcp" : "udp");
+      if (se == 0)
+	return 0;
+      if (pp)
+	*pp = se->s_port;	/* ports returned in network byte order */
+      return 1;
+    }
+#else /* !HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME */
+    return 0;
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open a TCP or UDP connection to HOST on port SERV.  Uses the
+ * traditional BSD mechanisms.  Returns the connected socket or -1 on error.
+ */
+static int 
+_netopen4(host, serv, typ)
+     char *host, *serv;
+     int typ;
+{
+  struct in_addr ina;
+  struct sockaddr_in sin;
+  unsigned short p;
+  int s, e;
+
+  if (_getaddr(host, &ina) == 0)
+    {
+      internal_error (_("%s: host unknown"), host);
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (_getserv(serv, typ, &p) == 0)
+    {
+      internal_error(_("%s: invalid service"), serv);
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+	
+  memset ((char *)&sin, 0, sizeof(sin));
+  sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
+  sin.sin_port = p;
+  sin.sin_addr = ina;
+
+  s = socket(AF_INET, (typ == 't') ? SOCK_STREAM : SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
+  if (s < 0)
+    {
+      sys_error ("socket");
+      return (-1);
+    }
+
+  if (connect (s, (struct sockaddr *)&sin, sizeof (sin)) < 0)
+    {
+      e = errno;
+      sys_error("connect");
+      close(s);
+      errno = e;
+      return (-1);
+    }
+
+  return(s);
+}
+#endif /* ! HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+/*
+ * Open a TCP or UDP connection to HOST on port SERV.  Uses getaddrinfo(3)
+ * which provides support for IPv6.  Returns the connected socket or -1
+ * on error.
+ */
+static int
+_netopen6 (host, serv, typ)
+     char *host, *serv;
+     int typ;
+{
+  int s, e;
+  struct addrinfo hints, *res, *res0;
+  int gerr;
+
+  memset ((char *)&hints, 0, sizeof (hints));
+  /* XXX -- if problems with IPv6, set to PF_INET for IPv4 only */
+#ifdef DEBUG	/* PF_INET is the one that works for me */
+  hints.ai_family = PF_INET;
+#else
+  hints.ai_family = PF_UNSPEC;
+#endif
+  hints.ai_socktype = (typ == 't') ? SOCK_STREAM : SOCK_DGRAM;
+
+  gerr = getaddrinfo (host, serv, &hints, &res0);
+  if (gerr)
+    {
+      if (gerr == EAI_SERVICE)
+	internal_error ("%s: %s", serv, gai_strerror (gerr));
+      else
+	internal_error ("%s: %s", host, gai_strerror (gerr));
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  for (res = res0; res; res = res->ai_next)
+    {
+      if ((s = socket (res->ai_family, res->ai_socktype, res->ai_protocol)) < 0)
+	{
+	  if (res->ai_next)
+	    continue;
+	  sys_error ("socket");
+	  freeaddrinfo (res0);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      if (connect (s, res->ai_addr, res->ai_addrlen) < 0)
+	{
+	  if (res->ai_next)
+	    {
+	      close (s);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  e = errno;
+	  sys_error ("connect");
+	  close (s);
+	  freeaddrinfo (res0);
+	  errno = e;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      freeaddrinfo (res0);
+      break;
+    }
+  return s;
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
+
+/*
+ * Open a TCP or UDP connection to HOST on port SERV.  Uses getaddrinfo(3)
+ * if available, falling back to the traditional BSD mechanisms otherwise.
+ * Returns the connected socket or -1 on error.
+ */
+static int 
+_netopen(host, serv, typ)
+     char *host, *serv;
+     int typ;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_GETADDRINFO
+  return (_netopen6 (host, serv, typ));
+#else
+  return (_netopen4 (host, serv, typ));
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open a TCP or UDP connection given a path like `/dev/tcp/host/port' to
+ * host `host' on port `port' and return the connected socket.
+ */
+int
+netopen (path)
+     char *path;
+{
+  char *np, *s, *t;
+  int fd;
+
+  np = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (path) + 1);
+  strcpy (np, path);
+
+  s = np + 9;
+  t = strchr (s, '/');
+  if (t == 0)
+    {
+      internal_error (_("%s: bad network path specification"), path);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  *t++ = '\0';
+  fd = _netopen (s, t, path[5]);
+  free (np);
+
+  return fd;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*
+ * Open a TCP connection to host `host' on the port defined for service
+ * `serv' and return the connected socket.
+ */
+int
+tcpopen (host, serv)
+     char *host, *serv;
+{
+  return (_netopen (host, serv, 't'));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open a UDP connection to host `host' on the port defined for service
+ * `serv' and return the connected socket.
+ */
+int
+udpopen (host, serv)
+     char *host, *serv;
+{
+  return _netopen (host, serv, 'u');
+}
+#endif
+
+#else /* !HAVE_NETWORK */
+
+int
+netopen (path)
+     char *path;
+{
+  internal_error (_("network operations not supported"));
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_NETWORK */
diff --git a/lib/sh/oslib.c b/lib/sh/oslib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90d7be9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/oslib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/* oslib.c - functions present only in some unix versions. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#ifndef _MINIX
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+#  include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#include <filecntl.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#include <shell.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* Make the functions strchr and strrchr if they do not exist. */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRCHR)
+char *
+strchr (string, c)
+     char *string;
+     int c;
+{
+  register char *s;
+
+  for (s = string; s && *s; s++)
+    if (*s == c)
+      return (s);
+
+  return ((char *) NULL);
+}
+
+char *
+strrchr (string, c)
+     char *string;
+     int c;
+{
+  register char *s, *t;
+
+  for (s = string, t = (char *)NULL; s && *s; s++)
+    if (*s == c)
+      t = s;
+  return (t);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRCHR */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DUP2) || defined (DUP2_BROKEN)
+/* Replacement for dup2 (), for those systems which either don't have it,
+   or supply one with broken behaviour. */
+int
+dup2 (fd1, fd2)
+     int fd1, fd2;
+{
+  int saved_errno, r;
+
+  /* If FD1 is not a valid file descriptor, then return immediately with
+     an error. */
+  if (fcntl (fd1, F_GETFL, 0) == -1)
+    return (-1);
+
+  if (fd2 < 0 || fd2 >= getdtablesize ())
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return (-1);
+    }
+
+  if (fd1 == fd2)
+    return (0);
+
+  saved_errno = errno;
+
+  (void) close (fd2);
+  r = fcntl (fd1, F_DUPFD, fd2);
+
+  if (r >= 0)
+    errno = saved_errno;
+  else
+    if (errno == EINVAL)
+      errno = EBADF;
+
+  /* Force the new file descriptor to remain open across exec () calls. */
+  SET_OPEN_ON_EXEC (fd2);
+  return (r);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_DUP2 */
+
+/*
+ * Return the total number of available file descriptors.
+ *
+ * On some systems, like 4.2BSD and its descendents, there is a system call
+ * that returns the size of the descriptor table: getdtablesize().  There are
+ * lots of ways to emulate this on non-BSD systems.
+ *
+ * On System V.3, this can be obtained via a call to ulimit:
+ *	return (ulimit(4, 0L));
+ *
+ * On other System V systems, NOFILE is defined in /usr/include/sys/param.h
+ * (this is what we assume below), so we can simply use it:
+ *	return (NOFILE);
+ *
+ * On POSIX systems, there are specific functions for retrieving various
+ * configuration parameters:
+ *	return (sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX));
+ *
+ */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE)
+int
+getdtablesize ()
+{
+#  if defined (_POSIX_VERSION) && defined (HAVE_SYSCONF) && defined (_SC_OPEN_MAX)
+  return (sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX));	/* Posix systems use sysconf */
+#  else /* ! (_POSIX_VERSION && HAVE_SYSCONF && _SC_OPEN_MAX) */
+#    if defined (ULIMIT_MAXFDS)
+  return (ulimit (4, 0L));	/* System V.3 systems use ulimit(4, 0L) */
+#    else /* !ULIMIT_MAXFDS */
+#      if defined (NOFILE)	/* Other systems use NOFILE */
+  return (NOFILE);
+#      else /* !NOFILE */
+  return (20);			/* XXX - traditional value is 20 */
+#      endif /* !NOFILE */
+#    endif /* !ULIMIT_MAXFDS */
+#  endif /* ! (_POSIX_VERSION && _SC_OPEN_MAX) */
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY)
+#  if defined (bcopy)
+#    undef bcopy
+#  endif
+void
+bcopy (s,d,n)
+     char *d, *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  FASTCOPY (s, d, n);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_BCOPY */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_BZERO)
+#  if defined (bzero)
+#    undef bzero
+#  endif
+void
+bzero (s, n)
+     char *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  register int i;
+  register char *r;
+
+  for (i = 0, r = s; i < n; i++)
+    *r++ = '\0';
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETHOSTNAME)
+#  if defined (HAVE_UNAME)
+#    include <sys/utsname.h>
+int
+gethostname (name, namelen)
+     char *name;
+     int namelen;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct utsname ut;
+
+  --namelen;
+
+  uname (&ut);
+  i = strlen (ut.nodename) + 1;
+  strncpy (name, ut.nodename, i < namelen ? i : namelen);
+  name[namelen] = '\0';
+  return (0);
+}
+#  else /* !HAVE_UNAME */
+int
+gethostname (name, namelen)
+     int name, namelen;
+{
+  strncpy (name, "unknown", namelen);
+  name[namelen] = '\0';
+  return 0;
+}
+#  endif /* !HAVE_UNAME */
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETHOSTNAME */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_KILLPG)
+int
+killpg (pgrp, sig)
+     pid_t pgrp;
+     int sig;
+{
+  return (kill (-pgrp, sig));
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_KILLPG */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_MKFIFO) && defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+int
+mkfifo (path, mode)
+     char *path;
+     int mode;
+{
+#if defined (S_IFIFO)
+  return (mknod (path, (mode | S_IFIFO), 0));
+#else /* !S_IFIFO */
+  return (-1);
+#endif /* !S_IFIFO */
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_MKFIFO && PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+#define DEFAULT_MAXGROUPS 64
+
+int
+getmaxgroups ()
+{
+  static int maxgroups = -1;
+
+  if (maxgroups > 0)
+    return maxgroups;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYSCONF) && defined (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX)
+  maxgroups = sysconf (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX);
+#else
+#  if defined (NGROUPS_MAX)
+  maxgroups = NGROUPS_MAX;
+#  else /* !NGROUPS_MAX */
+#    if defined (NGROUPS)
+  maxgroups = NGROUPS;
+#    else /* !NGROUPS */
+  maxgroups = DEFAULT_MAXGROUPS;
+#    endif /* !NGROUPS */
+#  endif /* !NGROUPS_MAX */  
+#endif /* !HAVE_SYSCONF || !SC_NGROUPS_MAX */
+
+  if (maxgroups <= 0)
+    maxgroups = DEFAULT_MAXGROUPS;
+
+  return maxgroups;
+}
+
+long
+getmaxchild ()
+{
+  static long maxchild = -1L;
+
+  if (maxchild > 0)
+    return maxchild;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYSCONF) && defined (_SC_CHILD_MAX)
+  maxchild = sysconf (_SC_CHILD_MAX);
+#else
+#  if defined (CHILD_MAX)
+  maxchild = CHILD_MAX;
+#  else
+#    if defined (MAXUPRC)
+  maxchild = MAXUPRC;
+#    endif /* MAXUPRC */
+#  endif /* CHILD_MAX */
+#endif /* !HAVE_SYSCONF || !_SC_CHILD_MAX */
+
+  return (maxchild);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/pathcanon.c b/lib/sh/pathcanon.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b427a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/pathcanon.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* pathcanon.c -- Canonicalize and manipulate pathnames. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#ifndef _MINIX
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <posixstat.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <filecntl.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+#include <sys/cygwin.h>
+
+static int
+_is_cygdrive (path)
+     char *path;
+{
+  static char user[MAXPATHLEN];
+  static char system[MAXPATHLEN];
+  static int first_time = 1;
+
+  /* If the path is the first part of a network path, treat it as
+     existing. */
+  if (path[0] == '/' && path[1] == '/' && !strchr (path + 2, '/'))
+    return 1; 
+  /* Otherwise check for /cygdrive prefix. */
+  if (first_time)
+    {
+      char user_flags[MAXPATHLEN];
+      char system_flags[MAXPATHLEN];
+      /* Get the cygdrive info */
+      cygwin_internal (CW_GET_CYGDRIVE_INFO, user, system, user_flags, system_flags);
+      first_time = 0;
+    }
+  return !strcasecmp (path, user) || !strcasecmp (path, system);
+}
+#endif /* __CYGWIN__ */	
+
+/* Return 1 if PATH corresponds to a directory.  A function for debugging. */
+static int
+_path_isdir (path)
+     char *path;
+{
+  int l;
+  struct stat sb;
+
+  /* This should leave errno set to the correct value. */
+  errno = 0;
+  l = stat (path, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode);
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+  if (l == 0)
+    l = _is_cygdrive (path);
+#endif
+  return l;
+}
+
+/* Canonicalize PATH, and return a new path.  The new path differs from PATH
+   in that:
+	Multple `/'s are collapsed to a single `/'.
+	Leading `./'s and trailing `/.'s are removed.
+	Trailing `/'s are removed.
+	Non-leading `../'s and trailing `..'s are handled by removing
+	portions of the path. */
+
+/* Look for ROOTEDPATH, PATHSEP, DIRSEP, and ISDIRSEP in ../../general.h */
+
+#define DOUBLE_SLASH(p)	((p[0] == '/') && (p[1] == '/') && p[2] != '/')
+
+char *
+sh_canonpath (path, flags)
+     char *path;
+     int flags;
+{
+  char stub_char;
+  char *result, *p, *q, *base, *dotdot;
+  int rooted, double_slash_path;
+
+  /* The result cannot be larger than the input PATH. */
+  result = (flags & PATH_NOALLOC) ? path : savestring (path);
+
+  /* POSIX.2 says to leave a leading `//' alone.  On cygwin, we skip over any
+     leading `x:' (dos drive name). */
+  if (rooted = ROOTEDPATH(path))
+    {
+      stub_char = DIRSEP;
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+      base = (ISALPHA((unsigned char)result[0]) && result[1] == ':') ? result + 3 : result + 1;
+#else
+      base = result + 1;
+#endif
+      double_slash_path = DOUBLE_SLASH (path);
+      base += double_slash_path;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      stub_char = '.';
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+      base = (ISALPHA((unsigned char)result[0]) && result[1] == ':') ? result + 2 : result;
+#else
+      base = result;
+#endif
+      double_slash_path = 0;
+    }
+
+  /*
+   * invariants:
+   *	  base points to the portion of the path we want to modify
+   *      p points at beginning of path element we're considering.
+   *      q points just past the last path element we wrote (no slash).
+   *      dotdot points just past the point where .. cannot backtrack
+   *	  any further (no slash).
+   */
+  p = q = dotdot = base;
+
+  while (*p)
+    {
+      if (ISDIRSEP(p[0])) /* null element */
+	p++;
+      else if(p[0] == '.' && PATHSEP(p[1]))	/* . and ./ */
+	p += 1; 	/* don't count the separator in case it is nul */
+      else if (p[0] == '.' && p[1] == '.' && PATHSEP(p[2])) /* .. and ../ */
+	{
+	  p += 2; /* skip `..' */
+	  if (q > dotdot)	/* can backtrack */
+	    {
+	      if (flags & PATH_CHECKDOTDOT)
+		{
+		  char c;
+
+		  /* Make sure what we have so far corresponds to a valid
+		     path before we chop some of it off. */
+		  c = *q;
+		  *q = '\0';
+		  if (_path_isdir (result) == 0)
+		    {
+		      if ((flags & PATH_NOALLOC) == 0)
+			free (result);
+		      return ((char *)NULL);
+		    }
+		  *q = c;
+		}
+
+	      while (--q > dotdot && ISDIRSEP(*q) == 0)
+		;
+	    }
+	  else if (rooted == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* /.. is / but ./../ is .. */
+	      if (q != base)
+		*q++ = DIRSEP;
+	      *q++ = '.';
+	      *q++ = '.';
+	      dotdot = q;
+	    }
+	}
+      else	/* real path element */
+	{
+	  /* add separator if not at start of work portion of result */
+	  if (q != base)
+	    *q++ = DIRSEP;
+	  while (*p && (ISDIRSEP(*p) == 0))
+	    *q++ = *p++;
+	  /* Check here for a valid directory with _path_isdir. */
+	  if (flags & PATH_CHECKEXISTS)
+	    {
+	      char c;
+
+	      /* Make sure what we have so far corresponds to a valid
+		 path before we chop some of it off. */
+	      c = *q;
+	      *q = '\0';
+	      if (_path_isdir (result) == 0)
+		{
+		  if ((flags & PATH_NOALLOC) == 0)
+		    free (result);
+		  return ((char *)NULL);
+		}
+	      *q = c;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Empty string is really ``.'' or `/', depending on what we started with. */
+  if (q == result)
+    *q++ = stub_char;
+  *q = '\0';
+
+  /* If the result starts with `//', but the original path does not, we
+     can turn the // into /.  Because of how we set `base', this should never
+     be true, but it's a sanity check. */
+  if (DOUBLE_SLASH(result) && double_slash_path == 0)
+    {
+      if (result[2] == '\0')	/* short-circuit for bare `//' */
+	result[1] = '\0';
+      else
+	strcpy (result, result + 1);
+    }
+
+  return (result);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/pathphys.c b/lib/sh/pathphys.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f73944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/pathphys.c
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/* pathphys.c -- Return pathname with all symlinks expanded. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#ifndef _MINIX
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <posixstat.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <filecntl.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#if !defined (MAXSYMLINKS)
+#  define MAXSYMLINKS 32
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+extern char *get_working_directory __P((char *));
+
+static int
+_path_readlink (path, buf, bufsiz)
+     char *path;
+     char *buf;
+     int bufsiz;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_READLINK
+  return readlink (path, buf, bufsiz);
+#else
+  errno = EINVAL;
+  return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Look for ROOTEDPATH, PATHSEP, DIRSEP, and ISDIRSEP in ../../general.h */
+
+#define DOUBLE_SLASH(p)	((p[0] == '/') && (p[1] == '/') && p[2] != '/')
+
+/*
+ * Return PATH with all symlinks expanded in newly-allocated memory.
+ * This always gets an absolute pathname.
+ */
+
+char *
+sh_physpath (path, flags)
+     char *path;
+     int flags;
+{
+  char tbuf[PATH_MAX+1], linkbuf[PATH_MAX+1];
+  char *result, *p, *q, *qsave, *qbase, *workpath;
+  int double_slash_path, linklen, nlink;
+
+  linklen = strlen (path);
+
+#if 0
+  /* First sanity check -- punt immediately if the name is too long. */
+  if (linklen >= PATH_MAX)
+    return (savestring (path));
+#endif
+
+  nlink = 0;
+  q = result = (char *)xmalloc (PATH_MAX + 1);
+
+  /* Even if we get something longer than PATH_MAX, we might be able to
+     shorten it, so we try. */
+  if (linklen >= PATH_MAX)
+    workpath = savestring (path);
+  else
+    {
+      workpath = (char *)xmalloc (PATH_MAX + 1);
+      strcpy (workpath, path);
+    }
+
+  /* This always gets an absolute pathname. */
+
+  /* POSIX.2 says to leave a leading `//' alone.  On cygwin, we skip over any
+     leading `x:' (dos drive name). */
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+  qbase = (ISALPHA((unsigned char)workpath[0]) && workpath[1] == ':') ? workpath + 3 : workpath + 1;
+#else
+  qbase = workpath + 1;
+#endif
+  double_slash_path = DOUBLE_SLASH (workpath);
+  qbase += double_slash_path;
+
+  for (p = workpath; p < qbase; )
+    *q++ = *p++;
+  qbase = q;
+
+  /*
+   * invariants:
+   *	  qbase points to the portion of the result path we want to modify
+   *      p points at beginning of path element we're considering.
+   *      q points just past the last path element we wrote (no slash).
+   *
+   * XXX -- need to fix error checking for too-long pathnames
+   */
+
+  while (*p)
+    {
+      if (ISDIRSEP(p[0])) /* null element */
+	p++;
+      else if(p[0] == '.' && PATHSEP(p[1]))	/* . and ./ */
+	p += 1; 	/* don't count the separator in case it is nul */
+      else if (p[0] == '.' && p[1] == '.' && PATHSEP(p[2])) /* .. and ../ */
+	{
+	  p += 2; /* skip `..' */
+	  if (q > qbase)
+	    {
+	      while (--q > qbase && ISDIRSEP(*q) == 0)
+		;
+	    }
+	}
+      else	/* real path element */
+	{
+	  /* add separator if not at start of work portion of result */
+	  qsave = q;
+	  if (q != qbase)
+	    *q++ = DIRSEP;
+	  while (*p && (ISDIRSEP(*p) == 0))
+	    {
+	      if (q - result >= PATH_MAX)
+		{
+#ifdef ENAMETOOLONG
+		  errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+#else
+		  errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+		  goto error;
+		}
+		
+	      *q++ = *p++;
+	    }
+
+	  *q = '\0';
+
+	  linklen = _path_readlink (result, linkbuf, PATH_MAX);
+	  if (linklen < 0)	/* if errno == EINVAL, it's not a symlink */
+	    {
+	      if (errno != EINVAL)
+		goto error;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* It's a symlink, and the value is in LINKBUF. */
+	  nlink++;
+	  if (nlink > MAXSYMLINKS)
+	    {
+#ifdef ELOOP
+	      errno = ELOOP;
+#else
+	      errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+error:
+	      free (result);
+	      free (workpath);
+	      return ((char *)NULL);
+	    }
+
+	  linkbuf[linklen] = '\0';
+
+	  /* If the new path length would overrun PATH_MAX, punt now. */
+	  if ((strlen (p) + linklen + 2) >= PATH_MAX)
+	    {
+#ifdef ENAMETOOLONG
+	      errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+#else
+	      errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+	      goto error;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Form the new pathname by copying the link value to a temporary
+	     buffer and appending the rest of `workpath'.  Reset p to point
+	     to the start of the rest of the path.  If the link value is an
+	     absolute pathname, reset p, q, and qbase.  If not, reset p
+	     and q. */
+	  strcpy (tbuf, linkbuf);
+	  tbuf[linklen] = '/';
+	  strcpy (tbuf + linklen, p);
+	  strcpy (workpath, tbuf);
+
+	  if (ABSPATH(linkbuf))
+	    {
+	      q = result;
+	      /* Duplicating some code here... */
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+	      qbase = (ISALPHA((unsigned char)workpath[0]) && workpath[1] == ':') ? workpath + 3 : workpath + 1;
+#else
+	      qbase = workpath + 1;
+#endif
+	      double_slash_path = DOUBLE_SLASH (workpath);
+	      qbase += double_slash_path;
+    
+	      for (p = workpath; p < qbase; )
+		*q++ = *p++;
+	      qbase = q;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      p = workpath;
+	      q = qsave;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  *q = '\0';
+  free (workpath);
+
+  /* If the result starts with `//', but the original path does not, we
+     can turn the // into /.  Because of how we set `qbase', this should never
+     be true, but it's a sanity check. */
+  if (DOUBLE_SLASH(result) && double_slash_path == 0)
+    {
+      if (result[2] == '\0')	/* short-circuit for bare `//' */
+	result[1] = '\0';
+      else
+	strcpy (result, result + 1);
+    }
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+char *
+sh_realpath (pathname, resolved)
+     const char *pathname;
+     char *resolved;
+{
+  char *tdir, *wd;
+
+  if (pathname == 0 || *pathname == '\0')
+    {
+      errno = (pathname == 0) ? EINVAL : ENOENT;
+      return ((char *)NULL);
+    }
+
+  if (ABSPATH (pathname) == 0)
+    {
+      wd = get_working_directory ("sh_realpath");
+      if (wd == 0)
+	return ((char *)NULL);
+      tdir = sh_makepath ((char *)pathname, wd, 0);
+      free (wd);
+    }
+  else
+    tdir = savestring (pathname);
+
+  wd = sh_physpath (tdir, 0);
+  free (tdir);
+
+  if (resolved == 0)
+    return (wd);
+
+  if (wd)
+    {
+      strncpy (resolved, wd, PATH_MAX - 1);
+      resolved[PATH_MAX - 1] = '\0';
+      free (wd);
+      return resolved;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      resolved[0] = '\0';
+      return wd;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/rename.c b/lib/sh/rename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5c2778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/rename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ * rename - rename a file
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_RENAME)
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <posixstat.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+int
+rename (from, to)
+     const char *from, *to;
+{
+  struct stat fb, tb;
+
+  if (stat (from, &fb) < 0)
+    return -1;  
+
+  if (stat (to, &tb) < 0)
+    {
+      if (errno != ENOENT)
+	return -1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (fb.st_dev == tb.st_dev && fb.st_ino == tb.st_ino)
+        return 0;		/* same file */
+      if (unlink (to) < 0 && errno != ENOENT)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (link (from, to) < 0)
+    return (-1);
+
+  if (unlink (from) < 0 && errno != ENOENT)
+    {
+      int e = errno;
+      unlink (to);
+      errno = e;
+      return (-1);
+    }
+
+  return (0);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_RENAME */
diff --git a/lib/sh/setlinebuf.c b/lib/sh/setlinebuf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c5d056
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/setlinebuf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* setlinebuf.c - line-buffer a stdio stream. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+#if defined (USING_BASH_MALLOC)
+#  define LBUF_BUFSIZE	1008
+#else
+#  define LBUF_BUFSIZE	BUFSIZ
+#endif
+
+/* Cause STREAM to buffer lines as opposed to characters or blocks. */
+int
+sh_setlinebuf (stream)
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  char *local_linebuf;
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_SETLINEBUF) && !defined (HAVE_SETVBUF)
+  return (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (USING_BASH_MALLOC)
+  local_linebuf = (char *)xmalloc (LBUF_BUFSIZE);
+#else
+  local_linebuf = (char *)NULL;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SETVBUF)
+
+#  if defined (SETVBUF_REVERSED)
+  return (setvbuf (stream, _IOLBF, local_linebuf, LBUF_BUFSIZE));
+#  else /* !SETVBUF_REVERSED */
+  return (setvbuf (stream, local_linebuf, _IOLBF, LBUF_BUFSIZE));
+#  endif /* !SETVBUF_REVERSED */
+# else /* !HAVE_SETVBUF */
+
+  setlinebuf (stream);
+  return (0);
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_SETVBUF */
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/shmatch.c b/lib/sh/shmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4508ed0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/shmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/*
+ * shmatch.c -- shell interface to posix regular expression matching.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_POSIX_REGEXP)
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "variables.h"
+#include "externs.h"
+
+extern int glob_ignore_case, match_ignore_case;
+
+int
+sh_regmatch (string, pattern, flags)
+     const char *string;
+     const char *pattern;
+     int flags;
+{
+  regex_t regex = { 0 };
+  regmatch_t *matches;
+  int rflags;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+  SHELL_VAR *rematch;
+  ARRAY *amatch;
+  int subexp_ind;
+  char *subexp_str;
+  int subexp_len;
+#endif
+  int result;  
+
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+  rematch = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+#endif
+  
+  rflags = REG_EXTENDED;
+  if (glob_ignore_case || match_ignore_case)
+    rflags |= REG_ICASE;
+#if !defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+  rflags |= REG_NOSUB;
+#endif
+
+  if (regcomp (&regex, pattern, rflags))
+    return 2;		/* flag for printing a warning here. */
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+  matches = (regmatch_t *)malloc (sizeof (regmatch_t) * (regex.re_nsub + 1));
+#else
+  matches = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  if (regexec (&regex, string, regex.re_nsub + 1, matches, 0))
+    result = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+  else
+    result = EXECUTION_SUCCESS;		/* match */
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+  subexp_len = strlen (string) + 10;
+  subexp_str = malloc (subexp_len + 1);
+
+  /* Store the parenthesized subexpressions in the array BASH_REMATCH.
+     Element 0 is the portion that matched the entire regexp.  Element 1
+     is the part that matched the first subexpression, and so on. */
+  unbind_variable ("BASH_REMATCH");
+  rematch = make_new_array_variable ("BASH_REMATCH");
+  amatch = array_cell (rematch);
+
+  if ((flags & SHMAT_SUBEXP) && result == EXECUTION_SUCCESS && subexp_str)
+    {
+      for (subexp_ind = 0; subexp_ind <= regex.re_nsub; subexp_ind++)
+	{
+	  memset (subexp_str, 0, subexp_len);
+	  strncpy (subexp_str, string + matches[subexp_ind].rm_so,
+		     matches[subexp_ind].rm_eo - matches[subexp_ind].rm_so);
+	  array_insert (amatch, subexp_ind, subexp_str);
+	}
+    }
+
+  VSETATTR (rematch, att_readonly);
+
+  free (subexp_str);
+  free (matches);
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+  regfree (&regex);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_POSIX_REGEXP */
diff --git a/lib/sh/shquote.c b/lib/sh/shquote.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e992a66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/shquote.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifdef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*	 Functions for quoting strings to be re-read as input	    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return a new string which is the single-quoted version of STRING.
+   Used by alias and trap, among others. */
+char *
+sh_single_quote (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  register int c;
+  char *result, *r, *s;
+
+  result = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (4 * strlen (string)));
+  r = result;
+  *r++ = '\'';
+
+  for (s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+    {
+      *r++ = c;
+
+      if (c == '\'')
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\\';	/* insert escaped single quote */
+	  *r++ = '\'';
+	  *r++ = '\'';	/* start new quoted string */
+	}
+    }
+
+  *r++ = '\'';
+  *r = '\0';
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Quote STRING using double quotes.  Return a new string. */
+char *
+sh_double_quote (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  register unsigned char c;
+  char *result, *r, *s;
+
+  result = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (2 * strlen (string)));
+  r = result;
+  *r++ = '"';
+
+  for (s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+    {
+      /* Backslash-newline disappears within double quotes, so don't add one. */
+      if ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) && c != '\n')
+	*r++ = '\\';
+      else if (c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL)
+	*r++ = CTLESC;		/* could be '\\'? */
+
+      *r++ = c;
+    }
+
+  *r++ = '"';
+  *r = '\0';
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Turn S into a simple double-quoted string.  If FLAGS is non-zero, quote
+   double quote characters in S with backslashes. */
+char *
+sh_mkdoublequoted (s, slen, flags)
+     const char *s;
+     int slen, flags;
+{
+  char *r, *ret;
+  int rlen;
+
+  rlen = (flags == 0) ? slen + 3 : (2 * slen) + 1;
+  ret = r = (char *)xmalloc (rlen);
+  
+  *r++ = '"';
+  while (*s)
+    {
+      if (flags && *s == '"')
+	*r++ = '\\';
+      *r++ = *s++;
+    }
+  *r++ = '"';
+  *r = '\0';
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Remove backslashes that are quoting characters that are special between
+   double quotes.  Return a new string.  XXX - should this handle CTLESC
+   and CTLNUL? */
+char *
+sh_un_double_quote (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  register int c, pass_next;
+  char *result, *r, *s;
+
+  r = result = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+
+  for (pass_next = 0, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+    {
+      if (pass_next)
+	{
+	  *r++ = c;
+	  pass_next = 0;
+	  continue;
+	}
+      if (c == '\\' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) s[1]] & CBSDQUOTE))
+	{
+	  pass_next = 1;
+	  continue;
+	}
+      *r++ = c;
+    }
+
+  *r = '\0';
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Quote special characters in STRING using backslashes.  Return a new
+   string.  NOTE:  if the string is to be further expanded, we need a
+   way to protect the CTLESC and CTLNUL characters.  As I write this,
+   the current callers will never cause the string to be expanded without
+   going through the shell parser, which will protect the internal
+   quoting characters. */
+char *
+sh_backslash_quote (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  int c;
+  char *result, *r, *s;
+
+  result = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (string) + 1);
+
+  for (r = result, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case ' ': case '\t': case '\n':		/* IFS white space */
+	case '\'': case '"': case '\\':		/* quoting chars */
+	case '|': case '&': case ';':		/* shell metacharacters */
+	case '(': case ')': case '<': case '>':
+	case '!': case '{': case '}':		/* reserved words */
+	case '*': case '[': case '?': case ']':	/* globbing chars */
+	case '^':
+	case '$': case '`':			/* expansion chars */
+	case ',':				/* brace expansion */
+	  *r++ = '\\';
+	  *r++ = c;
+	  break;
+#if 0
+	case '~':				/* tilde expansion */
+	  if (s == string || s[-1] == '=' || s[-1] == ':')
+	    *r++ = '\\';
+	  *r++ = c;
+	  break;
+
+	case CTLESC: case CTLNUL:		/* internal quoting characters */
+	  *r++ = CTLESC;			/* could be '\\'? */
+	  *r++ = c;
+	  break;
+#endif
+
+	case '#':				/* comment char */
+	  if (s == string)
+	    *r++ = '\\';
+	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+	  *r++ = c;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  *r = '\0';
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#if defined (PROMPT_STRING_DECODE)
+/* Quote characters that get special treatment when in double quotes in STRING
+   using backslashes.  Return a new string. */
+char *
+sh_backslash_quote_for_double_quotes (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+  char *result, *r, *s;
+
+  result = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (string) + 1);
+
+  for (r = result, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+    {
+      if (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)
+	*r++ = '\\';
+      /* I should probably add flags for these to sh_syntaxtab[] */
+      else if (c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL)
+	*r++ = CTLESC;		/* could be '\\'? */
+
+      *r++ = c;
+    }
+
+  *r = '\0';
+  return (result);
+}
+#endif /* PROMPT_STRING_DECODE */
+
+int
+sh_contains_shell_metas (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  char *s;
+
+  for (s = string; s && *s; s++)
+    {
+      switch (*s)
+	{
+	case ' ': case '\t': case '\n':		/* IFS white space */
+	case '\'': case '"': case '\\':		/* quoting chars */
+	case '|': case '&': case ';':		/* shell metacharacters */
+	case '(': case ')': case '<': case '>':
+	case '!': case '{': case '}':		/* reserved words */
+	case '*': case '[': case '?': case ']':	/* globbing chars */
+	case '^':
+	case '$': case '`':			/* expansion chars */
+	  return (1);
+	case '~':				/* tilde expansion */
+	  if (s == string || s[-1] == '=' || s[-1] == ':')
+	    return (1);
+	  break;
+	case '#':
+	  if (s == string)			/* comment char */
+	    return (1);
+	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/shtty.c b/lib/sh/shtty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15cc82f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/shtty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/*
+ * shtty.c -- abstract interface to the terminal, focusing on capabilities.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <shtty.h>
+
+static TTYSTRUCT ttin, ttout;
+static int ttsaved = 0;
+
+int
+ttgetattr(fd, ttp)
+int	fd;
+TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#ifdef TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER
+  return tcgetattr(fd, ttp);
+#else
+#  ifdef TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER
+  return ioctl(fd, TCGETA, ttp);
+#  else
+  return ioctl(fd, TIOCGETP, ttp);
+#  endif
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+ttsetattr(fd, ttp)
+int	fd;
+TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#ifdef TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER
+  return tcsetattr(fd, TCSADRAIN, ttp);
+#else
+#  ifdef TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER
+  return ioctl(fd, TCSETAW, ttp);
+#  else
+  return ioctl(fd, TIOCSETN, ttp);
+#  endif
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+ttsave()
+{
+  if (ttsaved)
+   return;
+  ttgetattr (0, &ttin);
+  ttgetattr (1, &ttout);
+  ttsaved = 1;
+}
+
+void
+ttrestore()
+{
+  if (ttsaved == 0)
+    return;
+  ttsetattr (0, &ttin);
+  ttsetattr (1, &ttout);
+  ttsaved = 0;
+}
+
+/* Retrieve the attributes associated with tty fd FD. */
+TTYSTRUCT *
+ttattr (fd)
+     int fd;
+{
+  if (ttsaved == 0)
+    return ((TTYSTRUCT *)0);
+  if (fd == 0)
+    return &ttin;
+  else if (fd == 1)
+    return &ttout;
+  else
+    return ((TTYSTRUCT *)0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change attributes in ttp so that when it is installed using
+ * ttsetattr, the terminal will be in one-char-at-a-time mode.
+ */
+int
+tt_setonechar(ttp)
+     TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER)
+
+  /* XXX - might not want this -- it disables erase and kill processing. */
+  ttp->c_lflag &= ~ICANON;
+
+  ttp->c_lflag |= ISIG;
+#  ifdef IEXTEN
+  ttp->c_lflag |= IEXTEN;
+#  endif
+
+  ttp->c_iflag |= ICRNL;	/* make sure we get CR->NL on input */
+  ttp->c_iflag &= ~INLCR;	/* but no NL->CR */
+
+#  ifdef OPOST
+  ttp->c_oflag |= OPOST;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef ONLCR
+  ttp->c_oflag |= ONLCR;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef OCRNL
+  ttp->c_oflag &= ~OCRNL;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef ONOCR
+  ttp->c_oflag &= ~ONOCR;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef ONLRET
+  ttp->c_oflag &= ~ONLRET;
+#  endif
+
+  ttp->c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
+  ttp->c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
+
+#else
+
+  ttp->sg_flags |= CBREAK;
+
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set the terminal into one-character-at-a-time mode */
+int
+ttonechar ()
+{
+  TTYSTRUCT tt;
+
+  if (ttsaved == 0)
+    return -1;
+  tt = ttin;
+  if (tt_setonechar(&tt) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  return (ttsetattr (0, &tt));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change attributes in ttp so that when it is installed using
+ * ttsetattr, the terminal will be in no-echo mode.
+ */
+int
+tt_setnoecho(ttp)
+     TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER)
+  ttp->c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHOK|ECHONL);
+#else
+  ttp->sg_flags &= ~ECHO;
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set the terminal into no-echo mode */
+int
+ttnoecho ()
+{
+  TTYSTRUCT tt;
+
+  if (ttsaved == 0)
+    return -1;
+  tt = ttin;
+  if (tt_setnoecho (&tt) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  return (ttsetattr (0, &tt));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change attributes in ttp so that when it is installed using
+ * ttsetattr, the terminal will be in eight-bit mode (pass8).
+ */
+int
+tt_seteightbit (ttp)
+     TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER)
+  ttp->c_iflag &= ~ISTRIP;
+  ttp->c_cflag |= CS8;
+  ttp->c_cflag &= ~PARENB;
+#else
+  ttp->sg_flags |= ANYP;
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set the terminal into eight-bit mode */
+int
+tteightbit ()
+{
+  TTYSTRUCT tt;
+
+  if (ttsaved == 0)
+    return -1;
+  tt = ttin;
+  if (tt_seteightbit (&tt) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  return (ttsetattr (0, &tt));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change attributes in ttp so that when it is installed using
+ * ttsetattr, the terminal will be in non-canonical input mode.
+ */
+int
+tt_setnocanon (ttp)
+     TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+#if defined (TERMIOS_TTY_DRIVER) || defined (TERMIO_TTY_DRIVER)
+  ttp->c_lflag &= ~ICANON;
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set the terminal into non-canonical mode */
+int
+ttnocanon ()
+{
+  TTYSTRUCT tt;
+
+  if (ttsaved == 0)
+    return -1;
+  tt = ttin;
+  if (tt_setnocanon (&tt) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  return (ttsetattr (0, &tt));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change attributes in ttp so that when it is installed using
+ * ttsetattr, the terminal will be in cbreak, no-echo mode.
+ */
+int
+tt_setcbreak(ttp)
+     TTYSTRUCT *ttp;
+{
+  if (tt_setonechar (ttp) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  return (tt_setnoecho (ttp));
+}
+
+/* Set the terminal into cbreak (no-echo, one-character-at-a-time) mode */
+int
+ttcbreak ()
+{
+  TTYSTRUCT tt;
+
+  if (ttsaved == 0)
+    return -1;
+  tt = ttin;
+  if (tt_setcbreak (&tt) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  return (ttsetattr (0, &tt));
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/snprintf.c b/lib/sh/snprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..114135f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/snprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2107 @@
+/*
+ build a test version with
+   gcc -g -DDRIVER -I../.. -I../../include -o test-snprintf snprintf.c fmtu*long.o
+*/
+ 
+/*
+   Unix snprintf implementation.
+   derived from inetutils/libinetutils/snprintf.c Version 1.1
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+   
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General License for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+   
+   Revision History:
+
+   1.1:
+      *  added changes from Miles Bader
+      *  corrected a bug with %f
+      *  added support for %#g
+      *  added more comments :-)
+   1.0:
+      *  supporting must ANSI syntaxic_sugars
+   0.0:
+      *  support %s %c %d
+
+ THANKS(for the patches and ideas):
+     Miles Bader
+     Cyrille Rustom
+     Jacek Slabocewiz
+     Mike Parker(mouse)
+
+*/
+
+/*
+ * Currently doesn't handle (and bash/readline doesn't use):
+ *	* *M$ width, precision specifications
+ *	* %N$ numbered argument conversions
+ *	* inf, nan floating values imperfect (if isinf(), isnan() not in libc)
+ *	* support for `F' is imperfect with ldfallback(), since underlying
+ *	  printf may not handle it -- should ideally have another autoconf test
+ */
+
+#define FLOATING_POINT
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(DRIVER) && !defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#define HAVE_LONG_LONG
+#define HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#ifdef __linux__
+#define HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT
+#endif
+#define HAVE_ISINF_IN_LIBC
+#define PREFER_STDARG
+#define HAVE_STRINGIZE
+#define HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#define HAVE_STDDEF_H
+#define HAVE_LOCALE_H
+#define intmax_t long
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_SNPRINTF) || !defined (HAVE_ASPRINTF)
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+
+#if defined(PREFER_STDARG)
+#  include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#  include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#  include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+#  include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
+#  include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+#  include <float.h>	/* for manifest constants */
+#  include <stdio.h>	/* for sprintf */
+#endif
+
+#include <typemax.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+#  include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+#include <shmbutil.h>
+
+#ifndef DRIVER
+#  include "shell.h"
+#else
+#  define FL_PREFIX     0x01    /* add 0x, 0X, or 0 prefix as appropriate */
+#  define FL_ADDBASE    0x02    /* add base# prefix to converted value */
+#  define FL_HEXUPPER   0x04    /* use uppercase when converting to hex */
+#  define FL_UNSIGNED   0x08    /* don't add any sign */
+extern char *fmtulong __P((unsigned long int, int, char *, size_t, int));
+extern char *fmtullong __P((unsigned long long int, int, char *, size_t, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FREE
+#  define FREE(x)	if (x) free (x)
+#endif
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer value of type T.
+   Subtract one for the sign bit if T is signed;
+   302 / 1000 is log10 (2) rounded up;
+   add one for integer division truncation;
+   add one more for a minus sign if t is signed.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
+  ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 1000 \
+     + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))
+
+/* conversion flags */
+#define PF_ALTFORM	0x00001		/* # */
+#define PF_HEXPREFIX	0x00002		/* 0[Xx] */
+#define PF_LADJUST	0x00004		/* - */
+#define PF_ZEROPAD	0x00008		/* 0 */
+#define PF_PLUS		0x00010		/* + */
+#define PF_SPACE	0x00020		/* ' ' */
+#define PF_THOUSANDS	0x00040		/* ' */
+
+#define PF_DOT		0x00080		/* `.precision' */
+#define PF_STAR_P	0x00100		/* `*' after precision */
+#define PF_STAR_W	0x00200		/* `*' before or without precision */
+
+/* length modifiers */
+#define PF_SIGNEDCHAR	0x00400		/* hh */
+#define PF_SHORTINT	0x00800		/* h */
+#define PF_LONGINT	0x01000		/* l */
+#define PF_LONGLONG	0x02000		/* ll */
+#define PF_LONGDBL	0x04000		/* L */
+#define PF_INTMAX_T	0x08000		/* j */
+#define PF_SIZE_T	0x10000		/* z */
+#define PF_PTRDIFF_T	0x20000		/* t */
+
+#define PF_ALLOCBUF	0x40000		/* for asprintf, vasprintf */
+
+#define PFM_SN		0x01		/* snprintf, vsnprintf */
+#define PFM_AS		0x02		/* asprintf, vasprintf */
+
+#define ASBUFSIZE	128
+
+#define x_digs	"0123456789abcdef"
+#define X_digs	"0123456789ABCDEF"
+
+static char intbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND(unsigned long) + 1];
+
+static int decpoint;
+static int thoussep;
+static char *grouping;
+
+/* 
+ * For the FLOATING POINT FORMAT :
+ *  the challenge was finding a way to
+ *  manipulate the Real numbers without having
+ *  to resort to mathematical function(it
+ *  would require to link with -lm) and not
+ *  going down to the bit pattern(not portable)
+ *
+ *  so a number, a real is:
+
+      real = integral + fraction
+
+      integral = ... + a(2)*10^2 + a(1)*10^1 + a(0)*10^0
+      fraction = b(1)*10^-1 + b(2)*10^-2 + ...
+
+      where:
+       0 <= a(i) => 9 
+       0 <= b(i) => 9 
+ 
+    from then it was simple math
+ */
+
+/*
+ * size of the buffer for the integral part
+ * and the fraction part 
+ */
+#define MAX_INT  99 + 1 /* 1 for the null */
+#define MAX_FRACT 307 + 1
+
+/* 
+ * These functions use static buffers to store the results,
+ * and so are not reentrant
+ */
+#define itoa(n) fmtulong(n, 10, intbuf, sizeof(intbuf), 0);
+#define dtoa(n, p, f) numtoa(n, 10, p, f)
+
+#define SWAP_INT(a,b) {int t; t = (a); (a) = (b); (b) = t;}
+
+#define GETARG(type)	(va_arg(args, type))
+
+/* Macros that do proper sign extension and handle length modifiers.  Used
+   for the integer conversion specifiers. */
+#define GETSIGNED(p) \
+  (((p)->flags & PF_LONGINT) \
+	? GETARG (long) \
+  	: (((p)->flags & PF_SHORTINT) ? (long)(short)GETARG (int) \
+				      : (long)GETARG (int)))
+
+#define GETUNSIGNED(p) \
+  (((p)->flags & PF_LONGINT) \
+	? GETARG (unsigned long) \
+	: (((p)->flags & PF_SHORTINT) ? (unsigned long)(unsigned short)GETARG (int) \
+				      : (unsigned long)GETARG (unsigned int)))
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define GETLDOUBLE(p) GETARG (long double)
+#endif
+#define GETDOUBLE(p) GETARG (double)
+
+#define SET_SIZE_FLAGS(p, type) \
+  if (sizeof (type) > sizeof (int)) \
+    (p)->flags |= PF_LONGINT; \
+  if (sizeof (type) > sizeof (long)) \
+    (p)->flags |= PF_LONGLONG;
+
+/* this struct holds everything we need */
+struct DATA
+{
+  int length;
+  char *base;		/* needed for [v]asprintf */
+  char *holder;
+  int counter;
+  const char *pf;
+
+/* FLAGS */
+  int flags;
+  int justify;
+  int width, precision;
+  char pad;
+};
+
+/* the floating point stuff */
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+static double pow_10 __P((int));
+static int log_10 __P((double));
+static double integral __P((double, double *));
+static char *numtoa __P((double, int, int, char **));
+#endif
+
+static void init_data __P((struct DATA *, char *, size_t, const char *, int));
+static void init_conv_flag __P((struct DATA *));
+
+/* for the format */
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+static void floating __P((struct DATA *, double));
+static void exponent __P((struct DATA *, double));
+#endif
+static void number __P((struct DATA *, unsigned long, int));
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+static void lnumber __P((struct DATA *, unsigned long long, int));
+#endif
+static void pointer __P((struct DATA *, unsigned long));
+static void strings __P((struct DATA *, char *));
+
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+#  define FALLBACK_FMTSIZE	32
+#  define FALLBACK_BASE		4096
+#  define LFALLBACK_BASE	5120
+#  ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+static void ldfallback __P((struct DATA *, const char *, const char *, long double));
+#  endif
+static void dfallback __P((struct DATA *, const char *, const char *, double));
+#endif
+
+static char *groupnum __P((char *));
+
+#ifdef DRIVER
+static void memory_error_and_abort ();
+static void *xmalloc __P((size_t));
+static void *xrealloc __P((void *, size_t));
+static void xfree __P((void *));
+#else
+#  include <xmalloc.h>
+#endif
+
+/* those are defines specific to snprintf to hopefully
+ * make the code clearer :-)
+ */
+#define RIGHT 1
+#define LEFT  0
+#define NOT_FOUND -1
+#define FOUND 1
+#define MAX_FIELD 15
+
+/* round off to the precision */
+#define ROUND(d, p) \
+	    (d < 0.) ? \
+	     d - pow_10(-(p)->precision) * 0.5 : \
+	     d + pow_10(-(p)->precision) * 0.5
+
+/* set default precision */
+#define DEF_PREC(p) \
+	    if ((p)->precision == NOT_FOUND) \
+	      (p)->precision = 6
+
+/* put a char.  increment the number of chars written even if we've exceeded
+   the vsnprintf/snprintf buffer size (for the return value) */
+#define PUT_CHAR(c, p) \
+	do \
+	  { \
+	    if (((p)->flags & PF_ALLOCBUF) && ((p)->counter >= (p)->length - 1)) \
+	      { \
+		(p)->length += ASBUFSIZE; \
+		(p)->base = (char *)xrealloc((p)->base, (p)->length); \
+		(p)->holder = (p)->base + (p)->counter; /* in case reallocated */ \
+	      } \
+	    if ((p)->counter < (p)->length) \
+	      *(p)->holder++ = (c); \
+	    (p)->counter++; \
+	  } \
+	while (0)
+
+/* Output a string.  P->WIDTH has already been adjusted for padding. */
+#define PUT_STRING(string, len, p) \
+	do \
+	  { \
+	    PAD_RIGHT (p); \
+	    while ((len)-- > 0) \
+	      { \
+		PUT_CHAR (*(string), (p)); \
+		(string)++; \
+	      } \
+	    PAD_LEFT (p); \
+	  } \
+	while (0)
+
+#define PUT_PLUS(d, p, zero) \
+	    if ((d) > zero && (p)->justify == RIGHT) \
+	      PUT_CHAR('+', p)
+
+#define PUT_SPACE(d, p, zero) \
+	    if (((p)->flags & PF_SPACE) && (d) > zero) \
+	      PUT_CHAR(' ', p)
+
+/* pad right */ 
+#define PAD_RIGHT(p) \
+	    if ((p)->width > 0 && (p)->justify != LEFT) \
+	      for (; (p)->width > 0; (p)->width--) \
+		 PUT_CHAR((p)->pad, p)
+
+/* pad left */
+#define PAD_LEFT(p) \
+	    if ((p)->width > 0 && (p)->justify == LEFT) \
+	      for (; (p)->width > 0; (p)->width--) \
+		 PUT_CHAR((p)->pad, p)
+
+/* if width and prec. in the args */
+#define STAR_ARGS(p) \
+	do { \
+	    if ((p)->flags & PF_STAR_W) \
+	      { \
+		(p)->width = GETARG (int); \
+		if ((p)->width < 0) \
+		  { \
+		    (p)->flags |= PF_LADJUST; \
+		    (p)->justify = LEFT; \
+		    (p)->width = -(p)->width; \
+		  } \
+	      } \
+	    if ((p)->flags & PF_STAR_P) \
+	      { \
+		(p)->precision = GETARG (int); \
+		if ((p)->precision < 0) \
+		  { \
+		    (p)->flags &= ~PF_STAR_P; \
+		    (p)->precision = NOT_FOUND; \
+		  } \
+	      } \
+	} while (0)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+#  define GETLOCALEDATA(d, t, g) \
+      do \
+	{ \
+	  struct lconv *lv; \
+	  if ((d) == 0) { \
+	  (d) = '.'; (t) = -1; (g) = 0; /* defaults */ \
+	  lv = localeconv(); \
+	  if (lv) \
+	    { \
+	      if (lv->decimal_point && lv->decimal_point[0]) \
+	        (d) = lv->decimal_point[0]; \
+	      if (lv->thousands_sep && lv->thousands_sep[0]) \
+	        (t) = lv->thousands_sep[0]; \
+	      (g) = lv->grouping ? lv->grouping : ""; \
+	      if (*(g) == '\0' || *(g) == CHAR_MAX || (t) == -1) (g) = 0; \
+	    } \
+	  } \
+	} \
+      while (0);
+#else
+#  define GETLOCALEDATA(d, t, g) \
+      ( (d) = '.', (t) = ',', g = "\003" )
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+ * Find the nth power of 10
+ */
+static double
+pow_10(n)
+     int n;
+{ 
+  double P;
+
+  /* handle common cases with fast switch statement. */
+  switch (n)
+    {
+    case -3:	return .001;
+    case -2:	return .01;
+    case -1:	return .1;
+    case 0:	return 1.;
+    case 1:	return 10.;
+    case 2:	return 100.;
+    case 3:	return 1000.;
+    }
+
+  if (n < 0)
+    {
+      P = .0001;
+      for (n += 4; n < 0; n++)
+	P /= 10.;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      P = 10000.;
+      for (n -= 4; n > 0; n--)
+	P *= 10.;
+    }
+
+  return P;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find the integral part of the log in base 10 
+ * Note: this not a real log10()
+	 I just need and approximation(integerpart) of x in:
+	  10^x ~= r
+ * log_10(200) = 2;
+ * log_10(250) = 2;
+ */
+static int
+log_10(r)
+     double r;
+{ 
+  int i = 0;
+  double result = 1.;
+
+  if (r < 0.)
+    r = -r;
+
+  if (r < 1.)
+    {
+      while (result >= r)
+	{
+	  result /= 10.;
+	  i++;
+	}
+      return (-i);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      while (result <= r)
+	{
+	  result *= 10.;
+	  i++;
+	}
+      return (i - 1);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * This function return the fraction part of a double
+ * and set in ip the integral part.
+ * In many ways it resemble the modf() found on most Un*x
+ */
+static double
+integral(real, ip)
+     double real;
+     double *ip;
+{ 
+  int j;
+  double i, s, p;
+  double real_integral = 0.;
+
+  /* take care of the obvious */
+  /* equal to zero ? */
+  if (real == 0.)
+    {
+      *ip = 0.;
+      return (0.);
+    }
+
+  /* negative number ? */
+  if (real < 0.)
+    real = -real;
+
+  /* a fraction ? */
+  if ( real < 1.)
+    {
+      *ip = 0.;
+      return real;
+    }
+
+  /* the real work :-) */
+  for (j = log_10(real); j >= 0; j--)
+    {
+      p = pow_10(j);
+      s = (real - real_integral)/p;
+      i = 0.;
+      while (i + 1. <= s)
+	i++;
+      real_integral += i*p;
+    }
+  *ip = real_integral;
+  return (real - real_integral);
+}
+
+#define PRECISION 1.e-6
+/* 
+ * return an ascii representation of the integral part of the number
+ * and set fract to be an ascii representation of the fraction part
+ * the container for the fraction and the integral part or staticly
+ * declare with fix size 
+ */
+static char *
+numtoa(number, base, precision, fract)
+     double number;
+     int base, precision;
+     char **fract;
+{
+  register int i, j;
+  double ip, fp; /* integer and fraction part */
+  double fraction;
+  int digits = MAX_INT - 1;
+  static char integral_part[MAX_INT];
+  static char fraction_part[MAX_FRACT];
+  double sign;
+  int ch;
+
+  /* taking care of the obvious case: 0.0 */
+  if (number == 0.)
+    { 
+      integral_part[0] = '0';
+      integral_part[1] = '\0';
+      fraction_part[0] = '0';
+      fraction_part[1] = '\0';
+      if (fract)
+	*fract = fraction_part;
+      return integral_part;
+    }
+
+  /* for negative numbers */
+  if ((sign = number) < 0.)
+    {
+      number = -number;
+      digits--; /* sign consume one digit */
+    }
+
+  fraction = integral(number, &ip);
+  number = ip;
+
+  /* do the integral part */
+  if (ip == 0.)
+    {
+      integral_part[0] = '0';
+      i = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for ( i = 0; i < digits && number != 0.; ++i)
+	{
+	  number /= base;
+	  fp = integral(number, &ip);
+	  ch = (int)((fp + PRECISION)*base); /* force to round */
+	  integral_part[i] = (ch <= 9) ? ch + '0' : ch + 'a' - 10;
+	  if (! ISXDIGIT((unsigned char)integral_part[i]))
+	    break;	/* bail out overflow !! */
+	  number = ip;
+	 }
+    }
+     
+  /* Oh No !! out of bound, ho well fill it up ! */
+  if (number != 0.)
+    for (i = 0; i < digits; ++i)
+      integral_part[i] = '9';
+
+  /* put the sign ? */
+  if (sign < 0.)
+    integral_part[i++] = '-';
+
+  integral_part[i] = '\0';
+
+  /* reverse every thing */
+  for ( i--, j = 0; j < i; j++, i--)
+    SWAP_INT(integral_part[i], integral_part[j]);  
+
+  /* the fractional part */
+  for (i=0, fp=fraction; precision > 0 && i < MAX_FRACT ; i++, precision--)
+    {
+      fraction_part[i] = (int)((fp + PRECISION)*10. + '0');
+      if (! DIGIT(fraction_part[i])) /* underflow ? */
+	break;
+      fp = (fp*10.0) - (double)(long)((fp + PRECISION)*10.);
+    }
+  fraction_part[i] = '\0';
+
+  if (fract != (char **)0)
+    *fract = fraction_part;
+
+  return integral_part;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* for %d and friends, it puts in holder
+ * the representation with the right padding
+ */
+static void
+number(p, d, base)
+     struct DATA *p;
+     unsigned long d;
+     int base;
+{
+  char *tmp, *t;
+  long sd;
+  int flags;
+
+  sd = d;	/* signed for ' ' padding in base 10 */
+  flags = (*p->pf == 'u' || *p->pf == 'U') ? FL_UNSIGNED : 0;
+  if (*p->pf == 'X')
+    flags |= FL_HEXUPPER;
+
+  tmp = fmtulong (d, base, intbuf, sizeof(intbuf), flags);
+  t = 0;
+  if ((p->flags & PF_THOUSANDS))
+    {
+      GETLOCALEDATA(decpoint, thoussep, grouping);
+      if (grouping && (t = groupnum (tmp)))
+        tmp = t;
+    }
+
+  p->width -= strlen(tmp);
+  PAD_RIGHT(p);
+
+  switch (base)
+    {
+    case 10:
+      PUT_PLUS(sd, p, 0);
+      PUT_SPACE(sd, p, 0);
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      if (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM)
+	PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+      break;
+    case 16:
+      if (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM)
+	{
+	  PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+	  PUT_CHAR(*p->pf, p);
+	}
+      break;
+    }
+
+  while (*tmp)
+    {
+      PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);
+      tmp++;
+    }
+
+  PAD_LEFT(p);
+  FREE (t);
+}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+/*
+ * identical to number() but works for `long long'
+ */
+static void
+lnumber(p, d, base)
+     struct DATA *p;
+     unsigned long long d;
+     int base;
+{
+  char *tmp, *t;
+  long long sd;
+  int flags;
+
+  sd = d;	/* signed for ' ' padding in base 10 */
+  flags = (*p->pf == 'u' || *p->pf == 'U') ? FL_UNSIGNED : 0;
+  if (*p->pf == 'X')
+    flags |= FL_HEXUPPER;
+
+  tmp = fmtullong (d, base, intbuf, sizeof(intbuf), flags);
+  t = 0;
+  if ((p->flags & PF_THOUSANDS))
+    {
+      GETLOCALEDATA(decpoint, thoussep, grouping);
+      if (grouping && (t = groupnum (tmp)))
+        tmp = t;
+    }
+
+  p->width -= strlen(tmp);
+  PAD_RIGHT(p);
+
+  switch (base)
+    {
+    case 10:
+      PUT_PLUS(sd, p, 0);
+      PUT_SPACE(sd, p, 0);
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      if (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM)
+	PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+      break;
+    case 16:
+      if (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM)
+	{
+	  PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+	  PUT_CHAR(*p->pf, p);
+	}
+      break;
+    }
+
+  while (*tmp)
+    {
+      PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);
+      tmp++;
+    }
+
+  PAD_LEFT(p);
+  FREE (t);
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+pointer(p, d)
+     struct DATA *p;
+     unsigned long d;
+{
+  char *tmp;
+
+  tmp = fmtulong(d, 16, intbuf, sizeof(intbuf), 0);
+  p->width -= strlen(tmp);
+  PAD_RIGHT(p);
+
+  /* prefix '0x' for pointers */
+  PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+  PUT_CHAR('x', p);
+
+  while (*tmp)
+    {
+      PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);
+      tmp++;
+    }
+  PAD_LEFT(p);
+}
+
+/* %s strings */
+static void
+strings(p, tmp)
+     struct DATA *p;
+     char *tmp;
+{
+  size_t len;
+
+  len = strlen(tmp);
+  if (p->precision != NOT_FOUND) /* the smallest number */
+    len = (len < p->precision ? len : p->precision);
+  p->width -= len;
+
+  PUT_STRING (tmp, len, p);
+}
+
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+/* %ls wide-character strings */
+static void
+wstrings(p, tmp)
+     struct DATA *p;
+     wchar_t *tmp;
+{
+  size_t len;
+  mbstate_t mbs;
+  char *os;
+  const wchar_t *ws;
+
+  memset (&mbs, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  ws = (const wchar_t *)tmp;
+
+  os = (char *)NULL;
+  if (p->precision != NOT_FOUND)
+    {
+      os = (char *)xmalloc (p->precision + 1);
+      len = wcsrtombs (os, &ws, p->precision, &mbs);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      len = wcsrtombs (NULL, &ws, 0, &mbs);
+      if (len != (size_t)-1)
+        {
+	  memset (&mbs, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	  os = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1);
+	  (void)wcsrtombs (os, &ws, len + 1, &mbs);
+        }
+    }
+  if (len == (size_t)-1)
+    {
+      /* invalid multibyte sequence; bail now. */
+      FREE (os);      
+      return;
+    }
+
+  p->width -= len;
+  PUT_STRING (os, len, p);
+  free (os);
+}
+
+static void
+wchars (p, wc)
+     struct DATA *p;
+     wint_t wc;
+{
+  char *lbuf, *l;
+  mbstate_t mbs;
+  size_t len;
+
+  lbuf = (char *)malloc (MB_CUR_MAX+1);
+  if (lbuf == 0)
+    return;
+  memset (&mbs, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  len = wcrtomb (lbuf, wc, &mbs);
+  if (len == (size_t)-1)
+    /* conversion failed; bail now. */
+    return;
+  p->width -= len;
+  l = lbuf;
+  PUT_STRING (l, len, p);
+  free (lbuf);
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ISINF_IN_LIBC
+/* Half-assed versions, since we don't want to link with libm. */
+static int
+isinf(d)
+     double d;
+{
+#ifdef DBL_MAX
+  if (d < DBL_MIN)
+    return -1;
+  else if (d > DBL_MAX)
+    return 1;
+  else
+#endif
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+isnan(d)
+     double d;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Check for [+-]infinity and NaN.  If MODE == 1, we check for Infinity, else
+   (mode == 2) we check for NaN.  This does the necessary printing.  Returns
+   1 if Inf or Nan, 0 if not. */
+static int
+chkinfnan(p, d, mode)
+     struct DATA *p;
+     double d;
+     int mode;		/* == 1 for inf, == 2 for nan */
+{
+  int i;
+  char *tmp;
+  char *big, *small;
+
+  i = (mode == 1) ? isinf(d) : isnan(d);
+  if (i == 0)
+    return 0;
+  big = (mode == 1) ? "INF" : "NAN";
+  small = (mode == 1) ? "inf" : "nan";
+
+  tmp = (*p->pf == 'F' || *p->pf == 'G' || *p->pf == 'E') ? big : small;
+
+  if (i < 0)
+    PUT_CHAR('-', p);
+
+  while (*tmp)
+    {
+      PUT_CHAR (*tmp, p);
+      tmp++;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* %f %F %g %G floating point representation */
+static void
+floating(p, d)
+     struct DATA *p;
+     double d;
+{
+  char *tmp, *tmp2, *t;
+  int i;
+
+  if (d != 0 && (chkinfnan(p, d, 1) || chkinfnan(p, d, 2)))
+    return;	/* already printed nan or inf */
+
+  GETLOCALEDATA(decpoint, thoussep, grouping);
+  DEF_PREC(p);
+  d = ROUND(d, p);
+  tmp = dtoa(d, p->precision, &tmp2);
+  t = 0;
+  if ((p->flags & PF_THOUSANDS) && grouping && (t = groupnum (tmp)))
+    tmp = t;
+
+  /* calculate the padding. 1 for the dot */
+  p->width = p->width -
+	    ((d > 0. && p->justify == RIGHT) ? 1:0) -
+	    ((p->flags & PF_SPACE) ? 1:0) -
+	    strlen(tmp) - p->precision - 1;
+  PAD_RIGHT(p);  
+  PUT_PLUS(d, p, 0.);
+  PUT_SPACE(d, p, 0.);
+
+  while (*tmp)
+    {
+      PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);	/* the integral */
+      tmp++;
+    }
+  FREE (t);
+
+  if (p->precision != 0 || (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM))
+    PUT_CHAR(decpoint, p);  /* put the '.' */
+
+  if ((*p->pf == 'g' || *p->pf == 'G') && (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM) == 0)
+    /* smash the trailing zeros unless altform */
+    for (i = strlen(tmp2) - 1; i >= 0 && tmp2[i] == '0'; i--)
+      tmp2[i] = '\0'; 
+
+  for (; *tmp2; tmp2++)
+    PUT_CHAR(*tmp2, p); /* the fraction */
+  
+  PAD_LEFT(p);
+} 
+
+/* %e %E %g %G exponent representation */
+static void
+exponent(p, d)
+     struct DATA *p;
+     double d;
+{
+  char *tmp, *tmp2;
+  int j, i;
+
+  if (chkinfnan(p, d, 1) || chkinfnan(p, d, 2))
+    return;	/* already printed nan or inf */
+
+  GETLOCALEDATA(decpoint, thoussep, grouping);
+  DEF_PREC(p);
+  j = log_10(d);
+  d = d / pow_10(j);  /* get the Mantissa */
+  d = ROUND(d, p);		  
+  tmp = dtoa(d, p->precision, &tmp2);
+
+  /* 1 for unit, 1 for the '.', 1 for 'e|E',
+   * 1 for '+|-', 2 for 'exp' */
+  /* calculate how much padding need */
+  p->width = p->width - 
+	     ((d > 0. && p->justify == RIGHT) ? 1:0) -
+	     ((p->flags & PF_SPACE) ? 1:0) - p->precision - 6;
+
+  PAD_RIGHT(p);
+  PUT_PLUS(d, p, 0.);
+  PUT_SPACE(d, p, 0.);
+
+  while (*tmp)
+    {
+      PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);
+      tmp++;
+    }
+
+  if (p->precision != 0 || (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM))
+      PUT_CHAR(decpoint, p);  /* the '.' */
+
+  if ((*p->pf == 'g' || *p->pf == 'G') && (p->flags & PF_ALTFORM) == 0)
+    /* smash the trailing zeros unless altform */
+    for (i = strlen(tmp2) - 1; i >= 0 && tmp2[i] == '0'; i--)
+      tmp2[i] = '\0'; 
+
+  for (; *tmp2; tmp2++)
+    PUT_CHAR(*tmp2, p); /* the fraction */
+
+  /* the exponent put the 'e|E' */
+  if (*p->pf == 'g' || *p->pf == 'e')
+    PUT_CHAR('e', p);
+  else
+    PUT_CHAR('E', p);
+
+  /* the sign of the exp */
+  if (j >= 0)
+    PUT_CHAR('+', p);
+  else
+    {
+      PUT_CHAR('-', p);
+      j = -j;
+    }
+
+   tmp = itoa(j);
+   /* pad out to at least two spaces.  pad with `0' if the exponent is a
+      single digit. */
+   if (j <= 9)
+     PUT_CHAR('0', p);
+
+   /* the exponent */
+   while (*tmp)
+     {
+       PUT_CHAR(*tmp, p);
+       tmp++;
+     }
+   PAD_LEFT(p);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return a new string with the digits in S grouped according to the locale's
+   grouping info and thousands separator.  If no grouping should be performed,
+   this returns NULL; the caller needs to check for it. */
+static char *
+groupnum (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  char *se, *ret, *re, *g;
+  int len, slen;
+
+  if (grouping == 0 || *grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+
+  /* find min grouping to size returned string */
+  for (len = *grouping, g = grouping; *g; g++)
+      if (*g > 0 && *g < len)
+	len = *g;
+
+  slen = strlen (s);
+  len = slen / len + 1;
+  ret = (char *)xmalloc (slen + len + 1);
+  re = ret + slen + len;
+  *re = '\0';
+
+  g = grouping;
+  se = s + slen;
+  len = *g;
+
+  while (se > s)
+    {
+      *--re = *--se;
+
+      /* handle `-' inserted by numtoa() and the fmtu* family here. */
+      if (se > s && se[-1] == '-')
+	continue;
+
+      /* begin new group. */
+      if (--len == 0 && se > s)
+	{
+	  *--re = thoussep;
+	  len = *++g;		/* was g++, but that uses first char twice (glibc bug, too) */
+	  if (*g == '\0')
+	    len = *--g;		/* use previous grouping */
+	  else if (*g == CHAR_MAX)
+	    {
+	      do
+	        *--re = *--se;
+	      while (se > s);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (re > ret)
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMMOVE
+    memmove (ret, re, strlen (re) + 1);
+#else
+    strcpy (ret, re);
+#endif
+   
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* initialize the conversion specifiers */
+static void
+init_conv_flag (p)
+     struct DATA *p;
+{
+  p->flags &= PF_ALLOCBUF;		/* preserve PF_ALLOCBUF flag */
+  p->precision = p->width = NOT_FOUND;
+  p->justify = NOT_FOUND;
+  p->pad = ' ';
+}
+
+static void
+init_data (p, string, length, format, mode)
+     struct DATA *p;
+     char *string;
+     size_t length;
+     const char *format;
+     int mode;
+{
+  p->length = length - 1; /* leave room for '\0' */
+  p->holder = p->base = string;
+  p->pf = format;
+  p->counter = 0;
+  p->flags = (mode == PFM_AS) ? PF_ALLOCBUF : 0;
+}
+
+static int
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+vsnprintf_internal(struct DATA *data, char *string, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
+#else
+vsnprintf_internal(data, string, length, format, args)
+     struct DATA *data;
+     char *string;
+     size_t length;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list args;
+#endif
+{
+  double d; /* temporary holder */
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+  long double ld;	/* for later */
+#endif
+  unsigned long ul;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+  unsigned long long ull;
+#endif
+  int state, i, c, n;
+  char *s;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+  wchar_t *ws;
+  wint_t wc;
+#endif
+  const char *convstart;
+  int negprec;
+
+  /* Sanity check, the string length must be >= 0.  C99 actually says that
+     LENGTH can be zero here, in the case of snprintf/vsnprintf (it's never
+     0 in the case of asprintf/vasprintf), and the return value is the number
+     of characters that would have been written. */
+  if (length < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (format == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Reset these for each call because the locale might have changed. */
+  decpoint = thoussep = 0;
+  grouping = 0;
+
+  negprec = 0;
+  for (; c = *(data->pf); data->pf++)
+    {
+      if (c != '%')
+	{
+	  PUT_CHAR (c, data);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      convstart = data->pf;
+      init_conv_flag (data); /* initialise format flags */
+
+      state = 1;
+      for (state = 1; state && *data->pf; )
+	{
+	  c = *(++data->pf);
+	      /* fmtend = data->pf */
+#if defined (FLOATING_POINT) && defined (HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE)
+	  if (data->flags & PF_LONGDBL)
+	    {
+	      switch (c)
+		{
+		case 'f': case 'F':
+		case 'e': case 'E':
+		case 'g': case 'G':
+#  ifdef HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT
+		case 'a': case 'A':
+#  endif
+		  STAR_ARGS (data);
+		  ld = GETLDOUBLE (data);
+		  ldfallback (data, convstart, data->pf, ld);
+		  goto conv_break;
+		}
+	    }
+#endif /* FLOATING_POINT && HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE */
+
+	  switch (c)
+	    {
+	      /* Parse format flags */
+	      case '\0': /* a NULL here ? ? bail out */
+		*data->holder = '\0';
+		return data->counter;
+		break;
+	      case '#':
+		data->flags |= PF_ALTFORM;
+		continue;
+	      case '0':
+		data->flags |= PF_ZEROPAD;
+		data->pad = '0';
+		continue;
+	      case '*':
+		if (data->flags & PF_DOT)
+		  data->flags |= PF_STAR_P;
+		else
+		  data->flags |= PF_STAR_W;
+		continue;
+	      case '-':
+		if ((data->flags & PF_DOT) == 0)
+		  {
+		    data->flags |= PF_LADJUST;
+		    data->justify = LEFT;
+		  }
+		else
+		  negprec = 1;
+		continue;
+	      case ' ':
+		if ((data->flags & PF_PLUS) == 0)
+		  data->flags |= PF_SPACE;
+		continue;
+	      case '+':
+		if ((data->flags & PF_DOT) == 0)
+		  {
+		    data->flags |= PF_PLUS;
+		    data->justify = RIGHT;
+		  }
+		continue;
+	      case '\'':
+		data->flags |= PF_THOUSANDS;
+		continue;
+
+	      case '1': case '2': case '3':
+	      case '4': case '5': case '6':
+	      case '7': case '8': case '9':
+		n = 0;
+		do
+		  {
+		    n = n * 10 + TODIGIT(c);
+		    c = *(++data->pf);
+		  }
+		while (DIGIT(c));
+		data->pf--;		/* went too far */
+		if (n < 0)
+		  n = 0;
+		if (data->flags & PF_DOT)
+		  data->precision = negprec ? NOT_FOUND : n;
+		else
+		  data->width = n;
+		continue;
+
+	      /* optional precision */
+	      case '.':
+		data->flags |= PF_DOT;
+		data->precision = 0;
+		continue;
+
+	      /* length modifiers */
+	      case 'h':
+		data->flags |= (data->flags & PF_SHORTINT) ? PF_SIGNEDCHAR : PF_SHORTINT;
+		continue;
+	      case 'l':
+		data->flags |= (data->flags & PF_LONGINT) ? PF_LONGLONG : PF_LONGINT;
+		continue;
+	      case 'L':
+		data->flags |= PF_LONGDBL;
+		continue;
+	      case 'q':
+		data->flags |= PF_LONGLONG;
+		continue;
+	      case 'j':
+		data->flags |= PF_INTMAX_T;
+		SET_SIZE_FLAGS(data, intmax_t);
+		continue;
+	      case 'z':
+		data->flags |= PF_SIZE_T;
+		SET_SIZE_FLAGS(data, size_t);
+		continue;
+	      case 't':
+		data->flags |= PF_PTRDIFF_T;
+		SET_SIZE_FLAGS(data, ptrdiff_t);
+		continue;
+		
+	      /* Conversion specifiers */
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+	      case 'f':  /* float, double */
+	      case 'F':
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+		d = GETDOUBLE(data);
+		floating(data, d);
+conv_break:		
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+	      case 'g': 
+	      case 'G':
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+		DEF_PREC(data);
+		d = GETDOUBLE(data);
+		i = log_10(d);
+		/*
+		 * for '%g|%G' ANSI: use f if exponent
+		 * is in the range or [-4,p] exclusively
+		 * else use %e|%E
+		 */
+		if (-4 < i && i < data->precision)
+		  {
+		    /* reset precision */
+		    data->precision -= i + 1;
+		    floating(data, d);
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    /* reduce precision by 1 because of leading digit before
+		       decimal point in e format. */
+		    data->precision--;
+		    exponent(data, d);
+		  }
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+	      case 'e':
+	      case 'E':  /* Exponent double */
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+		d = GETDOUBLE(data);
+		exponent(data, d);
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+#  ifdef HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT
+	      case 'a':
+	      case 'A':
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+		d = GETDOUBLE(data);
+		dfallback(data, convstart, data->pf, d);
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+#  endif /* HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT */
+#endif /* FLOATING_POINT */
+	      case 'U':
+		data->flags |= PF_LONGINT;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	      case 'u':
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+		if (data->flags & PF_LONGLONG)
+		  {
+		    ull = GETARG (unsigned long long);
+		    lnumber(data, ull, 10);
+		  }
+		else
+#endif
+		  {
+		    ul = GETUNSIGNED(data);
+		    number(data, ul, 10);
+		  }
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+	      case 'D':
+		data->flags |= PF_LONGINT;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	      case 'd':  /* decimal */
+	      case 'i':
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+		if (data->flags & PF_LONGLONG)
+		  {
+		    ull = GETARG (long long);
+		    lnumber(data, ull, 10);
+		  }
+		else
+#endif
+		  {
+		    ul = GETSIGNED(data);
+		    number(data, ul, 10);
+		  }
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+	      case 'o':  /* octal */
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+		if (data->flags & PF_LONGLONG)
+		  {
+		    ull = GETARG (unsigned long long);
+		    lnumber(data, ull, 8);
+		  }
+		else
+#endif
+		  {
+		    ul = GETUNSIGNED(data);
+		    number(data, ul, 8);
+		  }
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+	      case 'x': 
+	      case 'X':  /* hexadecimal */
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+		if (data->flags & PF_LONGLONG)
+		  {
+		    ull = GETARG (unsigned long long);
+		    lnumber(data, ull, 16);
+		  }
+		else
+#endif
+		  {
+		    ul = GETUNSIGNED(data);
+		    number(data, ul, 16);
+		  }
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+	      case 'p':
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+		ul = (unsigned long)GETARG (void *);
+		pointer(data, ul);
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+	      case 'C':
+		data->flags |= PF_LONGINT;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#endif
+	      case 'c': /* character */
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+		if (data->flags & PF_LONGINT)
+		  {
+		    wc = GETARG (wint_t);
+		    wchars (data, wc);
+		  }
+		else
+#endif
+		  {		
+		    ul = GETARG (int);
+		    PUT_CHAR(ul, data);
+		  }
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+	      case 'S':
+		data->flags |= PF_LONGINT;
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#endif
+	      case 's':  /* string */
+		STAR_ARGS(data);
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+		if (data->flags & PF_LONGINT)
+		  {
+		    ws = GETARG (wchar_t *);
+		    wstrings (data, ws);
+		  }
+		else
+#endif
+		  {
+		    s = GETARG (char *);
+		    strings(data, s);
+		  }
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+	      case 'n':
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+		if (data->flags & PF_LONGLONG)
+		  *(GETARG (long long *)) = data->counter;
+		else
+#endif
+		if (data->flags & PF_LONGINT)
+		  *(GETARG (long *)) = data->counter;
+		else if (data->flags & PF_SHORTINT)
+		  *(GETARG (short *)) = data->counter;
+		else
+		  *(GETARG (int *)) = data->counter;
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+	      case '%':  /* nothing just % */
+		PUT_CHAR('%', data);
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+  	      default:
+		/* is this an error ? maybe bail out */
+		state = 0;
+		break;
+	} /* end switch */
+      } /* end of `%' for loop */
+    } /* end of format string for loop */
+
+  if (data->length >= 0)
+    *data->holder = '\0'; /* the end ye ! */
+
+  return data->counter;
+}
+
+#if defined (FLOATING_POINT) && defined (HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE)
+/*
+ * Printing floating point numbers accurately is an art.  I'm not good
+ * at it.  Fall back to sprintf for long double formats.
+ */
+static void
+ldfallback (data, fs, fe, ld)
+     struct DATA *data;
+     const char *fs, *fe;
+     long double ld;
+{
+  register char *x;
+  char fmtbuf[FALLBACK_FMTSIZE], *obuf;
+  int fl;
+
+  fl = LFALLBACK_BASE + (data->precision < 6 ? 6 : data->precision) + 2;
+  obuf = (char *)xmalloc (fl);
+  fl = fe - fs + 1;
+  strncpy (fmtbuf, fs, fl);
+  fmtbuf[fl] = '\0';
+
+  if ((data->flags & PF_STAR_W) && (data->flags & PF_STAR_P))
+    sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->width, data->precision, ld);
+  else if (data->flags & PF_STAR_W)
+    sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->width, ld);
+  else if (data->flags & PF_STAR_P)
+    sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->precision, ld);
+  else
+    sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, ld);
+
+  for (x = obuf; *x; x++)
+    PUT_CHAR (*x, data);    
+  xfree (obuf);
+}
+#endif /* FLOATING_POINT && HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE */
+
+#ifdef FLOATING_POINT
+/* Used for %a, %A if the libc printf supports them. */
+static void
+dfallback (data, fs, fe, d)
+     struct DATA *data;
+     const char *fs, *fe;
+     double d;
+{
+  register char *x;
+  char fmtbuf[FALLBACK_FMTSIZE], obuf[FALLBACK_BASE];
+  int fl;
+
+  fl = fe - fs + 1;
+  strncpy (fmtbuf, fs, fl);
+  fmtbuf[fl] = '\0';
+
+  if ((data->flags & PF_STAR_W) && (data->flags & PF_STAR_P))
+    sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->width, data->precision, d);
+  else if (data->flags & PF_STAR_W)
+    sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->width, d);
+  else if (data->flags & PF_STAR_P)
+    sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, data->precision, d);
+  else
+    sprintf (obuf, fmtbuf, d);
+
+  for (x = obuf; *x; x++)
+    PUT_CHAR (*x, data);    
+}
+#endif /* FLOATING_POINT */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_SNPRINTF
+
+int
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+vsnprintf(char *string, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
+#else
+vsnprintf(string, length, format, args)
+     char *string;
+     size_t length;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list args;
+#endif
+{
+  struct DATA data;
+
+  if (string == 0 && length != 0)
+    return 0;
+  init_data (&data, string, length, format, PFM_SN);
+  return (vsnprintf_internal(&data, string, length, format, args));
+}
+
+int
+#if defined(PREFER_STDARG)
+snprintf(char *string, size_t length, const char * format, ...)
+#else
+snprintf(string, length, format, va_alist)
+     char *string;
+     size_t length;
+     const char *format;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  struct DATA data;
+  int rval;
+  va_list args;
+
+  SH_VA_START(args, format);
+
+  if (string == 0 && length != 0)
+    return 0;
+  init_data (&data, string, length, format, PFM_SN);
+  rval = vsnprintf_internal (&data, string, length, format, args);
+
+  va_end(args);
+
+  return rval;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_SNPRINTF */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+
+int
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+vasprintf(char **stringp, const char *format, va_list args)
+#else
+vasprintf(stringp, format, args)
+     char **stringp;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list args;
+#endif
+{
+  struct DATA data;
+  char *string;
+  int r;
+
+  string = (char *)xmalloc(ASBUFSIZE);
+  init_data (&data, string, ASBUFSIZE, format, PFM_AS);
+  r = vsnprintf_internal(&data, string, ASBUFSIZE, format, args);
+  *stringp = data.base;		/* not string in case reallocated */
+  return r;
+}
+
+int
+#if defined(PREFER_STDARG)
+asprintf(char **stringp, const char * format, ...)
+#else
+asprintf(stringp, format, va_alist)
+     char **stringp;
+     const char *format;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  int rval;
+  va_list args;
+
+  SH_VA_START(args, format);
+
+  rval = vasprintf (stringp, format, args);
+
+  va_end(args);
+
+  return rval;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DRIVER
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort ()
+{
+  write (2, "out of virtual memory\n", 22);
+  abort ();
+}
+
+static void *
+xmalloc(bytes)
+     size_t bytes;
+{
+  void *ret;
+
+  ret = malloc(bytes);
+  if (ret == 0)
+    memory_error_and_abort ();
+  return ret;
+}
+
+static void *
+xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
+     void *pointer;
+     size_t bytes;
+{
+  void *ret;
+
+  ret = pointer ? realloc(pointer, bytes) : malloc(bytes);
+  if (ret == 0)
+    memory_error_and_abort ();
+  return ret;
+}
+
+static void
+xfree(x)
+     void *x;
+{
+  if (x)
+    free (x);
+}
+
+/* set of small tests for snprintf() */
+main()
+{
+  char holder[100];
+  char *h;
+  int i, si, ai;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+  setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+  si = snprintf((char *)NULL, 0, "abcde\n");
+  printf("snprintf returns %d with NULL first argument and size of 0\n", si);
+  si = snprintf(holder, 0, "abcde\n");
+  printf("snprintf returns %d with non-NULL first argument and size of 0\n", si);
+  si = snprintf((char *)NULL, 16, "abcde\n");
+  printf("snprintf returns %d with NULL first argument and non-zero size\n", si);
+  
+/*
+  printf("Suite of test for snprintf:\n");
+  printf("a_format\n");
+  printf("printf() format\n");
+  printf("snprintf() format\n\n");
+*/
+/* Checking the field widths */
+
+  printf("/%%ld %%ld/, 336, 336\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%ld %ld/\n", 336, 336);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%ld %ld/\n", 336, 336);
+  printf("/%ld %ld/\n", 336, 336);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%d/, 336\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%d/\n", 336);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%d/\n", 336);
+  printf("/%d/\n", 336);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%2d/, 336\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%2d/\n", 336);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%2d/\n", 336);
+  printf("/%2d/\n", 336);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%10d/, 336\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%10d/\n", 336);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%10d/\n", 336);
+  printf("/%10d/\n", 336);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%-10d/, 336\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%-10d/\n", 336);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%-10d/\n", 336);
+  printf("/%-10d/\n", 336);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+
+/* floating points */
+
+  printf("/%%f/, 1234.56\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%f/\n", 1234.56);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("/%f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%e/, 1234.56\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%e/\n", 1234.56);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%e/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("/%e/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%4.2f/, 1234.56\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("/%4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%3.1f/, 1234.56\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%3.1f/\n", 1234.56);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%3.1f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("/%3.1f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%10.3f/, 1234.56\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%10.3f/\n", 1234.56);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%10.3f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("/%10.3f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%10.3e/, 1234.56\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%10.3e/\n", 1234.56);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%10.3e/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("/%10.3e/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%+4.2f/, 1234.56\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%+4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%+4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("/%+4.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%010.2f/, 1234.56\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%010.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%010.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("/%010.2f/\n", 1234.56);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+#define BLURB "Outstanding acting !"
+/* strings precisions */
+
+  printf("/%%2s/, \"%s\"\n", BLURB);
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%2s/\n", BLURB);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%2s/\n", BLURB);
+  printf("/%2s/\n", BLURB);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%22s/ %s\n", BLURB);
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%22s/\n", BLURB);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%22s/\n", BLURB);
+  printf("/%22s/\n", BLURB);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%22.5s/ %s\n", BLURB);
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+  printf("/%22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%-22.5s/ %s\n", BLURB);
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%-22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%-22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+  printf("/%-22.5s/\n", BLURB);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+/* see some flags */
+
+  printf("%%x %%X %%#x, 31, 31, 31\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "%x %X %#x\n", 31, 31, 31);
+  asprintf(&h, "%x %X %#x\n", 31, 31, 31);
+  printf("%x %X %#x\n", 31, 31, 31);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("**%%d**%% d**%% d**, 42, 42, -42\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "**%d**% d**% d**\n", 42, 42, -42);
+  asprintf(&h, "**%d**% d**% d**\n", 42, 42, -42);
+  printf("**%d**% d**% d**\n", 42, 42, -42);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+/* other flags */
+
+  printf("/%%g/, 31.4\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%g/\n", 31.4);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%g/\n", 31.4);
+  printf("/%g/\n", 31.4);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%.6g/, 31.4\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%.6g/\n", 31.4);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%.6g/\n", 31.4);
+  printf("/%.6g/\n", 31.4);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%.1G/, 31.4\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%.1G/\n", 31.4);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%.1G/\n", 31.4);
+  printf("/%.1G/\n", 31.4);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%.1G/, 3100000000.4\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%.1G/\n", 3100000000.4);  
+  asprintf(&h, "/%.1G/\n", 3100000000.4);  
+  printf("/%.1G/\n", 3100000000.4); 
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("abc%%n\n");
+  printf("abc%n", &i); printf("%d\n", i);
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "abc%n", &i);
+  printf("%s", holder); printf("%d\n\n", i);
+  asprintf(&h, "abc%n", &i);
+  printf("%s", h); printf("%d\n\n", i);
+  
+  printf("%%*.*s --> 10.10\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "%*.*s\n", 10, 10, BLURB);
+  asprintf(&h, "%*.*s\n", 10, 10, BLURB);
+  printf("%*.*s\n", 10, 10, BLURB);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("%%%%%%%%\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "%%%%\n");
+  asprintf(&h, "%%%%\n");
+  printf("%%%%\n");
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+#define BIG "Hello this is a too big string for the buffer"
+/*  printf("A buffer to small of 10, trying to put this:\n");*/
+  printf("<%%>, %s\n", BIG); 
+  i = snprintf(holder, 10, "%s\n", BIG);
+  i = asprintf(&h, "%s", BIG);
+  printf("<%s>\n", BIG);
+  printf("<%s>\n", holder);
+  printf("<%s>\n\n", h);
+
+  printf ("<%%p> vsnprintf\n");
+  i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%p", vsnprintf);
+  i = asprintf(&h, "%p", vsnprintf);
+  printf("<%p>\n", vsnprintf);
+  printf("<%s>\n", holder);  
+  printf("<%s>\n\n", h);
+
+  printf ("<%%lu> LONG_MAX+1\n");
+  i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%lu", (unsigned long)(LONG_MAX)+1);
+  i = asprintf(&h, "%lu", (unsigned long)(LONG_MAX)+1);
+  printf("<%lu>\n", (unsigned long)(LONG_MAX)+1);
+  printf("<%s>\n", holder);
+  printf("<%s>\n\n", h);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+  printf ("<%%llu> LLONG_MAX+1\n");
+  i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%llu", (unsigned long long)(LLONG_MAX)+1);
+  i = asprintf(&h, "%llu", (unsigned long long)(LLONG_MAX)+1);
+  printf("<%llu>\n", (unsigned long long)(LLONG_MAX)+1);
+  printf("<%s>\n", holder);
+  printf("<%s>\n\n", h);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+  printf ("<%%6.2LE> 42.42\n");
+  i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%6.2LE", (long double)42.42);
+  i = asprintf(&h, "%6.2LE", (long double)42.42);
+  printf ("<%6.2LE>\n", (long double)42.42);
+  printf ("<%s>\n", holder);
+  printf ("<%s>\n\n", h);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_PRINTF_A_FORMAT
+  printf ("<%%6.2A> 42.42\n");
+  i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%6.2A", 42.42);
+  i = asprintf(&h, "%6.2A", 42.42);
+  printf ("<%6.2A>\n", 42.42);
+  printf ("<%s>\n", holder);
+  printf ("<%s>\n\n", h);
+
+  printf ("<%%6.2LA> 42.42\n");
+  i = snprintf(holder, 100, "%6.2LA", (long double)42.42);
+  i = asprintf(&h, "%6.2LA", (long double)42.42);
+  printf ("<%6.2LA>\n", (long double)42.42);
+  printf ("<%s>\n", holder);
+  printf ("<%s>\n\n", h);
+#endif
+
+  printf ("<%%.10240f> DBL_MAX\n");
+  si = snprintf(holder, 100, "%.10240f", DBL_MAX);
+  ai = asprintf(&h, "%.10240f", DBL_MAX);
+  printf ("<%.10240f>\n", DBL_MAX);
+  printf ("<%d> <%s>\n", si, holder);
+  printf ("<%d> <%s>\n\n", ai, h);
+
+  printf ("<%%.10240Lf> LDBL_MAX\n");
+  si = snprintf(holder, 100, "%.10240Lf", (long double)LDBL_MAX);
+  ai = asprintf(&h, "%.10240Lf", (long double)LDBL_MAX);
+  printf ("<%.10240Lf>\n", (long double)LDBL_MAX);
+  printf ("<%d> <%s>\n", si, holder);
+  printf ("<%d> <%s>\n\n", ai, h);
+
+  /* huh? */
+  printf("/%%g/, 421.2345\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%g/\n", 421.2345);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%g/\n", 421.2345);
+  printf("/%g/\n", 421.2345);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%g/, 4214.2345\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%g/\n", 4214.2345);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%g/\n", 4214.2345);
+  printf("/%g/\n", 4214.2345);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%.5g/, 4214.2345\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%.5g/\n", 4214.2345);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%.5g/\n", 4214.2345);
+  printf("/%.5g/\n", 4214.2345);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%.4g/, 4214.2345\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%.4g/\n", 4214.2345);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%.4g/\n", 4214.2345);
+  printf("/%.4g/\n", 4214.2345);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%'ld %%'ld/, 12345, 1234567\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", 12345, 1234567);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", 12345, 1234567);
+  printf("/%'ld %'ld/\n", 12345, 1234567);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%'ld %%'ld/, 336, 3336\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", 336, 3336);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", 336, 3336);
+  printf("/%'ld %'ld/\n", 336, 3336);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%'ld %%'ld/, -42786, -142786\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", -42786, -142786);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%'ld %'ld/\n", -42786, -142786);
+  printf("/%'ld %'ld/\n", -42786, -142786);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%'f %%'f/, 421.2345, 421234.56789\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'f %'f/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%'f %'f/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+  printf("/%'f %'f/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%'f %%'f/, -421.2345, -421234.56789\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'f %'f/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%'f %'f/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+  printf("/%'f %'f/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%'g %%'g/, 421.2345, 421234.56789\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'g %'g/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%'g %'g/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+  printf("/%'g %'g/\n", 421.2345, 421234.56789);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  printf("/%%'g %%'g/, -421.2345, -421234.56789\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'g %'g/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%'g %'g/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+  printf("/%'g %'g/\n", -421.2345, -421234.56789);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+#endif
+
+  printf("/%%'g/, 4213455.8392\n");
+  snprintf(holder, sizeof holder, "/%'g/\n", 4213455.8392);
+  asprintf(&h, "/%'g/\n", 4213455.8392);
+  printf("/%'g/\n", 4213455.8392);
+  printf("%s", holder);
+  printf("%s\n", h);
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/spell.c b/lib/sh/spell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cff20b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/spell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/* spell.c -- spelling correction for pathnames. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifdef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <posixdir.h>
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#ifndef _MINIX
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <maxpath.h>
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+static int mindist __P((char *, char *, char *));
+static int spdist __P((char *, char *));
+
+/*
+ * `spname' and its helpers are inspired by the code in "The UNIX
+ * Programming Environment", Kernighan & Pike, Prentice-Hall 1984,
+ * pages 209 - 213.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *	`spname' -- return a correctly spelled filename
+ *
+ *	int spname(char * oldname, char * newname)
+ *	Returns:  -1 if no reasonable match found
+ *		   0 if exact match found
+ *		   1 if corrected
+ *	Stores corrected name in `newname'.
+ */
+int
+spname(oldname, newname)
+     char *oldname;
+     char *newname;
+{
+  char *op, *np, *p;
+  char guess[PATH_MAX + 1], best[PATH_MAX + 1];
+
+  op = oldname;
+  np = newname;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      while (*op == '/')    /* Skip slashes */
+	*np++ = *op++;
+      *np = '\0';
+
+      if (*op == '\0')    /* Exact or corrected */
+	{
+	  /* `.' is rarely the right thing. */
+	  if (oldname[1] == '\0' && newname[1] == '\0' &&
+		oldname[0] != '.' && newname[0] == '.')
+	    return -1;
+	  return strcmp(oldname, newname) != 0;
+	}
+
+      /* Copy next component into guess */
+      for (p = guess; *op != '/' && *op != '\0'; op++)
+	if (p < guess + PATH_MAX)
+	  *p++ = *op;
+      *p = '\0';
+
+      if (mindist(newname, guess, best) >= 3)
+	return -1;  /* Hopeless */
+
+      /*
+       *  Add to end of newname
+       */
+      for (p = best; *np = *p++; np++)
+	;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  Search directory for a guess
+ */
+static int
+mindist(dir, guess, best)
+     char *dir;
+     char *guess;
+     char *best;
+{
+  DIR *fd;
+  struct dirent *dp;
+  int dist, x;
+
+  dist = 3;    /* Worst distance */
+  if (*dir == '\0')
+    dir = ".";
+
+  if ((fd = opendir(dir)) == NULL)
+    return dist;
+
+  while ((dp = readdir(fd)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /*
+       *  Look for a better guess.  If the new guess is as
+       *  good as the current one, we take it.  This way,
+       *  any single character match will be a better match
+       *  than ".".
+       */
+      x = spdist(dp->d_name, guess);
+      if (x <= dist && x != 3)
+	{
+	  strcpy(best, dp->d_name);
+	  dist = x;
+	  if (dist == 0)    /* Exact match */
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+  (void)closedir(fd);
+
+  /* Don't return `.' */
+  if (best[0] == '.' && best[1] == '\0')
+    dist = 3;
+  return dist;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  `spdist' -- return the "distance" between two names.
+ *
+ *  int spname(char * oldname, char * newname)
+ *  Returns:  0 if strings are identical
+ *      1 if two characters are transposed
+ *      2 if one character is wrong, added or deleted
+ *      3 otherwise
+ */
+static int
+spdist(cur, new)
+     char *cur, *new;
+{
+  while (*cur == *new)
+    {
+      if (*cur == '\0')
+	return 0;    /* Exact match */
+      cur++;
+      new++;
+    }
+
+  if (*cur)
+    {
+      if (*new)
+	{
+	  if (cur[1] && new[1] && cur[0] == new[1] && cur[1] == new[0] && strcmp (cur + 2, new + 2) == 0)
+	    return 1;  /* Transposition */
+
+	  if (strcmp (cur + 1, new + 1) == 0)
+	    return 2;  /* One character mismatch */
+	}
+
+      if (strcmp(&cur[1], &new[0]) == 0)
+	return 2;    /* Extra character */
+    }
+
+  if (*new && strcmp(cur, new + 1) == 0)
+    return 2;      /* Missing character */
+
+  return 3;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/strcasecmp.c b/lib/sh/strcasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33d925b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* strcasecmp.c - functions for case-insensitive string comparison. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA */
+   
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP)
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+/* Compare at most COUNT characters from string1 to string2.  Case
+   doesn't matter. */
+int
+strncasecmp (string1, string2, count)
+     const char *string1;
+     const char *string2;
+     int count;
+{
+  register const char *s1;
+  register const char *s2;
+  register int r;
+
+  if (count <= 0 || (string1 == string2))
+    return 0;
+
+  s1 = string1;
+  s2 = string2;
+  do
+    {
+      if ((r = TOLOWER ((unsigned char) *s1) - TOLOWER ((unsigned char) *s2)) != 0)
+	return r;
+      if (*s1++ == '\0')
+	break;
+      s2++;
+    }
+  while (--count != 0);
+
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* strcmp (), but caseless. */
+int
+strcasecmp (string1, string2)
+     const char *string1;
+     const char *string2;
+{
+  register const char *s1;
+  register const char *s2;
+  register int r;
+
+  s1 = string1;
+  s2 = string2;
+
+  if (s1 == s2)
+    return (0);
+
+  while ((r = TOLOWER ((unsigned char)*s1) - TOLOWER ((unsigned char)*s2)) == 0)
+    {
+      if (*s1++ == '\0')
+	return 0;
+      s2++;
+    }
+
+  return (r);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRCASECMP */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strerror.c b/lib/sh/strerror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4990aa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strerror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* strerror.c - string corresponding to a particular value of errno. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA */
+   
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR)
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#ifndef _MINIX
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <shell.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* Return a string corresponding to the error number E.  From
+   the ANSI C spec. */
+#if defined (strerror)
+#  undef strerror
+#endif
+
+static char *errbase = "Unknown system error ";
+
+char *
+strerror (e)
+     int e;
+{
+  static char emsg[40];
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST)
+  extern int sys_nerr;
+  extern char *sys_errlist[];
+
+  if (e > 0 && e < sys_nerr)
+    return (sys_errlist[e]);
+  else
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST */
+    {
+      char *z;
+
+      z = itos (e);
+      strcpy (emsg, errbase);
+      strcat (emsg, z);
+      free (z);
+      return (&emsg[0]);
+    }
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strftime.c b/lib/sh/strftime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0783d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strftime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,874 @@
+/*
+ * Modified slightly by Chet Ramey for inclusion in Bash
+ */
+
+/*
+ * strftime.c
+ *
+ * Public-domain implementation of ISO C library routine.
+ *
+ * If you can't do prototypes, get GCC.
+ *
+ * The C99 standard now specifies just about all of the formats
+ * that were additional in the earlier versions of this file.
+ *
+ * For extensions from SunOS, add SUNOS_EXT.
+ * For extensions from HP/UX, add HPUX_EXT.
+ * For VMS dates, add VMS_EXT.
+ * For complete POSIX semantics, add POSIX_SEMANTICS.
+ *
+ * The code for %c, %x, and %X follows the C99 specification for
+ * the "C" locale.
+ *
+ * This version ignores LOCALE information.
+ * It also doesn't worry about multi-byte characters.
+ * So there.
+ *
+ * This file is also shipped with GAWK (GNU Awk), gawk specific bits of
+ * code are included if GAWK is defined.
+ *
+ * Arnold Robbins
+ * January, February, March, 1991
+ * Updated March, April 1992
+ * Updated April, 1993
+ * Updated February, 1994
+ * Updated May, 1994
+ * Updated January, 1995
+ * Updated September, 1995
+ * Updated January, 1996
+ * Updated July, 1997
+ * Updated October, 1999
+ * Updated September, 2000
+ *
+ * Fixes from ado@elsie.nci.nih.gov,
+ * February 1991, May 1992
+ * Fixes from Tor Lillqvist tml@tik.vtt.fi,
+ * May 1993
+ * Further fixes from ado@elsie.nci.nih.gov,
+ * February 1994
+ * %z code from chip@chinacat.unicom.com,
+ * Applied September 1995
+ * %V code fixed (again) and %G, %g added,
+ * January 1996
+ * %v code fixed, better configuration,
+ * July 1997
+ * Moved to C99 specification.
+ * September 2000
+ */
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifndef GAWK
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(TM_IN_SYS_TIME)
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* defaults: season to taste */
+#define SUNOS_EXT	1	/* stuff in SunOS strftime routine */
+#define VMS_EXT		1	/* include %v for VMS date format */
+#define HPUX_EXT	1	/* non-conflicting stuff in HP-UX date */
+#ifndef GAWK
+#define POSIX_SEMANTICS	1	/* call tzset() if TZ changes */
+#endif
+
+#undef strchr	/* avoid AIX weirdness */
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+extern char *get_string_value (const char *);
+#endif
+
+extern void tzset(void);
+static int weeknumber(const struct tm *timeptr, int firstweekday);
+static int iso8601wknum(const struct tm *timeptr);
+
+#ifndef inline
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define inline	__inline__
+#else
+#define inline	/**/
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define range(low, item, hi)	max(low, min(item, hi))
+
+#if !defined(OS2) && !defined(MSDOS) && defined(HAVE_TZNAME)
+extern char *tzname[2];
+extern int daylight;
+#if defined(SOLARIS) || defined(mips) || defined (M_UNIX)
+extern long int timezone, altzone;
+#else
+#  if defined (HPUX)
+extern long int timezone;
+#  else
+extern int timezone, altzone;
+#  endif /* !HPUX */
+#endif /* !SOLARIS && !mips && !M_UNIX */
+#endif
+
+#undef min	/* just in case */
+
+/* min --- return minimum of two numbers */
+
+static inline int
+min(int a, int b)
+{
+	return (a < b ? a : b);
+}
+
+#undef max	/* also, just in case */
+
+/* max --- return maximum of two numbers */
+
+static inline int
+max(int a, int b)
+{
+	return (a > b ? a : b);
+}
+
+/* strftime --- produce formatted time */
+
+size_t
+strftime(char *s, size_t maxsize, const char *format, const struct tm *timeptr)
+{
+	char *endp = s + maxsize;
+	char *start = s;
+	auto char tbuf[100];
+	long off;
+	int i, w, y;
+	static short first = 1;
+#ifdef POSIX_SEMANTICS
+	static char *savetz = NULL;
+	static int savetzlen = 0;
+	char *tz;
+#endif /* POSIX_SEMANTICS */
+#ifndef HAVE_TM_ZONE
+#ifndef HAVE_TM_NAME
+#ifndef HAVE_TZNAME
+	extern char *timezone();
+	struct timeval tv;
+	struct timezone zone;
+#endif /* HAVE_TZNAME */
+#endif /* HAVE_TM_NAME */
+#endif /* HAVE_TM_ZONE */
+
+	/* various tables, useful in North America */
+	static const char *days_a[] = {
+		"Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed",
+		"Thu", "Fri", "Sat",
+	};
+	static const char *days_l[] = {
+		"Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday",
+		"Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday",
+	};
+	static const char *months_a[] = {
+		"Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun",
+		"Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec",
+	};
+	static const char *months_l[] = {
+		"January", "February", "March", "April",
+		"May", "June", "July", "August", "September",
+		"October", "November", "December",
+	};
+	static const char *ampm[] = { "AM", "PM", };
+
+	if (s == NULL || format == NULL || timeptr == NULL || maxsize == 0)
+		return 0;
+
+	/* quick check if we even need to bother */
+	if (strchr(format, '%') == NULL && strlen(format) + 1 >= maxsize)
+		return 0;
+
+#ifndef POSIX_SEMANTICS
+	if (first) {
+		tzset();
+		first = 0;
+	}
+#else	/* POSIX_SEMANTICS */
+#if defined (SHELL)
+	tz = get_string_value ("TZ");
+#else
+	tz = getenv("TZ");
+#endif
+	if (first) {
+		if (tz != NULL) {
+			int tzlen = strlen(tz);
+
+			savetz = (char *) malloc(tzlen + 1);
+			if (savetz != NULL) {
+				savetzlen = tzlen + 1;
+				strcpy(savetz, tz);
+			}
+		}
+		tzset();
+		first = 0;
+	}
+	/* if we have a saved TZ, and it is different, recapture and reset */
+	if (tz && savetz && (tz[0] != savetz[0] || strcmp(tz, savetz) != 0)) {
+		i = strlen(tz) + 1;
+		if (i > savetzlen) {
+			savetz = (char *) realloc(savetz, i);
+			if (savetz) {
+				savetzlen = i;
+				strcpy(savetz, tz);
+			}
+		} else
+			strcpy(savetz, tz);
+		tzset();
+	}
+#endif	/* POSIX_SEMANTICS */
+
+	for (; *format && s < endp - 1; format++) {
+		tbuf[0] = '\0';
+		if (*format != '%') {
+			*s++ = *format;
+			continue;
+		}
+	again:
+		switch (*++format) {
+		case '\0':
+			*s++ = '%';
+			goto out;
+
+		case '%':
+			*s++ = '%';
+			continue;
+
+		case 'a':	/* abbreviated weekday name */
+			if (timeptr->tm_wday < 0 || timeptr->tm_wday > 6)
+				strcpy(tbuf, "?");
+			else
+				strcpy(tbuf, days_a[timeptr->tm_wday]);
+			break;
+
+		case 'A':	/* full weekday name */
+			if (timeptr->tm_wday < 0 || timeptr->tm_wday > 6)
+				strcpy(tbuf, "?");
+			else
+				strcpy(tbuf, days_l[timeptr->tm_wday]);
+			break;
+
+		case 'b':	/* abbreviated month name */
+		short_month:
+			if (timeptr->tm_mon < 0 || timeptr->tm_mon > 11)
+				strcpy(tbuf, "?");
+			else
+				strcpy(tbuf, months_a[timeptr->tm_mon]);
+			break;
+
+		case 'B':	/* full month name */
+			if (timeptr->tm_mon < 0 || timeptr->tm_mon > 11)
+				strcpy(tbuf, "?");
+			else
+				strcpy(tbuf, months_l[timeptr->tm_mon]);
+			break;
+
+		case 'c':	/* appropriate date and time representation */
+			/*
+			 * This used to be:
+			 *
+			 * strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y", timeptr);
+			 *
+			 * Now, per the ISO 1999 C standard, it this:
+			 */
+			strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%A %B %d %T %Y", timeptr);
+			break;
+
+		case 'C':
+		century:
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", (timeptr->tm_year + 1900) / 100);
+			break;
+
+		case 'd':	/* day of the month, 01 - 31 */
+			i = range(1, timeptr->tm_mday, 31);
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+			break;
+
+		case 'D':	/* date as %m/%d/%y */
+			strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%m/%d/%y", timeptr);
+			break;
+
+		case 'e':	/* day of month, blank padded */
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%2d", range(1, timeptr->tm_mday, 31));
+			break;
+
+		case 'E':
+			/* POSIX (now C99) locale extensions, ignored for now */
+			goto again;
+
+		case 'F':	/* ISO 8601 date representation */
+			strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%Y-%m-%d", timeptr);
+			break;
+
+		case 'g':
+		case 'G':
+			/*
+			 * Year of ISO week.
+			 *
+			 * If it's December but the ISO week number is one,
+			 * that week is in next year.
+			 * If it's January but the ISO week number is 52 or
+			 * 53, that week is in last year.
+			 * Otherwise, it's this year.
+			 */
+			w = iso8601wknum(timeptr);
+			if (timeptr->tm_mon == 11 && w == 1)
+				y = 1900 + timeptr->tm_year + 1;
+			else if (timeptr->tm_mon == 0 && w >= 52)
+				y = 1900 + timeptr->tm_year - 1;
+			else
+				y = 1900 + timeptr->tm_year;
+
+			if (*format == 'G')
+				sprintf(tbuf, "%d", y);
+			else
+				sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", y % 100);
+			break;
+
+		case 'h':	/* abbreviated month name */
+			goto short_month;
+
+		case 'H':	/* hour, 24-hour clock, 00 - 23 */
+			i = range(0, timeptr->tm_hour, 23);
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+			break;
+
+		case 'I':	/* hour, 12-hour clock, 01 - 12 */
+			i = range(0, timeptr->tm_hour, 23);
+			if (i == 0)
+				i = 12;
+			else if (i > 12)
+				i -= 12;
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+			break;
+
+		case 'j':	/* day of the year, 001 - 366 */
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%03d", timeptr->tm_yday + 1);
+			break;
+
+		case 'm':	/* month, 01 - 12 */
+			i = range(0, timeptr->tm_mon, 11);
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i + 1);
+			break;
+
+		case 'M':	/* minute, 00 - 59 */
+			i = range(0, timeptr->tm_min, 59);
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+			break;
+
+		case 'n':	/* same as \n */
+			tbuf[0] = '\n';
+			tbuf[1] = '\0';
+			break;
+
+		case 'O':
+			/* POSIX (now C99) locale extensions, ignored for now */
+			goto again;
+
+		case 'p':	/* am or pm based on 12-hour clock */
+			i = range(0, timeptr->tm_hour, 23);
+			if (i < 12)
+				strcpy(tbuf, ampm[0]);
+			else
+				strcpy(tbuf, ampm[1]);
+			break;
+
+		case 'r':	/* time as %I:%M:%S %p */
+			strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%I:%M:%S %p", timeptr);
+			break;
+
+		case 'R':	/* time as %H:%M */
+			strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%H:%M", timeptr);
+			break;
+
+#if defined(HAVE_MKTIME) || defined(GAWK)
+		case 's':	/* time as seconds since the Epoch */
+		{
+			struct tm non_const_timeptr;
+
+			non_const_timeptr = *timeptr;
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%ld", mktime(& non_const_timeptr));
+			break;
+		}
+#endif /* defined(HAVE_MKTIME) || defined(GAWK) */
+
+		case 'S':	/* second, 00 - 60 */
+			i = range(0, timeptr->tm_sec, 60);
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+			break;
+
+		case 't':	/* same as \t */
+			tbuf[0] = '\t';
+			tbuf[1] = '\0';
+			break;
+
+		case 'T':	/* time as %H:%M:%S */
+		the_time:
+			strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%H:%M:%S", timeptr);
+			break;
+
+		case 'u':
+		/* ISO 8601: Weekday as a decimal number [1 (Monday) - 7] */
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%d", timeptr->tm_wday == 0 ? 7 :
+					timeptr->tm_wday);
+			break;
+
+		case 'U':	/* week of year, Sunday is first day of week */
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", weeknumber(timeptr, 0));
+			break;
+
+		case 'V':	/* week of year according ISO 8601 */
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", iso8601wknum(timeptr));
+			break;
+
+		case 'w':	/* weekday, Sunday == 0, 0 - 6 */
+			i = range(0, timeptr->tm_wday, 6);
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%d", i);
+			break;
+
+		case 'W':	/* week of year, Monday is first day of week */
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", weeknumber(timeptr, 1));
+			break;
+
+		case 'x':	/* appropriate date representation */
+			strftime(tbuf, sizeof tbuf, "%A %B %d %Y", timeptr);
+			break;
+
+		case 'X':	/* appropriate time representation */
+			goto the_time;
+			break;
+
+		case 'y':	/* year without a century, 00 - 99 */
+		year:
+			i = timeptr->tm_year % 100;
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%02d", i);
+			break;
+
+		case 'Y':	/* year with century */
+		fullyear:
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%d", 1900 + timeptr->tm_year);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		 * From: Chip Rosenthal <chip@chinacat.unicom.com>
+		 * Date: Sun, 19 Mar 1995 00:33:29 -0600 (CST)
+		 * 
+		 * Warning: the %z [code] is implemented by inspecting the
+		 * timezone name conditional compile settings, and
+		 * inferring a method to get timezone offsets. I've tried
+		 * this code on a couple of machines, but I don't doubt
+		 * there is some system out there that won't like it.
+		 * Maybe the easiest thing to do would be to bracket this
+		 * with an #ifdef that can turn it off. The %z feature
+		 * would be an admittedly obscure one that most folks can
+		 * live without, but it would be a great help to those of
+		 * us that muck around with various message processors.
+		 */
+ 		case 'z':	/* time zone offset east of GMT e.g. -0600 */
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_NAME
+			/*
+			 * Systems with tm_name probably have tm_tzadj as
+			 * secs west of GMT.  Convert to mins east of GMT.
+			 */
+			off = -timeptr->tm_tzadj / 60;
+#else /* !HAVE_TM_NAME */
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_ZONE
+			/*
+			 * Systems with tm_zone probably have tm_gmtoff as
+			 * secs east of GMT.  Convert to mins east of GMT.
+			 */
+			off = timeptr->tm_gmtoff / 60;
+#else /* !HAVE_TM_ZONE */
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+			/*
+			 * Systems with tzname[] probably have timezone as
+			 * secs west of GMT.  Convert to mins east of GMT.
+			 */
+#  ifdef HPUX
+			off = -timezone / 60;
+#  else
+			off = -(daylight ? timezone : altzone) / 60;
+#  endif /* !HPUX */
+#else /* !HAVE_TZNAME */
+			gettimeofday(& tv, & zone);
+			off = -zone.tz_minuteswest;
+#endif /* !HAVE_TZNAME */
+#endif /* !HAVE_TM_ZONE */
+#endif /* !HAVE_TM_NAME */
+			if (off < 0) {
+				tbuf[0] = '-';
+				off = -off;
+			} else {
+				tbuf[0] = '+';
+			}
+			sprintf(tbuf+1, "%02d%02d", off/60, off%60);
+			break;
+
+		case 'Z':	/* time zone name or abbrevation */
+#ifdef HAVE_TZNAME
+			i = (daylight && timeptr->tm_isdst > 0); /* 0 or 1 */
+			strcpy(tbuf, tzname[i]);
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_ZONE
+			strcpy(tbuf, timeptr->tm_zone);
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_NAME
+			strcpy(tbuf, timeptr->tm_name);
+#else
+			gettimeofday(& tv, & zone);
+			strcpy(tbuf, timezone(zone.tz_minuteswest,
+						timeptr->tm_isdst > 0));
+#endif /* HAVE_TM_NAME */
+#endif /* HAVE_TM_ZONE */
+#endif /* HAVE_TZNAME */
+			break;
+
+#ifdef SUNOS_EXT
+		case 'k':	/* hour, 24-hour clock, blank pad */
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%2d", range(0, timeptr->tm_hour, 23));
+			break;
+
+		case 'l':	/* hour, 12-hour clock, 1 - 12, blank pad */
+			i = range(0, timeptr->tm_hour, 23);
+			if (i == 0)
+				i = 12;
+			else if (i > 12)
+				i -= 12;
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%2d", i);
+			break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HPUX_EXT
+		case 'N':	/* Emperor/Era name */
+			/* this is essentially the same as the century */
+			goto century;	/* %C */
+
+		case 'o':	/* Emperor/Era year */
+			goto year;	/* %y */
+#endif /* HPUX_EXT */
+
+
+#ifdef VMS_EXT
+		case 'v':	/* date as dd-bbb-YYYY */
+			sprintf(tbuf, "%2d-%3.3s-%4d",
+				range(1, timeptr->tm_mday, 31),
+				months_a[range(0, timeptr->tm_mon, 11)],
+				timeptr->tm_year + 1900);
+			for (i = 3; i < 6; i++)
+				if (islower(tbuf[i]))
+					tbuf[i] = toupper(tbuf[i]);
+			break;
+#endif
+
+		default:
+			tbuf[0] = '%';
+			tbuf[1] = *format;
+			tbuf[2] = '\0';
+			break;
+		}
+		i = strlen(tbuf);
+		if (i) {
+			if (s + i < endp - 1) {
+				strcpy(s, tbuf);
+				s += i;
+			} else
+				return 0;
+		}
+	}
+out:
+	if (s < endp && *format == '\0') {
+		*s = '\0';
+		return (s - start);
+	} else
+		return 0;
+}
+
+/* isleap --- is a year a leap year? */
+
+static int
+isleap(int year)
+{
+	return ((year % 4 == 0 && year % 100 != 0) || year % 400 == 0);
+}
+
+
+/* iso8601wknum --- compute week number according to ISO 8601 */
+
+static int
+iso8601wknum(const struct tm *timeptr)
+{
+	/*
+	 * From 1003.2:
+	 *	If the week (Monday to Sunday) containing January 1
+	 *	has four or more days in the new year, then it is week 1;
+	 *	otherwise it is the highest numbered week of the previous
+	 *	year (52 or 53), and the next week is week 1.
+	 *
+	 * ADR: This means if Jan 1 was Monday through Thursday,
+	 *	it was week 1, otherwise week 52 or 53.
+	 *
+	 * XPG4 erroneously included POSIX.2 rationale text in the
+	 * main body of the standard. Thus it requires week 53.
+	 */
+
+	int weeknum, jan1day, diff;
+
+	/* get week number, Monday as first day of the week */
+	weeknum = weeknumber(timeptr, 1);
+
+	/*
+	 * With thanks and tip of the hatlo to tml@tik.vtt.fi
+	 *
+	 * What day of the week does January 1 fall on?
+	 * We know that
+	 *	(timeptr->tm_yday - jan1.tm_yday) MOD 7 ==
+	 *		(timeptr->tm_wday - jan1.tm_wday) MOD 7
+	 * and that
+	 * 	jan1.tm_yday == 0
+	 * and that
+	 * 	timeptr->tm_wday MOD 7 == timeptr->tm_wday
+	 * from which it follows that. . .
+ 	 */
+	jan1day = timeptr->tm_wday - (timeptr->tm_yday % 7);
+	if (jan1day < 0)
+		jan1day += 7;
+
+	/*
+	 * If Jan 1 was a Monday through Thursday, it was in
+	 * week 1.  Otherwise it was last year's highest week, which is
+	 * this year's week 0.
+	 *
+	 * What does that mean?
+	 * If Jan 1 was Monday, the week number is exactly right, it can
+	 *	never be 0.
+	 * If it was Tuesday through Thursday, the weeknumber is one
+	 *	less than it should be, so we add one.
+	 * Otherwise, Friday, Saturday or Sunday, the week number is
+	 * OK, but if it is 0, it needs to be 52 or 53.
+	 */
+	switch (jan1day) {
+	case 1:		/* Monday */
+		break;
+	case 2:		/* Tuesday */
+	case 3:		/* Wednesday */
+	case 4:		/* Thursday */
+		weeknum++;
+		break;
+	case 5:		/* Friday */
+	case 6:		/* Saturday */
+	case 0:		/* Sunday */
+		if (weeknum == 0) {
+#ifdef USE_BROKEN_XPG4
+			/* XPG4 (as of March 1994) says 53 unconditionally */
+			weeknum = 53;
+#else
+			/* get week number of last week of last year */
+			struct tm dec31ly;	/* 12/31 last year */
+			dec31ly = *timeptr;
+			dec31ly.tm_year--;
+			dec31ly.tm_mon = 11;
+			dec31ly.tm_mday = 31;
+			dec31ly.tm_wday = (jan1day == 0) ? 6 : jan1day - 1;
+			dec31ly.tm_yday = 364 + isleap(dec31ly.tm_year + 1900);
+			weeknum = iso8601wknum(& dec31ly);
+#endif
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (timeptr->tm_mon == 11) {
+		/*
+		 * The last week of the year
+		 * can be in week 1 of next year.
+		 * Sigh.
+		 *
+		 * This can only happen if
+		 *	M   T  W
+		 *	29  30 31
+		 *	30  31
+		 *	31
+		 */
+		int wday, mday;
+
+		wday = timeptr->tm_wday;
+		mday = timeptr->tm_mday;
+		if (   (wday == 1 && (mday >= 29 && mday <= 31))
+		    || (wday == 2 && (mday == 30 || mday == 31))
+		    || (wday == 3 &&  mday == 31))
+			weeknum = 1;
+	}
+
+	return weeknum;
+}
+
+/* weeknumber --- figure how many weeks into the year */
+
+/* With thanks and tip of the hatlo to ado@elsie.nci.nih.gov */
+
+static int
+weeknumber(const struct tm *timeptr, int firstweekday)
+{
+	int wday = timeptr->tm_wday;
+	int ret;
+
+	if (firstweekday == 1) {
+		if (wday == 0)	/* sunday */
+			wday = 6;
+		else
+			wday--;
+	}
+	ret = ((timeptr->tm_yday + 7 - wday) / 7);
+	if (ret < 0)
+		ret = 0;
+	return ret;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* ADR --- I'm loathe to mess with ado's code ... */
+
+Date:         Wed, 24 Apr 91 20:54:08 MDT
+From: Michal Jaegermann <audfax!emory!vm.ucs.UAlberta.CA!NTOMCZAK>
+To: arnold@audiofax.com
+
+Hi Arnold,
+in a process of fixing of strftime() in libraries on Atari ST I grabbed
+some pieces of code from your own strftime.  When doing that it came
+to mind that your weeknumber() function compiles a little bit nicer
+in the following form:
+/*
+ * firstweekday is 0 if starting in Sunday, non-zero if in Monday
+ */
+{
+    return (timeptr->tm_yday - timeptr->tm_wday +
+	    (firstweekday ? (timeptr->tm_wday ? 8 : 1) : 7)) / 7;
+}
+How nicer it depends on a compiler, of course, but always a tiny bit.
+
+   Cheers,
+   Michal
+   ntomczak@vm.ucs.ualberta.ca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	TEST_STRFTIME
+
+/*
+ * NAME:
+ *	tst
+ *
+ * SYNOPSIS:
+ *	tst
+ *
+ * DESCRIPTION:
+ *	"tst" is a test driver for the function "strftime".
+ *
+ * OPTIONS:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * AUTHOR:
+ *	Karl Vogel
+ *	Control Data Systems, Inc.
+ *	vogelke@c-17igp.wpafb.af.mil
+ *
+ * BUGS:
+ *	None noticed yet.
+ *
+ * COMPILE:
+ *	cc -o tst -DTEST_STRFTIME strftime.c
+ */
+
+/* ADR: I reformatted this to my liking, and deleted some unneeded code. */
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#include	<stdio.h>
+#endif
+#include	<sys/time.h>
+#include	<string.h>
+
+#define		MAXTIME		132
+
+/*
+ * Array of time formats.
+ */
+
+static char *array[] =
+{
+	"(%%A)      full weekday name, var length (Sunday..Saturday)  %A",
+	"(%%B)       full month name, var length (January..December)  %B",
+	"(%%C)                                               Century  %C",
+	"(%%D)                                       date (%%m/%%d/%%y)  %D",
+	"(%%E)                           Locale extensions (ignored)  %E",
+	"(%%F)       full month name, var length (January..December)  %F",
+	"(%%H)                          hour (24-hour clock, 00..23)  %H",
+	"(%%I)                          hour (12-hour clock, 01..12)  %I",
+	"(%%M)                                       minute (00..59)  %M",
+	"(%%N)                                      Emporer/Era Name  %N",
+	"(%%O)                           Locale extensions (ignored)  %O",
+	"(%%R)                                 time, 24-hour (%%H:%%M)  %R",
+	"(%%S)                                       second (00..60)  %S",
+	"(%%T)                              time, 24-hour (%%H:%%M:%%S)  %T",
+	"(%%U)    week of year, Sunday as first day of week (00..53)  %U",
+	"(%%V)                    week of year according to ISO 8601  %V",
+	"(%%W)    week of year, Monday as first day of week (00..53)  %W",
+	"(%%X)     appropriate locale time representation (%H:%M:%S)  %X",
+	"(%%Y)                           year with century (1970...)  %Y",
+	"(%%Z) timezone (EDT), or blank if timezone not determinable  %Z",
+	"(%%a)          locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)  %a",
+	"(%%b)            locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)  %b",
+	"(%%c)           full date (Sat Nov  4 12:02:33 1989)%n%t%t%t  %c",
+	"(%%d)                             day of the month (01..31)  %d",
+	"(%%e)               day of the month, blank-padded ( 1..31)  %e",
+	"(%%h)                                should be same as (%%b)  %h",
+	"(%%j)                            day of the year (001..366)  %j",
+	"(%%k)               hour, 24-hour clock, blank pad ( 0..23)  %k",
+	"(%%l)               hour, 12-hour clock, blank pad ( 0..12)  %l",
+	"(%%m)                                        month (01..12)  %m",
+	"(%%o)                                      Emporer/Era Year  %o",
+	"(%%p)              locale's AM or PM based on 12-hour clock  %p",
+	"(%%r)                   time, 12-hour (same as %%I:%%M:%%S %%p)  %r",
+	"(%%u) ISO 8601: Weekday as decimal number [1 (Monday) - 7]   %u",
+	"(%%v)                                VMS date (dd-bbb-YYYY)  %v",
+	"(%%w)                       day of week (0..6, Sunday == 0)  %w",
+	"(%%x)                appropriate locale date representation  %x",
+	"(%%y)                      last two digits of year (00..99)  %y",
+	"(%%z)      timezone offset east of GMT as HHMM (e.g. -0500)  %z",
+	(char *) NULL
+};
+
+/* main routine. */
+
+int
+main(argc, argv)
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+{
+	long time();
+
+	char *next;
+	char string[MAXTIME];
+
+	int k;
+	int length;
+
+	struct tm *tm;
+
+	long clock;
+
+	/* Call the function. */
+
+	clock = time((long *) 0);
+	tm = localtime(&clock);
+
+	for (k = 0; next = array[k]; k++) {
+		length = strftime(string, MAXTIME, next, tm);
+		printf("%s\n", string);
+	}
+
+	exit(0);
+}
+#endif	/* TEST_STRFTIME */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strindex.c b/lib/sh/strindex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9172862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strindex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* strindex.c - Find if one string appears as a substring of another string,
+		without regard to case. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+/* Determine if s2 occurs in s1.  If so, return a pointer to the
+   match in s1.  The compare is case insensitive.  This is a
+   case-insensitive strstr(3). */
+char *
+strindex (s1, s2)
+     const char *s1;
+     const char *s2;
+{
+  register int i, l, len, c;
+
+  c = TOLOWER ((unsigned char)s2[0]);
+  len = strlen (s1);
+  l = strlen (s2);
+  for (i = 0; (len - i) >= l; i++)
+    if ((TOLOWER ((unsigned char)s1[i]) == c) && (strncasecmp (s1 + i, s2, l) == 0))
+      return ((char *)s1 + i);
+  return ((char *)0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/stringlist.c b/lib/sh/stringlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efc6fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/stringlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/* stringlist.c - functions to handle a generic `list of strings' structure */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#ifdef STRDUP
+#  undef STRDUP
+#endif
+#define STRDUP(x)	((x) ? savestring (x) : (char *)NULL)
+
+/* Allocate a new STRINGLIST, with room for N strings. */
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_create (n)
+     int n;
+{
+  STRINGLIST *ret;
+  register int i;
+
+  ret = (STRINGLIST *)xmalloc (sizeof (STRINGLIST));
+  if (n)
+    {
+      ret->list = strvec_create (n+1);
+      ret->list_size = n;
+      for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+	ret->list[i] = (char *)NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ret->list = (char **)NULL;
+      ret->list_size = 0;
+    }
+  ret->list_len = 0;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_resize (sl, n)
+     STRINGLIST *sl;
+     int n;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (sl == 0)
+    return (sl = strlist_create (n));
+
+  if (n > sl->list_size)
+    {
+      sl->list = strvec_resize (sl->list, n + 1);
+      for (i = sl->list_size; i <= n; i++)
+	sl->list[i] = (char *)NULL;
+      sl->list_size = n;
+    }
+  return sl;
+}
+
+void
+strlist_flush (sl)
+     STRINGLIST *sl;
+{
+  if (sl == 0 || sl->list == 0)
+    return;
+  strvec_flush (sl->list);
+  sl->list_len = 0;
+}
+  
+void
+strlist_dispose (sl)
+     STRINGLIST *sl;
+{
+  if (sl == 0)
+    return;
+  if (sl->list)
+    strvec_dispose (sl->list);
+  free (sl);
+}
+
+int
+strlist_remove (sl, s)
+     STRINGLIST *sl;
+     char *s;
+{
+  int r;
+
+  if (sl == 0 || sl->list == 0 || sl->list_len == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  r = strvec_remove (sl->list, s);
+  if (r)
+    sl->list_len--;
+  return r;
+}
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_copy (sl)
+     STRINGLIST *sl;
+{
+  STRINGLIST *new;
+  register int i;
+
+  if (sl == 0)
+    return ((STRINGLIST *)0);
+  new = strlist_create (sl->list_size);
+  /* I'd like to use strvec_copy, but that doesn't copy everything. */
+  if (sl->list)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < sl->list_size; i++)
+	new->list[i] = STRDUP (sl->list[i]);
+    }
+  new->list_size = sl->list_size;
+  new->list_len = sl->list_len;
+  /* just being careful */
+  if (new->list)
+    new->list[new->list_len] = (char *)NULL;
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* Return a new STRINGLIST with everything from M1 and M2. */
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_merge (m1, m2)
+     STRINGLIST *m1, *m2;
+{
+  STRINGLIST *sl;
+  int i, n, l1, l2;
+
+  l1 = m1 ? m1->list_len : 0;
+  l2 = m2 ? m2->list_len : 0;
+
+  sl = strlist_create (l1 + l2 + 1);
+  for (i = n = 0; i < l1; i++, n++)
+    sl->list[n] = STRDUP (m1->list[i]);
+  for (i = 0; i < l2; i++, n++)
+    sl->list[n] = STRDUP (m2->list[i]);
+  sl->list_len = n;
+  sl->list[n] = (char *)NULL;
+  return (sl);
+}
+
+/* Make STRINGLIST M1 contain everything in M1 and M2. */
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_append (m1, m2)
+     STRINGLIST *m1, *m2;
+{
+  register int i, n, len1, len2;
+
+  if (m1 == 0)
+    return (m2 ? strlist_copy (m2) : (STRINGLIST *)0);
+
+  len1 = m1->list_len;
+  len2 = m2 ? m2->list_len : 0;
+
+  if (len2)
+    {
+      m1 = strlist_resize (m1, len1 + len2 + 1);
+      for (i = 0, n = len1; i < len2; i++, n++)
+	m1->list[n] = STRDUP (m2->list[i]);
+      m1->list[n] = (char *)NULL;
+      m1->list_len = n;
+    }
+
+  return m1;
+}
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_prefix_suffix (sl, prefix, suffix)
+     STRINGLIST *sl;
+     char *prefix, *suffix;
+{
+  int plen, slen, tlen, llen, i;
+  char *t;
+
+  if (sl == 0 || sl->list == 0 || sl->list_len == 0)
+    return sl;
+
+  plen = STRLEN (prefix);
+  slen = STRLEN (suffix);
+
+  if (plen == 0 && slen == 0)
+    return (sl);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < sl->list_len; i++)
+    {
+      llen = STRLEN (sl->list[i]);
+      tlen = plen + llen + slen + 1;
+      t = (char *)xmalloc (tlen + 1);
+      if (plen)
+	strcpy (t, prefix);
+      strcpy (t + plen, sl->list[i]);
+      if (slen)
+	strcpy (t + plen + llen, suffix);
+      free (sl->list[i]);
+      sl->list[i] = t;
+    }
+
+  return (sl);	 
+}
+   
+void
+strlist_print (sl, prefix)
+     STRINGLIST *sl;
+     char *prefix;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (sl == 0)
+    return;
+  for (i = 0; i < sl->list_len; i++)
+    printf ("%s%s\n", prefix ? prefix : "", sl->list[i]);
+}
+
+void
+strlist_walk (sl, func)
+     STRINGLIST *sl;
+     sh_strlist_map_func_t *func;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (sl == 0)
+    return;
+  for (i = 0; i < sl->list_len; i++)
+    if ((*func)(sl->list[i]) < 0)
+      break;
+} 
+     
+void
+strlist_sort (sl)
+     STRINGLIST *sl;
+{
+  if (sl == 0 || sl->list_len == 0 || sl->list == 0)
+    return;
+  strvec_sort (sl->list);
+}
+
+STRINGLIST *
+strlist_from_word_list (list, alloc, starting_index, ip)
+     WORD_LIST *list;
+     int alloc, starting_index, *ip;
+{
+  STRINGLIST *ret;
+  int slen, len;
+
+  if (list == 0)
+    {
+      if (ip)
+        *ip = 0;
+      return ((STRINGLIST *)0);
+    }
+  slen = list_length (list);
+  ret = (STRINGLIST *)xmalloc (sizeof (STRINGLIST));
+  ret->list = strvec_from_word_list (list, alloc, starting_index, &len);
+  ret->list_size = slen + starting_index;
+  ret->list_len = len;
+  if (ip)
+    *ip = len;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+WORD_LIST *
+strlist_to_word_list (sl, alloc, starting_index)
+     STRINGLIST *sl;
+     int alloc, starting_index;
+{
+  WORD_LIST *list;
+
+  if (sl == 0 || sl->list == 0)
+    return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+  list = strvec_to_word_list (sl->list, alloc, starting_index);
+  return list;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/stringvec.c b/lib/sh/stringvec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..222fcd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/stringvec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/* stringvec.c - functions for managing arrays of strings. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+/* Allocate an array of strings with room for N members. */
+char **
+strvec_create (n)
+     int n;
+{
+  return ((char **)xmalloc ((n) * sizeof (char *)));
+}
+
+char **
+strvec_resize (array, nsize)
+     char **array;
+     int nsize;
+{
+  return ((char **)xrealloc (array, nsize * sizeof (char *)));
+}
+
+/* Return the length of ARRAY, a NULL terminated array of char *. */
+int
+strvec_len (array)
+     char **array;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; array[i]; i++);
+  return (i);
+}
+
+/* Free the contents of ARRAY, a NULL terminated array of char *. */
+void
+strvec_flush (array)
+     char **array;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (array == 0)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = 0; array[i]; i++)
+    free (array[i]);
+}
+
+void
+strvec_dispose (array)
+     char **array;
+{
+  if (array == 0)
+    return;
+
+  strvec_flush (array);
+  free (array);
+}
+
+int
+strvec_remove (array, name)
+     char **array, *name;
+{
+  register int i, j;
+  char *x;
+
+  if (array == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  for (i = 0; array[i]; i++)
+    if (STREQ (name, array[i]))
+      {
+	x = array[i];
+	for (j = i; array[j]; j++)
+	  array[j] = array[j + 1];
+	free (x);
+	return 1;
+      }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+/* Find NAME in ARRAY.  Return the index of NAME, or -1 if not present.
+   ARRAY should be NULL terminated. */
+int
+strvec_search (array, name)
+     char **array, *name;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; array[i]; i++)
+    if (STREQ (name, array[i]))
+      return (i);
+
+  return (-1);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Allocate and return a new copy of ARRAY and its contents. */
+char **
+strvec_copy (array)
+     char **array;
+{
+  register int i;
+  int len;
+  char **ret;
+
+  len = strvec_len (array);
+
+  ret = (char **)xmalloc ((len + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+  for (i = 0; array[i]; i++)
+    ret[i] = savestring (array[i]);
+  ret[i] = (char *)NULL;
+
+  return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Comparison routine for use with qsort() on arrays of strings.  Uses
+   strcoll(3) if available, otherwise it uses strcmp(3). */
+int
+strvec_strcmp (s1, s2)
+     register char **s1, **s2;
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_STRCOLL)
+   return (strcoll (*s1, *s2));
+#else /* !HAVE_STRCOLL */
+  int result;
+
+  if ((result = **s1 - **s2) == 0)
+    result = strcmp (*s1, *s2);
+
+  return (result);
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRCOLL */
+}
+
+/* Sort ARRAY, a null terminated array of pointers to strings. */
+void
+strvec_sort (array)
+     char **array;
+{
+  qsort (array, strvec_len (array), sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)strvec_strcmp);
+}
+
+/* Cons up a new array of words.  The words are taken from LIST,
+   which is a WORD_LIST *.  If ALLOC is true, everything is malloc'ed,
+   so you should free everything in this array when you are done.
+   The array is NULL terminated.  If IP is non-null, it gets the
+   number of words in the returned array.  STARTING_INDEX says where
+   to start filling in the returned array; it can be used to reserve
+   space at the beginning of the array. */
+
+char **
+strvec_from_word_list (list, alloc, starting_index, ip)
+     WORD_LIST *list;
+     int alloc, starting_index, *ip;
+{
+  int count;
+  char **array;
+
+  count = list_length (list);
+  array = (char **)xmalloc ((1 + count + starting_index) * sizeof (char *));
+
+  for (count = 0; count < starting_index; count++)
+    array[count] = (char *)NULL;
+  for (count = starting_index; list; count++, list = list->next)
+    array[count] = alloc ? savestring (list->word->word) : list->word->word;
+  array[count] = (char *)NULL;
+
+  if (ip)
+    *ip = count;
+  return (array);
+}
+
+/* Convert an array of strings into the form used internally by the shell.
+   ALLOC means to allocate new storage for each WORD_DESC in the returned
+   list rather than copy the values in ARRAY.  STARTING_INDEX says where
+   in ARRAY to begin. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+strvec_to_word_list (array, alloc, starting_index)
+     char **array;
+     int alloc, starting_index;
+{
+  WORD_LIST *list;
+  WORD_DESC *w;
+  int i, count;
+
+  if (array == 0 || array[0] == 0)
+    return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+  for (count = 0; array[count]; count++)
+    ;
+
+  for (i = starting_index, list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      w = make_bare_word (alloc ? array[i] : "");
+      if (alloc == 0)
+	{
+	  free (w->word);
+	  w->word = array[i];
+	}
+      list = make_word_list (w, list);
+    }
+  return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/strnlen.c b/lib/sh/strnlen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da8feec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strnlen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRNLEN)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+/* Find the length of S, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.  If no '\0'
+   terminator is found within the first MAXLEN characters, return MAXLEN. */
+size_t
+strnlen (s, maxlen)
+     register const char *s;
+     size_t maxlen;
+{
+  register const char *e;
+  size_t n;
+
+  for (e = s, n = 0; *e && n < maxlen; e++, n++)
+    ;
+  return n;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/strpbrk.c b/lib/sh/strpbrk.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c493a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strpbrk.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRPBRK)
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+/* Find the first ocurrence in S of any character in ACCEPT.  */
+char *
+strpbrk (s, accept)
+     register const char *s;
+     register const char *accept;
+{
+  while (*s != '\0')
+    {
+      const char *a = accept;
+      while (*a != '\0')
+	if (*a++ == *s)
+	  return (char *) s;
+      ++s;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/strstr.c b/lib/sh/strstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c41e903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1994, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+ * My personal strstr() implementation that beats most other algorithms.
+ * Until someone tells me otherwise, I assume that this is the
+ * fastest implementation of strstr() in C.
+ * I deliberately chose not to comment it.  You should have at least
+ * as much fun trying to understand it, as I had to write it :-).
+ *
+ * Stephen R. van den Berg, berg@pool.informatik.rwth-aachen.de	*/
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+typedef unsigned chartype;
+
+#undef strstr
+
+char *
+strstr (const char *phaystack, const char *pneedle)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *haystack, *needle;
+  register chartype b, c;
+
+  haystack = (const unsigned char *) phaystack;
+  needle = (const unsigned char *) pneedle;
+
+  b = *needle;
+  if (b != '\0')
+    {
+      haystack--;				/* possible ANSI violation */
+      do
+	{
+	  c = *++haystack;
+	  if (c == '\0')
+	    goto ret0;
+	}
+      while (c != b);
+
+      c = *++needle;
+      if (c == '\0')
+	goto foundneedle;
+      ++needle;
+      goto jin;
+
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          register chartype a;
+	  register const unsigned char *rhaystack, *rneedle;
+
+	  do
+	    {
+	      a = *++haystack;
+	      if (a == '\0')
+		goto ret0;
+	      if (a == b)
+		break;
+	      a = *++haystack;
+	      if (a == '\0')
+		goto ret0;
+shloop:;    }
+          while (a != b);
+
+jin:	  a = *++haystack;
+	  if (a == '\0')
+	    goto ret0;
+
+	  if (a != c)
+	    goto shloop;
+
+	  rhaystack = haystack-- + 1;
+	  rneedle = needle;
+	  a = *rneedle;
+
+	  if (*rhaystack == a)
+	    do
+	      {
+		if (a == '\0')
+		  goto foundneedle;
+		++rhaystack;
+		a = *++needle;
+		if (*rhaystack != a)
+		  break;
+		if (a == '\0')
+		  goto foundneedle;
+		++rhaystack;
+		a = *++needle;
+	      }
+	    while (*rhaystack == a);
+
+	  needle = rneedle;		   /* took the register-poor approach */
+
+	  if (a == '\0')
+	    break;
+        }
+    }
+foundneedle:
+  return (char*) haystack;
+ret0:
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtod.c b/lib/sh/strtod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc3bec9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRTOD
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+#if HAVE_FLOAT_H
+# include <float.h>
+#else
+# define DBL_MAX 1.7976931348623159e+308
+# define DBL_MIN 2.2250738585072010e-308
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#  define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HUGE_VAL
+#  define HUGE_VAL HUGE
+#endif
+
+/* Convert NPTR to a double.  If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the
+   character after the last one used in the number is put in *ENDPTR.  */
+double
+strtod (nptr, endptr)
+     const char *nptr;
+     char **endptr;
+{
+  register const char *s;
+  short sign;
+
+  /* The number so far.  */
+  double num;
+
+  int got_dot;			/* Found a decimal point.  */
+  int got_digit;		/* Seen any digits.  */
+
+  /* The exponent of the number.  */
+  long int exponent;
+
+  if (nptr == NULL)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      goto noconv;
+    }
+
+  s = nptr;
+
+  /* Eat whitespace.  */
+  while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char)*s))
+    ++s;
+
+  /* Get the sign.  */
+  sign = *s == '-' ? -1 : 1;
+  if (*s == '-' || *s == '+')
+    ++s;
+
+  num = 0.0;
+  got_dot = 0;
+  got_digit = 0;
+  exponent = 0;
+  for (;; ++s)
+    {
+      if (DIGIT (*s))
+	{
+	  got_digit = 1;
+
+	  /* Make sure that multiplication by 10 will not overflow.  */
+	  if (num > DBL_MAX * 0.1)
+	    /* The value of the digit doesn't matter, since we have already
+	       gotten as many digits as can be represented in a `double'.
+	       This doesn't necessarily mean the result will overflow.
+	       The exponent may reduce it to within range.
+
+	       We just need to record that there was another
+	       digit so that we can multiply by 10 later.  */
+	    ++exponent;
+	  else
+	    num = (num * 10.0) + (*s - '0');
+
+	  /* Keep track of the number of digits after the decimal point.
+	     If we just divided by 10 here, we would lose precision.  */
+	  if (got_dot)
+	    --exponent;
+	}
+      else if (!got_dot && *s == '.')
+	/* Record that we have found the decimal point.  */
+	got_dot = 1;
+      else
+	/* Any other character terminates the number.  */
+	break;
+    }
+
+  if (!got_digit)
+    goto noconv;
+
+  if (TOLOWER ((unsigned char)*s) == 'e')
+    {
+      /* Get the exponent specified after the `e' or `E'.  */
+      int save = errno;
+      char *end;
+      long int exp;
+
+      errno = 0;
+      ++s;
+      exp = strtol (s, &end, 10);
+      if (errno == ERANGE)
+	{
+	  /* The exponent overflowed a `long int'.  It is probably a safe
+	     assumption that an exponent that cannot be represented by
+	     a `long int' exceeds the limits of a `double'.  */
+	  if (endptr != NULL)
+	    *endptr = end;
+	  if (exp < 0)
+	    goto underflow;
+	  else
+	    goto overflow;
+	}
+      else if (end == s)
+	/* There was no exponent.  Reset END to point to
+	   the 'e' or 'E', so *ENDPTR will be set there.  */
+	end = (char *) s - 1;
+      errno = save;
+      s = end;
+      exponent += exp;
+    }
+
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (char *) s;
+
+  if (num == 0.0)
+    return 0.0;
+
+  /* Multiply NUM by 10 to the EXPONENT power,
+     checking for overflow and underflow.  */
+
+  if (exponent < 0)
+    {
+      if (num < DBL_MIN * pow (10.0, (double) -exponent))
+	goto underflow;
+    }
+  else if (exponent > 0)
+    {
+      if (num > DBL_MAX * pow (10.0, (double) -exponent))
+	goto overflow;
+    }
+
+  num *= pow (10.0, (double) exponent);
+
+  return num * sign;
+
+overflow:
+  /* Return an overflow error.  */
+  errno = ERANGE;
+  return HUGE_VAL * sign;
+
+underflow:
+  /* Return an underflow error.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (char *) nptr;
+  errno = ERANGE;
+  return 0.0;
+
+noconv:
+  /* There was no number.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (char *) nptr;
+  return 0.0;
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRTOD */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtoimax.c b/lib/sh/strtoimax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e20c4cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtoimax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an intmax_t value.
+   Copyright 1999-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  Modified by Chet Ramey for Bash. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#  include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime).  */
+#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
+extern long strtol __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL && HAVE_LONG_LONG
+extern long long strtoll __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef strtoimax
+#undef strtoimax
+#endif
+
+intmax_t
+strtoimax (ptr, endptr, base)
+     const char *ptr;
+     char **endptr;
+     int base;
+{
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+  verify(size_is_that_of_long_or_long_long,
+	 (sizeof (intmax_t) == sizeof (long) ||
+	  sizeof (intmax_t) == sizeof (long long)));
+
+  if (sizeof (intmax_t) != sizeof (long))
+    return (strtoll (ptr, endptr, base));
+#else
+  verify (size_is_that_of_long, sizeof (intmax_t) == sizeof (long));
+#endif
+
+  return (strtol (ptr, endptr, base));
+}
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+# include <stdio.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char *p, *endptr;
+  intmax_t x;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+  long long y;
+#endif
+  long z;
+  
+  printf ("sizeof intmax_t: %d\n", sizeof (intmax_t));
+
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+  printf ("sizeof long long: %d\n", sizeof (long long));
+#endif
+  printf ("sizeof long: %d\n", sizeof (long));
+
+  x = strtoimax("42", &endptr, 10);
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+  y = strtoll("42", &endptr, 10);
+#else
+  y = -1;
+#endif
+  z = strtol("42", &endptr, 10);
+
+  printf ("%lld %lld %ld\n", x, y, z);
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtol.c b/lib/sh/strtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2adbb89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
+   Copyright (C) 1991,92,94,95,96,97,98,99,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRTOL)
+
+#include <chartypes.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __set_errno
+#  define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#  include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <typemax.h>
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+#include <bashansi.h>
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#  define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on
+   unsigned integers.  */
+#ifndef UNSIGNED
+#  define UNSIGNED 0
+#  define INT LONG int
+#else
+#  define INT unsigned LONG int
+#endif
+
+#if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoull
+#  else
+#    define strtol strtoul
+#  endif
+#else
+#  ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoll
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull',
+   operating on `long long ints.  */
+
+#ifdef QUAD
+#  define LONG long long
+#  define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LLONG_MIN
+#  define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LLONG_MAX
+#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULLONG_MAX
+#else	/* !QUAD */
+#  define LONG long
+#  define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+#  define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE.
+   If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
+   zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
+   If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is no longer reset to 10; EINVAL is returned.
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
+   one converted is stored in *ENDPTR.  */
+
+INT
+strtol (nptr, endptr, base)
+     const char *nptr;
+     char **endptr;
+     int base;
+{
+  int negative;
+  register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
+  register unsigned int cutlim;
+  register unsigned LONG int i;
+  register const char *s;
+  register unsigned char c;
+  const char *save, *end;
+  int overflow;
+
+  if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  save = s = nptr;
+
+  /* Skip white space.  */
+  while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char)*s))
+    ++s;
+  if (*s == '\0')
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Check for a sign.  */
+  if (*s == '-' || *s == '+')
+    {
+      negative = (*s == '-');
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else
+    negative = 0;
+
+  /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
+  if (*s == '0')
+    {
+      if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER ((unsigned char) s[1]) == 'X')
+	{
+	  s += 2;
+	  base = 16;
+	}
+      else if (base == 0)
+	base = 8;
+    }
+  else if (base == 0)
+    base = 10;
+
+  /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened.  */
+  save = s;
+
+  end = NULL;
+
+  cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
+  cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
+
+  overflow = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  c = *s;
+  if (sizeof (long int) != sizeof (LONG int))
+    {
+      unsigned long int j = 0;
+      unsigned long int jmax = ULONG_MAX / base;
+
+      for (;c != '\0'; c = *++s)
+	{
+	  if (s == end)
+	    break;
+	  if (DIGIT (c))
+	    c -= '0';
+	  else if (ISALPHA (c))
+	    c = TOUPPER (c) - 'A' + 10;
+	  else
+	    break;
+
+	  if ((int) c >= base)
+	    break;
+	  /* Note that we never can have an overflow.  */
+	  else if (j >= jmax)
+	    {
+	      /* We have an overflow.  Now use the long representation.  */
+	      i = (unsigned LONG int) j;
+	      goto use_long;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    j = j * (unsigned long int) base + c;
+	}
+
+      i = (unsigned LONG int) j;
+    }
+  else
+    for (;c != '\0'; c = *++s)
+      {
+	if (s == end)
+	  break;
+	if (DIGIT (c))
+	  c -= '0';
+	else if (ISALPHA (c))
+	  c = TOUPPER (c) - 'A' + 10;
+	else
+	  break;
+	if ((int) c >= base)
+	  break;
+	/* Check for overflow.  */
+	if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
+	  overflow = 1;
+	else
+	  {
+	  use_long:
+	    i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
+	    i += c;
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* Check if anything actually happened.  */
+  if (s == save)
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
+     past the last character we converted.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (char *) s;
+
+#if !UNSIGNED
+  /* Check for a value that is within the range of
+     `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'.  */
+  if (overflow == 0
+      && i > (negative
+	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+	      : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
+    overflow = 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (overflow)
+    {
+      __set_errno (ERANGE);
+#if UNSIGNED
+      return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
+#else
+      return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Return the result of the appropriate sign.  */
+  return negative ? -i : i;
+
+noconv:
+  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
+     first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
+     ENDPTR points to the `x`.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    {
+      if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER ((unsigned char) save[-1]) == 'X' && save[-2] == '0')
+	*endptr = (char *) &save[-1];
+      else
+	/*  There was no number to convert.  */
+	*endptr = (char *) nptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0L;
+}
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRTOL */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtoll.c b/lib/sh/strtoll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2000497
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !defined (HAVE_STRTOLL)
+
+#define QUAD		1
+#undef HAVE_STRTOL
+
+#include "strtol.c"
+
+#endif /* HAVE_LONG_LONG && !HAVE_STRTOLL */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtoul.c b/lib/sh/strtoul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a75d76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtoul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRTOUL
+
+#define	UNSIGNED	1
+#undef HAVE_STRTOL
+
+#include <strtol.c>
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRTOUL */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtoull.c b/lib/sh/strtoull.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09a2fac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtoull.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !defined (HAVE_STRTOULL)
+
+#define QUAD		1
+#define	UNSIGNED	1
+#undef HAVE_STRTOL
+
+#include "strtol.c"
+
+#endif /* HAVE_LONG_LONG && !HAVE_STRTOULL */
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtoumax.c b/lib/sh/strtoumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e723d49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an uintmax_t value.
+   Copyright 1999-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  Modified by Chet Ramey for Bash. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#  include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime).  */
+#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
+extern unsigned long strtoul __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+extern unsigned long long strtoull __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef strtoumax
+#undef strtoumax
+#endif
+
+uintmax_t
+strtoumax (ptr, endptr, base)
+     const char *ptr;
+     char **endptr;
+     int base;
+{
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+  verify (size_is_that_of_unsigned_long_or_unsigned_long_long,
+	  (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (unsigned long) ||
+	   sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (unsigned long long)));
+
+  if (sizeof (uintmax_t) != sizeof (unsigned long))
+    return (strtoull (ptr, endptr, base));
+#else
+  verify (size_is_that_of_unsigned_long, sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (unsigned long));
+#endif
+
+  return (strtoul (ptr, endptr, base));
+}
+
+#ifdef TESTING
+# include <stdio.h>
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char *p, *endptr;
+  uintmax_t x;
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+  unsigned long long y;
+#endif
+  unsigned long z;
+
+  printf ("sizeof uintmax_t: %d\n", sizeof (uintmax_t));
+
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+  printf ("sizeof unsigned long long: %d\n", sizeof (unsigned long long));
+#endif
+  printf ("sizeof unsigned long: %d\n", sizeof (unsigned long));
+
+  x = strtoumax("42", &endptr, 10);
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+  y = strtoull("42", &endptr, 10);
+#else
+  y = 0;
+#endif
+  z = strtoul("42", &endptr, 10);
+
+  printf ("%llu %llu %lu\n", x, y, z);
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/sh/strtrans.c b/lib/sh/strtrans.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acf9d69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/strtrans.c
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/* strtrans.c - Translate and untranslate strings with ANSI-C escape
+		sequences. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <bashansi.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <chartypes.h>
+
+#include "shell.h"
+
+#ifdef ESC
+#undef ESC
+#endif
+#define ESC '\033'	/* ASCII */
+
+/* Convert STRING by expanding the escape sequences specified by the
+   ANSI C standard.  If SAWC is non-null, recognize `\c' and use that
+   as a string terminator.  If we see \c, set *SAWC to 1 before
+   returning.  LEN is the length of STRING.  If (FLAGS&1) is non-zero,
+   that we're translating a string for `echo -e', and therefore should not
+   treat a single quote as a character that may be escaped with a backslash.
+   If (FLAGS&2) is non-zero, we're expanding for the parser and want to
+   quote CTLESC and CTLNUL with CTLESC.  If (flags&4) is non-zero, we want
+   to remove the backslash before any unrecognized escape sequence. */
+char *
+ansicstr (string, len, flags, sawc, rlen)
+     char *string;
+     int len, flags, *sawc, *rlen;
+{
+  int c, temp;
+  char *ret, *r, *s;
+
+  if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+
+  ret = (char *)xmalloc (2*len + 1);	/* 2*len for possible CTLESC */
+  for (r = ret, s = string; s && *s; )
+    {
+      c = *s++;
+      if (c != '\\' || *s == '\0')
+	*r++ = c;
+      else
+	{
+	  switch (c = *s++)
+	    {
+#if defined (__STDC__)
+	    case 'a': c = '\a'; break;
+	    case 'v': c = '\v'; break;
+#else
+	    case 'a': c = '\007'; break;
+	    case 'v': c = (int) 0x0B; break;
+#endif
+	    case 'b': c = '\b'; break;
+	    case 'e': case 'E':		/* ESC -- non-ANSI */
+	      c = ESC; break;
+	    case 'f': c = '\f'; break;
+	    case 'n': c = '\n'; break;
+	    case 'r': c = '\r'; break;
+	    case 't': c = '\t'; break;
+	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+	    case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+	      /* If (FLAGS & 1), we're translating a string for echo -e (or
+		 the equivalent xpg_echo option), so we obey the SUSv3/
+		 POSIX-2001 requirement and accept 0-3 octal digits after
+		 a leading `0'. */
+	      temp = 2 + ((flags & 1) && (c == '0'));
+	      for (c -= '0'; ISOCTAL (*s) && temp--; s++)
+		c = (c * 8) + OCTVALUE (*s);
+	      c &= 0xFF;
+	      break;
+	    case 'x':			/* Hex digit -- non-ANSI */
+	      if ((flags & 2) && *s == '{')
+		{
+		  flags |= 16;		/* internal flag value */
+		  s++;
+		}
+	      /* Consume at least two hex characters */
+	      for (temp = 2, c = 0; ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char)*s) && temp--; s++)
+		c = (c * 16) + HEXVALUE (*s);
+	      /* DGK says that after a `\x{' ksh93 consumes ISXDIGIT chars
+		 until a non-xdigit or `}', so potentially more than two
+		 chars are consumed. */
+	      if (flags & 16)
+		{
+		  for ( ; ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char)*s); s++)
+		    c = (c * 16) + HEXVALUE (*s);
+		  flags &= ~16;
+		  if (*s == '}')
+		    s++;
+	        }
+	      /* \x followed by non-hex digits is passed through unchanged */
+	      else if (temp == 2)
+		{
+		  *r++ = '\\';
+		  c = 'x';
+		}
+	      c &= 0xFF;
+	      break;
+	    case '\\':
+	      break;
+	    case '\'': case '"': case '?':
+	      if (flags & 1)
+		*r++ = '\\';
+	      break;
+	    case 'c':
+	      if (sawc)
+		{
+		  *sawc = 1;
+		  *r = '\0';
+		  if (rlen)
+		    *rlen = r - ret;
+		  return ret;
+		}
+	      else if ((flags & 1) == 0 && (c = *s))
+		{
+		  s++;
+		  c = TOCTRL(c);
+		  break;
+		}
+		/*FALLTHROUGH*/
+	    default:
+		if ((flags & 4) == 0)
+		  *r++ = '\\';
+		break;
+	    }
+	  if ((flags & 2) && (c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL))
+	    *r++ = CTLESC;
+	  *r++ = c;
+	}
+    }
+  *r = '\0';
+  if (rlen)
+    *rlen = r - ret;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Take a string STR, possibly containing non-printing characters, and turn it
+   into a $'...' ANSI-C style quoted string.  Returns a new string. */
+char *
+ansic_quote (str, flags, rlen)
+     char *str;
+     int flags, *rlen;
+{
+  char *r, *ret, *s;
+  int l, rsize, t;
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  if (str == 0 || *str == 0)
+    return ((char *)0);
+
+  l = strlen (str);
+  rsize = 4 * l + 4;
+  r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (rsize);
+
+  *r++ = '$';
+  *r++ = '\'';
+
+  for (s = str, l = 0; *s; s++)
+    {
+      c = *s;
+      l = 1;		/* 1 == add backslash; 0 == no backslash */
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case ESC: c = 'E'; break;
+#ifdef __STDC__
+	case '\a': c = 'a'; break;
+	case '\v': c = 'v'; break;
+#else
+	case '\007': c = 'a'; break;
+	case 0x0b: c = 'v'; break;
+#endif
+
+	case '\b': c = 'b'; break;
+	case '\f': c = 'f'; break;
+	case '\n': c = 'n'; break;
+	case '\r': c = 'r'; break;
+	case '\t': c = 't'; break;
+	case '\\':
+	case '\'':
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  if (ISPRINT (c) == 0)
+	    {
+	      *r++ = '\\';
+	      *r++ = TOCHAR ((c >> 6) & 07);
+	      *r++ = TOCHAR ((c >> 3) & 07);
+	      *r++ = TOCHAR (c & 07);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  l = 0;
+	  break;
+	}
+      if (l)
+	*r++ = '\\';
+      *r++ = c;
+    }
+
+  *r++ = '\'';
+  *r = '\0';
+  if (rlen)
+    *rlen = r - ret;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* return 1 if we need to quote with $'...' because of non-printing chars. */
+int
+ansic_shouldquote (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  const char *s;
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  if (string == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  for (s = string; c = *s; s++)
+    if (ISPRINT (c) == 0)
+      return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* $'...' ANSI-C expand the portion of STRING between START and END and
+   return the result.  The result cannot be longer than the input string. */
+char *
+ansiexpand (string, start, end, lenp)
+     char *string;
+     int start, end, *lenp;
+{
+  char *temp, *t;
+  int len, tlen;
+
+  temp = (char *)xmalloc (end - start + 1);
+  for (tlen = 0, len = start; len < end; )
+    temp[tlen++] = string[len++];
+  temp[tlen] = '\0';
+
+  if (*temp)
+    {
+      t = ansicstr (temp, tlen, 2, (int *)NULL, lenp);
+      free (temp);
+      return (t);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = 0;
+      return (temp);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/times.c b/lib/sh/times.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7136cf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/times.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* times.c - times(3) library function */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_TIMES)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <posixtime.h>
+#include <systimes.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H) && defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE)
+#  include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H && HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+
+extern long	get_clk_tck __P((void));
+
+#define CONVTCK(r)      (r.tv_sec * clk_tck + r.tv_usec / (1000000 / clk_tck))
+
+clock_t
+times(tms)
+	struct tms *tms;
+{
+	clock_t rv;
+	static long clk_tck = -1;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETRUSAGE)
+	struct timeval tv;
+	struct rusage ru;
+
+	if (clk_tck == -1)
+		clk_tck = get_clk_tck();
+
+	if (getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &ru) < 0)
+		return ((clock_t)-1);
+	tms->tms_utime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_utime);
+	tms->tms_stime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_stime);
+
+	if (getrusage(RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &ru) < 0)
+		return ((clock_t)-1);
+	tms->tms_cutime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_utime);
+	tms->tms_cstime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_stime);
+
+	if (gettimeofday(&tv, (struct timezone *) 0) < 0)
+		return ((clock_t)-1);
+	rv = (clock_t)(CONVTCK(tv));
+#else /* !HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+	if (clk_tck == -1)
+		clk_tck = get_clk_tck();
+
+	/* We can't do anything. */
+	tms->tms_utime = tms->tms_stime = (clock_t)0;
+	tms->tms_cutime = tms->tms_cstime = (clock_t)0;
+
+	rv = (clock_t)time((time_t *)0) * clk_tck;
+# endif /* HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+
+	return rv;
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_TIMES */
diff --git a/lib/sh/timeval.c b/lib/sh/timeval.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7f624e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/timeval.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/* timeval.c - functions to perform operations on struct timevals */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL)
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <posixtime.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+struct timeval *
+difftimeval (d, t1, t2)
+     struct timeval *d, *t1, *t2;
+{
+  d->tv_sec = t2->tv_sec - t1->tv_sec;
+  d->tv_usec = t2->tv_usec - t1->tv_usec;
+  if (d->tv_usec < 0)
+    {
+      d->tv_usec += 1000000;
+      d->tv_sec -= 1;
+      if (d->tv_sec < 0)		/* ??? -- BSD/OS does this */
+	{
+	  d->tv_sec = 0;
+	  d->tv_usec = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  return d;
+}
+
+struct timeval *
+addtimeval (d, t1, t2)
+     struct timeval *d, *t1, *t2;
+{
+  d->tv_sec = t1->tv_sec + t2->tv_sec;
+  d->tv_usec = t1->tv_usec + t2->tv_usec;
+  if (d->tv_usec >= 1000000)
+    {
+      d->tv_usec -= 1000000;
+      d->tv_sec += 1;
+    }
+  return d;
+}
+
+/* Do "cpu = ((user + sys) * 10000) / real;" with timevals.
+   Barely-tested code from Deven T. Corzine <deven@ties.org>. */
+int
+timeval_to_cpu (rt, ut, st)
+     struct timeval *rt, *ut, *st;	/* real, user, sys */
+{
+  struct timeval t1, t2;
+  register int i;
+
+  addtimeval (&t1, ut, st);
+  t2.tv_sec = rt->tv_sec;
+  t2.tv_usec = rt->tv_usec;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+    {
+      if ((t1.tv_sec > 99999999) || (t2.tv_sec > 99999999))
+	break;
+      t1.tv_sec *= 10;
+      t1.tv_sec += t1.tv_usec / 100000;
+      t1.tv_usec *= 10;
+      t1.tv_usec %= 1000000;
+      t2.tv_sec *= 10;
+      t2.tv_sec += t2.tv_usec / 100000;
+      t2.tv_usec *= 10;
+      t2.tv_usec %= 1000000;
+    }
+  for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+    {
+      if (t1.tv_sec < 100000000)
+	t1.tv_sec *= 10;
+      else
+	t2.tv_sec /= 10;
+    }
+
+  return ((t2.tv_sec == 0) ? 0 : t1.tv_sec / t2.tv_sec);
+}  
+
+/* Convert a pointer to a struct timeval to seconds and thousandths of a
+   second, returning the values in *SP and *SFP, respectively.  This does
+   rounding on the fractional part, not just truncation to three places. */
+void
+timeval_to_secs (tvp, sp, sfp)
+     struct timeval *tvp;
+     time_t *sp;
+     int *sfp;
+{
+  int rest;
+
+  *sp = tvp->tv_sec;
+
+  *sfp = tvp->tv_usec % 1000000;	/* pretty much a no-op */
+  rest = *sfp % 1000;
+  *sfp = (*sfp * 1000) / 1000000;
+  if (rest >= 500)
+    *sfp += 1;
+
+  /* Sanity check */
+  if (*sfp >= 1000)
+    {
+      *sp += 1;
+      *sfp -= 1000;
+    }
+}
+  
+/* Print the contents of a struct timeval * in a standard way to stdio
+   stream FP.  */
+void
+print_timeval (fp, tvp)
+     FILE *fp;
+     struct timeval *tvp;
+{
+  time_t timestamp;
+  long minutes;
+  int seconds, seconds_fraction;
+
+  timeval_to_secs (tvp, &timestamp, &seconds_fraction);
+
+  minutes = timestamp / 60;
+  seconds = timestamp % 60;
+
+  fprintf (fp, "%ldm%d.%03ds",  minutes, seconds, seconds_fraction);
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_TIMEVAL */
diff --git a/lib/sh/tmpfile.c b/lib/sh/tmpfile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb7b732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/tmpfile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+ * tmpfile.c - functions to create and safely open temp files for the shell.
+ */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <bashtypes.h>
+#include <posixstat.h>
+#include <posixtime.h>
+#include <filecntl.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <shell.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#define BASEOPENFLAGS	(O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_EXCL)
+
+#define DEFAULT_TMPDIR		"."	/* bogus default, should be changed */
+#define DEFAULT_NAMEROOT	"shtmp"
+
+extern pid_t dollar_dollar_pid;
+
+static char *sys_tmpdir = (char *)NULL;
+static int ntmpfiles;
+static int tmpnamelen = -1;
+static unsigned long filenum = 1L;
+
+static char *
+get_sys_tmpdir ()
+{
+  struct stat sb;
+
+  if (sys_tmpdir)
+    return sys_tmpdir;
+
+#ifdef P_tmpdir
+  sys_tmpdir = P_tmpdir;
+  if (file_iswdir (sys_tmpdir))
+    return sys_tmpdir;
+#endif
+
+  sys_tmpdir = "/tmp";
+  if (file_iswdir (sys_tmpdir))
+    return sys_tmpdir;
+
+  sys_tmpdir = "/var/tmp";
+  if (file_iswdir (sys_tmpdir))
+    return sys_tmpdir;
+
+  sys_tmpdir = "/usr/tmp";
+  if (file_iswdir (sys_tmpdir))
+    return sys_tmpdir;
+
+  sys_tmpdir = DEFAULT_TMPDIR;
+
+  return sys_tmpdir;
+}
+
+static char *
+get_tmpdir (flags)
+     int flags;
+{
+  char *tdir;
+
+  tdir = (flags & MT_USETMPDIR) ? get_string_value ("TMPDIR") : (char *)NULL;
+  if (tdir == 0)
+    tdir = get_sys_tmpdir ();
+
+#if defined (HAVE_PATHCONF) && defined (_PC_NAME_MAX)
+  if (tmpnamelen == -1)
+    tmpnamelen = pathconf (tdir, _PC_NAME_MAX);
+#else
+  tmpnamelen = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return tdir;
+}
+
+char *
+sh_mktmpname (nameroot, flags)
+     char *nameroot;
+     int flags;
+{
+  char *filename, *tdir, *lroot;
+  struct stat sb;
+  int r, tdlen;
+
+  filename = (char *)xmalloc (PATH_MAX + 1);
+  tdir = get_tmpdir (flags);
+  tdlen = strlen (tdir);
+
+  lroot = nameroot ? nameroot : DEFAULT_NAMEROOT;
+
+#ifdef USE_MKTEMP
+  sprintf (filename, "%s/%s.XXXXXX", tdir, lroot);
+  if (mktemp (filename) == 0)
+    {
+      free (filename);
+      filename = NULL;
+    }
+#else  /* !USE_MKTEMP */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      filenum = (filenum << 1) ^
+		(unsigned long) time ((time_t *)0) ^
+		(unsigned long) dollar_dollar_pid ^
+		(unsigned long) ((flags & MT_USERANDOM) ? get_random_number () : ntmpfiles++);
+      sprintf (filename, "%s/%s-%lu", tdir, lroot, filenum);
+      if (tmpnamelen > 0 && tmpnamelen < 32)
+	filename[tdlen + 1 + tmpnamelen] = '\0';
+#  ifdef HAVE_LSTAT
+      r = lstat (filename, &sb);
+#  else
+      r = stat (filename, &sb);
+#  endif
+      if (r < 0 && errno == ENOENT)
+	break;
+    }
+#endif /* !USE_MKTEMP */
+
+  return filename;
+}
+
+int
+sh_mktmpfd (nameroot, flags, namep)
+     char *nameroot;
+     int flags;
+     char **namep;
+{
+  char *filename, *tdir, *lroot;
+  int fd, tdlen;
+
+  filename = (char *)xmalloc (PATH_MAX + 1);
+  tdir = get_tmpdir (flags);
+  tdlen = strlen (tdir);
+
+  lroot = nameroot ? nameroot : DEFAULT_NAMEROOT;
+
+#ifdef USE_MKSTEMP
+  sprintf (filename, "%s/%s.XXXXXX", tdir, lroot);
+  fd = mkstemp (filename);
+  if (fd < 0 || namep == 0)
+    {
+      free (filename);
+      filename = NULL;
+    }
+  if (namep)
+    *namep = filename;
+  return fd;
+#else /* !USE_MKSTEMP */
+  do
+    {
+      filenum = (filenum << 1) ^
+		(unsigned long) time ((time_t *)0) ^
+		(unsigned long) dollar_dollar_pid ^
+		(unsigned long) ((flags & MT_USERANDOM) ? get_random_number () : ntmpfiles++);
+      sprintf (filename, "%s/%s-%lu", tdir, lroot, filenum);
+      if (tmpnamelen > 0 && tmpnamelen < 32)
+	filename[tdlen + 1 + tmpnamelen] = '\0';
+      fd = open (filename, BASEOPENFLAGS | ((flags & MT_READWRITE) ? O_RDWR : O_WRONLY), 0600);
+    }
+  while (fd < 0 && errno == EEXIST);
+
+  if (namep)
+    *namep = filename;
+  else
+    free (filename);
+
+  return fd;
+#endif /* !USE_MKSTEMP */
+}
+
+FILE *
+sh_mktmpfp (nameroot, flags, namep)
+     char *nameroot;
+     int flags;
+     char **namep;
+{
+  int fd;
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  fd = sh_mktmpfd (nameroot, flags, namep);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return ((FILE *)NULL);
+  fp = fdopen (fd, (flags & MT_READWRITE) ? "w+" : "w");
+  if (fp == 0)
+    close (fd);
+  return fp;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/vprint.c b/lib/sh/vprint.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..929bdbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/vprint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* vprint.c -- v[fs]printf() for 4.[23] BSD systems. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987,1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (USE_VFPRINTF_EMULATION)
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+#  if defined (__STDC__)
+#    define NULL ((void *)0)
+#  else
+#    define NULL 0x0
+#  endif /* __STDC__ */
+#endif /* !NULL */
+
+/*
+ * Beware!  Don't trust the value returned by either of these functions; it
+ * seems that pre-4.3-tahoe implementations of _doprnt () return the first
+ * argument, i.e. a char *.
+ */
+#include <varargs.h>
+
+int
+vfprintf (iop, fmt, ap)
+     FILE *iop;
+     char *fmt;
+     va_list ap;
+{
+  int len;
+  char localbuf[BUFSIZ];
+
+  if (iop->_flag & _IONBF)
+    {
+      iop->_flag &= ~_IONBF;
+      iop->_ptr = iop->_base = localbuf;
+      len = _doprnt (fmt, ap, iop);
+      (void) fflush (iop);
+      iop->_flag |= _IONBF;
+      iop->_base = NULL;
+      iop->_bufsiz = 0;
+      iop->_cnt = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    len = _doprnt (fmt, ap, iop);
+  return (ferror (iop) ? EOF : len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Ditto for vsprintf
+ */
+int
+vsprintf (str, fmt, ap)
+     char *str, *fmt;
+     va_list ap;
+{
+  FILE f;
+  int len;
+
+  f._flag = _IOWRT|_IOSTRG;
+  f._ptr = str;
+  f._cnt = 32767;
+  len = _doprnt (fmt, ap, &f);
+  *f._ptr = 0;
+  return (len);
+}
+#endif /* USE_VFPRINTF_EMULATION */
diff --git a/lib/sh/winsize.c b/lib/sh/winsize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b39c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/winsize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* Handle window size changes and information. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+
+#if !defined (STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
+/* For struct winsize on SCO */
+/*   sys/ptem.h has winsize but needs mblk_t from sys/stream.h */
+#  if defined (HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H) && defined (TIOCGWINSZ) && defined (SIGWINCH)
+#    if defined (HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H)
+#      include <sys/stream.h>
+#    endif
+#    include <sys/ptem.h>
+#  endif /* HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H && TIOCGWINSZ && SIGWINCH */
+#endif /* !STRUCT_WINSIZE_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Return the fd from which we are actually getting input. */
+#define input_tty() (shell_tty != -1) ? shell_tty : fileno (stderr)
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+extern int shell_tty;
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+extern void rl_set_screen_size __P((int, int));
+#endif
+
+void
+get_new_window_size (from_sig, rp, cp)
+     int from_sig;
+     int *rp, *cp;
+{
+#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+  struct winsize win;
+  int tty;
+
+  tty = input_tty ();
+  if (tty >= 0 && (ioctl (tty, TIOCGWINSZ, &win) == 0) &&
+      win.ws_row > 0 && win.ws_col > 0)
+    {
+      sh_set_lines_and_columns (win.ws_row, win.ws_col);
+#if defined (READLINE)
+      rl_set_screen_size (win.ws_row, win.ws_col);
+      if (rp)
+	*rp = win.ws_row;
+      if (cp)
+	*cp = win.ws_col;
+#endif
+    }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/xstrchr.c b/lib/sh/xstrchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3272837
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/xstrchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* xstrchr.c - strchr(3) that handles multibyte characters. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+
+#undef xstrchr
+
+/* In some locales, the non-first byte of some multibyte characters have
+   the same value as some ascii character.  Faced with these strings, a
+   legacy strchr() might return the wrong value. */
+
+char *
+#if defined (PROTOTYPES)
+xstrchr (const char *s, int c)
+#else
+xstrchr (s, c)
+     const char *s;
+     int c;
+#endif
+{
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+  char *pos;
+  mbstate_t state;
+  size_t strlength, mblength;
+
+  /* The locale encodings with said weird property are BIG5, BIG5-HKSCS,
+     GBK, GB18030, SHIFT_JIS, and JOHAB.  They exhibit the problem only
+     when c >= 0x30.  We can therefore use the faster bytewise search if
+     c <= 0x30. */
+  if ((unsigned char)c >= '0' && MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      pos = (char *)s;
+      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof(mbstate_t));
+      strlength = strlen (s);
+
+      while (strlength > 0)
+	{
+	  mblength = mbrlen (pos, strlength, &state);
+	  if (mblength == (size_t)-2 || mblength == (size_t)-1 || mblength == (size_t)0)
+	    mblength = 1;
+
+	  if (c == (unsigned char)*pos)
+	    return pos;
+
+	  strlength -= mblength;
+	  pos += mblength;
+	}
+
+      return ((char *)NULL);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+  return (strchr (s, c));
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/zcatfd.c b/lib/sh/zcatfd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24020eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/zcatfd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <stdc.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+extern ssize_t zread __P((int, char *, size_t));
+extern int zwrite __P((int, char *, ssize_t));
+
+/* Dump contents of file descriptor FD to OFD.  FN is the filename for
+   error messages (not used right now). */
+int
+zcatfd (fd, ofd, fn)
+     int fd, ofd;
+     char *fn;
+{
+  ssize_t nr;
+  int rval;
+  char lbuf[128];
+
+  rval = 0;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      nr = zread (fd, lbuf, sizeof (lbuf));
+      if (nr == 0)
+	break;
+      else if (nr < 0)
+	{
+	  rval = -1;
+	  break;
+	}
+      else if (zwrite (ofd, lbuf, nr) < 0)
+	{
+	  rval = -1;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return rval;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/zread.c b/lib/sh/zread.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..460234b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/zread.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SEEK_CUR
+#  define SEEK_CUR 1
+#endif
+
+/* Read LEN bytes from FD into BUF.  Retry the read on EINTR.  Any other
+   error causes the loop to break. */
+ssize_t
+zread (fd, buf, len)
+     int fd;
+     char *buf;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  ssize_t r;
+
+  while ((r = read (fd, buf, len)) < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+    ;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Read LEN bytes from FD into BUF.  Retry the read on EINTR, up to three
+   interrupts.  Any other error causes the loop to break. */
+
+#ifdef NUM_INTR
+#  undef NUM_INTR
+#endif
+#define NUM_INTR 3
+
+ssize_t
+zreadintr (fd, buf, len)
+     int fd;
+     char *buf;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  ssize_t r;
+  int nintr;
+
+  for (nintr = 0; ; )
+    {
+      r = read (fd, buf, len);
+      if (r >= 0)
+	return r;
+      if (r == -1 && errno == EINTR)
+	{
+	  if (++nintr > NUM_INTR)
+	    return -1;
+	  continue;
+	}
+      return r;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Read one character from FD and return it in CP.  Return values are as
+   in read(2).  This does some local buffering to avoid many one-character
+   calls to read(2), like those the `read' builtin performs. */
+
+static char lbuf[128];
+static size_t lind, lused;
+
+ssize_t
+zreadc (fd, cp)
+     int fd;
+     char *cp;
+{
+  ssize_t nr;
+
+  if (lind == lused || lused == 0)
+    {
+      nr = zread (fd, lbuf, sizeof (lbuf));
+      lind = 0;
+      if (nr <= 0)
+	{
+	  lused = 0;
+	  return nr;
+	}
+      lused = nr;
+    }
+  if (cp)
+    *cp = lbuf[lind++];
+  return 1;
+}
+
+void
+zreset ()
+{
+  lind = lused = 0;
+}
+
+/* Sync the seek pointer for FD so that the kernel's idea of the last char
+   read is the last char returned by zreadc. */
+void
+zsyncfd (fd)
+     int fd;
+{
+  off_t off;
+  int r;
+
+  off = lused - lind;
+  r = 0;
+  if (off > 0)
+    r = lseek (fd, -off, SEEK_CUR);
+
+  if (r >= 0)
+    lused = lind = 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/sh/zwrite.c b/lib/sh/zwrite.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf1f9e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sh/zwrite.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+   Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+   the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+   Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+   version.
+
+   Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+   WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+   FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+   for more details.
+   
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with Bash; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* Write NB bytes from BUF to file descriptor FD, retrying the write if
+   it is interrupted.  We retry three times if we get a zero-length
+   write.  Any other signal causes this function to return prematurely. */
+int
+zwrite (fd, buf, nb)
+     int fd;
+     char *buf;
+     size_t nb;
+{
+  int n, i, nt;
+
+  for (n = nb, nt = 0;;)
+    {
+      i = write (fd, buf, n);
+      if (i > 0)
+	{
+	  n -= i;
+	  if (n <= 0)
+	    return nb;
+	  buf += i;
+	}
+      else if (i == 0)
+	{
+	  if (++nt > 3)
+	    return (nb - n);
+	}
+      else if (errno != EINTR)
+	return -1;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/termcap/Makefile.in b/lib/termcap/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf5639f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+## -*- text -*- ####################################################
+#								   #
+# Makefile for termcap replacement libbrary.			   #
+#								   #
+####################################################################
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.     
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = .:@srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+libdir = @libdir@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm -f
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I$(topdir)/lib -I$(srcdir)
+
+CCFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) ${INCLUDES}
+
+# Here is a rule for making .o files from .c files that doesn't force
+# the type of the machine (like -sun3) into the flags.
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $<
+
+SOURCES = termcap.c tparam.c
+OBJECTS = termcap.o tparam.o
+
+DOCUMENTATION = termcap.texinfo
+
+THINGS_TO_TAR = $(SOURCES) $(DOCUMENTATION)
+
+##########################################################################
+
+all: libtermcap.a
+
+libtermcap.a:	$(OBJECTS)
+	$(RM) -f $@
+	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+install:	
+
+clean:
+	$(RM) *.o *.a *.log *.cp *.tp *.vr *.fn *.aux *.pg *.toc
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+distclean maintainer-clean: clean
+	$(RM) Makefile
+
+$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libtermcap.a: libtermcap.a
+	${INSTALL_DATA} -c -m 644 libtermcap.a $@
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) -t $@
+
+termcap.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+tparam.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+version.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/COPYING b/lib/termcap/grot/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b940a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+The Free Software Foundation has exempted Bash from the requirement of
+Paragraph 2c of the General Public License.  This is to say, there is
+no requirement for Bash to print a notice when it is started
+interactively in the usual way.  We made this exception because users
+and standards expect shells not to print such messages.  This
+exception applies to any program that serves as a shell and that is
+based primarily on Bash as opposed to other GNU software.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/ChangeLog b/lib/termcap/grot/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8c4751
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+Wed Aug 16 20:45:44 1995  David J. MacKenzie  <djm@geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* version.c: Version 1.3.
+
+	* termcap.c (tgetent): Use the user-supplied buffer even if we
+	don't find a matching terminal, so the program can set the buffer
+	if they want (`less' does this).  From Bob Pegram
+	<pegram@emba.uvm.edu>.
+
+Wed Jul 26 11:44:51 1995  David J. MacKenzie  <djm@geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* termcap.c: TERMCAP_NAME -> TERMCAP_FILE.
+
+	* configure.in: Add --enable-install-termcap and --with-termcap
+ 	options.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Add hooks for new configure options.
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add termcap.src.
+	(DEFS): Remove -DNO_ARG_ARRAY.
+	(install-data, uninstall-data): New targets.
+
+	* tparam.c (tparam): Remove arg array version and the #ifdef.
+
+	* termcap.c: Move #define of bcopy to after #include <string.h>.
+
+	* termcap.h: Prototype the arg to the tputs outfun arg.
+
+	* Makefile.in: realclean -> maintainer-clean.  Use @prefix@ and
+ 	@exec_prefix@.
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add install-sh.
+
+Fri Apr  7 14:57:45 1995  Richard Stallman  <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* termcap.c (tgetent): Don't try to return the allocated address.
+	Always return 1 if successful.
+
+Tue Feb 14 02:34:43 1995  Richard Stallman  <rms@pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* termcap.c (speeds): Make it ints.  Add some higher speeds.
+	(tputs) [emacs]: If speed is high, convert to smaller units.
+	(tputs): Really use SPEED to calculate PADCOUNT.
+
+Sat Dec 17 07:20:24 1994  Richard Stallman  <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+	* termcap.c (tgetst1): Let ^? stand for DEL character.
+
+Thu Jun 30 04:35:50 1994  Roland McGrath  (roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* configure.in: Use AC_HAVE_HEADERS instead of AC_UNISTD_H.
+	Add AC_PROG_RANLIB.
+	* Makefile.in (AR, RANLIB): New variables.
+	(install, libtermcap.a): Use them instead of hard-wired commands.
+
+Sat Jun  4 12:21:41 1994  Roland McGrath  (roland@geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* termcap.c [HAVE_CONFIG_H]: Include <sys/file.h>, and include
+	<fcntl.h> #ifdef USG5, so we get O_* defns.
+
+Wed May 25 19:05:30 1994  Roland McGrath  (roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* termcap.c (O_RDONLY): Define to 0 if not already defined.
+	(tgetent): Use O_RDONLY instead of explicit 0 in call to open.
+
+Wed Jan  5 22:20:15 1993  Morten Welinder  (terra@diku.dk)
+
+	* termcap.c (tgetent) [INTERNAL_TERMINAL]: Fake internal terminal 
+	without reading any files.
+	(valid_file_name, tgetent) [MSDOS]: Drive letter support.
+	(tgetent) [MSDOS]: Use text mode for database.
+
+Fri Dec 17 00:22:43 1993  Mike Long  (mike.long@analog.com)
+
+	* termcap.c (tgetent): Replaced literal filenames for termcap
+	database with preprocessor symbol TERMCAP_NAME.
+	(TERMCAP_NAME): Define if not defined.
+
+Fri Sep 10 00:35:07 1993  Roland McGrath  (roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* Makefile.in (.c.o): Put -I. before -I$(srcdir).
+	* termcap.c: Include <config.h> instead of "config.h".
+	* tparam.c: Likewise.
+
+Thu Jul 29 20:53:30 1993  David J. MacKenzie  (djm@wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* Makefile.in (config.status): Run config.status --recheck, not
+	configure, to get the right args passed.
+
+Thu Apr 15 12:45:10 1993  David J. MacKenzie  (djm@kropotkin.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* Version 1.2.
+
+	* tparam.c [!emacs] (xmalloc, xrealloc, memory_out): New functions.
+	(tparam1): Use them.
+
+	* termcap.c, tparam.c: Use NULL or '\0' where appropriate
+	instead of 0.  Rename some vars.
+	* termcap.c (tgetent): If EOF is reached on termcap file,
+	free allocated resources before returning.
+
+	* termcap.c (tgetent): Use /etc/termcap if TERMCAP is an entry
+	for a term type other than TERM.
+	From pjr@jet.UK (Paul J Rippin).
+
+Sat Apr 10 23:55:12 1993  Richard Stallman  (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* tparam.c (tparam1): Don't set the 0200 bit on a non-0 character code.
+	From junio@twinsun.COM (Junio Hamano).
+
+Tue Dec  8 22:02:15 1992  David J. MacKenzie  (djm@kropotkin.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* termcap.c, tparam.c: Use HAVE_STRING_H instead of USG.
+
+Thu Dec  3 13:47:56 1992  David J. MacKenzie  (djm@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* termcap.c, tparam.c [HAVE_CONFIG_H]: Include config.h.
+
+Fri Oct 23 12:35:29 1992  David J. MacKenzie  (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* termcap.h [__STDC__]: Add consts.  From Franc,ois Pinard.
+
+Tue Oct 13 15:52:21 1992  David J. MacKenzie  (djm@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* Version 1.1.
+
+Tue Sep 29 21:04:39 1992  David J. MacKenzie  (djm@geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+	* termcap.[ch], tparam.c: Fix some lint.
+
+	* version.c: New file.
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: indented-text
+left-margin: 8
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/INSTALL b/lib/termcap/grot/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95d84c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   These are generic installation instructions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
+`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
+reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
+(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If at some point `config.cache'
+contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
+called `autoconf'.  You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
+it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.  If you're
+     using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
+     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
+     `configure' itself.
+
+     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
+     messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.
+
+  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  You can give `configure'
+initial values for variables by setting them in the environment.  Using
+a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
+this:
+     CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
+
+Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
+     env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
+supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+   If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
+variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
+in the source code directory.  After you have installed the package for
+one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
+architecture.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
+`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc.  You can specify an
+installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
+option `--prefix=PATH'.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
+PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
+will run on.  Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
+`--host=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the host type.
+
+   If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
+use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
+system on which you are compiling the package.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Operation Controls
+==================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
+     `./config.cache'.  Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
+     debugging `configure'.
+
+`--help'
+     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--version'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
+
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/Makefile.in b/lib/termcap/grot/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6f06ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+# Makefile for GNU termcap library.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+#### Start of system configuration section. ####
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+CC = @CC@
+AR = ar
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@ -DTERMCAP_FILE=\"$(termcapfile)\"
+
+CFLAGS = -g
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+# Directory in which to install libtermcap.a.
+libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
+
+# Directory in which to install termcap.h.
+includedir = $(prefix)/include
+
+# Directory in which to optionally also install termcap.h,
+# so compilers besides gcc can find it by default.
+# If it is empty or not defined, termcap.h will only be installed in
+# includedir. 
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+
+# Directory in which to install the documentation info files.
+infodir = $(prefix)/info
+
+# File to which `install-data' should install the data file
+# if --enable-install-termcap was given.
+termcapfile = @termcapfile@
+
+#### End of system configuration section. ####
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+SRCS = termcap.c tparam.c version.c
+OBJS = termcap.o tparam.o version.o
+HDRS = termcap.h
+DISTFILES = $(SRCS) $(HDRS) ChangeLog COPYING README INSTALL NEWS \
+termcap.src termcap.texi termcap.info* \
+texinfo.tex Makefile.in configure configure.in mkinstalldirs install-sh
+
+all:	libtermcap.a info
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) $<
+
+install: all installdirs @installdata@
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) libtermcap.a $(libdir)/libtermcap.a
+	-$(RANLIB) $(libdir)/libtermcap.a
+	cd $(srcdir); $(INSTALL_DATA) termcap.h $(includedir)/termcap.h
+	-cd $(srcdir); test -z "$(oldincludedir)" || \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) termcap.h $(oldincludedir)/termcap.h
+	cd $(srcdir); for f in termcap.info*; \
+	do $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(infodir)/$$f; done
+
+uninstall: @uninstalldata@
+	rm -f $(libdir)/libtermcap.a $(includedir)/termcap.h
+	test -z "$(oldincludedir)" || rm -f $(oldincludedir)/termcap.h
+	rm -f $(infodir)/termcap.info*
+
+# These are separate targets to avoid trashing the user's existing
+# termcap file unexpectedly.
+install-data:
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) ${srcdir}/termcap.src ${termcapfile}
+
+uninstall-data:
+	rm -f ${termcapfile}
+
+installdirs:
+	$(SHELL) ${srcdir}/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(libdir) \
+	$(includedir) $(infodir)
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
+	$(SHELL) config.status
+config.status: configure
+	$(SHELL) config.status --recheck
+configure: configure.in
+	cd $(srcdir) && autoconf
+
+libtermcap.a: $(OBJS)
+	$(AR) rc $@ $(OBJS)
+	-$(RANLIB) $@
+
+info: termcap.info
+
+termcap.info: termcap.texi
+	$(MAKEINFO) $(srcdir)/termcap.texi --output=$@
+
+TAGS:	$(SRCS)
+	etags $(SRCS)
+
+clean:
+	rm -f *.a *.o core
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f Makefile config.status config.cache config.log
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "rebuilding the deleted files requires makeinfo."
+	rm -f TAGS *.info*
+
+dist: $(DISTFILES)
+	echo termcap-`sed -e '/version_string/!d' -e 's/[^0-9]*\([0-9a-z.]*\).*/\1/' -e q version.c` > .fname
+	rm -rf `cat .fname`
+	mkdir `cat .fname`
+	ln $(DISTFILES) `cat .fname`
+	tar chzf `cat .fname`.tar.gz `cat .fname`
+	rm -rf `cat .fname` .fname
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/NEWS b/lib/termcap/grot/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5d58b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Major changes in release 1.3:
+
+Termcap data file is now included in distribution and may optionally
+  be installed, or used in a non-default location.
+Support for a fake internal terminal (no external files).
+Higher tty speeds supported.
+Portability tweaks.
+
+Major changes in release 1.2:
+
+For `%.', only set the high bit on NUL.
+Fix a file descriptor and memory leak.
+Add const in termcap.h prototypes.
+Configuration improvements.
+
+Major changes in release 1.1:
+
+Fix portability problems.
+Improve configuration and installation.
+Fix compiler warnings.
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/README b/lib/termcap/grot/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba1a19c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/README
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+This is the GNU termcap library -- a library of C functions that
+enable programs to send control strings to terminals in a way
+independent of the terminal type.  The GNU termcap library does not
+place an arbitrary limit on the size of termcap entries, unlike most
+other termcap libraries.
+
+Most of this package is also distributed with GNU Emacs, but it is
+available in this separate distribution to make it easier to install
+as -ltermcap.  However, use of termcap is discouraged.  Termcap is
+being phased out in favor of the terminfo-based ncurses library, which
+contains an emulation of the termcap library routines in addition to
+an excellent curses implementation.  ncurses is available from the
+usual GNU archive sites.
+
+See the file INSTALL for compilation and installation instructions.
+Additionally:
+
+This package contains termcap.src, the latest official termcap data
+file.  By default, it is not installed.  The current version contains
+some entries that are more than 1023 bytes long, which is the largest
+value that is safe to use with the many historical applications that
+only allocate a 1024 byte termcap buffer (telnet, for example).  If
+you make sure that all of your programs allocate buffers of at least
+2500 bytes, or let the termcap library do it by passing a NULL
+pointer, then it is safe to install the new termcap file, as described
+below.
+
+You can give configure two special options:
+  --enable-install-termcap install the termcap data file
+  --with-termcap=FILE     use data file FILE instead of /etc/termcap
+
+Please report any bugs in this library to bug-gnu-emacs@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+You can check which version of the library you have by using the RCS
+`ident' command on libtermcap.a.
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/configure b/lib/termcap/grot/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..8a885fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,998 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.4 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --enable-install-termcap install the termcap data file"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --with-termcap=FILE     use data file FILE instead of /etc/termcap"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu | --b)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=* | --b=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=PREFIX    install architecture-dependent files in PREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help
+EOF
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.4"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *) 
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set.
+# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand
+# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=termcap.h
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5 2>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5 2>&5'
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+# Check whether --enable-install-termcap or --disable-install-termcap was given.
+enableval="$enable_install_termcap"
+if test -n "$enableval"; then
+  if test $enableval = yes; then
+   installdata=install-data uninstalldata=uninstall-data
+ fi
+fi
+
+
+# Check whether --with-termcap or --without-termcap was given.
+withval="$with_termcap"
+if test -n "$withval"; then
+  termcapfile=$withval
+else
+  termcapfile=/etc/termcap
+fi
+
+
+# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC" && ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+  yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if ${CC-cc} -E conftest.c 2>&5 | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
+fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+  if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != set; then
+    echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
+if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc_g=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+    echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc_g" 1>&6
+    if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc_g = yes; then
+      CFLAGS="-g -O"
+    else
+      CFLAGS="-O"
+    fi
+  fi
+else
+  GCC=
+  test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_install" && ac_cv_path_install="$ac_install_sh"
+fi
+  INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+  # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp.
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 612 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 626 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+  CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+for ac_hdr in string.h unistd.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | tr './\055' '___'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 659 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | tr '[a-z]./\055' '[A-Z]___'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+# If we cannot run a trivial program, we must be cross compiling.
+echo $ac_n "checking whether cross-compiling""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_cross'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  ac_cv_c_cross=yes
+else
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 696 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+eval $ac_link
+if test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+  ac_cv_c_cross=no
+else
+  ac_cv_c_cross=yes
+fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_c_cross
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_cross" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 717 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+EOF
+eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 739 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <string.h>
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 757 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+else
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 778 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+#define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2);
+exit (0); }
+
+EOF
+eval $ac_link
+if test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+  :
+else
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  sed -n "s/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=\${\1='\2'}/p" \
+  >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
+# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
+# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
+cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) \(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
+s%[ 	`~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
+s%\[%\\&%g
+s%\]%\\&%g
+s%\$%$$%g
+EOF
+DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
+rm -f conftest.defs
+
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.4"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. 
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g$/@g/; /@g$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g; 
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@installdata@%$installdata%g
+s%@uninstalldata@%$uninstalldata%g
+s%@termcapfile@%$termcapfile%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%.*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust relative srcdir, etc. for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  esac
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" -f conftest.subs $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_file_in > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.subs
+
+
+
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/configure.in b/lib/termcap/grot/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3f944f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_INIT(termcap.h)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(install-termcap,
+[  --enable-install-termcap install the termcap data file],
+[if test $enableval = yes; then
+   installdata=install-data uninstalldata=uninstall-data
+ fi])
+AC_SUBST(installdata)dnl
+AC_SUBST(uninstalldata)dnl
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(termcap,
+[  --with-termcap=FILE     use data file FILE instead of /etc/termcap],
+termcapfile=$withval, termcapfile=/etc/termcap)
+AC_SUBST(termcapfile)dnl
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_HAVE_HEADERS(string.h unistd.h)
+AC_STDC_HEADERS
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f663195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+This is Info file ./termcap.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the
+input file ./termcap.texi.
+
+   This file documents the termcap library of the GNU system.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Foundation.
+
+
+Indirect:
+termcap.info-1: 874
+termcap.info-2: 47411
+termcap.info-3: 90390
+termcap.info-4: 138827
+
+Tag Table:
+(Indirect)
+Node: Top874
+Node: Introduction4105
+Node: Library5832
+Node: Preparation6851
+Node: Find8034
+Node: Interrogate11492
+Node: Initialize16800
+Node: Padding18440
+Node: Why Pad19146
+Node: Not Enough20768
+Node: Describe Padding23336
+Node: Output Padding24826
+Node: Parameters28441
+Node: Encode Parameters30101
+Node: Using Parameters36185
+Node: tparam36780
+Node: tgoto38806
+Node: Data Base41361
+Node: Format42257
+Node: Capability Format44346
+Node: Naming47411
+Node: Inheriting51980
+Node: Changing54224
+Node: Capabilities55388
+Node: Basic58127
+Node: Screen Size62180
+Node: Cursor Motion63920
+Node: Wrapping74062
+Node: Scrolling77091
+Node: Windows82980
+Node: Clearing83714
+Node: Insdel Line85478
+Node: Insdel Char90390
+Node: Standout100375
+Node: Underlining109433
+Node: Cursor Visibility111852
+Node: Bell112600
+Node: Keypad113149
+Node: Meta Key117864
+Node: Initialization118818
+Node: Pad Specs121369
+Node: Status Line123422
+Node: Half-Line125306
+Node: Printer126108
+Node: Summary127787
+Node: Var Index138114
+Node: Cap Index138827
+Node: Index145991
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-1 b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5b5da0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-1
@@ -0,0 +1,1114 @@
+This is Info file ./termcap.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the
+input file ./termcap.texi.
+
+   This file documents the termcap library of the GNU system.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Foundation.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction::  What is termcap?  Why this manual?
+* Library::     The termcap library functions.
+* Data Base::   What terminal descriptions in `/etc/termcap' look like.
+* Capabilities::  Definitions of the individual terminal capabilities:
+                 how to write them in descriptions, and how to use
+                 their values to do display updating.
+* Summary::     Brief table of capability names and their meanings.
+* Var Index::   Index of C functions and variables.
+* Cap Index::   Index of termcap capabilities.
+* Index::       Concept index.
+
+ -- The Detailed Node Listing --
+
+The Termcap Library
+
+* Preparation::  Preparing to use the termcap library.
+* Find::        Finding the description of the terminal being used.
+* Interrogate::  Interrogating the description for particular capabilities.
+* Initialize::  Initialization for output using termcap.
+* Padding::     Outputting padding.
+* Parameters::  Encoding parameters such as cursor positions.
+
+Padding
+
+* Why Pad::     Explanation of padding.
+* Not Enough::  When there is not enough padding.
+* Describe Padding::  The data base says how much padding a terminal needs.
+* Output Padding::    Using `tputs' to output the needed padding.
+
+Filling In Parameters
+
+* Encode Parameters::  The language for encoding parameters.
+* Using Parameters::   Outputting a string command with parameters.
+
+Sending Display Commands with Parameters
+
+* tparam::      The general case, for GNU termcap only.
+* tgoto::       The special case of cursor motion.
+
+The Format of the Data Base
+
+* Format::      Overall format of a terminal description.
+* Capability Format::  Format of capabilities within a description.
+* Naming::      Naming conventions for terminal types.
+* Inheriting::  Inheriting part of a description from
+a related terminal type.
+* Changing::    When changes in the data base take effect.
+
+Definitions of the Terminal Capabilities
+
+* Basic::       Basic characteristics.
+* Screen Size::  Screen size, and what happens when it changes.
+* Cursor Motion::  Various ways to move the cursor.
+* Wrapping::    What happens if you write a character in the last column.
+* Scrolling::   Pushing text up and down on the screen.
+* Windows::     Limiting the part of the window that output affects.
+* Clearing::    Erasing one or many lines.
+* Insdel Line::  Making new blank lines in mid-screen; deleting lines.
+* Insdel Char::  Inserting and deleting characters within a line.
+* Standout::    Highlighting some of the text.
+* Underlining::  Underlining some of the text.
+* Cursor Visibility::  Making the cursor more or less easy to spot.
+* Bell::        Attracts user's attention; not localized on the screen.
+* Keypad::      Recognizing when function keys or arrows are typed.
+* Meta Key::    META acts like an extra shift key.
+* Initialization::  Commands used to initialize or reset the terminal.
+* Pad Specs::   Info for the kernel on how much padding is needed.
+* Status Line::  A status line displays "background" information.
+* Half-Line::   Moving by half-lines, for superscripts and subscripts.
+* Printer::     Controlling auxiliary printers of display terminals.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: Library,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+Introduction
+************
+
+   "Termcap" is a library and data base that enables programs to use
+display terminals in a terminal-independent manner.  It originated in
+Berkeley Unix.
+
+   The termcap data base describes the capabilities of hundreds of
+different display terminals in great detail.  Some examples of the
+information recorded for a terminal could include how many columns wide
+it is, what string to send to move the cursor to an arbitrary position
+(including how to encode the row and column numbers), how to scroll the
+screen up one or several lines, and how much padding is needed for such
+a scrolling operation.
+
+   The termcap library is provided for easy access this data base in
+programs that want to do terminal-independent character-based display
+output.
+
+   This manual describes the GNU version of the termcap library, which
+has some extensions over the Unix version.  All the extensions are
+identified as such, so this manual also tells you how to use the Unix
+termcap.
+
+   The GNU version of the termcap library is available free as source
+code, for use in free programs, and runs on Unix and VMS systems (at
+least).  You can find it in the GNU Emacs distribution in the files
+`termcap.c' and `tparam.c'.
+
+   This manual was written for the GNU project, whose goal is to
+develop a complete free operating system upward-compatible with Unix
+for user programs.  The project is approximately two thirds complete.
+For more information on the GNU project, including the GNU Emacs editor
+and the mostly-portable optimizing C compiler, send one dollar to
+
+     Free Software Foundation
+     675 Mass Ave
+     Cambridge, MA 02139
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Library,  Next: Data Base,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top
+
+The Termcap Library
+*******************
+
+   The termcap library is the application programmer's interface to the
+termcap data base.  It contains functions for the following purposes:
+
+   * Finding the description of the user's terminal type (`tgetent').
+
+   * Interrogating the description for information on various topics
+     (`tgetnum', `tgetflag', `tgetstr').
+
+   * Computing and performing padding (`tputs').
+
+   * Encoding numeric parameters such as cursor positions into the
+     terminal-specific form required for display commands (`tparam',
+     `tgoto').
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Preparation::  Preparing to use the termcap library.
+* Find::        Finding the description of the terminal being used.
+* Interrogate::  Interrogating the description for particular capabilities.
+* Initialize::  Initialization for output using termcap.
+* Padding::     Outputting padding.
+* Parameters::  Encoding parameters such as cursor positions.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Preparation,  Next: Find,  Up: Library
+
+Preparing to Use the Termcap Library
+====================================
+
+   To use the termcap library in a program, you need two kinds of
+preparation:
+
+   * The compiler needs declarations of the functions and variables in
+     the library.
+
+     On GNU systems, it suffices to include the header file `termcap.h'
+     in each source file that uses these functions and variables.
+
+     On Unix systems, there is often no such header file.  Then you must
+     explictly declare the variables as external.  You can do likewise
+     for the functions, or let them be implicitly declared and cast
+     their values from type `int' to the appropriate type.
+
+     We illustrate the declarations of the individual termcap library
+     functions with ANSI C prototypes because they show how to pass the
+     arguments.  If you are not using the GNU C compiler, you probably
+     cannot use function prototypes, so omit the argument types and
+     names from your declarations.
+
+   * The linker needs to search the library.  Usually either
+     `-ltermcap' or `-ltermlib' as an argument when linking will do
+     this.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Find,  Next: Interrogate,  Prev: Preparation,  Up: Library
+
+Finding a Terminal Description: `tgetent'
+=========================================
+
+   An application program that is going to use termcap must first look
+up the description of the terminal type in use.  This is done by calling
+`tgetent', whose declaration in ANSI Standard C looks like:
+
+     int tgetent (char *BUFFER, char *TERMTYPE);
+
+This function finds the description and remembers it internally so that
+you can interrogate it about specific terminal capabilities (*note
+Interrogate::.).
+
+   The argument TERMTYPE is a string which is the name for the type of
+terminal to look up.  Usually you would obtain this from the environment
+variable `TERM' using `getenv ("TERM")'.
+
+   If you are using the GNU version of termcap, you can alternatively
+ask `tgetent' to allocate enough space.  Pass a null pointer for
+BUFFER, and `tgetent' itself allocates the storage using `malloc'.
+There is no way to get the address that was allocated, and you
+shouldn't try to free the storage.
+
+   With the Unix version of termcap, you must allocate space for the
+description yourself and pass the address of the space as the argument
+BUFFER.  There is no way you can tell how much space is needed, so the
+convention is to allocate a buffer 2048 characters long and assume that
+is enough.  (Formerly the convention was to allocate 1024 characters and
+assume that was enough.  But one day, for one kind of terminal, that was
+not enough.)
+
+   No matter how the space to store the description has been obtained,
+termcap records its address internally for use when you later
+interrogate the description with `tgetnum', `tgetstr' or `tgetflag'.  If
+the buffer was allocated by termcap, it will be freed by termcap too if
+you call `tgetent' again.  If the buffer was provided by you, you must
+make sure that its contents remain unchanged for as long as you still
+plan to interrogate the description.
+
+   The return value of `tgetent' is -1 if there is some difficulty
+accessing the data base of terminal types, 0 if the data base is
+accessible but the specified type is not defined in it, and some other
+value otherwise.
+
+   Here is how you might use the function `tgetent':
+
+     #ifdef unix
+     static char term_buffer[2048];
+     #else
+     #define term_buffer 0
+     #endif
+     
+     init_terminal_data ()
+     {
+       char *termtype = getenv ("TERM");
+       int success;
+     
+       if (termtype == 0)
+         fatal ("Specify a terminal type with `setenv TERM <yourtype>'.\n");
+     
+       success = tgetent (term_buffer, termtype);
+       if (success < 0)
+         fatal ("Could not access the termcap data base.\n");
+       if (success == 0)
+         fatal ("Terminal type `%s' is not defined.\n", termtype);
+     }
+
+Here we assume the function `fatal' prints an error message and exits.
+
+   If the environment variable `TERMCAP' is defined, its value is used
+to override the terminal type data base.  The function `tgetent' checks
+the value of `TERMCAP' automatically.  If the value starts with `/'
+then it is taken as a file name to use as the data base file, instead
+of `/etc/termcap' which is the standard data base.  If the value does
+not start with `/' then it is itself used as the terminal description,
+provided that the terminal type TERMTYPE is among the types it claims
+to apply to.  *Note Data Base::, for information on the format of a
+terminal description.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Interrogate,  Next: Initialize,  Prev: Find,  Up: Library
+
+Interrogating the Terminal Description
+======================================
+
+   Each piece of information recorded in a terminal description is
+called a "capability".  Each defined terminal capability has a
+two-letter code name and a specific meaning.  For example, the number
+of columns is named `co'.  *Note Capabilities::, for definitions of all
+the standard capability names.
+
+   Once you have found the proper terminal description with `tgetent'
+(*note Find::.), your application program must "interrogate" it for
+various terminal capabilities.  You must specify the two-letter code of
+the capability whose value you seek.
+
+   Capability values can be numeric, boolean (capability is either
+present or absent) or strings.  Any particular capability always has
+the same value type; for example, `co' always has a numeric value,
+while `am' (automatic wrap at margin) is always a flag, and `cm'
+(cursor motion command) always has a string value.  The documentation
+of each capability says which type of value it has.
+
+   There are three functions to use to get the value of a capability,
+depending on the type of value the capability has.  Here are their
+declarations in ANSI C:
+
+     int tgetnum (char *NAME);
+     int tgetflag (char *NAME);
+     char *tgetstr (char *NAME, char **AREA);
+
+`tgetnum'
+     Use `tgetnum' to get a capability value that is numeric.  The
+     argument NAME is the two-letter code name of the capability.  If
+     the capability is present, `tgetnum' returns the numeric value
+     (which is nonnegative).  If the capability is not mentioned in the
+     terminal description, `tgetnum' returns -1.
+
+`tgetflag'
+     Use `tgetflag' to get a boolean value.  If the capability NAME is
+     present in the terminal description, `tgetflag' returns 1;
+     otherwise, it returns 0.
+
+`tgetstr'
+     Use `tgetstr' to get a string value.  It returns a pointer to a
+     string which is the capability value, or a null pointer if the
+     capability is not present in the terminal description.
+
+     There are two ways `tgetstr' can find space to store the string
+     value:
+
+        * You can ask `tgetstr' to allocate the space.  Pass a null
+          pointer for the argument AREA, and `tgetstr' will use
+          `malloc' to allocate storage big enough for the value.
+          Termcap will never free this storage or refer to it again; you
+          should free it when you are finished with it.
+
+          This method is more robust, since there is no need to guess
+          how much space is needed.  But it is supported only by the GNU
+          termcap library.
+
+        * You can provide the space.  Provide for the argument AREA the
+          address of a pointer variable of type `char *'.  Before
+          calling `tgetstr', initialize the variable to point at
+          available space.  Then `tgetstr' will store the string value
+          in that space and will increment the pointer variable to
+          point after the space that has been used.  You can use the
+          same pointer variable for many calls to `tgetstr'.
+
+          There is no way to determine how much space is needed for a
+          single string, and no way for you to prevent or handle
+          overflow of the area you have provided.  However, you can be
+          sure that the total size of all the string values you will
+          obtain from the terminal description is no greater than the
+          size of the description (unless you get the same capability
+          twice).  You can determine that size with `strlen' on the
+          buffer you provided to `tgetent'.  See below for an example.
+
+          Providing the space yourself is the only method supported by
+          the Unix version of termcap.
+
+   Note that you do not have to specify a terminal type or terminal
+description for the interrogation functions.  They automatically use the
+description found by the most recent call to `tgetent'.
+
+   Here is an example of interrogating a terminal description for
+various capabilities, with conditionals to select between the Unix and
+GNU methods of providing buffer space.
+
+     char *tgetstr ();
+     
+     char *cl_string, *cm_string;
+     int height;
+     int width;
+     int auto_wrap;
+     
+     char PC;   /* For tputs.  */
+     char *BC;  /* For tgoto.  */
+     char *UP;
+     
+     interrogate_terminal ()
+     {
+     #ifdef UNIX
+       /* Here we assume that an explicit term_buffer
+          was provided to tgetent.  */
+       char *buffer
+         = (char *) malloc (strlen (term_buffer));
+     #define BUFFADDR &buffer
+     #else
+     #define BUFFADDR 0
+     #endif
+     
+       char *temp;
+     
+       /* Extract information we will use.  */
+       cl_string = tgetstr ("cl", BUFFADDR);
+       cm_string = tgetstr ("cm", BUFFADDR);
+       auto_wrap = tgetflag ("am");
+       height = tgetnum ("li");
+       width = tgetnum ("co");
+     
+       /* Extract information that termcap functions use.  */
+       temp = tgetstr ("pc", BUFFADDR);
+       PC = temp ? *temp : 0;
+       BC = tgetstr ("le", BUFFADDR);
+       UP = tgetstr ("up", BUFFADDR);
+     }
+
+*Note Padding::, for information on the variable `PC'.  *Note Using
+Parameters::, for information on `UP' and `BC'.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Initialize,  Next: Padding,  Prev: Interrogate,  Up: Library
+
+Initialization for Use of Termcap
+=================================
+
+   Before starting to output commands to a terminal using termcap, an
+application program should do two things:
+
+   * Initialize various global variables which termcap library output
+     functions refer to.  These include `PC' and `ospeed' for padding
+     (*note Output Padding::.) and `UP' and `BC' for cursor motion
+     (*note tgoto::.).
+
+   * Tell the kernel to turn off alteration and padding of
+     horizontal-tab characters sent to the terminal.
+
+   To turn off output processing in Berkeley Unix you would use `ioctl'
+with code `TIOCLSET' to set the bit named `LLITOUT', and clear the bits
+`ANYDELAY' using `TIOCSETN'.  In POSIX or System V, you must clear the
+bit named `OPOST'.  Refer to the system documentation for details.
+
+   If you do not set the terminal flags properly, some older terminals
+will not work.  This is because their commands may contain the
+characters that normally signify newline, carriage return and
+horizontal tab--characters which the kernel thinks it ought to modify
+before output.
+
+   When you change the kernel's terminal flags, you must arrange to
+restore them to their normal state when your program exits.  This
+implies that the program must catch fatal signals such as `SIGQUIT' and
+`SIGINT' and restore the old terminal flags before actually terminating.
+
+   Modern terminals' commands do not use these special characters, so
+if you do not care about problems with old terminals, you can leave the
+kernel's terminal flags unaltered.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Padding,  Next: Parameters,  Prev: Initialize,  Up: Library
+
+Padding
+=======
+
+   "Padding" means outputting null characters following a terminal
+display command that takes a long time to execute.  The terminal
+description says which commands require padding and how much; the
+function `tputs', described below, outputs a terminal command while
+extracting from it the padding information, and then outputs the
+padding that is necessary.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Why Pad::     Explanation of padding.
+* Not Enough::  When there is not enough padding.
+* Describe Padding::  The data base says how much padding a terminal needs.
+* Output Padding::  Using `tputs' to output the needed padding.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Why Pad,  Next: Not Enough,  Up: Padding
+
+Why Pad, and How
+----------------
+
+   Most types of terminal have commands that take longer to execute
+than they do to send over a high-speed line.  For example, clearing the
+screen may take 20msec once the entire command is received.  During
+that time, on a 9600 bps line, the terminal could receive about 20
+additional output characters while still busy clearing the screen.
+Every terminal has a certain amount of buffering capacity to remember
+output characters that cannot be processed yet, but too many slow
+commands in a row can cause the buffer to fill up.  Then any additional
+output that cannot be processed immediately will be lost.
+
+   To avoid this problem, we normally follow each display command with
+enough useless charaters (usually null characters) to fill up the time
+that the display command needs to execute.  This does the job if the
+terminal throws away null characters without using up space in the
+buffer (which most terminals do).  If enough padding is used, no output
+can ever be lost.  The right amount of padding avoids loss of output
+without slowing down operation, since the time used to transmit padding
+is time that nothing else could be done.
+
+   The number of padding characters needed for an operation depends on
+the line speed.  In fact, it is proportional to the line speed.  A 9600
+baud line transmits about one character per msec, so the clear screen
+command in the example above would need about 20 characters of padding.
+At 1200 baud, however, only about 3 characters of padding are needed
+to fill up 20msec.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Not Enough,  Next: Describe Padding,  Prev: Why Pad,  Up: Padding
+
+When There Is Not Enough Padding
+--------------------------------
+
+   There are several common manifestations of insufficient padding.
+
+   * Emacs displays `I-search: ^Q-' at the bottom of the screen.
+
+     This means that the terminal thought its buffer was getting full of
+     display commands, so it tried to tell the computer to stop sending
+     any.
+
+   * The screen is garbled intermittently, or the details of garbling
+     vary when you repeat the action.  (A garbled screen could be due
+     to a command which is simply incorrect, or to user option in the
+     terminal which doesn't match the assumptions of the terminal
+     description, but this usually leads to reproducible failure.)
+
+     This means that the buffer did get full, and some commands were
+     lost.  Many changeable factors can change which ones are lost.
+
+   * Screen is garbled at high output speeds but not at low speeds.
+     Padding problems nearly always go away at low speeds, usually even
+     at 1200 baud.
+
+     This means that a high enough speed permits commands to arrive
+     faster than they can be executed.
+
+   Although any obscure command on an obscure terminal might lack
+padding, in practice problems arise most often from the clearing
+commands `cl' and `cd' (*note Clearing::.), the scrolling commands `sf'
+and `sr' (*note Scrolling::.), and the line insert/delete commands `al'
+and `dl' (*note Insdel Line::.).
+
+   Occasionally the terminal description fails to define `sf' and some
+programs will use `do' instead, so you may get a problem with `do'.  If
+so, first define `sf' just like `do', then add some padding to `sf'.
+
+   The best strategy is to add a lot of padding at first, perhaps 200
+msec.  This is much more than enough; in fact, it should cause a
+visible slowdown.  (If you don't see a slowdown, the change has not
+taken effect; *note Changing::..)  If this makes the problem go away,
+you have found the right place to add padding; now reduce the amount
+until the problem comes back, then increase it again.  If the problem
+remains, either it is in some other capability or it is not a matter of
+padding at all.
+
+   Keep in mind that on many terminals the correct padding for
+insert/delete line or for scrolling is cursor-position dependent.  If
+you get problems from scrolling a large region of the screen but not
+from scrolling a small part (just a few lines moving), it may mean that
+fixed padding should be replaced with position-dependent padding.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Describe Padding,  Next: Output Padding,  Prev: Not Enough,  Up: Padding
+
+Specifying Padding in a Terminal Description
+--------------------------------------------
+
+   In the terminal description, the amount of padding required by each
+display command is recorded as a sequence of digits at the front of the
+command.  These digits specify the padding time in milliseconds (msec).
+They can be followed optionally by a decimal point and one more digit,
+which is a number of tenths of msec.
+
+   Sometimes the padding needed by a command depends on the cursor
+position.  For example, the time taken by an "insert line" command is
+usually proportional to the number of lines that need to be moved down
+or cleared.  An asterisk (`*') following the padding time says that the
+time should be multiplied by the number of screen lines affected by the
+command.
+
+     :al=1.3*\E[L:
+
+is used to describe the "insert line" command for a certain terminal.
+The padding required is 1.3 msec per line affected.  The command itself
+is `ESC [ L'.
+
+   The padding time specified in this way tells `tputs' how many pad
+characters to output.  *Note Output Padding::.
+
+   Two special capability values affect padding for all commands.
+These are the `pc' and `pb'.  The variable `pc' specifies the character
+to pad with, and `pb' the speed below which no padding is needed.  The
+defaults for these variables, a null character and 0, are correct for
+most terminals.  *Note Pad Specs::.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Output Padding,  Prev: Describe Padding,  Up: Padding
+
+Performing Padding with `tputs'
+-------------------------------
+
+   Use the termcap function `tputs' to output a string containing an
+optional padding spec of the form described above (*note Describe
+Padding::.).  The function `tputs' strips off and decodes the padding
+spec, outputs the rest of the string, and then outputs the appropriate
+padding.  Here is its declaration in ANSI C:
+
+     char PC;
+     short ospeed;
+     
+     int tputs (char *STRING, int NLINES, int (*OUTFUN) ());
+
+   Here STRING is the string (including padding spec) to be output;
+NLINES is the number of lines affected by the operation, which is used
+to multiply the amount of padding if the padding spec ends with a `*'.
+Finally, OUTFUN is a function (such as `fputchar') that is called to
+output each character.  When actually called, OUTFUN should expect one
+argument, a character.
+
+   The operation of `tputs' is controlled by two global variables,
+`ospeed' and `PC'.  The value of `ospeed' is supposed to be the
+terminal output speed, encoded as in the `ioctl' system call which gets
+the speed information.  This is needed to compute the number of padding
+characters.  The value of `PC' is the character used for padding.
+
+   You are responsible for storing suitable values into these variables
+before using `tputs'.  The value stored into the `PC' variable should be
+taken from the `pc' capability in the terminal description (*note Pad
+Specs::.).  Store zero in `PC' if there is no `pc' capability.
+
+   The argument NLINES requires some thought.  Normally, it should be
+the number of lines whose contents will be cleared or moved by the
+command.  For cursor motion commands, or commands that do editing
+within one line, use the value 1.  For most commands that affect
+multiple lines, such as `al' (insert a line) and `cd' (clear from the
+cursor to the end of the screen), NLINES should be the screen height
+minus the current vertical position (origin 0).  For multiple insert
+and scroll commands such as `AL' (insert multiple lines), that same
+value for NLINES is correct; the number of lines being inserted is not
+correct.
+
+   If a "scroll window" feature is used to reduce the number of lines
+affected by a command, the value of NLINES should take this into
+account.  This is because the delay time required depends on how much
+work the terminal has to do, and the scroll window feature reduces the
+work.  *Note Scrolling::.
+
+   Commands such as `ic' and `dc' (insert or delete characters) are
+problematical because the padding needed by these commands is
+proportional to the number of characters affected, which is the number
+of columns from the cursor to the end of the line.  It would be nice to
+have a way to specify such a dependence, and there is no need for
+dependence on vertical position in these commands, so it is an obvious
+idea to say that for these commands NLINES should really be the number
+of columns affected.  However, the definition of termcap clearly says
+that NLINES is always the number of lines affected, even in this case,
+where it is always 1.  It is not easy to change this rule now, because
+too many programs and terminal descriptions have been written to follow
+it.
+
+   Because NLINES is always 1 for the `ic' and `dc' strings, there is
+no reason for them to use `*', but some of them do.  These should be
+corrected by deleting the `*'.  If, some day, such entries have
+disappeared, it may be possible to change to a more useful convention
+for the NLINES argument for these operations without breaking any
+programs.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Parameters,  Prev: Padding,  Up: Library
+
+Filling In Parameters
+=====================
+
+   Some terminal control strings require numeric "parameters".  For
+example, when you move the cursor, you need to say what horizontal and
+vertical positions to move it to.  The value of the terminal's `cm'
+capability, which says how to move the cursor, cannot simply be a
+string of characters; it must say how to express the cursor position
+numbers and where to put them within the command.
+
+   The specifications of termcap include conventions as to which
+string-valued capabilities require parameters, how many parameters, and
+what the parameters mean; for example, it defines the `cm' string to
+take two parameters, the vertical and horizontal positions, with 0,0
+being the upper left corner.  These conventions are described where the
+individual commands are documented.
+
+   Termcap also defines a language used within the capability
+definition for specifying how and where to encode the parameters for
+output.  This language uses character sequences starting with `%'.
+(This is the same idea as `printf', but the details are different.)
+The language for parameter encoding is described in this section.
+
+   A program that is doing display output calls the functions `tparam'
+or `tgoto' to encode parameters according to the specifications.  These
+functions produce a string containing the actual commands to be output
+(as well a padding spec which must be processed with `tputs'; *note
+Padding::.).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Encode Parameters::  The language for encoding parameters.
+* Using Parameters::  Outputting a string command with parameters.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Encode Parameters,  Next: Using Parameters,  Up: Parameters
+
+Describing the Encoding
+-----------------------
+
+   A terminal command string that requires parameters contains special
+character sequences starting with `%' to say how to encode the
+parameters.  These sequences control the actions of `tparam' and
+`tgoto'.
+
+   The parameters values passed to `tparam' or `tgoto' are considered
+to form a vector.  A pointer into this vector determines the next
+parameter to be processed.  Some of the `%'-sequences encode one
+parameter and advance the pointer to the next parameter.  Other
+`%'-sequences alter the pointer or alter the parameter values without
+generating output.
+
+   For example, the `cm' string for a standard ANSI terminal is written
+as `\E[%i%d;%dH'.  (`\E' stands for ESC.)  `cm' by convention always
+requires two parameters, the vertical and horizontal goal positions, so
+this string specifies the encoding of two parameters.  Here `%i'
+increments the two values supplied, and each `%d' encodes one of the
+values in decimal.  If the cursor position values 20,58 are encoded
+with this string, the result is `\E[21;59H'.
+
+   First, here are the `%'-sequences that generate output.  Except for
+`%%', each of them encodes one parameter and advances the pointer to
+the following parameter.
+
+`%%'
+     Output a single `%'.  This is the only way to represent a literal
+     `%' in a terminal command with parameters.  `%%' does not use up a
+     parameter.
+
+`%d'
+     As in `printf', output the next parameter in decimal.
+
+`%2'
+     Like `%02d' in `printf': output the next parameter in decimal, and
+     always use at least two digits.
+
+`%3'
+     Like `%03d' in `printf': output the next parameter in decimal, and
+     always use at least three digits.  Note that `%4' and so on are
+     *not* defined.
+
+`%.'
+     Output the next parameter as a single character whose ASCII code is
+     the parameter value.  Like `%c' in `printf'.
+
+`%+CHAR'
+     Add the next parameter to the character CHAR, and output the
+     resulting character.  For example, `%+ ' represents 0 as a space,
+     1 as `!', etc.
+
+   The following `%'-sequences specify alteration of the parameters
+(their values, or their order) rather than encoding a parameter for
+output.  They generate no output; they are used only for their side
+effects on the parameters.  Also, they do not advance the "next
+parameter" pointer except as explicitly stated.  Only `%i', `%r' and
+`%>' are defined in standard Unix termcap.  The others are GNU
+extensions.
+
+`%i'
+     Increment the next two parameters.  This is used for terminals that
+     expect cursor positions in origin 1.  For example, `%i%d,%d' would
+     output two parameters with `1' for 0, `2' for 1, etc.
+
+`%r'
+     Interchange the next two parameters.  This is used for terminals
+     whose cursor positioning command expects the horizontal position
+     first.
+
+`%s'
+     Skip the next parameter.  Do not output anything.
+
+`%b'
+     Back up one parameter.  The last parameter used will become once
+     again the next parameter to be output, and the next output command
+     will use it.  Using `%b' more than once, you can back up any
+     number of parameters, and you can refer to each parameter any
+     number of times.
+
+`%>C1C2'
+     Conditionally increment the next parameter.  Here C1 and C2 are
+     characters which stand for their ASCII codes as numbers.  If the
+     next parameter is greater than the ASCII code of C1, the ASCII
+     code of C2 is added to it.
+
+`%a OP TYPE POS'
+     Perform arithmetic on the next parameter, do not use it up, and do
+     not output anything.  Here OP specifies the arithmetic operation,
+     while TYPE and POS together specify the other operand.
+
+     Spaces are used above to separate the operands for clarity; the
+     spaces don't appear in the data base, where this sequence is
+     exactly five characters long.
+
+     The character OP says what kind of arithmetic operation to
+     perform.  It can be any of these characters:
+
+    `='
+          assign a value to the next parameter, ignoring its old value.
+          The new value comes from the other operand.
+
+    `+'
+          add the other operand to the next parameter.
+
+    `-'
+          subtract the other operand from the next parameter.
+
+    `*'
+          multiply the next parameter by the other operand.
+
+    `/'
+          divide the next parameter by the other operand.
+
+     The "other operand" may be another parameter's value or a constant;
+     the character TYPE says which.  It can be:
+
+    `p'
+          Use another parameter.  The character POS says which
+          parameter to use.  Subtract 64 from its ASCII code to get the
+          position of the desired parameter relative to this one.  Thus,
+          the character `A' as POS means the parameter after the next
+          one; the character `?' means the parameter before the next
+          one.
+
+    `c'
+          Use a constant value.  The character POS specifies the value
+          of the constant.  The 0200 bit is cleared out, so that 0200
+          can be used to represent zero.
+
+   The following `%'-sequences are special purpose hacks to compensate
+for the weird designs of obscure terminals.  They modify the next
+parameter or the next two parameters but do not generate output and do
+not use up any parameters.  `%m' is a GNU extension; the others are
+defined in standard Unix termcap.
+
+`%n'
+     Exclusive-or the next parameter with 0140, and likewise the
+     parameter after next.
+
+`%m'
+     Complement all the bits of the next parameter and the parameter
+     after next.
+
+`%B'
+     Encode the next parameter in BCD.  It alters the value of the
+     parameter by adding six times the quotient of the parameter by ten.
+     Here is a C statement that shows how the new value is computed:
+
+          PARM = (PARM / 10) * 16 + PARM % 10;
+
+`%D'
+     Transform the next parameter as needed by Delta Data terminals.
+     This involves subtracting twice the remainder of the parameter by
+     16.
+
+          PARM -= 2 * (PARM % 16);
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Using Parameters,  Prev: Encode Parameters,  Up: Parameters
+
+Sending Display Commands with Parameters
+----------------------------------------
+
+   The termcap library functions `tparam' and `tgoto' serve as the
+analog of `printf' for terminal string parameters.  The newer function
+`tparam' is a GNU extension, more general but missing from Unix
+termcap.  The original parameter-encoding function is `tgoto', which is
+preferable for cursor motion.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* tparam::      The general case, for GNU termcap only.
+* tgoto::       The special case of cursor motion.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: tparam,  Next: tgoto,  Up: Using Parameters
+
+`tparam'
+........
+
+   The function `tparam' can encode display commands with any number of
+parameters and allows you to specify the buffer space.  It is the
+preferred function for encoding parameters for all but the `cm'
+capability.  Its ANSI C declaration is as follows:
+
+     char *tparam (char *CTLSTRING, char *BUFFER, int SIZE, int PARM1,...)
+
+   The arguments are a control string CTLSTRING (the value of a terminal
+capability, presumably), an output buffer BUFFER and SIZE, and any
+number of integer parameters to be encoded.  The effect of `tparam' is
+to copy the control string into the buffer, encoding parameters
+according to the `%' sequences in the control string.
+
+   You describe the output buffer by its address, BUFFER, and its size
+in bytes, SIZE.  If the buffer is not big enough for the data to be
+stored in it, `tparam' calls `malloc' to get a larger buffer.  In
+either case, `tparam' returns the address of the buffer it ultimately
+uses.  If the value equals BUFFER, your original buffer was used.
+Otherwise, a new buffer was allocated, and you must free it after you
+are done with printing the results.  If you pass zero for SIZE and
+BUFFER, `tparam' always allocates the space with `malloc'.
+
+   All capabilities that require parameters also have the ability to
+specify padding, so you should use `tputs' to output the string
+produced by `tparam'.  *Note Padding::.  Here is an example.
+
+     {
+     char *buf;
+     char buffer[40];
+     
+     buf = tparam (command, buffer, 40, parm);
+     tputs (buf, 1, fputchar);
+     if (buf != buffer)
+     free (buf);
+     }
+
+   If a parameter whose value is zero is encoded with `%.'-style
+encoding, the result is a null character, which will confuse `tputs'.
+This would be a serious problem, but luckily `%.' encoding is used only
+by a few old models of terminal, and only for the `cm' capability.  To
+solve the problem, use `tgoto' rather than `tparam' to encode the `cm'
+capability.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: tgoto,  Prev: tparam,  Up: Using Parameters
+
+`tgoto'
+.......
+
+   The special case of cursor motion is handled by `tgoto'.  There are
+two reasons why you might choose to use `tgoto':
+
+   * For Unix compatibility, because Unix termcap does not have
+     `tparam'.
+
+   * For the `cm' capability, since `tgoto' has a special feature to
+     avoid problems with null characters, tabs and newlines on certain
+     old terminal types that use `%.' encoding for that capability.
+
+   Here is how `tgoto' might be declared in ANSI C:
+
+     char *tgoto (char *CSTRING, int HPOS, int VPOS)
+
+   There are three arguments, the terminal description's `cm' string and
+the two cursor position numbers; `tgoto' computes the parametrized
+string in an internal static buffer and returns the address of that
+buffer.  The next time you use `tgoto' the same buffer will be reused.
+
+   Parameters encoded with `%.' encoding can generate null characters,
+tabs or newlines.  These might cause trouble: the null character because
+`tputs' would think that was the end of the string, the tab because the
+kernel or other software might expand it into spaces, and the newline
+becaue the kernel might add a carriage-return, or padding characters
+normally used for a newline.  To prevent such problems, `tgoto' is
+careful to avoid these characters.  Here is how this works: if the
+target cursor position value is such as to cause a problem (that is to
+say, zero, nine or ten), `tgoto' increments it by one, then compensates
+by appending a string to move the cursor back or up one position.
+
+   The compensation strings to use for moving back or up are found in
+global variables named `BC' and `UP'.  These are actual external C
+variables with upper case names; they are declared `char *'.  It is up
+to you to store suitable values in them, normally obtained from the
+`le' and `up' terminal capabilities in the terminal description with
+`tgetstr'.  Alternatively, if these two variables are both zero, the
+feature of avoiding nulls, tabs and newlines is turned off.
+
+   It is safe to use `tgoto' for commands other than `cm' only if you
+have stored zero in `BC' and `UP'.
+
+   Note that `tgoto' reverses the order of its operands: the horizontal
+position comes before the vertical position in the arguments to
+`tgoto', even though the vertical position comes before the horizontal
+in the parameters of the `cm' string.  If you use `tgoto' with a
+command such as `AL' that takes one parameter, you must pass the
+parameter to `tgoto' as the "vertical position".
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Data Base,  Next: Capabilities,  Prev: Library,  Up: Top
+
+The Format of the Data Base
+***************************
+
+   The termcap data base of terminal descriptions is stored in the file
+`/etc/termcap'.  It contains terminal descriptions, blank lines, and
+comments.
+
+   A terminal description starts with one or more names for the
+terminal type.  The information in the description is a series of
+"capability names" and values.  The capability names have standard
+meanings (*note Capabilities::.) and their values describe the terminal.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Format::      Overall format of a terminal description.
+* Capability Format::  Format of capabilities within a description.
+* Naming::      Naming conventions for terminal types.
+* Inheriting::  Inheriting part of a description from
+a related terminal type.
+* Changing::    When changes in the data base take effect.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Format,  Next: Capability Format,  Up: Data Base
+
+Terminal Description Format
+===========================
+
+   Aside from comments (lines starting with `#', which are ignored),
+each nonblank line in the termcap data base is a terminal description.
+A terminal description is nominally a single line, but it can be split
+into multiple lines by inserting the two characters `\ newline'.  This
+sequence is ignored wherever it appears in a description.
+
+   The preferred way to split the description is between capabilities:
+insert the four characters `: \ newline tab' immediately before any
+colon.  This allows each sub-line to start with some indentation.  This
+works because, after the `\ newline' are ignored, the result is `: tab
+:'; the first colon ends the preceding capability and the second colon
+starts the next capability.  If you split with `\ newline' alone, you
+may not add any indentation after them.
+
+   Here is a real example of a terminal description:
+
+     dw|vt52|DEC vt52:\
+             :cr=^M:do=^J:nl=^J:bl=^G:\
+             :le=^H:bs:cd=\EJ:ce=\EK:cl=\EH\EJ:\
+             :cm=\EY%+ %+ :co#80:li#24:\
+             :nd=\EC:ta=^I:pt:sr=\EI:up=\EA:\
+             :ku=\EA:kd=\EB:kr=\EC:kl=\ED:kb=^H:
+
+   Each terminal description begins with several names for the terminal
+type.  The names are separated by `|' characters, and a colon ends the
+last name.  The first name should be two characters long; it exists
+only for the sake of very old Unix systems and is never used in modern
+systems.  The last name should be a fully verbose name such as "DEC
+vt52" or "Ann Arbor Ambassador with 48 lines".  The other names should
+include whatever the user ought to be able to specify to get this
+terminal type, such as `vt52' or `aaa-48'.  *Note Naming::, for
+information on how to choose terminal type names.
+
+   After the terminal type names come the terminal capabilities,
+separated by colons and with a colon after the last one.  Each
+capability has a two-letter name, such as `cm' for "cursor motion
+string" or `li' for "number of display lines".
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Capability Format,  Next: Naming,  Prev: Format,  Up: Data Base
+
+Writing the Capabilities
+========================
+
+   There are three kinds of capabilities: flags, numbers, and strings.
+Each kind has its own way of being written in the description.  Each
+defined capability has by convention a particular kind of value; for
+example, `li' always has a numeric value and `cm' always a string value.
+
+   A flag capability is thought of as having a boolean value: the value
+is true if the capability is present, false if not.  When the
+capability is present, just write its name between two colons.
+
+   A numeric capability has a value which is a nonnegative number.
+Write the capability name, a `#', and the number, between two colons.
+For example, `...:li#48:...' is how you specify the `li' capability for
+48 lines.
+
+   A string-valued capability has a value which is a sequence of
+characters.  Usually these are the characters used to perform some
+display operation.  Write the capability name, a `=', and the
+characters of the value, between two colons.  For example,
+`...:cm=\E[%i%d;%dH:...' is how the cursor motion command for a
+standard ANSI terminal would be specified.
+
+   Special characters in the string value can be expressed using
+`\'-escape sequences as in C; in addition, `\E' stands for ESC.  `^' is
+also a kind of escape character; `^' followed by CHAR stands for the
+control-equivalent of CHAR.  Thus, `^a' stands for the character
+control-a, just like `\001'.  `\' and `^' themselves can be represented
+as `\\' and `\^'.
+
+   To include a colon in the string, you must write `\072'.  You might
+ask, "Why can't `\:' be used to represent a colon?"  The reason is that
+the interrogation functions do not count slashes while looking for a
+capability.  Even if `:ce=ab\:cd:' were interpreted as giving the `ce'
+capability the value `ab:cd', it would also appear to define `cd' as a
+flag.
+
+   The string value will often contain digits at the front to specify
+padding (*note Padding::.) and/or `%'-sequences within to specify how
+to encode parameters (*note Parameters::.).  Although these things are
+not to be output literally to the terminal, they are considered part of
+the value of the capability.  They are special only when the string
+value is processed by `tputs', `tparam' or `tgoto'.  By contrast, `\'
+and `^' are considered part of the syntax for specifying the characters
+in the string.
+
+   Let's look at the VT52 example again:
+
+     dw|vt52|DEC vt52:\
+             :cr=^M:do=^J:nl=^J:bl=^G:\
+             :le=^H:bs:cd=\EJ:ce=\EK:cl=\EH\EJ:\
+             :cm=\EY%+ %+ :co#80:li#24:\
+             :nd=\EC:ta=^I:pt:sr=\EI:up=\EA:\
+             :ku=\EA:kd=\EB:kr=\EC:kl=\ED:kb=^H:
+
+   Here we see the numeric-valued capabilities `co' and `li', the flags
+`bs' and `pt', and many string-valued capabilities.  Most of the
+strings start with ESC represented as `\E'.  The rest contain control
+characters represented using `^'.  The meanings of the individual
+capabilities are defined elsewhere (*note Capabilities::.).
+
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-2 b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6098d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-2
@@ -0,0 +1,974 @@
+This is Info file ./termcap.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the
+input file ./termcap.texi.
+
+   This file documents the termcap library of the GNU system.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Foundation.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Naming,  Next: Inheriting,  Prev: Capability Format,  Up: Data Base
+
+Terminal Type Name Conventions
+==============================
+
+   There are conventions for choosing names of terminal types.  For one
+thing, all letters should be in lower case.  The terminal type for a
+terminal in its most usual or most fundamental mode of operation should
+not have a hyphen in it.
+
+   If the same terminal has other modes of operation which require
+different terminal descriptions, these variant descriptions are given
+names made by adding suffixes with hyphens.  Such alternate descriptions
+are used for two reasons:
+
+   * When the terminal has a switch that changes its behavior.  Since
+     the computer cannot tell how the switch is set, the user must tell
+     the computer by choosing the appropriate terminal type name.
+
+     For example, the VT-100 has a setup flag that controls whether the
+     cursor wraps at the right margin.  If this flag is set to "wrap",
+     you must use the terminal type `vt100-am'.  Otherwise you must use
+     `vt100-nam'.  Plain `vt100' is defined as a synonym for either
+     `vt100-am' or `vt100-nam' depending on the preferences of the
+     local site.
+
+     The standard suffix `-am' stands for "automatic margins".
+
+   * To give the user a choice in how to use the terminal.  This is done
+     when the terminal has a switch that the computer normally controls.
+
+     For example, the Ann Arbor Ambassador can be configured with many
+     screen sizes ranging from 20 to 60 lines.  Fewer lines make bigger
+     characters but more lines let you see more of what you are editing.
+     As a result, users have different preferences.  Therefore, termcap
+     provides terminal types for many screen sizes.  If you choose type
+     `aaa-30', the terminal will be configured to use 30 lines; if you
+     choose `aaa-48', 48 lines will be used, and so on.
+
+   Here is a list of standard suffixes and their conventional meanings:
+
+`-w'
+     Short for "wide".  This is a mode that gives the terminal more
+     columns than usual.  This is normally a user option.
+
+`-am'
+     "Automatic margins".  This is an alternate description for use when
+     the terminal's margin-wrap switch is on; it contains the `am'
+     flag.  The implication is that normally the switch is off and the
+     usual description for the terminal says that the switch is off.
+
+`-nam'
+     "No automatic margins".  The opposite of `-am', this names an
+     alternative description which lacks the `am' flag.  This implies
+     that the terminal is normally operated with the margin-wrap switch
+     turned on, and the normal description of the terminal says so.
+
+`-na'
+     "No arrows".  This terminal description initializes the terminal to
+     keep its arrow keys in local mode.  This is a user option.
+
+`-rv'
+     "Reverse video".  This terminal description causes text output for
+     normal video to appear as reverse, and text output for reverse
+     video to come out as normal.  Often this description differs from
+     the usual one by interchanging the two strings which turn reverse
+     video on and off.
+
+     This is a user option; you can choose either the "reverse video"
+     variant terminal type or the normal terminal type, and termcap will
+     obey.
+
+`-s'
+     "Status".  Says to enable use of a status line which ordinary
+     output does not touch (*note Status Line::.).
+
+     Some terminals have a special line that is used only as a status
+     line.  For these terminals, there is no need for an `-s' variant;
+     the status line commands should be defined by default.  On other
+     terminals, enabling a status line means removing one screen line
+     from ordinary use and reducing the effective screen height.  For
+     these terminals, the user can choose the `-s' variant type to
+     request use of a status line.
+
+`-NLINES'
+     Says to operate with NLINES lines on the screen, for terminals
+     such as the Ambassador which provide this as an option.  Normally
+     this is a user option; by choosing the terminal type, you control
+     how many lines termcap will use.
+
+`-NPAGESp'
+     Says that the terminal has NPAGES pages worth of screen memory,
+     for terminals where this is a hardware option.
+
+`-unk'
+     Says that description is not for direct use, but only for
+     reference in `tc' capabilities.  Such a description is a kind of
+     subroutine, because it describes the common characteristics of
+     several variant descriptions that would use other suffixes in
+     place of `-unk'.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Inheriting,  Next: Changing,  Prev: Naming,  Up: Data Base
+
+Inheriting from Related Descriptions
+====================================
+
+   When two terminal descriptions are similar, their identical parts do
+not need to be given twice.  Instead, one of the two can be defined in
+terms of the other, using the `tc' capability.  We say that one
+description "refers to" the other, or "inherits from" the other.
+
+   The `tc' capability must be the last one in the terminal description,
+and its value is a string which is the name of another terminal type
+which is referred to.  For example,
+
+     N9|aaa|ambassador|aaa-30|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines:\
+             :ti=\E[2J\E[30;0;0;30p:\
+             :te=\E[60;0;0;30p\E[30;1H\E[J:\
+             :li#30:tc=aaa-unk:
+
+defines the terminal type `aaa-30' (also known as plain `aaa') in terms
+of `aaa-unk', which defines everything about the Ambassador that is
+independent of screen height.  The types `aaa-36', `aaa-48' and so on
+for other screen heights are likewise defined to inherit from `aaa-unk'.
+
+   The capabilities overridden by `aaa-30' include `li', which says how
+many lines there are, and `ti' and `te', which configure the terminal
+to use that many lines.
+
+   The effective terminal description for type `aaa' consists of the
+text shown above followed by the text of the description of `aaa-unk'.
+The `tc' capability is handled automatically by `tgetent', which finds
+the description thus referenced and combines the two descriptions
+(*note Find::.).  Therefore, only the implementor of the terminal
+descriptions needs to think about using `tc'.  Users and application
+programmers do not need to be concerned with it.
+
+   Since the reference terminal description is used last, capabilities
+specified in the referring description override any specifications of
+the same capabilities in the reference description.
+
+   The referring description can cancel out a capability without
+specifying any new value for it by means of a special trick.  Write the
+capability in the referring description, with the character `@' after
+the capability name, as follows:
+
+     NZ|aaa-30-nam|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines/no automatic-margins:\
+             :am@:tc=aaa-30:
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Changing,  Prev: Inheriting,  Up: Data Base
+
+When Changes in the Data Base Take Effect
+=========================================
+
+   Each application program must read the terminal description from the
+data base, so a change in the data base is effective for all jobs
+started after the change is made.
+
+   The change will usually have no effect on a job that have been in
+existence since before the change. The program probably read the
+terminal description once, when it was started, and is continuing to
+use what it read then.  If the program does not have a feature for
+reexamining the data base, then you will need to run it again (probably
+killing the old job).
+
+   If the description in use is coming from the `TERMCAP' environment
+variable, then the data base file is effectively overridden, and
+changes in it will have no effect until you change the `TERMCAP'
+variable as well.  For example, some users' `.login' files
+automatically copy the terminal description into `TERMCAP' to speed
+startup of applications.  If you have done this, you will need to
+change the `TERMCAP' variable to make the changed data base take effect.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Capabilities,  Next: Summary,  Prev: Data Base,  Up: Top
+
+Definitions of the Terminal Capabilities
+****************************************
+
+   This section is divided into many subsections, each for one aspect of
+use of display terminals.  For writing a display program, you usually
+need only check the subsections for the operations you want to use.
+For writing a terminal description, you must read each subsection and
+fill in the capabilities described there.
+
+   String capabilities that are display commands may require numeric
+parameters (*note Parameters::.).  Most such capabilities do not use
+parameters.  When a capability requires parameters, this is explicitly
+stated at the beginning of its definition.  In simple cases, the first
+or second sentence of the definition mentions all the parameters, in
+the order they should be given, using a name in upper case for each
+one.  For example, the `rp' capability is a command that requires two
+parameters; its definition begins as follows:
+
+     String of commands to output a graphic character C, repeated N
+     times.
+
+   In complex cases or when there are many parameters, they are
+described explicitly.
+
+   When a capability is described as obsolete, this means that programs
+should not be written to look for it, but terminal descriptions should
+still be written to provide it.
+
+   When a capability is described as very obsolete, this means that it
+should be omitted from terminal descriptions as well.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Basic::       Basic characteristics.
+* Screen Size::  Screen size, and what happens when it changes.
+* Cursor Motion::  Various ways to move the cursor.
+* Wrapping::    What happens if you write a character in the last column.
+* Scrolling::   Pushing text up and down on the screen.
+* Windows::     Limiting the part of the window that output affects.
+* Clearing::    Erasing one or many lines.
+* Insdel Line::  Making new blank lines in mid-screen; deleting lines.
+* Insdel Char::  Inserting and deleting characters within a line.
+* Standout::    Highlighting some of the text.
+* Underlining::  Underlining some of the text.
+* Cursor Visibility::  Making the cursor more or less easy to spot.
+* Bell::        Attracts user's attention; not localized on the screen.
+* Keypad::      Recognizing when function keys or arrows are typed.
+* Meta Key::    META acts like an extra shift key.
+* Initialization::  Commands used to initialize or reset the terminal.
+* Pad Specs::   Info for the kernel on how much padding is needed.
+* Status Line::  A status line displays "background" information.
+* Half-Line::   Moving by half-lines, for superscripts and subscripts.
+* Printer::     Controlling auxiliary printers of display terminals.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Basic,  Next: Screen Size,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Basic Characteristics
+=====================
+
+   This section documents the capabilities that describe the basic and
+nature of the terminal, and also those that are relevant to the output
+of graphic characters.
+
+`os'
+     Flag whose presence means that the terminal can overstrike.  This
+     means that outputting a graphic character does not erase whatever
+     was present in the same character position before.  The terminals
+     that can overstrike include printing terminals, storage tubes (all
+     obsolete nowadays), and many bit-map displays.
+
+`eo'
+     Flag whose presence means that outputting a space erases a
+     character position even if the terminal supports overstriking.  If
+     this flag is not present and overstriking is supported, output of
+     a space has no effect except to move the cursor.
+
+     (On terminals that do not support overstriking, you can always
+     assume that outputting a space at a position erases whatever
+     character was previously displayed there.)
+
+`gn'
+     Flag whose presence means that this terminal type is a generic type
+     which does not really describe any particular terminal.  Generic
+     types are intended for use as the default type assigned when the
+     user connects to the system, with the intention that the user
+     should specify what type he really has.  One example of a generic
+     type is the type `network'.
+
+     Since the generic type cannot say how to do anything interesting
+     with the terminal, termcap-using programs will always find that the
+     terminal is too weak to be supported if the user has failed to
+     specify a real terminal type in place of the generic one.  The
+     `gn' flag directs these programs to use a different error message:
+     "You have not specified your real terminal type", rather than
+     "Your terminal is not powerful enough to be used".
+
+`hc'
+     Flag whose presence means this is a hardcopy terminal.
+
+`rp'
+     String of commands to output a graphic character C, repeated N
+     times.  The first parameter value is the ASCII code for the desired
+     character, and the second parameter is the number of times to
+     repeat the character.  Often this command requires padding
+     proportional to the number of times the character is repeated.
+     This effect can be had by using parameter arithmetic with
+     `%'-sequences to compute the amount of padding, then generating
+     the result as a number at the front of the string so that `tputs'
+     will treat it as padding.
+
+`hz'
+     Flag whose presence means that the ASCII character `~' cannot be
+     output on this terminal because it is used for display commands.
+
+     Programs handle this flag by checking all text to be output and
+     replacing each `~' with some other character(s).  If this is not
+     done, the screen will be thoroughly garbled.
+
+     The old Hazeltine terminals that required such treatment are
+     probably very rare today, so you might as well not bother to
+     support this flag.
+
+`CC'
+     String whose presence means the terminal has a settable command
+     character.  The value of the string is the default command
+     character (which is usually ESC).
+
+     All the strings of commands in the terminal description should be
+     written to use the default command character.  If you are writing
+     an application program that changes the command character, use the
+     `CC' capability to figure out how to translate all the display
+     commands to work with the new command character.
+
+     Most programs have no reason to look at the `CC' capability.
+
+`xb'
+     Flag whose presence identifies Superbee terminals which are unable
+     to transmit the characters ESC and `Control-C'.  Programs which
+     support this flag are supposed to check the input for the code
+     sequences sent by the F1 and F2 keys, and pretend that ESC or
+     `Control-C' (respectively) had been read.  But this flag is
+     obsolete, and not worth supporting.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Screen Size,  Next: Cursor Motion,  Prev: Basic,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Screen Size
+===========
+
+   A terminal description has two capabilities, `co' and `li', that
+describe the screen size in columns and lines.  But there is more to
+the question of screen size than this.
+
+   On some operating systems the "screen" is really a window and the
+effective width can vary.  On some of these systems, `tgetnum' uses the
+actual width of the window to decide what value to return for the `co'
+capability, overriding what is actually written in the terminal
+description.  On other systems, it is up to the application program to
+check the actual window width using a system call.  For example, on BSD
+4.3 systems, the system call `ioctl' with code `TIOCGWINSZ' will tell
+you the current screen size.
+
+   On all window systems, termcap is powerless to advise the application
+program if the user resizes the window.  Application programs must deal
+with this possibility in a system-dependent fashion.  On some systems
+the C shell handles part of the problem by detecting changes in window
+size and setting the `TERMCAP' environment variable appropriately.
+This takes care of application programs that are started subsequently.
+It does not help application programs already running.
+
+   On some systems, including BSD 4.3, all programs using a terminal get
+a signal named `SIGWINCH' whenever the screen size changes.  Programs
+that use termcap should handle this signal by using `ioctl TIOCGWINSZ'
+to learn the new screen size.
+
+`co'
+     Numeric value, the width of the screen in character positions.
+     Even hardcopy terminals normally have a `co' capability.
+
+`li'
+     Numeric value, the height of the screen in lines.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Cursor Motion,  Next: Wrapping,  Prev: Screen Size,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Cursor Motion
+=============
+
+   Termcap assumes that the terminal has a "cursor", a spot on the
+screen where a visible mark is displayed, and that most display
+commands take effect at the position of the cursor.  It follows that
+moving the cursor to a specified location is very important.
+
+   There are many terminal capabilities for different cursor motion
+operations.  A terminal description should define as many as possible,
+but most programs do not need to use most of them.  One capability,
+`cm', moves the cursor to an arbitrary place on the screen; this by
+itself is sufficient for any application as long as there is no need to
+support hardcopy terminals or certain old, weak displays that have only
+relative motion commands.  Use of other cursor motion capabilities is an
+optimization, enabling the program to output fewer characters in some
+common cases.
+
+   If you plan to use the relative cursor motion commands in an
+application program, you must know what the starting cursor position
+is.  To do this, you must keep track of the cursor position and update
+the records each time anything is output to the terminal, including
+graphic characters.  In addition, it is necessary to know whether the
+terminal wraps after writing in the rightmost column.  *Note Wrapping::.
+
+   One other motion capability needs special mention: `nw' moves the
+cursor to the beginning of the following line, perhaps clearing all the
+starting line after the cursor, or perhaps not clearing at all.  This
+capability is a least common denominator that is probably supported
+even by terminals that cannot do most other things such as `cm' or `do'.
+Even hardcopy terminals can support `nw'.
+
+`cm'
+     String of commands to position the cursor at line L, column C.
+     Both parameters are origin-zero, and are defined relative to the
+     screen, not relative to display memory.
+
+     All display terminals except a few very obsolete ones support `cm',
+     so it is acceptable for an application program to refuse to
+     operate on terminals lacking `cm'.
+
+`ho'
+     String of commands to move the cursor to the upper left corner of
+     the screen (this position is called the "home position").  In
+     terminals where the upper left corner of the screen is not the
+     same as the beginning of display memory, this command must go to
+     the upper left corner of the screen, not the beginning of display
+     memory.
+
+     Every display terminal supports this capability, and many
+     application programs refuse to operate if the `ho' capability is
+     missing.
+
+`ll'
+     String of commands to move the cursor to the lower left corner of
+     the screen.  On some terminals, moving up from home position does
+     this, but programs should never assume that will work.  Just
+     output the `ll' string (if it is provided); if moving to home
+     position and then moving up is the best way to get there, the `ll'
+     command will do that.
+
+`cr'
+     String of commands to move the cursor to the beginning of the line
+     it is on.  If this capability is not specified, many programs
+     assume they can use the ASCII carriage return character for this.
+
+`le'
+     String of commands to move the cursor left one column.  Unless the
+     `bw' flag capability is specified, the effect is undefined if the
+     cursor is at the left margin; do not use this command there.  If
+     `bw' is present, this command may be used at the left margin, and
+     it wraps the cursor to the last column of the preceding line.
+
+`nd'
+     String of commands to move the cursor right one column.  The
+     effect is undefined if the cursor is at the right margin; do not
+     use this command there, not even if `am' is present.
+
+`up'
+     String of commands to move the cursor vertically up one line.  The
+     effect of sending this string when on the top line is undefined;
+     programs should never use it that way.
+
+`do'
+     String of commands to move the cursor vertically down one line.
+     The effect of sending this string when on the bottom line is
+     undefined; programs should never use it that way.
+
+     Some programs do use `do' to scroll up one line if used at the
+     bottom line, if `sf' is not defined but `sr' is.  This is only to
+     compensate for certain old, incorrect terminal descriptions.  (In
+     principle this might actually lead to incorrect behavior on other
+     terminals, but that seems to happen rarely if ever.)  But the
+     proper solution is that the terminal description should define
+     `sf' as well as `do' if the command is suitable for scrolling.
+
+     The original idea was that this string would not contain a newline
+     character and therefore could be used without disabling the
+     kernel's usual habit of converting of newline into a
+     carriage-return newline sequence.  But many terminal descriptions
+     do use newline in the `do' string, so this is not possible; a
+     program which sends the `do' string must disable output conversion
+     in the kernel (*note Initialize::.).
+
+`bw'
+     Flag whose presence says that `le' may be used in column zero to
+     move to the last column of the preceding line.  If this flag is
+     not present, `le' should not be used in column zero.
+
+`nw'
+     String of commands to move the cursor to start of next line,
+     possibly clearing rest of line (following the cursor) before
+     moving.
+
+`DO', `UP', `LE', `RI'
+     Strings of commands to move the cursor N lines down vertically, up
+     vertically, or N columns left or right.  Do not attempt to move
+     past any edge of the screen with these commands; the effect of
+     trying that is undefined.  Only a few terminal descriptions provide
+     these commands, and most programs do not use them.
+
+`CM'
+     String of commands to position the cursor at line L, column C,
+     relative to display memory.  Both parameters are origin-zero.
+     This capability is present only in terminals where there is a
+     difference between screen-relative and memory-relative addressing,
+     and not even in all such terminals.
+
+`ch'
+     String of commands to position the cursor at column C in the same
+     line it is on.  This is a special case of `cm' in which the
+     vertical position is not changed.  The `ch' capability is provided
+     only when it is faster to output than `cm' would be in this
+     special case.  Programs should not assume most display terminals
+     have `ch'.
+
+`cv'
+     String of commands to position the cursor at line L in the same
+     column.  This is a special case of `cm' in which the horizontal
+     position is not changed.  The `cv' capability is provided only
+     when it is faster to output than `cm' would be in this special
+     case.  Programs should not assume most display terminals have `cv'.
+
+`sc'
+     String of commands to make the terminal save the current cursor
+     position.  Only the last saved position can be used.  If this
+     capability is present, `rc' should be provided also.  Most
+     terminals have neither.
+
+`rc'
+     String of commands to make the terminal restore the last saved
+     cursor position.  If this capability is present, `sc' should be
+     provided also.  Most terminals have neither.
+
+`ff'
+     String of commands to advance to the next page, for a hardcopy
+     terminal.
+
+`ta'
+     String of commands to move the cursor right to the next hardware
+     tab stop column.  Missing if the terminal does not have any kind of
+     hardware tabs.  Do not send this command if the kernel's terminal
+     modes say that the kernel is expanding tabs into spaces.
+
+`bt'
+     String of commands to move the cursor left to the previous hardware
+     tab stop column.  Missing if the terminal has no such ability; many
+     terminals do not.  Do not send this command if the kernel's
+     terminal modes say that the kernel is expanding tabs into spaces.
+
+   The following obsolete capabilities should be included in terminal
+descriptions when appropriate, but should not be looked at by new
+programs.
+
+`nc'
+     Flag whose presence means the terminal does not support the ASCII
+     carriage return character as `cr'.  This flag is needed because
+     old programs assume, when the `cr' capability is missing, that
+     ASCII carriage return can be used for the purpose.  We use `nc' to
+     tell the old programs that carriage return may not be used.
+
+     New programs should not assume any default for `cr', so they need
+     not look at `nc'.  However, descriptions should contain `nc'
+     whenever they do not contain `cr'.
+
+`xt'
+     Flag whose presence means that the ASCII tab character may not be
+     used for cursor motion.  This flag exists because old programs
+     assume, when the `ta' capability is missing, that ASCII tab can be
+     used for the purpose.  We use `xt' to tell the old programs not to
+     use tab.
+
+     New programs should not assume any default for `ta', so they need
+     not look at `xt' in connection with cursor motion.  Note that `xt'
+     also has implications for standout mode (*note Standout::.).  It
+     is obsolete in regard to cursor motion but not in regard to
+     standout.
+
+     In fact, `xt' means that the terminal is a Teleray 1061.
+
+`bc'
+     Very obsolete alternative name for the `le' capability.
+
+`bs'
+     Flag whose presence means that the ASCII character backspace may be
+     used to move the cursor left.  Obsolete; look at `le' instead.
+
+`nl'
+     Obsolete capability which is a string that can either be used to
+     move the cursor down or to scroll.  The same string must scroll
+     when used on the bottom line and move the cursor when used on any
+     other line.  New programs should use `do' or `sf', and ignore `nl'.
+
+     If there is no `nl' capability, some old programs assume they can
+     use the newline character for this purpose.  These programs follow
+     a bad practice, but because they exist, it is still desirable to
+     define the `nl' capability in a terminal description if the best
+     way to move down is *not* a newline.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Wrapping,  Next: Scrolling,  Prev: Cursor Motion,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Wrapping
+========
+
+   "Wrapping" means moving the cursor from the right margin to the left
+margin of the following line.  Some terminals wrap automatically when a
+graphic character is output in the last column, while others do not.
+Most application programs that use termcap need to know whether the
+terminal wraps.  There are two special flag capabilities to describe
+what the terminal does when a graphic character is output in the last
+column.
+
+`am'
+     Flag whose presence means that writing a character in the last
+     column causes the cursor to wrap to the beginning of the next line.
+
+     If `am' is not present, writing in the last column leaves the
+     cursor at the place where the character was written.
+
+     Writing in the last column of the last line should be avoided on
+     terminals with `am', as it may or may not cause scrolling to occur
+     (*note Scrolling::.).  Scrolling is surely not what you would
+     intend.
+
+     If your program needs to check the `am' flag, then it also needs
+     to check the `xn' flag which indicates that wrapping happens in a
+     strange way.  Many common terminals have the `xn' flag.
+
+`xn'
+     Flag whose presence means that the cursor wraps in a strange way.
+     At least two distinct kinds of strange behavior are known; the
+     termcap data base does not contain anything to distinguish the two.
+
+     On Concept-100 terminals, output in the last column wraps the
+     cursor almost like an ordinary `am' terminal.  But if the next
+     thing output is a newline, it is ignored.
+
+     DEC VT-100 terminals (when the wrap switch is on) do a different
+     strange thing: the cursor wraps only if the next thing output is
+     another graphic character.  In fact, the wrap occurs when the
+     following graphic character is received by the terminal, before the
+     character is placed on the screen.
+
+     On both of these terminals, after writing in the last column a
+     following graphic character will be displayed in the first column
+     of the following line.  But the effect of relative cursor motion
+     characters such as newline or backspace at such a time depends on
+     the terminal.  The effect of erase or scrolling commands also
+     depends on the terminal.  You can't assume anything about what
+     they will do on a terminal that has `xn'.  So, to be safe, you
+     should never do these things at such a time on such a terminal.
+
+     To be sure of reliable results on a terminal which has the `xn'
+     flag, output a `cm' absolute positioning command after writing in
+     the last column.  Another safe thing to do is to output
+     carriage-return newline, which will leave the cursor at the
+     beginning of the following line.
+
+`LP'
+     Flag whose presence means that it is safe to write in the last
+     column of the last line without worrying about undesired
+     scrolling.  `LP' indicates the DEC flavor of `xn' strangeness.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Scrolling,  Next: Windows,  Prev: Wrapping,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Scrolling
+=========
+
+   "Scrolling" means moving the contents of the screen up or down one or
+more lines.  Moving the contents up is "forward scrolling"; moving them
+down is "reverse scrolling".
+
+   Scrolling happens after each line of output during ordinary output
+on most display terminals.  But in an application program that uses
+termcap for random-access output, scrolling happens only when
+explicitly requested with the commands in this section.
+
+   Some terminals have a "scroll region" feature.  This lets you limit
+the effect of scrolling to a specified range of lines.  Lines outside
+the range are unaffected when scrolling happens.  The scroll region
+feature is available if either `cs' or `cS' is present.
+
+`sf'
+     String of commands to scroll the screen one line up, assuming it is
+     output with the cursor at the beginning of the bottom line.
+
+`sr'
+     String of commands to scroll the screen one line down, assuming it
+     is output with the cursor at the beginning of the top line.
+
+`do'
+     A few programs will try to use `do' to do the work of `sf'.  This
+     is not really correct--it is an attempt to compensate for the
+     absence of a `sf' command in some old terminal descriptions.
+
+     Since these terminal descriptions do define `sr', perhaps at one
+     time the definition of `do' was different and it could be used for
+     scrolling as well.  But it isn't desirable to combine these two
+     functions in one capability, since scrolling often requires more
+     padding than simply moving the cursor down.  Defining `sf' and
+     `do' separately allows you to specify the padding properly.  Also,
+     all sources agree that `do' should not be relied on to do
+     scrolling.
+
+     So the best approach is to add `sf' capabilities to the
+     descriptions of these terminals, copying the definition of `do' if
+     that does scroll.
+
+`SF'
+     String of commands to scroll the screen N lines up, assuming it is
+     output with the cursor at the beginning of the bottom line.
+
+`SR'
+     String of commands to scroll the screen N lines down, assuming it
+     is output with the cursor at the beginning of the top line.
+
+`cs'
+     String of commands to set the scroll region.  This command takes
+     two parameters, START and END, which are the line numbers
+     (origin-zero) of the first line to include in the scroll region
+     and of the last line to include in it.  When a scroll region is
+     set, scrolling is limited to the specified range of lines; lines
+     outside the range are not affected by scroll commands.
+
+     Do not try to move the cursor outside the scroll region.  The
+     region remains set until explicitly removed.  To remove the scroll
+     region, use another `cs' command specifying the full height of the
+     screen.
+
+     The cursor position is undefined after the `cs' command is set, so
+     position the cursor with `cm' immediately afterward.
+
+`cS'
+     String of commands to set the scroll region using parameters in
+     different form.  The effect is the same as if `cs' were used.
+     Four parameters are required:
+
+       1. Total number of lines on the screen.
+
+       2. Number of lines above desired scroll region.
+
+       3. Number of lines below (outside of) desired scroll region.
+
+       4. Total number of lines on the screen, the same as the first
+          parameter.
+
+     This capability is a GNU extension that was invented to allow the
+     Ann Arbor Ambassador's scroll-region command to be described; it
+     could also be done by putting non-Unix `%'-sequences into a `cs'
+     string, but that would have confused Unix programs that used the
+     `cs' capability with the Unix termcap.  Currently only GNU Emacs
+     uses the `cS' capability.
+
+`ns'
+     Flag which means that the terminal does not normally scroll for
+     ordinary sequential output.  For modern terminals, this means that
+     outputting a newline in ordinary sequential output with the cursor
+     on the bottom line wraps to the top line.  For some obsolete
+     terminals, other things may happen.
+
+     The terminal may be able to scroll even if it does not normally do
+     so.  If the `sf' capability is provided, it can be used for
+     scrolling regardless of `ns'.
+
+`da'
+     Flag whose presence means that lines scrolled up off the top of the
+     screen may come back if scrolling down is done subsequently.
+
+     The `da' and `db' flags do not, strictly speaking, affect how to
+     scroll.  But programs that scroll usually need to clear the lines
+     scrolled onto the screen, if these flags are present.
+
+`db'
+     Flag whose presence means that lines scrolled down off the bottom
+     of the screen may come back if scrolling up is done subsequently.
+
+`lm'
+     Numeric value, the number of lines of display memory that the
+     terminal has.  A value of zero means that the terminal has more
+     display memory than can fit on the screen, but no fixed number of
+     lines.  (The number of lines may depend on the amount of text in
+     each line.)
+
+   Any terminal description that defines `SF' should also define `sf';
+likewise for `SR' and `sr'.  However, many terminals can only scroll by
+one line at a time, so it is common to find `sf' and not `SF', or `sr'
+without `SR'.
+
+   Therefore, all programs that use the scrolling facilities should be
+prepared to work with `sf' in the case that `SF' is absent, and
+likewise with `sr'.  On the other hand, an application program that
+uses only `sf' and not `SF' is acceptable, though slow on some
+terminals.
+
+   When outputting a scroll command with `tputs', the NLINES argument
+should be the total number of lines in the portion of the screen being
+scrolled.  Very often these commands require padding proportional to
+this number of lines.  *Note Padding::.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Windows,  Next: Clearing,  Prev: Scrolling,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Windows
+=======
+
+   A "window", in termcap, is a rectangular portion of the screen to
+which all display operations are restricted.  Wrapping, clearing,
+scrolling, insertion and deletion all operate as if the specified
+window were all the screen there was.
+
+`wi'
+     String of commands to set the terminal output screen window.  This
+     string requires four parameters, all origin-zero:
+       1. The first line to include in the window.
+
+       2. The last line to include in the window.
+
+       3. The first column to include in the window.
+
+       4. The last column to include in the window.
+
+   Most terminals do not support windows.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Clearing,  Next: Insdel Line,  Prev: Windows,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Clearing Parts of the Screen
+============================
+
+   There are several terminal capabilities for clearing parts of the
+screen to blank.  All display terminals support the `cl' string, and
+most display terminals support all of these capabilities.
+
+`cl'
+     String of commands to clear the entire screen and position the
+     cursor at the upper left corner.
+
+`cd'
+     String of commands to clear the line the cursor is on, and all the
+     lines below it, down to the bottom of the screen.  This command
+     string should be used only with the cursor in column zero; their
+     effect is undefined if the cursor is elsewhere.
+
+`ce'
+     String of commands to clear from the cursor to the end of the
+     current line.
+
+`ec'
+     String of commands to clear N characters, starting with the
+     character that the cursor is on.  This command string is expected
+     to leave the cursor position unchanged.  The parameter N should
+     never be large enough to reach past the right margin; the effect
+     of such a large parameter would be undefined.
+
+   Clear to end of line (`ce') is extremely important in programs that
+maintain an updating display.  Nearly all display terminals support this
+operation, so it is acceptable for a an application program to refuse to
+work if `ce' is not present.  However, if you do not want this
+limitation, you can accomplish clearing to end of line by outputting
+spaces until you reach the right margin.  In order to do this, you must
+know the current horizontal position.  Also, this technique assumes
+that writing a space will erase.  But this happens to be true on all
+the display terminals that fail to support `ce'.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Insdel Line,  Next: Insdel Char,  Prev: Clearing,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Insert/Delete Line
+==================
+
+   "Inserting a line" means creating a blank line in the middle of the
+screen, and pushing the existing lines of text apart.  In fact, the
+lines above the insertion point do not change, while the lines below
+move down, and one is normally lost at the bottom of the screen.
+
+   "Deleting a line" means causing the line to disappear from the
+screen, closing up the gap by moving the lines below it upward.  A new
+line appears at the bottom of the screen.  Usually this line is blank,
+but on terminals with the `db' flag it may be a line previously moved
+off the screen bottom by scrolling or line insertion.
+
+   Insertion and deletion of lines is useful in programs that maintain
+an updating display some parts of which may get longer or shorter.
+They are also useful in editors for scrolling parts of the screen, and
+for redisplaying after lines of text are killed or inserted.
+
+   Many terminals provide commands to insert or delete a single line at
+the cursor position.  Some provide the ability to insert or delete
+several lines with one command, using the number of lines to insert or
+delete as a parameter.  Always move the cursor to column zero before
+using any of these commands.
+
+`al'
+     String of commands to insert a blank line before the line the
+     cursor is on.  The existing line, and all lines below it, are
+     moved down.  The last line in the screen (or in the scroll region,
+     if one is set) disappears and in most circumstances is discarded.
+     It may not be discarded if the `db' is present (*note
+     Scrolling::.).
+
+     The cursor must be at the left margin before this command is used.
+     This command does not move the cursor.
+
+`dl'
+     String of commands to delete the line the cursor is on.  The
+     following lines move up, and a blank line appears at the bottom of
+     the screen (or bottom of the scroll region).  If the terminal has
+     the `db' flag, a nonblank line previously pushed off the screen
+     bottom may reappear at the bottom.
+
+     The cursor must be at the left margin before this command is used.
+     This command does not move the cursor.
+
+`AL'
+     String of commands to insert N blank lines before the line that
+     the cursor is on.  It is like `al' repeated N times, except that
+     it is as fast as one `al'.
+
+`DL'
+     String of commands to delete N lines starting with the line that
+     the cursor is on.  It is like `dl' repeated N times, except that
+     it is as fast as one `dl'.
+
+   Any terminal description that defines `AL' should also define `al';
+likewise for `DL' and `dl'.  However, many terminals can only insert or
+delete one line at a time, so it is common to find `al' and not `AL',
+or `dl' without `DL'.
+
+   Therefore, all programs that use the insert and delete facilities
+should be prepared to work with `al' in the case that `AL' is absent,
+and likewise with `dl'.  On the other hand, it is acceptable to write
+an application that uses only `al' and `dl' and does not look for `AL'
+or `DL' at all.
+
+   If a terminal does not support line insertion and deletion directly,
+but does support a scroll region, the effect of insertion and deletion
+can be obtained with scrolling.  However, it is up to the individual
+user program to check for this possibility and use the scrolling
+commands to get the desired result.  It is fairly important to implement
+this alternate strategy, since it is the only way to get the effect of
+line insertion and deletion on the popular VT100 terminal.
+
+   Insertion and deletion of lines is affected by the scroll region on
+terminals that have a settable scroll region.  This is useful when it is
+desirable to move any few consecutive lines up or down by a few lines.
+*Note Scrolling::.
+
+   The line pushed off the bottom of the screen is not lost if the
+terminal has the `db' flag capability; instead, it is pushed into
+display memory that does not appear on the screen.  This is the same
+thing that happens when scrolling pushes a line off the bottom of the
+screen.  Either reverse scrolling or deletion of a line can bring the
+apparently lost line back onto the bottom of the screen.  If the
+terminal has the scroll region feature as well as `db', the pushed-out
+line really is lost if a scroll region is in effect.
+
+   When outputting an insert or delete command with `tputs', the NLINES
+argument should be the total number of lines from the cursor to the
+bottom of the screen (or scroll region).  Very often these commands
+require padding proportional to this number of lines.  *Note Padding::.
+
+   For `AL' and `DL' the NLINES argument should *not* depend on the
+number of lines inserted or deleted; only the total number of lines
+affected.  This is because it is just as fast to insert two or N lines
+with `AL' as to insert one line with `al'.
+
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-3 b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5b309f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-3
@@ -0,0 +1,1480 @@
+This is Info file ./termcap.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the
+input file ./termcap.texi.
+
+   This file documents the termcap library of the GNU system.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Foundation.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Insdel Char,  Next: Standout,  Prev: Insdel Line,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Insert/Delete Character
+=======================
+
+   "Inserting a character" means creating a blank space in the middle
+of a line, and pushing the rest of the line rightward.  The character
+in the rightmost column is lost.
+
+   "Deleting a character" means causing the character to disappear from
+the screen, closing up the gap by moving the rest of the line leftward.
+A blank space appears in the rightmost column.
+
+   Insertion and deletion of characters is useful in programs that
+maintain an updating display some parts of which may get longer or
+shorter.  It is also useful in editors for redisplaying the results of
+editing within a line.
+
+   Many terminals provide commands to insert or delete a single
+character at the cursor position.  Some provide the ability to insert
+or delete several characters with one command, using the number of
+characters to insert or delete as a parameter.
+
+   Many terminals provide an insert mode in which outputting a graphic
+character has the added effect of inserting a position for that
+character.  A special command string is used to enter insert mode and
+another is used to exit it.  The reason for designing a terminal with
+an insert mode rather than an insert command is that inserting
+character positions is usually followed by writing characters into
+them.  With insert mode, this is as fast as simply writing the
+characters, except for the fixed overhead of entering and leaving
+insert mode.  However, when the line speed is great enough, padding may
+be required for the graphic characters output in insert mode.
+
+   Some terminals require you to enter insert mode and then output a
+special command for each position to be inserted.  Or they may require
+special commands to be output before or after each graphic character to
+be inserted.
+
+   Deletion of characters is usually accomplished by a straightforward
+command to delete one or several positions; but on some terminals, it
+is necessary to enter a special delete mode before using the delete
+command, and leave delete mode afterward.  Sometimes delete mode and
+insert mode are the same mode.
+
+   Some terminals make a distinction between character positions in
+which a space character has been output and positions which have been
+cleared.  On these terminals, the effect of insert or delete character
+runs to the first cleared position rather than to the end of the line.
+In fact, the effect may run to more than one line if there is no
+cleared position to stop the shift on the first line.  These terminals
+are identified by the `in' flag capability.
+
+   On terminals with the `in' flag, the technique of skipping over
+characters that you know were cleared, and then outputting text later
+on in the same line, causes later insert and delete character
+operations on that line to do nonstandard things.  A program that has
+any chance of doing this must check for the `in' flag and must be
+careful to write explicit space characters into the intermediate
+columns when `in' is present.
+
+   A plethora of terminal capabilities are needed to describe all of
+this complexity.  Here is a list of them all.  Following the list, we
+present an algorithm for programs to use to take proper account of all
+of these capabilities.
+
+`im'
+     String of commands to enter insert mode.
+
+     If the terminal has no special insert mode, but it can insert
+     characters with a special command, `im' should be defined with a
+     null value, because the `vi' editor assumes that insertion of a
+     character is impossible if `im' is not provided.
+
+     New programs should not act like `vi'.  They should pay attention
+     to `im' only if it is defined.
+
+`ei'
+     String of commands to leave insert mode.  This capability must be
+     present if `im' is.
+
+     On a few old terminals the same string is used to enter and exit
+     insert mode.  This string turns insert mode on if it was off, and
+     off it it was on.  You can tell these terminals because the `ei'
+     string equals the `im' string.  If you want to support these
+     terminals, you must always remember accurately whether insert mode
+     is in effect.  However, these terminals are obsolete, and it is
+     reasonable to refuse to support them.  On all modern terminals, you
+     can safely output `ei' at any time to ensure that insert mode is
+     turned off.
+
+`ic'
+     String of commands to insert one character position at the cursor.
+     The cursor does not move.
+
+     If outputting a graphic character while in insert mode is
+     sufficient to insert the character, then the `ic' capability
+     should be defined with a null value.
+
+     If your terminal offers a choice of ways to insert--either use
+     insert mode or use a special command--then define `im' and do not
+     define `ic', since this gives the most efficient operation when
+     several characters are to be inserted.  *Do not* define both
+     strings, for that means that *both* must be used each time
+     insertion is done.
+
+`ip'
+     String of commands to output following an inserted graphic
+     character in insert mode.  Often it is used just for a padding
+     spec, when padding is needed after an inserted character (*note
+     Padding::.).
+
+`IC'
+     String of commands to insert N character positions at and after
+     the cursor.  It has the same effect as repeating the `ic' string
+     and a space, N times.
+
+     If `IC' is provided, application programs may use it without first
+     entering insert mode.
+
+`mi'
+     Flag whose presence means it is safe to move the cursor while in
+     insert mode and assume the terminal remains in insert mode.
+
+`in'
+     Flag whose presence means that the terminal distinguishes between
+     character positions in which space characters have been output and
+     positions which have been cleared.
+
+   An application program can assume that the terminal can do character
+insertion if *any one of* the capabilities `IC', `im', `ic' or `ip' is
+provided.
+
+   To insert N blank character positions, move the cursor to the place
+to insert them and follow this algorithm:
+
+  1. If an `IC' string is provided, output it with parameter N and you
+     are finished.  Otherwise (or if you don't want to bother to look
+     for an `IC' string) follow the remaining steps.
+
+  2. Output the `im' string, if there is one, unless the terminal is
+     already in insert mode.
+
+  3. Repeat steps 4 through 6, N times.
+
+  4. Output the `ic' string if any.
+
+  5. Output a space.
+
+  6. Output the `ip' string if any.
+
+  7. Output the `ei' string, eventually, to exit insert mode.  There is
+     no need to do this right away.  If the `mi' flag is present, you
+     can move the cursor and the cursor will remain in insert mode;
+     then you can do more insertion elsewhere without reentering insert
+     mode.
+
+   To insert N graphic characters, position the cursor and follow this
+algorithm:
+
+  1. If an `IC' string is provided, output it with parameter N, then
+     output the graphic characters, and you are finished.  Otherwise
+     (or if you don't want to bother to look for an `IC' string) follow
+     the remaining steps.
+
+  2. Output the `im' string, if there is one, unless the terminal is
+     already in insert mode.
+
+  3. For each character to be output, repeat steps 4 through 6.
+
+  4. Output the `ic' string if any.
+
+  5. Output the next graphic character.
+
+  6. Output the `ip' string if any.
+
+  7. Output the `ei' string, eventually, to exit insert mode.  There is
+     no need to do this right away.  If the `mi' flag is present, you
+     can move the cursor and the cursor will remain in insert mode;
+     then you can do more insertion elsewhere without reentering insert
+     mode.
+
+   Note that this is not the same as the original Unix termcap
+specifications in one respect: it assumes that the `IC' string can be
+used without entering insert mode.  This is true as far as I know, and
+it allows you be able to avoid entering and leaving insert mode, and
+also to be able to avoid the inserted-character padding after the
+characters that go into the inserted positions.
+
+   Deletion of characters is less complicated; deleting one column is
+done by outputting the `dc' string.  However, there may be a delete
+mode that must be entered with `dm' in order to make `dc' work.
+
+`dc'
+     String of commands to delete one character position at the cursor.
+     If `dc' is not present, the terminal cannot delete characters.
+
+`DC'
+     String of commands to delete N characters starting at the cursor.
+     It has the same effect as repeating the `dc' string N times.  Any
+     terminal description that has `DC' also has `dc'.
+
+`dm'
+     String of commands to enter delete mode.  If not present, there is
+     no delete mode, and `dc' can be used at any time (assuming there is
+     a `dc').
+
+`ed'
+     String of commands to exit delete mode.  This must be present if
+     `dm' is.
+
+   To delete N character positions, position the cursor and follow these
+steps:
+
+  1. If the `DC' string is present, output it with parameter N and you
+     are finished.  Otherwise, follow the remaining steps.
+
+  2. Output the `dm' string, unless you know the terminal is already in
+     delete mode.
+
+  3. Output the `dc' string N times.
+
+  4. Output the `ed' string eventually.  If the flag capability `mi' is
+     present, you can move the cursor and do more deletion without
+     leaving and reentering delete mode.
+
+   As with the `IC' string, we have departed from the original termcap
+specifications by assuming that `DC' works without entering delete mode
+even though `dc' would not.
+
+   If the `dm' and `im' capabilities are both present and have the same
+value, it means that the terminal has one mode for both insertion and
+deletion.  It is useful for a program to know this, because then it can
+do insertions after deletions, or vice versa, without leaving
+insert/delete mode and reentering it.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Standout,  Next: Underlining,  Prev: Insdel Char,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Standout and Appearance Modes
+=============================
+
+   "Appearance modes" are modifications to the ways characters are
+displayed.  Typical appearance modes include reverse video, dim, bright,
+blinking, underlined, invisible, and alternate character set.  Each
+kind of terminal supports various among these, or perhaps none.
+
+   For each type of terminal, one appearance mode or combination of
+them that looks good for highlighted text is chosen as the "standout
+mode".  The capabilities `so' and `se' say how to enter and leave
+standout mode.  Programs that use appearance modes only to highlight
+some text generally use the standout mode so that they can work on as
+many terminals as possible.  Use of specific appearance modes other
+than "underlined" and "alternate character set" is rare.
+
+   Terminals that implement appearance modes fall into two general
+classes as to how they do it.
+
+   In some terminals, the presence or absence of any appearance mode is
+recorded separately for each character position.  In these terminals,
+each graphic character written is given the appearance modes current at
+the time it is written, and keeps those modes until it is erased or
+overwritten.  There are special commands to turn the appearance modes
+on or off for characters to be written in the future.
+
+   In other terminals, the change of appearance modes is represented by
+a marker that belongs to a certain screen position but affects all
+following screen positions until the next marker.  These markers are
+traditionally called "magic cookies".
+
+   The same capabilities (`so', `se', `mb' and so on) for turning
+appearance modes on and off are used for both magic-cookie terminals
+and per-character terminals.  On magic cookie terminals, these give the
+commands to write the magic cookies.  On per-character terminals, they
+change the current modes that affect future output and erasure.  Some
+simple applications can use these commands without knowing whether or
+not they work by means of cookies.
+
+   However, a program that maintains and updates a display needs to know
+whether the terminal uses magic cookies, and exactly what their effect
+is.  This information comes from the `sg' capability.
+
+   The `sg' capability is a numeric capability whose presence indicates
+that the terminal uses magic cookies for appearance modes.  Its value is
+the number of character positions that a magic cookie occupies.  Usually
+the cookie occupies one or more character positions on the screen, and
+these character positions are displayed as blank, but in some terminals
+the cookie has zero width.
+
+   The `sg' capability describes both the magic cookie to turn standout
+on and the cookie to turn it off.  This makes the assumption that both
+kinds of cookie have the same width on the screen.  If that is not true,
+the narrower cookie must be "widened" with spaces until it has the same
+width as the other.
+
+   On some magic cookie terminals, each line always starts with normal
+display; in other words, the scope of a magic cookie never extends over
+more than one line.  But on other terminals, one magic cookie affects
+all the lines below it unless explicitly canceled.  Termcap does not
+define any way to distinguish these two ways magic cookies can work.
+To be safe, it is best to put a cookie at the beginning of each line.
+
+   On some per-character terminals, standout mode or other appearance
+modes may be canceled by moving the cursor.  On others, moving the
+cursor has no effect on the state of the appearance modes.  The latter
+class of terminals are given the flag capability `ms' ("can move in
+standout").  All programs that might have occasion to move the cursor
+while appearance modes are turned on must check for this flag; if it is
+not present, they should reset appearance modes to normal before doing
+cursor motion.
+
+   A program that has turned on only standout mode should use `se' to
+reset the standout mode to normal.  A program that has turned on only
+alternate character set mode should use `ae' to return it to normal.
+If it is possible that any other appearance modes are turned on, use the
+`me' capability to return them to normal.
+
+   Note that the commands to turn on one appearance mode, including `so'
+and `mb' ... `mr', if used while some other appearance modes are turned
+on, may combine the two modes on some terminals but may turn off the
+mode previously enabled on other terminals.  This is because some
+terminals do not have a command to set or clear one appearance mode
+without changing the others.  Programs should not attempt to use
+appearance modes in combination except with `sa', and when switching
+from one single mode to another should always turn off the previously
+enabled mode and then turn on the new desired mode.
+
+   On some old terminals, the `so' and `se' commands may be the same
+command, which has the effect of turning standout on if it is off, or
+off it is on.  It is therefore risky for a program to output extra `se'
+commands for good measure.  Fortunately, all these terminals are
+obsolete.
+
+   Programs that update displays in which standout-text may be replaced
+with non-standout text must check for the `xs' flag.  In a per-character
+terminal, this flag says that the only way to remove standout once
+written is to clear that portion of the line with the `ce' string or
+something even more powerful (*note Clearing::.); just writing new
+characters at those screen positions will not change the modes in
+effect there.  In a magic cookie terminal, `xs' says that the only way
+to remove a cookie is to clear a portion of the line that includes the
+cookie; writing a different cookie at the same position does not work.
+
+   Such programs must also check for the `xt' flag, which means that the
+terminal is a Teleray 1061.  On this terminal it is impossible to
+position the cursor at the front of a magic cookie, so the only two
+ways to remove a cookie are (1) to delete the line it is on or (2) to
+position the cursor at least one character before it (possibly on a
+previous line) and output the `se' string, which on these terminals
+finds and removes the next `so' magic cookie on the screen.  (It may
+also be possible to remove a cookie which is not at the beginning of a
+line by clearing that line.)  The `xt' capability also has implications
+for the use of tab characters, but in that regard it is obsolete (*Note
+Cursor Motion::).
+
+`so'
+     String of commands to enter standout mode.
+
+`se'
+     String of commands to leave standout mode.
+
+`sg'
+     Numeric capability, the width on the screen of the magic cookie.
+     This capability is absent in terminals that record appearance modes
+     character by character.
+
+`ms'
+     Flag whose presence means that it is safe to move the cursor while
+     the appearance modes are not in the normal state.  If this flag is
+     absent, programs should always reset the appearance modes to
+     normal before moving the cursor.
+
+`xs'
+     Flag whose presence means that the only way to reset appearance
+     modes already on the screen is to clear to end of line.  On a
+     per-character terminal, you must clear the area where the modes
+     are set.  On a magic cookie terminal, you must clear an area
+     containing the cookie.  See the discussion above.
+
+`xt'
+     Flag whose presence means that the cursor cannot be positioned
+     right in front of a magic cookie, and that `se' is a command to
+     delete the next magic cookie following the cursor.  See discussion
+     above.
+
+`mb'
+     String of commands to enter blinking mode.
+
+`md'
+     String of commands to enter double-bright mode.
+
+`mh'
+     String of commands to enter half-bright mode.
+
+`mk'
+     String of commands to enter invisible mode.
+
+`mp'
+     String of commands to enter protected mode.
+
+`mr'
+     String of commands to enter reverse-video mode.
+
+`me'
+     String of commands to turn off all appearance modes, including
+     standout mode and underline mode.  On some terminals it also turns
+     off alternate character set mode; on others, it may not.  This
+     capability must be present if any of `mb' ... `mr' is present.
+
+`as'
+     String of commands to turn on alternate character set mode.  This
+     mode assigns some or all graphic characters an alternate picture
+     on the screen.  There is no standard as to what the alternate
+     pictures look like.
+
+`ae'
+     String of commands to turn off alternate character set mode.
+
+`sa'
+     String of commands to turn on an arbitrary combination of
+     appearance modes.  It accepts 9 parameters, each of which controls
+     a particular kind of appearance mode.  A parameter should be 1 to
+     turn its appearance mode on, or zero to turn that mode off.  Most
+     terminals do not support the `sa' capability, even among those
+     that do have various appearance modes.
+
+     The nine parameters are, in order, STANDOUT, UNDERLINE, REVERSE,
+     BLINK, HALF-BRIGHT, DOUBLE-BRIGHT, BLANK, PROTECT, ALT CHAR SET.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Underlining,  Next: Cursor Visibility,  Prev: Standout,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Underlining
+===========
+
+   Underlining on most terminals is a kind of appearance mode, much like
+standout mode.  Therefore, it may be implemented using magic cookies or
+as a flag in the terminal whose current state affects each character
+that is output.  *Note Standout::, for a full explanation.
+
+   The `ug' capability is a numeric capability whose presence indicates
+that the terminal uses magic cookies for underlining.  Its value is the
+number of character positions that a magic cookie for underlining
+occupies; it is used for underlining just as `sg' is used for standout.
+Aside from the simplest applications, it is impossible to use
+underlining correctly without paying attention to the value of `ug'.
+
+`us'
+     String of commands to turn on underline mode or to output a magic
+     cookie to start underlining.
+
+`ue'
+     String of commands to turn off underline mode or to output a magic
+     cookie to stop underlining.
+
+`ug'
+     Width of magic cookie that represents a change of underline mode;
+     or missing, if the terminal does not use a magic cookie for this.
+
+`ms'
+     Flag whose presence means that it is safe to move the cursor while
+     the appearance modes are not in the normal state.  Underlining is
+     an appearance mode.  If this flag is absent, programs should
+     always turn off underlining before moving the cursor.
+
+   There are two other, older ways of doing underlining: there can be a
+command to underline a single character, or the output of `_', the
+ASCII underscore character, as an overstrike could cause a character to
+be underlined.  New programs need not bother to handle these
+capabilities unless the author cares strongly about the obscure
+terminals which support them.  However, terminal descriptions should
+provide these capabilities when appropriate.
+
+`uc'
+     String of commands to underline the character under the cursor, and
+     move the cursor right.
+
+`ul'
+     Flag whose presence means that the terminal can underline by
+     overstriking an underscore character (`_'); some terminals can do
+     this even though they do not support overstriking in general.  An
+     implication of this flag is that when outputting new text to
+     overwrite old text, underscore characters must be treated
+     specially lest they underline the old text instead.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Cursor Visibility,  Next: Bell,  Prev: Underlining,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Cursor Visibility
+=================
+
+   Some terminals have the ability to make the cursor invisible, or to
+enhance it.  Enhancing the cursor is often done by programs that plan
+to use the cursor to indicate to the user a position of interest that
+may be anywhere on the screen--for example, the Emacs editor enhances
+the cursor on entry.  Such programs should always restore the cursor to
+normal on exit.
+
+`vs'
+     String of commands to enhance the cursor.
+
+`vi'
+     String of commands to make the cursor invisible.
+
+`ve'
+     String of commands to return the cursor to normal.
+
+   If you define either `vs' or `vi', you must also define `ve'.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Bell,  Next: Keypad,  Prev: Cursor Visibility,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Bell
+====
+
+   Here we describe commands to make the terminal ask for the user to
+pay attention to it.
+
+`bl'
+     String of commands to cause the terminal to make an audible sound.
+     If this capability is absent, the terminal has no way to make a
+     suitable sound.
+
+`vb'
+     String of commands to cause the screen to flash to attract
+     attention ("visible bell").  If this capability is absent, the
+     terminal has no way to do such a thing.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Keypad,  Next: Meta Key,  Prev: Bell,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Keypad and Function Keys
+========================
+
+   Many terminals have arrow and function keys that transmit specific
+character sequences to the computer.  Since the precise sequences used
+depend on the terminal, termcap defines capabilities used to say what
+the sequences are.  Unlike most termcap string-valued capabilities,
+these are not strings of commands to be sent to the terminal, rather
+strings that are received from the terminal.
+
+   Programs that expect to use keypad keys should check, initially, for
+a `ks' capability and send it, to make the keypad actually transmit.
+Such programs should also send the `ke' string when exiting.
+
+`ks'
+     String of commands to make the keypad keys transmit.  If this
+     capability is not provided, but the others in this section are,
+     programs may assume that the keypad keys always transmit.
+
+`ke'
+     String of commands to make the keypad keys work locally.  This
+     capability is provided only if `ks' is.
+
+`kl'
+     String of input characters sent by typing the left-arrow key.  If
+     this capability is missing, you cannot expect the terminal to have
+     a left-arrow key that transmits anything to the computer.
+
+`kr'
+     String of input characters sent by typing the right-arrow key.
+
+`ku'
+     String of input characters sent by typing the up-arrow key.
+
+`kd'
+     String of input characters sent by typing the down-arrow key.
+
+`kh'
+     String of input characters sent by typing the "home-position" key.
+
+`K1' ... `K5'
+     Strings of input characters sent by the five other keys in a 3-by-3
+     array that includes the arrow keys, if the keyboard has such a
+     3-by-3 array.  Note that one of these keys may be the
+     "home-position" key, in which case one of these capabilities will
+     have the same value as the `kh' key.
+
+`k0'
+     String of input characters sent by function key 10 (or 0, if the
+     terminal has one labeled 0).
+
+`k1' ... `k9'
+     Strings of input characters sent by function keys 1 through 9,
+     provided for those function keys that exist.
+
+`kn'
+     Number: the number of numbered function keys, if there are more
+     than 10.
+
+`l0' ... `l9'
+     Strings which are the labels appearing on the keyboard on the keys
+     described by the capabilities `k0' ... `l9'.  These capabilities
+     should be left undefined if the labels are `f0' or `f10' and `f1'
+     ... `f9'.
+
+`kH'
+     String of input characters sent by the "home down" key, if there is
+     one.
+
+`kb'
+     String of input characters sent by the "backspace" key, if there is
+     one.
+
+`ka'
+     String of input characters sent by the "clear all tabs" key, if
+     there is one.
+
+`kt'
+     String of input characters sent by the "clear tab stop this column"
+     key, if there is one.
+
+`kC'
+     String of input characters sent by the "clear screen" key, if
+     there is one.
+
+`kD'
+     String of input characters sent by the "delete character" key, if
+     there is one.
+
+`kL'
+     String of input characters sent by the "delete line" key, if there
+     is one.
+
+`kM'
+     String of input characters sent by the "exit insert mode" key, if
+     there is one.
+
+`kE'
+     String of input characters sent by the "clear to end of line" key,
+     if there is one.
+
+`kS'
+     String of input characters sent by the "clear to end of screen"
+     key, if there is one.
+
+`kI'
+     String of input characters sent by the "insert character" or "enter
+     insert mode" key, if there is one.
+
+`kA'
+     String of input characters sent by the "insert line" key, if there
+     is one.
+
+`kN'
+     String of input characters sent by the "next page" key, if there is
+     one.
+
+`kP'
+     String of input characters sent by the "previous page" key, if
+     there is one.
+
+`kF'
+     String of input characters sent by the "scroll forward" key, if
+     there is one.
+
+`kR'
+     String of input characters sent by the "scroll reverse" key, if
+     there is one.
+
+`kT'
+     String of input characters sent by the "set tab stop in this
+     column" key, if there is one.
+
+`ko'
+     String listing the other function keys the terminal has.  This is a
+     very obsolete way of describing the same information found in the
+     `kH' ... `kT' keys.  The string contains a list of two-character
+     termcap capability names, separated by commas.  The meaning is
+     that for each capability name listed, the terminal has a key which
+     sends the string which is the value of that capability.  For
+     example, the value `:ko=cl,ll,sf,sr:' says that the terminal has
+     four function keys which mean "clear screen", "home down", "scroll
+     forward" and "scroll reverse".
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Meta Key,  Next: Initialization,  Prev: Keypad,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Meta Key
+========
+
+   A Meta key is a key on the keyboard that modifies each character you
+type by controlling the 0200 bit.  This bit is on if and only if the
+Meta key is held down when the character is typed.  Characters typed
+using the Meta key are called Meta characters.  Emacs uses Meta
+characters as editing commands.
+
+`km'
+     Flag whose presence means that the terminal has a Meta key.
+
+`mm'
+     String of commands to enable the functioning of the Meta key.
+
+`mo'
+     String of commands to disable the functioning of the Meta key.
+
+   If the terminal has `km' but does not have `mm' and `mo', it means
+that the Meta key always functions.  If it has `mm' and `mo', it means
+that the Meta key can be turned on or off.  Send the `mm' string to
+turn it on, and the `mo' string to turn it off.  I do not know why one
+would ever not want it to be on.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Initialization,  Next: Pad Specs,  Prev: Meta Key,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Initialization
+==============
+
+`ti'
+     String of commands to put the terminal into whatever special modes
+     are needed or appropriate for programs that move the cursor
+     nonsequentially around the screen.  Programs that use termcap to do
+     full-screen display should output this string when they start up.
+
+`te'
+     String of commands to undo what is done by the `ti' string.
+     Programs that output the `ti' string on entry should output this
+     string when they exit.
+
+`is'
+     String of commands to initialize the terminal for each login
+     session.
+
+`if'
+     String which is the name of a file containing the string of
+     commands to initialize the terminal for each session of use.
+     Normally `is' and `if' are not both used.
+
+`i1'
+`i3'
+     Two more strings of commands to initialize the terminal for each
+     login session.  The `i1' string (if defined) is output before `is'
+     or `if', and the `i3' string (if defined) is output after.
+
+     The reason for having three separate initialization strings is to
+     make it easier to define a group of related terminal types with
+     slightly different initializations.  Define two or three of the
+     strings in the basic type; then the other types can override one
+     or two of the strings.
+
+`rs'
+     String of commands to reset the terminal from any strange mode it
+     may be in.  Normally this includes the `is' string (or other
+     commands with the same effects) and more.  What would go in the
+     `rs' string but not in the `is' string are annoying or slow
+     commands to bring the terminal back from strange modes that nobody
+     would normally use.
+
+`it'
+     Numeric value, the initial spacing between hardware tab stop
+     columns when the terminal is powered up.  Programs to initialize
+     the terminal can use this to decide whether there is a need to set
+     the tab stops.  If the initial width is 8, well and good; if it is
+     not 8, then the tab stops should be set; if they cannot be set,
+     the kernel is told to convert tabs to spaces, and other programs
+     will observe this and do likewise.
+
+`ct'
+     String of commands to clear all tab stops.
+
+`st'
+     String of commands to set tab stop at current cursor column on all
+     lines.
+
+`NF'
+     Flag whose presence means that the terminal does not support
+     XON/XOFF flow control.  Programs should not send XON (`C-q') or
+     XOFF (`C-s') characters to the terminal.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Pad Specs,  Next: Status Line,  Prev: Initialization,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Padding Capabilities
+====================
+
+   There are two terminal capabilities that exist just to explain the
+proper way to obey the padding specifications in all the command string
+capabilities.  One, `pc', must be obeyed by all termcap-using programs.
+
+`pb'
+     Numeric value, the lowest baud rate at which padding is actually
+     needed.  Programs may check this and refrain from doing any
+     padding at lower speeds.
+
+`pc'
+     String of commands for padding.  The first character of this
+     string is to be used as the pad character, instead of using null
+     characters for padding.  If `pc' is not provided, use null
+     characters.  Every program that uses termcap must look up this
+     capability and use it to set the variable `PC' that is used by
+     `tputs'.  *Note Padding::.
+
+   Some termcap capabilities exist just to specify the amount of
+padding that the kernel should give to cursor motion commands used in
+ordinary sequential output.
+
+`dC'
+     Numeric value, the number of msec of padding needed for the
+     carriage-return character.
+
+`dN'
+     Numeric value, the number of msec of padding needed for the newline
+     (linefeed) character.
+
+`dB'
+     Numeric value, the number of msec of padding needed for the
+     backspace character.
+
+`dF'
+     Numeric value, the number of msec of padding needed for the
+     formfeed character.
+
+`dT'
+     Numeric value, the number of msec of padding needed for the tab
+     character.
+
+   In some systems, the kernel uses the above capabilities; in other
+systems, the kernel uses the paddings specified in the string
+capabilities `cr', `sf', `le', `ff' and `ta'.  Descriptions of
+terminals which require such padding should contain the `dC' ...  `dT'
+capabilities and also specify the appropriate padding in the
+corresponding string capabilities.  Since no modern terminals require
+padding for ordinary sequential output, you probably won't need to do
+either of these things.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Status Line,  Next: Half-Line,  Prev: Pad Specs,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Status Line
+===========
+
+   A "status line" is a line on the terminal that is not used for
+ordinary display output but instead used for a special message.  The
+intended use is for a continuously updated description of what the
+user's program is doing, and that is where the name "status line" comes
+from, but in fact it could be used for anything.  The distinguishing
+characteristic of a status line is that ordinary output to the terminal
+does not affect it; it changes only if the special status line commands
+of this section are used.
+
+`hs'
+     Flag whose presence means that the terminal has a status line.  If
+     a terminal description specifies that there is a status line, it
+     must provide the `ts' and `fs' capabilities.
+
+`ts'
+     String of commands to move the terminal cursor into the status
+     line.  Usually these commands must specifically record the old
+     cursor position for the sake of the `fs' string.
+
+`fs'
+     String of commands to move the cursor back from the status line to
+     its previous position (outside the status line).
+
+`es'
+     Flag whose presence means that other display commands work while
+     writing the status line.  In other words, one can clear parts of
+     it, insert or delete characters, move the cursor within it using
+     `ch' if there is a `ch' capability, enter and leave standout mode,
+     and so on.
+
+`ds'
+     String of commands to disable the display of the status line.  This
+     may be absent, if there is no way to disable the status line
+     display.
+
+`ws'
+     Numeric value, the width of the status line.  If this capability is
+     absent in a terminal that has a status line, it means the status
+     line is the same width as the other lines.
+
+     Note that the value of `ws' is sometimes as small as 8.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Half-Line,  Next: Printer,  Prev: Status Line,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Half-Line Motion
+================
+
+   Some terminals have commands for moving the cursor vertically by
+half-lines, useful for outputting subscripts and superscripts.  Mostly
+it is hardcopy terminals that have such features.
+
+`hu'
+     String of commands to move the cursor up half a line.  If the
+     terminal is a display, it is your responsibility to avoid moving
+     up past the top line; however, most likely the terminal that
+     supports this is a hardcopy terminal and there is nothing to be
+     concerned about.
+
+`hd'
+     String of commands to move the cursor down half a line.  If the
+     terminal is a display, it is your responsibility to avoid moving
+     down past the bottom line, etc.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Printer,  Prev: Half-Line,  Up: Capabilities
+
+Controlling Printers Attached to Terminals
+==========================================
+
+   Some terminals have attached hardcopy printer ports.  They may be
+able to copy the screen contents to the printer; they may also be able
+to redirect output to the printer.  Termcap does not have anything to
+tell the program whether the redirected output appears also on the
+screen; it does on some terminals but not all.
+
+`ps'
+     String of commands to cause the contents of the screen to be
+     printed.  If it is absent, the screen contents cannot be printed.
+
+`po'
+     String of commands to redirect further output to the printer.
+
+`pf'
+     String of commands to terminate redirection of output to the
+     printer.  This capability must be present in the description if
+     `po' is.
+
+`pO'
+     String of commands to redirect output to the printer for next N
+     characters of output, regardless of what they are.  Redirection
+     will end automatically after N characters of further output.  Until
+     then, nothing that is output can end redirection, not even the
+     `pf' string if there is one.  The number N should not be more than
+     255.
+
+     One use of this capability is to send non-text byte sequences
+     (such as bit-maps) to the printer.
+
+   Most terminals with printers do not support all of `ps', `po' and
+`pO'; any one or two of them may be supported.  To make a program that
+can send output to all kinds of printers, it is necessary to check for
+all three of these capabilities, choose the most convenient of the ones
+that are provided, and use it in its own appropriate fashion.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Summary,  Next: Var Index,  Prev: Capabilities,  Up: Top
+
+Summary of Capability Names
+***************************
+
+   Here are all the terminal capability names in alphabetical order
+with a brief description of each.  For cross references to their
+definitions, see the index of capability names (*note Cap Index::.).
+
+`ae'
+     String to turn off alternate character set mode.
+
+`al'
+     String to insert a blank line before the cursor.
+
+`AL'
+     String to insert N blank lines before the cursor.
+
+`am'
+     Flag: output to last column wraps cursor to next line.
+
+`as'
+     String to turn on alternate character set mode.like.
+
+`bc'
+     Very obsolete alternative name for the `le' capability.
+
+`bl'
+     String to sound the bell.
+
+`bs'
+     Obsolete flag: ASCII backspace may be used for leftward motion.
+
+`bt'
+     String to move the cursor left to the previous hardware tab stop
+     column.
+
+`bw'
+     Flag: `le' at left margin wraps to end of previous line.
+
+`CC'
+     String to change terminal's command character.
+
+`cd'
+     String to clear the line the cursor is on, and following lines.
+
+`ce'
+     String to clear from the cursor to the end of the line.
+
+`ch'
+     String to position the cursor at column C in the same line.
+
+`cl'
+     String to clear the entire screen and put cursor at upper left
+     corner.
+
+`cm'
+     String to position the cursor at line L, column C.
+
+`CM'
+     String to position the cursor at line L, column C, relative to
+     display memory.
+
+`co'
+     Number: width of the screen.
+
+`cr'
+     String to move cursor sideways to left margin.
+
+`cs'
+     String to set the scroll region.
+
+`cS'
+     Alternate form of string to set the scroll region.
+
+`ct'
+     String to clear all tab stops.
+
+`cv'
+     String to position the cursor at line L in the same column.
+
+`da'
+     Flag: data scrolled off top of screen may be scrolled back.
+
+`db'
+     Flag: data scrolled off bottom of screen may be scrolled back.
+
+`dB'
+     Obsolete number: msec of padding needed for the backspace
+     character.
+
+`dc'
+     String to delete one character position at the cursor.
+
+`dC'
+     Obsolete number: msec of padding needed for the carriage-return
+     character.
+
+`DC'
+     String to delete N characters starting at the cursor.
+
+`dF'
+     Obsolete number: msec of padding needed for the formfeed character.
+
+`dl'
+     String to delete the line the cursor is on.
+
+`DL'
+     String to delete N lines starting with the cursor's line.
+
+`dm'
+     String to enter delete mode.
+
+`dN'
+     Obsolete number: msec of padding needed for the newline character.
+
+`do'
+     String to move the cursor vertically down one line.
+
+`DO'
+     String to move cursor vertically down N lines.
+
+`ds'
+     String to disable the display of the status line.
+
+`dT'
+     Obsolete number: msec of padding needed for the tab character.
+
+`ec'
+     String of commands to clear N characters at cursor.
+
+`ed'
+     String to exit delete mode.
+
+`ei'
+     String to leave insert mode.
+
+`eo'
+     Flag: output of a space can erase an overstrike.
+
+`es'
+     Flag: other display commands work while writing the status line.
+
+`ff'
+     String to advance to the next page, for a hardcopy terminal.
+
+`fs'
+     String to move the cursor back from the status line to its
+     previous position (outside the status line).
+
+`gn'
+     Flag: this terminal type is generic, not real.
+
+`hc'
+     Flag: hardcopy terminal.
+
+`hd'
+     String to move the cursor down half a line.
+
+`ho'
+     String to position cursor at upper left corner.
+
+`hs'
+     Flag: the terminal has a status line.
+
+`hu'
+     String to move the cursor up half a line.
+
+`hz'
+     Flag: terminal cannot accept `~' as output.
+
+`i1'
+     String to initialize the terminal for each login session.
+
+`i3'
+     String to initialize the terminal for each login session.
+
+`ic'
+     String to insert one character position at the cursor.
+
+`IC'
+     String to insert N character positions at the cursor.
+
+`if'
+     String naming a file of commands to initialize the terminal.
+
+`im'
+     String to enter insert mode.
+
+`in'
+     Flag: outputting a space is different from moving over empty
+     positions.
+
+`ip'
+     String to output following an inserted character in insert mode.
+
+`is'
+     String to initialize the terminal for each login session.
+
+`it'
+     Number: initial spacing between hardware tab stop columns.
+
+`k0'
+     String of input sent by function key 0 or 10.
+
+`k1 ... k9'
+     Strings of input sent by function keys 1 through 9.
+
+`K1 ... K5'
+     Strings sent by the five other keys in 3-by-3 array with arrows.
+
+`ka'
+     String of input sent by the "clear all tabs" key.
+
+`kA'
+     String of input sent by the "insert line" key.
+
+`kb'
+     String of input sent by the "backspace" key.
+
+`kC'
+     String of input sent by the "clear screen" key.
+
+`kd'
+     String of input sent by typing the down-arrow key.
+
+`kD'
+     String of input sent by the "delete character" key.
+
+`ke'
+     String to make the function keys work locally.
+
+`kE'
+     String of input sent by the "clear to end of line" key.
+
+`kF'
+     String of input sent by the "scroll forward" key.
+
+`kh'
+     String of input sent by typing the "home-position" key.
+
+`kH'
+     String of input sent by the "home down" key.
+
+`kI'
+     String of input sent by the "insert character" or "enter insert
+     mode" key.
+
+`kl'
+     String of input sent by typing the left-arrow key.
+
+`kL'
+     String of input sent by the "delete line" key.
+
+`km'
+     Flag: the terminal has a Meta key.
+
+`kM'
+     String of input sent by the "exit insert mode" key.
+
+`kn'
+     Numeric value, the number of numbered function keys.
+
+`kN'
+     String of input sent by the "next page" key.
+
+`ko'
+     Very obsolete string listing the terminal's named function keys.
+
+`kP'
+     String of input sent by the "previous page" key.
+
+`kr'
+     String of input sent by typing the right-arrow key.
+
+`kR'
+     String of input sent by the "scroll reverse" key.
+
+`ks'
+     String to make the function keys transmit.
+
+`kS'
+     String of input sent by the "clear to end of screen" key.
+
+`kt'
+     String of input sent by the "clear tab stop this column" key.
+
+`kT'
+     String of input sent by the "set tab stop in this column" key.
+
+`ku'
+     String of input sent by typing the up-arrow key.
+
+`l0'
+     String on keyboard labelling function key 0 or 10.
+
+`l1 ... l9'
+     Strings on keyboard labelling function keys 1 through 9.
+
+`le'
+     String to move the cursor left one column.
+
+`LE'
+     String to move cursor left N columns.
+
+`li'
+     Number: height of the screen.
+
+`ll'
+     String to position cursor at lower left corner.
+
+`lm'
+     Number: lines of display memory.
+
+`LP'
+     Flag: writing to last column of last line will not scroll.
+
+`mb'
+     String to enter blinking mode.
+
+`md'
+     String to enter double-bright mode.
+
+`me'
+     String to turn off all appearance modes
+
+`mh'
+     String to enter half-bright mode.
+
+`mi'
+     Flag: cursor motion in insert mode is safe.
+
+`mk'
+     String to enter invisible mode.
+
+`mm'
+     String to enable the functioning of the Meta key.
+
+`mo'
+     String to disable the functioning of the Meta key.
+
+`mp'
+     String to enter protected mode.
+
+`mr'
+     String to enter reverse-video mode.
+
+`ms'
+     Flag: cursor motion in standout mode is safe.
+
+`nc'
+     Obsolete flag: do not use ASCII carriage-return on this terminal.
+
+`nd'
+     String to move the cursor right one column.
+
+`NF'
+     Flag: do not use XON/XOFF flow control.
+
+`nl'
+     Obsolete alternative name for the `do' and `sf' capabilities.
+
+`ns'
+     Flag: the terminal does not normally scroll for sequential output.
+
+`nw'
+     String to move to start of next line, possibly clearing rest of
+     old line.
+
+`os'
+     Flag: terminal can overstrike.
+
+`pb'
+     Number: the lowest baud rate at which padding is actually needed.
+
+`pc'
+     String containing character for padding.
+
+`pf'
+     String to terminate redirection of output to the printer.
+
+`po'
+     String to redirect further output to the printer.
+
+`pO'
+     String to redirect N characters ofoutput to the printer.
+
+`ps'
+     String to print the screen on the attached printer.
+
+`rc'
+     String to move to last saved cursor position.
+
+`RI'
+     String to move cursor right N columns.
+
+`rp'
+     String to output character C repeated N times.
+
+`rs'
+     String to reset the terminal from any strange modes.
+
+`sa'
+     String to turn on an arbitrary combination of appearance modes.
+
+`sc'
+     String to save the current cursor position.
+
+`se'
+     String to leave standout mode.
+
+`sf'
+     String to scroll the screen one line up.
+
+`SF'
+     String to scroll the screen N lines up.
+
+`sg'
+     Number: width of magic standout cookie.  Absent if magic cookies
+     are not used.
+
+`so'
+     String to enter standout mode.
+
+`sr'
+     String to scroll the screen one line down.
+
+`SR'
+     String to scroll the screen N line down.
+
+`st'
+     String to set tab stop at current cursor column on all lines.
+     programs.
+
+`ta'
+     String to move the cursor right to the next hardware tab stop
+     column.
+
+`te'
+     String to return terminal to settings for sequential output.
+
+`ti'
+     String to initialize terminal for random cursor motion.
+
+`ts'
+     String to move the terminal cursor into the status line.
+
+`uc'
+     String to underline one character and move cursor right.
+
+`ue'
+     String to turn off underline mode
+
+`ug'
+     Number: width of underlining magic cookie.  Absent if underlining
+     doesn't use magic cookies.
+
+`ul'
+     Flag: underline by overstriking with an underscore.
+
+`up'
+     String to move the cursor vertically up one line.
+
+`UP'
+     String to move cursor vertically up N lines.
+
+`us'
+     String to turn on underline mode
+
+`vb'
+     String to make the screen flash.
+
+`ve'
+     String to return the cursor to normal.
+
+`vi'
+     String to make the cursor invisible.
+
+`vs'
+     String to enhance the cursor.
+
+`wi'
+     String to set the terminal output screen window.
+
+`ws'
+     Number: the width of the status line.
+
+`xb'
+     Flag: superbee terminal.
+
+`xn'
+     Flag: cursor wraps in a strange way.
+
+`xs'
+     Flag: clearing a line is the only way to clear the appearance
+     modes of positions in that line (or, only way to remove magic
+     cookies on that line).
+
+`xt'
+     Flag: Teleray 1061; several strange characteristics.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Var Index,  Next: Cap Index,  Prev: Summary,  Up: Top
+
+Variable and Function Index
+***************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* BC:                                   tgoto.
+* ospeed:                               Output Padding.
+* PC:                                   Output Padding.
+* tgetent:                              Find.
+* tgetflag:                             Interrogate.
+* tgetnum:                              Interrogate.
+* tgetstr:                              Interrogate.
+* tgoto:                                tgoto.
+* tparam:                               tparam.
+* tputs:                                Output Padding.
+* UP:                                   tgoto.
+
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-4 b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b8bf79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.info-4
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+This is Info file ./termcap.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the
+input file ./termcap.texi.
+
+   This file documents the termcap library of the GNU system.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Foundation.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Cap Index,  Next: Index,  Prev: Var Index,  Up: Top
+
+Capability Index
+****************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* ae:                                   Standout.
+* al:                                   Insdel Line.
+* AL:                                   Insdel Line.
+* am:                                   Wrapping.
+* as:                                   Standout.
+* bc:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* bl:                                   Bell.
+* bs:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* bt:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* bw:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* CC:                                   Basic.
+* cd:                                   Clearing.
+* ce:                                   Clearing.
+* ch:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* cl:                                   Clearing.
+* cm:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* CM:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* co:                                   Screen Size.
+* cr:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* cS:                                   Scrolling.
+* cs:                                   Scrolling.
+* ct:                                   Initialization.
+* cv:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* da:                                   Scrolling.
+* dB:                                   Pad Specs.
+* db:                                   Scrolling.
+* dC:                                   Pad Specs.
+* DC:                                   Insdel Char.
+* dc:                                   Insdel Char.
+* dF:                                   Pad Specs.
+* dl:                                   Insdel Line.
+* DL:                                   Insdel Line.
+* dm:                                   Insdel Char.
+* dN:                                   Pad Specs.
+* do:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* DO:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* ds:                                   Status Line.
+* dT:                                   Pad Specs.
+* ec:                                   Clearing.
+* ed:                                   Insdel Char.
+* ei:                                   Insdel Char.
+* eo:                                   Basic.
+* es:                                   Status Line.
+* ff:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* fs:                                   Status Line.
+* gn:                                   Basic.
+* hc:                                   Basic.
+* hd:                                   Half-Line.
+* ho:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* hs:                                   Status Line.
+* hu:                                   Half-Line.
+* hz:                                   Basic.
+* i1:                                   Initialization.
+* i3:                                   Initialization.
+* IC:                                   Insdel Char.
+* ic:                                   Insdel Char.
+* if:                                   Initialization.
+* im:                                   Insdel Char.
+* in:                                   Insdel Char.
+* ip:                                   Insdel Char.
+* is:                                   Initialization.
+* it:                                   Initialization.
+* K1...K5:                              Keypad.
+* k1...k9:                              Keypad.
+* kA...kT:                              Keypad.
+* ka...ku:                              Keypad.
+* km:                                   Meta Key.
+* l0...l9:                              Keypad.
+* le:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* LE:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* li:                                   Screen Size.
+* ll:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* lm:                                   Scrolling.
+* LP:                                   Wrapping.
+* mb:                                   Standout.
+* md:                                   Standout.
+* me:                                   Standout.
+* mh:                                   Standout.
+* mi:                                   Insdel Char.
+* mk:                                   Standout.
+* mm:                                   Meta Key.
+* mo:                                   Meta Key.
+* mp:                                   Standout.
+* mr:                                   Standout.
+* ms:                                   Standout.
+* ms:                                   Underlining.
+* nc:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* nd:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* NF:                                   Initialization.
+* nl:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* ns:                                   Scrolling.
+* nw:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* os:                                   Basic.
+* pb:                                   Pad Specs.
+* pc:                                   Pad Specs.
+* pf:                                   Printer.
+* pO:                                   Printer.
+* po:                                   Printer.
+* ps:                                   Printer.
+* rc:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* RI:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* rp:                                   Basic.
+* rs:                                   Initialization.
+* sa:                                   Standout.
+* sc:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* se:                                   Standout.
+* SF:                                   Scrolling.
+* sf:                                   Scrolling.
+* sg:                                   Standout.
+* so:                                   Standout.
+* SR:                                   Scrolling.
+* sr:                                   Scrolling.
+* st:                                   Initialization.
+* ta:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* te:                                   Initialization.
+* ti:                                   Initialization.
+* ts:                                   Status Line.
+* uc:                                   Underlining.
+* ue:                                   Underlining.
+* ug:                                   Underlining.
+* ul:                                   Underlining.
+* up:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* UP:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* us:                                   Underlining.
+* vb:                                   Bell.
+* ve:                                   Cursor Visibility.
+* vi:                                   Cursor Visibility.
+* vs:                                   Cursor Visibility.
+* wi:                                   Windows.
+* ws:                                   Status Line.
+* xb:                                   Basic.
+* xn:                                   Wrapping.
+* xs:                                   Standout.
+* xt:                                   Cursor Motion.
+* xt:                                   Standout.
+
+
+File: termcap.info,  Node: Index,  Prev: Cap Index,  Up: Top
+
+Concept Index
+*************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* %:                                    Encode Parameters.
+* appearance modes:                     Standout.
+* bell:                                 Bell.
+* clearing the screen:                  Clearing.
+* command character:                    Basic.
+* cursor motion:                        Cursor Motion.
+* delete character:                     Insdel Char.
+* delete line:                          Insdel Line.
+* delete mode:                          Insdel Char.
+* description format:                   Format.
+* erasing:                              Clearing.
+* generic terminal type:                Basic.
+* home position:                        Cursor Motion.
+* inheritance:                          Inheriting.
+* initialization:                       Initialization.
+* insert character:                     Insdel Char.
+* insert line:                          Insdel Line.
+* insert mode:                          Insdel Char.
+* line speed:                           Output Padding.
+* magic cookie:                         Standout.
+* meta key:                             Meta Key.
+* names of terminal types:              Naming.
+* overstrike:                           Basic.
+* padding:                              Pad Specs.
+* padding:                              Padding.
+* parameters:                           Parameters.
+* printer:                              Printer.
+* repeat output:                        Basic.
+* reset:                                Initialization.
+* screen size:                          Screen Size.
+* screen size:                          Naming.
+* screen size:                          Screen Size.
+* scrolling:                            Scrolling.
+* standout:                             Standout.
+* status line:                          Status Line.
+* Superbee:                             Basic.
+* tab stops:                            Initialization.
+* termcap:                              Introduction.
+* terminal flags (kernel):              Initialize.
+* underlining:                          Underlining.
+* visibility:                           Cursor Visibility.
+* visible bell:                         Bell.
+* window:                               Windows.
+* wrapping:                             Wrapping.
+* wrapping:                             Naming.
+
+
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.texi b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eab49e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/termcap.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,3617 @@
+\input texinfo  @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@setfilename termcap.info
+@settitle The Termcap Library
+@smallbook
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the termcap library of the GNU system.
+
+Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Foundation.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@c @shorttitlepage The Termcap Manual
+
+@titlepage
+@ignore
+@sp 6
+@center @titlefont{Termcap}
+@sp 1
+@center The Termcap Library and Data Base
+@sp 4
+@center Second Edition
+@sp 1
+@center December 1992
+@sp 5
+@center Richard M. Stallman
+@sp 1
+@center Free Software Foundation
+@end ignore
+
+@c Real title page
+@title The Termcap Manual
+@subtitle The Termcap Library and Data Base
+@subtitle Second Edition
+@subtitle December 1992
+@author Richard M. Stallman
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Published by the Free Software Foundation
+(59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA).
+Printed copies are available for $10 each.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Foundation.
+@sp 2
+Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
+@end titlepage
+@page
+
+@synindex vr fn
+
+@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
+
+@menu
+* Introduction::  What is termcap?  Why this manual?
+* Library::     The termcap library functions.
+* Data Base::   What terminal descriptions in @file{/etc/termcap} look like.
+* Capabilities::  Definitions of the individual terminal capabilities:
+                 how to write them in descriptions, and how to use
+                 their values to do display updating.
+* Summary::     Brief table of capability names and their meanings.
+* Var Index::   Index of C functions and variables.
+* Cap Index::   Index of termcap capabilities.
+* Index::       Concept index.
+
+ --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+The Termcap Library
+
+* Preparation::  Preparing to use the termcap library.
+* Find::        Finding the description of the terminal being used.
+* Interrogate::  Interrogating the description for particular capabilities.
+* Initialize::  Initialization for output using termcap.
+* Padding::     Outputting padding.
+* Parameters::  Encoding parameters such as cursor positions.
+
+Padding
+
+* Why Pad::     Explanation of padding.
+* Not Enough::  When there is not enough padding.
+* Describe Padding::  The data base says how much padding a terminal needs.
+* Output Padding::    Using @code{tputs} to output the needed padding.
+
+Filling In Parameters
+
+* Encode Parameters::  The language for encoding parameters.
+* Using Parameters::   Outputting a string command with parameters.
+
+Sending Display Commands with Parameters
+
+* tparam::      The general case, for GNU termcap only.
+* tgoto::       The special case of cursor motion.
+
+The Format of the Data Base
+
+* Format::      Overall format of a terminal description.
+* Capability Format::  Format of capabilities within a description.
+* Naming::      Naming conventions for terminal types.
+* Inheriting::  Inheriting part of a description from
+a related terminal type.
+* Changing::    When changes in the data base take effect.
+
+Definitions of the Terminal Capabilities
+
+* Basic::       Basic characteristics.
+* Screen Size::  Screen size, and what happens when it changes.
+* Cursor Motion::  Various ways to move the cursor.
+* Wrapping::    What happens if you write a character in the last column.
+* Scrolling::   Pushing text up and down on the screen.
+* Windows::     Limiting the part of the window that output affects.
+* Clearing::    Erasing one or many lines.
+* Insdel Line::  Making new blank lines in mid-screen; deleting lines.
+* Insdel Char::  Inserting and deleting characters within a line.
+* Standout::    Highlighting some of the text.
+* Underlining::  Underlining some of the text.
+* Cursor Visibility::  Making the cursor more or less easy to spot.
+* Bell::        Attracts user's attention; not localized on the screen.
+* Keypad::      Recognizing when function keys or arrows are typed.
+* Meta Key::    @key{META} acts like an extra shift key.
+* Initialization::  Commands used to initialize or reset the terminal.
+* Pad Specs::   Info for the kernel on how much padding is needed.
+* Status Line::  A status line displays ``background'' information.
+* Half-Line::   Moving by half-lines, for superscripts and subscripts.
+* Printer::     Controlling auxiliary printers of display terminals.
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction, Library, Top, Top
+@unnumbered Introduction
+
+@cindex termcap
+@dfn{Termcap} is a library and data base that enables programs to use
+display terminals in a terminal-independent manner.  It originated in
+Berkeley Unix.
+
+The termcap data base describes the capabilities of hundreds of different
+display terminals in great detail.  Some examples of the information
+recorded for a terminal could include how many columns wide it is, what
+string to send to move the cursor to an arbitrary position (including how
+to encode the row and column numbers), how to scroll the screen up one or
+several lines, and how much padding is needed for such a scrolling
+operation.
+
+The termcap library is provided for easy access this data base in programs
+that want to do terminal-independent character-based display output.
+
+This manual describes the GNU version of the termcap library, which has
+some extensions over the Unix version.  All the extensions are identified
+as such, so this manual also tells you how to use the Unix termcap.
+
+The GNU version of the termcap library is available free as source code,
+for use in free programs, and runs on Unix and VMS systems (at least).  You
+can find it in the GNU Emacs distribution in the files @file{termcap.c} and
+@file{tparam.c}.
+
+This manual was written for the GNU project, whose goal is to develop a
+complete free operating system upward-compatible with Unix for user
+programs.  The project is approximately two thirds complete.  For more
+information on the GNU project, including the GNU Emacs editor and the
+mostly-portable optimizing C compiler, send one dollar to
+
+@display
+Free Software Foundation
+675 Mass Ave
+Cambridge, MA 02139
+@end display
+
+@node Library, Data Base, Introduction, Top
+@chapter The Termcap Library
+
+The termcap library is the application programmer's interface to the
+termcap data base.  It contains functions for the following purposes:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Finding the description of the user's terminal type (@code{tgetent}).
+
+@item
+Interrogating the description for information on various topics
+(@code{tgetnum}, @code{tgetflag}, @code{tgetstr}).
+
+@item
+Computing and performing padding (@code{tputs}).
+
+@item
+Encoding numeric parameters such as cursor positions into the
+terminal-specific form required for display commands (@code{tparam},
+@code{tgoto}).
+@end itemize
+
+@menu
+* Preparation::  Preparing to use the termcap library.
+* Find::        Finding the description of the terminal being used.
+* Interrogate::  Interrogating the description for particular capabilities.
+* Initialize::  Initialization for output using termcap.
+* Padding::     Outputting padding.
+* Parameters::  Encoding parameters such as cursor positions.
+@end menu
+
+@node Preparation, Find,  , Library
+@section Preparing to Use the Termcap Library
+
+To use the termcap library in a program, you need two kinds of preparation:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The compiler needs declarations of the functions and variables in the
+library.
+
+On GNU systems, it suffices to include the header file
+@file{termcap.h} in each source file that uses these functions and
+variables.@refill
+
+On Unix systems, there is often no such header file.  Then you must
+explictly declare the variables as external.  You can do likewise for
+the functions, or let them be implicitly declared and cast their
+values from type @code{int} to the appropriate type.
+
+We illustrate the declarations of the individual termcap library
+functions with ANSI C prototypes because they show how to pass the
+arguments.  If you are not using the GNU C compiler, you probably
+cannot use function prototypes, so omit the argument types and names
+from your declarations.
+
+@item
+The linker needs to search the library.  Usually either
+@samp{-ltermcap} or @samp{-ltermlib} as an argument when linking will
+do this.@refill
+@end itemize
+
+@node Find, Interrogate, Preparation, Library
+@section Finding a Terminal Description: @code{tgetent}
+
+@findex tgetent
+An application program that is going to use termcap must first look up the
+description of the terminal type in use.  This is done by calling
+@code{tgetent}, whose declaration in ANSI Standard C looks like:
+
+@example
+int tgetent (char *@var{buffer}, char *@var{termtype});
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+This function finds the description and remembers it internally so that
+you can interrogate it about specific terminal capabilities
+(@pxref{Interrogate}).
+
+The argument @var{termtype} is a string which is the name for the type of
+terminal to look up.  Usually you would obtain this from the environment
+variable @code{TERM} using @code{getenv ("TERM")}.
+
+If you are using the GNU version of termcap, you can alternatively ask
+@code{tgetent} to allocate enough space.  Pass a null pointer for
+@var{buffer}, and @code{tgetent} itself allocates the storage using
+@code{malloc}.  There is no way to get the address that was allocated,
+and you shouldn't try to free the storage.@refill
+
+With the Unix version of termcap, you must allocate space for the
+description yourself and pass the address of the space as the argument
+@var{buffer}.  There is no way you can tell how much space is needed, so
+the convention is to allocate a buffer 2048 characters long and assume that
+is enough.  (Formerly the convention was to allocate 1024 characters and
+assume that was enough.  But one day, for one kind of terminal, that was
+not enough.)
+
+No matter how the space to store the description has been obtained,
+termcap records its address internally for use when you later interrogate
+the description with @code{tgetnum}, @code{tgetstr} or @code{tgetflag}.  If
+the buffer was allocated by termcap, it will be freed by termcap too if you
+call @code{tgetent} again.  If the buffer was provided by you, you must
+make sure that its contents remain unchanged for as long as you still plan
+to interrogate the description.@refill
+
+The return value of @code{tgetent} is @minus{}1 if there is some difficulty
+accessing the data base of terminal types, 0 if the data base is accessible
+but the specified type is not defined in it, and some other value
+otherwise.
+
+Here is how you might use the function @code{tgetent}:
+
+@smallexample
+#ifdef unix
+static char term_buffer[2048];
+#else
+#define term_buffer 0
+#endif
+
+init_terminal_data ()
+@{
+  char *termtype = getenv ("TERM");
+  int success;
+
+  if (termtype == 0)
+    fatal ("Specify a terminal type with `setenv TERM <yourtype>'.\n");
+
+  success = tgetent (term_buffer, termtype);
+  if (success < 0)
+    fatal ("Could not access the termcap data base.\n");
+  if (success == 0)
+    fatal ("Terminal type `%s' is not defined.\n", termtype);
+@}
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+Here we assume the function @code{fatal} prints an error message and exits.
+
+If the environment variable @code{TERMCAP} is defined, its value is used to
+override the terminal type data base.  The function @code{tgetent} checks
+the value of @code{TERMCAP} automatically.  If the value starts with
+@samp{/} then it is taken as a file name to use as the data base file,
+instead of @file{/etc/termcap} which is the standard data base.  If the
+value does not start with @samp{/} then it is itself used as the terminal
+description, provided that the terminal type @var{termtype} is among the
+types it claims to apply to.  @xref{Data Base}, for information on the
+format of a terminal description.@refill
+
+@node Interrogate, Initialize, Find, Library
+@section Interrogating the Terminal Description
+
+Each piece of information recorded in a terminal description is called a
+@dfn{capability}.  Each defined terminal capability has a two-letter code
+name and a specific meaning.  For example, the number of columns is named
+@samp{co}.  @xref{Capabilities}, for definitions of all the standard
+capability names.
+
+Once you have found the proper terminal description with @code{tgetent}
+(@pxref{Find}), your application program must @dfn{interrogate} it for
+various terminal capabilities.  You must specify the two-letter code of
+the capability whose value you seek.
+
+Capability values can be numeric, boolean (capability is either present or
+absent) or strings.  Any particular capability always has the same value
+type; for example, @samp{co} always has a numeric value, while @samp{am}
+(automatic wrap at margin) is always a flag, and @samp{cm} (cursor motion
+command) always has a string value.  The documentation of each capability
+says which type of value it has.@refill
+
+There are three functions to use to get the value of a capability,
+depending on the type of value the capability has.  Here are their
+declarations in ANSI C:
+
+@findex tgetnum
+@findex tgetflag
+@findex tgetstr
+@example
+int tgetnum (char *@var{name});
+int tgetflag (char *@var{name});
+char *tgetstr (char *@var{name}, char **@var{area});
+@end example
+
+@table @code
+@item tgetnum
+Use @code{tgetnum} to get a capability value that is numeric.  The
+argument @var{name} is the two-letter code name of the capability.  If
+the capability is present, @code{tgetnum} returns the numeric value
+(which is nonnegative).  If the capability is not mentioned in the
+terminal description, @code{tgetnum} returns @minus{}1.
+
+@item tgetflag
+Use @code{tgetflag} to get a boolean value.  If the capability
+@var{name} is present in the terminal description, @code{tgetflag}
+returns 1; otherwise, it returns 0.
+
+@item tgetstr
+Use @code{tgetstr} to get a string value.  It returns a pointer to a
+string which is the capability value, or a null pointer if the
+capability is not present in the terminal description.
+
+There are two ways @code{tgetstr} can find space to store the string value:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+You can ask @code{tgetstr} to allocate the space.  Pass a null
+pointer for the argument @var{area}, and @code{tgetstr} will use
+@code{malloc} to allocate storage big enough for the value.
+Termcap will never free this storage or refer to it again; you
+should free it when you are finished with it.
+
+This method is more robust, since there is no need to guess how
+much space is needed.  But it is supported only by the GNU
+termcap library.
+
+@item
+You can provide the space.  Provide for the argument @var{area} the
+address of a pointer variable of type @code{char *}.  Before calling
+@code{tgetstr}, initialize the variable to point at available space.
+Then @code{tgetstr} will store the string value in that space and will
+increment the pointer variable to point after the space that has been
+used.  You can use the same pointer variable for many calls to
+@code{tgetstr}.
+
+There is no way to determine how much space is needed for a single
+string, and no way for you to prevent or handle overflow of the area
+you have provided.  However, you can be sure that the total size of
+all the string values you will obtain from the terminal description is
+no greater than the size of the description (unless you get the same
+capability twice).  You can determine that size with @code{strlen} on
+the buffer you provided to @code{tgetent}.  See below for an example.
+
+Providing the space yourself is the only method supported by the Unix
+version of termcap.
+@end itemize
+@end table
+
+Note that you do not have to specify a terminal type or terminal
+description for the interrogation functions.  They automatically use the
+description found by the most recent call to @code{tgetent}.
+
+Here is an example of interrogating a terminal description for various
+capabilities, with conditionals to select between the Unix and GNU methods
+of providing buffer space.
+
+@example
+char *tgetstr ();
+
+char *cl_string, *cm_string;
+int height;
+int width;
+int auto_wrap;
+
+char PC;   /* For tputs.  */
+char *BC;  /* For tgoto.  */
+char *UP;
+
+interrogate_terminal ()
+@{
+#ifdef UNIX
+  /* Here we assume that an explicit term_buffer
+     was provided to tgetent.  */
+  char *buffer
+    = (char *) malloc (strlen (term_buffer));
+#define BUFFADDR &buffer
+#else
+#define BUFFADDR 0
+#endif
+
+  char *temp;
+
+  /* Extract information we will use.  */
+  cl_string = tgetstr ("cl", BUFFADDR);
+  cm_string = tgetstr ("cm", BUFFADDR);
+  auto_wrap = tgetflag ("am");
+  height = tgetnum ("li");
+  width = tgetnum ("co");
+
+  /* Extract information that termcap functions use.  */
+  temp = tgetstr ("pc", BUFFADDR);
+  PC = temp ? *temp : 0;
+  BC = tgetstr ("le", BUFFADDR);
+  UP = tgetstr ("up", BUFFADDR);
+@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+@xref{Padding}, for information on the variable @code{PC}.  @xref{Using
+Parameters}, for information on @code{UP} and @code{BC}.
+
+@node Initialize, Padding, Interrogate, Library
+@section Initialization for Use of Termcap
+@cindex terminal flags (kernel)
+
+Before starting to output commands to a terminal using termcap,
+an application program should do two things:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Initialize various global variables which termcap library output
+functions refer to.  These include @code{PC} and @code{ospeed} for
+padding (@pxref{Output Padding}) and @code{UP} and @code{BC} for
+cursor motion (@pxref{tgoto}).@refill
+
+@item
+Tell the kernel to turn off alteration and padding of horizontal-tab
+characters sent to the terminal.
+@end itemize
+
+To turn off output processing in Berkeley Unix you would use @code{ioctl}
+with code @code{TIOCLSET} to set the bit named @code{LLITOUT}, and clear
+the bits @code{ANYDELAY} using @code{TIOCSETN}.  In POSIX or System V, you
+must clear the bit named @code{OPOST}.  Refer to the system documentation
+for details.@refill
+
+If you do not set the terminal flags properly, some older terminals will
+not work.  This is because their commands may contain the characters that
+normally signify newline, carriage return and horizontal tab---characters
+which the kernel thinks it ought to modify before output.
+
+When you change the kernel's terminal flags, you must arrange to restore
+them to their normal state when your program exits.  This implies that the
+program must catch fatal signals such as @code{SIGQUIT} and @code{SIGINT}
+and restore the old terminal flags before actually terminating.
+
+Modern terminals' commands do not use these special characters, so if you
+do not care about problems with old terminals, you can leave the kernel's
+terminal flags unaltered.
+
+@node Padding, Parameters, Initialize, Library
+@section Padding
+@cindex padding
+
+@dfn{Padding} means outputting null characters following a terminal display
+command that takes a long time to execute.  The terminal description says
+which commands require padding and how much; the function @code{tputs},
+described below, outputs a terminal command while extracting from it the
+padding information, and then outputs the padding that is necessary.
+
+@menu
+* Why Pad::     Explanation of padding.
+* Not Enough::  When there is not enough padding.
+* Describe Padding::  The data base says how much padding a terminal needs.
+* Output Padding::  Using @code{tputs} to output the needed padding.
+@end menu
+
+@node Why Pad, Not Enough,  , Padding
+@subsection Why Pad, and How
+
+Most types of terminal have commands that take longer to execute than they
+do to send over a high-speed line.  For example, clearing the screen may
+take 20msec once the entire command is received.  During that time, on a
+9600 bps line, the terminal could receive about 20 additional output
+characters while still busy clearing the screen.  Every terminal has a
+certain amount of buffering capacity to remember output characters that
+cannot be processed yet, but too many slow commands in a row can cause the
+buffer to fill up.  Then any additional output that cannot be processed
+immediately will be lost.
+
+To avoid this problem, we normally follow each display command with enough
+useless charaters (usually null characters) to fill up the time that the
+display command needs to execute.  This does the job if the terminal throws
+away null characters without using up space in the buffer (which most
+terminals do).  If enough padding is used, no output can ever be lost.  The
+right amount of padding avoids loss of output without slowing down
+operation, since the time used to transmit padding is time that nothing
+else could be done.
+
+The number of padding characters needed for an operation depends on the
+line speed.  In fact, it is proportional to the line speed.  A 9600 baud
+line transmits about one character per msec, so the clear screen command in
+the example above would need about 20 characters of padding.  At 1200 baud,
+however, only about 3 characters of padding are needed to fill up 20msec.
+
+@node Not Enough, Describe Padding, Why Pad, Padding
+@subsection When There Is Not Enough Padding
+
+There are several common manifestations of insufficient padding.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Emacs displays @samp{I-search: ^Q-} at the bottom of the screen.
+
+This means that the terminal thought its buffer was getting full of
+display commands, so it tried to tell the computer to stop sending
+any.
+
+@item
+The screen is garbled intermittently, or the details of garbling vary
+when you repeat the action.  (A garbled screen could be due to a
+command which is simply incorrect, or to user option in the terminal
+which doesn't match the assumptions of the terminal description, but
+this usually leads to reproducible failure.)
+
+This means that the buffer did get full, and some commands were lost.
+Many changeable factors can change which ones are lost.
+
+@item
+Screen is garbled at high output speeds but not at low speeds.
+Padding problems nearly always go away at low speeds, usually even at
+1200 baud.
+
+This means that a high enough speed permits commands to arrive faster
+than they can be executed.
+@end itemize
+
+Although any obscure command on an obscure terminal might lack padding,
+in practice problems arise most often from the clearing commands
+@samp{cl} and @samp{cd} (@pxref{Clearing}), the scrolling commands
+@samp{sf} and @samp{sr} (@pxref{Scrolling}), and the line insert/delete
+commands @samp{al} and @samp{dl} (@pxref{Insdel Line}).
+
+Occasionally the terminal description fails to define @samp{sf} and some
+programs will use @samp{do} instead, so you may get a problem with
+@samp{do}.  If so, first define @samp{sf} just like @samp{do}, then
+add some padding to @samp{sf}.
+
+The best strategy is to add a lot of padding at first, perhaps 200 msec.
+This is much more than enough; in fact, it should cause a visible slowdown.
+(If you don't see a slowdown, the change has not taken effect;
+@pxref{Changing}.)  If this makes the problem go away, you have found the
+right place to add padding; now reduce the amount until the problem comes
+back, then increase it again.  If the problem remains, either it is in some
+other capability or it is not a matter of padding at all.
+
+Keep in mind that on many terminals the correct padding for insert/delete
+line or for scrolling is cursor-position dependent.  If you get problems
+from scrolling a large region of the screen but not from scrolling a small
+part (just a few lines moving), it may mean that fixed padding should be
+replaced with position-dependent padding.
+
+@node Describe Padding, Output Padding, Not Enough, Padding
+@subsection Specifying Padding in a Terminal Description
+
+In the terminal description, the amount of padding required by each display
+command is recorded as a sequence of digits at the front of the command.
+These digits specify the padding time in milliseconds (msec).  They can be
+followed optionally by a decimal point and one more digit, which is a
+number of tenths of msec.
+
+Sometimes the padding needed by a command depends on the cursor position.
+For example, the time taken by an ``insert line'' command is usually
+proportional to the number of lines that need to be moved down or cleared.
+An asterisk (@samp{*}) following the padding time says that the time
+should be multiplied by the number of screen lines affected by the command.
+
+@example
+:al=1.3*\E[L:
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+is used to describe the ``insert line'' command for a certain terminal.
+The padding required is 1.3 msec per line affected.  The command itself is
+@samp{@key{ESC} [ L}.
+
+The padding time specified in this way tells @code{tputs} how many pad
+characters to output.  @xref{Output Padding}.
+
+Two special capability values affect padding for all commands.  These are
+the @samp{pc} and @samp{pb}.  The variable @samp{pc} specifies the
+character to pad with, and @samp{pb} the speed below which no padding is
+needed.  The defaults for these variables, a null character and 0,
+are correct for most terminals.  @xref{Pad Specs}.
+
+@node Output Padding,  , Describe Padding, Padding
+@subsection Performing Padding with @code{tputs}
+@cindex line speed
+
+@findex tputs
+Use the termcap function @code{tputs} to output a string containing an
+optional padding spec of the form described above (@pxref{Describe
+Padding}).  The function @code{tputs} strips off and decodes the padding
+spec, outputs the rest of the string, and then outputs the appropriate
+padding.  Here is its declaration in ANSI C:
+
+@example
+char PC;
+short ospeed;
+
+int tputs (char *@var{string}, int @var{nlines}, int (*@var{outfun}) ());
+@end example
+
+Here @var{string} is the string (including padding spec) to be output;
+@var{nlines} is the number of lines affected by the operation, which is
+used to multiply the amount of padding if the padding spec ends with a
+@samp{*}.  Finally, @var{outfun} is a function (such as @code{fputchar})
+that is called to output each character.  When actually called,
+@var{outfun} should expect one argument, a character.
+
+@vindex ospeed
+@vindex PC
+The operation of @code{tputs} is controlled by two global variables,
+@code{ospeed} and @code{PC}.  The value of @code{ospeed} is supposed to be
+the terminal output speed, encoded as in the @code{ioctl} system call which
+gets the speed information.  This is needed to compute the number of
+padding characters.  The value of @code{PC} is the character used for
+padding.
+
+You are responsible for storing suitable values into these variables before
+using @code{tputs}.  The value stored into the @code{PC} variable should be
+taken from the @samp{pc} capability in the terminal description (@pxref{Pad
+Specs}).  Store zero in @code{PC} if there is no @samp{pc}
+capability.@refill
+
+The argument @var{nlines} requires some thought.  Normally, it should be
+the number of lines whose contents will be cleared or moved by the command.
+For cursor motion commands, or commands that do editing within one line,
+use the value 1.  For most commands that affect multiple lines, such as
+@samp{al} (insert a line) and @samp{cd} (clear from the cursor to the end
+of the screen), @var{nlines} should be the screen height minus the current
+vertical position (origin 0).  For multiple insert and scroll commands such
+as @samp{AL} (insert multiple lines), that same value for @var{nlines} is
+correct; the number of lines being inserted is @i{not} correct.@refill
+
+If a ``scroll window'' feature is used to reduce the number of lines
+affected by a command, the value of @var{nlines} should take this into
+account.  This is because the delay time required depends on how much work
+the terminal has to do, and the scroll window feature reduces the work.
+@xref{Scrolling}.
+
+Commands such as @samp{ic} and @samp{dc} (insert or delete characters) are
+problematical because the padding needed by these commands is proportional
+to the number of characters affected, which is the number of columns from
+the cursor to the end of the line.  It would be nice to have a way to
+specify such a dependence, and there is no need for dependence on vertical
+position in these commands, so it is an obvious idea to say that for these
+commands @var{nlines} should really be the number of columns affected.
+However, the definition of termcap clearly says that @var{nlines} is always
+the number of lines affected, even in this case, where it is always 1.  It
+is not easy to change this rule now, because too many programs and terminal
+descriptions have been written to follow it.
+
+Because @var{nlines} is always 1 for the @samp{ic} and @samp{dc} strings,
+there is no reason for them to use @samp{*}, but some of them do.  These
+should be corrected by deleting the @samp{*}.  If, some day, such entries
+have disappeared, it may be possible to change to a more useful convention
+for the @var{nlines} argument for these operations without breaking any
+programs.
+
+@node Parameters,  , Padding, Library
+@section Filling In Parameters
+@cindex parameters
+
+Some terminal control strings require numeric @dfn{parameters}.  For
+example, when you move the cursor, you need to say what horizontal and
+vertical positions to move it to.  The value of the terminal's @samp{cm}
+capability, which says how to move the cursor, cannot simply be a string of
+characters; it must say how to express the cursor position numbers and
+where to put them within the command.
+
+The specifications of termcap include conventions as to which string-valued
+capabilities require parameters, how many parameters, and what the
+parameters mean; for example, it defines the @samp{cm} string to take
+two parameters, the vertical and horizontal positions, with 0,0 being the
+upper left corner.  These conventions are described where the individual
+commands are documented.
+
+Termcap also defines a language used within the capability definition for
+specifying how and where to encode the parameters for output.  This language
+uses character sequences starting with @samp{%}.  (This is the same idea as
+@code{printf}, but the details are different.)  The language for parameter
+encoding is described in this section.
+
+A program that is doing display output calls the functions @code{tparam} or
+@code{tgoto} to encode parameters according to the specifications.  These
+functions produce a string containing the actual commands to be output (as
+well a padding spec which must be processed with @code{tputs};
+@pxref{Padding}).
+
+@menu
+* Encode Parameters::  The language for encoding parameters.
+* Using Parameters::  Outputting a string command with parameters.
+@end menu
+
+@node Encode Parameters, Using Parameters,  , Parameters
+@subsection Describing the Encoding
+@cindex %
+
+A terminal command string that requires parameters contains special
+character sequences starting with @samp{%} to say how to encode the
+parameters.  These sequences control the actions of @code{tparam} and
+@code{tgoto}.
+
+The parameters values passed to @code{tparam} or @code{tgoto} are
+considered to form a vector.  A pointer into this vector determines
+the next parameter to be processed.  Some of the @samp{%}-sequences
+encode one parameter and advance the pointer to the next parameter.
+Other @samp{%}-sequences alter the pointer or alter the parameter
+values without generating output.
+
+For example, the @samp{cm} string for a standard ANSI terminal is written
+as @samp{\E[%i%d;%dH}.  (@samp{\E} stands for @key{ESC}.)  @samp{cm} by
+convention always requires two parameters, the vertical and horizontal goal
+positions, so this string specifies the encoding of two parameters.  Here
+@samp{%i} increments the two values supplied, and each @samp{%d} encodes
+one of the values in decimal.  If the cursor position values 20,58 are
+encoded with this string, the result is @samp{\E[21;59H}.
+
+First, here are the @samp{%}-sequences that generate output.  Except for
+@samp{%%}, each of them encodes one parameter and advances the pointer
+to the following parameter.
+
+@table @samp
+@item %%
+Output a single @samp{%}.  This is the only way to represent a literal
+@samp{%} in a terminal command with parameters.  @samp{%%} does not
+use up a parameter.
+
+@item %d
+As in @code{printf}, output the next parameter in decimal.
+
+@item %2
+Like @samp{%02d} in @code{printf}: output the next parameter in
+decimal, and always use at least two digits.
+
+@item %3
+Like @samp{%03d} in @code{printf}: output the next parameter in
+decimal, and always use at least three digits.  Note that @samp{%4}
+and so on are @emph{not} defined.
+
+@item %.
+Output the next parameter as a single character whose ASCII code is
+the parameter value.  Like @samp{%c} in @code{printf}.
+
+@item %+@var{char}
+Add the next parameter to the character @var{char}, and output the
+resulting character.  For example, @samp{%+ } represents 0 as a space,
+1 as @samp{!}, etc.
+@end table
+
+The following @samp{%}-sequences specify alteration of the parameters
+(their values, or their order) rather than encoding a parameter for output.
+They generate no output; they are used only for their side effects
+on the parameters.  Also, they do not advance the ``next parameter'' pointer
+except as explicitly stated.  Only @samp{%i}, @samp{%r} and @samp{%>} are
+defined in standard Unix termcap.  The others are GNU extensions.@refill
+
+@table @samp
+@item %i
+Increment the next two parameters.  This is used for terminals that
+expect cursor positions in origin 1.  For example, @samp{%i%d,%d} would
+output two parameters with @samp{1} for 0, @samp{2} for 1, etc.
+
+@item %r
+Interchange the next two parameters.  This is used for terminals whose
+cursor positioning command expects the horizontal position first.
+
+@item %s
+Skip the next parameter.  Do not output anything.
+
+@item %b
+Back up one parameter.  The last parameter used will become once again
+the next parameter to be output, and the next output command will use
+it.  Using @samp{%b} more than once, you can back up any number of
+parameters, and you can refer to each parameter any number of times.
+
+@item %>@var{c1}@var{c2}
+Conditionally increment the next parameter.  Here @var{c1} and
+@var{c2} are characters which stand for their ASCII codes as numbers.
+If the next parameter is greater than the ASCII code of @var{c1}, the
+ASCII code of @var{c2} is added to it.@refill
+
+@item %a @var{op} @var{type} @var{pos}
+Perform arithmetic on the next parameter, do not use it up, and do not
+output anything.  Here @var{op} specifies the arithmetic operation,
+while @var{type} and @var{pos} together specify the other operand.
+
+Spaces are used above to separate the operands for clarity; the spaces
+don't appear in the data base, where this sequence is exactly five
+characters long.
+
+The character @var{op} says what kind of arithmetic operation to
+perform.  It can be any of these characters:
+
+@table @samp
+@item =
+assign a value to the next parameter, ignoring its old value.
+The new value comes from the other operand.
+
+@item +
+add the other operand to the next parameter.
+
+@item -
+subtract the other operand from the next parameter.
+
+@item *
+multiply the next parameter by the other operand.
+
+@item /
+divide the next parameter by the other operand.
+@end table
+
+The ``other operand'' may be another parameter's value or a constant;
+the character @var{type} says which.  It can be:
+
+@table @samp
+@item p
+Use another parameter.  The character @var{pos} says which
+parameter to use.  Subtract 64 from its ASCII code to get the
+position of the desired parameter relative to this one.  Thus,
+the character @samp{A} as @var{pos} means the parameter after the
+next one; the character @samp{?} means the parameter before the
+next one.
+
+@item c
+Use a constant value.  The character @var{pos} specifies the
+value of the constant.  The 0200 bit is cleared out, so that 0200
+can be used to represent zero.
+@end table
+@end table
+
+The following @samp{%}-sequences are special purpose hacks to compensate
+for the weird designs of obscure terminals.  They modify the next parameter
+or the next two parameters but do not generate output and do not use up any
+parameters.  @samp{%m} is a GNU extension; the others are defined in
+standard Unix termcap.
+
+@table @samp
+@item %n
+Exclusive-or the next parameter with 0140, and likewise the parameter
+after next.
+
+@item %m
+Complement all the bits of the next parameter and the parameter after next.
+
+@item %B
+Encode the next parameter in BCD.  It alters the value of the
+parameter by adding six times the quotient of the parameter by ten.
+Here is a C statement that shows how the new value is computed:
+
+@example
+@var{parm} = (@var{parm} / 10) * 16 + @var{parm} % 10;
+@end example
+
+@item %D
+Transform the next parameter as needed by Delta Data terminals.
+This involves subtracting twice the remainder of the parameter by 16.
+
+@example
+@var{parm} -= 2 * (@var{parm} % 16);
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@node Using Parameters,  , Encode Parameters, Parameters
+@subsection Sending Display Commands with Parameters
+
+The termcap library functions @code{tparam} and @code{tgoto} serve as the
+analog of @code{printf} for terminal string parameters.  The newer function
+@code{tparam} is a GNU extension, more general but missing from Unix
+termcap.  The original parameter-encoding function is @code{tgoto}, which
+is preferable for cursor motion.
+
+@menu
+* tparam::      The general case, for GNU termcap only.
+* tgoto::       The special case of cursor motion.
+@end menu
+
+@node tparam, tgoto,  , Using Parameters
+@subsubsection @code{tparam}
+
+@findex tparam
+The function @code{tparam} can encode display commands with any number of
+parameters and allows you to specify the buffer space.  It is the preferred
+function for encoding parameters for all but the @samp{cm} capability.  Its
+ANSI C declaration is as follows:
+
+@smallexample
+char *tparam (char *@var{ctlstring}, char *@var{buffer}, int @var{size}, int @var{parm1},...)
+@end smallexample
+
+The arguments are a control string @var{ctlstring} (the value of a terminal
+capability, presumably), an output buffer @var{buffer} and @var{size}, and
+any number of integer parameters to be encoded.  The effect of
+@code{tparam} is to copy the control string into the buffer, encoding
+parameters according to the @samp{%} sequences in the control string.
+
+You describe the output buffer by its address, @var{buffer}, and its size
+in bytes, @var{size}.  If the buffer is not big enough for the data to be
+stored in it, @code{tparam} calls @code{malloc} to get a larger buffer.  In
+either case, @code{tparam} returns the address of the buffer it ultimately
+uses.  If the value equals @var{buffer}, your original buffer was used.
+Otherwise, a new buffer was allocated, and you must free it after you are
+done with printing the results.  If you pass zero for @var{size} and
+@var{buffer}, @code{tparam} always allocates the space with @code{malloc}.
+
+All capabilities that require parameters also have the ability to specify
+padding, so you should use @code{tputs} to output the string produced by
+@code{tparam}.  @xref{Padding}.  Here is an example.
+
+@example
+@{
+char *buf;
+char buffer[40];
+
+buf = tparam (command, buffer, 40, parm);
+tputs (buf, 1, fputchar);
+if (buf != buffer)
+free (buf);
+@}
+@end example
+
+If a parameter whose value is zero is encoded with @samp{%.}-style
+encoding, the result is a null character, which will confuse @code{tputs}.
+This would be a serious problem, but luckily @samp{%.} encoding is used
+only by a few old models of terminal, and only for the @samp{cm}
+capability.  To solve the problem, use @code{tgoto} rather than
+@code{tparam} to encode the @samp{cm} capability.@refill
+
+@node tgoto,  , tparam, Using Parameters
+@subsubsection @code{tgoto}
+
+@findex tgoto
+The special case of cursor motion is handled by @code{tgoto}.  There
+are two reasons why you might choose to use @code{tgoto}:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+For Unix compatibility, because Unix termcap does not have @code{tparam}.
+
+@item
+For the @samp{cm} capability, since @code{tgoto} has a special feature
+to avoid problems with null characters, tabs and newlines on certain old
+terminal types that use @samp{%.} encoding for that capability.
+@end itemize
+
+Here is how @code{tgoto} might be declared in ANSI C:
+
+@example
+char *tgoto (char *@var{cstring}, int @var{hpos}, int @var{vpos})
+@end example
+
+There are three arguments, the terminal description's @samp{cm} string and
+the two cursor position numbers; @code{tgoto} computes the parametrized
+string in an internal static buffer and returns the address of that buffer.
+The next time you use @code{tgoto} the same buffer will be reused.
+
+@vindex UP
+@vindex BC
+Parameters encoded with @samp{%.} encoding can generate null characters,
+tabs or newlines.  These might cause trouble: the null character because
+@code{tputs} would think that was the end of the string, the tab because
+the kernel or other software might expand it into spaces, and the newline
+becaue the kernel might add a carriage-return, or padding characters
+normally used for a newline.  To prevent such problems, @code{tgoto} is
+careful to avoid these characters.  Here is how this works: if the target
+cursor position value is such as to cause a problem (that is to say, zero,
+nine or ten), @code{tgoto} increments it by one, then compensates by
+appending a string to move the cursor back or up one position.
+
+The compensation strings to use for moving back or up are found in global
+variables named @code{BC} and @code{UP}.  These are actual external C
+variables with upper case names; they are declared @code{char *}.  It is up
+to you to store suitable values in them, normally obtained from the
+@samp{le} and @samp{up} terminal capabilities in the terminal description
+with @code{tgetstr}.  Alternatively, if these two variables are both zero,
+the feature of avoiding nulls, tabs and newlines is turned off.
+
+It is safe to use @code{tgoto} for commands other than @samp{cm} only if
+you have stored zero in @code{BC} and @code{UP}.
+
+Note that @code{tgoto} reverses the order of its operands: the horizontal
+position comes before the vertical position in the arguments to
+@code{tgoto}, even though the vertical position comes before the horizontal
+in the parameters of the @samp{cm} string.  If you use @code{tgoto} with a
+command such as @samp{AL} that takes one parameter, you must pass the
+parameter to @code{tgoto} as the ``vertical position''.@refill
+
+@node Data Base, Capabilities, Library, Top
+@chapter The Format of the Data Base
+
+The termcap data base of terminal descriptions is stored in the file
+@file{/etc/termcap}.  It contains terminal descriptions, blank lines, and
+comments.
+
+A terminal description starts with one or more names for the terminal type.
+The information in the description is a series of @dfn{capability names}
+and values.  The capability names have standard meanings
+(@pxref{Capabilities}) and their values describe the terminal.
+
+@menu
+* Format::      Overall format of a terminal description.
+* Capability Format::  Format of capabilities within a description.
+* Naming::      Naming conventions for terminal types.
+* Inheriting::  Inheriting part of a description from
+a related terminal type.
+* Changing::    When changes in the data base take effect.
+@end menu
+
+@node Format, Capability Format,  , Data Base
+@section Terminal Description Format
+@cindex description format
+
+Aside from comments (lines starting with @samp{#}, which are ignored), each
+nonblank line in the termcap data base is a terminal description.
+A terminal description is nominally a single line, but it can be split
+into multiple lines by inserting the two characters @samp{\ newline}.
+This sequence is ignored wherever it appears in a description.
+
+The preferred way to split the description is between capabilities: insert
+the four characters @samp{: \ newline tab} immediately before any colon.
+This allows each sub-line to start with some indentation.  This works
+because, after the @samp{\ newline} are ignored, the result is @samp{: tab
+:}; the first colon ends the preceding capability and the second colon
+starts the next capability.  If you split with @samp{\ newline} alone, you
+may not add any indentation after them.
+
+Here is a real example of a terminal description:
+
+@example
+dw|vt52|DEC vt52:\
+        :cr=^M:do=^J:nl=^J:bl=^G:\
+        :le=^H:bs:cd=\EJ:ce=\EK:cl=\EH\EJ:\
+        :cm=\EY%+ %+ :co#80:li#24:\
+        :nd=\EC:ta=^I:pt:sr=\EI:up=\EA:\
+        :ku=\EA:kd=\EB:kr=\EC:kl=\ED:kb=^H:
+@end example
+
+Each terminal description begins with several names for the terminal type.
+The names are separated by @samp{|} characters, and a colon ends the last
+name.  The first name should be two characters long; it exists only for the
+sake of very old Unix systems and is never used in modern systems.  The
+last name should be a fully verbose name such as ``DEC vt52'' or ``Ann
+Arbor Ambassador with 48 lines''.  The other names should include whatever
+the user ought to be able to specify to get this terminal type, such as
+@samp{vt52} or @samp{aaa-48}.  @xref{Naming}, for information on how to
+choose terminal type names.
+
+After the terminal type names come the terminal capabilities, separated by
+colons and with a colon after the last one.  Each capability has a
+two-letter name, such as @samp{cm} for ``cursor motion string'' or @samp{li}
+for ``number of display lines''.
+
+@node Capability Format, Naming, Format, Data Base
+@section Writing the Capabilities
+
+There are three kinds of capabilities: flags, numbers, and strings.  Each
+kind has its own way of being written in the description.  Each defined
+capability has by convention a particular kind of value; for example,
+@samp{li} always has a numeric value and @samp{cm} always a string value.
+
+A flag capability is thought of as having a boolean value: the value is
+true if the capability is present, false if not.  When the capability is
+present, just write its name between two colons.
+
+A numeric capability has a value which is a nonnegative number.  Write the
+capability name, a @samp{#}, and the number, between two colons.  For
+example, @samp{@dots{}:li#48:@dots{}} is how you specify the @samp{li}
+capability for 48 lines.@refill
+
+A string-valued capability has a value which is a sequence of characters.
+Usually these are the characters used to perform some display operation.
+Write the capability name, a @samp{=}, and the characters of the value,
+between two colons.  For example, @samp{@dots{}:cm=\E[%i%d;%dH:@dots{}} is
+how the cursor motion command for a standard ANSI terminal would be
+specified.@refill
+
+Special characters in the string value can be expressed using
+@samp{\}-escape sequences as in C; in addition, @samp{\E} stands for
+@key{ESC}.  @samp{^} is also a kind of escape character; @samp{^} followed
+by @var{char} stands for the control-equivalent of @var{char}.  Thus,
+@samp{^a} stands for the character control-a, just like @samp{\001}.
+@samp{\} and @samp{^} themselves can be represented as @samp{\\} and
+@samp{\^}.@refill
+
+To include a colon in the string, you must write @samp{\072}.  You might
+ask, ``Why can't @samp{\:} be used to represent a colon?''  The reason is
+that the interrogation functions do not count slashes while looking for a
+capability.  Even if @samp{:ce=ab\:cd:} were interpreted as giving the
+@samp{ce} capability the value @samp{ab:cd}, it would also appear to define
+@samp{cd} as a flag.
+
+The string value will often contain digits at the front to specify padding
+(@pxref{Padding}) and/or @samp{%}-sequences within to specify how to encode
+parameters (@pxref{Parameters}).  Although these things are not to be
+output literally to the terminal, they are considered part of the value of
+the capability.  They are special only when the string value is processed
+by @code{tputs}, @code{tparam} or @code{tgoto}.  By contrast, @samp{\} and
+@samp{^} are considered part of the syntax for specifying the characters
+in the string.
+
+Let's look at the VT52 example again:
+
+@example
+dw|vt52|DEC vt52:\
+        :cr=^M:do=^J:nl=^J:bl=^G:\
+        :le=^H:bs:cd=\EJ:ce=\EK:cl=\EH\EJ:\
+        :cm=\EY%+ %+ :co#80:li#24:\     
+        :nd=\EC:ta=^I:pt:sr=\EI:up=\EA:\
+        :ku=\EA:kd=\EB:kr=\EC:kl=\ED:kb=^H:
+@end example
+
+Here we see the numeric-valued capabilities @samp{co} and @samp{li}, the
+flags @samp{bs} and @samp{pt}, and many string-valued capabilities.  Most
+of the strings start with @key{ESC} represented as @samp{\E}.  The rest
+contain control characters represented using @samp{^}.  The meanings of the
+individual capabilities are defined elsewhere (@pxref{Capabilities}).
+
+@node Naming, Inheriting, Capability Format, Data Base
+@section Terminal Type Name Conventions
+@cindex names of terminal types
+
+There are conventions for choosing names of terminal types.  For one thing,
+all letters should be in lower case.  The terminal type for a terminal in
+its most usual or most fundamental mode of operation should not have a
+hyphen in it.
+
+If the same terminal has other modes of operation which require
+different terminal descriptions, these variant descriptions are given
+names made by adding suffixes with hyphens.  Such alternate descriptions
+are used for two reasons:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+When the terminal has a switch that changes its behavior.  Since the
+computer cannot tell how the switch is set, the user must tell the
+computer by choosing the appropriate terminal type name.
+
+@cindex wrapping
+For example, the VT-100 has a setup flag that controls whether the
+cursor wraps at the right margin.  If this flag is set to ``wrap'',
+you must use the terminal type @samp{vt100-am}.  Otherwise you must
+use @samp{vt100-nam}.  Plain @samp{vt100} is defined as a synonym for
+either @samp{vt100-am} or @samp{vt100-nam} depending on the
+preferences of the local site.@refill
+
+The standard suffix @samp{-am} stands for ``automatic margins''.
+
+@item
+To give the user a choice in how to use the terminal.  This is done
+when the terminal has a switch that the computer normally controls.
+
+@cindex screen size
+For example, the Ann Arbor Ambassador can be configured with many
+screen sizes ranging from 20 to 60 lines.  Fewer lines make bigger
+characters but more lines let you see more of what you are editing.
+As a result, users have different preferences.  Therefore, termcap
+provides terminal types for many screen sizes.  If you choose type
+@samp{aaa-30}, the terminal will be configured to use 30 lines; if you
+choose @samp{aaa-48}, 48 lines will be used, and so on.
+@end itemize
+
+Here is a list of standard suffixes and their conventional meanings:
+
+@table @samp
+@item -w
+Short for ``wide''.  This is a mode that gives the terminal more
+columns than usual.  This is normally a user option.
+
+@item -am
+``Automatic margins''.  This is an alternate description for use when
+the terminal's margin-wrap switch is on; it contains the @samp{am}
+flag.  The implication is that normally the switch is off and the
+usual description for the terminal says that the switch is off.
+
+@item -nam
+``No automatic margins''.  The opposite of @samp{-am}, this names an
+alternative description which lacks the @samp{am} flag.  This implies
+that the terminal is normally operated with the margin-wrap switch
+turned on, and the normal description of the terminal says so.
+
+@item -na
+``No arrows''.  This terminal description initializes the terminal to
+keep its arrow keys in local mode.  This is a user option.
+
+@item -rv
+``Reverse video''.  This terminal description causes text output for
+normal video to appear as reverse, and text output for reverse video
+to come out as normal.  Often this description differs from the usual
+one by interchanging the two strings which turn reverse video on and
+off.@refill
+
+This is a user option; you can choose either the ``reverse video''
+variant terminal type or the normal terminal type, and termcap will
+obey.
+
+@item -s
+``Status''.  Says to enable use of a status line which ordinary output
+does not touch (@pxref{Status Line}).
+
+Some terminals have a special line that is used only as a status line.
+For these terminals, there is no need for an @samp{-s} variant; the
+status line commands should be defined by default.  On other
+terminals, enabling a status line means removing one screen line from
+ordinary use and reducing the effective screen height.  For these
+terminals, the user can choose the @samp{-s} variant type to request
+use of a status line.
+
+@item -@var{nlines}
+Says to operate with @var{nlines} lines on the screen, for terminals
+such as the Ambassador which provide this as an option.  Normally this
+is a user option; by choosing the terminal type, you control how many
+lines termcap will use.
+
+@item -@var{npages}p
+Says that the terminal has @var{npages} pages worth of screen memory,
+for terminals where this is a hardware option.
+
+@item -unk
+Says that description is not for direct use, but only for reference in
+@samp{tc} capabilities.  Such a description is a kind of subroutine,
+because it describes the common characteristics of several variant
+descriptions that would use other suffixes in place of @samp{-unk}.
+@end table
+
+@node Inheriting, Changing, Naming, Data Base
+@section Inheriting from Related Descriptions
+
+@cindex inheritance
+When two terminal descriptions are similar, their identical parts do not
+need to be given twice.  Instead, one of the two can be defined in terms of
+the other, using the @samp{tc} capability.  We say that one description
+@dfn{refers to} the other, or @dfn{inherits from} the other.
+
+The @samp{tc} capability must be the last one in the terminal description,
+and its value is a string which is the name of another terminal type which
+is referred to.  For example,
+
+@example
+N9|aaa|ambassador|aaa-30|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines:\
+        :ti=\E[2J\E[30;0;0;30p:\
+        :te=\E[60;0;0;30p\E[30;1H\E[J:\
+        :li#30:tc=aaa-unk:
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+defines the terminal type @samp{aaa-30} (also known as plain @samp{aaa}) in
+terms of @samp{aaa-unk}, which defines everything about the Ambassador that
+is independent of screen height.  The types @samp{aaa-36}, @samp{aaa-48}
+and so on for other screen heights are likewise defined to inherit from
+@samp{aaa-unk}.
+
+The capabilities overridden by @samp{aaa-30} include @samp{li}, which says
+how many lines there are, and @samp{ti} and @samp{te}, which configure the
+terminal to use that many lines.
+
+The effective terminal description for type @samp{aaa} consists of the text
+shown above followed by the text of the description of @samp{aaa-unk}.  The
+@samp{tc} capability is handled automatically by @code{tgetent}, which
+finds the description thus referenced and combines the two descriptions
+(@pxref{Find}).  Therefore, only the implementor of the terminal
+descriptions needs to think about using @samp{tc}.  Users and application
+programmers do not need to be concerned with it.
+
+Since the reference terminal description is used last, capabilities
+specified in the referring description override any specifications of the
+same capabilities in the reference description.
+
+The referring description can cancel out a capability without specifying
+any new value for it by means of a special trick.  Write the capability in
+the referring description, with the character @samp{@@} after the capability
+name, as follows:
+
+@smallexample
+NZ|aaa-30-nam|ann arbor ambassador/30 lines/no automatic-margins:\
+        :am@@:tc=aaa-30:
+@end smallexample
+
+@node Changing,  , Inheriting, Data Base
+@section When Changes in the Data Base Take Effect
+
+Each application program must read the terminal description from the
+data base, so a change in the data base is effective for all jobs started
+after the change is made.
+
+The change will usually have no effect on a job that have been in existence
+since before the change. The program probably read the terminal description
+once, when it was started, and is continuing to use what it read then.
+If the program does not have a feature for reexamining the data base, then
+you will need to run it again (probably killing the old job).
+
+If the description in use is coming from the @code{TERMCAP} environment
+variable, then the data base file is effectively overridden, and changes in
+it will have no effect until you change the @code{TERMCAP} variable as
+well.  For example, some users' @file{.login} files automatically copy the
+terminal description into @code{TERMCAP} to speed startup of applications.
+If you have done this, you will need to change the @code{TERMCAP} variable
+to make the changed data base take effect.
+
+@node Capabilities, Summary, Data Base, Top
+@chapter Definitions of the Terminal Capabilities
+
+This section is divided into many subsections, each for one aspect of
+use of display terminals.  For writing a display program, you usually need
+only check the subsections for the operations you want to use.  For writing
+a terminal description, you must read each subsection and fill in the
+capabilities described there.
+
+String capabilities that are display commands may require numeric
+parameters (@pxref{Parameters}).  Most such capabilities do not use
+parameters.  When a capability requires parameters, this is explicitly
+stated at the beginning of its definition.  In simple cases, the first or
+second sentence of the definition mentions all the parameters, in the order
+they should be given, using a name
+@iftex
+in italics
+@end iftex
+@ifinfo
+in upper case
+@end ifinfo
+for each one.  For example, the @samp{rp} capability is a command that
+requires two parameters; its definition begins as follows:
+
+@quotation
+String of commands to output a graphic character @var{c}, repeated @var{n}
+times.
+@end quotation
+
+In complex cases or when there are many parameters, they are described
+explicitly.
+
+When a capability is described as obsolete, this means that programs should
+not be written to look for it, but terminal descriptions should still be
+written to provide it.
+
+When a capability is described as very obsolete, this means that it should
+be omitted from terminal descriptions as well.
+
+@menu
+* Basic::       Basic characteristics.
+* Screen Size::  Screen size, and what happens when it changes.
+* Cursor Motion::  Various ways to move the cursor.
+* Wrapping::    What happens if you write a character in the last column.
+* Scrolling::   Pushing text up and down on the screen.
+* Windows::     Limiting the part of the window that output affects.
+* Clearing::    Erasing one or many lines.
+* Insdel Line::  Making new blank lines in mid-screen; deleting lines.
+* Insdel Char::  Inserting and deleting characters within a line.
+* Standout::    Highlighting some of the text.
+* Underlining::  Underlining some of the text.
+* Cursor Visibility::  Making the cursor more or less easy to spot.
+* Bell::        Attracts user's attention; not localized on the screen.
+* Keypad::      Recognizing when function keys or arrows are typed.
+* Meta Key::    @key{META} acts like an extra shift key.
+* Initialization::  Commands used to initialize or reset the terminal.
+* Pad Specs::   Info for the kernel on how much padding is needed.
+* Status Line::  A status line displays ``background'' information.
+* Half-Line::   Moving by half-lines, for superscripts and subscripts.
+* Printer::     Controlling auxiliary printers of display terminals.
+@end menu
+
+@node Basic, Screen Size,  , Capabilities
+@section Basic Characteristics
+
+This section documents the capabilities that describe the basic and
+nature of the terminal, and also those that are relevant to the output
+of graphic characters.
+
+@table @samp
+@item os
+@kindex os
+@cindex overstrike
+Flag whose presence means that the terminal can overstrike.  This
+means that outputting a graphic character does not erase whatever was
+present in the same character position before.  The terminals that can
+overstrike include printing terminals, storage tubes (all obsolete
+nowadays), and many bit-map displays.
+
+@item eo
+@kindex eo
+Flag whose presence means that outputting a space erases a character
+position even if the terminal supports overstriking.  If this flag is
+not present and overstriking is supported, output of a space has no
+effect except to move the cursor.
+
+(On terminals that do not support overstriking, you can always assume
+that outputting a space at a position erases whatever character was
+previously displayed there.)
+
+@item gn
+@kindex gn
+@cindex generic terminal type
+Flag whose presence means that this terminal type is a generic type
+which does not really describe any particular terminal.  Generic types
+are intended for use as the default type assigned when the user
+connects to the system, with the intention that the user should
+specify what type he really has.  One example of a generic type
+is the type @samp{network}.
+
+Since the generic type cannot say how to do anything interesting with
+the terminal, termcap-using programs will always find that the
+terminal is too weak to be supported if the user has failed to specify
+a real terminal type in place of the generic one.  The @samp{gn} flag
+directs these programs to use a different error message: ``You have
+not specified your real terminal type'', rather than ``Your terminal
+is not powerful enough to be used''.
+
+@item hc
+@kindex hc
+Flag whose presence means this is a hardcopy terminal.
+
+@item rp
+@kindex rp
+@cindex repeat output
+String of commands to output a graphic character @var{c}, repeated @var{n}
+times.  The first parameter value is the ASCII code for the desired
+character, and the second parameter is the number of times to repeat the
+character.  Often this command requires padding proportional to the 
+number of times the character is repeated.  This effect can be had by
+using parameter arithmetic with @samp{%}-sequences to compute the
+amount of padding, then generating the result as a number at the front
+of the string so that @code{tputs} will treat it as padding.
+
+@item hz
+@kindex hz
+Flag whose presence means that the ASCII character @samp{~} cannot be
+output on this terminal because it is used for display commands.
+
+Programs handle this flag by checking all text to be output and
+replacing each @samp{~} with some other character(s).  If this is not
+done, the screen will be thoroughly garbled.
+
+The old Hazeltine terminals that required such treatment are probably
+very rare today, so you might as well not bother to support this flag.
+
+@item CC
+@kindex CC
+@cindex command character
+String whose presence means the terminal has a settable command
+character.  The value of the string is the default command character
+(which is usually @key{ESC}).
+
+All the strings of commands in the terminal description should be
+written to use the default command character.  If you are writing an
+application program that changes the command character, use the
+@samp{CC} capability to figure out how to translate all the display
+commands to work with the new command character.
+
+Most programs have no reason to look at the @samp{CC} capability.
+
+@item xb
+@kindex xb
+@cindex Superbee
+Flag whose presence identifies Superbee terminals which are unable to
+transmit the characters @key{ESC} and @kbd{Control-C}.  Programs which
+support this flag are supposed to check the input for the code sequences
+sent by the @key{F1} and @key{F2} keys, and pretend that @key{ESC}
+or @kbd{Control-C} (respectively) had been read.  But this flag is
+obsolete, and not worth supporting.
+@end table
+
+@node Screen Size, Cursor Motion, Basic, Capabilities
+@section Screen Size
+@cindex screen size
+
+A terminal description has two capabilities, @samp{co} and @samp{li},
+that describe the screen size in columns and lines.  But there is more
+to the question of screen size than this.
+
+On some operating systems the ``screen'' is really a window and the
+effective width can vary.  On some of these systems, @code{tgetnum}
+uses the actual width of the window to decide what value to return for
+the @samp{co} capability, overriding what is actually written in the
+terminal description.  On other systems, it is up to the application
+program to check the actual window width using a system call.  For
+example, on BSD 4.3 systems, the system call @code{ioctl} with code
+@code{TIOCGWINSZ} will tell you the current screen size.
+
+On all window systems, termcap is powerless to advise the application
+program if the user resizes the window.  Application programs must
+deal with this possibility in a system-dependent fashion.  On some
+systems the C shell handles part of the problem by detecting changes
+in window size and setting the @code{TERMCAP} environment variable
+appropriately.  This takes care of application programs that are
+started subsequently.  It does not help application programs already
+running.
+
+On some systems, including BSD 4.3, all programs using a terminal get
+a signal named @code{SIGWINCH} whenever the screen size changes.
+Programs that use termcap should handle this signal by using
+@code{ioctl TIOCGWINSZ} to learn the new screen size.
+
+@table @samp
+@item co
+@kindex co
+@cindex screen size
+Numeric value, the width of the screen in character positions.  Even
+hardcopy terminals normally have a @samp{co} capability.
+
+@item li
+@kindex li
+Numeric value, the height of the screen in lines.
+@end table
+
+@node Cursor Motion, Wrapping, Screen Size, Capabilities
+@section Cursor Motion
+@cindex cursor motion
+
+Termcap assumes that the terminal has a @dfn{cursor}, a spot on the screen
+where a visible mark is displayed, and that most display commands take
+effect at the position of the cursor.  It follows that moving the cursor
+to a specified location is very important.
+
+There are many terminal capabilities for different cursor motion
+operations.  A terminal description should define as many as possible, but
+most programs do not need to use most of them.  One capability, @samp{cm},
+moves the cursor to an arbitrary place on the screen; this by itself is
+sufficient for any application as long as there is no need to support
+hardcopy terminals or certain old, weak displays that have only relative
+motion commands.  Use of other cursor motion capabilities is an
+optimization, enabling the program to output fewer characters in some
+common cases.
+
+If you plan to use the relative cursor motion commands in an application
+program, you must know what the starting cursor position is.  To do this,
+you must keep track of the cursor position and update the records each
+time anything is output to the terminal, including graphic characters.
+In addition, it is necessary to know whether the terminal wraps after
+writing in the rightmost column.  @xref{Wrapping}.
+
+One other motion capability needs special mention: @samp{nw} moves the
+cursor to the beginning of the following line, perhaps clearing all the
+starting line after the cursor, or perhaps not clearing at all.  This
+capability is a least common denominator that is probably supported even by
+terminals that cannot do most other things such as @samp{cm} or @samp{do}.
+Even hardcopy terminals can support @samp{nw}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{cm}
+@kindex cm
+String of commands to position the cursor at line @var{l}, column @var{c}.
+Both parameters are origin-zero, and are defined relative to the
+screen, not relative to display memory.
+
+All display terminals except a few very obsolete ones support @samp{cm},
+so it is acceptable for an application program to refuse to operate on
+terminals lacking @samp{cm}.
+
+@item @samp{ho}
+@kindex ho
+@cindex home position
+String of commands to move the cursor to the upper left corner of the
+screen (this position is called the @dfn{home position}).  In
+terminals where the upper left corner of the screen is not the same as
+the beginning of display memory, this command must go to the upper
+left corner of the screen, not the beginning of display memory.
+
+Every display terminal supports this capability, and many application
+programs refuse to operate if the @samp{ho} capability is missing.
+
+@item @samp{ll}
+@kindex ll
+String of commands to move the cursor to the lower left corner of the
+screen.  On some terminals, moving up from home position does this,
+but programs should never assume that will work.  Just output the
+@samp{ll} string (if it is provided); if moving to home position and
+then moving up is the best way to get there, the @samp{ll} command
+will do that.
+
+@item @samp{cr}
+@kindex cr
+String of commands to move the cursor to the beginning of the line it
+is on.  If this capability is not specified, many programs assume
+they can use the ASCII carriage return character for this.
+
+@item @samp{le}
+@kindex le
+String of commands to move the cursor left one column.  Unless the
+@samp{bw} flag capability is specified, the effect is undefined if the
+cursor is at the left margin; do not use this command there.  If
+@samp{bw} is present, this command may be used at the left margin, and
+it wraps the cursor to the last column of the preceding line.
+
+@item @samp{nd}
+@kindex nd
+String of commands to move the cursor right one column.  The effect is
+undefined if the cursor is at the right margin; do not use this
+command there, not even if @samp{am} is present.
+
+@item @samp{up}
+@kindex up
+String of commands to move the cursor vertically up one line.  The
+effect of sending this string when on the top line is undefined;
+programs should never use it that way.
+
+@item @samp{do}
+@kindex do
+String of commands to move the cursor vertically down one line.  The
+effect of sending this string when on the bottom line is undefined;
+programs should never use it that way.
+
+Some programs do use @samp{do} to scroll up one line if used at the
+bottom line, if @samp{sf} is not defined but @samp{sr} is.  This is
+only to compensate for certain old, incorrect terminal descriptions.
+(In principle this might actually lead to incorrect behavior on other
+terminals, but that seems to happen rarely if ever.)  But the proper
+solution is that the terminal description should define @samp{sf} as
+well as @samp{do} if the command is suitable for scrolling.
+
+The original idea was that this string would not contain a newline
+character and therefore could be used without disabling the kernel's
+usual habit of converting of newline into a carriage-return newline
+sequence.  But many terminal descriptions do use newline in the
+@samp{do} string, so this is not possible; a program which sends the
+@samp{do} string must disable output conversion in the kernel
+(@pxref{Initialize}).
+
+@item @samp{bw}
+@kindex bw
+Flag whose presence says that @samp{le} may be used in column zero
+to move to the last column of the preceding line.  If this flag
+is not present, @samp{le} should not be used in column zero.
+
+@item @samp{nw}
+@kindex nw
+String of commands to move the cursor to start of next line, possibly
+clearing rest of line (following the cursor) before moving.
+
+@item @samp{DO}, @samp{UP}, @samp{LE}, @samp{RI}
+@kindex DO
+@kindex LE
+@kindex RI
+@kindex UP
+Strings of commands to move the cursor @var{n} lines down vertically,
+up vertically, or @var{n} columns left or right.  Do not attempt to
+move past any edge of the screen with these commands; the effect of
+trying that is undefined.  Only a few terminal descriptions provide
+these commands, and most programs do not use them.
+
+@item @samp{CM}
+@kindex CM
+String of commands to position the cursor at line @var{l}, column
+@var{c}, relative to display memory.  Both parameters are origin-zero.
+This capability is present only in terminals where there is a
+difference between screen-relative and memory-relative addressing, and
+not even in all such terminals.
+
+@item @samp{ch}
+@kindex ch
+String of commands to position the cursor at column @var{c} in the
+same line it is on.  This is a special case of @samp{cm} in which the
+vertical position is not changed.  The @samp{ch} capability is
+provided only when it is faster to output than @samp{cm} would be in
+this special case.  Programs should not assume most display terminals
+have @samp{ch}.
+
+@item @samp{cv}
+@kindex cv
+String of commands to position the cursor at line @var{l} in the same
+column.  This is a special case of @samp{cm} in which the horizontal
+position is not changed.  The @samp{cv} capability is provided only
+when it is faster to output than @samp{cm} would be in this special
+case.  Programs should not assume most display terminals have
+@samp{cv}.
+
+@item @samp{sc}
+@kindex sc
+String of commands to make the terminal save the current cursor
+position.  Only the last saved position can be used.  If this
+capability is present, @samp{rc} should be provided also.  Most
+terminals have neither.
+
+@item @samp{rc}
+@kindex rc
+String of commands to make the terminal restore the last saved cursor
+position.  If this capability is present, @samp{sc} should be provided
+also.  Most terminals have neither.
+
+@item @samp{ff}
+@kindex ff
+String of commands to advance to the next page, for a hardcopy
+terminal.
+
+@item @samp{ta}
+@kindex ta
+String of commands to move the cursor right to the next hardware tab
+stop column.  Missing if the terminal does not have any kind of
+hardware tabs.  Do not send this command if the kernel's terminal
+modes say that the kernel is expanding tabs into spaces.
+
+@item @samp{bt}
+@kindex bt
+String of commands to move the cursor left to the previous hardware
+tab stop column.  Missing if the terminal has no such ability; many
+terminals do not.  Do not send this command if the kernel's terminal
+modes say that the kernel is expanding tabs into spaces.
+@end table
+
+The following obsolete capabilities should be included in terminal
+descriptions when appropriate, but should not be looked at by new programs.
+
+@table @samp
+@item nc
+@kindex nc
+Flag whose presence means the terminal does not support the ASCII
+carriage return character as @samp{cr}.  This flag is needed because
+old programs assume, when the @samp{cr} capability is missing, that
+ASCII carriage return can be used for the purpose.  We use @samp{nc}
+to tell the old programs that carriage return may not be used.
+
+New programs should not assume any default for @samp{cr}, so they need
+not look at @samp{nc}.  However, descriptions should contain @samp{nc}
+whenever they do not contain @samp{cr}.
+
+@item xt
+@kindex xt
+Flag whose presence means that the ASCII tab character may not be used
+for cursor motion.  This flag exists because old programs assume, when
+the @samp{ta} capability is missing, that ASCII tab can be used for
+the purpose.  We use @samp{xt} to tell the old programs not to use tab.
+
+New programs should not assume any default for @samp{ta}, so they need
+not look at @samp{xt} in connection with cursor motion.  Note that
+@samp{xt} also has implications for standout mode (@pxref{Standout}).
+It is obsolete in regard to cursor motion but not in regard to
+standout.
+
+In fact, @samp{xt} means that the terminal is a Teleray 1061.
+
+@item bc
+@kindex bc
+Very obsolete alternative name for the @samp{le} capability.
+
+@item bs
+@kindex bs
+Flag whose presence means that the ASCII character backspace may be
+used to move the cursor left.  Obsolete; look at @samp{le} instead.
+
+@item nl
+@kindex nl
+Obsolete capability which is a string that can either be used to move
+the cursor down or to scroll.  The same string must scroll when used
+on the bottom line and move the cursor when used on any other line.
+New programs should use @samp{do} or @samp{sf}, and ignore @samp{nl}.
+
+If there is no @samp{nl} capability, some old programs assume they can
+use the newline character for this purpose.  These programs follow a
+bad practice, but because they exist, it is still desirable to define
+the @samp{nl} capability in a terminal description if the best way to
+move down is @emph{not} a newline.
+@end table
+
+@node Wrapping, Scrolling, Cursor Motion, Capabilities
+@section Wrapping
+@cindex wrapping
+
+@dfn{Wrapping} means moving the cursor from the right margin to the left
+margin of the following line.  Some terminals wrap automatically when a
+graphic character is output in the last column, while others do not.  Most
+application programs that use termcap need to know whether the terminal
+wraps.  There are two special flag capabilities to describe what the
+terminal does when a graphic character is output in the last column.
+
+@table @samp
+@item am
+@kindex am
+Flag whose presence means that writing a character in the last column
+causes the cursor to wrap to the beginning of the next line.
+
+If @samp{am} is not present, writing in the last column leaves the
+cursor at the place where the character was written.
+
+Writing in the last column of the last line should be avoided on
+terminals with @samp{am}, as it may or may not cause scrolling to
+occur (@pxref{Scrolling}).  Scrolling is surely not what you would
+intend.
+
+If your program needs to check the @samp{am} flag, then it also needs
+to check the @samp{xn} flag which indicates that wrapping happens in a
+strange way.  Many common terminals have the @samp{xn} flag.
+
+@item xn
+@kindex xn
+Flag whose presence means that the cursor wraps in a strange way.  At
+least two distinct kinds of strange behavior are known; the termcap
+data base does not contain anything to distinguish the two.
+
+On Concept-100 terminals, output in the last column wraps the cursor
+almost like an ordinary @samp{am} terminal.  But if the next thing
+output is a newline, it is ignored.
+
+DEC VT-100 terminals (when the wrap switch is on) do a different
+strange thing: the cursor wraps only if the next thing output is
+another graphic character.  In fact, the wrap occurs when the
+following graphic character is received by the terminal, before the
+character is placed on the screen.
+
+On both of these terminals, after writing in the last column a
+following graphic character will be displayed in the first column of
+the following line.  But the effect of relative cursor motion
+characters such as newline or backspace at such a time depends on the
+terminal.  The effect of erase or scrolling commands also depends on
+the terminal.  You can't assume anything about what they will do on a
+terminal that has @samp{xn}.  So, to be safe, you should never do
+these things at such a time on such a terminal.
+
+To be sure of reliable results on a terminal which has the @samp{xn}
+flag, output a @samp{cm} absolute positioning command after writing in
+the last column.  Another safe thing to do is to output carriage-return
+newline, which will leave the cursor at the beginning of the following
+line.
+
+@item LP
+@kindex LP
+Flag whose presence means that it is safe to write in the last column of
+the last line without worrying about undesired scrolling.  @samp{LP}
+indicates the DEC flavor of @samp{xn} strangeness.
+@end table
+
+@node Scrolling, Windows, Wrapping, Capabilities
+@section Scrolling
+@cindex scrolling
+
+@dfn{Scrolling} means moving the contents of the screen up or down one or
+more lines.  Moving the contents up is @dfn{forward scrolling}; moving them
+down is @dfn{reverse scrolling}.
+
+Scrolling happens after each line of output during ordinary output on most
+display terminals.  But in an application program that uses termcap for
+random-access output, scrolling happens only when explicitly requested with
+the commands in this section.
+
+Some terminals have a @dfn{scroll region} feature.  This lets you limit
+the effect of scrolling to a specified range of lines.  Lines outside the
+range are unaffected when scrolling happens.  The scroll region feature
+is available if either @samp{cs} or @samp{cS} is present.
+
+@table @samp
+@item sf
+@kindex sf
+String of commands to scroll the screen one line up, assuming it is
+output with the cursor at the beginning of the bottom line.
+
+@item sr
+@kindex sr
+String of commands to scroll the screen one line down, assuming it is
+output with the cursor at the beginning of the top line.
+
+@item do
+A few programs will try to use @samp{do} to do the work of @samp{sf}.
+This is not really correct---it is an attempt to compensate for the
+absence of a @samp{sf} command in some old terminal descriptions.
+
+Since these terminal descriptions do define @samp{sr}, perhaps at one
+time the definition of @samp{do} was different and it could be used
+for scrolling as well.  But it isn't desirable to combine these two
+functions in one capability, since scrolling often requires more
+padding than simply moving the cursor down.  Defining @samp{sf} and
+@samp{do} separately allows you to specify the padding properly.
+Also, all sources agree that @samp{do} should not be relied on to do
+scrolling.
+
+So the best approach is to add @samp{sf} capabilities to the
+descriptions of these terminals, copying the definition of @samp{do}
+if that does scroll.
+
+@item SF
+@kindex SF
+String of commands to scroll the screen @var{n} lines up, assuming it
+is output with the cursor at the beginning of the bottom line.
+
+@item SR
+@kindex SR
+String of commands to scroll the screen @var{n} lines down, assuming it
+is output with the cursor at the beginning of the top line.
+
+@item cs
+@kindex cs
+String of commands to set the scroll region.  This command takes two
+parameters, @var{start} and @var{end}, which are the line numbers
+(origin-zero) of the first line to include in the scroll region and of
+the last line to include in it.  When a scroll region is set,
+scrolling is limited to the specified range of lines; lines outside
+the range are not affected by scroll commands.
+
+Do not try to move the cursor outside the scroll region.  The region
+remains set until explicitly removed.  To remove the scroll region,
+use another @samp{cs} command specifying the full height of the
+screen.
+
+The cursor position is undefined after the @samp{cs} command is set,
+so position the cursor with @samp{cm} immediately afterward.
+
+@item cS
+@kindex cS
+String of commands to set the scroll region using parameters in
+different form.  The effect is the same as if @samp{cs} were used.
+Four parameters are required:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Total number of lines on the screen.
+@item
+Number of lines above desired scroll region.
+@item
+Number of lines below (outside of) desired scroll region.
+@item
+Total number of lines on the screen, the same as the first parameter.
+@end enumerate
+
+This capability is a GNU extension that was invented to allow the Ann
+Arbor Ambassador's scroll-region command to be described; it could
+also be done by putting non-Unix @samp{%}-sequences into a @samp{cs}
+string, but that would have confused Unix programs that used the
+@samp{cs} capability with the Unix termcap.  Currently only GNU Emacs
+uses the @samp{cS} capability.
+
+@item ns
+@kindex ns
+Flag which means that the terminal does not normally scroll for
+ordinary sequential output.  For modern terminals, this means that
+outputting a newline in ordinary sequential output with the cursor on
+the bottom line wraps to the top line.  For some obsolete terminals,
+other things may happen.
+
+The terminal may be able to scroll even if it does not normally do so.
+If the @samp{sf} capability is provided, it can be used for scrolling
+regardless of @samp{ns}.
+
+@item da
+@kindex da
+Flag whose presence means that lines scrolled up off the top of the
+screen may come back if scrolling down is done subsequently.
+
+The @samp{da} and @samp{db} flags do not, strictly speaking, affect
+how to scroll.  But programs that scroll usually need to clear the
+lines scrolled onto the screen, if these flags are present.
+
+@item db
+@kindex db
+Flag whose presence means that lines scrolled down off the bottom of
+the screen may come back if scrolling up is done subsequently.
+
+@item lm
+@kindex lm
+Numeric value, the number of lines of display memory that the terminal
+has.  A value of zero means that the terminal has more display memory
+than can fit on the screen, but no fixed number of lines.  (The number
+of lines may depend on the amount of text in each line.)
+@end table
+
+Any terminal description that defines @samp{SF} should also define @samp{sf};
+likewise for @samp{SR} and @samp{sr}.  However, many terminals can only
+scroll by one line at a time, so it is common to find @samp{sf} and not
+@samp{SF}, or @samp{sr} without @samp{SR}.@refill
+
+Therefore, all programs that use the scrolling facilities should be
+prepared to work with @samp{sf} in the case that @samp{SF} is absent, and
+likewise with @samp{sr}.  On the other hand, an application program that
+uses only @samp{sf} and not @samp{SF} is acceptable, though slow on some
+terminals.@refill
+
+When outputting a scroll command with @code{tputs}, the @var{nlines}
+argument should be the total number of lines in the portion of the screen
+being scrolled.  Very often these commands require padding proportional to
+this number of lines.  @xref{Padding}.
+
+@node Windows, Clearing, Scrolling, Capabilities
+@section Windows
+@cindex window
+
+A @dfn{window}, in termcap, is a rectangular portion of the screen to which
+all display operations are restricted.  Wrapping, clearing, scrolling,
+insertion and deletion all operate as if the specified window were all the
+screen there was.
+
+@table @samp
+@item wi
+@kindex wi
+String of commands to set the terminal output screen window.
+This string requires four parameters, all origin-zero:
+@enumerate
+@item
+The first line to include in the window.
+@item
+The last line to include in the window.
+@item
+The first column to include in the window.
+@item
+The last column to include in the window.
+@end enumerate
+@end table
+
+Most terminals do not support windows.
+
+@node Clearing, Insdel Line, Windows, Capabilities
+@section Clearing Parts of the Screen
+@cindex erasing
+@cindex clearing the screen
+
+There are several terminal capabilities for clearing parts of the screen
+to blank.  All display terminals support the @samp{cl} string, and most
+display terminals support all of these capabilities.
+
+@table @samp
+@item cl
+@kindex cl
+String of commands to clear the entire screen and position the cursor
+at the upper left corner.
+
+@item cd
+@kindex cd
+String of commands to clear the line the cursor is on, and all the
+lines below it, down to the bottom of the screen.  This command string
+should be used only with the cursor in column zero; their effect is
+undefined if the cursor is elsewhere.
+
+@item ce
+@kindex ce
+String of commands to clear from the cursor to the end of the current
+line.
+
+@item ec
+@kindex ec
+String of commands to clear @var{n} characters, starting with the
+character that the cursor is on.  This command string is expected to
+leave the cursor position unchanged.  The parameter @var{n} should never
+be large enough to reach past the right margin; the effect of such a
+large parameter would be undefined.
+@end table
+
+Clear to end of line (@samp{ce}) is extremely important in programs that
+maintain an updating display.  Nearly all display terminals support this
+operation, so it is acceptable for a an application program to refuse to
+work if @samp{ce} is not present.  However, if you do not want this
+limitation, you can accomplish clearing to end of line by outputting spaces
+until you reach the right margin.  In order to do this, you must know the
+current horizontal position.  Also, this technique assumes that writing a
+space will erase.  But this happens to be true on all the display terminals
+that fail to support @samp{ce}.
+
+@node Insdel Line, Insdel Char, Clearing, Capabilities
+@section Insert/Delete Line
+
+@cindex insert line
+@cindex delete line
+@dfn{Inserting a line} means creating a blank line in the middle
+of the screen, and pushing the existing lines of text apart.  In fact,
+the lines above the insertion point do not change, while the lines below
+move down, and one is normally lost at the bottom of the screen.
+
+@dfn{Deleting a line} means causing the line to disappear from the screen,
+closing up the gap by moving the lines below it upward.  A new line
+appears at the bottom of the screen.  Usually this line is blank, but
+on terminals with the @samp{db} flag it may be a line previously moved
+off the screen bottom by scrolling or line insertion.
+
+Insertion and deletion of lines is useful in programs that maintain an
+updating display some parts of which may get longer or shorter.  They are
+also useful in editors for scrolling parts of the screen, and for
+redisplaying after lines of text are killed or inserted.
+
+Many terminals provide commands to insert or delete a single line at the
+cursor position.  Some provide the ability to insert or delete several
+lines with one command, using the number of lines to insert or delete as a
+parameter.  Always move the cursor to column zero before using any of
+these commands.
+
+@table @samp
+@item al
+@kindex al
+String of commands to insert a blank line before the line the cursor
+is on.  The existing line, and all lines below it, are moved down.
+The last line in the screen (or in the scroll region, if one is set)
+disappears and in most circumstances is discarded.  It may not be
+discarded if the @samp{db} is present (@pxref{Scrolling}).
+
+The cursor must be at the left margin before this command is used.
+This command does not move the cursor.
+
+@item dl
+@kindex dl
+String of commands to delete the line the cursor is on.  The following
+lines move up, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the screen
+(or bottom of the scroll region).  If the terminal has the @samp{db}
+flag, a nonblank line previously pushed off the screen bottom may
+reappear at the bottom.
+
+The cursor must be at the left margin before this command is used.
+This command does not move the cursor.
+
+@item AL
+@kindex AL
+String of commands to insert @var{n} blank lines before the line that
+the cursor is on.  It is like @samp{al} repeated @var{n} times, except
+that it is as fast as one @samp{al}.
+
+@item DL
+@kindex DL
+String of commands to delete @var{n} lines starting with the line that
+the cursor is on.  It is like @samp{dl} repeated @var{n} times, except
+that it is as fast as one @samp{dl}.
+@end table
+
+Any terminal description that defines @samp{AL} should also define
+@samp{al}; likewise for @samp{DL} and @samp{dl}.  However, many terminals
+can only insert or delete one line at a time, so it is common to find
+@samp{al} and not @samp{AL}, or @samp{dl} without @samp{DL}.@refill
+
+Therefore, all programs that use the insert and delete facilities should be
+prepared to work with @samp{al} in the case that @samp{AL} is absent, and
+likewise with @samp{dl}.  On the other hand, it is acceptable to write
+an application that uses only @samp{al} and @samp{dl} and does not look
+for @samp{AL} or @samp{DL} at all.@refill
+
+If a terminal does not support line insertion and deletion directly,
+but does support a scroll region, the effect of insertion and deletion
+can be obtained with scrolling.  However, it is up to the individual
+user program to check for this possibility and use the scrolling
+commands to get the desired result.  It is fairly important to implement
+this alternate strategy, since it is the only way to get the effect of
+line insertion and deletion on the popular VT100 terminal.
+
+Insertion and deletion of lines is affected by the scroll region on
+terminals that have a settable scroll region.  This is useful when it is
+desirable to move any few consecutive lines up or down by a few lines.
+@xref{Scrolling}.
+
+The line pushed off the bottom of the screen is not lost if the terminal
+has the @samp{db} flag capability; instead, it is pushed into display
+memory that does not appear on the screen.  This is the same thing that
+happens when scrolling pushes a line off the bottom of the screen.
+Either reverse scrolling or deletion of a line can bring the apparently
+lost line back onto the bottom of the screen.  If the terminal has the
+scroll region feature as well as @samp{db}, the pushed-out line really
+is lost if a scroll region is in effect.
+
+When outputting an insert or delete command with @code{tputs}, the
+@var{nlines} argument should be the total number of lines from the cursor
+to the bottom of the screen (or scroll region).  Very often these commands
+require padding proportional to this number of lines.  @xref{Padding}.
+
+For @samp{AL} and @samp{DL} the @var{nlines} argument should @emph{not}
+depend on the number of lines inserted or deleted; only the total number of
+lines affected.  This is because it is just as fast to insert two or
+@var{n} lines with @samp{AL} as to insert one line with @samp{al}.
+
+@node Insdel Char, Standout, Insdel Line, Capabilities
+@section Insert/Delete Character
+@cindex insert character
+@cindex delete character
+
+@dfn{Inserting a character} means creating a blank space in the middle of a
+line, and pushing the rest of the line rightward.  The character in the
+rightmost column is lost.
+
+@dfn{Deleting a character} means causing the character to disappear from
+the screen, closing up the gap by moving the rest of the line leftward.  A
+blank space appears in the rightmost column.
+
+Insertion and deletion of characters is useful in programs that maintain an
+updating display some parts of which may get longer or shorter.  It is also
+useful in editors for redisplaying the results of editing within a line.
+
+Many terminals provide commands to insert or delete a single character at
+the cursor position.  Some provide the ability to insert or delete several
+characters with one command, using the number of characters to insert or
+delete as a parameter.
+
+@cindex insert mode
+Many terminals provide an insert mode in which outputting a graphic
+character has the added effect of inserting a position for that character.
+A special command string is used to enter insert mode and another is used
+to exit it.  The reason for designing a terminal with an insert mode rather
+than an insert command is that inserting character positions is usually
+followed by writing characters into them.  With insert mode, this is as
+fast as simply writing the characters, except for the fixed overhead of
+entering and leaving insert mode.  However, when the line speed is great
+enough, padding may be required for the graphic characters output in insert
+mode.
+
+Some terminals require you to enter insert mode and then output a special
+command for each position to be inserted.  Or they may require special
+commands to be output before or after each graphic character to be
+inserted.
+
+@cindex delete mode
+Deletion of characters is usually accomplished by a straightforward command
+to delete one or several positions; but on some terminals, it is necessary
+to enter a special delete mode before using the delete command, and leave
+delete mode afterward.  Sometimes delete mode and insert mode are the same
+mode.
+
+Some terminals make a distinction between character positions in which a
+space character has been output and positions which have been cleared.  On
+these terminals, the effect of insert or delete character runs to the first
+cleared position rather than to the end of the line.  In fact, the effect
+may run to more than one line if there is no cleared position to stop the
+shift on the first line.  These terminals are identified by the @samp{in}
+flag capability.
+
+On terminals with the @samp{in} flag, the technique of skipping over
+characters that you know were cleared, and then outputting text later on in
+the same line, causes later insert and delete character operations on that
+line to do nonstandard things.  A program that has any chance of doing this
+must check for the @samp{in} flag and must be careful to write explicit
+space characters into the intermediate columns when @samp{in} is present.
+
+A plethora of terminal capabilities are needed to describe all of this
+complexity.  Here is a list of them all.  Following the list, we present
+an algorithm for programs to use to take proper account of all of these
+capabilities.
+
+@table @samp
+@item im
+@kindex im
+String of commands to enter insert mode.
+
+If the terminal has no special insert mode, but it can insert
+characters with a special command, @samp{im} should be defined with a
+null value, because the @samp{vi} editor assumes that insertion of a
+character is impossible if @samp{im} is not provided.
+
+New programs should not act like @samp{vi}.  They should pay attention
+to @samp{im} only if it is defined.
+
+@item ei
+@kindex ei
+String of commands to leave insert mode.  This capability must be
+present if @samp{im} is.
+
+On a few old terminals the same string is used to enter and exit
+insert mode.  This string turns insert mode on if it was off, and off
+it it was on.  You can tell these terminals because the @samp{ei}
+string equals the @samp{im} string.  If you want to support these
+terminals, you must always remember accurately whether insert mode is
+in effect.  However, these terminals are obsolete, and it is
+reasonable to refuse to support them.  On all modern terminals, you
+can safely output @samp{ei} at any time to ensure that insert mode is
+turned off.
+
+@item ic
+@kindex ic
+String of commands to insert one character position at the cursor.
+The cursor does not move.
+
+If outputting a graphic character while in insert mode is sufficient
+to insert the character, then the @samp{ic} capability should be
+defined with a null value.
+
+If your terminal offers a choice of ways to insert---either use insert
+mode or use a special command---then define @samp{im} and do not define
+@samp{ic}, since this gives the most efficient operation when several
+characters are to be inserted.  @emph{Do not} define both strings, for
+that means that @emph{both} must be used each time insertion is done.
+
+@item ip
+@kindex ip
+String of commands to output following an inserted graphic character
+in insert mode.  Often it is used just for a padding spec, when padding
+is needed after an inserted character (@pxref{Padding}).
+
+@item IC
+@kindex IC
+String of commands to insert @var{n} character positions at and after
+the cursor.  It has the same effect as repeating the @samp{ic} string
+and a space, @var{n} times.
+
+If @samp{IC} is provided, application programs may use it without first
+entering insert mode.
+
+@item mi
+@kindex mi
+Flag whose presence means it is safe to move the cursor while in insert
+mode and assume the terminal remains in insert mode.
+
+@item in
+@kindex in
+Flag whose presence means that the terminal distinguishes between
+character positions in which space characters have been output and
+positions which have been cleared.
+@end table
+
+An application program can assume that the terminal can do character
+insertion if @emph{any one of} the capabilities @samp{IC}, @samp{im},
+@samp{ic} or @samp{ip} is provided.
+
+To insert @var{n} blank character positions, move the cursor to the place
+to insert them and follow this algorithm:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+If an @samp{IC} string is provided, output it with parameter @var{n}
+and you are finished.  Otherwise (or if you don't want to bother to
+look for an @samp{IC} string) follow the remaining steps.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{im} string, if there is one, unless the terminal is
+already in insert mode.
+
+@item
+Repeat steps 4 through 6, @var{n} times.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{ic} string if any.
+
+@item
+Output a space.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{ip} string if any.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{ei} string, eventually, to exit insert mode.  There
+is no need to do this right away.  If the @samp{mi} flag is present,
+you can move the cursor and the cursor will remain in insert mode;
+then you can do more insertion elsewhere without reentering insert
+mode.
+@end enumerate
+
+To insert @var{n} graphic characters, position the cursor and follow this
+algorithm:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+If an @samp{IC} string is provided, output it with parameter @var{n},
+then output the graphic characters, and you are finished.  Otherwise
+(or if you don't want to bother to look for an @samp{IC} string)
+follow the remaining steps.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{im} string, if there is one, unless the terminal is
+already in insert mode.
+
+@item
+For each character to be output, repeat steps 4 through 6.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{ic} string if any.
+
+@item
+Output the next graphic character.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{ip} string if any.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{ei} string, eventually, to exit insert mode.  There
+is no need to do this right away.  If the @samp{mi} flag is present,
+you can move the cursor and the cursor will remain in insert mode;
+then you can do more insertion elsewhere without reentering insert
+mode.
+@end enumerate
+
+Note that this is not the same as the original Unix termcap specifications
+in one respect: it assumes that the @samp{IC} string can be used without
+entering insert mode.  This is true as far as I know, and it allows you be
+able to avoid entering and leaving insert mode, and also to be able to
+avoid the inserted-character padding after the characters that go into the
+inserted positions.
+
+Deletion of characters is less complicated; deleting one column is done by
+outputting the @samp{dc} string.  However, there may be a delete mode that
+must be entered with @samp{dm} in order to make @samp{dc} work.
+
+@table @samp
+@item dc
+@kindex dc
+String of commands to delete one character position at the cursor.  If
+@samp{dc} is not present, the terminal cannot delete characters.
+
+@item DC
+@kindex DC
+String of commands to delete @var{n} characters starting at the cursor.
+It has the same effect as repeating the @samp{dc} string @var{n} times.
+Any terminal description that has @samp{DC} also has @samp{dc}.
+
+@item dm
+@kindex dm
+String of commands to enter delete mode.  If not present, there is no
+delete mode, and @samp{dc} can be used at any time (assuming there is
+a @samp{dc}).
+
+@item ed
+@kindex ed
+String of commands to exit delete mode.  This must be present if
+@samp{dm} is.
+@end table
+
+To delete @var{n} character positions, position the cursor and follow these
+steps:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+If the @samp{DC} string is present, output it with parameter @var{n}
+and you are finished.  Otherwise, follow the remaining steps.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{dm} string, unless you know the terminal is already
+in delete mode.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{dc} string @var{n} times.
+
+@item
+Output the @samp{ed} string eventually.  If the flag capability
+@samp{mi} is present, you can move the cursor and do more deletion
+without leaving and reentering delete mode.
+@end enumerate
+
+As with the @samp{IC} string, we have departed from the original termcap
+specifications by assuming that @samp{DC} works without entering delete
+mode even though @samp{dc} would not.
+
+If the @samp{dm} and @samp{im} capabilities are both present and have the
+same value, it means that the terminal has one mode for both insertion and
+deletion.  It is useful for a program to know this, because then it can do
+insertions after deletions, or vice versa, without leaving insert/delete
+mode and reentering it.
+
+@node Standout, Underlining, Insdel Char, Capabilities
+@section Standout and Appearance Modes
+@cindex appearance modes
+@cindex standout
+@cindex magic cookie
+
+@dfn{Appearance modes} are modifications to the ways characters are
+displayed.  Typical appearance modes include reverse video, dim, bright,
+blinking, underlined, invisible, and alternate character set.  Each kind of
+terminal supports various among these, or perhaps none.
+
+For each type of terminal, one appearance mode or combination of them that
+looks good for highlighted text is chosen as the @dfn{standout mode}.  The
+capabilities @samp{so} and @samp{se} say how to enter and leave standout
+mode.  Programs that use appearance modes only to highlight some text
+generally use the standout mode so that they can work on as many terminals
+as possible.  Use of specific appearance modes other than ``underlined''
+and ``alternate character set'' is rare.
+
+Terminals that implement appearance modes fall into two general classes as
+to how they do it.
+
+In some terminals, the presence or absence of any appearance mode is
+recorded separately for each character position.  In these terminals, each
+graphic character written is given the appearance modes current at the time
+it is written, and keeps those modes until it is erased or overwritten.
+There are special commands to turn the appearance modes on or off for
+characters to be written in the future.
+
+In other terminals, the change of appearance modes is represented by a
+marker that belongs to a certain screen position but affects all following
+screen positions until the next marker.  These markers are traditionally
+called @dfn{magic cookies}.
+
+The same capabilities (@samp{so}, @samp{se}, @samp{mb} and so on) for
+turning appearance modes on and off are used for both magic-cookie
+terminals and per-character terminals.  On magic cookie terminals, these
+give the commands to write the magic cookies.  On per-character terminals,
+they change the current modes that affect future output and erasure.  Some
+simple applications can use these commands without knowing whether or not
+they work by means of cookies.
+
+However, a program that maintains and updates a display needs to know
+whether the terminal uses magic cookies, and exactly what their effect is.
+This information comes from the @samp{sg} capability.
+
+The @samp{sg} capability is a numeric capability whose presence indicates
+that the terminal uses magic cookies for appearance modes.  Its value is
+the number of character positions that a magic cookie occupies.  Usually
+the cookie occupies one or more character positions on the screen, and these
+character positions are displayed as blank, but in some terminals the
+cookie has zero width.
+
+The @samp{sg} capability describes both the magic cookie to turn standout
+on and the cookie to turn it off.  This makes the assumption that both
+kinds of cookie have the same width on the screen.  If that is not true,
+the narrower cookie must be ``widened'' with spaces until it has the same
+width as the other.
+
+On some magic cookie terminals, each line always starts with normal
+display; in other words, the scope of a magic cookie never extends over
+more than one line.  But on other terminals, one magic cookie affects all
+the lines below it unless explicitly canceled.  Termcap does not define any
+way to distinguish these two ways magic cookies can work.  To be safe, it
+is best to put a cookie at the beginning of each line.
+
+On some per-character terminals, standout mode or other appearance modes
+may be canceled by moving the cursor.  On others, moving the cursor has no
+effect on the state of the appearance modes.  The latter class of terminals
+are given the flag capability @samp{ms} (``can move in standout'').  All
+programs that might have occasion to move the cursor while appearance modes
+are turned on must check for this flag; if it is not present, they should
+reset appearance modes to normal before doing cursor motion.
+
+A program that has turned on only standout mode should use @samp{se} to
+reset the standout mode to normal.  A program that has turned on only
+alternate character set mode should use @samp{ae} to return it to normal.
+If it is possible that any other appearance modes are turned on, use the
+@samp{me} capability to return them to normal.
+
+Note that the commands to turn on one appearance mode, including @samp{so}
+and @samp{mb} @dots{} @samp{mr}, if used while some other appearance modes
+are turned on, may combine the two modes on some terminals but may turn off
+the mode previously enabled on other terminals.  This is because some
+terminals do not have a command to set or clear one appearance mode without
+changing the others.  Programs should not attempt to use appearance modes
+in combination except with @samp{sa}, and when switching from one single
+mode to another should always turn off the previously enabled mode and then
+turn on the new desired mode.
+
+On some old terminals, the @samp{so} and @samp{se} commands may be the same
+command, which has the effect of turning standout on if it is off, or off
+it is on.  It is therefore risky for a program to output extra @samp{se}
+commands for good measure.  Fortunately, all these terminals are obsolete.
+
+Programs that update displays in which standout-text may be replaced with
+non-standout text must check for the @samp{xs} flag.  In a per-character
+terminal, this flag says that the only way to remove standout once written is
+to clear that portion of the line with the @samp{ce} string or something
+even more powerful (@pxref{Clearing}); just writing new characters at those
+screen positions will not change the modes in effect there.  In a magic
+cookie terminal, @samp{xs} says that the only way to remove a cookie is to
+clear a portion of the line that includes the cookie; writing a different
+cookie at the same position does not work.
+
+Such programs must also check for the @samp{xt} flag, which means that the
+terminal is a Teleray 1061.  On this terminal it is impossible to position
+the cursor at the front of a magic cookie, so the only two ways to remove a
+cookie are (1) to delete the line it is on or (2) to position the cursor at
+least one character before it (possibly on a previous line) and output the
+@samp{se} string, which on these terminals finds and removes the next
+@samp{so} magic cookie on the screen.  (It may also be possible to remove a
+cookie which is not at the beginning of a line by clearing that line.)  The
+@samp{xt} capability also has implications for the use of tab characters,
+but in that regard it is obsolete (@xref{Cursor Motion}).
+
+@table @samp
+@item so
+@kindex so
+String of commands to enter standout mode.
+
+@item se
+@kindex se
+String of commands to leave standout mode.
+
+@item sg
+@kindex sg
+Numeric capability, the width on the screen of the magic cookie.  This
+capability is absent in terminals that record appearance modes
+character by character.
+
+@item ms
+@kindex ms
+Flag whose presence means that it is safe to move the cursor while the
+appearance modes are not in the normal state.  If this flag is absent,
+programs should always reset the appearance modes to normal before
+moving the cursor.
+
+@item xs
+@kindex xs
+Flag whose presence means that the only way to reset appearance modes
+already on the screen is to clear to end of line.  On a per-character
+terminal, you must clear the area where the modes are set.  On a magic
+cookie terminal, you must clear an area containing the cookie.
+See the discussion above.
+
+@item xt
+@kindex xt
+Flag whose presence means that the cursor cannot be positioned right
+in front of a magic cookie, and that @samp{se} is a command to delete
+the next magic cookie following the cursor.  See discussion above.
+
+@item mb
+@kindex mb
+String of commands to enter blinking mode.
+
+@item md
+@kindex md
+String of commands to enter double-bright mode.
+
+@item mh
+@kindex mh
+String of commands to enter half-bright mode.
+
+@item mk
+@kindex mk
+String of commands to enter invisible mode.
+
+@item mp
+@kindex mp
+String of commands to enter protected mode.
+
+@item mr
+@kindex mr
+String of commands to enter reverse-video mode.
+
+@item me
+@kindex me
+String of commands to turn off all appearance modes, including
+standout mode and underline mode.  On some terminals it also turns off
+alternate character set mode; on others, it may not.  This capability
+must be present if any of @samp{mb} @dots{} @samp{mr} is present.
+
+@item as
+@kindex as
+String of commands to turn on alternate character set mode.  This mode
+assigns some or all graphic characters an alternate picture on the
+screen.  There is no standard as to what the alternate pictures look
+like.
+
+@item ae
+@kindex ae
+String of commands to turn off alternate character set mode.
+
+@item sa
+@kindex sa
+String of commands to turn on an arbitrary combination of appearance
+modes.  It accepts 9 parameters, each of which controls a particular
+kind of appearance mode.  A parameter should be 1 to turn its appearance
+mode on, or zero to turn that mode off.  Most terminals do not support
+the @samp{sa} capability, even among those that do have various
+appearance modes.
+
+The nine parameters are, in order, @var{standout}, @var{underline},
+@var{reverse}, @var{blink}, @var{half-bright}, @var{double-bright},
+@var{blank}, @var{protect}, @var{alt char set}.
+@end table
+
+@node Underlining, Cursor Visibility, Standout, Capabilities
+@section Underlining
+@cindex underlining
+
+Underlining on most terminals is a kind of appearance mode, much like
+standout mode.  Therefore, it may be implemented using magic cookies or as
+a flag in the terminal whose current state affects each character that is
+output.  @xref{Standout}, for a full explanation.
+
+The @samp{ug} capability is a numeric capability whose presence indicates
+that the terminal uses magic cookies for underlining.  Its value is the
+number of character positions that a magic cookie for underlining occupies;
+it is used for underlining just as @samp{sg} is used for standout.  Aside
+from the simplest applications, it is impossible to use underlining
+correctly without paying attention to the value of @samp{ug}.
+
+@table @samp
+@item us
+@kindex us
+String of commands to turn on underline mode or to output a magic cookie
+to start underlining.
+
+@item ue
+@kindex ue
+String of commands to turn off underline mode or to output a magic
+cookie to stop underlining.
+
+@item ug
+@kindex ug
+Width of magic cookie that represents a change of underline mode;
+or missing, if the terminal does not use a magic cookie for this.
+
+@item ms
+@kindex ms
+Flag whose presence means that it is safe to move the cursor while the
+appearance modes are not in the normal state.  Underlining is an
+appearance mode.  If this flag is absent, programs should always turn
+off underlining before moving the cursor.
+@end table
+
+There are two other, older ways of doing underlining: there can be a
+command to underline a single character, or the output of @samp{_}, the
+ASCII underscore character, as an overstrike could cause a character to be
+underlined.  New programs need not bother to handle these capabilities
+unless the author cares strongly about the obscure terminals which support
+them.  However, terminal descriptions should provide these capabilities
+when appropriate.
+
+@table @samp
+@item uc
+@kindex uc
+String of commands to underline the character under the cursor, and
+move the cursor right.
+
+@item ul
+@kindex ul
+Flag whose presence means that the terminal can underline by
+overstriking an underscore character (@samp{_}); some terminals can do
+this even though they do not support overstriking in general.  An
+implication of this flag is that when outputting new text to overwrite
+old text, underscore characters must be treated specially lest they
+underline the old text instead.
+@end table
+
+@node Cursor Visibility, Bell, Underlining, Capabilities
+@section Cursor Visibility
+@cindex visibility
+
+Some terminals have the ability to make the cursor invisible, or to enhance
+it.  Enhancing the cursor is often done by programs that plan to use the
+cursor to indicate to the user a position of interest that may be anywhere
+on the screen---for example, the Emacs editor enhances the cursor on entry.
+Such programs should always restore the cursor to normal on exit.
+
+@table @samp
+@item vs
+@kindex vs
+String of commands to enhance the cursor.
+
+@item vi
+@kindex vi
+String of commands to make the cursor invisible.
+
+@item ve
+@kindex ve
+String of commands to return the cursor to normal.
+@end table
+
+If you define either @samp{vs} or @samp{vi}, you must also define @samp{ve}.
+
+@node Bell, Keypad, Cursor Visibility, Capabilities
+@section Bell
+@cindex bell
+@cindex visible bell
+
+Here we describe commands to make the terminal ask for the user to pay
+attention to it.
+
+@table @samp
+@item bl
+@kindex bl
+String of commands to cause the terminal to make an audible sound.  If
+this capability is absent, the terminal has no way to make a suitable
+sound.
+
+@item vb
+@kindex vb
+String of commands to cause the screen to flash to attract attention
+(``visible bell'').  If this capability is absent, the terminal has no
+way to do such a thing.
+@end table
+
+@node Keypad, Meta Key, Bell, Capabilities
+@section Keypad and Function Keys
+
+Many terminals have arrow and function keys that transmit specific
+character sequences to the computer.  Since the precise sequences used
+depend on the terminal, termcap defines capabilities used to say what the
+sequences are.  Unlike most termcap string-valued capabilities, these are
+not strings of commands to be sent to the terminal, rather strings that
+are received from the terminal.
+
+Programs that expect to use keypad keys should check, initially, for a
+@samp{ks} capability and send it, to make the keypad actually transmit.
+Such programs should also send the @samp{ke} string when exiting.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{ks}
+@kindex ka@dots{}ku
+String of commands to make the keypad keys transmit.  If this
+capability is not provided, but the others in this section are,
+programs may assume that the keypad keys always transmit.
+
+@item @samp{ke}
+String of commands to make the keypad keys work locally.  This
+capability is provided only if @samp{ks} is.
+
+@item @samp{kl}
+String of input characters sent by typing the left-arrow key.  If this
+capability is missing, you cannot expect the terminal to have a
+left-arrow key that transmits anything to the computer.
+
+@item @samp{kr}
+String of input characters sent by typing the right-arrow key.
+
+@item @samp{ku}
+String of input characters sent by typing the up-arrow key.
+
+@item @samp{kd}
+String of input characters sent by typing the down-arrow key.
+
+@item @samp{kh}
+String of input characters sent by typing the ``home-position'' key.
+
+@item @samp{K1} @dots{} @samp{K5}
+@kindex K1@dots{}K5
+Strings of input characters sent by the five other keys in a 3-by-3
+array that includes the arrow keys, if the keyboard has such a 3-by-3
+array.  Note that one of these keys may be the ``home-position'' key,
+in which case one of these capabilities will have the same value as
+the @samp{kh} key.
+
+@item @samp{k0}
+String of input characters sent by function key 10 (or 0, if the terminal
+has one labeled 0).
+
+@item @samp{k1} @dots{} @samp{k9}
+@kindex k1@dots{}k9
+Strings of input characters sent by function keys 1 through 9,
+provided for those function keys that exist.
+
+@item @samp{kn}
+Number: the number of numbered function keys, if there are more than
+10.
+
+@item @samp{l0} @dots{} @samp{l9}
+@kindex l0@dots{}l9
+Strings which are the labels appearing on the keyboard on the keys
+described by the capabilities @samp{k0} @dots{} @samp{l9}.  These
+capabilities should be left undefined if the labels are @samp{f0} or
+@samp{f10} and @samp{f1} @dots{} @samp{f9}.@refill
+
+@item @samp{kH}
+@kindex kA@dots{}kT
+String of input characters sent by the ``home down'' key, if there is
+one.
+
+@item @samp{kb}
+String of input characters sent by the ``backspace'' key, if there is
+one.
+
+@item @samp{ka}
+String of input characters sent by the ``clear all tabs'' key, if there
+is one.
+
+@item @samp{kt}
+String of input characters sent by the ``clear tab stop this column''
+key, if there is one.
+
+@item @samp{kC}
+String of input characters sent by the ``clear screen'' key, if there is
+one.
+
+@item @samp{kD}
+String of input characters sent by the ``delete character'' key, if
+there is one.
+
+@item @samp{kL}
+String of input characters sent by the ``delete line'' key, if there is
+one.
+
+@item @samp{kM}
+String of input characters sent by the ``exit insert mode'' key, if
+there is one.
+
+@item @samp{kE}
+String of input characters sent by the ``clear to end of line'' key, if
+there is one.
+
+@item @samp{kS}
+String of input characters sent by the ``clear to end of screen'' key,
+if there is one.
+
+@item @samp{kI}
+String of input characters sent by the ``insert character'' or ``enter
+insert mode'' key, if there is one.
+
+@item @samp{kA}
+String of input characters sent by the ``insert line'' key, if there is
+one.
+
+@item @samp{kN}
+String of input characters sent by the ``next page'' key, if there is
+one.
+
+@item @samp{kP}
+String of input characters sent by the ``previous page'' key, if there is
+one.
+
+@item @samp{kF}
+String of input characters sent by the ``scroll forward'' key, if there
+is one.
+
+@item @samp{kR}
+String of input characters sent by the ``scroll reverse'' key, if there
+is one.
+
+@item @samp{kT}
+String of input characters sent by the ``set tab stop in this column''
+key, if there is one.
+
+@item @samp{ko}
+String listing the other function keys the terminal has.  This is a
+very obsolete way of describing the same information found in the
+@samp{kH} @dots{} @samp{kT} keys.  The string contains a list of
+two-character termcap capability names, separated by commas.  The
+meaning is that for each capability name listed, the terminal has a
+key which sends the string which is the value of that capability.  For
+example, the value @samp{:ko=cl,ll,sf,sr:} says that the terminal has
+four function keys which mean ``clear screen'', ``home down'',
+``scroll forward'' and ``scroll reverse''.@refill
+@end table
+
+@node Meta Key, Initialization, Keypad, Capabilities
+@section Meta Key
+
+@cindex meta key
+A Meta key is a key on the keyboard that modifies each character you type
+by controlling the 0200 bit.  This bit is on if and only if the Meta key is
+held down when the character is typed.  Characters typed using the Meta key
+are called Meta characters.  Emacs uses Meta characters as editing
+commands.
+
+@table @samp
+@item km
+@kindex km
+Flag whose presence means that the terminal has a Meta key.
+
+@item mm
+@kindex mm
+String of commands to enable the functioning of the Meta key.
+
+@item mo
+@kindex mo
+String of commands to disable the functioning of the Meta key.
+@end table
+
+If the terminal has @samp{km} but does not have @samp{mm} and @samp{mo}, it
+means that the Meta key always functions.  If it has @samp{mm} and
+@samp{mo}, it means that the Meta key can be turned on or off.  Send the
+@samp{mm} string to turn it on, and the @samp{mo} string to turn it off.
+I do not know why one would ever not want it to be on.
+
+@node Initialization, Pad Specs, Meta Key, Capabilities
+@section Initialization
+@cindex reset
+@cindex initialization
+@cindex tab stops
+
+@table @samp
+@item ti
+@kindex ti
+String of commands to put the terminal into whatever special modes are
+needed or appropriate for programs that move the cursor
+nonsequentially around the screen.  Programs that use termcap to do
+full-screen display should output this string when they start up.
+
+@item te
+@kindex te
+String of commands to undo what is done by the @samp{ti} string.
+Programs that output the @samp{ti} string on entry should output this
+string when they exit.
+
+@item is
+@kindex is
+String of commands to initialize the terminal for each login session.
+
+@item if
+@kindex if
+String which is the name of a file containing the string of commands
+to initialize the terminal for each session of use.  Normally @samp{is}
+and @samp{if} are not both used.
+
+@item i1
+@itemx i3
+@kindex i1
+@kindex i3
+Two more strings of commands to initialize the terminal for each login
+session.  The @samp{i1} string (if defined) is output before @samp{is}
+or @samp{if}, and the @samp{i3} string (if defined) is output after.
+
+The reason for having three separate initialization strings is to make
+it easier to define a group of related terminal types with slightly
+different initializations.  Define two or three of the strings in the
+basic type; then the other types can override one or two of the
+strings.
+
+@item rs
+@kindex rs
+String of commands to reset the terminal from any strange mode it may
+be in.  Normally this includes the @samp{is} string (or other commands
+with the same effects) and more.  What would go in the @samp{rs}
+string but not in the @samp{is} string are annoying or slow commands
+to bring the terminal back from strange modes that nobody would
+normally use.
+
+@item it
+@kindex it
+Numeric value, the initial spacing between hardware tab stop columns
+when the terminal is powered up.  Programs to initialize the terminal
+can use this to decide whether there is a need to set the tab stops.
+If the initial width is 8, well and good; if it is not 8, then the
+tab stops should be set; if they cannot be set, the kernel is told
+to convert tabs to spaces, and other programs will observe this and do
+likewise.
+
+@item ct
+@kindex ct
+String of commands to clear all tab stops.
+
+@item st
+@kindex st
+String of commands to set tab stop at current cursor column on all
+lines.
+
+@item NF
+@kindex NF
+Flag whose presence means that the terminal does not support XON/XOFF
+flow control.  Programs should not send XON (@kbd{C-q}) or XOFF
+(@kbd{C-s}) characters to the terminal.
+@end table
+
+@node Pad Specs, Status Line, Initialization, Capabilities
+@section Padding Capabilities
+@cindex padding
+
+There are two terminal capabilities that exist just to explain the proper
+way to obey the padding specifications in all the command string
+capabilities.  One, @samp{pc}, must be obeyed by all termcap-using
+programs.
+
+@table @samp
+@item pb
+@kindex pb
+Numeric value, the lowest baud rate at which padding is actually
+needed.  Programs may check this and refrain from doing any padding at
+lower speeds.
+
+@item pc
+@kindex pc
+String of commands for padding.  The first character of this string is
+to be used as the pad character, instead of using null characters for
+padding.  If @samp{pc} is not provided, use null characters.  Every
+program that uses termcap must look up this capability and use it to
+set the variable @code{PC} that is used by @code{tputs}.
+@xref{Padding}.
+@end table
+
+Some termcap capabilities exist just to specify the amount of padding that
+the kernel should give to cursor motion commands used in ordinary
+sequential output.
+
+@table @samp
+@item dC
+@kindex dC
+Numeric value, the number of msec of padding needed for the
+carriage-return character.
+
+@item dN
+@kindex dN
+Numeric value, the number of msec of padding needed for the newline
+(linefeed) character.
+
+@item dB
+@kindex dB
+Numeric value, the number of msec of padding needed for the backspace
+character.
+
+@item dF
+@kindex dF
+Numeric value, the number of msec of padding needed for the formfeed
+character.
+
+@item dT
+@kindex dT
+Numeric value, the number of msec of padding needed for the tab
+character.
+@end table
+
+In some systems, the kernel uses the above capabilities; in other systems,
+the kernel uses the paddings specified in the string capabilities
+@samp{cr}, @samp{sf}, @samp{le}, @samp{ff} and @samp{ta}.  Descriptions of
+terminals which require such padding should contain the @samp{dC} @dots{}
+@samp{dT} capabilities and also specify the appropriate padding in the
+corresponding string capabilities.  Since no modern terminals require
+padding for ordinary sequential output, you probably won't need to do
+either of these things.
+
+@node Status Line, Half-Line, Pad Specs, Capabilities
+@section Status Line
+
+@cindex status line
+A @dfn{status line} is a line on the terminal that is not used for ordinary
+display output but instead used for a special message.  The intended use is
+for a continuously updated description of what the user's program is doing,
+and that is where the name ``status line'' comes from, but in fact it could
+be used for anything.  The distinguishing characteristic of a status line
+is that ordinary output to the terminal does not affect it; it changes only
+if the special status line commands of this section are used.
+
+@table @samp
+@item hs
+@kindex hs
+Flag whose presence means that the terminal has a status line.  If a
+terminal description specifies that there is a status line, it must
+provide the @samp{ts} and @samp{fs} capabilities.
+
+@item ts
+@kindex ts
+String of commands to move the terminal cursor into the status line.
+Usually these commands must specifically record the old cursor
+position for the sake of the @samp{fs} string.
+
+@item fs
+@kindex fs
+String of commands to move the cursor back from the status line to its
+previous position (outside the status line).
+
+@item es
+@kindex es
+Flag whose presence means that other display commands work while
+writing the status line.  In other words, one can clear parts of it,
+insert or delete characters, move the cursor within it using @samp{ch}
+if there is a @samp{ch} capability, enter and leave standout mode, and
+so on.
+
+@item ds
+@kindex ds
+String of commands to disable the display of the status line.  This
+may be absent, if there is no way to disable the status line display.
+
+@item ws
+@kindex ws
+Numeric value, the width of the status line.  If this capability is
+absent in a terminal that has a status line, it means the status line
+is the same width as the other lines.
+
+Note that the value of @samp{ws} is sometimes as small as 8.
+@end table
+
+@node Half-Line, Printer, Status Line, Capabilities
+@section Half-Line Motion
+
+Some terminals have commands for moving the cursor vertically by half-lines,
+useful for outputting subscripts and superscripts.  Mostly it is hardcopy
+terminals that have such features.
+
+@table @samp
+@item hu
+@kindex hu
+String of commands to move the cursor up half a line.  If the terminal
+is a display, it is your responsibility to avoid moving up past the
+top line; however, most likely the terminal that supports this is a
+hardcopy terminal and there is nothing to be concerned about.
+
+@item hd
+@kindex hd
+String of commands to move the cursor down half a line.  If the
+terminal is a display, it is your responsibility to avoid moving down
+past the bottom line, etc.
+@end table
+
+@node Printer,  , Half-Line, Capabilities
+@section Controlling Printers Attached to Terminals
+@cindex printer
+
+Some terminals have attached hardcopy printer ports.  They may be able to
+copy the screen contents to the printer; they may also be able to redirect
+output to the printer.  Termcap does not have anything to tell the program
+whether the redirected output appears also on the screen; it does on some
+terminals but not all.
+
+@table @samp
+@item ps
+@kindex ps
+String of commands to cause the contents of the screen to be printed.
+If it is absent, the screen contents cannot be printed.
+
+@item po
+@kindex po
+String of commands to redirect further output to the printer.
+
+@item pf
+@kindex pf
+String of commands to terminate redirection of output to the printer.
+This capability must be present in the description if @samp{po} is.
+
+@item pO
+@kindex pO
+String of commands to redirect output to the printer for next @var{n}
+characters of output, regardless of what they are.  Redirection will
+end automatically after @var{n} characters of further output.  Until
+then, nothing that is output can end redirection, not even the
+@samp{pf} string if there is one.  The number @var{n} should not be
+more than 255.
+
+One use of this capability is to send non-text byte sequences (such as
+bit-maps) to the printer.
+@end table
+
+Most terminals with printers do not support all of @samp{ps}, @samp{po} and
+@samp{pO}; any one or two of them may be supported.  To make a program that
+can send output to all kinds of printers, it is necessary to check for all
+three of these capabilities, choose the most convenient of the ones that
+are provided, and use it in its own appropriate fashion.
+
+@node Summary, Var Index, Capabilities, Top
+@chapter Summary of Capability Names
+
+Here are all the terminal capability names in alphabetical order
+with a brief description of each.  For cross references to their definitions,
+see the index of capability names (@pxref{Cap Index}).
+
+@table @samp
+@item ae
+String to turn off alternate character set mode.
+@item al
+String to insert a blank line before the cursor.
+@item AL
+String to insert @var{n} blank lines before the cursor.
+@item am
+Flag: output to last column wraps cursor to next line.
+@item as
+String to turn on alternate character set mode.like.
+@item bc
+Very obsolete alternative name for the @samp{le} capability.
+@item bl
+String to sound the bell.
+@item bs
+Obsolete flag: ASCII backspace may be used for leftward motion.
+@item bt
+String to move the cursor left to the previous hardware tab stop column.
+@item bw
+Flag: @samp{le} at left margin wraps to end of previous line.
+@item CC
+String to change terminal's command character.
+@item cd
+String to clear the line the cursor is on, and following lines.
+@item ce
+String to clear from the cursor to the end of the line.
+@item ch
+String to position the cursor at column @var{c} in the same line.
+@item cl
+String to clear the entire screen and put cursor at upper left corner.
+@item cm
+String to position the cursor at line @var{l}, column @var{c}.
+@item CM
+String to position the cursor at line @var{l}, column
+@var{c}, relative to display memory.
+@item co
+Number: width of the screen.
+@item cr
+String to move cursor sideways to left margin.
+@item cs
+String to set the scroll region.
+@item cS
+Alternate form of string to set the scroll region.
+@item ct
+String to clear all tab stops.
+@item cv
+String to position the cursor at line @var{l} in the same column.
+@item da
+Flag: data scrolled off top of screen may be scrolled back.
+@item db
+Flag: data scrolled off bottom of screen may be scrolled back.
+@item dB
+Obsolete number: msec of padding needed for the backspace character.
+@item dc
+String to delete one character position at the cursor.
+@item dC
+Obsolete number: msec of padding needed for the carriage-return character.
+@item DC
+String to delete @var{n} characters starting at the cursor.
+@item dF
+Obsolete number: msec of padding needed for the formfeed character.
+@item dl
+String to delete the line the cursor is on.
+@item DL
+String to delete @var{n} lines starting with the cursor's line.
+@item dm
+String to enter delete mode.
+@item dN
+Obsolete number: msec of padding needed for the newline character.
+@item do
+String to move the cursor vertically down one line.
+@item DO
+String to move cursor vertically down @var{n} lines.
+@item ds
+String to disable the display of the status line.
+@item dT
+Obsolete number: msec of padding needed for the tab character.
+@item ec
+String of commands to clear @var{n} characters at cursor.
+@item ed
+String to exit delete mode.
+@item ei
+String to leave insert mode.
+@item eo
+Flag: output of a space can erase an overstrike.
+@item es
+Flag: other display commands work while writing the status line.
+@item ff
+String to advance to the next page, for a hardcopy terminal.
+@item fs
+String to move the cursor back from the status line to its
+previous position (outside the status line).
+@item gn
+Flag: this terminal type is generic, not real.
+@item hc
+Flag: hardcopy terminal.
+@item hd
+String to move the cursor down half a line.
+@item ho
+String to position cursor at upper left corner.
+@item hs
+Flag: the terminal has a status line.
+@item hu
+String to move the cursor up half a line.
+@item hz
+Flag: terminal cannot accept @samp{~} as output.
+@item i1
+String to initialize the terminal for each login session.
+@item i3
+String to initialize the terminal for each login session.
+@item ic
+String to insert one character position at the cursor.
+@item IC
+String to insert @var{n} character positions at the cursor.
+@item if
+String naming a file of commands to initialize the terminal.
+@item im
+String to enter insert mode.
+@item in
+Flag: outputting a space is different from moving over empty positions.
+@item ip
+String to output following an inserted character in insert mode.
+@item is
+String to initialize the terminal for each login session.
+@item it
+Number: initial spacing between hardware tab stop columns.
+@item k0
+String of input sent by function key 0 or 10.
+@item k1 @dots{} k9
+Strings of input sent by function keys 1 through 9.
+@item K1 @dots{} K5
+Strings sent by the five other keys in 3-by-3 array with arrows.
+@item ka
+String of input sent by the ``clear all tabs'' key.
+@item kA
+String of input sent by the ``insert line'' key.
+@item kb
+String of input sent by the ``backspace'' key.
+@item kC
+String of input sent by the ``clear screen'' key.
+@item kd
+String of input sent by typing the down-arrow key.
+@item kD
+String of input sent by the ``delete character'' key.
+@item ke
+String to make the function keys work locally.
+@item kE
+String of input sent by the ``clear to end of line'' key.
+@item kF
+String of input sent by the ``scroll forward'' key.
+@item kh
+String of input sent by typing the ``home-position'' key.
+@item kH
+String of input sent by the ``home down'' key.
+@item kI
+String of input sent by the ``insert character'' or ``enter
+insert mode'' key.
+@item kl
+String of input sent by typing the left-arrow key.
+@item kL
+String of input sent by the ``delete line'' key.
+@item km
+Flag: the terminal has a Meta key.
+@item kM
+String of input sent by the ``exit insert mode'' key.
+@item kn
+Numeric value, the number of numbered function keys.
+@item kN
+String of input sent by the ``next page'' key.
+@item ko
+Very obsolete string listing the terminal's named function keys.
+@item kP
+String of input sent by the ``previous page'' key.
+@item kr
+String of input sent by typing the right-arrow key.
+@item kR
+String of input sent by the ``scroll reverse'' key.
+@item ks
+String to make the function keys transmit.
+@item kS
+String of input sent by the ``clear to end of screen'' key.
+@item kt
+String of input sent by the ``clear tab stop this column'' key.
+@item kT
+String of input sent by the ``set tab stop in this column'' key.
+@item ku
+String of input sent by typing the up-arrow key.
+@item l0
+String on keyboard labelling function key 0 or 10.
+@item l1 @dots{} l9
+Strings on keyboard labelling function keys 1 through 9.
+@item le
+String to move the cursor left one column.
+@item LE
+String to move cursor left @var{n} columns.
+@item li
+Number: height of the screen.
+@item ll
+String to position cursor at lower left corner.
+@item lm
+Number: lines of display memory.
+@item LP
+Flag: writing to last column of last line will not scroll.
+@item mb
+String to enter blinking mode.
+@item md
+String to enter double-bright mode.
+@item me
+String to turn off all appearance modes
+@item mh
+String to enter half-bright mode.
+@item mi
+Flag: cursor motion in insert mode is safe.
+@item mk
+String to enter invisible mode.
+@item mm
+String to enable the functioning of the Meta key.
+@item mo
+String to disable the functioning of the Meta key.
+@item mp
+String to enter protected mode.
+@item mr
+String to enter reverse-video mode.
+@item ms
+Flag: cursor motion in standout mode is safe.
+@item nc
+Obsolete flag: do not use ASCII carriage-return on this terminal.
+@item nd
+String to move the cursor right one column.
+@item NF
+Flag: do not use XON/XOFF flow control.
+@item nl
+Obsolete alternative name for the @samp{do} and @samp{sf} capabilities.
+@item ns
+Flag: the terminal does not normally scroll for sequential output.
+@item nw
+String to move to start of next line, possibly clearing rest of old line.
+@item os
+Flag: terminal can overstrike.
+@item pb
+Number: the lowest baud rate at which padding is actually needed.
+@item pc
+String containing character for padding.
+@item pf
+String to terminate redirection of output to the printer.
+@item po
+String to redirect further output to the printer.
+@item pO
+String to redirect @var{n} characters ofoutput to the printer.
+@item ps
+String to print the screen on the attached printer.
+@item rc
+String to move to last saved cursor position.
+@item RI
+String to move cursor right @var{n} columns.
+@item rp
+String to output character @var{c} repeated @var{n} times.
+@item rs
+String to reset the terminal from any strange modes.
+@item sa
+String to turn on an arbitrary combination of appearance modes.
+@item sc
+String to save the current cursor position.
+@item se
+String to leave standout mode.
+@item sf
+String to scroll the screen one line up.
+@item SF
+String to scroll the screen @var{n} lines up.
+@item sg
+Number: width of magic standout cookie.  Absent if magic cookies are
+not used.
+@item so
+String to enter standout mode.
+@item sr
+String to scroll the screen one line down.
+@item SR
+String to scroll the screen @var{n} line down.
+@item st
+String to set tab stop at current cursor column on all lines.
+programs.
+@item ta
+String to move the cursor right to the next hardware tab stop column.
+@item te
+String to return terminal to settings for sequential output.
+@item ti
+String to initialize terminal for random cursor motion.
+@item ts
+String to move the terminal cursor into the status line.
+@item uc
+String to underline one character and move cursor right.
+@item ue
+String to turn off underline mode
+@item ug
+Number: width of underlining magic cookie.  Absent if underlining
+doesn't use magic cookies.
+@item ul
+Flag: underline by overstriking with an underscore.
+@item up
+String to move the cursor vertically up one line.
+@item UP
+String to move cursor vertically up @var{n} lines.
+@item us
+String to turn on underline mode
+@item vb
+String to make the screen flash.
+@item ve
+String to return the cursor to normal.
+@item vi
+String to make the cursor invisible.
+@item vs
+String to enhance the cursor.
+@item wi
+String to set the terminal output screen window.
+@item ws
+Number: the width of the status line.
+@item xb
+Flag: superbee terminal.
+@item xn
+Flag: cursor wraps in a strange way.
+@item xs
+Flag: clearing a line is the only way to clear the appearance modes of
+positions in that line (or, only way to remove magic cookies on that
+line).
+@item xt
+Flag: Teleray 1061; several strange characteristics.
+@end table
+
+@node Var Index, Cap Index, Summary, Top
+@unnumbered Variable and Function Index
+
+@printindex fn
+
+@node Cap Index, Index, Var Index, Top
+@unnumbered Capability Index
+
+@printindex ky
+
+@node Index,  , Cap Index, Top
+@unnumbered Concept Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/lib/termcap/grot/texinfo.tex b/lib/termcap/grot/texinfo.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f62e9f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/grot/texinfo.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,4422 @@
+%% TeX macros to handle texinfo files
+
+%   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+%This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+%your option) any later version.
+
+%This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+%useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+%of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+%General Public License for more details.
+
+%You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+%along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
+%to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
+%USA.
+
+
+%In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
+%You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
+%what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!
+
+
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+% Please include a *precise* test case in each bug report.
+
+
+% Make it possible to create a .fmt file just by loading this file:
+% if the underlying format is not loaded, start by loading it now.
+% Added by gildea November 1993.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+
+% This automatically updates the version number based on RCS.
+\def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}}
+\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 2.146 $
+\message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}\message{}
+  \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
+
+\let\ptextilde=\~
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptext=\t
+\let\ptexl=\l
+\let\ptexL=\L
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\@M\ }
+}
+\let\~ = \tie                  % And make it available as @~.
+
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Set up fixed words for English.
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined{\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}}\fi%
+\def\putwordInfo{Info}%
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined{\gdef\putwordSee{See}}\fi%
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined{\gdef\putwordsee{see}}\fi%
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined{\gdef\putwordfile{file}}\fi%
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined{\gdef\putwordpage{page}}\fi%
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined{\gdef\putwordsection{section}}\fi%
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined{\gdef\putwordSection{Section}}\fi%
+\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}}\fi%
+\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}}\fi%
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined{\gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}}\fi%
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
+\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
+\hyphenation{eshell}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen \bindingoffset  \bindingoffset=0pt
+\newdimen \normaloffset   \normaloffset=\hoffset
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+\pagewidth=\hsize \pageheight=\vsize
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2
+   \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
+   \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
+   \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
+}%
+
+%---------------------Begin change-----------------------
+%
+%%%% For @cropmarks command.
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick
+\newdimen \topandbottommargin
+\newdimen \outerhsize \newdimen \outervsize
+\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt	% These set size of cropmarks
+\outerhsize=7in
+%\outervsize=9.5in
+% Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in
+\outervsize=9.25in
+\topandbottommargin=.75in
+%
+%---------------------End change-----------------------
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
+% does insertions itself, but you have to call it yourself.
+\chardef\PAGE=255  \output={\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+\def\onepageout#1{\hoffset=\normaloffset
+\ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files.
+\shipout\vbox{{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline} \pagebody{#1}%
+{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}}%
+\advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi}
+
+%%%% For @cropmarks command %%%%
+
+% Here is a modification of the main output routine for Near East Publications
+% This provides right-angle cropmarks at all four corners.
+% The contents of the page are centerlined into the cropmarks,
+% and any desired binding offset is added as an \hskip on either
+% site of the centerlined box.  (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\croppageout#1{\hoffset=0pt % make sure this doesn't mess things up
+{\escapechar=`\\\relax % makes sure backslash is used in output files.
+		 \shipout
+		 \vbox to \outervsize{\hsize=\outerhsize
+                 \vbox{\line{\ewtop\hfill\ewtop}}
+                 \nointerlineskip
+                 \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}
+                       \hfill
+                       \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}}
+                 \vskip \topandbottommargin
+                 \centerline{\ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+			\vbox{
+			{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}
+			\pagebody{#1}
+			{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}}
+			\ifodd\pageno\else\hskip\bindingoffset\fi}
+		 \vskip \topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+                 \boxmaxdepth\cornerthick
+                 \line{\vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}
+                       \hfill
+                       \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}}
+                 \nointerlineskip
+                 \vbox{\line{\ewbot\hfill\ewbot}}
+	}}
+  \advancepageno
+  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi}
+%
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks
+\def\cropmarks{\let\onepageout=\croppageout }
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+  \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+%
+% Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
+% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
+% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
+\def\nstop{\vbox
+  {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
+\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
+\def\nsbot{\vbox
+  {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+%
+\def\parsearg#1{%
+  \let\next = #1%
+  \begingroup
+    \obeylines
+    \futurelet\temp\parseargx
+}
+
+% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
+% the like), remove it and recurse.  Otherwise, we're done.
+\def\parseargx{%
+  % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
+  \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
+    \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
+  \else
+    \expandafter\parseargline
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
+{\obeyspaces %
+ \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
+
+{\obeylines %
+  \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+    \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+    %
+    % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
+    % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
+    \argremovec #1\c\relax %
+    \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
+    %
+    % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
+    \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
+  }%
+}
+
+% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
+% do that for us.  The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
+% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
+% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+
+% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
+%    @end itemize  @c foo
+% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
+% `itemize'.  Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
+% result to \toks0.
+%
+% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
+% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
+% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands.  (If it ever
+% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
+% here.)  But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
+% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
+% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
+%
+\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \ignoreactivespaces
+    \edef\temp{#1}%
+    \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
+%
+\begingroup
+  \obeyspaces
+  \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
+\endgroup
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
+%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
+\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
+\def\ENVcheck{%
+\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment.  Type Return to continue.}
+\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
+
+% @begin foo  is the same as @foo, for now.
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Type <Return> to continue.}
+
+\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
+
+\def\beginxxx #1{%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
+{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
+\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
+
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+%
+\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
+\def\endxxx #1{%
+  \removeactivespaces{#1}%
+  \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
+  %
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
+      % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
+      \errhelp = \EMsimple
+      \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
+    \else
+      \unmatchedenderror\endthing
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
+    \csname E\endthing\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started.  Give an error.
+%
+\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
+  \errhelp = \EMsimple
+  \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
+}
+
+% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
+%
+\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
+  \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in
+% \nonfillstart and \quotations).
+\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt
+\def\singlespace{%
+  % Why was this kern here?  It messes up equalizing space above and below
+  % environments.  --karl, 6may93
+  %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip
+  %\kern \baselineskip}%
+  \setleading \singlespaceskip
+}
+
+%% Simple single-character @ commands
+
+% @@ prints an @
+% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
+\def\@{{\tt \char '100}}
+
+% This is turned off because it was never documented
+% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
+%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
+%% but suppressing ligatures.
+%\def\`{{`}}
+%\def\'{{'}}
+
+% Used to generate quoted braces.
+
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace
+\let\}=\myrbrace
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+\gdef\enddots{$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\spacefactor=3000}
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\gdef\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\gdef\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+
+% @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox.  We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line.  According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+\def\group{\begingroup
+  \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
+    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
+  % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
+  % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it.  (See p.82 of
+  % the TeXbook.)  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+  % above.  But it's pretty close.
+  \def\Egroup{%
+    \egroup           % End the \vtop.
+    \endgroup         % End the \group.
+  }%
+  %
+  \vtop\bgroup
+    % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
+    % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
+    % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
+    % and the first line afterwards is too small.  But we can't put the
+    % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
+    % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
+    \everypar = {\strut}%
+    %
+    % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
+    % normal interline spacing.
+    \offinterlineskip
+    %
+    % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
+    % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
+    % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
+    % turned off the interline space.  Simplest is to make them be an
+    % empty paragraph.
+    \ifx\par\lisppar
+      \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
+      %
+      % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
+      \obeylines
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+    % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+    % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
+    % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
+    % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+    % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+    \comment
+}
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
+
+\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
+
+% Old definition--didn't work.
+%\def\needx #1{\par %
+%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
+%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
+%{\baselineskip=0pt%
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\penalty 10000
+%\prevdepth=-1000pt
+%}}
+
+\def\needx#1{%
+  % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+  % paragraph.
+  \par
+  %
+  % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page
+  % break, since the best break might be right here.
+  \allowbreak
+  \nointerlineskip
+  \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}%
+  %
+  % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+  % main vertical list is 10000 or more.  But in order to see if the
+  % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+  % page breaks.  On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+  % page after the empty box.  So we use a penalty of 9999.
+  %
+  % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+  % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+  % sight.  (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+  % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+  % good page breaking, for example.)  However, I could not construct an
+  % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+  % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+  \penalty9999
+  %
+  % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+  \kern -#1\mil
+  %
+  % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+  \nobreak
+}
+
+% @br   forces paragraph break
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @dots{}  output some dots
+
+\def\dots{$\ldots$}
+
+% @page    forces the start of a new page
+
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
+\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
+\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+
+% @include file    insert text of that file as input.
+
+\def\include{\parsearg\includezzz}
+%Use \input\thisfile to avoid blank after \input, which may be an active
+%char (in which case the blank would become the \input argument).
+%The grouping keeps the value of \thisfile correct even when @include
+%is nested.
+\def\includezzz #1{\begingroup
+\def\thisfile{#1}\input\thisfile
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line   outputs that line, centered
+
+\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz}
+\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+\centerline{#1}}}
+
+% @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
+
+\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
+\def\spxxx #1{\par \vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
+
+\def\comment{\catcode 64=\other \catcode 123=\other \catcode 125=\other%
+\parsearg \commentxxx}
+
+\def\commentxxx #1{\catcode 64=0 \catcode 123=1 \catcode 125=2 }
+
+\let\c=\comment
+
+% Prevent errors for section commands.
+% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
+\def\ignoresections{%
+\let\chapter=\relax
+\let\unnumbered=\relax
+\let\top=\relax
+\let\unnumberedsec=\relax
+\let\unnumberedsection=\relax
+\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
+\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
+\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
+\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
+\let\section=\relax
+\let\subsec=\relax
+\let\subsubsec=\relax
+\let\subsection=\relax
+\let\subsubsection=\relax
+\let\appendix=\relax
+\let\appendixsec=\relax
+\let\appendixsection=\relax
+\let\appendixsubsec=\relax
+\let\appendixsubsection=\relax
+\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
+\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
+\let\contents=\relax
+\let\smallbook=\relax
+\let\titlepage=\relax
+}
+
+% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
+% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
+% incorrectly.
+%
+\def\ignoremorecommands{%
+  \let\defcv = \relax
+  \let\deffn = \relax
+  \let\deffnx = \relax
+  \let\defindex = \relax
+  \let\defivar = \relax
+  \let\defmac = \relax
+  \let\defmethod = \relax
+  \let\defop = \relax
+  \let\defopt = \relax
+  \let\defspec = \relax
+  \let\deftp = \relax
+  \let\deftypefn = \relax
+  \let\deftypefun = \relax
+  \let\deftypevar = \relax
+  \let\deftypevr = \relax
+  \let\defun = \relax
+  \let\defvar = \relax
+  \let\defvr = \relax
+  \let\ref = \relax
+  \let\xref = \relax
+  \let\printindex = \relax
+  \let\pxref = \relax
+  \let\settitle = \relax
+  \let\include = \relax
+  \let\lowersections = \relax
+  \let\down = \relax
+  \let\raisesections = \relax
+  \let\up = \relax
+  \let\set = \relax
+  \let\clear = \relax
+  \let\item = \relax
+  \let\message = \relax
+}
+
+% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
+%
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+
+% Also ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
+%
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
+%
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+  % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+  \ignoresections
+  %
+  % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
+  \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}%
+  %
+  % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+  \catcode32 = 10
+  %
+  % And now expand that command.
+  \doignoretext
+}
+
+% What we do to finish off ignored text.
+%
+\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+
+\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
+\def\obstexwarn{%
+  \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
+  % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
+  % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
+    \immediate\write16{}
+    \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
+    \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
+    \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
+    \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
+    \immediate\write16{  Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
+    \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
+    \immediate\write16{  script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
+    \immediate\write16{  to use a workaround.}
+    \immediate\write16{}
+    \warnedobstrue
+    \fi
+}
+
+% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex.  For a
+% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
+% uncomment the following line:
+%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
+
+% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
+% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
+%
+\def\nestedignore#1{%
+  \obstexwarn
+  % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
+  % command, so that nested ignore constructs work.  Thus, we put the
+  % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result.  To minimize
+  % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
+  % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
+  %
+  \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
+    % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
+    \ignoresections
+    %
+    % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
+    % @end command again.
+    \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
+    %
+    % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands.  Most cause no
+    % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
+    % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
+    % undefine them.
+    %
+    % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
+    % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
+    \ignoremorecommands
+    %
+    % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
+    % all the font commands to also use \nullfont.  We don't use
+    % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
+    % might have that installed.  Therefore, math mode will still
+    % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
+    % stuff compared to the main input.
+    %
+    \nullfont
+    \let\tenrm = \nullfont  \let\tenit = \nullfont  \let\tensl = \nullfont
+    \let\tenbf = \nullfont  \let\tentt = \nullfont  \let\smallcaps = \nullfont
+    \let\tensf = \nullfont
+    % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in
+    % smallexample)
+    \let\indrm = \nullfont  \let\indit = \nullfont  \let\indsl = \nullfont
+    \let\indbf = \nullfont  \let\indtt = \nullfont  \let\indsc = \nullfont
+    \let\indsf = \nullfont
+    %
+    % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
+    \tracinglostchars = 0
+    %
+    % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
+    \frenchspacing
+    %
+    % Don't report underfull hboxes.
+    \hbadness = 10000
+    %
+    % Do minimal line-breaking.
+    \pretolerance = 10000
+    %
+    % Do not execute instructions in @tex
+    \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}
+}
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it.
+%
+\def\set{\parsearg\setxxx}
+\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+  \def\temp{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
+  \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+  \fi
+}
+% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
+% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
+% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
+\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
+\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+%
+\def\value#1{\expandafter
+		\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+			{\{No value for ``#1''\}}
+		\else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
+\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\ifsetfail
+  \else
+    \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
+  \fi
+}
+\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
+\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
+\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
+  \else
+    \expandafter\ifclearfail
+  \fi
+}
+\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
+\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
+
+% @iftex always succeeds; we read the text following, through @end
+% iftex).  But `@end iftex' should be valid only after an @iftex.
+%
+\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
+\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
+
+% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
+% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
+% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group).  So we must
+% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value.  (We can't
+% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
+% the @ifset might be nested.)
+%
+\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
+  \edef\temp{%
+    % Remember the current value of \E#1.
+    \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
+    %
+    % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
+    \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
+  }%
+  \temp
+}
+
+% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
+% control sequences after we've constructed them.
+%
+\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math means output in math mode.
+% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
+% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written.  Then,
+% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
+% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo).  So we must use a
+% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
+%
+% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
+% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
+%
+\let\implicitmath = $
+\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
+\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
+
+\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
+\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
+\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\relax
+
+\def\donoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}\fi
+\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
+
+\def\unnumbnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unnumbsetref{\lastnode}\fi
+\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
+
+\def\appendixnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else
+\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi
+\global\let\lastnode=\relax}
+
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+   \readauxfile
+   \opencontents
+   \openindices
+   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+   \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+  node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+\message{fonts,}
+
+% Font-change commands.
+
+% Texinfo supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+%% Try out Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf
+\let\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+\def\setfont#1#2{\font#1=\fontprefix#2}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+
+\ifx\bigger\relax
+\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
+\setfont\textrm{r12}
+\setfont\texttt{tt12}
+\else
+\setfont\textrm{r10 scaled \mainmagstep}
+\setfont\texttt{tt10 scaled \mainmagstep}
+\fi
+% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
+% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
+% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
+\setfont\textbf{b10 scaled \mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit{ti10 scaled \mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl{sl10 scaled \mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf{ss10 scaled \mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc{csc10 scaled \mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
+\setfont\defbf{bx10 scaled \magstep1} %was 1314
+\setfont\deftt{tt10 scaled \magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices and small examples.
+% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic,
+% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that.
+% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they
+% aren't very useful.
+\setfont\ninett{tt9}
+\setfont\indrm{r9}
+\setfont\indit{sl9}
+\let\indsl=\indit
+\let\indtt=\ninett
+\let\indsf=\indrm
+\let\indbf=\indrm
+\setfont\indsc{csc10 at 9pt}
+\font\indi=cmmi9
+\font\indsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for headings
+\setfont\chaprm{bx12 scaled \magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit{ti12 scaled \magstep2}
+\setfont\chapsl{sl12 scaled \magstep2}
+\setfont\chaptt{tt12 scaled \magstep2}
+\setfont\chapsf{ss12 scaled \magstep2}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc{csc10 scaled\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+
+\setfont\secrm{bx12 scaled \magstep1}
+\setfont\secit{ti12 scaled \magstep1}
+\setfont\secsl{sl12 scaled \magstep1}
+\setfont\sectt{tt12 scaled \magstep1}
+\setfont\secsf{ss12 scaled \magstep1}
+\setfont\secbf{bx12 scaled \magstep1}
+\setfont\secsc{csc10 scaled\magstep2}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% \setfont\ssecrm{bx10 scaled \magstep1}    % This size an font looked bad.
+% \setfont\ssecit{cmti10 scaled \magstep1}    % The letters were too crowded.
+% \setfont\ssecsl{sl10 scaled \magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssectt{tt10 scaled \magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssecsf{ss10 scaled \magstep1}
+
+%\setfont\ssecrm{b10 scaled 1315}	% Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
+%\setfont\ssecit{ti10 scaled 1315}	% Also, the size is a little larger than
+%\setfont\ssecsl{sl10 scaled 1315}	% being scaled magstep1.
+%\setfont\ssectt{tt10 scaled 1315}
+%\setfont\ssecsf{ss10 scaled 1315}
+
+%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
+
+\setfont\ssecrm{bx12 scaled \magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit{ti12 scaled \magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecsl{sl12 scaled \magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssectt{tt12 scaled \magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecsf{ss12 scaled \magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecbf{bx12 scaled \magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecsc{csc10 scaled \magstep1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
+% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
+% but that is not a standard magnification.
+
+% Fonts for title page:
+\setfont\titlerm{bx12 scaled \magstep3}
+\let\authorrm = \secrm
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we
+% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would
+% also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+  \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy
+  \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
+  \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf
+}
+
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE.  We do this so that font changes will continue to work
+% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
+% cases, not the current.  Plain TeX does, for example,
+% \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \tenbf}  By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need
+% to redefine \bf itself.
+\def\textfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
+  \resetmathfonts}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
+  \resetmathfonts}
+\def\secfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
+  \resetmathfonts}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
+  \resetmathfonts}
+\def\indexfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl
+  \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc
+  \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy
+  \resetmathfonts}
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\textfonts
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm{r12}
+\setfont\shortcontbf{bx12}
+\setfont\shortcontsl{sl12}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\var=\smartitalic
+\let\dfn=\smartitalic
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+\let\cite=\smartitalic
+
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+\def\t#1{%
+  {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+  \null
+}
+\let\ttfont=\t
+\def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\def\key #1{{\tt \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+\let\file=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+  {%
+    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+    %
+    % Switch to typewriter.
+    \tt
+    %
+    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+    %
+    % Turn off hyphenation.
+    \nohyphenation
+    %
+    \rawbackslash
+    \frenchspacing
+    #1%
+  }%
+  \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overful hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate an a dash.
+%  -- rms.
+{
+\catcode`\-=\active
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex}
+% The following is used by \doprintindex to insure that long function names
+% wrap around.  It is necessary for - and _ to be active before the index is
+% read from the file, as \entry parses the arguments long before \code is
+% ever called.  -- mycroft
+\global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\realunder}
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\realunder{_}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+%\let\exp=\tclose  %Was temporary
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else\tclose{\look}\fi
+\else\tclose{\look}\fi}
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of
+% @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}		%
+
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}		% roman font
+% Use of \lowercase was suggested.
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}	% smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}		% italic font
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlerm #1}}
+
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
+\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+	\endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+   \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+% I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined.
+% This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway.  --rms.
+%   \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12
+   \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
+   %
+   \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
+   %
+   % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+   \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+   %
+   % Now you can print the title using @title.
+   \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
+   \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefont{##1}}
+		    % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+		    \finishedtitlepagefalse
+		    \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
+   % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+   \finishedtitlepagetrue
+   %
+   % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
+   \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
+   \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
+   %
+   % @author should come last, but may come many times.
+   \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
+   \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
+      {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
+   %
+   % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+   % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+   \let\oldpage = \page
+   \def\page{%
+      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+	 \finishtitlepage
+      \fi
+      \oldpage
+      \let\page = \oldpage
+      \hbox{}}%
+%   \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+   \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+      \finishtitlepage
+   \fi
+   % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+   % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+   % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+   % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+   \oldpage
+   \endgroup
+   \HEADINGSon
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+   \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+   \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+   \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks \evenheadline    % Token sequence for heading line of even pages
+\newtoks \oddheadline     % Token sequence for heading line of odd pages
+\newtoks \evenfootline    % Token sequence for footing line of even pages
+\newtoks \oddfootline     % Token sequence for footing line of odd pages
+
+% Now make Tex use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
+
+{\catcode`\@=0 %
+
+\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\everyheadingxxx #1{\everyheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\everyheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\gdef\everyfootingxxx #1{\everyfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
+\gdef\everyfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
+\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+%
+}% unbind the catcode of @.
+
+% @headings double	turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single	turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off		turns them off.
+% @headings on		same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after	turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter	turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{
+%\pagealignmacro
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+}
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{
+%\pagealignmacro
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
+\def\today{\number\day\space
+\ifcase\month\or
+January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+\space\number\year}
+
+% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output.
+%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+%\space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings
+% It generates no output of its own
+
+\def\thistitle{No Title}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
+\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
+
+\message{tables,}
+
+% @tabs -- simple alignment
+
+% These don't work.  For one thing, \+ is defined as outer.
+% So these macros cannot even be defined.
+
+%\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz}
+%\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr}
+%\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz}
+%\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr}
+%\def\&{&}
+
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
+
+\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
+
+\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
+                 \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
+                 \itemzzz {#1}}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
+  \itemindex{#1}%
+  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+  %
+  % Be sure we are not still in the middle of a paragraph.
+  %{\parskip = 0in
+  %\par
+  %}%
+  %
+  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+    %
+    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+    % but leave it ragged-right.
+    \begingroup
+      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+    \endgroup
+    %
+    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+    %
+    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  Unfortunately
+    % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
+    % \baselineskip glue.
+    \nobreak
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+  \else
+    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
+    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.  Since that
+    % text will be indented by \tableindent, we make the item text be in
+    % a zero-width box.
+    \noindent
+    \rlap{\hskip -\tableindent\box0}\ignorespaces%
+    \endgroup%
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue%
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
+\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
+\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
+\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
+\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
+
+%% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work
+\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
+
+\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\dontindex#1        \endtabley}}
+
+\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\fnitemindex#1        \endtabley
+\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
+{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
+\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
+\tabley\vritemindex#1        \endtabley
+\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\Etable=\relax}}
+
+\def\dontindex #1{}
+\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
+\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
+
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
+\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
+
+\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
+\begingroup %
+\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Neccessary kludge.
+\let\itemindex=#1%
+\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
+\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
+\def\itemfont{#2}%
+\itemmax=\tableindent %
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
+\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
+\exdentamount=\tableindent
+\parindent = 0pt
+\parskip = \smallskipamount
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\let\item = \internalBitem %
+\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
+\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
+\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
+\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
+\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
+}
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
+
+\def\itemizezzz #1{%
+  \begingroup % ended by the @end itemsize
+  \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
+}
+
+\def\itemizey #1#2{%
+\aboveenvbreak %
+\itemmax=\itemindent %
+\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
+\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
+\exdentamount=\itemindent
+\parindent = 0pt %
+\parskip = \smallskipamount %
+\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
+\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+\def\itemcontents{#1}%
+\let\item=\itemizeitem}
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% These are `.?!:;,'
+\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000
+  \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 }
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
+\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+  \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
+  %
+  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+  \def\thearg{#1}%
+  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+  %
+  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
+  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+  \ifx\rest\empty
+    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
+    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+    %   not equal to itself.
+    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+    %
+    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+    % continuing to look for a <number>.
+    %
+    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+    \else
+      % It's a letter.
+      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+      \else
+        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
+    \numericenumerate
+  \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \thearg
+  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}%
+    \fi
+    \char\lccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}
+    \fi
+    \char\uccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+  \advance\itemno by -1
+  \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
+
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+\advance\itemno by 1
+{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
+\ifhmode \errmessage{\in hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
+{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
+\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
+\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
+\flushcr}
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94
+%
+% @multitable ... @endmultitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: 
+%   @multitable @percentofhsize .2 .3 .5
+%   @item ...
+%
+%   Numbers following @percentofhsize are the percent of the total
+%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+%   columns as desired.
+
+% Or use a template:
+%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+%   @item ...
+%   using the widest term desired in each column.
+
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column 
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab, @multicolumn or @endmulticolumn do not need to be on their
+% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+%   @item 
+%   first col stuff 
+%   @tab 
+%   second col stuff 
+%   @tab 
+%   third col 
+%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff 
+%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%     
+%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+%   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
+%   @endmultitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @intableparskip will set vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @intableparindent will set paragraph indent in table.
+% @spacebetweencols will set horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @spacebetweenlines will set vertical space to be left between lines.
+
+%%%%
+% Dimensions 
+
+\newdimen\intableparskip
+\newdimen\intableparindent
+\newdimen\spacebetweencols
+\newdimen\spacebetweenlines
+\intableparskip=0pt
+\intableparindent=6pt
+\spacebetweencols=12pt
+\spacebetweenlines=12pt
+
+%%%%
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\percentofhsize\relax
+\def\xpercentofhsize{\percentofhsize}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{\def\firstarg{#1}%
+\ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable\let\go\relax%
+\else
+  \ifx\firstarg\xpercentofhsize\global\setpercenttrue%
+  \else
+    \ifsetpercent
+       \if#1.\else%
+       \global\advance\colcount by1 %
+       \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}%
+       \fi
+    \else
+       \global\advance\colcount by1
+       \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+       \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+    \fi%
+  \fi%
+  \let\go\setuptable%
+\fi\go}
+%%%%
+% multitable syntax
+\def\tab{&}
+
+%%%%
+% @multitable ... @endmultitable definitions:
+
+\def\multitable#1\item{\bgroup
+\let\item\cr
+\tolerance=9500
+\hbadness=9500
+\parskip=\intableparskip
+\parindent=\intableparindent
+\overfullrule=0pt
+\global\colcount=0\relax%
+\def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}%
+ % To parse everything between @multitable and @item :
+\def\one{#1}\expandafter\setuptable\one\endsetuptable
+ % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable.
+\global\colcount=0\relax% 
+ %
+ % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+ % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+ % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and 
+ % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+\halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax%
+\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+ % we will add a \leftskip of \spacebetweencols to all columns after
+ % the first one.
+ %  If a template has been used, we will add \spacebetweencols 
+ % to the width of each template entry.
+ %  If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+ % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and
+ % the \leftskip will keep entries from bumping into each other.
+ % Table will start at left margin and final column will justify at
+ % right margin.
+\ifnum\colcount=1
+\else
+  \ifsetpercent
+  \else
+   % If user has <not> set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+   % we will advance \hsize by \spacebetweencols 
+  \advance\hsize by \spacebetweencols
+  \fi
+ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\spacebetweencols:
+\leftskip=\spacebetweencols
+\fi
+\noindent##}\cr%
+ % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
+ % each line. Every column  entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. 
+ % The table preamble
+ % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
+\global\everycr{\noalign{\nointerlineskip\vskip\spacebetweenlines
+\filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+\global\colcount=0\relax}}}
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
+
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
+% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
+% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
+% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that	accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
+% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
+% for the sake of vms.
+
+\def\newindex #1{
+\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file
+\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1	% Open the file
+\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
+\noexpand\doindex {#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
+
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+
+\def\newcodeindex #1{
+\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file
+\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1	% Open the file
+\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
+\noexpand\docodeindex {#1}}
+}
+
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+
+% @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+\def\synindex #1 #2 {%
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
+\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
+\noexpand\doindex {#2}}%
+}
+
+% @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+\def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {%
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
+\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%	% Define \xxxindex
+\noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+%  and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+
+% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
+% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
+\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
+\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+
+\def\indexdummies{%
+% Take care of the plain tex accent commands.
+\def\"{\realbackslash "}%
+\def\`{\realbackslash `}%
+\def\'{\realbackslash '}%
+\def\^{\realbackslash ^}%
+\def\~{\realbackslash ~}%
+\def\={\realbackslash =}%
+\def\b{\realbackslash b}%
+\def\c{\realbackslash c}%
+\def\d{\realbackslash d}%
+\def\u{\realbackslash u}%
+\def\v{\realbackslash v}%
+\def\H{\realbackslash H}%
+% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
+\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}%
+\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}%
+\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}%
+\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}%
+\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}%
+\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}%
+\def\o{\realbackslash o}%
+\def\O{\realbackslash O}%
+\def\l{\realbackslash l}%
+\def\L{\realbackslash L}%
+\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}%
+% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry.
+\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
+\def\w{\realbackslash w }%
+\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }%
+\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }%
+\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }%
+\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}%
+\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}%
+\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}%
+\def\less{\realbackslash less}%
+\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}%
+\def\char{\realbackslash char}%
+\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}%
+\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }%
+\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright }%
+\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}%
+\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}%
+\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}%
+\def\t##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
+\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
+\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}%
+\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}%
+\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}%
+\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}%
+\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}%
+\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}%
+\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}%
+\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}%
+\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}%
+}
+
+% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands.
+% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by.
+\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1}
+\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
+\def\indexdummydots{...}
+
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+% Just ignore accents.
+\let\"=\indexdummyfont
+\let\`=\indexdummyfont
+\let\'=\indexdummyfont
+\let\^=\indexdummyfont
+\let\~=\indexdummyfont
+\let\==\indexdummyfont
+\let\b=\indexdummyfont
+\let\c=\indexdummyfont
+\let\d=\indexdummyfont
+\let\u=\indexdummyfont
+\let\v=\indexdummyfont
+\let\H=\indexdummyfont
+% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
+\def\oe{oe}%
+\def\ae{ae}%
+\def\aa{aa}%
+\def\OE{OE}%
+\def\AE{AE}%
+\def\AA{AA}%
+\def\o{o}%
+\def\O{O}%
+\def\l{l}%
+\def\L{L}%
+\def\ss{ss}%
+\let\w=\indexdummyfont
+\let\t=\indexdummyfont
+\let\r=\indexdummyfont
+\let\i=\indexdummyfont
+\let\b=\indexdummyfont
+\let\emph=\indexdummyfont
+\let\strong=\indexdummyfont
+\let\cite=\indexdummyfont
+\let\sc=\indexdummyfont
+%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |...
+%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont
+\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont
+\let\code=\indexdummyfont
+\let\file=\indexdummyfont
+\let\samp=\indexdummyfont
+\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont
+\let\key=\indexdummyfont
+\let\var=\indexdummyfont
+\let\TeX=\indexdummytex
+\let\dots=\indexdummydots
+}
+
+% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape.
+% We must first make another character (@) an escape
+% so we do not become unable to do a definition.
+
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other
+@gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+
+\let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
+
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax %initialize!
+% workhorse for all \fooindexes
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there
+\def\doind #1#2{%
+% Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+\ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else%
+\insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
+\fi%
+{\count10=\lastpenalty %
+{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+\escapechar=`\\%
+{\let\folio=0% Expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio
+\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+% so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash in the indx.
+%
+% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off,
+% to get the string to sort the index by.
+{\indexnofonts
+\xdef\temp1{#2}%
+}%
+% Now produce the complete index entry.  We process the index-string again,
+% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index.
+\edef\temp{%
+\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
+\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}}}%
+\temp }%
+}\penalty\count10}}
+
+\def\dosubind #1#2#3{%
+{\count10=\lastpenalty %
+{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+\escapechar=`\\%
+{\let\folio=0%
+\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}%
+%
+% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off,
+% to get the string to sort the index by.
+{\indexnofonts
+\xdef\temp1{#2 #3}%
+}%
+% Now produce the complete index entry.  We process the index-string again,
+% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index.
+\edef\temp{%
+\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
+\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}{#3}}}%
+\temp }%
+}\penalty\count10}}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+%  \initial {c}
+%     before the first topic whose initial is c
+%  \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+%     for a topic that is used without subtopics
+%  \primary {topic}
+%     for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+%  \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+%     for each subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
+{\obeylines %
+\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
+\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% This is what you call to cause a particular index to get printed.
+% Write
+% @unnumbered Function Index
+% @printindex fn
+
+\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
+
+\def\doprintindex#1{%
+  \tex
+  \dobreak \chapheadingskip {10000}
+  \catcode`\%=\other\catcode`\&=\other\catcode`\#=\other
+  \catcode`\$=\other
+  \catcode`\~=\other
+  \indexbreaks
+  %
+  % The following don't help, since the chars were translated
+  % when the raw index was written, and their fonts were discarded
+  % due to \indexnofonts.
+  %\catcode`\"=\active
+  %\catcode`\^=\active
+  %\catcode`\_=\active
+  %\catcode`\|=\active
+  %\catcode`\<=\active
+  %\catcode`\>=\active
+  % %
+  \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}
+  \indexfonts\rm \tolerance=9500 \advance\baselineskip -1pt
+  \begindoublecolumns
+  %
+  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+  \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+  \ifeof 1
+    % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+    % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+    % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+    % there is some text.
+    (Index is nonexistent)
+    \else
+    %
+    % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+    % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+    % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+    \read 1 to \temp
+    \ifeof 1
+      (Index is empty)
+    \else
+      \input \jobname.#1s
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \closein 1
+  \enddoublecolumns
+  \Etex
+}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+% Same as \bigskipamount except no shrink.
+% \balancecolumns gets confused if there is any shrink.
+\newskip\initialskipamount \initialskipamount 12pt plus4pt
+
+\def\initial #1{%
+{\let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+\ifdim\lastskip<\initialskipamount
+\removelastskip \penalty-200 \vskip \initialskipamount\fi
+\line{\secbf#1\hfill}\kern 2pt\penalty10000}}
+
+% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
+% flush to the right margin.  It is used for index and table of contents
+% entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+\def\entry #1#2{\begingroup
+  %
+  % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+  % affect previous text.
+  \par
+  %
+  % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+  \parfillskip = 0in
+  %
+  % No extra space above this paragraph.
+  \parskip = 0in
+  %
+  % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+  \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+  %
+  % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+  % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
+  % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
+  % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+  % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+  %
+  % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+  % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+  \hangindent=2em
+  %
+  % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+  % with blank space.
+  \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+  %
+  % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
+  % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
+  \noindent
+  %
+  % Insert the text of the index entry.  TeX will do line-breaking on it.
+  #1%
+  % The following is kluged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+  % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
+  % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+  \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+  \def\tempb{#2}%
+  \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+  \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+  \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
+    %
+    % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+    % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+    % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+    \hfil\penalty50
+    \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+    %
+    % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+    % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
+    % \hbox ensues.
+    \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+  \fi%
+  \par
+\endgroup}
+
+% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
+
+\def\secondary #1#2{
+{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in
+\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1
+\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par
+}}
+
+%% Define two-column mode, which is used in indexes.
+%% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416.
+\catcode `\@=11
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup
+  % Grab any single-column material above us.
+  \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage
+    =\vbox{\unvbox255\kern -\topskip \kern \baselineskip}}%
+  \eject
+  %
+  % Now switch to the double-column output routine.
+  \output={\doublecolumnout}%
+  %
+  % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
+  % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+  % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
+  % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+  % execution time, so we may as well do it once.
+  %
+  % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+  % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+  % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
+  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +- <
+  % 1pt) as it did when we hard-coded it.
+  %
+  % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+  % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+  % been clobbered.
+  %
+  \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+    \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+    \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+  %
+  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
+  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+  \vsize = 2\vsize
+  \doublecolumnpagegoal
+}
+
+\def\enddoublecolumns{\eject \endgroup \pagegoal=\vsize \unvbox\partialpage}
+
+\def\doublecolumnsplit{\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+  \global\dimen@=\pageheight \global\advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage
+  \global\setbox1=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \global\setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox1}
+  \global\setbox3=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \global\setbox2=\vbox{\unvbox3}
+  \ifdim\ht0>\dimen@ \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0\unvbox2} \global\setbox255=\copy5 \fi
+  \ifdim\ht2>\dimen@ \setbox255=\vbox{\unvbox0\unvbox2} \global\setbox255=\copy5 \fi
+}
+\def\doublecolumnpagegoal{%
+  \dimen@=\vsize \advance\dimen@ by-2\ht\partialpage \global\pagegoal=\dimen@
+}
+\def\pagesofar{\unvbox\partialpage %
+  \hsize=\doublecolumnhsize % have to restore this since output routine
+  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}}
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+  \setbox5=\copy255
+  {\vbadness=10000 \doublecolumnsplit}
+  \ifvbox255
+    \setbox0=\vtop to\dimen@{\unvbox0}
+    \setbox2=\vtop to\dimen@{\unvbox2}
+    \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty
+  \else
+    \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox5}
+    \ifvbox0
+      \dimen@=\ht0 \advance\dimen@ by\topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+      \divide\dimen@ by2 \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+      {\vbadness=10000
+	\loop \global\setbox5=\copy0
+          \setbox1=\vsplit5 to\dimen@
+          \setbox3=\vsplit5 to\dimen@
+          \ifvbox5 \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt \repeat
+        \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}
+        \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}
+        \global\setbox\partialpage=\vbox{\pagesofar}
+        \doublecolumnpagegoal
+      }
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+
+\catcode `\@=\other
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Define chapters, sections, etc.
+
+\newcount \chapno
+\newcount \secno        \secno=0
+\newcount \subsecno     \subsecno=0
+\newcount \subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount \appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
+\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+
+\newwrite \contentsfile
+% This is called from \setfilename.
+\def\opencontents{\openout \contentsfile = \jobname.toc}
+
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
+% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise
+
+\def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{}
+\def\seccheck#1{\if \pageno<0 %
+\errmessage{@#1 not allowed after generating table of contents}\fi
+%
+}
+
+\def\chapternofonts{%
+\let\rawbackslash=\relax%
+\let\frenchspacing=\relax%
+\def\result{\realbackslash result}
+\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}
+\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}
+\def\print{\realbackslash print}
+\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}
+\def\dots{\realbackslash dots}
+\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}
+\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}
+\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }
+\def\w{\realbackslash w}
+\def\less{\realbackslash less}
+\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}
+\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}
+\def\char{\realbackslash char}
+\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}
+\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}
+\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}
+\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}
+\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}
+\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}
+\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}
+\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}
+% These are redefined because @smartitalic wouldn't work inside xdef.
+\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}
+\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}
+\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}
+\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}
+\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}
+}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
+
+% Choose a numbered-heading macro
+% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
+% #2 is text for heading
+\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+  \chapterzzz{#2}
+\or
+  \seczzz{#2}
+\or
+  \numberedsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+  \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+    \chapterzzz{#2}
+  \else
+    \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+  \fi
+\fi
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
+\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+  \appendixzzz{#2}
+\or
+  \appendixsectionzzz{#2}
+\or
+  \appendixsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+  \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+    \appendixzzz{#2}
+  \else
+    \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+  \fi
+\fi
+}
+
+% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
+\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
+\ifcase\absseclevel
+  \unnumberedzzz{#2}
+\or
+  \unnumberedseczzz{#2}
+\or
+  \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
+\or
+  \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+\else
+  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
+    \unnumberedzzz{#2}
+  \else
+    \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+  \fi
+\fi
+}
+
+
+\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
+\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
+\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz #1{\seccheck{chapter}%
+\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter \the\chapno}%
+\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
+% because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
+\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry {#1}{\the\chapno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp  %
+\donoderef %
+\global\let\section = \numberedsec
+\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}}
+
+\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
+\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz #1{\seccheck{appendix}%
+\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+\global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{Appendix \appendixletter}%
+\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry
+  {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp  %
+\appendixnoderef %
+\global\let\section = \appendixsec
+\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}}
+
+\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
+\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz #1{\seccheck{unnumbered}%
+\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+%
+% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+% argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+% expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+% to be executed, not expanded).
+%
+% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
+% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+% simply yielding the contents of the <toks register>.
+\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
+%
+\unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
+\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry {#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp  %
+\unnumbnoderef %
+\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}}
+
+\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
+\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz #1{\seccheck{section}%
+\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry %
+{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp %
+\donoderef %
+\penalty 10000 %
+}}
+
+\outer\def\appenixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
+\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsection}%
+\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry %
+{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp %
+\appendixnoderef %
+\penalty 10000 %
+}}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsec}%
+\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp %
+\unnumbnoderef %
+\penalty 10000 %
+}}
+
+\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsection}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
+\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry %
+{#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp %
+\donoderef %
+\penalty 10000 %
+}}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsec}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
+\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry %
+{#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp %
+\appendixnoderef %
+\penalty 10000 %
+}}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsec}%
+\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp %
+\unnumbnoderef %
+\penalty 10000 %
+}}
+
+\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsubsection}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
+\subsubsecheading {#1}
+  {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry %
+  {#1}
+  {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}
+  {\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp %
+\donoderef %
+\penalty 10000 %
+}}
+
+\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsubsec}%
+\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
+\subsubsecheading {#1}
+  {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{#1}%
+  {\appendixletter}
+  {\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp %
+\appendixnoderef %
+\penalty 10000 %
+}}
+
+\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
+\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsubsec}%
+\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
+{\chapternofonts%
+\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry{#1}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+\escapechar=`\\%
+\write \contentsfile \temp %
+\unnumbnoderef %
+\penalty 10000 %
+}}
+
+% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
+% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
+\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
+\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
+\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
+\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
+
+\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
+\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
+\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\global\let\section = \numberedsec
+\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and
+% such:
+%	1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+%	   overlong headings to fold.
+%	2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+%	   heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+%       3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
+%          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
+
+
+\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
+\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
+{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                  \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                  \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+
+\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
+{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                  \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                  \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+
+\def\heading{\parsearg\secheadingi}
+
+\def\subheading{\parsearg\subsecheadingi}
+
+\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\subsubsecheadingi}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+
+%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+
+\newskip \chapheadingskip \chapheadingskip = 30pt plus 8pt minus 4pt
+
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+
+\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\CHAPPAGon
+
+\def\CHAPFplain{
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
+\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain}
+
+\def\chfplain #1#2{%
+  \pchapsepmacro
+  {%
+    \chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                     \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                     \rm #2\enspace #1}%
+  }%
+  \bigskip
+  \penalty5000
+}
+
+\def\unnchfplain #1{%
+\pchapsepmacro %
+{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                  \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                  \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 %
+}
+\CHAPFplain % The default
+
+\def\unnchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                       \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                       \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 %
+}
+
+\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
+\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
+\par\penalty 5000 %
+}
+
+\def\CHAPFopen{
+\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen}
+
+% Parameter controlling skip before section headings.
+
+\newskip \subsecheadingskip  \subsecheadingskip = 17pt plus 8pt minus 4pt
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
+
+\newskip \secheadingskip  \secheadingskip = 21pt plus 8pt minus 4pt
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
+
+% @paragraphindent  is defined for the Info formatting commands only.
+\let\paragraphindent=\comment
+
+% Section fonts are the base font at magstep2, which produces
+% a size a bit more than 14 points in the default situation.
+
+\def\secheading #1#2#3{\secheadingi {#2.#3\enspace #1}}
+\def\plainsecheading #1{\secheadingi {#1}}
+\def\secheadingi #1{{\advance \secheadingskip by \parskip %
+\secheadingbreak}%
+{\secfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                 \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                 \rm #1\hfill}}%
+\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000 }
+
+
+% Subsection fonts are the base font at magstep1,
+% which produces a size of 12 points.
+
+\def\subsecheading #1#2#3#4{\subsecheadingi {#2.#3.#4\enspace #1}}
+\def\subsecheadingi #1{{\advance \subsecheadingskip by \parskip %
+\subsecheadingbreak}%
+{\subsecfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                     \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                     \rm #1\hfill}}%
+\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000 }
+
+\def\subsubsecfonts{\subsecfonts} % Maybe this should change:
+				  % Perhaps make sssec fonts scaled
+				  % magstep half
+\def\subsubsecheading #1#2#3#4#5{\subsubsecheadingi {#2.#3.#4.#5\enspace #1}}
+\def\subsubsecheadingi #1{{\advance \subsecheadingskip by \parskip %
+\subsecheadingbreak}%
+{\subsubsecfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                       \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                       \rm #1\hfill}}%
+\ifdim \parskip<10pt \kern 10pt\kern -\parskip\fi \penalty 10000}
+
+
+\message{toc printing,}
+
+% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
+% to \contentsfile.
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+   \pagealignmacro
+   \immediate\closeout \contentsfile
+   \ifnum \pageno>0
+      \pageno = -1		% Request roman numbered pages.
+   \fi
+   % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+   % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+   \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
+   \begingroup   		% Set up to handle contents files properly.
+      \catcode`\\=0  \catcode`\{=1  \catcode`\}=2  \catcode`\@=11
+      \catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
+      \raggedbottom             % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+      \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+}
+
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+\outer\def\contents{%
+   \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}%
+      \input \jobname.toc
+   \endgroup
+   \vfill \eject
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\outer\def\summarycontents{%
+   \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}%
+      %
+      \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
+      \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
+      % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+      \secfonts
+      \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl
+      \rm
+      \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+      \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
+      \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
+      \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
+      \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
+      \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
+      \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
+      \input \jobname.toc
+   \endgroup
+   \vfill \eject
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents.
+\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
+
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
+  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
+% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
+% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix }
+\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
+
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+  % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of
+  % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
+  \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi
+  %
+  % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the
+  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+  % the label; that gets put in in \shortchapentry above.)
+  \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em
+  \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}%
+}
+
+\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}}
+\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
+\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
+\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
+
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we would want to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+   \penalty-300 \vskip\baselineskip
+   \begingroup
+     \chapentryfonts
+     \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+   \endgroup
+   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
+% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here.  (We
+% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
+% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
+%
+% \turnoffactive is for the sake of @" used for umlauts.
+\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+  \entry{\turnoffactive #1}{\turnoffactive #2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
+\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts.
+\newbox\dblarrowbox    \newbox\longdblarrowbox
+\newbox\pushcharbox    \newbox\bullbox
+\newbox\equivbox       \newbox\errorbox
+
+\let\ptexequiv = \equiv
+
+%{\tentt
+%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}
+%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}
+%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}
+%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}
+% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook)
+%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex
+%                                      depth .1ex\hfil}
+%}
+
+\def\point{$\star$}
+
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+
+\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+   \vbox{
+      \hrule height\dimen2
+      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
+         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+      \hrule height\dimen2}
+    \hfil}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+
+\def\tex{\begingroup
+\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
+\catcode `\%=14
+\catcode 43=12
+\catcode`\"=12
+\catcode`\==12
+\catcode`\|=12
+\catcode`\<=12
+\catcode`\>=12
+\escapechar=`\\
+%
+\let\~=\ptextilde
+\let\{=\ptexlbrace
+\let\}=\ptexrbrace
+\let\.=\ptexdot
+\let\*=\ptexstar
+\let\dots=\ptexdots
+\def\@{@}%
+\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext \let\l=\ptexl
+\let\L=\ptexL
+%
+\let\Etex=\endgroup}
+
+% Define @lisp ... @endlisp.
+% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+% space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+% should produce a line of output anyway.
+%
+{\obeyspaces %
+\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
+
+% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is.  This is
+% for use in \parsearg.
+{\sepspaces%
+\global\let\obeyedspace= }
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}}
+
+\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument
+\font\circle=lcircle10
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+	\ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+	\hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+	\cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+	\hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+\long\def\cartouche{%
+\begingroup
+	\lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+	\leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
+	\cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+		 	  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+	\cartouter=\hsize
+	\advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
+%				     side, and for 6pt waste from
+%				     each corner char
+	\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+	% Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+	\let\nonarrowing=\comment
+	\vbox\bgroup
+		\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+		\carttop
+		\hbox\bgroup
+			\hskip\lskip
+			\vrule\kern3pt
+			\vbox\bgroup
+				\hsize=\cartinner
+				\kern3pt
+				\begingroup
+					\baselineskip=\normbskip
+					\lineskip=\normlskip
+					\parskip=\normpskip
+					\vskip -\parskip
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+				\endgroup
+				\kern3pt
+			\egroup
+			\kern3pt\vrule
+			\hskip\rskip
+		\egroup
+		\cartbot
+	\egroup
+\endgroup
+}}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
+  \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+  \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+  \singlespace
+  \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+  \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+  \parskip = 0pt
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
+  % at next level down.
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+    \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+    \let\nonarrowing=\relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+% To ending an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph
+% (via \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group.  That way we
+% keep the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue
+% will be inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the
+% document, after the environment.
+%
+\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
+
+% This macro is
+\def\lisp{\begingroup
+  \nonfillstart
+  \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
+  \tt
+  \rawbackslash % have \ input char produce \ char from current font
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the
+% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
+%
+% We must call \lisp last in the definition, since it reads the
+% return following the @example (or whatever) command.
+%
+\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+\def\smallexample{\begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+\def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp.  This is not used unless the @smallbook
+% command is given.  Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+%
+\def\smalllispx{\begingroup
+  \nonfillstart
+  \let\Esmalllisp = \nonfillfinish
+  \let\Esmallexample = \nonfillfinish
+  %
+  % Smaller interline space and fonts for small examples.
+  \setleading{10pt}%
+  \indexfonts \tt
+  \rawbackslash % make \ output the \ character from the current font (tt)
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% This is @display; same as @lisp except use roman font.
+%
+\def\display{\begingroup
+  \nonfillstart
+  \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% This is @format; same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\def\format{\begingroup
+  \let\nonarrowing = t
+  \nonfillstart
+  \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% @flushleft (same as @format) and @flushright.
+%
+\def\flushleft{\begingroup
+  \let\nonarrowing = t
+  \nonfillstart
+  \let\Eflushleft = \nonfillfinish
+  \gobble
+}
+\def\flushright{\begingroup
+  \let\nonarrowing = t
+  \nonfillstart
+  \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
+  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+  \gobble}
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins.
+%
+\def\quotation{%
+  \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
+  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+  \singlespace
+  \parindent=0pt
+  % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+  % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
+  \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
+  %
+  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% Define formatter for defuns
+% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
+\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+
+\newcount\parencount
+% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things.
+% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in.
+\def\activeparens{%
+\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active
+\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+
+\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
+\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+% This is used to turn on special parens
+% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
+\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
+
+% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
+% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
+\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested %
+\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+%
+% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
+\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
+%
+\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
+% also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
+\ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
+\global\advance \parencount by -1 }
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\&#1}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
+%
+\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
+} % End of definition inside \activeparens
+%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
+%% contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ]
+\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}} \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}} \def\ampnr{\&}
+\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
+
+% First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
+% #1 should be the function name.
+% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function".
+
+\def\defname #1#2{%
+% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were
+% outside the @def...
+\dimen2=\leftskip
+\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
+\dimen3=\rightskip
+\advance\dimen3 by -\defbodyindent
+\noindent        %
+\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}%
+\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
+\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations
+\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1     %
+% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such)
+% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin,
+% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking
+{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
+% so that \rightline will obey them.
+\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \advance \hsize by -\dimen3
+\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}}}%
+% Make all lines underfull and no complaints:
+\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+{\df #1}\enskip        % Generate function name
+}
+
+% Actually process the body of a definition
+% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun.
+% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx.
+% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header,
+%    such as \defunheader.
+
+\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup %
+\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `='
+\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}
+
+\def\defmethparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
+
+\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
+
+% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
+% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
+% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
+
+\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup %
+\catcode 61=\active %
+\obeylines\spacesplit#3}
+
+% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody.  It could probably be used for
+% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals.
+% 
+\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
+  \begingroup\inENV %
+  \medbreak %
+  % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+  % so that it will exit this group.
+  \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+  \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
+  \parindent=0in
+  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+  \begingroup\obeylines
+}
+
+\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
+  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+  \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
+}
+
+% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
+% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
+% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument.  Sigh.
+% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
+%
+% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name.  That
+% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
+% won't strip off the braces.
+%
+\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
+  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+  \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
+}
+
+% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
+% braces (if any).  That's what this does, putting the result in \tptemp.
+% 
+\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{\def\tptemp{#1}}%
+
+% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
+% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
+% (which might be empty) the arguments.
+% 
+\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
+  \removeemptybraces#2\relax
+  #1{\tptemp}{#3}%
+}%
+
+\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
+\medbreak %
+% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
+% so that it will exit this group.
+\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
+\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
+\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
+\parindent=0in
+\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent
+\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
+
+% Split up #2 at the first space token.
+% call #1 with two arguments:
+%  the first is all of #2 before the space token,
+%  the second is all of #2 after that space token.
+% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
+% and the second is passed as empty.
+
+{\obeylines
+\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}%
+\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{%
+\ifx\relax #3%
+#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}}
+
+% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions.
+
+% Define @defun.
+
+% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun
+% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
+
+\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+\hyphenchar\tensl=0
+#1%
+\hyphenchar\tensl=45
+\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{unbalanced parens in @def arguments}\fi%
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000%
+}
+
+\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
+% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
+% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
+% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
+\boldbraxnoamp
+\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000%
+}
+
+% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
+
+% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
+
+\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
+
+\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defun == @deffn Function
+
+\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
+
+\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+
+\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
+
+% #1 is the data type.  #2 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
+% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
+\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}%
+\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+
+\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
+
+% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$
+% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
+\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
+
+% #1 is the classification.  #2 is the data type.  #3 is the name and args.
+\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
+% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
+\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
+\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup
+\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
+%               at least some C++ text from working
+\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}%
+\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defmac == @deffn Macro
+
+\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
+
+\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
+
+\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
+
+\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}%
+\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+}
+
+% This definition is run if you use @defunx
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
+
+\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
+\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
+\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypeunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypeunx in invalid context}}
+
+% @defmethod, and so on
+
+% @defop {Funny Method} foo-class frobnicate argument
+
+\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
+\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
+
+\def\defopheader #1#2#3{%
+\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% Make entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}%
+\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @defmethod == @defop Method
+
+\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
+
+\def\defmethodheader #1#2#3{%
+\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% entry in function index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{Method on #1}%
+\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
+
+\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
+\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
+
+\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
+\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}%
+\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable}
+
+\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
+
+\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{%
+\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}%
+\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc.,
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc.
+
+\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
+\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
+\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
+\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
+
+% Now @defvar
+
+% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
+% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
+% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
+\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000}
+
+% @defvr Counter foo-count
+
+\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
+
+\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
+
+% @defvar == @defvr Variable
+
+\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
+
+\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
+
+\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
+
+\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
+\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}%
+\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+}
+
+% @deftypevar int foobar
+
+\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
+
+% #1 is the data type.  #2 is the name.
+\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
+\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in variables index
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}%
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000
+\endgroup}
+
+% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
+
+\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
+
+\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#3}}%
+\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}
+\interlinepenalty=10000
+\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000
+\endgroup}
+
+% This definition is run if you use @defvarx
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx.
+
+\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
+\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
+\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
+\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
+
+% Now define @deftp
+% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
+
+\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
+
+% @deftp Class window height width ...
+
+\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
+
+\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
+\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
+
+% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc
+% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc.
+
+\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
+
+\message{cross reference,}
+% Define cross-reference macros
+\newwrite \auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs  % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo.
+
+\def\setref#1{%
+\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
+\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
+\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ysectionnumberandtype}}
+
+\def\unnumbsetref#1{%
+\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
+\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
+\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ynothing}}
+
+\def\appendixsetref#1{%
+\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
+\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
+\dosetq{#1-snt}{Yappendixletterandtype}}
+
+% \xref, \pxref, and \ref generate cross-references to specified points.
+% For \xrefX, #1 is the node name, #2 the name of the Info
+% cross-reference, #3 the printed node name, #4 the name of the Info
+% file, #5 the name of the printed manual.  All but the node name can be
+% omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+  \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
+  \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+    % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+    \ifx\SETxref-automatic-section-title\relax %
+      % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
+      % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
+      \ifdim \wd1>0pt%
+        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+        \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+      \else
+        \ifhavexrefs
+          % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+          \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}}%
+        \else
+          % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+          \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+        \fi%
+      \fi
+      \def\printednodename{#1-title}%
+    \else
+      % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+      \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+  % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+  % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
+  % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+  % is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+  % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+  \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+    \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}%
+  \else
+    % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+    % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+    % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+    % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+    % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+    {\turnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+    \space [\printednodename],\space
+    \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+  \fi
+\endgroup}
+
+% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
+
+% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
+% work in node names.
+\def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive \auxhat%
+\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}%
+\next}}
+
+% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into
+% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...}
+% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character
+
+\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
+
+% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq
+
+\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
+
+\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
+
+\def\Ynothing{}
+
+\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
+\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno %
+\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno %
+\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
+\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
+\else %
+\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
+\fi \fi \fi }
+
+\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
+\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}%
+\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno %
+\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
+\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
+\else %
+\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
+\fi \fi \fi }
+
+\gdef\xreftie{'tie}
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+  \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0.
+\else
+  \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
+
+\def\refx#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax
+    % If not defined, say something at least.
+    $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$%
+    \ifhavexrefs
+      \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+    \else
+      \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+        \global\warnedxrefstrue
+        \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % It's defined, so just use it.
+    \csname X#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+  #2% Output the suffix in any case.
+}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
+\def\xrdef #1#2{
+{\catcode`\'=\other\expandafter \gdef \csname X#1\endcsname {#2}}}
+
+\def\readauxfile{%
+\begingroup
+\catcode `\^^@=\other
+\catcode `\
=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\^^C=\other
+\catcode `\^^D=\other
+\catcode `\^^E=\other
+\catcode `\^^F=\other
+\catcode `\^^G=\other
+\catcode `\^^H=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\^^L=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode `\=\other
+\catcode 26=\other
+\catcode `\^^[=\other
+\catcode `\^^\=\other
+\catcode `\^^]=\other
+\catcode `\^^^=\other
+\catcode `\^^_=\other
+\catcode `\@=\other
+\catcode `\^=\other
+\catcode `\~=\other
+\catcode `\[=\other
+\catcode `\]=\other
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode `\$=\other
+\catcode `\#=\other
+\catcode `\&=\other
+% `\+ does not work, so use 43.
+\catcode 43=\other
+% Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
+{%
+  \count 1=128
+  \def\loop{%
+    \catcode\count 1=\other
+    \advance\count 1 by 1
+    \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
+  }%
+}%
+% the aux file uses ' as the escape.
+% Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
+% entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
+% For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
+% Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
+% but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
+\catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+\catcode `\%=\other
+\catcode `\'=0
+\catcode`\^=7 % to make ^^e4 etc usable in xref tags 
+\catcode `\\=\other
+\openin 1 \jobname.aux
+\ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.aux \global\havexrefstrue
+\global\warnedobstrue
+\fi
+% Open the new aux file.  Tex will close it automatically at exit.
+\openout \auxfile=\jobname.aux
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% Footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed.
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only..
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+  \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+  \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+  %
+  % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+  % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+  \let\@sf\empty
+  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
+  %
+  % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+  \unskip
+  \thisfootno\@sf
+  \footnotezzz
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+\long\gdef\footnotezzz#1{\insert\footins{%
+  % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+  % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+  % So reset some parameters.
+  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+  \floatingpenalty\@MM
+  \leftskip\z@skip
+  \rightskip\z@skip
+  \spaceskip\z@skip
+  \xspaceskip\z@skip
+  \parindent\defaultparindent
+  %
+  % Hang the footnote text off the number.
+  \hang
+  \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+  %
+  % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
+  % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+  % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+  \footstrut
+  #1\strut}%
+}
+
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+  \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+  \normalbaselines
+  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+  }%
+}
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
+% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+  \leavevmode
+  %
+  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+  \vadjust{%
+    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+    \vskip-\baselineskip
+    %
+    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
+    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+    \llap{%
+      %
+      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+      %
+      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+      \hskip 12pt
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+
+% End of control word definitions.
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+\def\openindices{%
+   \newindex{cp}%
+   \newcodeindex{fn}%
+   \newcodeindex{vr}%
+   \newcodeindex{tp}%
+   \newcodeindex{ky}%
+   \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% Set some numeric style parameters, for 8.5 x 11 format.
+
+%\hsize = 6.5in
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+\parindent = \defaultparindent
+\parskip 18pt plus 1pt
+\setleading{15pt}
+\advance\topskip by 1.2cm
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness=10000
+
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize.  This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format.
+%
+\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+  % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+  \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+\else
+  \emergencystretch = \hsize
+  \divide\emergencystretch by 45
+\fi
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format  (or else 7x9.25)
+\def\smallbook{
+
+% These values for secheadingskip and subsecheadingskip are
+% experiments.  RJC 7 Aug 1992
+\global\secheadingskip = 17pt plus 6pt minus 3pt
+\global\subsecheadingskip = 14pt plus 6pt minus 3pt
+
+\global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+\setleading{12pt}
+\advance\topskip by -1cm
+\global\parskip 3pt plus 1pt
+\global\hsize = 5in
+\global\vsize=7.5in
+\global\tolerance=700
+\global\hfuzz=1pt
+\global\contentsrightmargin=0pt
+\global\deftypemargin=0pt
+\global\defbodyindent=.5cm
+
+\global\pagewidth=\hsize
+\global\pageheight=\vsize
+
+\global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx
+\global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx
+\global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp}
+}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{
+\global\tolerance=700
+\global\hfuzz=1pt
+\setleading{12pt}
+\global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt
+
+\global\vsize= 53\baselineskip
+\advance\vsize by \topskip
+%\global\hsize=   5.85in     % A4 wide 10pt
+\global\hsize=  6.5in
+\global\outerhsize=\hsize
+\global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+\global\outervsize=\vsize
+\global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in
+
+\global\pagewidth=\hsize
+\global\pageheight=\vsize
+}
+
+% Allow control of the text dimensions.  Parameters in order: textheight;
+% textwidth; \voffset; \hoffset (!); binding offset.  All require a dimension;
+% header is additional; added length extends the bottom of the page.
+
+\def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5{
+ \global\vsize= #1
+ \advance\vsize by \topskip
+ \global\voffset= #3
+ \global\hsize= #2
+ \global\outerhsize=\hsize
+ \global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+ \global\outervsize=\vsize
+ \global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in
+ \global\pagewidth=\hsize
+ \global\pageheight=\vsize
+ \global\normaloffset= #4
+ \global\bindingoffset= #5}
+
+% This layout is compatible with Latex on A4 paper.
+
+\def\afourlatex{\changepagesizes{22cm}{15cm}{7mm}{4.6mm}{5mm}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
+\def\afourwide{\afourpaper
+\changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}}
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\~=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode`\+=\other
+\def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\def\normaltilde{~}
+\def\normalcaret{^}
+\def\normalunderscore{_}
+\def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\def\normalless{<}
+\def\normalgreater{>}
+\def\normalplus{+}
+
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
+% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
+% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
+%
+% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
+% otherwise.  Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
+% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
+% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Turn off all special characters except @
+% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active
+\def~{{\tt \char '176}}
+\chardef\hat=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def\auxhat{\def^{'hat}}
+\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+% Subroutine for the previous macro.
+\def\_{\lvvmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
+
+% \lvvmode is equivalent in function to \leavevmode.
+% Using \leavevmode runs into trouble when written out to
+% an index file due to the expansion of \leavevmode into ``\unhbox
+% \voidb@x'' ---which looks to TeX like ``\unhbox \voidb\x'' due to our
+% magic tricks with @.
+\def\lvvmode{\vbox to 0pt{}}
+
+\catcode`\|=\active
+\def|{{\tt \char '174}}
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
+\catcode`\+=\active
+\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+%\catcode 27=\active
+%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$}
+
+% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
+{\catcode`\==\active
+\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
+
+\catcode`+=\active
+\catcode`\_=\active
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
+% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
+\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font
+\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
+%{\catcode`\\=\other
+%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}}
+
+% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx.
+{\catcode`\\=\active
+@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }}
+
+% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
+\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+\escapechar=`\@
+
+% \catcode 17=0   % Define control-q
+\catcode`\\=\active
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
+% even after parsing them.
+@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
+@let\=@realbackslash
+@let~=@normaltilde
+@let^=@normalcaret
+@let_=@normalunderscore
+@let|=@normalverticalbar
+@let<=@normalless
+@let>=@normalgreater
+@let+=@normalplus}
+
+@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote
+@let\=@normalbackslash
+@let~=@normaltilde
+@let^=@normalcaret
+@let_=@normalunderscore
+@let|=@normalverticalbar
+@let<=@normalless
+@let>=@normalgreater
+@let+=@normalplus}
+
+% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
+% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
+@otherifyactive
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
+% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
+% a backslash.
+%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
+@global@let\ = @eatinput
+
+% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
+% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
+% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
+% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+%
+@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+  @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active}
+
+%% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.  The @rm below
+%% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10
+@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other
+
+@textfonts
+@rm
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c End:
diff --git a/lib/termcap/ltcap.h b/lib/termcap/ltcap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..507481f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/ltcap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Local declarations for termcap library.
+   Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LTCAP_H_
+#define _LTCAP_H_ 1
+
+#if !defined (__APPLE__)
+#  define __private_extern__
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX_TGETENT_BUFSIZ
+#  define MAX_TGETENT_BUFSIZ 2048
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _LTCAP_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/termcap/termcap.c b/lib/termcap/termcap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..780b15c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/termcap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,800 @@
+/* Work-alike for termcap, plus extra features.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the
+Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.  */
+
+/* Emacs config.h may rename various library functions such as malloc.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the O_* definitions for open et al.  */
+#if !defined (_MINIX) && defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+extern char *getenv ();
+extern char *malloc ();
+extern char *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+#else /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+char *malloc ();
+char *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* Do this after the include, in case string.h prototypes bcopy.  */
+#if (defined(HAVE_STRING_H) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)) && !defined(bcopy)
+#define bcopy(s, d, n) memcpy ((d), (s), (n))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL (char *) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_RDONLY
+#define O_RDONLY 0
+#endif
+
+/* BUFSIZE is the initial size allocated for the buffer
+   for reading the termcap file.
+   It is not a limit.
+   Make it large normally for speed.
+   Make it variable when debugging, so can exercise
+   increasing the space dynamically.  */
+
+#ifndef BUFSIZE
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#define BUFSIZE bufsize
+
+int bufsize = 128;
+#else
+#define BUFSIZE 2048
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "ltcap.h"
+
+#ifndef TERMCAP_FILE
+#define TERMCAP_FILE "/etc/termcap"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emacs
+static void
+memory_out ()
+{
+  write (2, "virtual memory exhausted\n", 25);
+  exit (1);
+}
+
+static char *
+xmalloc (size)
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  register char *tem = malloc (size);
+
+  if (!tem)
+    memory_out ();
+  return tem;
+}
+
+static char *
+xrealloc (ptr, size)
+     char *ptr;
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  register char *tem = realloc (ptr, size);
+
+  if (!tem)
+    memory_out ();
+  return tem;
+}
+#endif /* not emacs */
+
+/* Looking up capabilities in the entry already found.  */
+
+/* The pointer to the data made by tgetent is left here
+   for tgetnum, tgetflag and tgetstr to find.  */
+static char *term_entry;
+
+static char *tgetst1 ();
+
+/* Search entry BP for capability CAP.
+   Return a pointer to the capability (in BP) if found,
+   0 if not found.  */
+
+static char *
+find_capability (bp, cap)
+     register char *bp, *cap;
+{
+  for (; *bp; bp++)
+    if (bp[0] == ':'
+	&& bp[1] == cap[0]
+	&& bp[2] == cap[1])
+      return &bp[4];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+__private_extern__
+int
+tgetnum (cap)
+     char *cap;
+{
+  register char *ptr = find_capability (term_entry, cap);
+  if (!ptr || ptr[-1] != '#')
+    return -1;
+  return atoi (ptr);
+}
+
+__private_extern__
+int
+tgetflag (cap)
+     char *cap;
+{
+  register char *ptr = find_capability (term_entry, cap);
+  return ptr && ptr[-1] == ':';
+}
+
+/* Look up a string-valued capability CAP.
+   If AREA is non-null, it points to a pointer to a block in which
+   to store the string.  That pointer is advanced over the space used.
+   If AREA is null, space is allocated with `malloc'.  */
+
+__private_extern__
+char *
+tgetstr (cap, area)
+     char *cap;
+     char **area;
+{
+  register char *ptr = find_capability (term_entry, cap);
+  if (!ptr || (ptr[-1] != '=' && ptr[-1] != '~'))
+    return NULL;
+  return tgetst1 (ptr, area);
+}
+
+/* Table, indexed by a character in range 0100 to 0140 with 0100 subtracted,
+   gives meaning of character following \, or a space if no special meaning.
+   Eight characters per line within the string.  */
+
+static char esctab[]
+  = " \007\010  \033\014 \
+      \012 \
+  \015 \011 \013 \
+        ";
+
+/* PTR points to a string value inside a termcap entry.
+   Copy that value, processing \ and ^ abbreviations,
+   into the block that *AREA points to,
+   or to newly allocated storage if AREA is NULL.
+   Return the address to which we copied the value,
+   or NULL if PTR is NULL.  */
+
+static char *
+tgetst1 (ptr, area)
+     char *ptr;
+     char **area;
+{
+  register char *p, *r;
+  register int c;
+  register int size;
+  char *ret;
+  register int c1;
+
+  if (!ptr)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* `ret' gets address of where to store the string.  */
+  if (!area)
+    {
+      /* Compute size of block needed (may overestimate).  */
+      p = ptr;
+      while ((c = *p++) && c != ':' && c != '\n')
+	;
+      ret = (char *) xmalloc (p - ptr + 1);
+    }
+  else
+    ret = *area;
+
+  /* Copy the string value, stopping at null or colon.
+     Also process ^ and \ abbreviations.  */
+  p = ptr;
+  r = ret;
+  while ((c = *p++) && c != ':' && c != '\n')
+    {
+      if (c == '^')
+	{
+	  c = *p++;
+	  if (c == '?')
+	    c = 0177;
+	  else
+	    c &= 037;
+	}
+      else if (c == '\\')
+	{
+	  c = *p++;
+	  if (c >= '0' && c <= '7')
+	    {
+	      c -= '0';
+	      size = 0;
+
+	      while (++size < 3 && (c1 = *p) >= '0' && c1 <= '7')
+		{
+		  c *= 8;
+		  c += c1 - '0';
+		  p++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (c >= 0100 && c < 0200)
+	    {
+	      c1 = esctab[(c & ~040) - 0100];
+	      if (c1 != ' ')
+		c = c1;
+	    }
+	}
+      *r++ = c;
+    }
+  *r = '\0';
+  /* Update *AREA.  */
+  if (area)
+    *area = r + 1;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Outputting a string with padding.  */
+
+short ospeed;
+/* If OSPEED is 0, we use this as the actual baud rate.  */
+int tputs_baud_rate;
+__private_extern__ char PC = '\0';
+
+/* Actual baud rate if positive;
+   - baud rate / 100 if negative.  */
+
+static int speeds[] =
+  {
+#ifdef VMS
+    0, 50, 75, 110, 134, 150, -3, -6, -12, -18,
+    -20, -24, -36, -48, -72, -96, -192
+#else /* not VMS */
+    0, 50, 75, 110, 135, 150, -2, -3, -6, -12,
+    -18, -24, -48, -96, -192, -288, -384, -576, -1152
+#endif /* not VMS */
+  };
+
+__private_extern__
+void
+tputs (str, nlines, outfun)
+     register char *str;
+     int nlines;
+     register int (*outfun) ();
+{
+  register int padcount = 0;
+  register int speed;
+
+#ifdef emacs
+  extern baud_rate;
+  speed = baud_rate;
+  /* For quite high speeds, convert to the smaller
+     units to avoid overflow.  */
+  if (speed > 10000)
+    speed = - speed / 100;
+#else
+  if (ospeed == 0)
+    speed = tputs_baud_rate;
+  else if (ospeed > 0 && ospeed < (sizeof speeds / sizeof speeds[0]))
+    speed = speeds[ospeed];
+  else
+    speed = 0;
+#endif
+
+  if (!str)
+    return;
+
+  while (*str >= '0' && *str <= '9')
+    {
+      padcount += *str++ - '0';
+      padcount *= 10;
+    }
+  if (*str == '.')
+    {
+      str++;
+      padcount += *str++ - '0';
+    }
+  if (*str == '*')
+    {
+      str++;
+      padcount *= nlines;
+    }
+  while (*str)
+    (*outfun) (*str++);
+
+  /* PADCOUNT is now in units of tenths of msec.
+     SPEED is measured in characters per 10 seconds
+     or in characters per .1 seconds (if negative).
+     We use the smaller units for larger speeds to avoid overflow.  */
+  padcount *= speed;
+  padcount += 500;
+  padcount /= 1000;
+  if (speed < 0)
+    padcount = -padcount;
+  else
+    {
+      padcount += 50;
+      padcount /= 100;
+    }
+
+  while (padcount-- > 0)
+    (*outfun) (PC);
+}
+
+/* Finding the termcap entry in the termcap data base.  */
+
+struct buffer
+  {
+    char *beg;
+    int size;
+    char *ptr;
+    int ateof;
+    int full;
+  };
+
+/* Forward declarations of static functions.  */
+
+static int scan_file ();
+static char *gobble_line ();
+static int compare_contin ();
+static int name_match ();
+
+#ifdef VMS
+
+#include <rmsdef.h>
+#include <fab.h>
+#include <nam.h>
+
+static int
+valid_filename_p (fn)
+     char *fn;
+{
+  struct FAB fab = cc$rms_fab;
+  struct NAM nam = cc$rms_nam;
+  char esa[NAM$C_MAXRSS];
+
+  fab.fab$l_fna = fn;
+  fab.fab$b_fns = strlen(fn);
+  fab.fab$l_nam = &nam;
+  fab.fab$l_fop = FAB$M_NAM;
+
+  nam.nam$l_esa = esa;
+  nam.nam$b_ess = sizeof esa;
+
+  return SYS$PARSE(&fab, 0, 0) == RMS$_NORMAL;
+}
+
+#else /* !VMS */
+
+#ifdef MSDOS /* MW, May 1993 */
+static int
+valid_filename_p (fn)
+     char *fn;
+{
+  return *fn == '\\' || *fn == '/' ||
+    (*fn >= 'A' && *fn <= 'z' && fn[1] == ':');
+}
+#else
+#define valid_filename_p(fn) (*(fn) == '/')
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !VMS */
+
+/* Find the termcap entry data for terminal type NAME
+   and store it in the block that BP points to.
+   Record its address for future use.
+
+   If BP is null, space is dynamically allocated.
+
+   Return -1 if there is some difficulty accessing the data base
+   of terminal types,
+   0 if the data base is accessible but the type NAME is not defined
+   in it, and some other value otherwise.  */
+
+__private_extern__
+int
+tgetent (bp, name)
+     char *bp, *name;
+{
+  register char *termcap_name;
+  register int fd;
+  struct buffer buf;
+  register char *bp1;
+  char *bp2;
+  char *term;
+  int malloc_size = 0;
+  register int c;
+  char *tcenv;			/* TERMCAP value, if it contains :tc=.  */
+  char *indirect = NULL;	/* Terminal type in :tc= in TERMCAP value.  */
+  int filep;
+
+#ifdef INTERNAL_TERMINAL
+  /* For the internal terminal we don't want to read any termcap file,
+     so fake it.  */
+  if (!strcmp (name, "internal"))
+    {
+      term = INTERNAL_TERMINAL;
+      if (!bp)
+	{
+	  malloc_size = 1 + strlen (term);
+	  bp = (char *) xmalloc (malloc_size);
+	}
+      strcpy (bp, term);
+      goto ret;
+    }
+#endif /* INTERNAL_TERMINAL */
+
+  /* For compatibility with programs like `less' that want to
+     put data in the termcap buffer themselves as a fallback.  */
+  if (bp)
+    term_entry = bp;
+
+  termcap_name = getenv ("TERMCAP");
+  if (termcap_name && *termcap_name == '\0')
+    termcap_name = NULL;
+#if 0
+#if defined (MSDOS) && !defined (TEST)
+  if (termcap_name && (*termcap_name == '\\'
+		       || *termcap_name == '/'
+		       || termcap_name[1] == ':'))
+    dostounix_filename(termcap_name);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  filep = termcap_name && valid_filename_p (termcap_name);
+
+  /* If termcap_name is non-null and starts with / (in the un*x case, that is),
+     it is a file name to use instead of /etc/termcap.
+     If it is non-null and does not start with /,
+     it is the entry itself, but only if
+     the name the caller requested matches the TERM variable.  */
+
+  if (termcap_name && !filep && !strcmp (name, getenv ("TERM")))
+    {
+      indirect = tgetst1 (find_capability (termcap_name, "tc"), (char **) 0);
+      if (!indirect)
+	{
+	  if (!bp)
+	    bp = termcap_name;
+	  else
+	    strcpy (bp, termcap_name);
+	  goto ret;
+	}
+      else
+	{			/* It has tc=.  Need to read /etc/termcap.  */
+	  tcenv = termcap_name;
+ 	  termcap_name = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (!termcap_name || !filep)
+    termcap_name = TERMCAP_FILE;
+
+  /* Here we know we must search a file and termcap_name has its name.  */
+
+#ifdef MSDOS
+  fd = open (termcap_name, O_RDONLY|O_TEXT, 0);
+#else
+  fd = open (termcap_name, O_RDONLY, 0);
+#endif
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  buf.size = BUFSIZE;
+  /* Add 1 to size to ensure room for terminating null.  */
+  buf.beg = (char *) xmalloc (buf.size + 1);
+  term = indirect ? indirect : name;
+
+  if (!bp)
+    {
+      malloc_size = indirect ? strlen (tcenv) + 1 : buf.size;
+      bp = (char *) xmalloc (malloc_size);
+    }
+  bp1 = bp;
+
+  if (indirect)
+    /* Copy the data from the environment variable.  */
+    {
+      strcpy (bp, tcenv);
+      bp1 += strlen (tcenv);
+    }
+
+  while (term)
+    {
+      /* Scan the file, reading it via buf, till find start of main entry.  */
+      if (scan_file (term, fd, &buf) == 0)
+	{
+	  close (fd);
+	  free (buf.beg);
+	  if (malloc_size)
+	    free (bp);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+
+      /* Free old `term' if appropriate.  */
+      if (term != name)
+	free (term);
+
+      /* If BP is malloc'd by us, make sure it is big enough.  */
+      if (malloc_size)
+	{
+	  malloc_size = bp1 - bp + buf.size;
+	  termcap_name = (char *) xrealloc (bp, malloc_size);
+	  bp1 += termcap_name - bp;
+	  bp = termcap_name;
+	}
+
+      bp2 = bp1;
+
+      /* Copy the line of the entry from buf into bp.  */
+      termcap_name = buf.ptr;
+      while ((*bp1++ = c = *termcap_name++) && c != '\n')
+	/* Drop out any \ newline sequence.  */
+	if (c == '\\' && *termcap_name == '\n')
+	  {
+	    bp1--;
+	    termcap_name++;
+	  }
+      *bp1 = '\0';
+
+      /* Does this entry refer to another terminal type's entry?
+	 If something is found, copy it into heap and null-terminate it.  */
+      term = tgetst1 (find_capability (bp2, "tc"), (char **) 0);
+    }
+
+  close (fd);
+  free (buf.beg);
+
+  if (malloc_size)
+    bp = (char *) xrealloc (bp, bp1 - bp + 1);
+
+ ret:
+  term_entry = bp;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Given file open on FD and buffer BUFP,
+   scan the file from the beginning until a line is found
+   that starts the entry for terminal type STR.
+   Return 1 if successful, with that line in BUFP,
+   or 0 if no entry is found in the file.  */
+
+static int
+scan_file (str, fd, bufp)
+     char *str;
+     int fd;
+     register struct buffer *bufp;
+{
+  register char *end;
+
+  bufp->ptr = bufp->beg;
+  bufp->full = 0;
+  bufp->ateof = 0;
+  *bufp->ptr = '\0';
+
+  lseek (fd, 0L, 0);
+
+  while (!bufp->ateof)
+    {
+      /* Read a line into the buffer.  */
+      end = NULL;
+      do
+	{
+	  /* if it is continued, append another line to it,
+	     until a non-continued line ends.  */
+	  end = gobble_line (fd, bufp, end);
+	}
+      while (!bufp->ateof && end[-2] == '\\');
+
+      if (*bufp->ptr != '#'
+	  && name_match (bufp->ptr, str))
+	return 1;
+
+      /* Discard the line just processed.  */
+      bufp->ptr = end;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero if NAME is one of the names specified
+   by termcap entry LINE.  */
+
+static int
+name_match (line, name)
+     char *line, *name;
+{
+  register char *tem;
+
+  if (!compare_contin (line, name))
+    return 1;
+  /* This line starts an entry.  Is it the right one?  */
+  for (tem = line; *tem && *tem != '\n' && *tem != ':'; tem++)
+    if (*tem == '|' && !compare_contin (tem + 1, name))
+      return 1;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+compare_contin (str1, str2)
+     register char *str1, *str2;
+{
+  register int c1, c2;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      c1 = *str1++;
+      c2 = *str2++;
+      while (c1 == '\\' && *str1 == '\n')
+	{
+	  str1++;
+	  while ((c1 = *str1++) == ' ' || c1 == '\t');
+	}
+      if (c2 == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* End of type being looked up.  */
+	  if (c1 == '|' || c1 == ':')
+	    /* If end of name in data base, we win.  */
+	    return 0;
+	  else
+	    return 1;
+        }
+      else if (c1 != c2)
+	return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Make sure that the buffer <- BUFP contains a full line
+   of the file open on FD, starting at the place BUFP->ptr
+   points to.  Can read more of the file, discard stuff before
+   BUFP->ptr, or make the buffer bigger.
+
+   Return the pointer to after the newline ending the line,
+   or to the end of the file, if there is no newline to end it.
+
+   Can also merge on continuation lines.  If APPEND_END is
+   non-null, it points past the newline of a line that is
+   continued; we add another line onto it and regard the whole
+   thing as one line.  The caller decides when a line is continued.  */
+
+static char *
+gobble_line (fd, bufp, append_end)
+     int fd;
+     register struct buffer *bufp;
+     char *append_end;
+{
+  register char *end;
+  register int nread;
+  register char *buf = bufp->beg;
+  register char *tem;
+
+  if (!append_end)
+    append_end = bufp->ptr;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      end = append_end;
+      while (*end && *end != '\n') end++;
+      if (*end)
+        break;
+      if (bufp->ateof)
+	return buf + bufp->full;
+      if (bufp->ptr == buf)
+	{
+	  if (bufp->full == bufp->size)
+	    {
+	      bufp->size *= 2;
+	      /* Add 1 to size to ensure room for terminating null.  */
+	      tem = (char *) xrealloc (buf, bufp->size + 1);
+	      bufp->ptr = (bufp->ptr - buf) + tem;
+	      append_end = (append_end - buf) + tem;
+	      bufp->beg = buf = tem;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  append_end -= bufp->ptr - buf;
+	  bcopy (bufp->ptr, buf, bufp->full -= bufp->ptr - buf);
+	  bufp->ptr = buf;
+	}
+      if (!(nread = read (fd, buf + bufp->full, bufp->size - bufp->full)))
+	bufp->ateof = 1;
+      bufp->full += nread;
+      buf[bufp->full] = '\0';
+    }
+  return end + 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#ifdef NULL
+#undef NULL
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *term;
+  char *buf;
+
+  term = argv[1];
+  printf ("TERM: %s\n", term);
+
+  buf = (char *) tgetent (0, term);
+  if ((int) buf <= 0)
+    {
+      printf ("No entry.\n");
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  printf ("Entry: %s\n", buf);
+
+  tprint ("cm");
+  tprint ("AL");
+
+  printf ("co: %d\n", tgetnum ("co"));
+  printf ("am: %d\n", tgetflag ("am"));
+}
+
+tprint (cap)
+     char *cap;
+{
+  char *x = tgetstr (cap, 0);
+  register char *y;
+
+  printf ("%s: ", cap);
+  if (x)
+    {
+      for (y = x; *y; y++)
+	if (*y <= ' ' || *y == 0177)
+	  printf ("\\%0o", *y);
+	else
+	  putchar (*y);
+      free (x);
+    }
+  else
+    printf ("none");
+  putchar ('\n');
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/termcap/termcap.h b/lib/termcap/termcap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40c2e29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/termcap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Declarations for termcap library.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _TERMCAP_H
+#define _TERMCAP_H 1
+
+#if __STDC__
+
+extern int tgetent (char *buffer, const char *termtype);
+
+extern int tgetnum (const char *name);
+extern int tgetflag (const char *name);
+extern char *tgetstr (const char *name, char **area);
+
+extern char PC;
+extern short ospeed;
+extern void tputs (const char *string, int nlines, int (*outfun) (int));
+
+extern char *tparam (const char *ctlstring, char *buffer, int size, ...);
+
+extern char *UP;
+extern char *BC;
+
+extern char *tgoto (const char *cstring, int hpos, int vpos);
+
+#else /* not __STDC__ */
+
+extern int tgetent ();
+
+extern int tgetnum ();
+extern int tgetflag ();
+extern char *tgetstr ();
+
+extern char PC;
+extern short ospeed;
+
+extern void tputs ();
+
+extern char *tparam ();
+
+extern char *UP;
+extern char *BC;
+
+extern char *tgoto ();
+
+#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* not _TERMCAP_H */
diff --git a/lib/termcap/tparam.c b/lib/termcap/tparam.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c83f04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/tparam.c
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+/* Merge parameters into a termcap entry string.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 87, 93, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the
+Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.  */
+
+/* Emacs config.h may rename various library functions such as malloc.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H 
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+extern char *getenv ();
+extern char *malloc ();
+extern char *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+#else /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_STRING_H) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)
+#define bcopy(s, d, n) memcpy ((d), (s), (n))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+char *malloc ();
+char *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#include "ltcap.h"
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL (char *) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef emacs
+static void
+memory_out ()
+{
+  write (2, "virtual memory exhausted\n", 25);
+  exit (1);
+}
+
+static char *
+xmalloc (size)
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  register char *tem = malloc (size);
+
+  if (!tem)
+    memory_out ();
+  return tem;
+}
+
+static char *
+xrealloc (ptr, size)
+     char *ptr;
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  register char *tem = realloc (ptr, size);
+
+  if (!tem)
+    memory_out ();
+  return tem;
+}
+#endif /* not emacs */
+
+/* Assuming STRING is the value of a termcap string entry
+   containing `%' constructs to expand parameters,
+   merge in parameter values and store result in block OUTSTRING points to.
+   LEN is the length of OUTSTRING.  If more space is needed,
+   a block is allocated with `malloc'.
+
+   The value returned is the address of the resulting string.
+   This may be OUTSTRING or may be the address of a block got with `malloc'.
+   In the latter case, the caller must free the block.
+
+   The fourth and following args to tparam serve as the parameter values.  */
+
+static char *tparam1 ();
+
+/* VARARGS 2 */
+char *
+tparam (string, outstring, len, arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3)
+     char *string;
+     char *outstring;
+     int len;
+     int arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3;
+{
+  int arg[4];
+
+  arg[0] = arg0;
+  arg[1] = arg1;
+  arg[2] = arg2;
+  arg[3] = arg3;
+  return tparam1 (string, outstring, len, NULL, NULL, arg);
+}
+
+__private_extern__ char *BC;
+__private_extern__ char *UP;
+
+static char tgoto_buf[50];
+
+__private_extern__
+char *
+tgoto (cm, hpos, vpos)
+     char *cm;
+     int hpos, vpos;
+{
+  int args[2];
+  if (!cm)
+    return NULL;
+  args[0] = vpos;
+  args[1] = hpos;
+  return tparam1 (cm, tgoto_buf, 50, UP, BC, args);
+}
+
+static char *
+tparam1 (string, outstring, len, up, left, argp)
+     char *string;
+     char *outstring;
+     int len;
+     char *up, *left;
+     register int *argp;
+{
+  register int c;
+  register char *p = string;
+  register char *op = outstring;
+  char *outend;
+  int outlen = 0;
+
+  register int tem;
+  int *old_argp = argp;
+  int doleft = 0;
+  int doup = 0;
+
+  outend = outstring + len;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* If the buffer might be too short, make it bigger.  */
+      if (op + 5 >= outend)
+	{
+	  register char *new;
+	  if (outlen == 0)
+	    {
+	      outlen = len + 40;
+	      new = (char *) xmalloc (outlen);
+	      outend += 40;
+	      bcopy (outstring, new, op - outstring);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      outend += outlen;
+	      outlen *= 2;
+	      new = (char *) xrealloc (outstring, outlen);
+	    }
+	  op += new - outstring;
+	  outend += new - outstring;
+	  outstring = new;
+	}
+      c = *p++;
+      if (!c)
+	break;
+      if (c == '%')
+	{
+	  c = *p++;
+	  tem = *argp;
+	  switch (c)
+	    {
+	    case 'd':		/* %d means output in decimal.  */
+	      if (tem < 10)
+		goto onedigit;
+	      if (tem < 100)
+		goto twodigit;
+	    case '3':		/* %3 means output in decimal, 3 digits.  */
+	      if (tem > 999)
+		{
+		  *op++ = tem / 1000 + '0';
+		  tem %= 1000;
+		}
+	      *op++ = tem / 100 + '0';
+	    case '2':		/* %2 means output in decimal, 2 digits.  */
+	    twodigit:
+	      tem %= 100;
+	      *op++ = tem / 10 + '0';
+	    onedigit:
+	      *op++ = tem % 10 + '0';
+	      argp++;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'C':
+	      /* For c-100: print quotient of value by 96, if nonzero,
+		 then do like %+.  */
+	      if (tem >= 96)
+		{
+		  *op++ = tem / 96;
+		  tem %= 96;
+		}
+	    case '+':		/* %+x means add character code of char x.  */
+	      tem += *p++;
+	    case '.':		/* %. means output as character.  */
+	      if (left)
+		{
+		  /* If want to forbid output of 0 and \n and \t,
+		     and this is one of them, increment it.  */
+		  while (tem == 0 || tem == '\n' || tem == '\t')
+		    {
+		      tem++;
+		      if (argp == old_argp)
+			doup++, outend -= strlen (up);
+		      else
+			doleft++, outend -= strlen (left);
+		    }
+		}
+	      *op++ = tem ? tem : 0200;
+	    case 'f':		/* %f means discard next arg.  */
+	      argp++;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'b':		/* %b means back up one arg (and re-use it).  */
+	      argp--;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'r':		/* %r means interchange following two args.  */
+	      argp[0] = argp[1];
+	      argp[1] = tem;
+	      old_argp++;
+	      break;
+
+	    case '>':		/* %>xy means if arg is > char code of x, */
+	      if (argp[0] > *p++) /* then add char code of y to the arg, */
+		argp[0] += *p;	/* and in any case don't output.  */
+	      p++;		/* Leave the arg to be output later.  */
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'a':		/* %a means arithmetic.  */
+	      /* Next character says what operation.
+		 Add or subtract either a constant or some other arg.  */
+	      /* First following character is + to add or - to subtract
+		 or = to assign.  */
+	      /* Next following char is 'p' and an arg spec
+		 (0100 plus position of that arg relative to this one)
+		 or 'c' and a constant stored in a character.  */
+	      tem = p[2] & 0177;
+	      if (p[1] == 'p')
+		tem = argp[tem - 0100];
+	      if (p[0] == '-')
+		argp[0] -= tem;
+	      else if (p[0] == '+')
+		argp[0] += tem;
+	      else if (p[0] == '*')
+		argp[0] *= tem;
+	      else if (p[0] == '/')
+		argp[0] /= tem;
+	      else
+		argp[0] = tem;
+
+	      p += 3;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'i':		/* %i means add one to arg, */
+	      argp[0] ++;	/* and leave it to be output later.  */
+	      argp[1] ++;	/* Increment the following arg, too!  */
+	      break;
+
+	    case '%':		/* %% means output %; no arg.  */
+	      goto ordinary;
+
+	    case 'n':		/* %n means xor each of next two args with 140.  */
+	      argp[0] ^= 0140;
+	      argp[1] ^= 0140;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'm':		/* %m means xor each of next two args with 177.  */
+	      argp[0] ^= 0177;
+	      argp[1] ^= 0177;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'B':		/* %B means express arg as BCD char code.  */
+	      argp[0] += 6 * (tem / 10);
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'D':		/* %D means weird Delta Data transformation.  */
+	      argp[0] -= 2 * (tem % 16);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	/* Ordinary character in the argument string.  */
+      ordinary:
+	*op++ = c;
+    }
+  *op = 0;
+  while (doup-- > 0)
+    strcat (op, up);
+  while (doleft-- > 0)
+    strcat (op, left);
+  return outstring;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char buf[50];
+  int args[3];
+  args[0] = atoi (argv[2]);
+  args[1] = atoi (argv[3]);
+  args[2] = atoi (argv[4]);
+  tparam1 (argv[1], buf, "LEFT", "UP", args);
+  printf ("%s\n", buf);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
diff --git a/lib/termcap/version.c b/lib/termcap/version.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad2ab91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/termcap/version.c
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1985-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General
+   Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* Make the library identifiable with the RCS ident command.  */
+static char *termcap_version_string = "\n$Version: GNU termcap 1.3 $\n";
diff --git a/lib/tilde/Makefile.in b/lib/tilde/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9d3741
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tilde/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+## -*- text -*- ####################################################
+#								   #
+# Makefile for the GNU Tilde Library.				   #
+#								   #
+####################################################################
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.     
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+VPATH = .:@srcdir@
+topdir = @top_srcdir@
+BUILD_DIR = @BUILD_DIR@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+CC = @CC@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+AR = @AR@
+ARFLAGS = @ARFLAGS@
+RM = rm
+CP = cp
+MV = mv
+
+SHELL = @MAKE_SHELL@
+
+PROFILE_FLAGS = @PROFILE_FLAGS@
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LOCAL_CFLAGS = @LOCAL_CFLAGS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS@
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+LOCAL_DEFS = @LOCAL_DEFS@
+
+BASHINCDIR = ${topdir}/include
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I../.. -I$(topdir) -I${BASHINCDIR} -I$(topdir)/lib
+
+CCFLAGS = $(PROFILE_FLAGS) $(DEFS) $(LOCAL_DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
+	  ${INCLUDES} $(LOCAL_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(CCFLAGS) $<
+
+# The name of the library target.
+LIBRARY_NAME = libtilde.a
+
+# The C code source files for this library.
+CSOURCES = $(srcdir)/tilde.c
+
+# The header files for this library.
+HSOURCES = $(srcdir)/tilde.h
+
+OBJECTS = tilde.o
+
+# The texinfo files which document this library.
+DOCSOURCE = doc/tilde.texi
+DOCOBJECT = doc/tilde.dvi
+DOCSUPPORT = doc/Makefile
+DOCUMENTATION = $(DOCSOURCE) $(DOCOBJECT) $(DOCSUPPORT)
+
+SUPPORT = Makefile ChangeLog $(DOCSUPPORT)
+
+SOURCES  = $(CSOURCES) $(HSOURCES) $(DOCSOURCE)
+
+THINGS_TO_TAR = $(SOURCES) $(SUPPORT)
+
+######################################################################
+
+all: $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+
+$(LIBRARY_NAME): $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RM) -f $@
+	$(AR) $(ARFLAGS) $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) $@
+
+documentation: force
+	-(cd doc; $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS))
+
+force:
+
+# The rule for 'includes' is written funny so that the if statement
+# always returns TRUE unless there really was an error installing the
+# include files.
+install:
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) -c -m 644 $(LIBRARY_NAME) $(libdir)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)
+	-test -n "$(RANLIB)" && $(RANLIB) -t $(libdir)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)
+
+clean:
+	$(RM) -f $(OBJECTS) $(LIBRARY_NAME)
+	-( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+realclean distclean maintainer-clean: clean
+	-( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+	$(RM) -f Makefile
+
+mostlyclean: clean
+	-( cd doc && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ )
+
+######################################################################
+#								     #
+#  Dependencies for the object files which make up this library.     #
+#								     #
+######################################################################
+
+tilde.o: tilde.h $(BASHINCDIR)/ansi_stdlib.h
+tilde.o: $(BUILD_DIR)/config.h
+
+# Rules for deficient makes, like SunOS and Solaris
+tilde.o: tilde.c
diff --git a/lib/tilde/README b/lib/tilde/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8772f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tilde/README
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+If you're building this separately from bash or the readline library, add
+$(srcdir)/shell.c to the CSOURCES variable and shell.o to the OBJECTS
+variable in Makefile.in.  (Not that this is very useful without readline
+or bash.)
+
diff --git a/lib/tilde/shell.c b/lib/tilde/shell.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a45af2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tilde/shell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* shell.c -- tilde utility functions that are normally provided by
+	      bash when readline is linked as part of the shell. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Tilde Library.
+
+   The GNU Tilde Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+   and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU Tilde Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+   useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+   of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifdef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#  include <string.h>
+#else
+#  include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS)
+extern struct passwd *getpwuid ();
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS */
+
+char *
+get_env_value (varname)
+     char *varname;
+{
+  return ((char *)getenv (varname));
+}
+
+char *
+get_home_dir ()
+{
+  char *home_dir;
+  struct passwd *entry;
+
+  home_dir = (char *)NULL;
+  entry = getpwuid (getuid ());
+  if (entry)
+    home_dir = entry->pw_dir;
+  return (home_dir);
+}
diff --git a/lib/tilde/tilde.c b/lib/tilde/tilde.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d757f7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tilde/tilde.c
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+/* tilde.c -- Tilde expansion code (~/foo := $HOME/foo). */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1988,1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of GNU Readline, a library for reading lines
+   of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   Readline is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifdef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#  include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+#  include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */  
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+#include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "tilde.h"
+
+#if defined (TEST) || defined (STATIC_MALLOC)
+static void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
+#else
+#  include "xmalloc.h"
+#endif /* TEST || STATIC_MALLOC */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS)
+#  if defined (HAVE_GETPWUID)
+extern struct passwd *getpwuid PARAMS((uid_t));
+#  endif
+#  if defined (HAVE_GETPWNAM)
+extern struct passwd *getpwnam PARAMS((const char *));
+#  endif
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS */
+
+#if !defined (savestring)
+#define savestring(x) strcpy ((char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (x)), (x))
+#endif /* !savestring */
+
+#if !defined (NULL)
+#  if defined (__STDC__)
+#    define NULL ((void *) 0)
+#  else
+#    define NULL 0x0
+#  endif /* !__STDC__ */
+#endif /* !NULL */
+
+/* If being compiled as part of bash, these will be satisfied from
+   variables.o.  If being compiled as part of readline, they will
+   be satisfied from shell.o. */
+extern char *sh_get_home_dir PARAMS((void));
+extern char *sh_get_env_value PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* The default value of tilde_additional_prefixes.  This is set to
+   whitespace preceding a tilde so that simple programs which do not
+   perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
+static const char *default_prefixes[] =
+  { " ~", "\t~", (const char *)NULL };
+
+/* The default value of tilde_additional_suffixes.  This is set to
+   whitespace or newline so that simple programs which do not
+   perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
+static const char *default_suffixes[] =
+  { " ", "\n", (const char *)NULL };
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function that the application
+   wants called before trying the standard tilde expansions.  The function
+   is called with the text sans tilde, and returns a malloc()'ed string
+   which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if the expansion fails. */
+tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook = (tilde_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
+   standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails.  The function is called
+   with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
+   which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
+tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_failure_hook = (tilde_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
+   are duplicates for a tilde prefix.  Bash uses this to expand
+   `=~' and `:~'. */
+char **tilde_additional_prefixes = (char **)default_prefixes;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
+   the end of a username, instead of just "/".  Bash sets this to
+   `:' and `=~'. */
+char **tilde_additional_suffixes = (char **)default_suffixes;
+
+static int tilde_find_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int *));
+static int tilde_find_suffix PARAMS((const char *));
+static char *isolate_tilde_prefix PARAMS((const char *, int *));
+static char *glue_prefix_and_suffix PARAMS((char *, const char *, int));
+
+/* Find the start of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
+   the tilde which starts the expansion.  Place the length of the text
+   which identified this tilde starter in LEN, excluding the tilde itself. */
+static int
+tilde_find_prefix (string, len)
+     const char *string;
+     int *len;
+{
+  register int i, j, string_len;
+  register char **prefixes;
+
+  prefixes = tilde_additional_prefixes;
+
+  string_len = strlen (string);
+  *len = 0;
+
+  if (*string == '\0' || *string == '~')
+    return (0);
+
+  if (prefixes)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
+	{
+	  for (j = 0; prefixes[j]; j++)
+	    {
+	      if (strncmp (string + i, prefixes[j], strlen (prefixes[j])) == 0)
+		{
+		  *len = strlen (prefixes[j]) - 1;
+		  return (i + *len);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  return (string_len);
+}
+
+/* Find the end of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
+   the character which ends the tilde definition.  */
+static int
+tilde_find_suffix (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  register int i, j, string_len;
+  register char **suffixes;
+
+  suffixes = tilde_additional_suffixes;
+  string_len = strlen (string);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
+    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      if (string[i] == '/' || string[i] == '\\' /* || !string[i] */)
+#else
+      if (string[i] == '/' /* || !string[i] */)
+#endif
+	break;
+
+      for (j = 0; suffixes && suffixes[j]; j++)
+	{
+	  if (strncmp (string + i, suffixes[j], strlen (suffixes[j])) == 0)
+	    return (i);
+	}
+    }
+  return (i);
+}
+
+/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
+char *
+tilde_expand (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  char *result;
+  int result_size, result_index;
+
+  result_index = result_size = 0;
+  if (result = strchr (string, '~'))
+    result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size = (strlen (string) + 16));
+  else
+    result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size = (strlen (string) + 1));
+
+  /* Scan through STRING expanding tildes as we come to them. */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      register int start, end;
+      char *tilde_word, *expansion;
+      int len;
+
+      /* Make START point to the tilde which starts the expansion. */
+      start = tilde_find_prefix (string, &len);
+
+      /* Copy the skipped text into the result. */
+      if ((result_index + start + 1) > result_size)
+	result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (start + 20)));
+
+      strncpy (result + result_index, string, start);
+      result_index += start;
+
+      /* Advance STRING to the starting tilde. */
+      string += start;
+
+      /* Make END be the index of one after the last character of the
+	 username. */
+      end = tilde_find_suffix (string);
+
+      /* If both START and END are zero, we are all done. */
+      if (!start && !end)
+	break;
+
+      /* Expand the entire tilde word, and copy it into RESULT. */
+      tilde_word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + end);
+      strncpy (tilde_word, string, end);
+      tilde_word[end] = '\0';
+      string += end;
+
+      expansion = tilde_expand_word (tilde_word);
+      free (tilde_word);
+
+      len = strlen (expansion);
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+      /* Fix for Cygwin to prevent ~user/xxx from expanding to //xxx when
+	 $HOME for `user' is /.  On cygwin, // denotes a network drive. */
+      if (len > 1 || *expansion != '/' || *string != '/')
+#endif
+	{
+	  if ((result_index + len + 1) > result_size)
+	    result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (len + 20)));
+
+	  strcpy (result + result_index, expansion);
+	  result_index += len;
+	}
+      free (expansion);
+    }
+
+  result[result_index] = '\0';
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Take FNAME and return the tilde prefix we want expanded.  If LENP is
+   non-null, the index of the end of the prefix into FNAME is returned in
+   the location it points to. */
+static char *
+isolate_tilde_prefix (fname, lenp)
+     const char *fname;
+     int *lenp;
+{
+  char *ret;
+  int i;
+
+  ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (fname));
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+  for (i = 1; fname[i] && fname[i] != '/' && fname[i] != '\\'; i++)
+#else
+  for (i = 1; fname[i] && fname[i] != '/'; i++)
+#endif
+    ret[i - 1] = fname[i];
+  ret[i - 1] = '\0';
+  if (lenp)
+    *lenp = i;
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Public function to scan a string (FNAME) beginning with a tilde and find
+   the portion of the string that should be passed to the tilde expansion
+   function.  Right now, it just calls tilde_find_suffix and allocates new
+   memory, but it can be expanded to do different things later. */
+char *
+tilde_find_word (fname, flags, lenp)
+     const char *fname;
+     int flags, *lenp;
+{
+  int x;
+  char *r;
+
+  x = tilde_find_suffix (fname);
+  if (x == 0)
+    {
+      r = savestring (fname);
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      r = (char *)xmalloc (1 + x);
+      strncpy (r, fname, x);
+      r[x] = '\0';
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = x;
+    }
+
+  return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return a string that is PREFIX concatenated with SUFFIX starting at
+   SUFFIND. */
+static char *
+glue_prefix_and_suffix (prefix, suffix, suffind)
+     char *prefix;
+     const char *suffix;
+     int suffind;
+{
+  char *ret;
+  int plen, slen;
+
+  plen = (prefix && *prefix) ? strlen (prefix) : 0;
+  slen = strlen (suffix + suffind);
+  ret = (char *)xmalloc (plen + slen + 1);
+  if (plen)
+    strcpy (ret, prefix);
+  strcpy (ret + plen, suffix + suffind);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME.  FILENAME starts with a
+   tilde.  If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook.
+   This always returns a newly-allocated string, never static storage. */
+char *
+tilde_expand_word (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  char *dirname, *expansion, *username;
+  int user_len;
+  struct passwd *user_entry;
+
+  if (filename == 0)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+
+  if (*filename != '~')
+    return (savestring (filename));
+
+  /* A leading `~/' or a bare `~' is *always* translated to the value of
+     $HOME or the home directory of the current user, regardless of any
+     preexpansion hook. */
+  if (filename[1] == '\0' || filename[1] == '/')
+    {
+      /* Prefix $HOME to the rest of the string. */
+      expansion = sh_get_env_value ("HOME");
+
+      /* If there is no HOME variable, look up the directory in
+	 the password database. */
+      if (expansion == 0)
+	expansion = sh_get_home_dir ();
+
+      return (glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, 1));
+    }
+
+  username = isolate_tilde_prefix (filename, &user_len);
+
+  if (tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook)
+    {
+      expansion = (*tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook) (username);
+      if (expansion)
+	{
+	  dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, user_len);
+	  free (username);
+	  free (expansion);
+	  return (dirname);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* No preexpansion hook, or the preexpansion hook failed.  Look in the
+     password database. */
+  dirname = (char *)NULL;
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWNAM)
+  user_entry = getpwnam (username);
+#else
+  user_entry = 0;
+#endif
+  if (user_entry == 0)
+    {
+      /* If the calling program has a special syntax for expanding tildes,
+	 and we couldn't find a standard expansion, then let them try. */
+      if (tilde_expansion_failure_hook)
+	{
+	  expansion = (*tilde_expansion_failure_hook) (username);
+	  if (expansion)
+	    {
+	      dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (expansion, filename, user_len);
+	      free (expansion);
+	    }
+	}
+      free (username);
+      /* If we don't have a failure hook, or if the failure hook did not
+	 expand the tilde, return a copy of what we were passed. */
+      if (dirname == 0)
+	dirname = savestring (filename);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      free (username);
+      dirname = glue_prefix_and_suffix (user_entry->pw_dir, filename, user_len);
+    }
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+  endpwent ();
+#endif
+  return (dirname);
+}
+
+
+#if defined (TEST)
+#undef NULL
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *result, line[512];
+  int done = 0;
+
+  while (!done)
+    {
+      printf ("~expand: ");
+      fflush (stdout);
+
+      if (!gets (line))
+	strcpy (line, "done");
+
+      if ((strcmp (line, "done") == 0) ||
+	  (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0) ||
+	  (strcmp (line, "exit") == 0))
+	{
+	  done = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      result = tilde_expand (line);
+      printf ("  --> %s\n", result);
+      free (result);
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+static void memory_error_and_abort ();
+
+static void *
+xmalloc (bytes)
+     size_t bytes;
+{
+  void *temp = (char *)malloc (bytes);
+
+  if (!temp)
+    memory_error_and_abort ();
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+static void *
+xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
+     void *pointer;
+     int bytes;
+{
+  void *temp;
+
+  if (!pointer)
+    temp = malloc (bytes);
+  else
+    temp = realloc (pointer, bytes);
+
+  if (!temp)
+    memory_error_and_abort ();
+
+  return (temp);
+}
+
+static void
+memory_error_and_abort ()
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "readline: out of virtual memory\n");
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * compile-command: "gcc -g -DTEST -o tilde tilde.c"
+ * end:
+ */
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/tilde/tilde.h b/lib/tilde/tilde.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c58ce20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/tilde/tilde.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* tilde.h: Externally available variables and function in libtilde.a. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the Readline Library (the Library), a set of
+   routines for providing Emacs style line input to programs that ask
+   for it.
+
+   The Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   The Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+   is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE.  If you do not
+   have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_TILDE_H_)
+#  define _TILDE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A function can be defined using prototypes and compile on both ANSI C
+   and traditional C compilers with something like this:
+	extern char *func PARAMS((char *, char *, int)); */
+
+#if !defined (PARAMS)
+#  if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__GNUC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+#    define PARAMS(protos) protos
+#  else
+#    define PARAMS(protos) ()
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+typedef char *tilde_hook_func_t PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function that the application
+   wants called before trying the standard tilde expansions.  The function
+   is called with the text sans tilde, and returns a malloc()'ed string
+   which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if the expansion fails. */
+extern tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_preexpansion_hook;
+
+/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
+   standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails.  The function is called
+   with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
+   which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
+extern tilde_hook_func_t *tilde_expansion_failure_hook;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
+   are duplicates for a tilde prefix.  Bash uses this to expand
+   `=~' and `:~'. */
+extern char **tilde_additional_prefixes;
+
+/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
+   the end of a username, instead of just "/".  Bash sets this to
+   `:' and `=~'. */
+extern char **tilde_additional_suffixes;
+
+/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
+extern char *tilde_expand PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME.  FILENAME starts with a
+   tilde.  If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook. */
+extern char *tilde_expand_word PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Find the portion of the string beginning with ~ that should be expanded. */
+extern char *tilde_find_word PARAMS((const char *, int, int *));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TILDE_H_ */